Skip to main content

Full text of "The Annals and magazine of natural history; zoology, botany, and geology"

See other formats 


WY rar Rey, 
trent nfal aoe 


ee Me 
rey 


¥rrey 


postr . Ga Cee os Pe 
er ey" % : 7 i : ‘ : : 3 
tA deed, D5 resey : Wire ee 4 . 
eee eaeneeaat a = =e 
} . ee Sens . re 
POT ENN ae heey 

Wwe Ane 
As i wwe, 
eViewy 

“ ¥ 


Crews ELT NN 
<a vw Gre 
~ 


ie 
Wwe 
Pony Loe 
eee wee : ) 
Pitas fee : 
: b. ee .¥ 
6 et | | : | 
2. 3 Par rete Pee 
. Te 
rr 
¥rwe rz 


1332 


? CPE ey 
rene : ot gat ECT Eee 
a La nt sone naa 2 


© vey 
TERS Teer 
VF awe 


] | | Pad { 


w 


gat eaae amare UvINGES | 
IT yh et tld ete 
Td dita At vn tes 


-. "é- ea LA i” ie We'd pet: 
4 T ir @ +. 7 ; FF io 3 


a S23 a A RES eee Ae Ce eee VIO 2 v~ 

‘ 3, S ~~ 
SJ DARE AR ALTASE petted Be RAPS) ‘J os ae oe Ce ee he ie 
EWPAS ISAS AAAI AR hd tial i Pix det ho Weve hy 


= ver dw” 


fb et pte 
BL bao ae 
ww 


ug hs Se } AJ 4 oval SE, ey AS Oe = = eaves a ~ 3 S AY 4 erm RAS as 
at | TOME MulWaidee 22 covey: BI JO er 
it Ss Tedd 


WoL, wee 
saddle ieaeaner aes 
i Wig yverdtee dd cau 

LA log 


=. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


INCLUDING 


ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. 


(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND 
CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’) 


CONDUCTED BY - aes} 


ALBERT C..L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S., 
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F-.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., 


AND 


WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.LS. 


VOL. VIIL—SEVENTH SERIES. 
aaa a ea aaa figooe an Instig a 


2A2108 > 


National Wuse™ 
LONDON: 


PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. 


SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.; 
WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS: 
MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH : 
HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN, 


1901. 


“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientiz et potentie testes, divitie felicitatis 
humane :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini : 
ex ceconomidé in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis 
elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper sestimata ; 
a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper 
inimica fuit.”—Linnaus. 


“ Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour 
voir qu’elle est le chef-d'’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- 
tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 


1767. 


eles « 2 witaoe « « . Ohéeisylyvan powers 
Obey our summons; from their deepest dells 
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild 
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs 
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme 
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, 
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute 
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock 
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too 
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face 
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush 
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, 
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, 
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, 
All, all to us unlock their secret stores 
And pay their cheerful tribute. 

J. Tayror, Norwich, 1818, 


AUERK 4 TLAMMAM. 


: 7 
- 
a 
= : 
, 
to 7 
: ' 5 
. : 
‘ 
Ca 
é 
1 


a“ 
c%. 
we 
“ 
1 


At 
; 
ar 
7 
et 
; 
; 
1 ¢ 
Soe 
a / 
: 
. 
* 
- 
“é 


> 


ac 


di 


Us 


” 


| 


CONTENTS OF VOL, VII. 


SEVENTH SERIES. ] 


NUMBER XXXVII. 


Page 


I. Diagnoses of new Fishes discovered by Mr. J. E. 8. Moore in 
Lakes Tanganyika and Kivu. By G. A. BouLenaer, F.RS. 


II. Rhynchotal Notes.—VIII.  Zeteroptera: Fam. Coreide. By 
Seed eae) LAIN 08s "ays cesy (fa ysleera pokes eta p aie dee « sala Nel adedeaberaca Gees 


II. An Account of a Collection of Butterflies made by the Rey. 
K. St. Aubyn Rogers between Mombasa and the Forests of Taveta. 
By ArtHur G. Bouter, Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.S., &c., Senior As- 
sisiant-Keeper, Zoological Department, British Museum (Nat. Hist.) 


IV. A Contribution to the History of Plagyodus (Steller). By 
Teas gn N ETI. Unb uno svetur tats heh sichabend adel ear ero cre Loft) ahialn Meus wi store 


V. Notes on Bats of the Genus Nyctinomus found in Africa, &e. 
ES eVect EISEDETAVVELNUT ON Geo A Seep ete cis Sylora mista iecane wis, esc ayaa wiecanarele & 


VI. On an undescribed Species of Hedgehog from Southern 
Arabia. By Dr. Joun Anperson, F.R.S., and W. E.pE Winton. 


VII. On a new Species of Bat from the Soudan. By W. E. pe 
\WHOSGR). ois a.o RGhatg 6 Gees Oat ene Neimrae AS e ee hort oan arto eRe eo 


VIII. Contributions from the N New Mexico Biological Station.— 
IX. On certain Genera of Bees. By T. D. A. and WiLMarrE P. 
(Coyenannanon = gamadancs 5S GEES Ee TLO DG 0 RAR cara ene 


IX. A Revision of the Genera of the ARANE® or Spiders with 
reference to their Type Species. By F. O. Pickarp CAMBRIDGE, 
Meee pete aUeuaiaeC ostcs clos a)c Shes 5 stole) a Wel breeteaerie’s ope anse Glass cateis « 


X. On the Anatomy of certain Agnathcus Pulmonate Mollusks. 
By Watrter FE, Cotuines, F.Z.8., Lecturer on Zoology and Com- 
parative Anatomy in the University ‘of Birmingham. (Plates I. & IL.) 


XE Descriptions of some new Species of HHeterocera. By Her- 
EPL EE Cems Peern OUay gravereraias'apcs Gals a) Aigteeues «8, hee cheval amarante eee apie 


45 


46 


iv CONTENTS. 


Page 
XII. Descriptions of Four new African Freshwater Fishes. By 
GA. BOULENGER, HRS. ms. eesecotaen Brey or een steric 80 


XII. On the Identity of Polytrema planum of Carter with 


P. miniaceum var. involva. By Freprrtck Cuapman, A.LS., 
F.R.MS. 


XIV. Remarks upon the Genus Rhysodes, with Descriptions of 
some new Oriental Species. By Gitpert J. ARROW 83 


PY Wer ae eee Sa tt Tike) 


XV. Notes on Diptera from South Africa. By Miss GERTRUDE 


RicaRpo eT ae: ee ee re re se x oat eceees hee 89 
XVI, Descriptions of Brazilian Coccide. By AvboLF HEMPEL, 
relatos razr aes cic ere cre Bey ince guoh steno sf elie @oMenN Sneveinte-arakoeet 110 
XVII. Contributions from the New Mexics Biological Station.— 
X. Observations on Bees collected at Las Vegas, New Mexico, and 
in the adjacent Mountains. II. By T. D. A. CocKERELL ...... 125 
New Books :—Recent Foraminifera. A Descriptive Catalogue of 
Specimens dredged by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer 
‘ Albatross.’ By James M, Fiint, M.D., U.S.N., &c., Smith- 
sonian Institution, U.S. National Museum.—A Treatise on 
Zoology. Edited by E. Ray Lanxestrr, M.A., F.R.S. Part 
IL, Pontera-and Ocdlentera 4. -42200c hee ess eaee eens 152, 155 
Proceedings of the Geological Society ............... 0000005 134, 155 
The Dates of Esper’s ‘Schmetterlinge,’ by C. Davies Sherborn, 
F.Z.S. &c., and B. B. Woodward, F.L.S. &e. ........ ae cuca 157 
NUMBER XXXVIII. 
XVIII. On some Fossils of Wenlock Age from Mulde, near 
Klinteberg, Gotland. By FREDERICK CHAPMAN, AL.S., F. RMS 
with Notes by Prof. T. Ruprrr Jones and Dr. F. A. peer 
PP late UL): 5. See ale ancrt Sire ap menace weve Paes artes Ti outers eted. 141 
XIX. On the Squirrels of the Seiwrus erythreus Group. By J.L. 
IBONHOPH BIA, ors. aéncite «nan Qiee eg earpinee as Olle tatiana eee 160 
XX. On the Squirrels of the Sedwus Prevostii Group. By J. L. 
IBONHOUE Bi Ass aac. @. ach nics « dcineree eaten a tahacoanee rane ee 167 
XXJ. New Mammals from Peru and Bolivia, with a List of those 
recorded from the Inambari River, Upper Madre de Dios. By OLp- 
LBD, (CHOMAS! Brg aux ied. os sete ote eer ata. TT ees 178 
XXII. A new Free-tail Bat from the Lower Amazons. By 
OLDETELD UHOMAS: ds ahs ccsed meagre a a ee Aaa TR a 190 
XXIII. Notice of a Species of Paludestrina new to the British 
Fauna. By EDGAR AG DSMIUDERGarstesocaamyerttatearcde mae oye tiere ae oak 191 


CONTENTS. MF 


Lage 


XXIV. New South-American Setwri, Heteromysy Cavia, and 
Caluromys: Ey OLDFIELDYUHOMAS® © clac: o1c/s ites ae ci elton vas 192 

XXV. An Account of a Collection of Butterflies obtained by Lord 
Delamere, chiefly at Munisu, near Mount Kenya. By Arruor G. 
dejo hp obty Hed oval DA. ch MA Ne A on Ae Siren, He eee Ame Mem dain OG hyp 197 

XXVI. Description of a new Gecko from the Niger Delta. By 
Cie Ap es O MEN CEE Ei EUs Se nny 4 ot acer ination «faistoometl siete sede eseemiclelens 204 

XXVII. The Musk-Rat of Santa Lucia (Antilles), By C. I. 
AO HS vg iNtay VACA TOE fai 7-5 sus, syacoloeebanstagatedeys. &.¢ 5's) aks eceud SencVaus etsutadeuene vb. 

XXVIII. Deseriptions of Brazilian Cocecede. By ADoLpH Hrm- _ 
BET OM ball O Ora Zllaemeaier perteectote wercivenerescs chsh eckeasee torortetetettcey stevens 206 
Proceedings of the Geological Society ........... 002s eceee 219, 220 

NUMBER XXXIX. 

X XIX. The Coloration of Marine Animals. By W. C. M‘Iyrosu, 

Professor of Natural History in the University of St. Andrews .... 221 


XXX. On new Species of Histeride and Notices of others. By 
G. Lewis, F.L.S. 


~XXXI. The Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. By Sir 
Grorce F. HAmpPson. Bart. <b-Acy IAS, 0lCs ayes see oe oh einen as 246 


XXXII. On some Deep-sea Fishes collected by Mr. F. W. Towns- 
end in the Sea of Oman. By G.A. BouLenceEr, F.R.S. (Plate VI.) 261 


XXXII. A new Scotophiline Bat from British East Africa, with 
a Description of a new Genus of the Group. By OLDFIELD ‘| HOMAS, 263 


XXXIV. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera. By 
Via CTU oy Zien ta he Ruark carite sya (atin, ea batdeh a et oe son oho aes stouevay ele ees 265 


XXXV, On Seturus caniceps and allied Species. By J. L. Bon- 
TEL OSES MAGN Ps col RAGE ie eR Novel Miers, «3 tortie er eaee Prone Rehe cer cae error eT 270 


XXXVI. Descriptions of Seventeen new Genera of Ichnewmonide 
from India and One from Australia. By P. CAMERON .......... 275): 


XXXVI. Descriptions of some new African Arachnida. By 
Eveline? OG OC Rater 20.22) soi sussee Neva lth oiecictte tie nels ofepercuvtses 4 csr atsroug DOE 


XXAVIII. Descriptions of new Species of Lycenide in the Col- 
lection of the British Museum. By A. G. BurLer, Ph.D. ........ 288 


XXXIX. A List of Californian Diatoms. By C. MerrscuKowsky. 
(Plates IV. & V.) 


OeCoOn 0 Umea Dati maith COOMCLC 100 OG Oy Uta OC RnCeal DO Go mo Oc 22h 


The Locality of the Type of DPrionastr~a Vuughani, Gregory, by 
I. Wayland Vaughan 300 


Chepeehe oresle ia jealene erie ie iefie ee eltw oe) 6,0» del.ghe lanes 


vi CONTENTS. 


NUMBER XL. 
Page 
XL. On the Mutual Relations of the Arctic and the Antarctic 
Faunas. <A Lecture by Professor Dr. GEorG PFEFFER, Custos of 
Peer Museum am Flan Duro aca Se ie once 4.4 neers aneteiece pies cies tanta ae eng 301 


XLI. Ona Collection of Spiders from the Bahama Islands made 
by J. L. Bonhote, Esq.; with Characters of a new Genus and Species 
of Mygalomorphe. By F. QO. Pickarp CampripGr, B.A. (Plate 
VIL.) 


XLII. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station,— 
XI. New and little-known Insects from New Mexico. By T. D. A. 
COCKBRBLE ohix cia 0 18S as.ineegs Oey + sue oie a's 6:5 9 Renee ss reseupl eonye 393 


XLII. Diagnoses of some new Species of Spiders from Mashona- 
hands bsvelt. LP OCOCK we ni rs <5 cake nate Sie aia ete oard one hea eeastne aha 037 


XLIV. Note on the Liiomys of Sardinia. By G. E. H. Barrerr- 
UA MIEN cx ovsine egtesata ae teuwres cits, mie arocaualenaberrs ieee team eee rea as . 340 


XLY. On the Martens of the Mustela flavigula Group. By J. L. 
DON EUO TH WESSEL. 9S jee eG Give aie e gis Cyagewrs tun aa habeas oye yeaa aa 542 


XLVI. Descriptions of Genera and Species of Coleoptera from 
South Africa. By H.S. Goruam, F.ZS. &e. 


XLVIL. New Species of Saccopterys, Sciurus, Rhipidomys, and 
Tatu from South America. By OLpFieELD THOMAS....... Sieravgiente 566 


XLVIII. On a new “ Bipolar” Schizopod. By AxrL OHLIN, 
Poe),; Unimeraiy-of und << 4)..5 cor wena pec owes men ee 371 


XLIX. Descriptions of Seventeen new Genera of Tchneumonide 
from India and One from Australia. By P. CAMERON ,......... 374. 


L. On the supposed Rediscovery of “ Moseleya”’ in Torres Straits. 
Bye PACK BZ COC ein, wrahe acu a jm' oda tane cout a mance gs wines Saree eae 385 


New Books:—Die Mimik des Menschen. By Henry HuGHes.— 
The Birds of Ireland. By Ricuarp UssHER and ROBERT 
WVU IRIONI -o actre Romer tet cel canoe tars ero gee cc heasec neem 387, 388 


Notes on the Dates of Publication of the Natural History portions 
of some French Voyayges.—Part I. ‘ Amérique méridionale’ ; 
‘Indes orientales’; ‘ Pole Sud’ (‘ Astrolabe’ and ‘ Zélée’); ‘ La 
Bonite’; ‘La Coquille’; and ‘ L’Uranie et Physicienne.’ By 
C. Davies Sherborn, '.Z.8. &c., and B. B. Woodward, F.L.S. &c. 388 


NUMBER XLI. 


LI. Remarks on Secondary Sexual Differences in Rutelid Coleo- 
ptera, with Descriptions of some new Forms. By GriLBerr J. 
PNR TRO WW: itinlace tented score eodme afeions nope MameuMmpaiete Gs oleae aecare nef Labaeteema tate 505 


CONTENTS. Vil 


Page 
LIL. Descriptions of Genera and Species of Coleoptera from South 
Airica. / Bye HS: GORMAM, F7AS. 608 ooo cs ou. Cette ees 40} 


LUT. Rhynchotal Notes.—IX. Heteroptera: Fam. Coreide. By 
W.L. Distant 


LIV. Descriptions of some new Species of Lepidoptera from Kast 
Africa and Tropical America, By Hersertr Druce, F.L.S. &e. .. 432 


Chie. 6 PL a nie) bi 0101.00.01 a) fee). e! 1910] 0) oliemeris, 6) ef 9)°0 160) ee ei (6 /1ei 8: 16)U8, (010.8) A) ie) (aj 10 


LY. On Seturus notatus and allied Species. By J. L. Bonnore, 


SAE ELST eit i. ek catches se wey ta eee eee 444 
LVI. On Two new Species of Squirrels from the East Indies. By 
MONON MLW AUIM oc arisen 4 6,445 4 sino hela ene, ee Ma he 455 


LVII. Description of a new Hexactinellid Sponge from South 
Africa, By R. Kirxparrick, Assistant in the British Museum 


(Natural: History,)*  @Plate VIEL). vy Hiss as aceasta es eee 457 
LVIIT. On a new Genus and Species of Vespertilionine Bat from 
Hast Africa.) By: OLDRiIbED THOMAS, + ..r..+ «9. cle tS ieee ce es 460 


LIX. New Genera and Species of Eastern and Australian Moths, 
By. Colonel C. SwinHor, MAss FS. &e. s.02 ule salsa es ne 463 


LX. A List of Californian Diatoms. By C. MrrEscuKowsky.. 474 


LXI. Descriptions of Seventeen new Genera of Ichneumonidae from 
India and One from Australia. By PaCAMURONI te onan dics ects 480 


On the Anatomy of certain Agnathous Pulmonate Mollusks, by 
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S. &c. ...........06. 488 


NUMBER XLII. 


LXII. New Genera and Species of Eastern and Australian Moths. 
By Colonel. Osiswinnon, MOACUELS., &e.) one 8s cess ccs os Rare 489 


LXIII. The Mechanism of the Protrusion of the Tongue of the 
Anura.—Preliminary Note. By Prof. Marcus Harroa, M.A, 


LORS TOE DE DAR cet conan ferent enranieae cimemrery hci. “cht wren cae nara 501 
LXIV. Note on a Dolphin showing traces of an Encounter with a 
Cuttlefish. By Professor D'Arcy W. THompson, C.B........... 503 


LXV. A List of Californian Diatoms. By C., Mrrescukowsky, 505 


LXVI. Two new Genera of Coleoptera belonging to the Cupeside 
and Prionide. By Cuas. O. WATERHOUSE, F.E.S. ............ 520 


LXVII. Descriptions of Seventeen new Genera of Ichneuwmonide 
from India and One from Australia. By P. Cameron .......... 523 


LXVIII. Rhynchotal Notes.—X. Heteroptera: Fam, Lygeide. 
TAY VV or a PISIEANG pera chciriera ase. ain 6. 4's ehat ae dt oss 08a a wie cle tn 4 ON 531 


Vill CONTENTS. 


Page 
LXIX. New Myotis, Artibeus, Sylvilagus, and Metachirus from 
Central and South America. By OLDFIELD THOMAS ..........., 54] 


LXX. Further Descriptions of new Reptiles collected by Mr. P. O. 
Simons in Peru and Bolivia. By G, A. BouLENGER, F.R.S....... 546 


LXXI. A few further Remarks upon the Erythraéan Molluscan 
Fauna, with Descriptions of Seven Species from Aden, in the Collec- 
tion of Commander EK, R. Shopland, R.LM. By James Cosmo 
DY Bop ane op wy IeyaNa dele bales (Cede O.G) eM tibet 0.0 6 3 MoI oat, 3 Go. DION) 


LXXII. Descriptions of Brazilian Coccide. By ApotpH HEMPEL, 
S. Paulo; Brazil’ voce .esoos oo ces cues sa + oes 0 ee 


LXXIII. On a Collection of Butterflies from the Uganda Protec- 
torate, forwarded by C. Steuart Betton, Esq., in 1900. By A. G. 


ESCA R Ena Mes, re, ei ain aoe i « favavaltare, sy anceserd susks, Soir ogah ae tee eae mene 562 
Inder ater cane 4 Bie he tatreve lame oes alten pled craverereyians cts) ates wcaiese anol ooh a 
2 
se 


PEATES*IN VOL. Vil 
Prat, I | 


Tiler 
Il. Fossils from the Silurian of Mulde. 
IV. | Californian diatoms. 

v. 

VI. Parascolopsis Townsendi, 
VII. Spiders from the Bahama Islands. 

VILL. Rhabdocalyptus lophodigitatus. 

IX. New Mollusca from Aden. 


Anatomy of certain agnathous pulmonate Mollusks. 


ee 
‘ THE ANNALS | 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY. 


No . XXXVII. 


JAN. 1901. 


e 4 
: 


i 


a) J i SS 
DANI 
1 


CONDUCTED BY 
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., 
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.8., 


AND 
we WILLIAM FRANCIS, gun., F.L.S. 


BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH 
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S “‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


| 
| ies ae 
| 
| 


3? 


WITH TWO PLATES. 
} e 
| oi LONDON: 

TAYLOR AND: FRAY 20, RED LION COURT, FLEE! STREET. 


‘Sold by Simpkin, Marshal, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliare, 
Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, 


RR i ig r 
Double Number. Price Five Shillines. 


a 


On January 1st, 1901, will be published, 
Royal 8vo, cloth, 820 pages, with 458 figures, L1 Ils. Gd. net, 


BRITISH FLIES (SYRPHIDA, EFic.). 


Including a Synonymic Catalogue of the EUROPEAN Species. 
By G. HW) VERRALL, 


PRESIDENT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


The Catalogue may be had separately, price Ss. net. 


GURNEY & JACKSON, 1 PATERNOSTER ROW. 
(Mr. Van Voorst’s Succussors.) 


THE FAUNA OF. BRITISH “INDIA, 


INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. 
Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council. 


Edited by W. T. Branrorp, 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodcuts. Price £1. 


MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Cc.nplete. 
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each. 


FISHES.—2 Vols. 
By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LL.D., &e. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. 


BIRDS.—Vol. I., £1: Vol. IL, 15s. 
By E. W. OATES, F.Z:S. 


VOLS. III. and IV., 15s. each. 
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1. 


REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. Complete. 
By G. A. BOULENGER. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each. 


MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. 
By Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Barr. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with four coloured plates and 
numerous woodcuts. Price £1. 
HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees. 
By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.Z8, 


- Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price 10s. 
oe ARACHNIDA—1 Vol. Complete. 
By R. I. POCOCK. 
TayLor and Francis, Red Lior Court, Fleet Street, 12.C. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[SEVENTH SERIES.] 


LO rence area aca per litora spargite muscum, 
Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes: 
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: 
Floribus et pictum, divee, replete canistrum. 
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; 
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco 
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas 
Ferte, Dee pelagi, et pingui conchylia suco. 

N. Parthenii Giannettusi, Ecl. 


No. 87. JANUARY 1901. 


I.— Diagnoses of new Fishes discovered by Mr, J. FE. S. 
Moore in Lakes Tanganyika and Kivu. By G. A. 
BouLENGER, F’.R.S. 


II. Cichlide, Mastacembelidea. 
Paratilapia vittata. 


D. XV-XVI 8-9. A.TII 8-9. Sq. 38235 _*... 
L. lat. 20-21/10-18. 


Depth of body 34 to 34 times in total length, length of 
head 22 to 3 times. Diameter of eye 4 to 43 times in length 
of head; maxillary extending to below anterior border of 
eye; 3 or 4 series of teeth; 3 or 4 series of scales on the 
cheek, 10-12 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. 
Pectoral much shorter than the head. Caudal feebly notched. 
Two blackish stripes along each side of the body. 

Total length 120 millim. 

Several specimens from Kivu. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 1 


2 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on 


Paratilapia aurita. 


D. XV-XVII 9-10. A. IIE 8. Sq. 35-36 <5. 
L. lat. 22-25/14-18. 


Depth of body 3 to 32 times in total length, length of head 
84 to 34. Diameter of eye 34 to 3? times in length of head ; 
maxillary extending to below anterior fourth or anterior third 
of eye; 2 or3 series of teeth; 4 or 5 series of scales on the 
cheek. 10 or 11 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. 
Pectoral as long as head. Caudal feebly notched. A very 
distinct blue-black opercular spot. 

Total length 130 millim. 

Several specimens from Msambu, Tanganyika. 


Paratilapia calliura. 


D. XVI-XVII 10. A. III. 7-8. Sq. 37-40 55. 
L. lat. 25-29/13=17. 


Depth of body 4 to 44 times in total length, length of head 
3 to 84. Snout pointed; diameter of eye 3 to 34 times in 
length of head; maxillary extending to below anterior fourth 
of eye; 2 series of teeth; 2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek. 
15 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Pectoral a 
little shorter than the head. Caudal feebly notched. Dorsal 
and anal edged with black; 4 or 5 black bars across the 
caudal. 

Total length 110 millim. 

Several specimens from Kalambo, Tanganyika. 


Paratilapia stenosoma. 


D. XV 13. A. III 12-13, Sq. 60-68 3. 
L. lat. 54-58/31-34. 


Body very strongly compressed, its depth nearly equal to 
length of head and 2? to 3 times in total length. Diameter 
of eye 34 to 84 in length of head; maxillary not extending 
to below anterior border of eye; 2 or 3 series of teeth ; 2 series 
of scales on the cheek. 19-23 gill-rakers on lower part of 
anterior area. Pectoral a little shorter than the head. Caudal 
deeply notched. Dorsal fin blackish at the edge. 

Total length 220 millim. 

Three specimens from the south end of Lake Tanganyika 
and from Maswa, south of Ujjiji. 


new Fishes from Lakes Tanganytka and Kivu. 3 


Paratilapia nigripinnis. 


D. XV-XVII 11. A. III 8-9. Sq. 39-40 4. 
L. lat. 29-30/13-16. 


General proportions and essential characters as in P. lepto- 
soma, Blgr., but easily distinguished by the number of spines 
and soft rays in the dorsal and of soft rays in the anal. 
Dark brown, lighter beneath; fins blackish, caudal edged 
with white. 

Total length 80 millim. 

Two specimens from Msambu, Tanganyika. 


Bathybates fasciatus. 
D. XV116. A.IIL17. Sq. 140%. L. lat. 75/45. 


Depth of body 44 times in total length, length of head 34. 
Diameter of eye twice in length of snout, 5 times in length of 
head, 14 times in interocular width. 18 gill-rakers on lower 
part of anterior arch. A series of large round blackish 
blotches above the upper lateral line, alternating with vertical 
blotches or cross-bars below. 

Total length 340 millim. 

A single specimen from the west coast of Lake Tanganyika. 


Xenotilapia ornatipinnis. 


DaxiMox y12213. A: Il 7-880 Sq. 34-37 © 
L. lat. 28-32/13-18/4-12. 


Body less elongate than in X. sima, Blgr., its depth nearly 
equal to length of head and 34 to 33 times in total length. 
Large blackish spots or oblique bars on the dorsal; upper 
lobe of caudal with a blackish edge; a blackish chevron-shaved 
band lower down on the caudal. 

Total length 110 millim. 

Several specimens from Kibwesi, Tanganyika. 


Trematocara unimaculatum. 


D. X-XII 9-11. A. III 7-8. Sq. 30-32%. L. lat. 5-14. 


17 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines 
longer than in J. marginatum. A large round black spot on 
the posterior third of the spinous dorsal. 

Total length 120 millim. 

Several specimens from Usambura, J'anganyika. 

1* 


4 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on 


GEPHYROCHROMIS, gen. nov. 


A band of very small tricuspid teeth in both jaws and an 
outer series of larger conical teeth. Anal spines 3. 

Differs from Paratilapia as Telmatochromis trom Lampro- 
logus. 


Gephyrochromis Moorti. 
D. XVII8. A.III7. Sq. 303. L. lat. 22/13. 


Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 times in total 
length. Diameter of eye 3} times in length of head ; 3 series 
of scales on the cheek. 18 gill-rakers on lower part of ante- 
rior arch. Caudal rounded. 

Total length 120 millim. 

A single specimen from the north end of Lake Tanganyika. 


Tilapia pleurotenia. 


D, XV-XVIII 11-12. A. III 8-10. Sq. 32-35 5=;. 
L. lat. 22-24/10-15. 


Depth of body 24 to 3 times in total length, length of head 
3 to 84. Diameter of eye 3 to 34 times in length of head; 
mouth extending to below nostril or between nostril and eye ; 
3 series of teeth ; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek. 10-12 
gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Pectoral a little 
shorter than head. Caudal deeply notched. A _ blackish 
lateral stripe. 

Total length 110 millim. 

Several specimens from the north end of Lake Tanganyika 
and from the Usisi River. 


Tilapia trematocephala. 
D.XVI1J. A.III9. Sq. 403. L. lat. 28/2. 


Depth of body equal to length of head, 3} times in total 
length. Sensory organs on the head with very wide openings ; 
diameter of eye 3 times in length of head; mouth extending 
to between nostril and eye; 2 series of teeth; 3 series of 
scales on the cheek. 13 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior 
arch. Pectoral # length of head. Caudal deeply notched. 
Ventral and anal black, latter edged with white. 

Total length 90 millim. 

A single specimen from the north end of Lake Tanganyika. 


new Fishes from Lakes Tanganyika and Kivu. 4) 


Tilapia boops. 


D. XU-XIU1 14. A. IIT 8-9. Sq. 39-40 2. 
L, lat. 84-35/15-19. 


Depth of body equal to length of head, 34 to 34 times in 
total length. Diameter of eye 23 in length of head; mouth 
not extending quite to below anterior border of eye; 3 series 
of teeth; 2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek. 13 gill-rakers 
on lower part of anterior arch. Pectoral as long as head. 
Caudal deeply notched. 

Total length 90 millim. 

Two specimens from Msambu, Tanganyika. 


ASPROTILAPIA, gen. nov. 


Teeth small, tricuspid, closely set, in two series. Mouth 
inferior, transverse. Body elongate, much attenuate in the 
caudal region. Scales ctenoid; two lateral lines. Anal 
with 3 spines. 


Allied to Tilapia. 


Asprotilapia leptura. 
D. XIV 12, A.TII8. Sq. 384. L. lat. 27/20. 


Body rather feebly compressed, its depth 5 times in total 
length. Snout subconical, projecting strongly beyond the 
mouth ; diameter of eye 22 times in length ot head; 3 series 
of scales on the cheek. Caudal deeply notched. Caudal 
peduncle 3 times as long as deep. 

Total length 95 millim. 

A single specimen from Msambu, Tanganyika. 


Mastacembelus frenatus. 
D. XVITSs. AE 90: 


Vent equally distant from the end of the snout anid from 
the caudal ; length of head 33 times in its distance from vent. 
Mouth extending to below anterior border of eye; no pre- 
opercular spines. Body with dark brown marblings; a dark 
streak on each side of the head, passing through the eye ; 
two brown bars across the caudal. 

Total length 250 millim. 

A single specimen from the north end of Lake Tanganyika. 


6 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreida. 


Mastacembelus teniatus. 
D. XXXIII 85. <A. II 85. 


Vent nearer caudal fin than end of snout; length of head 
3 times in its distance from vent. Mouth extending to below 
anterior border of eye; no preopercular spines, A brown 
lateral stripe from the end of the snout to the tail, passing 
through the eye. 

Total length 105 millim. 

A single specimen from the north end of Lake Tanganyika. 


I].—Rhynchotal Notes.—VIII. Heteroptera: Fam, Coreide. 
By W. L. Distant. 


THESE notes and descriptions refer to the subfamilies Acan- 
thocephaline, Homeeccerinw, Cloresmine, and Colpurine, 
with a few further references to the family Pentatomide. 
Most of Walker’s descriptions in these groups are reviewed, 
but some two or three still await further consideration. It is 
also probable that some species Walker described in subse- 
quent locations may, when those groups are reached, be found 
to belong to the above subfamilies, 


A CANTHOCEPHALINE. 
Genus ACANTHOCEPHALA. 

Acanthocephala latipes. 

Cimex latipes, Drury, Ins. iii. p. 63, pl. xlv. fig. 3 (1782). 

Metapodius sericeicollis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 49. n. 7 (1871). 
Acanthocephala angustipes. 

Metapodius angustipes, Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 15 (1842). 

Metapodius constrictus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 47. n. 4 (1871). 
Acanthocephala unicolor. 


Metapodius unicolor, Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 15 (1842). 
Metapodius distinctus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 60, n. 21 (1871) 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreidas. // 


Genus LAMINICEPS. 


Laminiceps megera. 


Paryphes megera, Burm. Handb. ii. p. 336. n. 3 eer 
Laminiceps megera, Stal, En. Hem. i. p. 156. n. 1 (1870), cum synon. 


This species has been omitted in the Catalogue of Lethierry 
and Severin (cf. t. ii. p. 34, Laminiceps). 


Laminiceps festivus, sp. n. 


Head bluish green, eyes ochraceous, antenne fuscous ; pro- 
notum ochraceous, with two large discal, subquadrate, indigo- 
blue spots, which do not reach the posterior or lateral margins 
and are more remote from the anterior margin; scutellum 
indigo-blue, with a central longitudinal ochraceous fascia, 
which is broadest at base and apex ; corium dark bluish black, 
crossed at base of membrane by a transverse ochraceous 
fascia; membrane black. Head and body beneath ochra- 
ceous ; rostrum, a spot beneath bases of antenne, a spot near 
intermediate and posterior coxe, and the legs bluish green ; 
bases of anterior and intermediate femora, base and under 
surface of posterior femora ochraceous, the last with the 
femoral spines blackish. 

The pronotum has the dark spots thickly and coarsely 
punctate, the remaining area more sparingly punctate ex- 
cepting the anterior margin, which is almost impunctate ; 
lateral margins obscurely crenulate ; scutellum transversely 
rugulose and coarsely punctate, corium thickly and finely 
punctate. 

3. Posterior femora incrassate, curved, and with a series 
of spines beneath which gradually increase in size from near 
base to apex. 

Long., 3, 18 millim. 

Hab, Amazons (Brit. Mus.). 

Allied to L. fasciatus, Dall., and L. cardinalis, Stal; from 
the first it is at once separated by the different markings and 
colour of the femora, from the second by the markings of the 
pronotum and scutellum, different colour of the legs, &e. 


Laminiceps sumptuosus, sp. n. 


Above dark bluish green; basal and lateral margins of 
head, anterior area, lateral margins of pronotum (narrowly), 
and a central longitudinal fascia to pronotum, scutellum, 
bases of corium and clavus, apex of clavus connected with a 


broad transverse fascia to corium, body beneath and legs 


8 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 


reddish ochraceous ; antenne, base and apex of rostrum, three 
large spots on each side of sternum near coxe, bases of third 
and fourth abdominal segments, tibie (excluding bases), 
and the tarsi dark bluish green. 

Pronotum with the dark areas very coarsely punctate and 
rugulose, remaining area more sparingly punctate, anterior 
margin impunctate, lateral margins finely and obscurely 
crenulate, the lateral angles prominent; scutellum subrugu- 
lose; corium thickly and finely punctate. 

$. Posterior femora strongly incrassate and curved, with 
several longitudinal series of obscure spines or tubercles, and 
a much more distinct series beneath, which is duplex near 
apex ; posterior tibie inwardly strongly spined. 

Long., ¢, 19 millim. 

Hab. Amazons, Rio Magdalena (Dr. O. Thieme, Coll. 
Dist.). 

Allied to Z. ducalis, Stal, from which it may be separated 
by the unicolorous scutellum, different colour of the legs, Ke. 


HOMG@OCERINZ. 
Genus HOM@OCERUS. 


Homaocerus angulatus. 


Homeocerus angulatus, Westw. in Hope Cat. 11. p. 22 (1842). 
Homeocerus clarus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 94. n. 12 (1871). 
Homeocerus mundus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 99. n. 28. 
Homeocerus parallelus, Walk. loc. ett. p. 100. n. 31. 


TTomaocerus siynatus. 


Homeocerus signatus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 97. n. 19 (1871); Kirby, 
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 91 (1891). ; 
Homeocerus biplagiatus, Stal, En. Hem. iii. p. 59. n. 14 (1878), 


Mr. Kirby had correctly placed these two species as syno- 
nymic (supra), but as Lethierry and Severin have since 
placed them as distinct in their Catalogue (t. il. pp. 35 and 37), 
it is as well to draw attention to the correction. 


Loumeocerus subjectus. 
Homeocerus subjectus, Walk. Cat. Het. iy. p. 97. n. 20 (1871). 


The type is unique and represented by a specimen in bad 


condition. Probably only a colour-variety of H. abbreviatus, 
Fabr. 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 9 


Llomeocerus serrifer. 


Coreus serrifer, Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 24 (1842). 

Homeocerus parvulus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 101. n, 82 (1871). 

Homeocerus unipunctatus, Dall, (nec Thunb.), List Hem, i. p. 447. n, 11 
(1852). 


Homeocerus unipunctatus. 


Cimex unipunctatus, Thunb, N. Ins, Sp. ii. p. 38, t. ii. fig. 52 (1783). 
Homeocerus chinensis, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 447. n. 12 (1852). 


Homaocerus prom in ulus. 


Ceratopachys prominulus, Dall, List Hem. ii. p. 501, n. 3 (1852). 
Ceratopachys vicinus, Dall. loc. cit, n. 4. 


Hom«ocerus graminis. 


Lygeus graminis, Faby. Syst. Rhyng. p. 216. n. 55 (1803). 
Homeocerus turbidus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 95. n. 15 (1871). 


Homeocerus abbreviatus. 


Lygeus abbreviatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 150. n. 51 (1794). 
Homeocerus umbratus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 95. n. 17 (1871), excl. 
syn. 


Homeocerus variabilis. 


Ceratopachys variabilis, Dall, List Hem. ii. p. 502. n. 5 (1852). 
Homeocerus anticus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 98. n. 25 (1871). 


Homeocerus annulatus. 


Alydus annulatus, Thunb. Hem. rostr. Cap. ii. p. 4 (1822). 
Ceratopachys subsparsus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 105, n, 5 (1871), 


Homeocerus borneensis, sp. ni. 


Brownish ochraceous, coarsely and darkly punctate; an- 
tenn piceous, base of apical joint pale luteous; pronotum 
with an indistinct pale central levigate line, and the lateral 
margins narrowly piceous; corium with the margins and 
venation palely levigate, the submarginal area _piceous; 
scutellum with the margins and apex palely levigate ; mem- 
brane with the internal area black ; abdomen above dark 
brownish, a broad central fascia and the connexivum ochra- 
ceous, apical segment with its margins black. Body beneath 
and legs ochraceous ; sternum unspotted. 

Antenne with the first and second joints longest and sub- 
equal in length, third and fourth joints shorter, third a little 


10 Mr, W. L. Distant on Coreide. 


longer than fourth; lateral angles of pronotum slightly 
prominent and subangulate ; rostrum with the second joint 
slightly longer than the third, 

Long., gd, 18 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 43 millim. 

Hab. §.E. Borneo (Atkinson Coll., Brit. Mus.). 

The striking colour of the abdomen above will render this 
species easily recognized, especially with the unspotted corium 
and sternum. 


Homeocerus malayensis, sp. n. 


Brownish ochraceous, veins and apical area of the corium 
ochraceous, the last preceded by an irregular transverse black 
fascia. Antenne with the basal joint brown, the second and 
third joints piceous (apical joint mutilated) ; lateral margins 
and angles of pronotum narrowly piceous; basal margin of 
pronotum, margins and apex of scutellum, and margins and 
venation of corium palely levigate ; membrane pale brownish, 
with its basal area black ; body beneath and legs ochraceous, 
a small black spot on each side of meso- and metasternum. 

Antenne with the first and third joints subequal in length, 
second a little shorter; body above very coarsely punctate, 
the punctures somewhat darker; lateral angles of the pro- 
notum prominent, subacute, and slightly directed backward ; 
rostrum with the second joint much longer than the third. 

Long. 16-18 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 43-5 millim. 

Hab. Malay Peninsula : Singapore, "3 (Saunders Coll., 
Brit. Mus.) ; Perak, 9 (Doherty, Coll. Dist.). 

In the Perak specimen the abdominal stigmata are black. 

Somewhat allied to H. W alkerianus, Leth. & Sev. 
( plagiatus, Walk.). 


Homeocerus Atkinsont, sp. n. 


Ochraceous, thickly and coarsely punctate, the punctures 
black on the corium and scutellum, and forming a more or less 
distinct transverse fascia between the lateral angles, and three 
somewhat indistinct discal longitudinal lines, also distinct on 
the extreme lateral margins of the pronotum. Body beneath 
and legs ochraceous ; a lineate series of small spots to the 
sternum and abdomen, mostly double on the abdomen, and 
the stigmata black. Antenne black, apical joint, fuscous, 
with its apex ochraceous. Abdomen "above dark purplish, 
the segmental margins (narrowly) and the connexivum 
ochraceous. 

Antenne with the second joint slightly longer than the 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. alg 


third; lateral angles of the pronotum prominent and _ sub- 
acute; abdomen distinctly dilated on each side at apical half; 
lateral margins and apex of scutellum, margins and venation 
of corium levigate; internal angle of membrane fuscous ; 
rostrum with the third and fourth joints subequal in length. 

Long., g, 138-14 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 44-5 millim. 

Hab, Assam (Atkinson Coll., Brit. Mus.); Naga Hills 
(Doherty, Coll. Dist.). 

A species allied to H. tinctus, Dist., from which it differs 
by the pronotal angles, colour of antennex, &c. 


Homeocerus abdominalis, sp. n. 


Ochraceous, coarsely punctate; antenna, lateral margins 
of pronotum, membrane, and a lateral series of five large 
segmental spots to body beneath, black ; clavus and marginal 
area of corium punctured with black. 

Antenne with the base of first joint ochraceous ; first and 
second and third and fourth joints almost subequal in length, 
third and fourth shortest; pronotal angles subprominent ; 
rostrum with the second joint longer than the third ; first, 
second, and fourth joints almost subequal in length. 

Long., ¢, 14 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 44 millim. 

Hab. Malay Peninsula; Perak (Doherty, Coll. Dist.). 

A species easily recognized by the colour of the antenne 
and the large abdominal spots. 


Homeocerus montanus, sp. n. 


Ochraceous ; apical joint of antenne (excluding extreme 
base) roseate; apical area of corium more or less infuscated ; 
abdomen above ochraceous, with a double series of subquadrate 
sanguineous spots. 

Antenne with the first and fourth joints incrassated, second 
joint longest, third slightly shorter than fourth, which is sub- 
equal in length to first joint; body above coarsely punctate ; 
pronotal angles not produced ; rostrum with the second joint 
slightly longer than the third. 

Var.—Posterior margin of the pronotum, clavus, and in- 
ternal area of corium infuscated. 

Long., ¢ ?, 14-17 millim. 

Hab. British India, Nilgiri Hills (S% G. Hampson, Coll. 
Dist.). 


Homeocerus smecticus, sp. n. 


Ochraceous, thickly, coarsely, and darkly punctate ; an- 
tenne fuscous, the apical joint luteous; pronotum with a 


12 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 


central pale levigate line, the extreme lateral margins and 
angles piceous; abdomen black, the connexivum, apical 
margin, and two transverse spots on disk ochraceous ; body 
beneath and legs ochraceous ; abdomen with a series of black 
stigmatal spots. 

Antenne with the first and fourth joints moderately in- 
crassated ; first, second, and third joints almost subequal in 
length, fourth shortest ; lateral angles of the pronotum pro- 
duced into very small obtuse spines ; rostrum with the second 
joint longer than the third. 

Long., ¢, 13 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 4 millim. 

Hab. Burma; Ruby Mines (Doherty, Coll. Dist.). 

Somewhat allied to //. nigridorsum, Horv., from which it 
may be at once separated by the more slender and elongate 
antenne, the produced lateral angles of the pronotum, the 
different markings of the upper surface of the abdomen, the 
unspotted sternum, relative lengths of the joints of an- 
tenn, &e. 


Homeocerus Yerburyt, sp. n. 


Fuscous brown, thickly and coarsely punctate ; antenne 
with the first and fourth joints piceous, second and third 
joints ochraceous, with their apical thirds piceous ; head with a 
lateral piceous fascia behind the eyes; corium with the veins 
and an irregularly angulated patch on apical margin ochra- 
ceous; membrane brassy brown; body beneath and legs 
reddish brown; two oblong spots on mesosternum between 
the anterior and intermediate coxe, extreme apex of rostrum, 
apical thirds of femora, apices of tibiz, tarsi, and marginal 
spots to abdomen piceous ; abdomen above reddish ochraceous, 
connexivum broadly spotted with piceous; scutellum with 
extreme lateral levigate margins and the apex ochraceous. 

Antenne with the first and third joints subequal in length, 
second longest, fourth short and cylindrical ; basal joint stout, 
second and third joints moderately thickened at apices ; pro- 
notal angles strongly developed, directed upwards, their apices 
acute; rostrum with the first and second joints short, thickest, 
and subequal in length; third and fourth slender, third a 
little longer than fourth. 

Long., ¢ 15 millim., ¢ 18 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 
54-7 millim. 


Hab, Aden (Col. Yerbury, Brit. Mus.). 


Homeocerus trimaculatus, sp. n. 
Ochraceous, coarsely and darkly punctate ; pronotum with 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 13 


the lateral spines and a transverse discal series of three con- 
spicuous spots black; a somewhat obsolete central line to 
pronotum and the apex and basal angles of the scutellum 
palely levigate ; antenne, body beneath, and legs brownish 
ochraceous; an oblique spot on prosternum and oblique fascia 
and two spots on mesosternum, a somewhat bent lineate 
fascia on metasternum, and the apex of the rostrum black ; 
abdomen above brownish ochraceous, with a double discal 
series of blackish spots with small ochraceous centres. 

First and fourth joints of the antenne moderately incras- 
sated, second joint longest, first and third subequal in length, 
fourth a little shorter than third; pronotum with the lateral 
angles very prominent, directed upwards and somewhat 
forwards, apices slightly reflexed; rostrum with the joints 
almost subequal in length. 

Long., ¢ 16} millim., 9 18 millim.; exp. pronot. angl., 
3 Smillim., 9 7 millim. 

Hab. British East Africa, Maragya Fundi (C. S. Betton, 
Brit. Mus.). 

A species to be placed near H. magnicornis, Burm., and 
H. auriculatus, Stal. 


CLORESMINZ:. 
Genus NOTOBITUS. 


Notobitus abdominalis, sp. n. 


S$. Head, antenne, pronotum, scutellum, abdomen above, 
body beneath, and legs obscure dark olivaceous; eyes, apex 
of scutellum, connexivum, central macular fascia to abdomen 
above (neither reaching base nor apex), lateral margins of 
abdomen beneath, and posterior margins of third, fourth, and 
fifth abdominal segments ochraceous ; corium, anterior and 
intermediate tibiz, and tarsi brownish ochraceous; membrane 
dull ochraceous, its basal margin paler; apical joint of an- 
tenne pale fuscous, its extreme base olivaceous. 

Antennz with the first, second, and third joints pilose and 
almost subequal in length; head, pronotum, and scutellum 
thickly and coarsely punctate; posterior femora (¢) with a 
series of irregular spines beneath, of which the largest and 
most prominent is situate about one third from apex. 

Long. 23 millim. 

Hab. East India (sic) (Brit. Mus.) ; Assam (Chennell, 
Coll. Dist.). 

The abdominal markings will alone render this species 
quite distinct. 


14 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 


Genus CLORESMUS. 


Cloresmus modestus, sp. n. 


&. Body above brownish ochraceous, sometimes tinged 
with purplish; antenne, rostrum, a central fascia to head 
beneath, and mesosternum, anterior and intermediate legs, 
posterior trochanters and tarsi ochraceous ; posterior legs and 
abdomen beneath reddish brown; abdomen above purplish, 
sometimes pale castaneous, with three pale central ochraceous 
spots—one on second segment and the others at junction of 
third and fourth and fourth and fifth segments; connexivum 
above and beneath ochraceous, spotted with black or casta- 
neous at the incisures; membrane pale fuscous; scutellum 
with the apex and basal angles narrowly ochraceous. 

&. With a very distinct spine on outer edge of posterior 
coxe; rostrum extending about halfway across mesosternum ; 
antenne very hirsute, first and third and second and fourth 
joints almost subequal in length; posterior femora armed with 
a long spine beneath a little beyond centre. 

Long., ¢ 18 millim., 2 16 millim. 

Hab. & 2, British India, North Khasia Hills (Chennell, 
Col!. Dist.); 9, Singapore (H. N. Ridley, Brit. Mus.). 

The Singapore specimen is somewhat paler beneath than 
in the Khasia examples. 

The species is allied to NV. nepalensis, Westw., from which 
it differs by its larger size, longer antenne, different colour of 
the abdomen, &e. 


Cloresmus khasianus, sp. n. 


Above pale shining olivaceous or brownish ochraceous, 
with the head and anterior margin of pronotum olivaceous ; 
antenne with the first, second, and third joints brownish 
ochraceous, with their extreme apices olivaceous, fourth joint 
ochraceous, its base and an apical annulation fuscous ; abdo- 
men above sanguineous, with two small ochraceous linear 
spots at bases of fourth and fifth segments; connexivum 
ochraceous, with large fuscous spots at the incisures; pro- 
sternum, anterior and intermediate legs, and posterior tarsi 
ochraceous ; meso- and metasternum, abdomen beneath, and 
posterior legs castaneous ; lateral margins of abdomen ochra- 
ceous, minutely spotted with fuscous at the incisures; head 
beneath and anterior margin of prosternum shining pale 
olivaceous. 

3. Antenna hirsute, the first and third and second and 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 15 


fourth joints subequal in length ; rostrum short, scarcely ex- 
tending beyond the anterior coxe ; posterior coxee somewhat 
obscurely spined; posterior femora moderately incrassated, 
obscurely spinous beneath, and with an elongate spine a little 
beyond centre. 

Long., ¢ 2, 21 millim. 

Hab. British India, Mungphu (Atkinson Coll., Brit. Mus.) ; 
Khasia Hills (Chennel/, Coll. Dist.). 

Allied to the preceding species, from which it differs by the 
larger size, shorter rostrum, longer and more attenuated 
posterior femora, different colour and markings of antennae 
and upper surface of abdomen, &c. 


CoLPURINE. 
Genus SCIOPHYRUS. 


Sciophyrus anticus. 
Cletus anticus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 196. n. 43 (1871). 


Sciophyrus crassus, 
Cletus crassus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 197. n. 46 (1871). 


Genus COLPURA. 
Lybas, Dall. List Hem. ii. pp. 450 & 463 (1852), nom. preoce. 
Colpura, Bergy. (n. nom.) Rey. Ent. France, xiii. p. 154 (1894). 
Lybastes, Kirkaldy (n. nom.), Entomologist, xxxiii. p. 240 (1900). 


Colpura afflicta. 
Lybas afflictus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 151, n. 8 (1871). 


Anterior angles of the pronotum rounded, unarmed; mem- 
brane not quite reaching the apex of the abdomen, pale 
brown, with the veins fuscous and very distinct, 

Walker’s type was unlocalized; I, however, possess a 
specimen from Bantam, Java, in my own collection. 


Colpura lugubris. 
Lybas lugubris, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 151. n. 7 (1871), part. (type 
a, Singapore). 
Colpura speculatriz, Bredd. Abh. Senckenb. Ges. xxv. p. 152, t. ix. 
tig. 6 (1900). 


Walker’s type from Singapore possesses the black anterior 
area to the membrane; in my own collection is a specimen 
trom Sumatra. ° 


16 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 


Colpura funebris, sp. n. 


Piceous, finely ochraceously pubescent; apical joint of 
antenne (excluding base), apex of scutellum, lineate marginal 
spots to abdomen above and beneath, trochanters, tarsi, and 
posterior margins of fourth and fifth abdominal segments 
ochraceous; membrane dark cupreous, with its inner area 
brownish ochraceous ; corium with a large dull piceous spot 
near claval apex; body beneath piceous ; abdomen with four 
basal spots (sometimes obsolete), the stigmata and a sub- 
lateral series of spots, of which the last three are the largest 
and most distinct, shining black; sternal spots (sometimes 
obsolete) shining black; posterior and intermediate femora 
more or less suffused with ochraceous above. 

Antennz with the basal joint stoutest and curved, second 
and third joints slender, second much longer than third, 
fourth cylindrical and shortest, not much more than half the 
length of third; pronotum with the anterior angles rounded 
and unarmed ; abdomen moderately dilated and recurved, 
projecting beyond the corium for about half its length; 
rostrum about reaching the centre of the third abdominal 


=) . 
segment; abdomen prominently sulcated for about half its 


length. 
Long. 15 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 44 millim. 
Hab. Sikkim (Atkinson Coll., Brit. Mus.). 
By the markings of the corium allied to C. planiceps, Bredd. 


Colpura javanensis, sp. n. 


Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs piceous ; 
corium, antenne, connexivum, and tibie pale castaneous ; 
bases and apices of first, second, and third joints of antenne 
(very narrowly), fourth joint (excluding base), two spots on 
corium (the first and smaller at about one third from base, 
the second and larger near posterior margin), marginal spots to 
abdomen both above and beneath, rostrum, trochanters, tarsi, 
and posterior margins of fourth and fifth abdominal segments 
ochraceous; abdomen beneath with four black spots near 
base and a rounded sublateral black spot on fourth, fifth, and 
sixth abdominal segments ; membrane cupreous. 

Head long, about as long as the pronotum; basal joint of 
the antenne moderately thickened and curved, second joint 
longest, fourth cylindrical, a little shorter than third; pro- 
notum with the anterior and posterior angles rounded, not 
prominent ; rostrum very long, almost reaching the apex of 
fourth abdominal segment; abdomen strongly suleated from 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. LF 


base to apex of penultimate segment; membrane not ex- 
tending to apex of abdomen. 
Long. 10 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 24 millim. 


Hab. Java (Horsfield Coll., Brit. Mus.). 


Colpura modesta, sp. n. 


Obscure brownish, finely ochraceously pilose, coarsely 
punctate; membrane cupreous; body beneath and legs 
piceous; rostrum, trochanters, extreme bases of femora, tarsi, 
apical joint of antenne (excluding base), marginal spots to 
abdomen both above and beneath, and posterior margins of 
fourth and fifth abdominal segments ochraceous ; abdomen 
above bluish black, the two basal segments reddish ; abdomen 
beneath with four black spots near base and a rounded sub- 
lateral spot on the fourth, fifth, and sixth abdominal segments. 

Antenne with the basal joint thickened and curved, second 
and third joints slender, second longest, fourth cylindrical 
and a little shorter than third; head with a somewhat promi- 
nent tubercle directed outwards on each side behind the eyes; 
pronotum with the anterior and posterior angles rounded, the 
lateral margins somewhat sinuate; rostrum about reaching 


. . o 
the centre of the third abdominal segment; abdomen broadly 
but obscurely sulcated for about half its length from base. 

Long. 9-10 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 3$ millim. 


Hab. Java (Horsfield Coll., Brit. Mus.) ; SE. Borneo 
(Doherty, Coll. Dist.). 


Colpura labecula, sp. n. 


Piceous, greyishly pilose; apical joint of antenna (ex- 
cluding base) luteous ; rostrum, coxe, trochanters, extreme 
bases of femora, posterior margins of fourth and fifth abdo- 
minal segments, spots to connexivum, and marginal spots to 
abdomen beneath ochraceous ; membrane black, with a large 
central ovate ochraceous spot. 

Antenne with the basal joint thickened and curved ; second 
and third joints slender, second longest, fourth joint cylin- 
drical, shorter than third; head with two foveate impressions 
in front of the ocelli and another on anterior portion of disk ; 
pronotum deflexed anteriorly, lateral margins nearly straight, 
lateral angles rounded, not prominent; scutellum with the 
apex narrowly ochraceous; rostrum reaching the apex of the 
third abdominal segment ; abdomen beneath with three sub- 
marginal black spots on the fourth, fifth, and sixth abdominal 
segments, and broadly centrally sulcated for about half its 
length from base. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vu. 2 


18 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 


Long. 9-10 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 8-34 millim. 

Hab. Malay Peninsula ; Singapore (H. WN. Ridley, Brit. 
Mus.) ; Perak (Doherty, Coll. Dist.). 

The Perak specimen is minus the lateral ochraceous and 
black spots to the abdomen beneath. 


Colpura erebus, sp. n. 


Very dark castaneous ; apical joint of antenne (excluding 
base), eyes, apex of scutellum, a small discal spot on corium 
near posterior margin, lineate lateral spots to abdomen above 
and beneath, posterior margins of fourth and fifth abdominal 
segments, and the coxe ochraceous; femora much suffused 
with ochraceous. 

Antenne with the first joint thickened and slightly curved, 
second and third joints slender, second longest, fourth cylin- 
drical, shorter than third ; pronotum with the anterior angles 
moderately and distinctly prominent, anterior margin con- 
cavely sinuate, lateral margins nearly straight, anterior area 
bilobately impressed; abdomen broader than corium and 
projecting from about half its length to apex; connexivum 
recurved, membrane not quite reaching apex of abdomen ; 
abdomen beneath broadly and distinctly suleated; rostrum 
reaching the apex of the third abdominal segment. 

Long. 11-15 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 34-44 ae 

Hab. India, Mungphu (Atkinson Coll., Brit, Mus.); Naga 
Hills (Doher ty, Coll. Dist.). 

This species is allied to Colpura afflictus, Walk., and both 
species have a resemblance to the genus Pachycephalus, 
from which the length of the rostrum and the suleated abdo- 
nen separate them. From C. afflicta the present species 
differs by the much more developed anterior pronotal angles. 


Colpura noctua, sp. n. 


Piceous ; apical joint of antenne (excluding base), coxe, 
extreme bases of femora, rostrum, posterior margins of fourth 
and fifth abdominal segments, spots to lateral margins of 
abdomen above and beneath ‘ochraceous ; tibize and tarsi 
obscure brownish ochraceous. 

Rostrum reaching the centre of the third abdominal seg- 
ment; antenne with the basal joint thickened and curved, 
second and third joints longest and slender, second longer 
than third, fourth cylindrical and shortest ; ‘pronotum with 
the anterior angles distinctly spined, lateral margins straight, 
not sinuate, posterior margin moderately sinuate at base of 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 19 


scutellum, a distinct subfoveate, subbasal, transverse impres- 
sion, and the lateral angles subprominent and rounded. 
Fourth, fifth, and sixth abdominal segments with a very 
distinct rounded black spot near the lateral margins; body 
somewhat coarsely punctate ; abdomen above purplish. 

Long. 11-12 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 34-4 millim. 

Hab. Java (Horsfield Coll., Brit. Mus.); Burma and 
Upper Assam (Coll. Dist.). 


Lybas turpis, 
Lybas turpis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 150. n. 5 (1871); Kirby, Journ. 
Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 93 (1894). 

The type of this species is not to be found. In its place 
was a mutilated specimen of the American species Lepto- 
glossus zonatus ; this probably misled Kirby into including 
L. turpis in his enumeration of the Ceylonese species and 
writing ‘ very like a species of Homcocerus in appearance.” 


Genus PACHYCEPHALUS. 


Pachycephalus Touchet, sp. n. 


Piceous brown, coarsely punctate; connexivum above and 
beneath with lineate spots at incisures, some irregular spots 
to femora, and subbasal and subapical annulations to tibiz 
ochraceous ; apical joint of antenna (excluding base) luteous. 

Rostrum not reaching base of second abdominal segment. 

Allied to P. opacus, Uhler, from which it differs by its 
darker colour, annulated tibie, spotted connexivum, &c. 

Long. 11 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 3 millim. 

Hab. China; Kualun, N.W. Fokien (J. dela Touche, Brit. 


Mus.). 


Summarized Disposition of Walker's Genera and Species. 


Acanthocephalinw, Homeocerine, Cloresmina, and 
Colpurine. 


Species considered valid and described under correct Genera. 


Homeeocerus signatus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 97. n. 19 (1871). 
subjectus, Walk. doc. cit. n. 20.—H. abbreviatus, Fabr., var. ? 
concisus, Walk. loc. cit, n. 21. 
stnicus, Walk. doc. cit. p. 98. n. 24. 
— lucidus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 100. n, 29. 
—— simpler, Walk. loc. cit. n. 30. 


20 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 


Spectes considered valid, but requiring generic revision. 


Metapodius affinis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 51. n, 22 (1871), belongs to gen. 
Acanthocephala, 

Lybas penicillatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 150, n. 6, belongs to gen. Colpura, 
n. nom. 

— lugubris, Walk. loc. cit. p. 151. n. 7, belongs to gen. Colpura, n. nom. 

affiictus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 8, belongs to gen. Colpura, n. nom. 

—— mestus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 152. n. 9, belongs to gen. Colpura, n. nom, 

Faseipes, Walk. loc. ct. n. 10, belongs to gen. Colpura, n. nom, 

Cletus anticus, Walk. loc, eit. p. 196. n. 43, belongs to gen. Sctophyrus. 

JFasciatus, Walk. loc, cit. n. 44, belongs to gen. dcanthotyla. 

crassus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 197. n. 46, belongs to gen. Sciophyrus, 


Species treated as synonymic, 


Metapodius constrictus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 47. n. 4 (1871),= Acan- 
thocephalus angustipes, Westw. 

sericeicollis, Walk. doc. evt. p. 49. n. 7,= Acanthocephala latipes, 
Dru. 

—— distinctus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 50. n. 21,= Acanthocephala unicolor, 

Westw. 

Homeeocerus plagiatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 938. n. 11 (nom. preoce.),= 
Homeocerus Walkerianus, Leth. & Sev. 

clarus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 94. n. 12,= Homeocerus angulatus, Westw. 

—— fascifer, var., Walk. loc. cit. n. 13 (part.),= Homeocerus Walkert, 

Kirby. 

—— turbidus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 95. n. 15, = Homeocerus graminis, Fabr. 

— umbratus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 95. n.17,= Homeocerus abbreviatus, Fabr. 

anticus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 98. n. 25, = Homeocerus variabilis, Dall. 

—— mundus, Walk, doe. cit. p. 99. n. 28, = Homeocerus angulatus, Westw. 

parallelus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 100. n. 81,= Homeocerus angulatus, 
Westw. 

parvulus, Walk. loc. eit, p. 101. n. 82, = Homeocerus serrifer, Westw. 

Ceratopachys subsparsus, Walk, Joe. ett. p. 105. n. 5,= Homeocerus annu- 
latus, Thunb. 


To be treated as non-ewistent. 


Species the types of which are not now to be found in the British Museum. 
Homeocerus lineatus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 97. n. 22 (1871). 


Lybas turpis, Walk. loc, cit. p. 150. n. 5. 
Pentatomide still to be located. 


Cypyinm. 


Genus MENTISA. 
Mentisa, Walker, Cat. Het. iii. p. 537 (1868). 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. Dall 


Mentisa smaragdina. 
Mentisa smaragdina, Walk. loc, cit. n. 1. 


Walker’s type and unique specimen in the British Museum 
is strongly carded, and thus afforded no opportunity for 
examination of the ventral segments. ‘This, in conjunction 
with its distinct coloration, made me strongly doubt it be- 
longing to the Cydnine at all; but Dr. Bergroth now informs 
me that he has received the species from Central Brazil 
and that the arrangement and number of ventral segments 
prove it to belong to that subfamily. I therefore gladly 
locate it in that position on his authority. Walker described 
the antenne as four-jointed, but his specimen is mutilated in 
that respect, and Dr. Bergroth informs me that in normal 
specimens the number of the antennal joints is five. 


PENTATOMINE. 


CROLLIUS, gen. nov. 


Body very much depressed, subovate. Antenne four- 
jointed ; basal joint shortest and stoutest, slightly passing 
the apex of the head, second joint longest; head about as 
long as broad between the inner margins of eyes, the lateral 
lobes sublaminate and reflexed, longer than the central lobe 
and meeting beyond it, their apices rounded but separated ; 
antenniferous tubercles outwardly and prominently spined, 
Pronotum with the anterior and posterior margins concavely 
sinuate, the lateral margins slightly reflexed and sinuate, the 
anterior angles with a small tubercle or spine, the posterior 
angles slightly notched or angulated. Scutellum broad, 
about as long as the corium, its lateral margins sinuate, its 
apex angularly rounded. Membrane short, reaching the apex 
of the abdomen, longitudinally veined. Rostrum about 
reaching the anterior coxee, fourth joint almost equal in length 
to that of third joint. Prosternum strongly sulcated ; meso- 
sternum with a slight central ridge. 

I have placed this genus near Platycoris, Guér., with which 
it has many affinities. 


Crollius conspersus. 

Podops conspersus, Walk. Cat. Het, 1. p. 71. n. 9 (1867) 

Hab. Natal (Gueinzdus, Brit. Mus.) ; British East Africa 
(C. 8. Betton, Brit. Mus.). 


29 Dr. A. G. Butler on Butterflies from 


Walker describes the head as unarmed, a statement contra- 
dicted by the spinous antenniferous tubercles. 


Podops conspersus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 71. n. 9 (1867), belongs to gen. 
Crollius, gen. nov. 

Strachia frontalis, Walk. loc. cit. ii, p. 888. n. 80 (1867), belongs to gen. 
Asopus. 

reciproca, Walk. loc. cit. p. 840. n. 84, belongs to gen, Asopus. 

megaspila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 841. n. 85,= Asopus reciprocus, Walk. 

—— hamata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 542. n. 86, belongs to gen. Asopus. 

saturata, Walk. loc, cit. n. 87,= Asopus hamatus, Walk. 

Duadicus telifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 876. n. 377, belongs to gen. Andriscus. 

Stauralia erassicornis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 877. n. 2 (rightly placed). 

terminalis, Walk. loc, cit. p. 378. n. 3 (rightly placed). 

Microdeuterus equalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 890. n. 2 (rightly placed). 

Brachystethus piceolus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 456. n. 10 (rightly placed), 


Ii].—An Account of a Collection of Butterflies made by the 
Rev. kK. St. Aulbyn Rogers between Mombasaand the Forests of 
Taveto. By ArtouR G. BuTuer, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., 
&e., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department, 


British Museum (Nat. Hist.). 


In a letter sent from Mombasa, July 13th, 1900, Mr. Rogers 
writes :—' I have been collecting butterflies here for some 
time, and have been recommended by Mr. R. Crawshay to 
send you some specimens in case any of them may be of 
interest to you. I do not suppose you will find them of any 
great value, as the greater part of them have been taken so 
near the coast, the few from up-country being either from 
Taveta or on the road there. I regret there are so tew, but 1 
have already sent the greater part of my collections there to 
the Royal Institution of Cornwall. 

“‘ Most of the species I send you are common generally, but 
I append a few notes as to those which | have not taken so 
commonly.” Then follow notes upon many of the species. 

In spite of Mr. Rogers’s modest opinion of this collection, I 
have found it of considerable interest ; it consists of ninety- 
seven species, some poorly represented in the Museum collec- 
tion, others quite new to us. One local form I have had to 
name, its differences from its southern representative being 
clearly quite constant. 

The species from Taveta seem all to be referable to dry or 
intermediate phases, those from Mombasa chiefly, if not 
altogether, to the wet phase. 


between Mombasa and the Forests of Taveta. 23 


Nymphalide. 
1. Amauris ochlea, Boisd. 
?, Mombasa, 30th December, 1899. 


2. Amauris dominicanus, Trimen. 


3 3, Taveta, 11th November, 2nd and 5th December, 
1899; Mombasa, 2nd May, 1900. 


3. Limnas chrysippus, var. dorippus, Klug. 


3, Mombasa, 7th May, 1900. 


4, Samanta perspicua, Trimen. 


3 3S, Taveta, 4th and 22nd August, 28th November, 
1899; locality illegible, 28th April, 1900. 

The examples obtained at Taveta are ail of the dry-season 
phase (but not yellow above as in S. Simonsz); the April 
example is of the wet phase. 


5. Monotrichtis sufitza, Hewits. 
3, Mombasa, 12th July, 1900. 


A curious variety with five ocelli on under surface of 
primaries, the first, third, and fourth small, the second only 
slightly larger, the fifth as large as usual. 


6. Neocenyra duplex, Butler. 


6, Taveta, 11th December, 1899. 
“Common between Voi and Taveta”’ (St. A. Rogers). 


7. Physcenura leda, Gerst. 
3S ?, Chaengombe, 23rd April, 1900. 
“Common at Rabai, but not at Mombasa” (St. A. R.). 
8. Ypthima granulosa, Butler. 
g, Mombasa, 22nd February, 1900. 


9. Charaxes brutus, Cramer. 


?, Taveta, 4th September, 1899. _ 
“Wairly common at Taveta, but difficult to get in good 


condition” (St. A. &.). 


24 Dr. A. G. Butler on Butterflies from 


10. Charaves rose, Butler. 


6, Taveta, 7th September, 1899. 

The same note applies to this as to the preceding species ; 
we should be glad to get more females of this species; they 
can at once be distinguished by the broad white belt across 
both front and hind wings and the distinct white spots on 
the former; the males of this and O. manica are much alike 
and liable to be confounded ; C. rose, however, has distinctly 
broader and less falcate primaries. 


11. Charazxes neanthes, Hewits. 


3, Taveta, 9th September, 1899. 
“Occurs fairly frequently beyond Voi” (St. A R.). 


12. Charaxes varanes, Cramer. 


3, Mombasa, 20th June, 1900. 


13. Precis cloantha, Cramer. 


?, Rabai, 6th June, 1900. 


‘This occurs widely, but I have never found it common ”’ 


USts Ae te). 
14. Precis elgiva, Hewits. 
Taveta, 15th July and 5th August, 1899. 


15. Precis cebrene, 'Trimen. 
dj Laveta, tthe July > 9.) (th ‘October; 1899; .a5g 9 
Mombasa, 7th May, 11th June; ¢?, Inn Town, 2nd June, 
1900. 
16. Precis clelia, Cramer. 
9, Taveta, 22nd August, 1899; ¢ 9, 4th and 16th 
January, 1900. 
17. Precis boopis, Trimen. 


3 3 $$, Mombasa, 6th to 8th May, 1900. 


18. Protogoniomorpha nebulosa, Trimen. 
3, Mombasa, 20th June, 1900. 


19. Pyramets cardut, Linn. 
3, Mombasa, 8th May, 1900. 


between Mombasa and the Forests of Tuveta. 25 


20. Panopea exrpansa, Butler. 


(? Frere) town, 30th June, 1900. ip 
“T have only met with this twice, both in bad condition : 
mimics Amauris ochlea” (K, St. A. R.). 


21. Euralia deceptor, Trimen. 
?, Mombasa, 23rd June, 1909. 


“This is not common and is very like Amauris ochlea. I 
wish I could send you a better specimen” (K. St. A. £&.). 


22. Euralia Wahlbergi, Wallgr. 
? ¢, Rabai, 6th and 8th June, 1900. 


“This also seems rare ; it is a very close mimic of 4. domi- 
nicanus” (K. St. A. R.). 


23. Hypolimnas misippus, Linn. 
?, Mombasa, 20th April, 1900. 


24. Hamanumida dedalus, Fabr. 


3, Chaengomhe, 23rd April, 1900. 
“ Toes not seem common near coast, but much more so 


up-country 7’ (K. St. A. £.). 


25. EHuphedra violacea, Butler. 
3 36, Taveta, 11th November and 5th December, 1899. 


26. Euphedra neophron, Hopft. 


?, Chaengombe, 23rd April; ¢, Mombasa, 19th May ; 
3, Rabai, 8th June, 1900. 

It is quite evident that this and £. violacea never occur 
together; it seems likely that the blue of freshly-caught 
E. neophron undergoes a chemical change with age and 
becomes green ; the colour of EL. violacea, however, appears 
to be permanent. 


27. Euryphene senegalensis, Herr.-Sch. 
& S$ 2? 3, Rabai, 6th and 8th June, 1900. 
‘“‘ uite common at Rabai” (K. St. A. R.). 
28. Neptis agatha, Cramer. 


3 ¢, Rabai, 7th and Lith June; g, Mombasa, 16th June, 
1900. 


26 Dr. A. G. Butler on Butterflies from 


29. Eurytela dryope, Faby. 
9, Mombasa, 27th June, 1900. 


30. Hypanis ilthyia, Drury. 
&, Mombasa, 7th January; ¢, 30th June, 1900. 


31. Acrea Jacksont, E. M. Sharpe. 


g, Taveta, 11th November, 1899. 


“This I have also taken commonly beyond Voi” 
CAowot.. And.) 


32. Acrea serena, Fabr. (var. perrupta, Butler). 
2 ¢, “Frere Town?,” 2nd June; Rabai, 6th June ; 
Mombasa, 7th July, 1900. 
“This is very common, but seems to vary a great deal” 
(Kin An fi). 
Strangely enough Mr. Rogers has sent us six females of 
this abundant species, all differing, but not one male. 


83. Acrea lycta, Fabr. 


& (typical form), Taveta, 7th October, 1899. 
& (var. daira), Taveta, 9th September, 1899; 9, Mom- 
basa, 11th March, 1900. 


34, Acrea onerata, Trimen. 

S, Taveta, 22nd August, 1899; § ?, Mombasa, 22nd 
June, “ Frere? Town,” 12th May, 1900. 

The male from Taveta is small, deep-coloured, and has the 
spotted black body of the ordinary female, yet the spots on 
the under surface do not differ ; it is probably the dry phase 
of the species. Mr. Rogers says of it—‘‘I have not seen 
this near the coast, but it is abundant the other side of Voi” ; 
of the typical form he says—‘“ Fairly common at Mombasa.” 


35. Acrea natalica, Boisd. 
& &, Mombasa, 8th May; Rabai, 9th June, 1900. 


36. Acraea anemosa, Hewits. 


2, Mombasa, Ist February; g, 4th July; g, Rabai, 
9th June, 1900. 


between Mombasa and the Forests of Taveta. 27 


37. Acrea neobule, Doubl. 


?, Mombasa, 15th February; 3, ‘ Frere?” Town, 17th 
February, 1900. 


38. Acrea insignis, Dist. 
?, Mombasa, 27th April, 1900. 
‘“¢ This is the first specimen I have met with” (K. St. A. &.). 


39. Acrea satis, Ward. 


3, Rabai, 8th June; 9, Mombasa, 20th June, 1900. 

Of the female Mr. Rogers says :—“ I have not found this 
really common.” ‘The female is numbered 78, but the male 
37, so that their specific identity seems not to have been 
recognized. 


40, Acrea mombase, H.G. Smith. 
2, Rabai, 9th June, 1900. 


“This is fairly common at Rabai, and occurs sometimes at 


Mombasa” (K. Sé. A. &.). 
Unfortunately Mr, Rogers only sent us one example ; it is 
a species not too well represented in the Museum series. 


41. Pardopsis punctatissima, Boisd. 
Frere ?”? Town, 28th April, 1900. 


Lycenide. 


42. Tingra amenaida, var. mombase, H. G. Smith. 


d, Rabai, 8th June, 1900. 
“This flies quite slowly; quite unlike a Blue” (XX. St. A. R.). 


43. Lachnocnema bibulus, Fabr. 

3, Taveta, 8th December, 1899; 2, Rabai, 8th June, 
1900. 

Of the male Mr. Rogers writes :—“ This curious Blue is 
quite common in a district of ‘l’aveta called Mbondeni, where 
it flies rapidly backward and forward, and frequently settles.” 
Of the female he mentions having taken “a single specimen.” 


44, Axvocerses harpax, Fabr.. 
3, Rabai, 11th June; 9, Mombasa, 4th July, 1900. 


28 Dr. A. G. Butler on Butterflies from 


Var. tHHoane, Waller. 

3 3, Chaengombe, 23rd April; Rabai, 6th and 7th June ; 
Mombasa, 23rd June. 

Two examples of the variety are numbered (8), like the 
typical form, and two (180). A. harpax appears to be an 
extremely variable species, the fiery mahogany colouring of 
the primaries being somewhat reduced in var. perton, more so 
in var. Yoane, and wanting or nearly so in var. punicea. 
Similar variations occur in the males of A. amanga, examples 
from Abyssinia having the belt on the primaries narrowed 
and interrupted, whilst in British Central Africa it is usually 
cone-shaped, with a separate spot for the apex of the cone, 
and does not extend above the second median branch ; never- 
theless we have one normal male from Nyasaland. 

Another example is also numbered (180), and is doubtless 
a form of var. crwsus with the basal area of the primaries 
very black, so that the central reddish area represents a 
narrow and irregular tapering band, divided externally below 
the first median branch by a transversely oblique black bar ; 
this specimen was caught at Rabai on the 8th June. 


45. Axiocerses amanga, Westw. 


of, “ Frere?” Town, 12th May ; Rabai, 8th June, 1900. 
Mr. Rogers numbers this (159), ae remarks as follows :— 
“T am afraid there is some confusion amongst these; (8) is 
common, (159) is not common, but occurs both at Rabai and 

here ; (180), if distinct ?, 1 think only occurs at Rabai.” 
Considering the variability of the primaries in both A. har- 
pax and A. amanga, it is not surprising that confusion should 
have arisen. I strongly suspect that A. mendeche from Mom- 
basa is only an example of A. amanga in which the belt on 
the primaries is bounded by vein 4, which I should imagine 
is the vein indicated in the description ; ; as a rule when this 
is the case the band is converted into a conical patch, but this 
appears not to be the case in the type of A. mendeche. 


46. Argiolaus lalos, var., H. H. Druce. 
? , Chaengombe, 23rd April, L900. 


The white patches on the upper surface are rather smaller, 
the red more vivid and rather more restricted on the second. 
aries: below, the red markings are deeper, the anal patch 
extending further inwards; the black markings stronger and 
only extending to the second median branch. I think this 
will prove to be only a well-nourished example of A. (alos. 


between Mombasa and the Forests of Taveta. 29 


Mr. Rogers says that it “does not seem really common.” 
We do not possess the male, and should be very glad to get 
more females. 


47. Stugeta Bowkert, Trimen, local form mombase. 


3 6, Mombasa, 7th and 10th February; ¢, 19th May, 
1900. 

These examples are larger and bluer than those from Natal ; 
the black on the primaries is also expanded, reducing the size 
of the white markings. On the under surface the ground- 
colour is chalky white, with hardly any grey suffusion, the 
dark markings are of a more rufescent brown varied with 
orange. As a local form I think this insect requires a 
distinctive name. 


48. Hypolycena philippus, Fabr. 
$, Mombasa, 3rd January, 1900. 


Jam not sure that the African species are typical /Typo- 
lyceene. 


49. Hypolycena pachalica, Butler. 
3, Mombasa, 28th December, 1899. 


50. Virachola antalus, Hopf. 
? ¢, Taveta, 28th October, 1899; Rabai, 9th June, 1900. 


51. Virachola dariaves, Hewits. 
6, Chaengombe, 23rd April, 1900. 
Numbered (166) by Mr. Rogers, who, however, sends no 
note respecting it ; it is rare in collections here, and we should 
be glad to get more specimens ; we do not possess the female. 


52. Spindasis victorie, Butler. 

&, Rabai, 11th June, 1900. 

“This is not uncommon at Rabai; occurs here, but seems 
to be replaced further inland by (138) ” (K. S¢. A. Tay: 

This is the first male example I have seen ; on the upper 
surface it is intermediate between S. natalensis and S. nyasse : 
on the under surface the primaries resemble those of S. nyasse, 
but on the secondaries the central band is united at an angle 
with that running from the abdominal margin; the subapical 
transverse band is abruptly widened on first subcostal branch, 
and runs nearly parallel to the central band, and the outer 


30 Dr. A. G. Butler on Butterflies from 


submarginal band is much abbreviated and confined to the 
apical area: these are all characters to be found in the female 
also. Although it has been- questioned whether the three 
forms S. natalensis, nyasse, and victorie can be distinguished 
as species, I find that, so far as specimens hitherto received 
show, the differences are constant to locality. 


53. Lycenesthes amarah, Lefebv. 
@ 9, Mombasa, 7th February and 3rd July; ¢,4thJuly, 
1900. 
54. Lyceenesthes Last’, H. G. Smith. 


S$, Chaengombe, 23rd April; ?, 11th June, 1900. 
This species (no. 163) is new to the Museum collection ; 


the female bears the number (55). 


55. Lycenesthes Kerstent, Gerst. 


$3 2%, Taveta, 14th October, 25th November, and 4th 


and 8th December, 1899. 
The males are numbered (148) and the females (122). 


56. Cacyreus lingeus, Cramer. 
2 2, Mombasa, 14th and 27th June, 1900. 


57. Castalius melena, ‘Trimen. 


@, Taveta, 12th August and 17th October, 1899. 
“J think I have only found this at Taveta, where it is 


common” (A. St. A. &.). wie 
We should be glad of more specimens of this species. 


58. Tarucus telicanus, Lang. 


&, Taveta, 18th August, 1899; 9 9, Mombasa, 14th June 
and 20th July, 1900. 


59. Azanus jesous, Guérin. 


&, Mombasa, 20th June, 1900. 


60. Catochrysops peculiaris, Rogenh. 


9, Mombasa, 12th July, 1900. 
A singularly white form of the female, belonging to the 


intermediate phase. Mr. Rogers observes that “ the female 
is much larger than the male, which is also duller and bluish 


between Mombasa and the Forests of Taveta. dl 


grey.” The male of this phase is quite unknown to me; it 
would seem to resemble typical C. peculiaris $ in size and 
C. hypoleucus 8 in colour. It is an interesting fact (if Tam 
correct in associating C. hypoleucus = gigantea with C. peculiaris) 
that the wet phase is tailed, but the intermediate and dry phases 
are without tails; yet in Chrysophanus thersamon we have 
a tailed form—C. omphale—and in a small Hveres obtained 
by the late Capt. E. Y. Watson in the Chin Hills the presence 
or absence of tails appeared to be quite unimportant, so that 
it seems to me quite likely that the tailed form of the wet 
season might easily be modified in this respect and the species 
lose its tails with the reduction in the size of its wings. 


61. Catochrysops asopus, Hopft. 
2, Mombasa, 23rd June, 1900. 


This example bore no collector’s number; it may, perhaps, 
have been confounded with the female of the next species. 


62. Catochrysops osiris, Hopff. 


3 3 % %, Mombasa, 30th December, 1899; 16th January 
and 17th February, 1900. 


63. Chilades trochilus, Freyer. 
3 ¢, Mombasa, 8th March, 1900. 


64. Cuptdopsis jobates, Uopff. 


9, Taveta, 14th July; 6 ¢ 2? 2, Mombasa, 28th and 
d0th December, 1899, and 3rd January, 1900. 


65. Nacaduba sichela, Wallgr. 
? 9, Mombasa, 16th and 20th June, 1900. 


“7 do not think this is common here” (A. St. A. £.). 


66. Zizera knysna, ‘Vrimen. 


& &, Mombasa, 16th June and 4th July, 1900. 
Numbered respectively (15) and (85), but they are only 
small and large examples. 


Papilionide. 
67. Mylothris agathina, Cramer. 
3 2, Mombasa, 12th May; ¢, 7th July, 1900. 


32 Dr. A. G. Butler on Butterflies from 


68. Terias brenda, Doubl. 
3g, Taveta, 4th December, 1899. 


69. Teracolus calats, Cramer. 
2, Mombasa, 27th June, 1900. 


70. Teracolus Rothschild’, HK. M. Sharpe. 
& &, Mombasa, 23rd June and 7th July, 1900. 


‘“‘T have only found this quite close to the sea, generally 
quite on the shore, where it is often common” (K. St. A. 2.). 
It is new to the Museum collection. 


71. Teracolus imperator, Butler. 


@, Mombasa, 30th January; g, 12th July, 1900. 
he male is numbered (10) and the female (80). 


72. Teracolus evarne, Klug. 


?, Mombasa, 20th June; ¢, 12th July, 1900. 
‘he male is numbered (4) and the female (61). 


73. Teracolus isaura, Lucas. 


&, Mombasa, 30th December, 1899. 
‘his is a more southern habitat than I should have ex- 
pected for 7’, ésaura, which is a true northern form, found in 


Egypt, the White Nile, and Abyssinia. 


74. Teracolus gavisa, Wallgr. 


?, Rabai, 9th June, 1900. 
Mr. Rogers says that this was obtained at Rabai only. 


75. Teracolus callidia, H. G. Smith. 


Ochreous type.— ?, Taveta, 12th August; ¢, 29th No- 
vember, 1899. 

Crimson type.— 2, Mombasa, 28th December, 1900. 

Said to be “ common beyond Voi, not at Mombasa.” 

The specimens from 'Taveta are of the intermediate phase, 
that from Mombasa of the wet phase; the male is numbered 
(119), the females (2) and (2 var.). 


76. Teracolus leo, Butler. 


Intermediate phase.— ?, Taveta, 28th July, 1899. 
Dry phase.— g, 4th August; ?, 28th October, 1899. 


between Mombasa and the Forests of Taveta. 33 
> Beyond Vor” (Ae"Sz. A. hh.) 


The more specimens of this species we receive the more 
convincingly is it proved that all the characters which distin- 
guish it from the Arabian 7’ halimede are constant and 
absolutely reliable. 


77. Teracolus auriyineus, Butler. 


6 6, Taveta, 19th August, 1899. 
“Common beyond Voi, not at Taveta” (K. St. A. &.). 


78. Teracolus catachrysops, Butler. 
3, Mombasa, 14th June, 1900. 


The males of this well-marked species have come to hand 
tolerably frequently of late years; but the females seem to be 
rarer, more especially the white variety. Mr. Rogers numbers 
this insect (183), but makes no remark about it, from which 
fact I should judge that it cannot be rare at Mombasa. I 
should be very glad to get more examples, especially females. 


79. Catopsiha florella, Fabr. 
?, Mombasa, 11th June; ¢, 7th July, 1900. 


80. Glutophrissa contracta, Butler. 


9, Chaengombe, 23rd April; ¢, Mombasa, 16th June, 
1900. 
The male is numbered (97), the female (100). 


81. Herpenia eriphia, Godart. 
9, Taveta, 26th July, 1900. 
‘This is fairly common here, but much more so further up 
country” (KX. St. A. &.). 
82. Hronta dilatata, Butler. 
3, Mombasa, 23rd February, 1900. 


83. Papilio corinneus, Bertol. 
¢ , Mombasa, 19th May, 1900. 


84. Papilio similis, Cramer. 
gd, Chaengombe, 23rd April, 1900. 


85. Papilio philonoe, Ward. 


&, Mombasa, 27th June, 1900. 
We are badly in want of good examples of this species. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii, 3 


34 Butterflies from between Mombasa and Taveta. 


86. Papilio constantinus, Ward. 
&, Chaengombe, 23rd April, 1900. 
“‘T have never found this common, though widely distri- 
buted (A.St. A. i). 
87. Papilio nireus, Linn. 
3, Rabai, 7th June, 1900. 


88. Papilio merope, Cramer. 


&, Rabai, 8th June, 1900. 
“Difficult to get in good condition” (K. St. A. R.). 


Hesperiida. 
89. Tagiades flesus, Fabr. 
3, Mombasa, 16th June, 1900. 


90. Pyrgus dromus, Plétz. 
Rabai, 7th June; Mombasa, 7th July. 


91. Parosmodes icteria, Mab. 


Rabai, 6th June, 1900. 
“ Only seen at Rabai” (K. St. A. B.). 


92. Acleros placidus, Plotz. 


Rabai, 8th June, 1900. 

This is very nearly related to A. Mackenii; indeed it 
would not surprise me to find that with a good series it would 
be impossible to separate them. 


93, Andronymus philander, Hopf. 
Rabai, 9th June, 1900. 


94. Kedestes Wallengrenti, Trimen. 


Rabai, 6th and 9th June, 1900. 
“Only seen at Rabai” (K. St. A. R.). 


95. Baoris lugens, Hopft. 
Mombasa, 20th June and 4th July, 1900. 


96. Parnara mathias, Fabr. 


3 ¢, “Frere?” Town, 2nd and 30th June, 1900. 
The male is numbered (182), the female (170). 


A Contribution to the History of Plagyodus. 35 


97. Ceratrichia? stellata, Mab. 


3, Rabai, 7th June, 1900. 

It has been suggested by Dr. Holland that my C. punctu- 
lata may be a variety of this species; but [ think, if he 
could compare the two, he would alter this, [ will not say 
opinton—for he does not speak with decision,—but perhaps 
view would be the word to use. C. punctulata is a more 
robust species, without chequered but with spotted fringes, 
and with no ochreous colouring below ; the spots on the under 
surface are chalky white without dark borders and the veins 
are whitish. 


IV.—A Contribution to the History of Plagyodus (Steller). 
By Dr. A. GUNTHER, F.R.S. 


In the March number of this Journal for 1867 I showed that 
the remarkable oceanic fish which Lowe described in 1833 
under the name of Alepisaurus had already been known to 
Steller (ca. 1745), who named it Plagyodus. Steller gave 
a perfectly recoguizable description of it, which was pub- 
lished by Pallas in vol. il. of the ¢ Zoographia Rosso- 
Asiatica’ (1811) *. 

However, even Steller was not the first observer who has 
obtained and taken notice of this interesting type. William 
Funnell, who served as mate on Captain Dampier’s Expe- 
dition into the South Seas in the years 1703-4, gives a 
description and figure of it in his account of that enterprise 
(‘A Voyage round the World’: London, 1707. 8°). He 
says on page 6 :—‘‘ On October the 22d (being in the Lati- 
tude of 6 d. 36 m. N. and Longitude from London W. about 
19 d. 57 m.) we caught four fish; a Shark, a Dolphin, a 
Jelly-fish and an Old-wife.” He then proceeds to describe 
these fishes, the passage referring to the Jelly-fish (p. 8) 
running as follows :—‘ The Jelly-fish (see fig. III.) was 
about fourteen inches long, and about 2 inches deep; with a 

* Messrs. Jordan and Evermann (Fish. N. & M. Amer. i. p. 594) call 
it “a brief description”; it occupies a page of this journal, and, what 
is more, it is very much to the point. I have no desire to discuss the 
question whether Plagyodus, which in due form was introduced into zoolo- 
gical literature by Pallas, should supersede <Alepisawrus, or whether it 
should be discarded, because (as is pretended) names formed by Steller 
are to be estimated as ‘ mononomial designations ” rather than generic 


terms ! 
*") % 
3} 


36 Mr. W. E. de Winton on Bats of the 


very sharp set of teeth, a very curious sparkling eye, a long 
extended mouth, a monstrous high Fin on its back, being of a 
slimy substance, only the Ribs which stretched it out (being 
thirty-two in number) were firm and stiff. He had one small 
fin under his jaw, of the same slimy substance. ‘That part 
of him which is without small spots, is a perfect green Jelly, 
whence he was called by us a Jel/y-fish. The rest of him 
was firm, of a Silver colour, with small spots, and streaks or 
partings, as is exprest in the Figure.” 

The figure itself, rude as it is, as might be expected from a 
mariner of that time, leaves no doubt as to the nature of the 
fish. Whether it was drawn from the specimen at the time 
of its capture, or at a later period from recollection, is matter 
of conjecture. It is evident that Funnel], when the Dutch 
authorities at Amboyna took possession of all the private 
effects of the ship’s company, found means to preserve the 
notes which he had made during the voyage, and without 
which he would not have been able to write the account pub- 
lished after his return to England. ‘They probably included 
a sketch of the fish, but it seems to me that the description 
was drawn up at a later period, from the sketch and from 
memory. Both figure and description are much too in- 
accurate to draw from them any conclusion as to the species 
to which Funnell’s specimen belonged. ‘This, however, is 
immaterial; Goode and Bean (Ocean. Ichth. p. 117) express 
themselves as not thoroughly satisfied that more than one 
species has been found in the Atlantic. 


V.—WNotes on Bats of the Genus Nyctinomus found in 
Africa, &éc. By W. E. pe WINTON. 


THE working out of the species of Nyctznomus in connexion 
with Dr. Anderson’s ‘Fauna of Egypt’ has necessitated 
looking through the whole of the specimens of this genus 
contained in the collection of the British Museum. In 
several instances the determination arrived at by Dobson in 
his ‘Catalogue of the Chiroptera’ has been found to require 
amendment, and the examination of the skulls has brought 
out additional facts of importance. ‘I'his communication is 
contined only to those species, found principally on the continent 
of Africa and the island of Madagascar, which have the ears 
joined or rising close together from the centre line of the 
face, and does not deal with that section of the genus with 


Genus Nyctinomus found in Africa, &e. 37 


smaller and more widely-separated ears which form the sub- 
genus Mormopterus. 


SECTION I.—With incomplete premaxille. 


Nyctinomus africanus, Dobs. 


Colour reddish brown, lighter and brighter beneath. Ears 
and wing-membranes and muzzle brown. Ears distinctly 
separated on the forehead. Tragus large. 

Type in B.M. 

Forearm 66 millim. 

Skull very large and exceptionally broad, slightly arched 
on the forehead. The preorbital processes very much ex- 
panded, Premaxille separated, the opening perfectly circular. 
Incisors nearly parallel, or their points very slightly diver- 
gent. First upper premolar very small, blunt, the cusp 
barely longer than the cingulum. Lower incisors 4, of 
equal size. Lower canines almost touching at their bases. 

Transvaal. ; 

A rather smaller, white-bellied and light-winged form from 


Betsileo, Madagascar. 


Nyctinomus teniotis, Raf. 


Colour mouse-grey, very slightly, if at all, paler beneath. 
Ears and wing-membranes and muzzle black. Ears only 
united at extreme bases of their inner margins. Tragus large. 

Forearm 59-62 millim. 

Skull light and rather narrow, but very flat; forehead 
depressed. Premaxille widely separated.  Incisors con- 
vergent. First upper premolar of fair size, say larger than 
one of the cusps of the molars. ower incisors 6; the 
second pair largest; outer pair smallest and barely notched. 
Lower canines widely separated at their bases. 

Portugal, Italy, Greece, Persia. 


Nyctinomus egyptiacus, Geoff. ? 


The examples in the Museum seem to agree so thoroughly 
with Geoffroy’s description of this species, that, until typical 
specimens from Egypt are forthcoming to prove the contrary, 
I shall use this name for this 8S. African form. 

Colour in spirit-specimens as nearly as possible uniform 
all over: some black, some brown. Closely resembling 
NV. teniotis in all respects, but the ears are smaller and less 
broad; the lips, too, not so pendent. Tragus large. 

Forearm 47-50 millim. 


38 Mr. W. E. de Winton on Bats of the 


The skull resembles that of V. tenzot’s in shape, but is 
very much smaller and more papery. The premaxille are 
very imperfect, the vacant space being actually larger than 
in the skull of N. teniot’s. The first upper premolar is 
small, not in any way crowded and right in the centre of the 
tooth-row. Lower incisors 4. 

Basutoland, Grahamstown. 


Nyctinomus lobatus, Thos. 


Colour above sooty brown, also chin and sides of body 
from shoulders nearly to groin. The chest, belly, and genital 
region white. The lower side of the wings between the 
humerus and femur covered with soft white fur. Ears 
transparent and pale; wing-membrane still paler. Ears 
united at bases of inner margin and almost reaching to end of 
snout. 

Type in B.M. 

Forearm 63 millim. 

Skull very like that of N. teniotis. Preorbital processes 
rather more prominent and also quite evident postorbital pro- 
jections. The space between the premaxille is rather deeper 
than in JV. tendotis, the premolar smaller. In the lower jaw 
there are but 4 incisors and the canines are rather close 
together. 

Suk Country. 


Nyctinomus brachypterus, Pet. ? 


A specimen in the Museum appearing to agree with Peters’s 
description. 

Colour above dark sooty brown; beneath, except chin 
and sides, whitish. Ears, wing-membranes, &c. black. Wings 
and interfemoral membrane from ankles. The ears are 
moderate, joined on the forehead by a low band, which is 
erect, haired in front, and at all times continuous with the 
ears and forehead; lobe of inner cartilage of ear-border very 
prominent. ‘Tragus small. 

Forearm 87 millim. 

Skull somewhat raised on forehead and accentuated by a 
low median crest rising at constriction. Premaxille separate, 
but incisors rather close together and parallel. First pre- 
molar small, rather crowded, but in direct tooth-row. Lower 
incisors 4, bowed well in front of canines, which are a moderate 
distance apart. 

Sierra Leone. 

A specimen (227 a) from Fernando Po with brown under- 
sides was referred by Dobson to N. pumelus. 


Genus Nyctinomus found in Africa, &e. 39 


SECTION II.—With completely ossified premaxille. 


Nyctinomus limbatus, Pet. 


Kars connected by a deep band. Tragus small. 

Colour above dark reddish brown; the underside, except 
chin, throat, and sides of the body, white. Long crest of 
erect hairs behind the connecting membrane of ears in the 
males, Wing-membranes canary-yellow, covered with white 
fur from the middle of the humerus to the heel. Inter- 
femoral membrane palish brown. Wings from ankles. A 
6, 82.2.6.15, Zanzibar, is very dark-coloured above and 
below, with no white on the belly, but with whitish fur on 
the wing-membranes ; the wings themselves are not quite so 
brightly coloured as usual. 

Forearm 36-38 millim. 

?, 93.12.2.8., Tana R. Slightly larger, wing 38 millim. ; 
wholly brown, with the exception of fur on the wing- 
membranes, which are very brightly coloured, and a narrow 
white streak on lower belly including genitals. 

Skull very flat, with low crest from constriction ; upper 
incisors close together ; premaxille completely ossified ; first 
upper premolar a little pinched on to the outer side of the 
tooth-row. Lower incisors with high inner cusp. 

Kast Africa. Madagascar. 


Nyctinomus gambianus, sp. n. 


Much resembling N. limbatus in size and general appear- 
ance, but differing in having the lower parts uniform brown. 
The skull also closely resembles that of the East African 
species; but in this new bat the first upper premolar is only 
vestigial, so small, indeed, that it is not possible to see it 
without the aid of a strong lens. This minute tooth is 
placed close against the canine, in the outer angle formed by 
the actual meeting of the canine and second premolar. The 
first lower premolar is also smaller in this species. 

Forearm 37-38 millim. (type). 

The males are not furnished with the crest of long hair on 
the back of the membrane connecting the ears, which is such 
a characteristic feature in VV. imbatus from K, Africa. 

Gambia, Lagos, Nigeria. 

Type, 6, B.M. No. 89.10.7.8. Gambia. Collected by 
Dr. Perey Rendall. 

A specimen referable to this species formed the basis of 
Dobson’s description of N. pumzlus. 


40 Mr. W. E. de Winton on Bats of the 


Nyctinomus pumilus, Cretschm. 


Above brown mouse-colour, beneath rather paler. Wings 
brown and paler. Wings and interfemoral membrane from 
ankles. Ears united by a broad band forming a distinct 
frontal cushion with a median furrow, much like that of 
NV. angolensis. 'Tragus rising from rounded eminence, quad- 
rate, rather small. 

Forearm 88 millim. 

Premaxilla complete, joined. Upper incisors parallel, not 
very close together. Premolar small, rather crowded on to 
the outer side of the tooth-row. Lower incisors 4, the two 
inner ones bilobed, the outer pair simple and small. 

Dried skin, 77 a, South Africa (Dobs. Cat.), is possibly 
a true N. pumilus, and this is the only specimen mentioned 
in the Catalogue which belongs to this species. 

Massowa. 


Nyctinomus major, 'Trouess. 


Ears united by a deep band, which in the dry skin forms 
a distinct lobe, probably as in N. pumilus. 

Brown above and beneath, with the exception of the pale 
whitish fur on the wing-membranes and the centre of the 
breast and belly, which is also whitish. ‘The wing-membranes 
are pale. 

Forearm 43 millim. 

The skull is that of a very aged individual, the teeth being 
worn very low ; the upper incisors are rather close together ; 
the canines cut away on the inner side and not evenly bowed; 
the first upper premolar is small, almost in the centre line of 
the tooth-row, not in any way crowded. Premaxille entirely 
ossified, 

The closest ally of this species is the new form from 
Mosambiro next described. 

Type in B.M. 

First Cataract of the Nile. 

It is impossible to give a fuller account of this specimen, 
a dried skin, which still remains unique. 


Nyctinomus Emint, sp. 0. 


Ears united by a broad band, probably as in N. pumilus. 

Size rather larger than N. pumilus and N. limbatus. 
General colour dark sooty brown, the centre line of the belly 
grey or pure white; a tuft of snow-white hair is also found 
at the base of the humerus, and these white hairs continue 


Genus Nyctinomus found tn Africa, ke. 41 


down the side to the groin. The ears, face, and entire wing- 
membranes are black. 

Forearm 43 millim. 

Type B.M. No. 90.6.8.15, ¢. Mosambiro. Collected by 
Dr. Emin. 

It is impossible to give a detailed satisfactory description 
of bats from dried skins. 

Skull broader than that of N. limbatus, but not so broad as 
that of N. major, and distinguished from both by its pro- 
minent preorbital processes. The premaxille are joined, but 
are less perfectly ossified than in the allied species. The 
upper incisors are close together and parallel; the upper 
premolar is not in any way crowded, directly in the tooth- 
row. lower incisors not markedly bifurcate. 


Nyctinomus angolensis, Pet. 


Colour above russet-brown, frosted with pale buff; underside 
paler, shading to pale buff on the middle line of belly. Ears 
united by abroad straight band, which folds backwards, forming 
a distinct naked cushion on the forehead, with thick dark 
hair behind. ‘Tragus very small. Wing-membranes palish ; 
more or less yellow on the antebrachial membrane, the elbow, 
and towards the body. Wing-membranes from middle of 
tibia; interfemoral membrane hugging leg to opposite the 
same place. 

Forearm 48-52 millim. 

Premaxille completely joined, very small palatal foramina, 
Skull with very high crest rising from frontal constriction. 
Teeth rather powerful. Upper incisors very close together. 
Upper premolar minute, only just showing through gum on 
the outer side of row. Lower incisors 4, small, barely pro- 
truding in front of canines, which are close together though 
not touching. 

Quanza R., Lagos, Benin, Bagamoio, and Tamatave. 


Nyctinomus midas, Sund. 


Colour reddish brown. Underside probably lighter, belly 
whitish grey? Wing-membranes &c. brown. Lars ? pro- 
bably with bases of inner margins in close proximity. 
Tragus ? 

Forearm? ¢ juv. 

Co-type in B.M. in bad condition, with imperfect bones in 
the forearms. 

Skull exceedingly powerful but very narrow.  Preorbital 
processes not expanded. Very high keel-like sagittal crest 


49 Dr. J. Anderson and Mr. W. E. de Winton on a 


raised above the forehead from between the eyes. Teeth 
extraordinarily heavy, really enormous! Premaxillse entire; 
mesial suture not complete in this young specimen, but 
completely ossified, enclosing two palatal foramina. First 
upper premolar very small, triangular, with sharp cusp 
inclined inwards, rather crushed between canines and second 
premolar. Upper incisors parallel. Lower incisors 4. Lower 
canines close together at their bases. 

Senaar. 

It seems unaccountable how Dobson could have referred 
this actual specimen to the Southern European form, but 
such is the fact. 


The following species I have not seen :— 


Dysopes ventralis, Heuglin = Nyctinomus Cestoni’, Dobs. 
(partim). 


(This is probably N. médas, Sundev.) 


Dysopes bivittatus, Heugl. = N. bivittatus, Dobs. Cat. B. M. 
p- 426. 
(From Heuglin’s description this form would appear to be 
very nearly allied to WV. angolensis, as are also D). hepaticus, 
Heugl., and D. talpinus, Heug|.) 


Nyctinomus Bemmelent, Jentink, Notes Leyd. Mus. 1. 1879, 
pel2i. 


Nyctinomus Anchicte and brunneus, Seabra, Jorn. Sci. Math. 
2 ser. t. Vi. nO. Xxil. 

(May possibly be the same as the 8. African bat referred 
above to N. egyptiacus.) 


Nyctinomus Bocaget, Seabra, loc. cit. 


VI.—On an undescribed Species of Hedgehog from Southern 
Arabia. By Dr. JouHn AnpDeRSON, F.R.S., and W. HE. 
DE WINTON. 


Erinaceus dorsalis, sp. n. 


Hair soft and silky. Spines with from twenty-five to 
twenty-eight longitudinal ridges with well-marked nodosities. 


new Hedgehog from Southern Arabia. 43 


Bare area on the centre of the head well developed, beginning 
slightly anterior to the front border of the ears and prolonged 
backwards to the nape, tapered gradually from its base to its 
apex. The spines do not extend in advance of the anterior 
border of the ears. 

Head rather short and broad. lars very large and 
rounded, their height from lower border of external meatus 
to tip equalling in adults the length from the external meatus 
to the snout. 

In some individuals not quite adult the ears are somewhat 
shorter. Limbs strong and moderately long; fore feet broad, 
hind feet narrower, claws strong. ‘The palmar surface of the 
fore feet with a single broad pad, occasionally divided in two 
or nearly so, and when so divided the outer division is the 
larger. ‘Two much smaller, nearly equal-sized plantar pads 
on the hind feet placed side by side, and in some specimens 
more or less obliquely, with granular eminences between them 
and the digital pads. 

The spines in a broad area along the back have their tips 
nearly black, and in some individuals the tips of these spines 
are wholly black, whereas, in all, the spines on the sides have 
broad white tips; so that this hedgehog is distinguished by a 
broad black dorsal stripe with white sides. 

The whole of the face to beyond the eyes, the front of the 
forehead, and a stripe behind the angle of the mouth to below 
the ears, the chin, the back of the ears, a broad area of the 
internal borders, more especially the lower half of the inner 
border, black or blackish brown. Sides of the body below 
the spines, the limbs, tail, and around the genitalia likewise 
blackish brown. The throat, chest, and upper part of belly 
mixed white and brown in blotches. The insides of the ears, 
the sides of the neck below the ears, and the area between 
the ears and the eyes white. 

The above description is taken from an adult male in 
alcohol from the Hadramaut, collected by the Bent Expe- 
dition, which is taken as the type of the species, and from 
which the skull has not yet been extracted. 

In some individuals black prevails over all the parts, only 
a few greyish hairs being present on the forehead and front 
of the ears, below the ears and on the throat, but the white 
centre of the ears is present in all. In others, only the face, 
the fore limb from the elbow downwards, the hind limb, 
genitalia and the area around them, and the tail are black, 
the other parts being pure white, while in some brown hairs 
appear here and there on the white of the underparts. 


44 On a new Hedgehog from Southern Arabia. 


Out of the ten specimens, only three may be said to 
be black throughout, but even in them a little white may 
be detected in places; two are males, but the sex of the 
other is unknown. In all the others a great deal of white is 
present on the neck, chest, and upper abdomen. 

From the foregoing it will be seen that while the majority 
of specimens of this hedgehog are little darker in the fur than 
their near ally . wthiopicus, some individuals in the almost 
uniform blackness of the furred parts resemble the widely 
distinct species from the neighbouring country, 4. macro- 
canthus. The dark dorsal area on the spines with light sides 
will, however, always serve as a distinguishing mark of this 
new species without consulting the skull. 

The skull of £. dorsalis in its general form resembles 
that of H. ethiopicus, having, like that species, the enor- 
mously inflated bullz and pterygoids, but differs from it in 
having a much broader snout, this part of the skull of 
E. ethiopicus being finely pointed; first upper premolar with 
two roots, second very small, lying on the outside of the 
tooth-row and often absent altogether. 

In a Tunisian hedgehog (2. desert’, Loche) the snout is 
not quite so narrowly pointed as in Eastern Soudan indi- 
viduals; but this observation rests on a single specimen 
which in its other characters is inseparable from the hedge- 
hogs of the Egyptian Soudan, which externally are the same 
as the Tunisian animals referable to /. ethiopicus. 

In one skull (no. 201, ¢) the frontal sends forward a 
well-defined process which articulates with the premaxilla, the 
posterior extremity of which is pointed. In another skull 
(125, 3) a similar process from the frontal exists but of a 
more slender character. On the right side it touches the 
premaxilla, but not on the deft. In another (199, ?) the 
posterior extremities of the premaxille are rather truncated 
and separated from the frontal by a considerable interval. 

The postpalatine foramina of this species are remarkably 
long and wide as compared with the considerably smaller 
imperfections of ossification found in Z. ethiopicus, in which 
each opening is sometimes, and apparently not infrequently, 
resolved into two openings by the presence of a transverse 
ridge of bone. 

Measurements taken from specimens in alcohol :— 


On a new Species of Bat from the Soudan. 45 


d (type). 2. 
mm, mm, 
SNowtito vent mamma eleva seve ees Sa, 1 158 
Wientidortip: of tailgate tes, <5 0400. vs estore 26 26 
Snout to eye (internal canthus),....... 25 24:5 
Auditory meatus to snout ............ 47 46 
Hloioht Of Cate sercesstitere sic ss cie ¢ 0s ces 45 45 
Breadth of ear, greatest ..........0006 dl 29 
Elbow to tip of middle digit.......... 69 67 
Denpthrot Mind ricoty ee. Gece wi ens ws 33 29°5 
Pollex (including claw), under surface 
GLEWE DPE in Werte ttc” 0. eth state 4:5 4 
Le ONIISD dea ener ore oto o-ric 6 A 2°5 2:3 


Note.—The above joint notice was written previous to the 
lamented death of Dr. Anderson, with whom I was associated 
in his work on the Mammals of Hgypt, and is now published 
almost as it was left—W. E. bE W. 


VII.—On a new Species of Bat from the Soudan. 
By W. E. DE WINTON. 


Amon@ the mammals collected in the Soudan by Mr. H. F, 
Witherby in the spring of this year and acquired by the 
late Dr. John Anderson is a small bat which appears to be 
new to science. ‘The specimen, preserved as a skin, was 
obtained at Wad Mariun about 12 miles from Khartoum on 
the White Nile on May 12th, and will be taken as the type 
of the species. A second specimen, which has just been put 
into my hands by the kindness of Mr. O. Thomas of the 
British Museum, is preserved in alcohol ; it was collected by 
Capt. 8. 8. Flower, Director of the Zoological Gardens at 
Cairo, on March 14th, at Abu Zeit on the White Nile some 
200 miles south of Khartoum, during his recent trip with the 
party sent to inspect the Sud-cutting operations. 

Although the front of the head is much damaged by shot, 
this ‘ spirit specimen ” is valuable in enabling a fuller de- 
scription of the animal to be given than would have been 
possible if the dried skin alone had been available. 

I have great pleasure in associating the name of so keen a 
worker in zoology, who also collected the first specimen, with 
this fine new species. 

Dobson made a subgenus for the African bats allied to 
the Australian genus Chalinolobus, but I think it will be 
much more convenient to look upon these two geographically 
separated groups as distinct genera; the species from the two 


46 T. D. A. and W. P. Cockerell on Bees. 


regions being so distinct from one another in general appear- 
ance, and have, besides the characters given by Dobson, the 
very important difference in the incisor teeth. 

The first upper incisor in Glauconycterts is bifid, having 
an outer or rear cusp. 


Glauconycteris Flowert, sp. n. 


Colour above pale fawn, the bases of the fur greyish; the 
lower side cream-colour, yellower on the throat, paler on the 
belly. The fur on the forehead ends in a point barely in 
advance of the eyes, and the furred area is limited in extent 
in all directions, barely encroaching on to the upper arms, 
and leaving the tail and legs entirely bare. The skin of the 
face and ears is nearly black and naked, with the exception 
of a few short hairs more conspicuous round the lips. The 
wing-membrane is pale and transparent, with the veins and 
lines showing slightly darker; the posterior portion in front 
of the tibie and the distal portion of the interfemoral mem- 
brane is yellowish white. The upperside of the forearms, 
legs, and tail, and all the proximal portion of the wings and 
interfemoral membrane, are thickly studded with dark warty 
papillee. 

The measurements of the type taken by the collector from 
the animal in the flesh, an adult male, are:—Iead and body 
47 millim., tail 54, hind foot 5°5, ear 12, forearm 35. 

The specimen in spirit gives the following measurements :— 
Head and body 42, tail 34, hind foot 5°8, ear 12, forearm 
36°5. 

In size and general colour this bat somewhat resembles 
Scotophilus Schlieffent: the body-colour is, however, paler 
above and brighter on the lower parts, and the furred area is 
less extensive; but the paler wing-membrane, the dark face, 
and the extraordinary shagreening on the forearms, tail, and 
surrounding membranes distinguish this new species at a 

lance. 

The skull is readily distinguished from that of Scotophilus 
by its rounded form and short facial portion ; the lower jaw 
is likewise more rounded or blunter. 


VILI.— Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station, 
—IX. On certain Genera of Bees. By T. D. A. and 
WILMATTE P. COCKERELL. 


(1) AwruornoRivz. 


InTrans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xxvi. 1899, pp. 58-64, Mr. W. H. 


Ashmead has given tables for the separation of the genera of 


T. D. A. and W. P. Cockerell on Bees. 47 


this group; but we find these unsatisfactory on account of 
the stress laid upon minor differences of venation, while 
certain radical differences in the mouth-parts of the genera 
are overlooked. This defect was perhaps unavoidable in a 
synopsis of the genera of the whole world, many of which 
could not at the time be examined for mouth-characters ; but 
it may be useful here to indicate the lines on which a_ better 
classification may be framed. 


Tribes. 
Paraglossee very long, hairy.......... Eucerini (Eucere, Patton, Bull. 
U.S. Geol. Sury. y. 471). 
Paraglosse not or hardly exceeding first 
jointioflabialipalpr: 2s wet cise s Anthophorini( Anthophore, Pat- 
ton, tom. cit. 475). 
Parazlossee very short; form robust, hind 
legs of 9 with a copious scopa: 
HEOLPOPICA CY POA» wits ees i070 ie" Centrint, 


CENTRINI. 


Maxallary: nalpi-4—|ointedis.. sfc siviests aps tele oyaitielee © Centris, Fabr. 
Maxillary palpi 6-jointed; paraglossz very short, 
broadcom sscale=|key Wirwectes ss 100 <.,0.016 acne aL 


1. First three joints of maxillary palpi twice as 
thick as, or at least noticeably thicker than, 
the last three; joint 4 about as long as 3... Evomalopsis, Spin. 
All joints of maxillary palpi of about equal 
thickness and slender ; joint 4 longer than 3; 
1 not over half length of 4; clypeus yellow 
INGA CY 5, suarsta cease Meas tha es eae Anthophorula, Ckll. 
(Diadasiella, Ashm.), 


We find also certain differences between species of these 
genera, which may be found to indicate subgenera. 


CENTRIS. 


Last joint of maxillary palpi short, not half 
length of penultimate joint; penulti- 
mate (third) joint less than half length 
ousecond’?) flight slow 2s. %.<..s.ass C. pallida, Fox. 
Last joint of maxillary palpi longer, over 
half length of penultimate joint; penul- 
timate two thirds length of second: 
HA OIDRVOLY ATA DIGS oy. sf. v.c-n1s hatstese vaaeer C. rhodopus, Cll. ; C. Hoff- 
manseggi@, Ckll, 


The measurements of the last three joints of the maxillary 
palpi here given are in w :— 
C. pallida . . . (2) 430, (3) 189, (4) 84. 
C. rhodopus. . . (2) 300, (3) 235, (4) 188. 


The C. pallida studied is a cotype kindly sent by Mr, Fox. 


48 T. D. A. and W. P. Cockerell on Bees. 


EXOMALOPSIS. 


Third joint of labial palpus conspicuously stouter 

1255 7: ape aa ee chee eRe Aiea 4 2,5 E. Solani, Cull. 
Third and fourth joints of labial palpus long and 

slender, of equal thicknessitsn.: ..s4.0+.msekae E. penelope, Cll. 


ANTHOPHORINI. 


Maxillary palpi 4-jointed, labial palpi 2-jointed.. Saropoda, Latr. 
Maxillary palpi 5-jointed ......... cece cece ees UF 


Maxillary palpi G+jointed: 2. cc. eee nes ee eas 2. 
1. Blade of maxilla greatly elongated, whip- 
like; tongue extremely long ............ Entechnia, Patton. 
Not 803-2 2p rent Reeser atating «cena ema Anthophorordes, g. n. 
2. Third joint of labial palpi attached to tip of 
second; first two joints with long hair.... Melturga, Latr. 
Third joint of labial palpi attached to side of 
BECONG ais ses sige cue cee ran nesiR ee ale 3. 
8. Blade of maxilla broad at base, suddenly 
narrowing to the slender apical portion .. Diadasia, Patton. 
Blade of maxilla broad, gradually narrowing 
to the more or less blunt tip ............ 
4, Second joint of maxillary palpi very much 
longer fhan first ..5,.< 5005 0o< 49 sreas Anthophora, Latr. 
Second joint of maxillary palpi not much 
LONGER thanvhTst cccnumpesetee ae ere ate Emphoropsis, Ashm. 


The last three genera are separated also by good characters 
of the venation, for which see the tables of Ashmead and 
Cresson. Ashmead cites no type for his new genus Hmpho- 
ropsis, but in a letter he informs me that it is Habropoda 
floridana, Smith. The known species of Lmphoropsis aro 
E. floridanus (Habropoda floridana, Sm.), &. miserabihs 
(H. miserabilis, Cress.), BE. Morrisoni (H. Morrison, Cress.), 
and E. salviarum (H. salviarum, Ckll.). 

Emphoropsis differs trom Habropoda by the relatively long 
first joint of maxillary palpi and the second not so long as 4 
to 6 united ; there are also other important differences, duly 
indicated by Ashmead. 


ANTHOPHOROIDES, gen. nov. 


Type A. vallorum (Podalirius vallorum, Ckll.). Maxillary 
palpi 5-jointed, the second joint long, the last very small. 
‘The superficially similar Anthophora Lesquerelle, Ckll., is a 
true Anthophora. 


AMEGILLA, Friese. 
Anthophora cleomis, Ckll., and A. cardui, Ckll., belong to 


T. D. A. and W. P. Cockerell on Pees. 49 


this group, which Ashmead treats as a genus. The mouth- 
parts agree with Anthophora, and we think Amegilla at best 
of subgeneric rank. 


so Mevirurcopsis, Ashm. 


Ashmead cites no type, but has kindly sent us the type 
species, an undescribed form from San Francisco Co., Calif, 
collected in October. — [t is superficially just like Anthophora 
Portere, Ckll., but differs in venation and other particulars, 
and is certainly not congeneric. In Cresson’s tables it runs 
to Habropoda, but Cresson’s “ Habropoda” is Emphoropsis. 
The second submarginal cell along the cubitus is shorter than 
the first or third, whereas in LZ. salviarum and floridanus it is 
about equal to the third. The male Meltturgopsis has the 
seape all black, clypeus white except sides and anterior edge, 
lateral face-marks V-shaped; hair of thorax greyish white 
mixed with black; abdomen without bands, first segment 
densely covered with greyish-white hair. 

Meliturgopsis seems practically identical with Hmphoropsts, 
the latter having priority of place. 


EUCGERINI. 


Maxillary palpi 4-jointed ............ i 
Maxillary palpi 5-jointed ............ 2. 
1. Seopa of Q with plumose hairs..,, Melissodes, Latr. 
Scopa of 2 with simple hairs . Anthedon, Rob. 


2; Two. submarginal cells. ........06% Eucera, Scop. 
Three submarginal cells .......... Xenoglossa, Smith; Xenoglos- 


sodes, Ashm. ; Florilegus, 


Rob. } &e. 


MacroauossaPis, Ckll.= Macroglossa, Rads. (not Ochis.). 

This genus is omitted by Ashmead. It differs from other 
genera of Anthophorine by its 3-jointed maxillary palpi ; 
the tongue is as long as the body ; antennae filiform, as long 


as the thorax. 
(2) AwruipimnZ. 
Second joint of labial palpi about or nearly twice 


AStlONPyASHUTSty corse we nul oleie) ais pe emaeet tener ie 
Second joint of labial palpi not, or not much, longer 
HEURES UeesP Reacts doace 5 csp aca 5 othe one eaeine et nn es 2. 
Po Maxillaryspalpl O-JOIMtedsi.4.s<cene ss tae ces Paranthidium, nov. 
Maxillary palpi 2-jointed... 7. .....e8eeese. Dianthidium, Cll. 
o> Maxillary palpi S=joInted. 0. ¥..ies0 00 seo aps Protanthidium, nov, 
Maxillary palpi 2-jointed............ EET Anthidium, Fabr. 


PROTANTHIDIUM, gen. nov. 
Type P. steloides (Megachile steloides, Bingham), of which 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 4. 


50 T. D. A. and W. P. Cockerell on Bees. 


we have a male from the Khasia Hills, India, sent by 
Mr. Sladen. The face is yellow below the antenne ; scutel- 
lum prominent and bilobate; abdomen marked on apical 
segments with yellow. This has the mouth-parts nearly as 
in Megachile, but the ornaments of an Anthidium. It appears 
to be the most primitive of the Anthidine. 


ANTHIDIUM, Fabr. 


Here falls A. manitcatum and such American species as 
A. Portere and A. maculosum. 


Diantuiptiuy, Ck. 


This was described as a subgenus, but it should probably 
be regarded as a genus. Its type is D. curvatum (Anthidium 
curvatum, Smith), and D. parvum (Anthidium parvum, Cress.) 
1s quite congeneric. 

The little group of D. gilense (CkIl.), D. Hhrhorni (CkIl.), 
D. notatum (Latr.), D. perpleaum (Smith), and D. strigatum 
(Panz.) *, all described under Anthidium, is possibly of sub- 
generic value, and in respect to its labial palpi falls more or 
less between Anthidium and Mianthidium. LD. gilense, in 
particular, falls with Anthid/um if its mouth alone is regarded, 
and so far presents an argument against the generic status 
of Dianthidium. 

The following measurements of the first two joints of the 
labial palpi are in w :— ; 

650, (2) 870. 
720, (2) 760. 
(2 


D, strigatum in) 
1) 
1) 720, (2) 1220: 
1) 
1) 
1) 


D. gilense 

D. parvum 

D. perpictum 
A. manicatum. 


Ai Portere .. ' ( 


650, (2) 1200. 
1300, (2) 1320. 
1200, (2) 1000. 


a i 


The nesting-habits of Dianthidium and Anthidium seem 
not to be the same; compare J). consimile (Hut. News, 1896, 
p. 25) with Anthidium manicatum and A. parosele. 


PARANTHIDIUM, subgen. nov. 
Type Dianthidium perpictum (Anthidium perpictum, Ckll.). 
This has the primitive character of 3-jointed maxillary palpi, 
but the venation of Dianthidium. 


East Las Vegas, New Mexicu, U.S.A., 
October 29, 1900, 


* We have this species from Marseilles, France, sent by M. Ernest 
André. It seems that, according to the law of priority, it ought to be 
called D, minus (Apis maculata, var. minor, Rossi, 1790), 


A Revision of the Genera of the Aranez. 51 


IX.—A Revision of the Genera of the ARANEX or Spiders 
with reference to their Type Species. By F. O. Pickarp 
Campripa@s, B.A. 


Iv might have been supposed that with Thorell’s work on 
the genera of European Spiders, in which the types have 
been selected, written in 1869-70, and with Simon’s splendid 
volumes on the genera of the world, with the types also 
selected, appearing at intervals from 1892 onwards, that 
any revision would be unnecessary, and would simply mean 
doing over again work already admirably accomplished. 

In the first place, it must be pointed out, however, that 
neither of these two authors was apparently aware that the 
types of twenty-nine genera had been definitely selected by 
Latreille in 1810. They are selected at the end of his work 
‘Consid. gén. Nat. Ord. Crust., Arachn. et Insectes,’ in the 
“Table des genres avec l’indication de l’espéce qui leur sert de 
type.” Itis true that the types are selected under the French 
form of the generic name, but since both the Latin and French 
forms are given in the earlier systematic part of the same 
work, there cannot be the slightest doubt as to what is the 
signification of the names and what particular group the 
selected type represents. 

Thorell, too, allowed himself sometimes to be influenced 
by what authors themselves would have wished with regard 
to their published names and species, forgetting that when 
a name has once been published it becomes public property 
and the author has no further rights over it. He, for 
instance, in the case of Micromata, Latreille, says that a 
certain species, accentuata, “ got in by mistake” and must 
therefore be ignored. On those principles there is nothing 
to prevent any author making the same assertion of any 
species or any number of them originally referred to any 
genus. Thorell, moreover, has in some cases been content 
with deciding that such and such genera are synonyms of 
others, and has therefore refrained from selecting the types. 
Since, however, genera dropped in haste are apt to be later 
on restored at leisure, it is very important to know what are 
the type species which represent them, whether they are 
eventually to stand or not. 

He does not, however, come to any conclusion without 
giving his reasons very fully, and thus it becomes much 
easier to revise his work and bring it up to date. 

The same remarks apply also to some extent to Simon’s 
work. He, too, set out apparently with some definite principles, 

4® 


52 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge—d Revision 


but his courage seems occasionally to have failed him, 
for he has not always applied those principles consistently 
throughout. Curiously enough, too, he ignores his own 
selections of types made in many cases in ‘ Les Arachnides 
de France.’ 

On page 799 of his Hist. Nat. Ar. ii. 1895, he admits 
that Latreille limited the genus Araneus (Aranea) to three 
species, and also his right to do so by quoting Article 35 of 
the International Congress of Zoology in 1889 (Paris) and 
1892 (Moscow) to that effect ; but he promptly selects as the 
type of Araneus a species which was not included in this 
limitation, namely anyulatus, Clerck. So, too, in the case 
of the genus Lycosa, he takes as the type a species, turentula, 
Rossi, which was not originally included in the genus under 
this or any other name. 

Simon, moreover, very rarely gives reasons for his selec- 
tions of types; so that one is forced either to accept his 
decisions as it were ex cathedra or to ignore them altogether. 
But the days of the authority whose ipse dixit is final and 
above question or criticism have passed away ; and since the 
work cannot be altogether ignored, the whole of the ground 
must be reinvestigated to prove whether his selections are 
sound or otherwise. 

These criticisms are offered in no way with a view of 
underrating the splendid efforts of both horell and Simon 
to introduce something like order into the chaos of nomen- 
clature, but simply as a justification for this work of 
revision. 

It must be made quite clear that, as with a group of 
species, so with the name attached to that group and pub- 
lished, no one, not even the original author himself, has a 
right to make any alteration in it. It cannot matter, for 
scientific purposes, whether a name be spelt, for instance, 
Micromata ov Micrommata, any more than it matters to 
students in the future whether the spider usually known as 
Anyphena accentuata be known as Micromata accentuata, 
as it must be, since it happens to be the type of the genus 
Micromata. 

If an arbitrary method be followed, and every method 
must be arbitrary at some point, at least let it be applied 
consistently. Any other attempts, involving philosophical 
considerations as to what this or that author would have 
preferred, simply open up further possibilities of confusion, 
no two men agreeing as to how far this sympathy should be 
extended, leading on to endless disputation over minor 
details. Whereas if it be agreed to show no sympathy at 


of the Genera of the Aranee. 53 


all, then the disputation is at least confined to the inter- 
pretation of the strict letter of the law of priority. 

The original spelling, therefore, of each name is given in 
every case in this revision; for although it is true that 
Micromata may oftend the classical eye, just as the asso- 
ciations also gathered round certain names are swept away 
and feelings wounded by any alteration in the nomenclature, 
still something must be sacrificed for the sake of uniformity, 
and it is better to sacrifice feelings, which are transient, than 
to tamper with printed facts, which will, at any rate, outlive 
authors, sentiments, and associations. 

The object held in view, then, is to ascertain what is the type 
species of every group which has ever received a name, and 
briefly to give the reasons why such a species must be 
regarded as the type. 

No attempt is here made to determine whether this or that 
generic group ought to be maintained or not, but simply to 
settle what, if a genus is maintained, must be the type 
Species representing that genus, exclusive of any other 
species. 

This attitude naturally involves the following of some 
definite system, which shall be consistently applied throughout 
and no deviation from it admitted on any consideration 
whatever. 


The Principles of Elimination. 


The system followed in the determination of types where 
no type has been definitely selected is known as that of 
“ Elimination,’ by which the last species left in, of those 
originally included in the genus when first published, becomes 
the type, supposing the group to be broken up into other 
genera by the author himself or by subsequent authors. 

If, however, the author himself or another author has 
definitely selected a type for the genus, either from all those 
originally included or from the two or more species left in, 
the species thus selected is regarded as the type, whether it 
be the oldest species or not. On no account can a species 
not originally included in the group become the type of the 
genus, even though added subsequently by the author him- 
self or definitely selected by that author as the type. 

Species are often eliminated by “ ¢mplication” in other 
genera. For instance, supposing three species were originally 
referred to a certain generic name and an author subsequently 
founds a genus upon another species not originally included 
but afterwards found to be congenertc with one of the ori- 
ginal: this original species is then regarded as removed from 


54 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge—A Revision 


the original generic group to that to which it belongs by 
implication. 

On no account must all the species be removed from the 
title originally given to them; one at least must be left in, 
which in that case becomes the type. 

Where a generic name has been preoccupied, the loss of 
the name does not lessen the value of the group selected, so 
that a type may be selected for that group and another 
name given to it. 

These are the main features of the process, and I here 
give an instance to show more clearly how it works out in 
practice. 

For instance, the name Bombastes is given to a group of 
three species A, B, and C, which are the only ones originally 
included under that name by the author of it. The question 
is, which species must we regard as the type ? 

There are two processes by which the type can be deter- 
mined, either (i) by definite selection or (ii) by elimination. 

And both processes may be utilized in a selection. Under 
the first process (a) the author himself may select A, B, or 
C as the type; or (4) ancther author may select A, B, or C 
as the type; and the species so selected must be regarded as 
the type and no other. No author, of course, not even the 
originator of the genus himself, can definitely select as the 
type a species already removed either definitely or by im- 
plication under another generic name. If he has done so, 
his selection becomes null and void, because he had no power 
or right to make such a selection. 

Under the second process, where no type has been defi- 
nitely selected, one or two, but not ad/, of these species may 
be removed and placed under another generic name by any 
other author, thus “ breaking up” the original genus and 
“limiting” the generic name to one, or two, species; the 
last species left in being the type. 

If B andC are removed, A is left in and must be regarded 
as the type; if A and C are removed, B remains as the type; 
if A and B are removed, C is left as the type. If A be 
removed alone, then B or C can become the type either by 
definite selection or by a further removal of one of them. If 
B or C be removed, then the same remark applies to A, C 
or A, B respectively. The species left in are sometimes 
termed the ‘ res¢dual species.” 

It will be evident that the settlement 1s comparatively 
easy when any definite selection of the type has been made 
soon after the founding of the genus; but the matter becomes 
much more complicated when the genus, perhaps involving 


of the Genera of the Aranex. 55 


twenty or thirty species originally, has been split up and 
subdivided again and again by consecutive authors. A 
further element of difficulty of course appears when the 
authors breaking up an original genus have not correctly 
identified the species withdrawn. 


Literature. 


In preparing this revision of the genera of the Aranee all 
the pre-Latreillean literature, from Clerck in 1757 and 
onwards, has been carefully examined, in case any genera 
may have been established which might have escaped the 
researches of Dr. T. Thorell and others. 

C. Clerck was the first to apply the Linnean binomial 
system systematically in Arachnology ; and although his work 
‘ Aranei Suecici’ was published the year before Linneus’s 
10th edition of the ‘Systema,’ it is generally regarded as 
valid, since he was well acquainted with Linnzus, attended 
his lectures, and adopted his system. This author, however, 
made use of only one generic name, Araneus, and all his 
species are included under this title. 

Neither Linneus, Fabricius, Geoffroy, De Geer, nor Meyer 
made any alteration in this respect; and it was not until 
1802 that Latreille, in bis Hist. Nat. des Fourmis, p. 345, 
quoted two genera, Mygale and Aranea. The original genus 
Araneus, however, was not broken up by Latreille until L804, 
in Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. xxiv. ; and it is with this work 
that the whole question of generic names and the selection of 
types must naturally begin. 

Walckenaer published his ‘ Faune Parisienne, Insectes,’ 
tom. 1., Paris, in 1802, but includes all his species under 
Aranea., 


This first instalment of revisional notes includes, with the 
exception of Araneus, only the generic names published from 
1802-1804. In 1810 Latreille definitely selected types for a 

reat many of his own genera and for some of Walckenaer’s ; 

and it will be useful to give a brief notice of the works 
published by both Latreille and Walckenaer between those 
dates, which might have any possible weight in the settle- 
ment of the question of names and types. 


1802. P. A. Larre1tte.—Hist. Nat. des Fourmis: p. 345, G. i. My- 
gale, including A. avicularia, cementaria, and Sauvagest ; 
p. 347, G. ii. Aranea, followed by a number of species, but 
without in any way limiting the genus as he afterwards does 


in 1804. 


56 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge—A Revision 


1802. C. A. WatckENnaER. — Faune Parisienne, Insectes, tom. ii. 
(Paris). 
The generic name Aranea is accepted throughout for all species not 
referred to Mygale, but names (Tubiformes &e.) are given to various 
groups. 


1804. P. A. LATREILLE.—Hist. des Insectes, vol. vii.; An. Rev. xii. 


The author characterizes the genus Mygale and the various families of 
spiders, which are all referred to under the generic name Aranea. 


1804. P. A. Larrertye.—Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. xxiv. 

In this work the genus Araneus is first limited to three species, and 
other genera are founded upon the residue, many of the generic groups 
coinciding with Walckenaer’s divisions in the Faun. Par. 

1805. C. A. WatckEenarr.—Tableau des Aranéides. 

The author here limits some of Latreille’s genera and founds others of 
his own. The genera are characterized, but there is no definite selection 
of any type, except indirectly where only a single species is quoted. 

1806. C. A. WaLckEenArr.—Hist. Nat. des Aranéides. 


Contains a description of various species with coloured illustrations, 
but the genera are not designedly limited nor are any types selected. The 
generic names are those used in the ‘ Tableau.’ 


1806. P. A. Larrrinrite. — Genera Crust. et Insectorum, iconibus 
exemplisque plurimis explicata. 


Gnaphosa is made a synonym of Drassus (p. 86), but the author does 
not select any types and the species are merely given as examples 
without intention of definitely limiting the genera. 


1810. P. A. Larreritte.—Considérations générales sur Nat. Ordre 
Crust., Arach. et Insectes, p. 428: “Table des genres avec 
Vindication de lespéce qui leur sert de type.” 

In this work Latreille selects types for twenty-nine genera. In his 
work on European spiders Thorell must have overlooked this selection of 
types. The genera are characterized under Latinized names, and at the 
end of the work the types selected under the same names in a French 
form. 


MycatLe, Latreille, 1802, Hist. Nat. des Fourmis, p. 345 
(nom. preocc. Cuvier, 1799). 


Three species were originally included in this genus— 
(1) A. avicularia, (2) cementaria, (3) Sauvagesit. 

‘The first was sclected as the type of the genus in 1810 by 
Latreille. 

The name Mygale had, however, been preoccupied by 
Cuvier in the table opposite page 496 of his ‘ Anatomie Com- 
narée,’ in the same form Mygale, not Myogale. 

Thorell evidently overlooked the limitation of this genus 
by Latreille in 1802, for on page 1638 of his Europ. Spid. he 
ascribes the genus to Walckenaer, Faun. Par, 1802. 

Type, Mygale avicularta (Linn.), 1758. 


of the Genera of the Aranee. 57 
Atypus, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxiv. p. 133. 


Only one species is included originally, A. subterranea, 
Roemer, Gen. Ins. tab. xxx. fig. 2, which Latreille identified 
by mistake as belonging to this genus. 


Type, Atypus Sultzeri, Latreille, 1804. 


Erropon, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. xxiv. p. 134. 


The only species mentioned originally has no name assigned 
to it:—“ Araignée inédite de la Nouvelle-Holl.” 

In 1806 Latreille, Gen. Crust. Ins. p. 85, quotes Missu- 
lena, Wlk., as a synonym of Eriodon, and gives a single 
species—‘‘ Species i. occatorius.’ In 1810 he definitely 
selects Misulena occatoria, Walck., as the type of the genus. 

Type, Eriodon occatorium (Walckenaer), 1805. 


Dyspera, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. p. 134, col. 1, line 11. 


Three species are quoted originally under this genus, re- 
ferred to by Latreille as “ Les Claustraliformes”’ of Walck- 
enaer, who further quotes the species Aranea punctoria, 
Villers. 

The three species are: —1. A. erythryna, Walck. ; 
2. A. Hombergu, Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 403; 3. A. pune- 
toria, Villers. 

On page 47 of the ‘Tableau’ Walckenaer limits Dysdera 
to one species, D. erythryna, Walck., which was also defi- 
nitely selected by Latreille as the type in 1810. 

Further, also, A. punctoria, Villers, Caroli Linnei Ento- 
mologia, t. iv. p. 128, pl. xi. fig. 9, is a Chiracanthium, as 
Simon states in his Ar. Fr. tom. iv. p. 247, and was removed 
to that genus by implication in 1837 by C. L. Koch. A. Hom- 
bergit, Scop., was referred to the genus arpactes by Temple- 
ton in 1834. 

ype, Dysdera erythryna (Walck.), 1802. 


SEGESTRIA, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. xxiv. p. 134, col. 1, 
line 16. 


The spiders which Latreille refers to this genus are those 
mentioned by Walckenaer, Faun. Par. 1802, p. 222, under 
“Les Tubiformes.” 

(1) Aranea senoculata, Fabr., (2) A. perfida, Walck. 
(florentina, Rossi, Fauna Etrusca, pl. xix. fig. 3). 

The same two species are mentioned under Segestria by 
Walck. Tableau, 1805, p. 48, and A. florentina, Rossi, was 


58 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge—A Revision 


selected by Latreille in 1810 as the type of the genus (Consid. 
gén. Nat. Ord. p. 423). 

The name florentina has priority over perfida. 

Type, Segestria florentina (Rossi), 1790. 


ARGYRONETA, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. xxiv. p. 134, 
col. 1, line 22. 
A single species only is quoted under this name, included 
in Walckenaer’s “ Nayades,” Faun. Par. p. 233. 
Type, Argyroneta aquatica (Clerck), 1757. 


GnaPuosa, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. xxiv. p. 134, col. 1, 
line 31. 


Four species were originally included, being those com- 
prised in Walckenaer’s “ Celluliformes,” Faun. Par. p. 220, 
1802 :—(1) A. nocturna, Linn.; (2) A. luctfuga, Walck., 
Sch. Icon. pl. 101. fig. 7; (3) A. lapidosa, Walck. ; 
(4) A. fulgens. 

The genus was first split up by Walckenaer himself in 
1805, who withdrew A. nocturna, Linn., A. ucifuga, Walek., 
and A. fulgens, Walck., under Drassus, ‘Tableau, p. 45, 
leaving A. lagidosa, Walck. This being the last left in 
becomes the type. It is not possible under these circum- 
stances toregard Drassus, Walck., as a synonym of Gnaphosa, 
Latr., as Simon does (Hist. Nat. Ar. 2, 1. p. 383, 1893), nor 
can the type of the latter be duczfuga, as there selected. 


Type, Gnaphosa lapidosa (Walck.), 1802. 


CLuBIONA, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. xxiv. p. 134, col. 1, 
line 39. 


Seven species were originally included, being those re- 
ferred by Walckenaer to the “ Cameriformes,” Faun. Par. 
p- 217 (1802) :—(1) Aranea atroz, De Geer; (2) A. ama- 
rantha; (3) A.aloma, Albin, pl. x. fig. 48; (4) A. erratica, 
Albin, pl. xvii. fig. 82, p. 26; (5) A. epimelas; (6) A. holo- 
sericea, De Geer, vil. p. 266, pl. xv. fig. 138; (7) A. nuérix. 

Walckenaer does not remove any of these species in the 
‘Tableau,’ and the genus was first broken up by C. L. Koch 
in 1837, who withdrew A. atrov, De Geer, as the type of 
Amaurobius, and, in 1839, A. nutriv, Walck.=punctorium, 
Villers; and erratica, Walck., under Chiracanthium, the last 
by implication. 

In 1810 Latreille selected A. /olosericea, Linn., as the 
type, a species which he obviously concluded to be identical 


of the Genera of the Aranex. 59 


with the holosericea, De Geer, quoted by Walckenaer, for 
De Geer gives holosericea, Linn., as a synonym of the species 
figured by himself. 

So that Latreille’s action is in reality a selection of species 
(6) as the type, with a correctional reference to the earliest 
author of the name holosericea. 

Both Thorell and Simon, however, have come to the con- 
clusion that the species figured by De Geer is not holosericea, 
Linn., but that De Geer’s species =phragmitis, C. Koch, and 
Linneus’s =pallidula, Clerck. 

This conclusion, however, cannot affect Latreille’s selection; 
it merely settles that phragmitis, C. Koch, is the type, and 
not pallidula, Clerck, as selected by Simon (Hist. Nat. Ar, 
Ivea, P- So, 1097). 

Type, Clubiona holoserica, De Geer=phragmitis, C. L. 
Koch. 


TEGENARIA, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. xxiv. p. 134, col. 1, 
line 49. 


Five species were originally included, namely “ Les Tapi- 
formes,” Walck. Faun. Par. p. 215 :— 

(1) Aranea domestica, Fabr. p. 412.21; Clerck, p. 76, pl. ii. 
fig. 9; (2) A.civilis; (3) A. agrestis, Albin; (4) A. murina; 
(5) A. labirinthica, Fabr. p. 417. 34; Sch. Icon. pl. xix. 
fig. 8; Albin, pl. xvi. fig. 33. 

A. labirinthica was taken out under <dAgelena, Walck. 
Tableau, p. 51 (1805). Araneus domesticus, Clerck, was 
selected by C. Koch in 1837 in the ‘ Uebersicht,’ p. 13, as the 
type of his new genus Philoica. 

Latreille did not in 1810 select any species as the type of 
Tegenaria, but he selected Aranea domestica, Fabr.=do- 
mestica, Clerck, as the type of Aranea, in 1810, without 
effect, however, for he had previously limited the genus 
Aranea to one species—Araneus diadematus, Clerck. 

In 1837, however, a little further down p. 13 of the 
‘ Uebersicht,’ C. Koch selected A. domesticus, Linn., as the 
type of Tegenaria. 

These are definite selections; and if A. domesticus, Linn. 
=A. domesticus, Clerck, then Philotca is simply synonymous 
with Tegenaria, and can have no separate species as the type. 

But under domesticus, Clerck, two species are undoubtedly 
involved—(1)=ferruginea, Panzer, (2)=Derhami, Scop. 
The first is obviously represented in the full figure in Clerck’s 
work on pl. ii. fig. 9. The second is represented by the 
palpus of the male figured on the same plate, 


60 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge—A Revision 
Now Thorell (Recen. Crit. Aran. Suec. Clerck, p. 36) re- 


tained the name domesticus for the full figure in Clerck’s 
work, and his selection, in spite of what might be considered 
more convenient (cf. Simon, Ar. Fr. ii. p. 67, note), must 
hold good. 

Therefore domesticus, Clerck, with the signification attached 
to it by horell, is the type of Philoica, C. K., 1837, and 
=ferruginea, Panzer. 

A, domesticus, Linn., however, was also selected, a little 
further down on the same page, as the type of TZegenaria by 
C. Koch himself. Now domesticus, Linn., according to Simon 
(Ar. Fr. ii. p. 73), and also according to Thorell, is the 
species whose palpus is depicted on pl. ii. fig. 9 in Clerck’s 
work, and is identical with Derham7, Scop. 1763, and with 
ctvilis, Walck. 1802. 

Therefore number (2) of the species originally referred to 
Tegenaria is the type of the genus, and its earliest appellation 
is Derhami, Scop. It is true that later on C. Koch himself 
reversed the signification of the two generic names and 
referred domesticus, Clerck, to Tegenaria, and civilis, Walck., 
to Philoica. But this, of course, he had no power to do, 


Type, Legenaria Derhami (Scopoli), 1763. 


Scytopes, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. xxiv. p. 134, col. 2, 
line 19. 


Latreille includes under this genus two sections: —A. 2 eyes, 
“Les Filiformes”?; B. 6 eyes, Aranea thoracica. Now 
“Tes Filiformes,’ Walckenaer, Faun. Par. p. 212, contain 
two species: A. phalangiotdes ; Scop. (A. Pluchit), Ent. Car. 
404, 1120. Whether these two names refer to the same 
species makes no difference, for they are at any rate both con- 
generic. 

A, phalangicides was selected by Walckenaer as the repre- 
sentative of his genus Pholcus in 1805 (Tableau, p. 80). 

A, thoracica is therefore the last species left in, and was 
further selected by Latreille in 1810 as the type of the genus 
(Consid. gén. Nat. Ord. p. 423). 

Type, Scytodes thoracica, Latr., 1804. 


Linypuia, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. xxiv. p. 134, col. 2, 
line 50. 


Two species only are included under this genus, called 
by Walckenaer “ Les Napiformes,” Faun. Par. p. 213 :— 
(1) A. triangularis, Clerck, De Geer, t. vu. pl. xiv. figs. 13, 
14,15, 16; Clerck, pl. iil. fig. 25 (2) A. montana, Clerck, 


of the Genera of the Aranez. 61 


De Geer, t. vii. p. 251; Clerck, pl. iii. fig. 1; Lister, t. xix. 
fig. 19. 
Both these species are congeneric, but in 1810 Latreille 
selected as the type of the genus “ Araignée renversée 
5 : Se op CaaS : : 
sauvage,” De Geer, which is identical with A. triangularis, 


Clerck. 
Type, Linyphia triangularis (Clerck), 1757. 


TETRAGNATHA, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. xxiv. p. 135, 
col. 1, line 5. 


One species only was included under Les Spiraliformes ”’ 
by Walckenaer, Faun. Par. p. 208, namely Aranea extensa, 
Fabr. p. 407. 1. 


Type, Tetragnatha extensa (Linn.), 1758. 


ARANEUS, Clerck, Svenska Spindlar, 1757, p. 22, &e. 


This genus includes sixty-seven species, which were first 
split up by Latreille in 1804, Nouv. Dict. p. 185, col. 1, 
line 8. 

Under Aranea Latreille places three species only, thus 
limiting the genus to (1) A. clavipes, Fabr., (2) A. diade- 
mata, Clerck, (3) A. spinosa, abr. 

Neither the first nor the third species, however, nor any 
species congeneric with them, was originally included in the 
genus by Clerck, and therefore A, diadematus, Clerck, alone 
ean be the type. 

Latreille had no power or right to select A. domestica, 
Fabr., as the type of the genus Araignée, Aranea, or A. dia- 
dema, Linn., the type of petra, Walck., as he does in his 
selections of 1510, having already himself, in 1804, limited 
the genus to one species only, A. diadematus, Clerck. 

Type, Araneus diadematus, Clerck, 1757. 


Hereropopa, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. xxiv. p. 135, col. 1, 
line 36, 


Under this genus are included ‘ Les Cordiformes” of 
Walckenaer, Faun. Par. tom. i. p. 227 (1802), with Aranea 
venatoria, Linn., in addition, and another species bearing no 
name. 

“ Les Cordiformes’”’ include twenty species :—Aranea ob- 
longa, argentata, rhomboica, pigra, bilineata, aureola, cespitum, 
tigrina, truncata, emarginata, rotundata, floricola, violacea, 
citrea, calycina, cristata, fucata, dauct, diana, and delicatula, 

The genus was first broken up by Walckenaer in the 


62 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge—A Revision 


Tableau, p. 28 et seg., 1805, when he withdrew under 
Thomisus all these species except emarginata and venatoria, 
Linn. 

Aranea emarginata was, however, withdrawn by Walck- 
enaer subsequently, in Faun. Frangaise, p. 74 (1820), under 
Thomisus, thus leaving Aranea venatoria, Linn., as the type 
of the genus. 


Type, Heteropoda venatoria (Linn.), 1766. 


MisuMENA, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. xxiv. p. 135, col. 2, 
line 2. 

One species alone is included by Latreille—Aranea citrea, 
De Geer, which is Araneus vatius, Clerck, 1757; the latter 
name having priority. 

Type, Misumena citrea=vatia (Clerck), 1757. 


Micromata, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. xxiv. p. 135, col. 2, 
line 6. 

Four species were originally included, namely those under 
* Les Grottiformes,” by Walckenaer, Faun. Par. p. 225:— 
(1) A. accentuata, Walck.; (2) A. smaragdula, Fabr.; (3) 
A, ornata, (4) A. rosea, Clerck. 

Out of these Walckenaer (Tableau, 1805, p. 39) selected 
A. smaragdula, A. ornata, and A. rosea, and refers them to 
his new genus Sparassus ; and later, in the same work p. 41, 
he refers A. accentuata to Clubiona. 

This Walckenaer, however, had no right to do, and accen- 
tuata being the last species left in, naturally becomes the type 
of the genus ALicromata. 

In 1810 Latreille himself selects A. smaragdula as the 
type of the genus, but this he had no power to do. He had 
to be content with the species Walckenaer left in. 

Thorell says in this connection, ‘ Kurop. Spid.’ p. 176, 
that “ Micrommata includes ‘ Les Grottiformes,’ Walck., and 
A. accentuata, which is placed there by mistake.” For 
Latreille afterwards obviously wished Micromata to apply to 
the three species referred by Walckenaer to Sparassus, since 
he quotes his own previous generic name as a synonym of 
Walckenaer’s genus. 

One might equally well insist that all the three species 
originally limited by Latreille to Aranea were placed there 
by mistake (as two of them undoubtedly were), for later on 
Latreille definitely selects Araneus domesticus, Fabr., as the 
type of Aranea, a species not included in his own previous 


limitation of the genus. 


of the Genera of the Aranee. 63 


If, however, in the original diagnosis of Micromata, 
Latreille had included any character which would have 
definitely excluded A. accentuata, then it might be possible 
to act on this fact. 

But Latreille’s original diagnosis of ‘ Les Grottiformes,” 
Walck., is ‘‘ Machoires droites, quatritme paire de pattes la 
plus longue” (Nouv. Dict. p. 135, 1804) ; characters which 
apply equally well to the well-known European A. accentuata. 
It is perfectly clear that Latreille and Walckenaer both 
wished accentuata to be dissociated from the other three 
“ orottiformes,”’ and neither of them cared what became of 
the original name Micromata; the author sunk it as a 
synonym, while Walckenaer swamped it under his new name 
Sparassus. 

It is, however, the duty of science to restore Micromata as 
a generic name, and it is impossible to enter into the question 
of the wishes and sentiments of authors. This would simply 
end in a labyrinth of inconsistencies and endless disagreement 
and disputation. For, if we are to consider the wishes of 
either of these authors in connection with the signification of 
Micromata, why ignore their conjoint wishes in regard to the 
name itself ? 

If we take this line, why are we not also to accept the 
names substituted by Walckenaer in those cases where he 
considered them more suitable than others previously given 
to the saine genus or species by other authors? Thorell and 
Simon both select vzrescens, Clerck, as the type. 

Type, Icromata accentuata (Walck.), 1802. 


OxyopEs, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. xxiv. p. 135, col. 2, 
line 12. 


A single species only included—Aranea heterophthalma. 
Type, Oxyopes heterophthalmus, Latr., 1804. 


DoLoMEDES, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. xxiv. p- 135, col. 2 
line 32. ? 
‘'wo species were originally included, namely those men- 
tioned under ‘‘ Les Coureuses ” by Walckenaer, Faun. Par, 
p- 235 :—(1) A. mirabilis, Clerck, pl. v. fig. 10; (2) A. mar- 
ginata, De Geer, t. vil. p. 281. 24. 

The latter is identical with Araneus jfimbriatus of Clerck 
and was selected as the type of the genus under “ Araignée 
loup bordée,” De Geer, in 1810, by Latreille. A. mirabilis 
was in 1887 referred to Ocyale, Sav. ; but the type of Ocyale 


64 A Revision of the Genera of the Avanex. 


being of a different genus, Simon made the genus P/saura 
for its reception in 1885. 
Type, Dolomedes fimbriatus (Clerck), 1757. 


Lycosa, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. xxiv. p. 135, col. 2, 
line 38. 


To this genus were originally referred all the species 
named by Walckenaer under “ Les Chasseuses,” Faun. Par. 
p. 2387 :—(1) Aranea allodroma, Clerck, pl. v. fig. 2; (2) A. 
agretyca, Walck., Cl. pl. iv. fig. 2; (8) A. voraz, Walck., 
Albin, 4.17; (4) A. agilts, Walck.; (5) A. saccata, Linn. ; 
(6) A. velox, Walck., Cl. pl. iv. fig. 2; (7) A. ptratica, Cl. 
pl. iv. fig. 5; (8) A. dugubris, Walck., Albin, pl. iv. fig. 19. 

Of these, a/lodroma, agretyca, vorax, and velox were taken 
out in 1832 and placed under Jurentula by Sundevall (Act. 
Holm. p. 24). The first under c¢nerea (sec. Simon, Ar. Fr. iil. 
p- 278) ; the second (which sec. Simon, Ar. Fr, iii. pp. 283, 
284,=both ruricola, De Geer, and terricola, Thor.) under 
ruricola ; the sixth, by implication as congeneric, referring to 
the same figure in Clerck’s work as does number (2); the 
third under the same name or as trabalis (this species also sec. 
Simon, Ar. Fr. ii. p. 259=pulverulenta, Clk., in part, which 
is congeneric with trabalis). No. 7, piratica, was taken out 
by Sundevall (Act. Holm. p. 192, 1852) as the type, being 
the only species referred to it, of Pirata. Nos. 4, 5, and 8 
were taken out by C. Keech (Ar. xiv. p. 100) and referred to 
Pardosa in 1848, leaving no species under Lycosa. The 
type therefore must be one of these three ; and since none of 
them were removed under any other genus between this time 
and 1869-70, when ‘Thorell selected lugubris, W1k., as the 
type of the genus Lycosa, this species remains as the type. 

Latreille, in 1810 (Consid. gén, Nat. Ord. Crust., Arach. et 
Ins. p. 428 &c.), selected “ Ar. tarentula, Fabr.—L’araignée 
loup, Geoff.,” as the type of his Lycose=Lycosa, as noted 
also by Simon (Ar. Fr. i. p. 233). 

Now Aranea tarentula, Linn., Fabr..= Lycosa tarentula, 
Latr., is the species which is “subtus late croceo, fascia 
transversa nigra,” and does not represent any of those species 
originally included in the genus, and cannot therefore be 
selected, even by the author himself, as the type of the genus. 

Of the three remaining species, agilis, Wlk.=palustris, 
Linn. (sec. Simon, 621), and saccata, Linn. =amentata, Clk., 
while dugudizs is the species commonly known by that name, 
the last being selected by Thorell as the type in 1869-70. 

Type, Lycosa lugubris, Walck., 1802. 


Anatomy of certain Agnathous Pulmonate Mollusks. 65 


SALtTicus, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. xxiv. p. 135, col. 2, 
line 51. 


Latreille included under this name two groups:—A. “ Les 
Chercheuses,” Walk. Faun. Par. p. 248 (1802) ; and B. “ Les 
Sauteuses,” id. p. 243; quoting the following species: (1) 
Aranea cinnaberina, Oliv.—4-guttata, Rossi; (2) Aranea 
scenica, Linn.; (3) Aranea formicaria, De Geer. 

This genus, which included also a number of other species 
—A. tardigrada, pomatia, chalybeia, psylla, cuprea, coronata, 
virgulata, pubescens, nidicolens, fontalis, lunulata, bicolor, cal- 
lida, nigra, tripunctata, litterata, and muscorum—under “ Les 
Sauteuses,” was first split up by Walckenaer in the following 
year 1805 in the ‘ Tableau,’ pp. 21 & 22. He withdrew 
first A. cinnaberina under Hresus (p. 21), and next (p. 22) 
under Attws all the other species named, leaving nothing 
under Salétcus, and ignoring it altogether. 

No further subdivision or selection in connexion with these 
two last-named genera took place until 1810, when Latreille 
definitely selected A. scenica, Fabr., as the type of Salticus, 
Consid. gén. Nat. Ord. Crust., Arach. et Ins. p. 423. 

Thorell has evidently overlooked this selection of types by 
Latreille in 1810; and most authors have followed Sundevall, 
who, in 1832, selects under Salticus, typus, S. formicarius, 
De Geer, a selection which of course cannot stand. 

Type, Salticus scenicus (Clerck), 1757,= A. scenica, Fabr. 

< Linn. 


X.—On the Anatomy of certain Agnathous Pulmonate 
Mollusks. By Watrer E. Coutineg, F.Z.S., Lecturer 
on Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the University 
of Birmingham. 


{Plates I. & II.] 


Towarps the end of 1899 Mr. Henry Suter sent me a series 
of examples of various New Zealand land-mollusks preserved 
in alcohol, and expressed a wish that I would give some 
account of their internal anatomy. I take this opportunity 
of expressing to him my best thanks for his kindness. 
About the same time Mr. William Moss, of Ashton-under- 
Lyne, sent me specimens of Schizoglossa novoseelandica, Ptr. ; 
to him also my best thanks are here tendered. Finally, my 
best thanks are due to the Council of the Birmingham Natural 


~ 


Ann. & Mag, N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 5 


66 Mr. W. E. Collinge on the Anatomy of 


History and Philosophical Society for defraying the cost of 
the drawings illustrating this paper. 

The anatomy of the Agnathous Pulmonates has received 
but little attention ; hence anything like a classification based 
on anatomical characters is at present quite impossible. 
Woodward * has given an interesting account of Natalina 
caffra, Fér., and other contributions to the anatomy of this 
genus have been made by Pilsbry t and Pace ¢. Godwin- 
Austen § has given an account of the anatomy of Puryphanta 
Hochstettert, Pfr.; but I am unable to confirm many of his 
statements. Other references to the anatomy of the Austra- 
lian and New Zealand species are to be found in the various 
papers of Hedley and Suter. 


Ruytipa, Albers. 
Rhytida Greenwoodi, Gray. (PI. I. figs. 1-16.) 


Animal yellowish brown, darker on the dorsum anteriorly ; 
a deep groove characterizes the median dorsal line beyond 
the visceral mass. Mantle yellow, with irregular black 
markings; collar shows slight indications of division into 
right and left mantle-lobes. Eyes situated some little 
distance backward from the end of the upper tentacle. Male 
generative orifice 10 millim., female generative orifice 
11 millim. from the right upper tentacle. Rugz on the head 
almost square, on the sides of the body anteriorly round, in 
parallel lines in both cases; posteriorly very small and irre- 
gular. Sulci faint sepia-colour or white. Peripodial groove 
ill-defined. Foot-fringe whitish, with very minute sepia- 
coloured spots. Lineoles absent. Foot-sole not distinctly 
divided into median and lateral planes, laterally sepia- 
coloured, dirty white in the median portion. 

Length (in alcohol) 38 millim. 

Hab. Levin, Manawater, New Zealand. 

This species, the type of the genus, was described by Gray 
in 1849 ||. All the descriptions yet given, such, for example, 
as those by Reeve {j, Pfeiffer **, Hector ff, Hutton tt, and 


* Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond. 1895, vol. i. pp. 270-277, pl. xvii. 
u Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Philad. 1889, pp. 277-279, and 1890, pp. 241- 
243. 
¢ Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond. 1895, vol. i. pp. 282-238. 
§ Op. ett. 1898, vol. i. pp. 5-9, pl. i. 
|| Proc. Zool. Soc. 1849, p. 165. 
{| Conch. Icon. vol. vii. sp. 434, pl. Ixxxi. fig. 434, 
*# Mon. Hel. viv. vol. iii. p. 156. 
t+ Catal. Land Moll. N. Zeal. 1878, p. 18. 
tt Man. N. Zeal. Moll. 1880, p. 16. 


certain Agnathous Pulmonate Mollusks. 67 


Tryon *, relate to the shell of the animal only, no description 
having yet been given of the animal. A figure of the radula 
has been published +, and Suter ¢ has given a figure of the 
animal with the shell attache1, but the drawing leaves much 
to be desired. 


Anatomy. 


The Alimentary Canal.—The buccal mass is large, 
measuring 18°5 millim. in length in the alcoholic specimens 
examined. The muscular attachments, as in the allied genus 
Paryphanta, are very strong. ‘The buccal retractors are 
inserted posteriorly and ventro-laterally, laterally there are a 
series of muscles which have their origin on the floor of the 
body-cavity (Pl. I. fig. 10, 7.m.). Posteriorly the buccal 
mass has the appearance of having a muscular cap (Pl. I. 
figs. 10, 11), but on dissection this is found to be due to the 
upward curving of the terminal portions of the muscular 
sheath of the radula. The radula is curved downwards in 
the extreme anterior region and laterally embraces the mus- 
cular sheath; looked at from the opening of the mouth it 
has the appearance shown in figure 7 (PI. I.). 

The esophagus enters the dorsal surface of the buccal cavity 
about 4°5 millim. from the anterior end; it is a thin narrow 
tube, enlarging to a wider cavity behind the salivary glands §. 
These latter are two large glands situated on the posterior 
portion of the buccal mass (PI. I. fig. 10, s.9/.); they are 
fused together in the median line. From the anterior end of 
each a long fine salivary duct is given off, and these enter the 
buccal cavity slightly below and behind the opening of the 
cesophagus (PI. I. fig. 10). 

The Pedal Gland (Pl. I. figs. 12, 13).—Lying on the 
floor of the body-cavity is a small flattened structure—the 
pedal gland. The actual gland measured 13 millim. in length ; 
at its posterior end it makes a bend to the right side and then 
again towards the left, thus being formed by what may be 
described as three limbs; the third limb is partly covered by 
a series of strands of pedal muscles. The retractor muscle is 
attached ventrally and arises from the floor on the right side. 
Attached to the underside of the third limb and lying deeply 


* Man. Conch. 1885 (ser. 2) vol. i. p. 126, pl. xxiv. fig. 74, 

+ Trans. N. Zeal. Inst. vol. xvi. p. 167, pl. x. fig. P. 

t Journ. of Malac. 1899, vol. vii. pl. ili. fig. 1. 

§ Owing to part of the animal having been left in the shell, which I 
did not receive, I have been unable to describe the remainder of the 


digestive system. 
fe) @ : 
oO 


68 Mr, W. E. Collinge on the Anatomy of 


in the pedal muscles is a spongy mass about 4 millim. in 
leneth (Pi. 1. fie. 12). 

The Generative Organs (PI. I. figs. 8,9, and 14-16).— 
As already pointed out, the generative orifices are really 
distinct and lie about 1 millim. apart and 11 millim. from the 
right upper tentacle (PI. I. figs. 1, 8, and 9). The female 
orifice is surrounded by a prominent white lip, the dorsal and 
anterior portion of which is produced as a thin fold forward, 
and forms the dorsal boundary of the male generative orifice 
(Pl. I. figs. 8, 9). This latter leads into a long narrow 
tube—the penis. At its commencement the inner walls are 
plicated; passing backward there is a thickened muscular 
ridge on the ventral side, which is covered with a series of 
fleshy tooth-like projections (Pl. I. fig. 16). On careful 
dissection the penis is found to be folded upon itself, the distal 
limb scarcely being distinguishable until separated by dissec- 
tion. Passing forward almost as far as the external orifice, 
it again makes a bend and becomes slightly larger, almost 
sac-like, the internal wall again showing plications in this 
region. From the distal end of this sac-like portion the vas 
deferens arises as a fine densely convoluted tube (Pl. I. 
fig. 14, v.d.) which joins the prostatic portion of the common 
duct. ‘There is a short retractor muscle attached to the end 
of the first bend of the penis (Pl. I. fig. 14, 7.m.). The 
female generative orifice leads into a short wide cavity —the 
vagina,—into the upper portion of which the receptaculum 
seminis and free oviduct open. The receptaculum seminis is 
sessile, consisting of a long tube-like diverticulum; at its 
distal end a small retractor muscle is inserted. internally 
the wall is thrown into a series of wavy folds. ‘The free 
oviduct is short. Internally its walls show a series of projec- 
tions which branch and anastomose (Pl. I. fig. 15). ‘The 
common duct is folded from right to left and showed no 
variation from that figured in any of the three dissections. 
There is a large albumen gland. ‘The hermaphrodite gland 
had been broken away in the missing portions of the liver Xe. ; 
the duct, however, remained as a fine and densely convoluted 


tuve (Pl. I. fig. 14, h.d.). 


PARYPHANTA, Albers. 
Paryphanta Hochstetteri, Pir. (Pl. II. figs. 17-21.) 


The anatomy of this species was described by Lieut.-Col. 
Godwin-Austen in 1893. I dissected three of the specimens 
sent to me by Mr. Suter, but found considerable differences 
in the male generative organs from those described and figured 


certain Agnathous Pulmonate Mollusks. 69 


by Godwin-Austen, in consequence of which I decided to 
obtain further material and carefully work through the system 
again, Owing to this the publication of the present paper 
has been somewhat delayed. The later dissections fail to 
verify the above-mentioned account, and I must take excep- 
tion to the comparisons and conclusions the author has drawn 
at the close of his paper. 

On unravelling the terminal ducts of the generative organs 
the penis with its darkly pigmented proximal portion is very 
conspicuous. In life it lies across the buccal mass, the right 
tentacular retractor muscle crossing over it at the proximal 
end (Pl. Il. fig. 17). In the last specimen dissected it 
measured 37 millim, in length. Itis a large muscular organ, 
consisting for the greater part of its length of a simple tube, 
the terminal portion only, to which the retractor muscle is 
attached, being solid. I failed to find any knob-like process 
or nipple-like crenulations, as figured by Godwin-Austen (op. 
ett. pl. i. fig. 12), although the lumen of the tube was care- 
fully traced for 82 millim. The vas deferens is a long fine 
tube closely bound to the sides of the penis for the greater 
portion of its length. Godwin-Austen states (op. ctt. p. 7) 
that ‘‘ the vas deferens is short and unites with it [the penis] 
very low down, not far from the generative aperture.” As 
shown in figure 18 (Pl. Il.) the vas deferens leaves the 
penis towards its distal end, and is closely bound to its wall 
by strands of connective tissue; towards the proximal end of 
the penis it folds itself around that organ, and then passing 
down to the region of the vagina, it runs along its left dorsal 
side as a convoluted tube; at the point where the receptacular 
duct enters the vagina the vas deferens dips beneath the free 
oviduct, reappearing on the right side, still exhibiting convo- 
lutions; it then passes across to the left side, where it 
becomes continuous with the prostatic portion of the common 
duct. In order to verify what I had made out by dissection, 
the penis of a further specimen was taken and sections cut by 
the freezing microtome ; these fully bore out the conclusions 
drawn from the dissections (cf. Pl. IT. tig. 19, x'-x°). 

On the supposition that the vas deferens in this species 
was very short &c., Godwin-Austen proposed to place the 
genera Paryphanta, dilea, and Schizoglossa in a new sub- 
family—Paryphantine : ‘ Schizoglossa bearing the same rela- 
tionship to Paryphanta as Girasia, Gray, does to Mucro- 
chlamys among the Zonitide.” 

The Pedal Gland (Pl. If. figs. 20, 21).—The position 
occupied ig similar to that in Rhytida Greenwoodi. The 
gland measured 17°5 millim. in length; at its posterior end it 


70 Mr. W. E. Collinge on the Anatomy of 


makes a bend to the left side and then dips down into a cavity 
bounded by the pedal muscles. To this portion the short 
retractor muscle is attached on the right side (PI. LI. fig. 21). 


Paryphanta Edwardi, Suter. (PI. IL. figs. 22-25.) 


Animal a deep blue, darker laterally than on the dorsum. 
Mantle greyish white, with very fine sepia markings on the 
collar, which is divided asin the genus A/ytida. Generative 
orifice 85 millim. from the right upper tentacle. Ruge 
irregular, very small posteriorly. Sulci bluish white. Peri- 
podial groove ill-defined, Foot-fringe bluish white and finely 
spotted, no lineoles. Foot-sole sepia-coloured, with a tinge of 
blue in the median portion, not divided into median and 
lateral planes. 

Length (in alcohol) 43 millim, 

The shell and radula of this species were described by 
Suter in 1899 *, It differs considerably from the preceding 
species. Suter regards it as standing nearest to P. atramen- 
tarta, Shuttl., from Victoria, a species I am unacquainted 
with. 

Anatomy. 


The Alimentary Canal.—The buceal cavity calls for no 
special mention. ‘The cesophagus enters on the dorsal surface ; 
tracing this posteriorly it widens a little, forming the crop, 
around which the salivary glands are closely wrapped; the 
ducts leave the anterior borders and enter the buccal mass at 
the side of and just behind the cesophagus. Behind the crop 
there is a thin tube-like portion of the canal, which again 
widens before reaching the stomach. 

The Fedal Gland (PI. II. figs. 23, 24) is very similar to 
that in P. LHochstettert, Pfr., differmg, however, in its greater 
length, measuring in setu 24 millim., and in turning forwards 
and downwards to the left side. Imbedded in the pedal 
muscles and quite distinct from this gland is a small glan- 
dular body like that found in Rhytida Greenwoodi, Gray. 

The Generative Organs (Pl. Il. fig. 25).—On turning 
back the body-wall the penis is seen to lie in a very similar 

osition to that in P. Hochstetter?. It measured 58 millim. 
in length. It is an almost straight tube, widening in the 
distal half. In structure it is similar to that in the preceding 
species. Being larger the vas deferens is easily made out 
fiom the left side of the distal end of the penis to the union 
with the prostatic canal. It is a simple tube not convoluted. 


* Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond. 1899, vol. iii. p. 290, pl. xv. figs. 14, 15. 


certain Agnathous Pulmonate Mollusks. 71 


The vagina is considerably larger than in P. Hochstetteri ; 
at its extreme distal end a short sessile receptaculum seminis 
is seen. The free oviduct is very short and arises latero- 
dorsally on the right side, passing in an oblique direction 
forwards. The common duct is a long, almost straight, 
double tube. The remaining organs call for no special 
mention. 

Until more species of this genus have been anatomically 
examined any comparisons are of little value. P. Edwardi 
is very distinct from P. Hochstetter’ so far as the generative 
organs are concerned, though it is very probable that there 
exist intermediate species which would connect the two. 


Scuizoaiossa, Hedley, 


Schizoglossa novoseelandica (Pfr.), em. Hedley. 
(Pl. IL. figs. 26-30.) 
Daudebardia novoseelandica, Pfr. Mal. Blatt. 1861 (1862), vii. p. 146; 
Hutton, Man. N. Zeal. Moll. 1880, p. 12; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. viv. 
Pee neozelanicus, v. Mart. 
Daudebardia? novoseelandica, Kobelt, Jahrb. d. D. mall. Gesell. 1879, 
vii. p. 26; Fischer, Man. de Conch. 1887, p. 256. ; 
Schizoglossa novoseelandica, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. 1893 
(ser. 2), vii. p. 389, pl. ix. figs. 1, 2. 

Animal (in alcohol) brownish yellow, darker on the dorsum, 
posteriorly and latero-posteriorly splashed with irregular 
black markings. Dorsum marked by two parallel lines 
running from the anterior edge of the mantle to the head, 
and well-marked lateral grooves running from the mantle to 
the lips. Posterior to the mantle the visceral mass slightly 
overhangs the tail-region. No caudal mucous pore. Respi- 
ratory orifice in the antero-lateral margin of the mantle. 
Ruge large, ill-defined laterally. Sulci almost black. Peri- 

odial groove indistinct. Foot-fringe yellow, with greyish- 
yellow lineoles. Foot-sole greyish yellow, with faint trans- 
verse wrinkles, not divided into median and lateral planes, 

Length (in alcohol) 25 millim., foot-sole 8 millim. broad. 

Hab. Near Stratford, North Island, New Zealand. 

The genus Schizoglossa was constituted by Hedley in 1893 * 
for the reception of the Daudebardia novoseelandica of Pfeiffer f. 
The species was originally described from the shell only. 
Hedley (op. czt.) was the first to give a description of the 
animal and its structure and to figure the same and shell ; he 
therefore must be regarded as the authority for this species, 

* Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. 1898 (ser. 2), vol. vii. p. 389, 
+ Mal. Blatt. 1861 (1862), Bd, vii. p. 146. 


72 Mr. W. E. Collinge on the Anatomy of 


The specimens upon which I have worked were sent by 
Mr. R. Murdoch to Mr. W. Moss, and were collected near 
Stratford, North Island, New Zealand. 

Although Hedley’s account was a valuable contribution at 
the time to our knowledge of this species, it left much to be 
desired as regards the figures and the minute detail of the 
anatomy. I have endeavoured in the present paper to give 
more careful drawings of the animal, and am able to supple- 
ment in a few points his account of the internal structure. 
Unfortunately in all the specimens the pallial complex had 
been damaged in removing the shells before they came into 
my possession, so that I am unable to give any description of 
this interesting region. A detailed account of the anatomy 
from fresh specimens is much to be desired. 


Anatomy. 


The alimentary canal is very short. The buccal mass 
measured 12 millim. in length (Pl. Il. fig. 28). The 
cesophagus enters the dorsal surface 5 millim. from the ante- 
rior end; it is a short wide tube, and leads directly into the 
crop, the internal walls of which are plicated. The salivary 
ducts enter a little behind and lateral to the cesophageal 
opening. 

The pedal gland (PI. II. fig. 29) has the usual position ; 
it is considerably smaller than in either the genus Rhytida or 
Paryphanta, 

The Generative Organs (Pl. II. fig. 30).—The vestibule 
is a spacious chamber leading directly into the vagina; on 
the left side the penis opens. This organ is a short tube and 
exhibits little difference from the vas deferens, except that it 
is slightly wider. In none of the specimens dissected had it 
the form figured by Hedley (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 1893, 
vil. pl. x. fig. 9). All the portion from just above the retractor 
muscle to the entrance into the vestibule is covered by a mass 
of connective tissue, and when this is dissected away the ap- 
pearance is as figured (Pl. II. fig. 30, p.). The retractor 
muscle is small and short; it arises from the body-wall imme- 
diately below the penis. The vas deferens is a short tube not 
sharply marked off from the penis. Where the common duct 
commences the oviducal portion internally has richly folded 
walls, and the prostatic canal can be easily traced the whole 
of its length. I failed to find any trace of a receptaculum 
seminis. There is a large albumen gland and a small herma- 
phrodite gland, the duct of the latter being comparatively 
short and slightly convoluted. 


Fug. 
Eq. 
Fig. 
Fig. 
Fug. 
Fug. 
Fug. 


certain Aynathous Pulmonate Mollusks. 73 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES I. & II. 
Rhytida Greenwoodi, Gray. 


1. View of the animal from the left side, x 13. 

2. View of the posterior portion of the dorsum from above, x 14. 

3. Latero-ventral portion of the head, x 4, 

4, Lateral view of the head, with buccal cavity partly extended, 
art 

5. The same, seen from the ventral side, x 2. 

6. Anterior view of the mouth, x 3. 

7. Diagrammatic figure of the radula as seen from the anterior end. 


Figs. 8, 9. Male and female generative orifices. 


Fig. 10. 


Lateral view of the buccal mass, x 2. 


Fig. 11. Dorsal view of posterior end of same, 
Fig. 12. The pedal gland, x 3. 
“yg. 13. Posterior portion of the same seen from below. 
Fig. 14. The generative organs. 
Fig. 15. Internal wall of the free oviduct, x 2. 
Fig. 16. Penis dissected, to show the fleshy tooth-like projections, x 2. 


Paryphanta Hochstettert, Pfr. 


Fig. 17. Diagram to show relation of the penis to the buccal mass and 


right tentacular retractor muscle. 


Fig. 18. The generative organs. 
Fig. 19, Transverse sections of the penis. The position of each section is 


indicated in the preceding figure by the lettering x'-x°, 


Fig. 20. The pedal gland, x 2. 
Fig. 21. Lateral view of posterior portion of same, x 2. 


Paryphanta Edwardi, Suter. 


Fig. 22. View of the animal from the left side, x 13. 
Fig. 23. The pedal gland, x 2. 
Fig, 24, Lateral view of posterior portion of same, x 2. 


. 25. The generative organs. 


Schizoglossa novoseelandica (Pfr.), em. Hedley. 


Fig. 26. View of the animal from the left side, x 2, 
Fig. 27. Dorsal view of the same, x 2. 
Fig. 28. Lateral view of the buccal mass &e., x 3. 


9. The pedal gland, x 2, 


Fig. 30, The generative organs, x 3. 


In tigures 1, 22, 26, and 27 the animals are represented without 


the shell. 
Reference letters, 


alb.gl. Albumen gland. r.m. Retractor muscle. 
b.c. Buccal cavity. rd. Receptacular duct. 
b.r.m. Buccal retractor muscle, 7.8. Receptaculum seminis. 
f.ov. Free oviduct. rir. Right tentacular retractor, 
h.d. Uermaphrodite duct. s.d, Salivary duct. 
h.gl. Hermaphrodite gland, s.gl. Salivary gland, 
ew, (Esophagus, v. Vestibule. 
ov. Oviduct. v.d, Vas deferens. om 
p. Penis. vg. Vagina. 
pr. Prostate. ‘ 


74 Mr. H. Druce on some 


X1.—Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera. 
By Hersert Druce, F.L.S. &c. 


Fam, Syntomida. 
Eucereon Birchelli, sp. u. 


Female.—TVhe head, antenne, collar, tegule, and thorax 
pale brown; abdomen blackish brown; legs pale brown, 
banded with white. Primaries pale brown, irrorated with 
dark brown scales, a black spot at the end of the cell: second- 
aries semihyaline blackish brown. 

Expanse 1% inch. 

Hab. Colombia, Bogota. 


Fam. Arctiidae. 
Rhodogastria roseibarba, sp. n. 


Male.—The head, collar, tegule, and thorax pale greyish 
fawn-colour ; one black spot on the front of the head, two on 
the collar and on each of the tegule, and two at the base of 
the thorax ; palpi red, the second and third joint tipped with 
black ; antenne reddish brown; legs red; abdomen cream- 
colour, the two anal segments pale pink, the base clothed 
with pink hairs. Primaries semihyaline brownish white, the 
costal margin, apex, inner margin, and veins all brownish 
fawn-colour: secondaries semihyaline white, clothed on the 
inner margin with long pink hairs, the outer margin near the 
apex shaded with pale fawn-colour. 

Expanse 2¢ inches. 

Hab. Sooloo Islands (Pryer, Mus. Druce). 


Ecpantherta albiscripta, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, and thorax blackish 
grey, the collar and tegule edged with white; abdomen 
bluish black, the sides banded with orange-yellow; the legs 
grey, banded with white. Primaries blackish grey, with 
several dark marks on the costal margin; a number of fine 
white lines cross the wing from the costal to the inner margin, 
forming a series of small spots: secondaries pure white, with 
three black spots on the costal margin; on the underside the 
costal margin is edged with yellow.—Female very similar to 
the male, excepting it is much darker in colour and that the 


new Species of EHeterocera. 75 


secondaries are black, partly crossed by a waved white band 
near the apex. 

Expanse, ¢ 14, ? 13 inch. 

Hab. §.E. Brazil, Rio Grande (Mus. Druce). 


Fam. Cyllopodide. 


Menis ithrites, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenna, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, 
and legs black. Primaries chrome-yellow, the apex broadly 
black, the inner margin edged with black: secondaries black, 
the costal margin from the base to the apex chrome- 
yellow. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Peru (Mus. Druce). 


Fam. Notodontida. 


Symmerista fulgens, sp. n. 


Male.— Head, collar, and tegule pale fawn-colour ; thorax 
and upperside of the abdomen dark brown; antenne and 
legs brown. Primaries pale fawn-colour, the costal margin, 
anal angle, and inner margin dark brown; a reddish-brown 
band extends from the apex to the inner margin almost 
to the base of the wing; a large greyish spot irrorated with 
black scales above the anal angle: secondaries pale greyish 
brown, darkest at the apex and round the outer margin ; the 
fringe brown.—Female very similar to the male, but slightly 
paler in colour. 

Expanse, ¢ 2, 2 24 inches. 

Hab. Venezuela, Merida (Mus. Druce). 


Heterocampa amata, sp. n. 


The head, collar, and tegule pale green, the thorax and 
abdomen pale brown, the anal segments greenish brown; the 
underside of the abdomen and legs yellowish green, Pri- 
maries pale green, the inner margin broadly clouded with 
dark brown; a large square-shaped yellow spot about the 
middle of the inner margin, beyond which a white waved line 
extends partly along the outer margin: secondaries pale 
yellowish green, shaded with brown on the inner margin, the 
fringe yellowish white. 

Expanse 24 inches. 

Hab. Venezuela, Merida (JIlus. Druce). 


Mr. H. Druce on some 


~I 
or) 


Heterocampa (2?) antonia, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen pale reddish 
brown ; the tegule and the base of the thorax green, the 
segments of fie abdomen edged with white; legs reddish 
brown. Primaries pale reddish brown, thickly mottled with 
bright green scales; a submarginal pale green line extends 
from the apex to the anal angle : secondaries pale reddish 
brown. 

Expanse 24 inches. 

Hab. Borneo (Mus. Druce). 


Ieterocampa (?) latex, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, collar, and thorax greenish brown ; abdomen 
pale brown, yellowish at the base ; the anal segment and the 
tuft dark green. Primaries pale green, with some faint 
greyish marks in the cell; a pale brown curved line crosses 
the wing beyond the cell from the costal to the inner margin, 
some very minute brown spots on the costal margin close to 
the apex, and a row along the outer margin; the fringe alter- 
nately green and brown: secondaries pale yellow, the costal 
margin “proadly ¢ green, with two dark brown short lines close 
to the ApeX 5 the fringe yellow. 

Expanse 2 inches. 


Hab. W. Atrica, Gambia (Mus. Druce). 


Fleterocampa exvyra, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, 
and legs pale brown; the underside of the abdomen whitish. 
Primaries pale brown, thickly irrorated with grey scales; a 
large square-shaped grey spot about the middle of the costal 
margin, extending over the cell, a few dark brown spots close 
to the apex: secondaries white, the inner margin shaded 
with yellow, the marginal line brown, the fringe white — 
Female very similar to the male, but greyer in colour and not 
so distinctly marked; the secondaries clouded with brown 
along the costal margin and at the apex. 

Expanse, ¢ 2, 2 24% inches. 

Hab. Venezuela, Merida (Mus. Druee). 


Edema audax, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, 
and legs pale greyish fawn-colour, Primaries pale greyish 
fawn-colour, yellowish along the inner margin; a large 


new Species of Heterocera. 77 


black spot below the end of the cell, beyond which a row of 
minute black dots crosses the wing from the costal to the inner 
margin; a white streak extends trom the base of the wing 
almost to the end of the cell; the costal margin is irrorated 
with black dots: secondaries pale yellowish brown, darkest 
at the apex and partly round the outer margin; the fringe 
pale yellowish brown. 
Expanse 14 inch. 


Hab, Panama, Chiriqui (Mus. Druce). 


Rosema dolorosa, sp. n. 


The head and collar white, tegule dark green, thorax and 
antenne brown, abdomen and legs yellow. Primaries dark 
green, the costal margin edged with white; a large brown 
spot at the end of the cell, the outer margin broadly brown, 
deeply dentated on the inner margin: secondaries pale chrome- 
yellow, the costal margin and apex black. 

Exxpanse 14 inch. 


Hab. Brazil, Cabo (Mus. Druce). 


Cerura Dohertyi, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, collar, tegule, and thorax pinkish white ; 
antenne and abdomen black, the anal tuft white. Primaries 
pinkish white, a black spot at the base and three rather large 
black spots on the costal margin, a white spot at the end of 
the cell, and a zigzag submarginal black line extending from 
the apex to the anal angle; the veins black near the outer 
margin ; several very indistinct black lines cross the middle 
of the wing; the fringe alternately black and white : second- 
aries dark blackish grey. 

Expanse 14 inch. 


Hab. Perak (Doherty, Mus. Druce). 


Notodonta (?) pira, sp. n. 


The head, collar, tegula, thorax, and legs greyish brown, 
abdomen pale grey. Primaries dark greyish brown, crossed 
beyond the middle from the costal to the immer margin by a 
wide pale greyish band, divided into two by a dark brown 
spot close to the apex; the marginal line black, the fringe 
dark brown: secondaries dusky white, darkest at the apex 
and round the outer margin. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Central China, Hunan (Mus. Druce). 


78 Mr. H. Druce on some 


Ichthyura rubida, sp. n. 


Male.—Head and front of the thorax dark brown; tegula, 
thorax, and abdomen pale reddish brown ; antenne reddish 
brown. Primaries reddish brown, crossed from the costal to 
the inner margin by two very indistinct pale lines; a sub- 
marginal row of small black dots extends from the costal 
margin near the apex to the anal angle: secondaries pale 
reddish brown.—Female very similar to the male, but paler 
in colour. 

Expanse, ¢ 13%, 9 14 inch. 

Hab. 'Trobriand Isl., Kiriwini (Jus. Druce). 


Hyleora lacerta, sp. n 


Male.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and legs dark 
blackish brown ; antennz yellowish brown; abdomen yellow, 
the anal segment black. Primaries dark blackish brown; a 
rather wide reddish- -grey curved band extends from the apex 
to the inner margin nearest the anal angle; a greyish-white 
band extends from the base below the cell, joining the first 
band near the end of the cell ; a marginal row of brown spots 
from the apex to the anal angle ; the fringe very dark brown: 
secondaries reddish brown, yellow at the base and along the 
inner margin; the fringe brown.—/emale almost identical 
with the male, bnt larger and rather more distinctly marked 
with black on the primaries. 

Expanse, ¢ 33, 2 43 inches. 

Hab. West Australia (lus. Druce). 


Blera peruda, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs pale 
brown, the anal tuft grey. Primaries white, crossed near 
the base from the costal to the inner margin by an olive-green 
band edged on both sides by a fine black line; the band 
becomes narrow in the middle and widens again on the inner 
margin, the inner margin edged with olive-green; a black 
spot at the end of the cell and an elongated olive-green mark 
on the costal margin close to the apex: secondaries white, 
the inner margin shaded with yellowish brown; the fringe 
white. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Venezuela, Merida (Mus. Druce). 


Cleapa psecas, sp. Nn. 


Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and legs 
black-brown ; abdomen pale brown. Primaries dark brown, 


new Species of Heterocera. 79 


shaded with grey from the middle to the inner margin; a 
dark brown spot at the end of the cell and a dark brown 
elongated streak close to the anal angle; the fringe dark 
brown: secondaries white, broadly bordered with brown. 
Expanse 13 inch. 
Hab. Kast Africa, Dar-es-Salaam (Mus. Druce). 


Fam. Noctuide. 
Gadirtha cristata, sp. n. 


Male.-—The head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and 
abdomen dark grey ; the underside of the abdomen and legs 
whitish grey ; the first joint of the palpi black, the second 
and third pale grey. Primaries grey, thickly irrorated with 
black scales ; a black streak in the cell, two below the cell, one 
beyond the cell, and one close to the apex ; a zigzag black line 
crosses the wing beyond the middle from the costal to the inner 
margin close to the anal angle, two golden-green streaks on the 
costal margin, and one near the anal angle ; the inner margin 
near the base is irrorated with golden-green scales; a mar- 
ginal row of small black dots extends from the apex to the 
anal angle; the fringe alternately grey and white: second- 
aries semihyaline white, slightly dusky at the apex, the fringe 
white.—Lemale very similar to the male. 

Eixpanse, ¢ 275, 9 24 inches. 

Hab. Venezuela, Merida (Mus. Druce). 


Gadirtha stmilis, sp. n. 


Female.—The head, collar, and antenne black ; palpi, 
tegule, thorax, and upperside of the abdomen brown; the 
underside of the thorax, abdomen, and legs black. Primaries 
greyish brown, palest about the middle; three black bands 
near the base, the first on the costal margin, the second in the 
middle, and the third on the inner margin ; a fine ring-shaped 
black mark in the cell and an oval-shaped mark at the end of 
the cell; below the cell extending to the inner margin are 
several zigzag dark brown lines; a curved black line irro- 
rated with golden-green scales on the outer side crosses the 
wing beyond the middle from near the apex to the inner 
margin; near the apex are several black streaks; the mar- 
ginal line black; the fringe alternately black and brown: 
secondaries dark brown, paler at the base and along the inner 
margin; three small black lines close to the anal angle; the 
fringe dark brown. 

Exxpanse 2? inches. 

Hab. Venezuela, Merida (Mus, Druce). 


80 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on 


XII.—Deseriptions of Four new African Freshwater 
Fishes. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. 


Gnathonemus Abadit. 


Depth of body 32 times in total length, length of head 54 
times. Head very slightly longer than deep, with feebly 
curved upper profile ; snout ? the length of the head; mouth 
small, on a line with lower border of eye ; chin witha globular 
dermal appendage; teeth minute, conical, 3 in the upper 
jaw, 5 in the lower; eye rather large, § the length of the 
snout, which equals the interocular width. Dorsal 35, 
originating very slightly in advance of anal, its length 12 in 
its distance from the head. Anal 34, slightly nearer the root 
of the caudal than the base of the ventral, as long as the 
head, 12 as long as the ventral, reaching far beyond the base 
of the latter. Caudal scaled in its basal half, with pointed 
lobes. Caudal peduncle 3} times as long as deep, as long as 


er ae 
the head. 98 scales in the lateral line, 3 in a transverse 
series on the body, = in a transverse series between dorsal 


and anal, 16 round caudal peduncle. Brownish above, 
silvery white beneath. 

Total length 240 millim. 

A single specimen from Djebba, Upper Niger, presented to 
the British Museum by Capt. G. I’. Abadie. 

A very distinct species, more nearly allied to G. Ussher?, 


Gthr., and G. Greshoffi, Schilth. 


Barilius Loatt. 


Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 times in total 
length. Head twice as long as broad; snout obtusely 
pointed, projecting strongly beyond the lower jaw, 1} to 
twice as long as the eye, the diameter of which 1s contained 
5 to 6 times in the length of the head, 1} to twice in the 
interocular width; mouth extending to below the posterior 
third of the eye; no barbels; the naked space between the 
preopercle and the suborbitals about 4 the width of the 
latter. Gill-rakers very short, rudimentary. Dorsal III 
7-8, originating at equal distance from the occiput and the 
root of the caudal, ora little nearer the latter, the second half 
of its base above the anal; its anterior rays longest, 3 to 2 
the length of the head. Anal III 13-15, notched, the ante- 
rior rays much longer than the others, about as long as the 


Four new African Freshwater Fishes. 81 


longest dorsals. Pectoral pointed, ? the length of the head, 
not reaching the ventral, which does not extend beyond the 
vent. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle not twice as long as 
deep. Scales 52-55 “=*, 3 between the lateral line and the 
root of the ventral. 10 to 12 more or less distinct dark 
vertical bars on each side of the body. 

Total length 180 millim. 

Several specimens from Wady Halfa, Upper Nile, collected 
by Mr. W. L. S. Loat. 


Chrysichthys Sharpie. 


Depth of body 53 times “in total length, length of head 
4 times. Head much depressed, $ longer than broad, nearly 
smooth above; snout broadly rounded, projecting a little 
beyond the lower jaw, measuring nearly 4 the length of the 
head and 3 the width of the mouth; eye oval, $ length of 
head, 2 interocular width ; occipital process smooth, a little 
longer than broad, in contact with the interspinous shield ; 
nasal barbel very thin, 3 the diameter of the eye; maxillary 
barbel 3 the length of the head, not reaching the base of the 
pectoral spine ; inner mandibular barbel 3 the length of the 
outer, which measures ? the length of the head. Vomero- 
pterygoid teeth forming a crescentic band hardly interrupted 
mesially, this band measuring nearly half the width of the 
band of premaxillary teeth. Dorsal 1 5; spine finely 
striated, not serrated, half as long as the head; longest soft 
ray 3 the length of the head. Adipose dorsal not longer than 
deep, its base half that of the rayed fin and 7 times in the 
distance intervening between the two fins. Anal V 13. 
Pectoral spine as long as dorsal spine, striated, with 12 rather 
strong retrorse serre on the inner edge. Ventral not reaching 
anal, Caudal deeply forked, with long pointed lobes, the 
longest rays nearly 3 times as long as the median. Caudal 
peduncle not quite twice as long as deep. 

Total length 370 millim. 

A single specimen, a skin, from Lake Mwero, presented to 


the British Museum by Mr. Altred Sharpe, C.b. 


Mastacembelus Greshoffi. 


Depth of body 19 times in total length, length of head 9 
times. Vent much nearer the end of the snout than the caudal 
fin, its distance from the head 3 times the length of the latter. 
Snout 3 times as long as the eye, which is a little shorter than 

the trifid rostral appendage; buccal cleft extending to below 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 6 


82 Mr. F. Chapman on Polytrema planum. 


anterior border of eye; a strong erectile spine below the nostril ; 
4 spines at angle of preopercle, upper very strong. Dorsal and 
anal confluent with caudal, which is pointed ; D. XX XI 150; 
spines short; distance between first spine and head ? length 
of latter; A. II 150. Pectoral 4 length of head. Scales 
very small, 15 between origin of soft dorsal and lateral line. 
Brownish, marked with darker. 

Total length 200 millim. 

Stanley Pool, Congo. Collected by Mr. Greshoff. The 
specimen, now in the British Museum, through the kindness 
of Prof. Hubrecht, had been provisionally referred to M. crypta- 
canthus, Gthr., by Mile. Schilthuis (Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. 
Vero (2) nil ool p64). 


XIIJ.—On the Identity of Polytrema planum of Carter with 


P. miniaceum var. involva. By FREDERICK CHAPMAN, 
An.) RMS: 


In the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for 1876 Dr. H. J. Carter 
fizured and described * a species of Polytrema found encrusting 
old corals, which he compared with a spreading Me/obesia in 
its habit of growth. In the following year T the same author 
described other specimens of a similar organism showing a 
more advanced stage of growth; and observing a relation- 
slip between the structure of this and certain adherent types 
of Gypsina, he proposed to drop the former name, both 
generic and specific (a method opposed to accepted rules of 
nomenclature), and to re-name the form Gypsina melobest- 
oides. ‘Che last-named specimens Carter did not figure. A 
few weeks ago, however, by the kind assistance of Prof. 
Jeffrey Bell, I was so fortunate as to find, in the Zoological 
Department of the Natural History Museum, Carter’s type 
specimen, labelled Gypsina melobesioides. his specimen 
has encrusted the lower part of a sponge from Mauritius. 
The enveloping form of Polytrema which has been found 
in such abundance in the rocks and reef-deposits of the atoll 
of Funafuti, and to which I had given the name Polytrema 
miniaceum var. tinvolva, is identical with Carter’s type 
specimen. ‘This identification could not be satisfactorily 
established from the meagre figure of Polytrema planum 
which Carter gives, whilst his reference to the mature 


* Ser. 4, vol. xvii. pp. 211, 212, pl. xiii. figs. 18, 19. 
} Ibid. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 172. 


Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Genus Rhysodes. 83 


organism was not accompanied by any figure. By referring 
to my description of this foraminifer from Funafuti*, it will be 
seen that it plays a very i1mportant part in the formation and 
consolidation of reef-rocks, and under certain conditions forms 
calcareous nodules as large as or larger than a pigeon’s egg by 
continuous laminar erowth. The young form of these extra- 
ordinary developments, however, resembles the Polytrema 
planum of Carter. My object in writing this note, therefore, 

is to withdraw the name ¢nvolva in favour of P. plinum. 

The various forms of Po/ytrema are not alone in making 

encrusting growths and nodules, tor other well-known ad- 
herent foraminifera, such as Gypsina and Carpenteria, encrust 
and enclose organic particles until they produce more or less 

spheroidal and elliptical nodules of considerable size; and 
these I hope to deal with shortly. 


XIV.—Remarks upon the Genus Rhysodes, with Descriptions 
of some new Oriental Species. By GILBERT J. ARROW. 


THE small Coleopterous family Rhysodide, the known species 
of which are fast becoming numerous, has been separated into 
various genera according to slight characters, many of which 
will probably be found insafficient as new formsoccur. They 
will, however, serve for present purposes, if some agreement 
can be arrived at as to their relative value. ‘The confusion 
arising from the want of such agreement was largely dispelled 
by Mr. George Lewis, who published in 1888 a list of the 
known species. His views, however, have not been entirely 
adopted abroad, while the adoption of his genus Lpiglymmius 
and another (Rhysodiastes) since proposed by Fairmaire 
necessitate, In my opinion, the formation of several more for 
species exhibiting equally good differential characters. 
Since commencing this paper I have learnt that M. Grouvelle 
contemplates the publication of a monograph on the family ; 
and since he has more complete materials than myselt, I have 
reduced my original intention to that of a partial review of 
the genus Lhysodes alone. I shall accordingly leave generic 
questions entirely to that entomologist, aud in the list of 
species which follows I include all the forms known to me 
which are distinguished by the possession of wings and the 
external conformation which accompanies that condition. 


* Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. vol. xxviii. (1900) pp. 1 and 17, pl. ii. 
fig. 3, and text-fig. 2. 
6* 


84 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Genus Rhysodes. 


Although the family appears to be represented in every 
part of the world, its geographical distribution has given no 
support whatever to those who have attempted its classifica- 
tion. It is remarkable that, although the European species 
described amount only to five, each of the four genera into 
which the family has been divided is represented among them 
(for Clinidium marginecolle, Reitter, is very near the type of 
Faimaire’s genus Lhysodiastes). The distribution of the 
Rhysodidx, indeed, is altogether highly peculiar, Tropical 
and South America alone seeming to show any individuality 
in its representatives, which belong only to the apterous 
section. The South-American guadristriatus, though hitherto 
remaining in Lhysodes, also belongs to Rhysodiastes, as well 
as Clinidium costatum of Chevrolat (not Guérin, as in 
Mr. Lewis’s catalogue). 

Several other rectifications require to be made in the list of 
species of Idhysodes given by Mr. Lewis. £2. proprius, Broun 
(wrongly quoted “probrius” and referred to p. 215 instead 
of p. 216 in the ‘ Manual of New Zealand Coleoptera ’), must 
be removed to Clinidium. On the other hand, &. pensus, 
Broun, has been incorrectly transferred to the latter genus as 
synonymous with C. arcuatum, Chev. ‘This is evidently a 
mere slip, as there is no connexion between the two. L. pen- 
sus is one of the most easily recognizable species of Rhysodes. 
R. tubericeps, Fairm., has already been announced by its 
author, who was himself responsible for sinking the name, as 
distinct from R. cana/reulatus, Cast. No reference to the last 
species is given by Mr. Lewis; it was described in the 
‘Revue Entomologique,’ vol. iv. p. 56. 

Of the new species described here three are from India, and 
are the first hitherto recorded from that country. The metro- 
polis of the family is evidently the Indian Ocean, where it 
seems the species will ultimately be found very numerous. 

The following table will, I hope, simplify the identification 
of the new forms: to increase its usefulness I have included 
all the species of the genus known to me :— 


Head with lateral lobes approximating before and 
behind; median elevation ending posteriorly 


beyond hind border.........-. «sss eminens, Broun, 

atehind’ border. 224.4 see eeu .... sulcatus, Fabr. 
comes, Lewis. 

before poster1Or Wit can ates: coctwwe ts se strabus, Newm. 


armatus, sp. n. 
crassiusculus, Lewis. 
sbep ele oie Synthese Okiare. 6 malaicus, sp. n. 
batchianus, sp. n. 
nicobarensis, Grouy. 


in posterior pit... 


Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Genus Rhysodes. 85 


exaratus, Serv. 
americanus, Lap. 
malabaricus, sp. 0. 
quadraticollis, sp. 0. 
Laprobane, Fairm. 
nYponensis, ‘Lewis. 
Boysi, sp. n. 

Head with lateral lobes approximating behind only. tudericeps, Fairm. 
bucculatus, sp. n. 

Head with lateral lobes approximating in the 


THC GION iaccB a « «oe POEs ae ia awl are anguliceps, sp. n. 
Head with lateral lobes fused with median eleva- 
LONE Paso: eee ahr at occur As Hac ieee pensus, Broun. 


Rhysodes armatus, sp. 0. 


Cylindricus, piceus, parum nitidus; capite post oculos supra et sub- 
tus utrinque producto, lobis posterioribus vertice biapproximatis, 
parcissime punctatis, spatio anteriore elevato brevi, medio con- 
stricto; prothorace elongato, antice semicirculariter arcuato, 
postice vix contracto, lateribus medio fere rectis, disco trisuleato, 
sulcis externis latis, carinis 4 fere parallelis, mediis 2 antice et 
postice jungentibus ; elytris late punctato-striatis ; corpore subtus 
grossissime punctato; tibiis anticis apice bidentatis, dente tertio 
mediano post apicem. 

3. tibiarum anticarum dente quarto paulo post medium femori- 
busque anticis medio dentatis, tibiis intermediis et posticis apice 
lamella longe bispinosa munitis. 

Long. 7-5-9 mm. 


Hab, Andaman and Nicobar Islands. 

‘The specimens were collected by the late Mr. Roepstorff, 

This species is very closely related to R. strabus, Newin., 
of which the type is in the British Museum, but may be 
distinguished by its rather longer and more parallel-sided 
prothorax and the coarser punctation in the elytral striz. 
These two species, together with &. crasstuscu/us, Lewis, 
differ from all others known to me by the remarkable arma- 
ture of the legs of the male, as well as by the perforation at 
the back of the head, which is very small and punctiform 
and distant from the median elevation. ‘There are also punc- 
tures upon the smooth parts of the head and thorax, which 
are characteristic of this small group. 

R. nicobarensis, Grouv., which inhabits the same islands 
as R. armatus, has a very different head, the median elevation 
extending into the posterior perforation, which is very large. 


Rhysodes malaicus, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, clongatus, capitis lobis prominentibus, supra paulo 
distantibus, antice et postice leviter convergentibus, spatio mediano 


86 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Genus Rhysodes. 


elevato lato, ad loborum medium non attingente, supra oculos 
carina levi; prothorace antice semicirculariter arcuato, lateribus 
curvatis, postice paulo contractis, supra eequaliter quadri-costato ; 
elytris striatis, striis valde et confluenter punctatis, humeris 
prominentibus ; prosterno impunctato, epipleuris prothoracicalibus 
irregulariter punctatis, corporis reliquo subtus grosse punctato, 
tibiis anticis apice quadri-spinosis. 

¢, femoribus anticis medio dentatis ; tibiis posticis apice lamella 
spinosa armatis. 

Long. 7°5 mm. 


Hab. Penang. 

The typical specimens, of both sexes, were found by 
Mr. Lamb. ‘The insect very closely resembles 2. nicobar- 
ensis, Grouv., in which, however, the two outer coste of the 
thorax are much narrower than the two inner ones, The 
punctures of the elytra also readily distinguish the two 
species, those of the latter having so completely coalesced 
longitudinally as to be nowhere entirely distinct. 

R. aterrimus, Chevr., which is described from the same 
region, has, if the very loose description can be relied upon 
at all, a very differently formed head to that of the present 
species. 


Rhysodes batchianus, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, parum elongatus, capitis lobis fortiter emarginatis, 
antice paululo convergentibus, spatio mediano postice valde dila- 
tato, fere ad loborum medium attingente, supra oculos carina levi; 
thoracis lateribus leviter curvatis, postice perpaulum contractis, 
dorso subeequaliter quadri-costato, costis internis medio valde dila- 
tatis; elytris conjunctim in latitudine ad thoracem equalibus, 
fortiter striato-punctatis ; corpore subtus grosse punctato, pro- 
sterno epipleurisque prothoracicalibus impunctatis, metasterno 
medio excavato, 

Long. 7°5 mm. 


Hab. Batchian. 

I do not know the male of this species, but its distinctive 
characters are no doubt the same as in the preceding one, to 
which 2. butchianus is closely allied. It is much less attenu- 
ated, however, and the two inner coste of the prothorax are 
thicker in the middle. Similarly, the two outer coste are 
thicker than the corresponding parts of R nicobarensis. 


Rhysodes malubaricus, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, capite longitudine ad latitudinem wquali, lobis promi- 
nentibus, extus paulo planatis, vertice fere circulariter perforato, 


Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Genus Rhysodes. 87 


elevatione mediana angusta ad foramen attingente; antennis 

brevibus, articulis 2°, 3° et 4° subglobosis, ultimo paulo elongato, 

ceteris hemisphericis ; prothorace subovali, lateribus antice et 
postice incurvatis, disco 4-carinato, carinis latitudine fere aquali- 
bus ; elytris punctato-striatis, punctis confluentibus, carina semi- 
circulari ad apicem, humeris paulo rotundatis, singulo dente 
minutissime armato ; prosterno impunctato, epipleuris uniseriatim 
punctatis ; metasterno late longitudinaliter sulcato; abdomine 
grosse punctato, segmento ultimo. crebre; pedum anteriorum tibiis 
utroque latere bidentatis. 

¢d, femoribus medio acute dentatis, posticorum tibiis apice fortiter 
incurvatis. 

Long. 6°5 mm. 

Fab. 8. India, Malabar. 

The head of this insect is comparatively short and the 
posterior lobes are broad, very prominent, and appear rather 
flattened externally owing to the projection of the vee in 
front. ‘The antenna are rather short and thick. Thw thorax 
and elytra are similar to those of R. malaicus. 


Rhysodes quadraticollis, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, compactus, capite haud elongato, longitudine quam 
latiitudinem parum majore, lobis posterioribus intus valde emar- 
ginatis, antice vix, postice valde approximatis, elevatione mediana 
ance ad loborum medium attingente; prothorace quadrato, 
lateribus fere rectis, antice paulo, postice non convergentibus, 
margine antico parum arcuato, postico truncato, disco toto tri- 
sulcato, carinis fere squalibus, duabus internis medio paulo 
crassatis ; elytris quam prothoracem vix latioribus, humeris haud 
rotundatis, undique punctato-striatis ; pedibus obscure rufis, tibiis 
anticis intus 4-dentatis. 

¢d, femoribus anticis medio dentatis; tibiis posticis spinose lamel- 
latis. 

Long. 5-7 mm. 


Hab. Malay Archipelago, ‘Tenimber. 

Several specimens of this, collected by Mr. Doherty, have 
been presented to the British Museum ie Mr. George Lewis. 
It more nearly approaches &. batechianus than any other 
species I know; but its squarely-built form, with almost 
straight sides to the thorax making a nearly continuous 
outline with the sides of the elytra, distinguish it from all 


others. 


Rhysodes Boyst, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, depressus, capite trigoni sine carinis aut canaliculis 
lateralibus, lobis paulo sat profunde emarginatis, foramen paryum 


88 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Genus Rhysodes. 


circulare formantibus, elevatione mediana latissima hujus mar- 
ginem attingente ; antennis gracilibus, articulis globosis ; thorace 
elongato, lateribus arcuatis, antice et postice paulo contractis, 
supra canaliculo medio profundo, sulcis duobus posterioribus 
decrescentibus ab margine ad medium, striisque tenuis mar- 
ginalibus ; ely tris grosse striato-punctatis, interstitio quarto postice 
valde elevato; corpore subtus fere glabro, tibiis anterioribus 
quadri-dentatis. 
Long. 7 mm. 


Hab. Yndia. 

The above description is drawn up from two specimens, 
both females, of which one is now in the British Museum and 
the other in the Hope Department at Oxford. They were 
collected by Capt. Boys, and, although no record has been 
kept of the part of India in which they were found, there 
is good reason for supposing them to have inhabited the 
Himalayas. 

‘The prothorax in this species is not costate, but furnished 
with one entire median groove and two tapering depressions 
extending from the base, where they are very broad, nearly to 
the middle. It resembles 2. niponensis, Lewis, but is more 
depressed, the elytra more deeply sculptured, and the elevated 
ridges at the apex of the latter much longer, extending about 
a quarter of their length. ‘The anterior femora are not 
toothed in the female. 


Tthysodes bucculatus, sp. n. 


Angustus, niger, nitidus, capite elongato, lobis parum prominentibus, 
parcissime irregulariter punctatis, intus postice convergentibus, 
elevatione mediana quam latitudinem triplo longiore ; prothorace 
antice semicirculariter arcuato, lateribus postice paulo contractis, 
angulis fere rectis, disco toto trisulcato, carinis lateralibus angus- 
tis ; elytris grosse lineato-punctatis ; pedibus obscure rufis. 

d, femoribus anticis medio dentatis ; tibiis posterioribus apice intus 
laminato-productis, 

Long. 6-7 mm. 


Hab. Malay Archipelago, Sumbawa. 

Several specimens were collected by Mr. Doherty and 
presented to the British Museum by Mr. George Lewis. 
This insect is allied to R. Taprobane, Fairm., from Ceylon, 
but with readily apparent differences. Besides being larger 
and more elongate, it is uniformly black with the exception 
of the legs, whereas the Ceylon insect has elytra of a deep 
chestnut-colour. In the latter, also, the elytra are rather 
difierently sculptured, the punctures being situated in definite 


On Diptera from South Africa. 89 


strie and often confluent. In R. bucculatus there is no trace 
of striae except adjoining the suture, and the punctures are 
separate. 


Rhysodes anguliceps, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, parum elongatus, capitis lobis intus non emarginatis, 
lateraliter post oculos acute productis, supra oculos arcuate cana- 
liculatis, elevatione mediana lata non ad loborum medium attin- 
gente; antennis longitudine mediocris; prothoracis lateribus 
antice valde, postice paulo, incurvatis, disco trisulcato, carinis 
duabus mediis latis ; elytris profunde punctato-striatis, humeris 
non dentatis; metasterno postice impresso, non sulcato, tibiis 
utroque bidentatis. 

¢, femoribus anticis minute dentatis; tibiis posticis apice laminato- 
productis. 

Long. 6°5 mm. 


Hab. 8. India, Malabar. 

Specimens of this are contained in the British Museum and 
and in the Hope Department at Oxford. It differs from all 
the other species known to me by the structure of the head, 
of which the posterior lobes, instead of being, as usual, more 
or less kidney-shaped, have a circular outline interrupted only 
at the sides of the head, where they are rather sharply pro- 
duced backwards. ‘The curved channel above the eyes on 
each side is also a very distinctive character. 


XV.—WNotes on Diptera from South Africa. 
By Miss Gerrrupe Ricarpo. 


{Concluded from vol. vi. p. 178.] 


Bombylida. 


Triplasius bivittatus, Loew, Neue Beitr. ii. p.7 (1855); id. 
Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 181 (1860). 


Loew described the female; this is probably the male. 
The dividing nerve, which forms three submarginal cells by 
joining the second longitudinal and the anterior branch of 
the third longitudinal vein, is only present on one wing. 
The dark spots on the hind part of the wing in Loew’s 
description are here rather reduced to dark shading of all 
the cross-veins, with the exception of the one spot in the 
apex of the first posterior cell and a faint one on the apex of 


90 Miss G. Ricardo on 


the anterior branch of the third longitudmal vein. T. d2- 
vittatus seems nearly allied to Bombylius lateralis, Fabr., the 
shading on the cross-veins and the three submarginal cells 
being the chief differences. 


Group A of Loew.—Species with the greater part of the body 
black-haired. 


a. Long-haired. 


? Bombylius lateralis, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 129 (1805); 
Wiedem., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 165 (1821) ; id. Auss. zweifl. 
Ins. 1. p. 837 (1828) ; Macq., Dipt. Exot. 1. (1) p. 89 
(1849) ; Loew, Neue Beitr. 11. p. 9 (1855) ; id. Dipt. 
Sudafrik. p. 182 (1860). 


Two males from Cape Town (Cregoe). 

As the specimens are gummed on a card, it is not possible 
to examine them thoroughly. One of the specimens has the 
cross-vein dividing the second posterior from the discal cell 
entirely wanting, evidently only an aberration. 


Bombylius ornatus, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 345 
(1828) ; Macq., Dipt. Exot. 1. (1) p. 91 (1840) ; Loew, 
Neue Beitr. iil. p. 9 (1855) ; id. Dipt. Stidafrik. p. 182 
(18560) ; Peters, Reise nach Mossambique, Zool. p. 13 
(1862). 


Six males and two females from Pretoria (W. L. D.). 


Bombylius analis, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv. p. 48 (1794) ; id. Syst. 
Antl. p. 130 (1805); Coquebert, Illustr. Icon. 85 
(179), tab. xx. fig. 5; Wiedem., Zool. Mag. ii. p. 42 
(1818) ; id. Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p. 881 (1828) ; Meigen, 
Syst. Beschr. vii. p. 213 (1838) ; Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. 
p. 188 (1860); Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xii. p. 53 (1885). 


2. Bombylius discoideus, Faby., Ent. Syst. iv. p. 409; id. Syst. Antl. 
p-. 150; Coquebert, /. c. fig. 6. 

Bombylius thoracicus, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 130. 

Bombylius suffusa, 9, Walker, List Dipt. ii. p. 275. 


Eleven males and thirteen females from Pretoria (W. L. D.) 
and Johannesburg (Cregoe). The Walker type is from 
Sierra Leone and is identical with the female of analis. In 
some of the male specimens the hairs on the apex of the 
abdomen are more or less fulyous. 


Diptera from South Africa. 91 


Bombylius fulvonotatus, Wiedem., Zool. Mag. 11. p. 41 (1818) ; 
id. Dipt. Exot. i. p. 162 (1821) ; id. Auss. zweifl. Ins, i. 
p. 382 (1828). 


One male from Rustenburg (Avranz). 


Systechus mixtus, Wiedem., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 165 (1821) ; 
id. Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p. 386 (1828) ; Loew, Neue Beitr. 
in. p. 52 (1855); id. Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 189 (1860). 
Bombylius miatus, Wiedem., l. ¢. 


Bombylius scutellaris, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p. 348. 
Bombylius scuteliatus, Macq., Dipt. Exot. ii. (1) p. 94., 


One male and four females from Pretoria (W. L. D.). 
Two of the females are much denuded. 


Systechus albidus, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 190 (1860) ; 
Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xii. p. 55 (1885). 


Three males from Pretoria (W. L. D.). 
Systechus simplex, Loew, l. c.; Schiner, Reise der Novara, 
p. 137 (1866). 


One male from Cape Town. 


Systachus?, sp. n. 


One female from Angola in bad condition. 


Corsomyza nigripes, Wiedem., Nov. Dipt. gen. 15 (1820) ; 
id. Dipt. Exot. 1. p. 159 (1821) ; id. Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. 
p. 828 (1828) ; Loew, Dipt. Stidafrik. p. 198 (1860) ; 
Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 1389 (1866). 


One male from Cape Town. 


Lomatia acutangula, Loew, Dipt. Stdafrik. p. 203, tab. i. 
fig. 10 (1860). 


Two females from Pretoria (WW. L. D).). 


Lomatia pictipennis, Wiecem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 802 
(1828); \ acq., Dipt. Exot. 1. (1) p. 62 (1840) ; Loew, 
Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 205, tab. 11. fig. 12 (1860). 

Anthrax pictipennis, Wiedem., . e. é ; 

Anisotamia centralis, Macq., Dipt. Exot, ii. (1) p. 82. 

Anthrax aurata, Macq,, /. c. Suppl. 1, p. 111. 

Two males and one female from Namaqualand (Cochrane) ; 

Pretoria (Zutrzenka) ; Johannesburg. 


92 Miss G. Ricardo on 


Lomatia? liturata, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 205, tab. ii. 
fig. 13 (1860). 


Two males from Barberton (W. L. D).; Rendall). 

These are labelled thus with a query by Osten Sacken 
(1895) ; they are in too poor condition to identify with 
certainty. 


Lomatia nigrescens, sp. n. 


Two males from Pretoria (W. L. 1D). 

Belongs to Division III. of Loew, species with clear wings, 
and is allied to L. tenera, Loew (Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 208). 

Black, with black hairs on the face and white pubescence 
on the thorax and abdomen. 

Face wholly black with black hairs, with the exception of 
a small tuft of white hairs between the antenne. Eyes 
subcontiguous. Antenne with black pubescence. Thorax 
with yellowish hairs on the anterior border, sides and upper 
parts of breast, with scattered white hairs on the dorsum 
and scutellum and on the upper surface of the abdomen, and 
tufts of white hairs on the sides of the latter, those on the 
last segments black. Underside with scattered long white 
hairs. Legs with black pubescence. Wings yellow at 
extreme base, the auxiliary and first longitudinal vein yellow, 
the others brown; the small cross-vein situated on the last 
third of the discal cell; the first posterior cell nearly the 
same width throughout. 

Length 7 millim. 

Type (male), Pretoria (W. L. D.). 


Anthrax fulvipes, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 210, tab. i. fig. 14 
(1860). 


One male from Pretoria (W. L. D.). 


Argyromeba spectabilis, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 213 (1860); 
Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xii. p. 55 (1885). 


Anthrax spectabilis, Loew, 1. c. 

? Anthrax pithecius, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 122; Wiedem., Dipt. Exot. i. 
p- 125; id. Auss, zweifl. Ins. i. p. 863. 

? Anthrax confusemaculatus, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 5, p. 74, tab. iii. 
fig. 9. 


One male from Pienaars River (W. L. D.) ; 


; one ? male 
from Natal. 


Diptera from South Africa. 93 


Exoprosora, Macq. 


The figures of the Exoprosopa species in Table II. of Loew’s 
Dipt. Siidafrik. are incorrectly given in the letterpress m 
many instances, and should stand thus :— 


& 


. maculosa, fig. 42. 
E. venosa, fig. 41. 

E. balioptera, fig. 40. 
E. rasa, fig. 39. 

E. angulata, fig. 37. 
E. umbrosa, fig. 36. 
E. corvina, fig. 39. 
E reticulata, fig. 34. 


I have followed the grouping of the species given by 
Loew, as forming a convenient classification. 


Division I. 


B. Wings obliquely bordered with black on the anterior half and 
the posterior half clear. 


Exoprosopa dimidiata, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 107, 
tab. ix. fig. 11 (1846); Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 225 
(1860). 

Four females from Pretoria (W. LZ. D.) and Barberton 

(Rendall). 

These agree with Loew’s description, with the exception 
that the colour of the first two joints of the antenne and of 
the legs is more reddish brown than black. 


Exoprosopa eluta, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 227, tab. ii. fig. 25 
(1860). 


Eight males and three females from Pretoria (W. L. D.) 
and Warm Baths, Waterberg. 

In some of the specimens the shading of the wing is very 
faint when it reaches the second basal cell; in one specimen 
there is an extra cross-vein on the basal half of the first 
posterior cell in one wing only ; in another the stump of a 
vein is emitted into the discal cell from the angle of the 
cross-vein which divides it from the third posterior cell. 
The third joint of the antenne (wanting in Loew’s type) is 
the same colour as the others. 


94 Miss G. Ricardo on 


Exoprosopa parva, sp. 0 


Two males and two females from Pretoria and Pienaars 
River (W. L. D.). 

Black, with red face, scutellum, and sides of abdomen. 

Face black in the centre, with long white hairs and 
yellowish scaly hairs ; forehead black, with black pubescence 
and yellowish scaly hairs. Antenne black, the first two 
joints with black hairs, thickest on the lower side. Proboscis 
not extending beyond the oral opening. Hind part of head 
with silvery-white scaly hairs, the collar composed of 
brownish-yellow hairs, becoming white below. The thorax 
has some yellow-brown scaly hairs, with long yellowish 
hairs on the shoulders and at the sides, and white ones at 
the base of wing and on the posterior half; the pubescence 
on the breast-sides consists of white hairs, with some yellow 
ones intermixed. Scutellum red, black at the base, with 
yellowish scaly hairs and white pubescence, bordered with 
black bristles. Abdomen blue-black, from the second seg- 
ment onwards bordered laterally with red, with black pubes- 
cence and yellowish scaly hairs, the latter being thickest on 
the sides ; on the anterior border of the second segment is 
a narrow band of white hairs and on the posterior margin of 
the last segment a yellowish white fringe of hairs: the hairs 
at the sides of the abdomen are whitish, thickest on the first 
two segments ; some black hairs are intermixed on the last 
segments. Underside of abdomen red, with whitish pubes- 
cence. Legs red, all the cox, the anterior femora, the apex 
of the anterior tibiz, and all the tarsi black ; the pile on the 
legs is whitish. 

Wings grey, with faint brown shading on the fore border, 
much fainter than that of e/uta, Loew, not reaching beyond 
the second basal cell, from the apex of which it extends in a 
sloping line to the fore border where the auxiliary vein ends ; 
veins brown, the base of the second longitudinal vein is just 
below the small cross-vein, the first posterior cell is somewhat 
narrowed at its opening, the second and third about equal in 
width. In the second male specimen the shading of the wing 
is fainter than in the type. 

Length 9 millim. 

Type (male), Pretoria (W. L. D.); type (female), Pre- 
toria (W. L. D.). 

The two females I believe to be the female of this species 
vary thus from the males :—The first two joints of the an- 
tenne are reddish; the abdomen wholly black, with the 
exception of a square red mark on each side of the second 


Diptera from South Africa. 95 


segment; the hairs at the sides of abdomen are not so thick 
and the band on the second segment not so distinct ; the 
underside is red only at the base, then black, with white 
pubescence. Legs rather darker. 

This species is nearly allied to Hxoprosupa indecisa, 6, 
Walker, the single specimen of which (the type) is in the 
British Museum collection. 


Hxoprosopa unifasciata, sp. 0. 


Type (female), from Pretoria (W. L. D.). 

Black, with reddish face, antennee, legs, and scutellum. 

Face red, black beneath, the antennz with black pubes- 
cence and traces of yellow scaly hairs ; the forehead black, 
with yellow scaly hairs and black pubescence. Antenne 
reddish, the first two joints with black pubescence. Hind 
part of head with greyish scaly hairs; the collar consists of 
yellowish-brown hairs. ‘Thorax with yellowish scaly hairs 
and yellow hairs at the sides ; black bristles and black hairs 
at the base of wings. Breast-sides with sparse yellow and 
black pubescence. Scutellum red, black at the extreme base, 
bordered with black bristles and with greyish tomentum. 
Abdomen black, with a band of white hairs on the anterior 
border of the second segment, traces of white scaly hairs 
on the sides of the other segments and on their posterior 
borders; pubescence black, and at the sides of abdomen, 
except the first segment, where it is white; there is a trace 
of a red spot on the side of the second segment ; underside 
black, shining, with greyish pubescence on the basal half 
only. Legs reddish brown, with black pubescence and 
bristles. 

Wings grey, with dark brown shading on the fore border 
not quite reaching the junction of the auxiliary vein with the 
border, extending to the second basal cell, but so faint in 
that cell that the cross-veins enclosing it seem spotted, the 
dark shading round them being very conspicuous, so that 
the wing at first sight might belong to Division G of Loew. 
The discal cell is almost clear except at its base and along its 
anterior side bordered by the fourth longitudinal vein ; 
the base of the second longitudinal vein is just below the 
small cross-vein ; the first posterior cell is somewhat narrowed 
at its opening, the second and third about equal in width. 

Length 104 millim, 


96 Miss G. Ricardo on 


C. Wings with a black cross-band which extends to the hind border, 
and unites on the fore border with the extended dark shading of the 
base of the wing. 


b. The edges of the cross-band with sharp indentations 
(proboscis elongated). 


Exoprosopa macroptera, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 230, tab. 11. 
fig. 29 (1860). 

One female from Pretoria (W. L. D.). 

The first two joints of the antenne are ‘red, not black- 
brown as in the type described by Loew; the red-brown 
colour meutioned by him as occurring on the breast and base 
of underside of abdomen is not apparent in this specimen, 
and there is none on the upperside of abdomen; the white 
line on the hind border of the first segment in the type is 
here on the fore border of the second segment; a tuft of 
white hairs on the lower part of the thorax above the base of 
the wings is very noticeable in this specimen. 

One male from Pretoria (IV. L. D.). 

Similar to the above, but it has reddish spots on the sides 
of the second and third segments, and the face is darker than 
in the female. 


Exoprosopa nyas@, sp. 0. 

Four males and two females from Fort Johnston, Nyasa- 
land (Rendall). 

Red, with a black dorsal line on the abdomen. 

Face yellowish brown, with black pubescence and whitish 
scaly hairs. Antennee with black hairs on the first two joints, 
which are red; the third joint brown; the bristle is stout 
and enlarged at the point, and longer than the third joint. 
Proboscis not quite so long as the fore femora and tibize 
together. Hind part of head red, darker in the centre, with 
white scaly hairs bordering the eyes. The collar is composed 
of yellow-brown hairs, with a few black ones intermixed. 
Thorax brown, with black pubescence and_ bristles and 
yellowish scaly hairs ; the pubescence on the sides, the breast, 
and above the halteres consists of yellow-brown hairs and a 
few black ones, and a white tuft above the base of the wings. 
Seutellum reddish, black at the base. Abdomen bright red, 
with the first segment black, and a dorsal black stripe, con- 
sisting of triangular spots with their bases on the fore borders 
and their apices on the hind borders of the segments, dimin- 
ishing in size and extending from the second to the sixth 
segment, becoming fainter on the last two; the last segment 


Diptera from South Africa. 97 


is wholly red; there is a short line of white scaly hairs on 
the posterior border of the first segment, and on the anterior 
border of the second, and an oblong spot of thick white scaly 
hairs on the posterior border of the third segment; the last 
two segments are more or less covered with white scaly hairs ; 
the pubescence on the dorsum of abdomen consists of short 
black hairs; on the sides the hairs are white on the first 
segment and black on all the others. Underside of abdomen 
red, the dorsal black stripe faintly marked, the pubescence 
black, with white pile. Legs red, with black pubescence and 
bristles. 

The shading of the wings is allied to that of . macroptera, 
but the band on attaining the margin only borders it for a 
short distance, from the junction of the vein dividing the 
second and third posterior cell to half the width of the latter 
(in one of the specimens it extends through three quarters of 
the width of the cell and above its junction with the second 
posterior) ; on its upper border it does not extend so high, 
not reaching the base of the anterior fork of the third vein ; 
when it reaches the second longitudinal vein it makes a sharp 
turn and follows the bend of the second longitudiaal vein 
to where it ends in the border of wing, extending a little 
beyond it, and entirely filling up the space enclosed by the 
vein ; the colouring of the shading is brown and the veins 
brown; the vein dividing the second and third posterior cell 
is curved more at its upper than its lower end, differing in 
this from macroptera. 

Length 13 millim. 

Types (male and female), Fort Johnston, Nyasaland 
(Rendall). 

The female is similar to the male, with the exception of 
the abdomen, which is darker; from the fourth segment the 
black colour entirely predominates; the scaly hairs are 
yellow and more abundant; the underside is red, with 
yellowish pubescence, only a few black hairs being inter- 
mixed, and the scaly hairs are yellow. 

Length 12 millim, 


Exoprosopa basalis, sp. n. 

Type (male), from Figtree Creek, Barberton (Rendall), 
resembles the above species, but the wing is different, nearly 
the same as that of HE. macroptera, and the abdomen is 
redder. 

Abdomen with the first segment red at the sides, the 
black triangular spots do not extend beyond the fifth 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 7 


98 Miss G. Ricardo on 


segment; the underside is entirely red with light yellow 
pubescence, and black hairs at the apex. The wing differs 
from E. macroptera in the following particulars :—The base 
is almost entirely clear, only dark ‘at its root, the dark part 
divided from it distinctly by its straight transverse border, 
on its upper border where it meets the. clear part it does not 
form an S-shaped line, but a straight one across, not reaching 
beyond the base of the third posterior cell; the dividing 
vein between the first and second submarginal cells is formed 
with a sharp angle in its centre; the shading is brown and 
the veins brown. 
Length 13 millim. 


D. Wings with a black cross-band which does not reach the hind border, 
but” unites on the fore border with the extended dark shading of 
the wing, 


a. The cross-hand simple. 


Exoprosopa ignava, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik, p, 282, tab. 1. 
fig. 31 (1860). . 

Ten females from Pretoria (W. L. D.); Barberton (W, 
L. D.) ; Warm Baths, Waterberg. 

The stump of the vein emitted into the discal cell is very 
variable, in some of the specimens not being present at all, 
or only on one wing, and when present it varies in position. 
The proboscis, in one specimen at least, is as long as in 
the figure of Ezoprosopa (Litorhynchus) hamatus (Macq., 
Dipt. Exot. ii. p. 79, pl. xv. fig. 2), but is identical in all 
other respects with the others of the series: see Loew, J. c. 
pp. 223 & 232, on the length of the proboscis, which he does 
not consider a trustworthy specific character, 


Exoprosopa elongata, sp. n. 

Two males from Pretoria; one female from Namaqualand 
(Cochrane). 

Black, face with the part bordering the mouth yellow ; the 
underside of abdomen dull yellow-brown, the greater part of 
the scutellum dull red. 

Face dull black, with black pubescence and whitish scaly 
hairs; the antenne black, the underpart of the third joint 
yellowish, the third joint nearly as long as the two preceding 
ones together, the bristle stout, little more than half as long 
as the third joint. Proboscis not extending beyond the 
mouth, Hind part of the head with white scaly hairs 
bordering the eyes, the collar of bright orange-yellow hairs ; 


Diptera from South Africa, 99 


the pubescence on the sides of the thorax, on the breast, and 
before the halteres almost wholly yellow; there are a few 
black hairs on the centre of the breast and on the sides of 
the thorax above the yellow ones. Thorax with black 
pubescence and some yellow scaly hairs. Scutelium black 
at base, on the fore border dull red with black pubescence. 
Sides of abdomen with white hairs on the first, and anterior 
border of the second, segment, black on the others. The 
pubescence on the abdomen is black, with white scaly hairs 
on the sides of the segments from the second to the sixth, 
there are red spots to be seen on the second and third where 
the hairs seem rubbed off; underside dull yellow-brown, 
darker at the apex, with long yellow hairs on the anterior, 
and black ones on the posterior, segments, and yellow scaly 
hairs on the basal half. Legs black, with long black 
pubescence on the anterior cox. Wings similar to those of 
E. morosa, Loew (1. c. tab. 11. fig. 30), except in the following 
particulars :—There is no stump of a vein projecting into 
the discal cell; the small cross-vein is in the middle of the 
discal cell and the base of the second longitudinal vein is 
just opposite it; the second, third, and fourth posterior cells 
are about equal in width at their openings ; the dark shading 
from the base extends higher up well over the base of the 
third posterior cell, the clear spot in the second basal cell is 
large and nearly square. 

Length 12 millim. 

Types, male, Pretoria (W. L. D.) ; female, Namaqualand 
(Cochrane) . 

The female is in poor preservation ; the underside of the 
abdomen is black, with long yellow hairs on the basal half 
and black ones on the apex. 


b. The cross-band divided into two parts posteriorly, 


Ezxoprosopa hirtipes, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 233, tab. i. 
tig. 32 (1860). 
One female from Durban (WV. L. D.). 


E. Wings with a faint, extremely imperfect, and indistinct band which 
resolves itself into a dark shading of the cross-veins, on the fore 
border it unites with the extended dark shading of the base of the 
wings. 

Exoprosopa dux, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins, 1. p. 269 (1828) ; 

Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 235 (1860). 


One male from Pretoria. 
7% 


100 Miss G. Ricardo on 


Loew’s remark no. 2 (J. c. p. 235), concerning the erroneous 
description of the bands of ‘the abdomen of E. heros by 
Wiedemann, also applies to this species, which Loew suggests 
may be only a variety of EL. heros, trom which it ditfers 
in the lesser shading of the wing, which hardly extends 
into the anal cell. 


G. Wings with dark shading on the fore border and through dark 
shading of the cross-veins (not the longitudinal veins also) more or 
less spotted. 


Exoprosopa major, sp. 0. 


Type (female) from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). 

Black, scutellum and posterior borders of abdomen dull 
red. 

Face with black pubescence and yellow scaly hairs. 
Anteune black; the third joint a little longer than the first, 
the second short, the bristle stout, as long as the third joint. 
Hind part of head with white scaly hairs bor dering the eyes 
on the sides, yellow in the centre. Collar composed of 
yellow hairs. ‘The pubescence on the sides of the thorax, on 
the breast, and above the halteres yellow, with a few black 
hairs above the yellow on sides of thorax; bristles of thorax 
black. Thorax with some short black pubescence and some 
yellow scaly hairs. Scutellum dull red, black at the base 
and in the centre. Abdomen dull black, the posterior 
borders of segments from the third one red, on the sides of 
the second and third are red spots; the pubescence black, 
with yellow scaly hairs on the sides of all the segments and 
some ‘long yellow hairs on the first two s segments ; ; the sides 
of abdomen with light yellow hairs on the first and on the 
anterior border of the second and third segments, black hairs 
intermixed with some yellow ones on the remaining seg- 
ments ; underside of abdomen black and red, with long light 
yellow pubescence. Legs black, the posterior ones with 
yellow scaly hairs. 

Wings grey, the dark shading on the fore border is 
yellowish brown in colour, extending along the first longi- 
tudinal vein to its junction with the border, and on its 
inner side from the base of the second longitudinal vein 
almost to where the cross-vein of the submarginal cell 
joins the latter vein; at the base it fills the first basal cell ; 
only the cross-vein at the base of the fourth posterior cell 
and the first part of the vein at the base of the third posterior 
cell, with the one dividing the first basal cell from the first 
posterior cell, are shaded; the small cross-vein is in the 


Diptera from South Africa. 101 


middle of the discal cell and the base of the second longi- 
tudinal is opposite it, the first posterior cell is slightly 
narrowed at its opening. 

Length 17 millim. 


I. Wings clear at base, the fore border with dark shading from which a 
dark band crosses the wing attaining the posterior border. 

This species is distinguished by the wings, which apparently 
differ from any South African Exoprosopa species as yet 
described, and requires a new group in Loew’s Division I., 
defined as above. 


Exoprosopa nova, sp. a. 


Two males from Fort Jchnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ; 
one female from Delagoa Bay (Mrs. Monteiro), in the British 
Museum Collection. 

Black, with red on the sides and apex of abdomen, red 
scutellum, and reddish-yellow face. 

Face red, light yellow round the mouth, pubescence black 
and yellow en the red parts, light yellow round the mouth, 
with bright yellow scaly hairs; forehead black on the 
vertex, with a narrow black stripe on each side bordering 
the eyes nearly as far as the antennz, pubescence black. 
Antenne black, the first two joints with black hairs; the 
bristle stout, as long as the third jot. Hind part of head 
with yellow scaly hairs. Collar of bright yellow hairs. 
The sides of thorax and above the halteres with yellow 
pubescence and a few black hairs above; breast with paler 
yellow hairs. Thorax blackish brown, with yellow scaly 
hairs. Scutellum red, black at the base, with yellow scaly 
hairs and black bristles. Abdomen black, with red on the 
lateral borders of all the segments except the first, and with 
a narrow red band on the posterior borders, broader on the 
fifth and sixth, the seventh segment is wholly red; pubes- 
cence black, with some yellow scaly hairs, which are most 
noticeable on the sides and on the last two segments ; sides 
of abdomen with yellow hairs on the first two segments, 
black on the remainder; underside red, with thick and fairly 
long white pubescence. Legs black, with yellow scaly hairs 
on the femora and tibia; pubescence and bristles black. 

Wings grey, yellowish red at the extreme base and on the 
fore border, not quite reaching the Junction of the first longi- 
tudinal vein in the border; the dark brown band extends in 
an oblique direction to the posterior border, filling the first 
third of the first posterior cell, nearly the balf of the discal 
and fourth posterior cells, the base of the third posterior and 


102 Miss G. Ricardo on 


the upper half of the anal cell, the lower half of the latter 
and almost the whole of the second basal cell being clear ; 
veins yellowish red on the basal half, and then brown ; the 
small cross-vein is in the middle of the discal cell, and 
the base of the second longitudinal is below it, the first 
posterior cell is narrowed at its opening. 

Length 14 millim. 

Types, male, Fort Johnston; female, Delagoa Bay, in 
British Museum Collection. 

The female differs slightly in the wing, but is evidently 
the same species. The pubescence on the first two joints of 
the antenne is yellow on the underside; the red on the 
abdomen is not so marked, being chiefly on the second and 
third segments, the last two are black with the posterior 
borders red. The wings are paler in colour, the yellowish 
red becoming faint brown, and there is dark shading round 
the vein which divides the discal from the second posterior 
cell, not present in the male. 

Length 13 millim. 


Division II,—The discal cell with an angle, from which a branch is 
emitted into the third posterior cell. 


Ezxoprosopa angulata, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 242 (1860). 
One male from Cape Town. 


Division III.—The discal cell with an angle, from which a vein is 
emitted which divides the third posterior cell into two cells. 


Exoprosopa dubia, sp. un. 


Four males and five females from Pretoria (W. L. D.). 

The wing is very similar to that of HL. reticulata, Loew. 
Black. 

Face with black pubescence and white scaly hairs. 
Antenne with black hairs on the first two joints; the bristle 
short and stout, barely half as long as the third joint. Hind 
part of head with some white scaly hairs. Collar composed 
of yellow hairs above, black beneath; the pubescence on the 
sides of the thorax and on the breast is black, with a few 
yellow hairs on the anterior part of the thorax, on the dorsum 
of the thorax it is black, with ye!low scaly hairs forming a 
stripe on the extreme lateral margins. Scutellum with 
black bristles and some yellow scaly hairs. Abdomen with 
white hairs on the side of first segment, and black on the 
others; on the dorsum the white scaly hairs are chiefly on 
the sides of the segments, the last two are almost entirely 


Diptera from South Africa, 103 


covered by them, and in some specimens there are a few 
scattered ones on the posterior borders of the middle seg- 
ments; pubescence black: the underside is black with the 
posterior margins narrowly red, the pubescence consisting of 
long black hairs and some greyish tomentum. Legs black. 

Wings dark brown, becoming lighter on the posterior 
border, with a light spot in the second basal cell; there is an 
irregular long, narrow, clear stripe in the centre of the 
discal and anal cells, the apex of the wing is quite clear; 
there are spots of darker shading on the anterior part of 
the vein between the first and second submarginal cells, 
on the root of the fore branch of the third longitudinal 
vein, on the upper part of the vein dividing the discal from 
the second posterior cell, afaint one on the base of the nerve 
between the second and third posterior cells, one at the base 
of the inner part of the third posterior cell, and one on 
the cross-vein dividing the second basal cell from the fourth 
posterior, one encloses the cross-vein between the third 
and fourth longitudinal veins, and one occurs at the base 
of the second longitudinal vein ; in some of the specimens 
there is a faint spot on the end of the second longitudinal 
vein; veins brown, the small cross-vein is in the centre 
of the discal cell, and the root of the second longitudinal is 
just below it; the first posterior cell is half as wide as the 
second posterior at its opening, the third at its opening is 
only a little wider than the second and about the same width 
as the fourth. 

Length 12 millim. Some of the specimens measure only 
9 millim. 

Types (male and female), Pretoria (W. L. D.). 

The female type has an extra faint spot on the end of the 
upper branch of the third longitudinal vein, besides one on 
the end of the second longitudinal. 

Length 9 millim. 


HyPERALONIA. 


Rondani, Archiv. Zool. Canestr. iii. p. 57 (1863) ; Osten Sacken, 
Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. i. pp. 78-80 (1886). 

In this species a tooth at the base of the ungues on the 
posterior legs is present, as in Hxoprosopa, so that the 
absence of these cannot be taken as a characteristic of 
the genus, as suggested by Osten Sacken in Biol. Centr.-Am., 
where he remarks that no species from the Cape had yet been 
discovered. 


104 Miss G. Ricardo on 


Hyperalonia vittata, sp. n. 


Three males and three females from Fort Johnston, Nyasa- 
land (Rendall). 

Alhed to H. rufa, Wiedem., from 8S. Africa (Auss. zweifl. 
Ins. 3. p. 291). 

Reddish, with dark wings, the cross-veins shaded. 

Face red, pale yellow round the mouth, with yellow scaly 
hairs and some black hairs above the mouth and between the 
antennee; these last red, the third joint brown, the first two 
joints with short black pubescence ; forehead darker, with 
yellow scaly hairs and black pubescence; palpi yellow. 
Hind part of head reddish, with short black pubescence and 
yellow scaly hairs. Thorax dull black, the posterior corners 
red, with orange-yellow pubescence on the sides and anterior 
margin and scattered fulvous pile on the dorsum with some 
black hairs, bristles at the sides black ; breast-sides with 
yellow pubescence. Scutellum dullred, black at the extreme 
base; the pubescence black, and black bristles. Abdomen 
dull red, with a central black stripe, widest on the first 
segment and ending on the sixth, rather densely covered 
with fulvous pile aud some black pubescence ; the sides of 
the first three segments with thick yellow hairs, on the sides 
of the remaining segments a few black hairs: underside of 
abdomen red, with light yellow pubescence. Legs red, the 
last three joints of the posterior tarsi more or less black, all 
the tarsi of the anterior and middle legs black; on the red- 
coloured part with yellow pile and on the black part of legs 
with black pubescence; bristles black. 

Wings brown, lighter at the apex and on the posterior 
border, all cross-veins shaded; the first posterior cell narrowed 
at its opening, the second a little narrower than the third, 
and the fourth widest of all; the anal cell narrowed. 

Types (male and female), Fort Johnston, Nyasaland 
(Rendall). 

he female has the dorsal black stripe on abdomen a little 
broader, the posterior border of the thorax is red and the 
wings a little lighter. 

Length 15 millim. There isa great variation in size in this 
species, one of the males and two females measuring only 
103 muillim. 


Diptera from South Africa, 105 


Nemestrinide. 


(hrmoneuride, Loew.) 


Proseca Westermanni, Wiedem., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 155 (1821) ; 
id., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 247 (1828) ; Schiner, Reise 
Novara, p. 113 (1866). 


Nemestrina Westermanni, Wiedem., 0. c. 


Three males and one female from Barberton (Harrison, 
Rendall) and Pretoria (W. L. D.). 


? Proseca, sp. 


One male, antenne wanting, from Barberton (Harrison). 


NEMEsSTRINA sensu lato. 


Two female specimens from “near Eureka, Barberton” 
(Rendall), with two-jointed antennal bristle, which precludes 
their inclusion in Proseca, Schiner, and the shape of the 
palpi, which are thick and apparently two-jointed, prevents 
their being included in Rhynchocephalus, Fisher, 


Cyrtide. 


Psilodera fasciatus, Wiedem., Zool. Mag. ii. p. 14 (1819) ; 
id. Auss. zweifl. Ins. ii. p. 14 (1828) ; Loew, Dipt. Siid- 
afrik. p. 257 (1860). 

Cyrtus fasciatus, Wiedem., l. ¢. 

Psilodera fasciata, Kvichson, Exitomogr. p. 146. 

Psilodera capensis, Gray, Griff. Anim. Kingd., Ins. xv. tab. 128, fig. 4; 

Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soe. v. p. 92. 

One male from Barberton (Rendall). 

This agrees with Wiedemann’s and Loew’s descriptions, 
but the third posterior cell is pedunculated; Loew expressly 
states it is not, and that it is thus distinguished from cingu- 
lata, Loew, and bipunctata, Wiedem. 

A specimen labelled fasciata in the British Museum Col- 
lection is identical with the above specimen, but has the cell 
pedunculated ; it seems probable that this is a character that 
varies in this species, 


Syritia ?, sp. n. 


One male from Pretoria (W. L. D.). 

Allied to S. flaviventris, Macq., Dipt. Exot. ii. (2) p. 75, 
and Schiner, Reise Novara, p. 367, but apparently distinct 
from it; as Schiner states that Macquart’s species possess no 
tooth-like spines on the hind femora, and this specimen has 
them, 


106 Miss G. Ricardo on 


Eristalis crassipes, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 137 (1805) ; Wiedem., 
Auss. zweifl. Ins. ii. p. 157 (1828); Macq., Dipt. Exot. 
li. (2) p. 3], tab. 8. fig. 1 (1840) ; Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. 
p. 822 (1860) ; Peters’s Reise, p. 16 (1862). 
Stmoides crassipes, Loew, CEfvers. af KK. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. 1857, 
289 


. d82. 


Eristalis pachymerus, Wiedem., Zool. Mag. iii. p. 17. 


Three females from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall), 
and Barberton (Rendall). 


Eristalis assimilis, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 111. p. 611 (1849). 

Eristalis capito, Loew, Dipt. Sidafrik. p. 321. 

Five males from Pretoria (17. LZ. D.) and one male and 
one female from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). 

These are exactly similar to Walker’s type, and also agree 
exactly with the description of KH. capito given by Loew, 
placed in his Div. I. group 6 (Megaspis). Walker’s name 
must therefore take precedence, but Loew’s description will 
hold good. 


Eristalis curtus, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 319 (1860). 

Two males and four females from Pretoria (W. ZL. D.) ; 
one male and one female from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland 
(Rendall). 


Eristalis teniops, Wiedem., Zool. Mag. 1. p. 42 (1818) ; 
id. Auss. zweifl. Ins. ii. p. 182 (1828) ; Loew, Dipt. Siid- 
afrik. p. 824 (1860). 

Helophilus pulchriceps, Mg., Syst. Beschy. iii. p. 375; Macq., Suites a 
Buf. i. p. 505. 

Eristalis pulchriceps, Germar, Faun, xxiii. tab. 22. 

Eristalis torridus, Wik., List Dipt. iii. p. 612. 

Eristalis egyptius, W1k., 1. c. p. 621. 

Three females from Barberton (Rendall) and Pretoria 

(W. L. D.). ‘2 

Loew pointed out that HK. egyptius, W1k., is identical with 
this species, and I believe the same to be the case with 

E. torridus, Wlk., on comparing the type in the British 

Museum Collection. 


Plagiocera hemorrhoa, Gerst., Decken’s Reise, p. 391, pl. xvi. 
fig. 6 (1878). 
Two females from Uganda (Ansorge) and Fort Johnston. 


Diptera from South Africa. 107 


Asarkina salvie, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv. p. 806 (1794); Syst. 
Antl. p. 250 (1805); Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 311 
(1860) ; Verrall, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1898, p. 414. 


One male from Durban (IV. L. D.). 


MUSCARIA SCHIZOMETOPA. 
Group GoNnIIDs#. 
Brauer, Denk, Akad. Wiss. Wien, lvi. pt. i. p. 100 (1889), 
lyiil. pt. il. p. 853 (1891). 
Gonia bimaculata, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 344 
(1828). 
Two specimens from Barberton (fendall) and Pretoria 
CH. LD.) 


Pseudogonia nigra, Macq., Dipt. Exot. 11. p. 49 (1838). 
Gonia nigra, Macq,, . ¢. 
Gonia fasciata, nom. preocc., Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. ii. p. 344 
(1828) ; Brauer, op, cit. lviii. pt. 11. p. 403 (1891). 


One female from Pretoria (W. L. D.). 


Group Hystricips#. 
Brauer, op. cit. lvi. pt. 1. p. 182, lx. pt. ili, note 27 (1893), 


Dejeania bombylans, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 568 (1798) ; 
Coquebert, Illustr. Icon. Ins. 115, tab. xxv. fig. 16 
(1799); Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 281; Wiedem., Auss. 
zweifl. Ins. 11. p. 286; Macq., Dipt. Exot. ii. p. 34 (1840) 
see Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xii. p. 838 (1886). 

Stomoxys bombylans, Fabr., 1. c. 

Tachina bombylans, Wiedem., 7. e. 

Dejeania capensis, Rob. Desy. Myodaires, p. 314 (1830). 

Dejeania variabilis, Jaennicke, Abh. Senck. Gesell. vi. p, 393, pl. xliv. 
fig. 9. 

Four specimens from Barberton (Rendall) ; Transvaal, 

Natal Frontier, Pretoria (W. L. D.). 


? 


Group ScHINERIA. 
Brauer, op. cit. lvi. pt. i. p. 141 (1889), 

One female with bright red abdomen from Barberton 
(Rendall) allied to Paraphania diabolus, Wiedem. (Tachina), 
Dipt. Exot. i. p. 302, placed by Brauer in his genus Para- 
phania, but cannot be included in that genus, the palpi being 
somewhat different, and the first posterior cell is closed at 


108 Miss G. Ricardo on 


the border, not open as in Paraphania ; there is no stump of 
a vein on the bend of the fourth longitudinal vein. It will 
apparently require a new genus. 

Paraphania, Brauer, is now said to be identical with 
Orectocera, v. d. Wulp, in which it should be sunk. 


Group SARCOPHAGID&. 
Brauer, op. ctt. lvi, pt. i. p. 121, lviii. pt. i. p. 413. 
Sarcophaga? hemorrhoidalis, Meig., Syst. Beschr. v. p. 28 
(1826); Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xii. p. 263 (1886) ; id. 
Berl. ent. Zeit. xxx1. p. 377 (1887). 

One male and two females from Fort Johnston; three 
females from Pretoria (W.L. D.) and Kimberley (H. W. 
Brown). 

Sarcophila, sp. 

One male from Brak Kloof, Farm Marck, Cape Colony 
(Mrs. G. White). 

SARCOPHAGINE, Sp. 


One male from Honey Nest Kloof, Cape Colony; one 
female from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). 

Apparently one species ; judging from the antenne they 
would belong to this subfamily, but in other characteristics 
they appear more allied to the Muscine and may perhaps 
require a new genus placed between the two subfamilies. 


Group RHINIID«. 
Brauer, op. cit. lvi. pt. i. p. 154, lviii. pt. ii, p, 418. 


Rhinia, sp. 


One female allied to R. cribrata, Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr. 
(5) iv. p. 239 (1874), from Pretoria (W. L. D.). 


Group Muscina2@. 
Brauer, op. cit. lvi. pt. i. p. 154. 


Musca domestica, L. 


One male from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ; one 
female from Pienaars River (W. L. D.). 


~ Diptera from South Africa, 109 


Calliphora marginalis, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. 11. p. 395 
(1828) ; Macq., Dipt. Exot. ii. p. 143 (1838) ; Karsch, 
Berl. ent. Zeit. xxxi. p. 377 (1887). 


Lueidlia marginals, Wiedem., 1. e. 


Somomyia marginalis, Rondani, Atti del Accademia di Bologaa, anno 
1862. 


Three females from Pretoria (W. ZL. D.), Barberton (Ren- 
dall), and Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). 

This well-known species is now placed under Calliphora by 
Brauer, who divides this genus from Lucilia by the cheeks 
being hairy, not bare as in the latter genus, and the third 
longitudinal vein is spiny at the base, not as far as the cross- 
vein as in Lucilia. 

Calliphora, sp. 
One male and one female in coitu, allied to Lucilia Barthii, 


Jaennicke (Abh. Senck. Gesell. vi. p. 374), from Barberton 
(Rendall). 


Cstridz. 


AULACEPHALA. 
Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 167, tab. xv. fig. 6 (1850). 


Aulacocephala, Gerst., Jahresb. 1855; id. Wiegm., Arch. 1857, p. 181; 
id. Verh. z.-b. Gesell. 1863; Brauer, Monogr. (Estriden, Wien, 1863, 
p- 169; Denk, Akad. Wiss. Wien, lvi. pt. 1. p. 158. 


Aulacephala badia, Gerst., Verh. z.-b, Gesell. (1863); Brauer, 
fee. pelZ0: 


One female from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendal/). 


MUSCIDAE ACALYPTERA. 


BROMOPHILA. 
Loew, Monogr. Dipt. N. Amer. iii. p. 35 (1873). 
Bromophila caffra, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 217, 
tab. xix. fig. 2 (1846). 


Dichromyia caffra, Macq., 1. e. 
Scatophaga zanud, Walker, List Dipt. iv. p. 983 (1849). 


Eight males and nine females from Rustenburg, Warm 
Baths, Waterberg; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ; 
Pretoria (W. L. D.); Zomba (Rendall) ; Delagoa Bay. 


Sepedon, ? sp. n. 
One specimen from Pretoria (WW, L. D.). 


110 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccidas. 


Bibionide. 
Plecia dorsalis, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 86 (1838). 
Three females from Pretoria (W. L. D.). 


Hippoboscide. 


Hippobosca rufipes, Olfers, De Veget. et Animat. corp. in 
corpor. animatis reperiundis, Berol. 1816, p. 101; 
Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. 11. p. 604 (1830) ; Schiner, 
Reise Novara, p. 372 (1866). 

Hippobosca maculata, Macq., Suites @ Buff. ii, p. 638. 

Hippobosca Wahlenbergiana, Jaennicke, Abh. Senck. Gesell. vi. p. 406, 
pl. xliv. fig. 18. 

Four specimens from Pretoria (WW. L. D.) and Barberton 

(Rendall). 


XVI.— Descriptions of Brazilian Coccide. 
By AvotpH HemPeL, 8 Paulo, Brazil. 


[Continued from vol. vi. p. 398.] 


Genus Puenacoccus, Cockerell. 


Phenacoccus spiniferus, Tempel. 


Adult female oval in form, not very convex; pinkish, 
both surfaces dusted with a white powder; about thirty-six 
short white tufts around the lateral margin; four anal tufts 
are slightly longer than the others. 

Parasitized females become cylindrical in form and the 
derm becomes chitinized. The marginal tufts are slightly 
longer on the posterior margin than on tlie rest of the body. 

Antenne of nine joints, joint 3 the longest. Length of 
antenne varying from °50 to *53 millim. Approximate 
formula: 3 (1 2) 9786 (45). Length of the segments of 
the antenne: (1) 67, (2) 67, (3) 71, (4) 42, (5) 42, (6) 45, 
(7) 53, (8) 49, (9) 64. All antennal segments bear hairs. 
Legs ordinary, not bearing many hairs. Length of seg- 
ments of first pair of legs: femur, with trochanter, 292 ; 
tibia and tarsus 312. Claw short; digitules large, with 
expanded ends. Tarsal digitules hair-like, with buttoned 
ends. Eyes small, conical. Rostrum short, about as wide 
as long, bearing two hairs. Mentum dimerous, with 


Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccidae. i bi Esl 


numerous hairs. Rostral loop reaching to the second pair of 
legs. Anal ring with six large hairs. Anal tubercles not 
conspicuous, each one ending in a long seta and bearing two 
short sharp spines and many hairs and small glands. On 
the dorsal surface near the lateral margin there are about 
thirty-five groups of spines, each group consisting of two 
short sharp spines. Both surfaces bear hairs and numerous 
small triangular spinnerets. Besides these there are, on the 
ventral surface of the last five segments of the abdomen, 
many transverse rows of larger round spinnerets, 

Larva (just hatched), —Oval in form; light yellow, eyes 
brown, Anal tubercles prominent, each ending in a long 
seta. Antenne 6-jointed, joint 6 the longest. Legs large; 
digitules fine, hair-like. Anal ring with six hairs. Rostral 
loop long, reaching to the end of the body. Length °310 
millim. 

Hab, Sio Paulo. In the grooves of the petioles of leaves 
of a cultivated tree. 


Genus SOLENOCOCCUS. 


Solenococcus tuberculus, Hempel. 


Adult female test oval in outline, dorsum very convex, 
There is one median longitudinal dorsal row of seven small 
tubercles ; and two rows on each side, the dorso-lateral with 
six tubercles, the lateral with three tubercles. Around the 
lateral margin there is a row of from eighteen to twenty 
tubercles. ‘The caudal end is slightly recurved and is pro- 
vided with a round aperture. The test is elastic and tough, 
of a brown colour, but fine lines of whitish wax radiate from 
the tubercles, giving it a general grey appearance. There 
are two inconspicuous white lines on the side near the 
margin; these converge on the ventral surface. ‘The test is 
securely fastened to the back, within smooth, shiny, of a dark 
brown colour. 

Length 7 millim., width 5 millim., height 3°75 millim. 

Adult female smooth, shiny, steely blue above, yellowish 
beneath, filling the entire test. Boiled in a solution of KOH 
it colours the liquid light brown, The antennz are repre- 
sented by two small tubercles, each bearing a brush of hairs. 
Legs wanting. Rostrum widely removed from antenna, 
situated midway between the two pairs of spiracles. Mentum 
small, dimerous. Anal ring apparently with eight large 
hairs. Anal lobes large, the inner edge serrated, bearing 
several sete. Just above the anal ring there isa semicircular 
chitinous plate which bears two hairs at its base. On the 


nap Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 


dorsal surface, cephalad of the anal tubercles, there are four 
groups of large round glands, each group consisting of from 
eight to thirteen glands. There are double rows of small 
round spinnerets from the spiracles and antenne to the lateral 
margin. On each side near the spiracles there are three or 
four groups of round spinnerets. Both surfaces bear many 
filamentous glands, round simple spinnerets, and double 
spinnerets in the form of a figure 8, these, however, being 
more numerous on the dorsal surface. 

Larva (just hatehed).—Elliptical, yellow; eyes small, 
brown. Antenne short and thick, of six joints, joint 3 the 
longest. Rostral loop long, nearly reaching the anal ring. 
Anal ring bears six thick hairs. Anal tubercles large, each 
terminating in a long seta, and bearing two short thick spines 
on the inner margin and several hairs at the base. ‘The 
lateral margin of the body is serrated and bears several fine 
hairs. On the dorsum there are six longitudinal rows of 
double or fignre-of-8 glands. Legs short, digitules 4, very 
long and slender. 

Length *52 millim. 

Hab. Sio0 Paulo. On Baccharis sp.; singly on the stem 
near the ground. 

The young emerge from the test through the caudal 
aperture. 


Solenococcus baccharidis, Hempel. 


Adult female test light brown, oval, smooth; dorsum very 
convex. Young specimens sometimes exhibit a few small 
tubercles on the dorsum. Radiating from the lateral margin 
there are from eleven to thirteen short whitish filaments or 

rocesses. The test is thin, elastic, and tough, the caudal 
end being slightly recurved and bearing a small round orifice. 
Below there are two converging white lines on each side. 

Leneth 4 millim., width 5°20 millim., height 2°50 millim, 

Adult female, denuded of wax, dark brown, derm shiny, 
Boiled in a solution of KOH it colours the liquid a deep 
yellowish brown, Antenne represented by two tubercles, 
each bearing a brush of hairs. ‘The legs are usually wanting, 
but may be present in the younger individuals as tubercles, 
each terminating inaclaw. Rostrum large, situated between 
the first pair of spiracles. Mentumdimerous. The posterior 
end of the abdomen is chitinized and prolonged into a tail, 
which bears the anal ring and tubercles. Anal ring with 
eight large hairs. Just above the anal ring there is a semi- 
circular chitinous plate, with two hairs at the base. Anal 


Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 113 


tubercles prominent, each ending in a long seta and bearing 
several shorter ones, There are double rows of round spin- 
nerets from the spiracles and antenna to the lateral margin. 
Both surfaces bear many filamentous glands, figure-of-8 
spinnerets, and some hairs and simple round spinnerets. 
The glands and spinnerets are more numerous on the dorsal 
surface. 

Larva (just hatched).—Very active, elliptical, yellow; 
eyes small, brown; antenne of six joints, joint 6 is the 
longest, joint 8 nearly equals joint 6 in length. Rostral loop 
long, nearly reaching the anal ring. Anal ring of six hairs. 
Anal tubercles prominent, each terminating in a long seta 
and bearing on the inner margin two short curved spines, 
and several hairs at the base. Legs long, stout; digitules 
4, very long and slender, Lateral margin of the body 
serrated and bearing short hairs. Dorsum bears six longi- 
tudinal rows of figure-of-8 glands. 

Length *44 millim. 

Hab. Ypirauga and Sao Paulo. On trunk and branches 
of Baccharis dracunculifolia. 

It is sometimes found in large numbers and is securely 


fastened to the bark. 


Genus CRYPTOKERMES, Hempel. 


Adult female resembling Kermes; enclosed in a rough 
spherical test. Legs and antenne nearly obsolete. Caudal 
portion of derm with a dense mass of sharp spines. Abdo- 
men bears seven pairs of spiracles. 


Type Cryptokermes brasiliensis, Hempel. 


Cryptokermes brasiliensis, Hempel. 


Adult female test rough, hard, brittle, spherical, with a 
round orifice at the caudal end ; semitransparent, dark brown 
in colour; 6 millim. in diameter. Adult female light yellow, 
filling the entire test. Derm soft, except in the caudal 
region, where it becomes chitinized, and has massed upon it 
a large number of sharp spines. Antenne not observed, 
Legs represented by small tubercles with large claws, serrated 
on the inner edge. 

‘Two pairs of large spiracles are present on the thorax and 
seven pairs of smaller ones on the abdomen. 

Anal ring hairless. The caudal end of the intestine igs 
chitinized for a short distance and bears a thick collar, which 
sometimes shows reticulations. Both surfaces of the body 


Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol, vii. ] 


114 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccidee. 


are covered with small and large round spinnerets and hairs 
with tubercular bases. 

Female (second stage).—Test elongate, elliptical, the ends 
nearly acuminate. It is rough like the adult, but not so 
brittle. The roughness is due to the fact that the test is 
secreted and formed from small globules of wax. Denuded 
of the test it is oval in form, buff in colour, with eight or 
nine deep transverse furrows on the dorsum. The dorsum 
also bears near the lateral margin the seven pairs of spiracles, 
which open into the furrows. ‘The external openings are 
surrounded by a small quantity of white powdery secretion, 
and are readily seen with a lens. Under the insect there is 
a slight cushion of white powdery secretion, 

Boiled in a solution of KOH it makes the liquid turbid, 
giving it a light yellow colour. The antenne are represented 
by short thick tubercles, with a terminal brush of stiff hairs. 
Legs are represented by thick tubercles, with minute claws. 
Rostrum is large, extending from the antenne beyond the 
first pair of legs. Mentum large, dimerous. Rostral loop 
very long, usually coiled. Two small oval eyes are situated 
just in front of the antenne. Collar on the intestine, and 
spines and spinnerets the same as in the adult. The abdomen 
also bears on the ventral surface masses of minute hairs. 

Hab. Pocos de Caldas, State of Minas Geraes. Very 
abundant on limbs and trunk of Schinus sp., a kind of matté. 

Frequently the tests of 2-6 individuals coalesce, forming 
one mass. ‘I'he females of the second stage usually secrete 
from the caudal end a stiff tube of white wax, which usually 
has a small drop of clear liquid on the end. I had at first 
thought this insect might be a Hermes, but on studying it 
closely I found that a new genus had to be erected for it. 
Prof. TI’. D. A. Cockerell, to whom I sent specimens, also 
thought that it belonged to a new genus. 


Genus Stigmacoccus, Hempel. 


Adult female forming a more or less spherical test, with a 
large aperture on the apex. Antenne 7- or 8-jointed. Anal 
ring hairless. Abdomen with eight pairs of spiracles. 

my Qed ? A 

I'ype Stigmacoccus asper, Hempel. 


Stigmacoccus asper, Hempel. 


Adult female test large, chrome-yellow, the outside 
blackened by a fungus and very rough; inside smooth and 
shiny. ‘The shape is more or less spherical, slightly com- 
pressed laterally, with a round or elongate hole on the apex. 


Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 15 


This hole is from 1 to 1°5 millim. in diameter. The inside 
of the test is spherical, with two rows of small white spots 
of secretion, corresponding to the stigmata of the abdomen. 
Frequently a large part of the abdomen is protruded out 
of the apical hole; but usually only a fine white thread 
protrudes from it. Length 9 millim., width 7-8 millim., 
height 8°5 millim. The thickness of the wall of the test is 
1°25 millim. to 2 millim. The waxis brittle. The diameter 
of the cavity is about 5 millim. The female, removed from 
the test, is flat, nearly elliptical in shape, with the abdomen 
slightly attenuated posteriorly. It attains a length of 11 
millim., and a width of 6°5 millim. Colour yellow, with a 
pinkish tint; derm very soft, except on the head, where there 
is an area of the derm chitinized, flat, and of a dark brown 
colour. The abdomen is transversely wrinkled. Boiled ina 
solution of KOH it colours the liquid a deep purple, almost 
black. ‘The derm becomes soft and colourless, except in the 
cephalic region. 

Antenne variable, of seven or eight joints, although eight 
is the typical number. Length about 950 millim., each joint 
bears thirty or more hairs. Length of joints: (1) 178, 
(2) 110, (8) 110, (4) 110, (5) 110, (6) 110, (7) 89, (8) 141. 
Approximate formula: 18 (2 3 4 5 6) 7. Legs long and 
full of hairs. The coxa is nearly twice as wide as long; the 
trochanter bears about thirty round glands; the tibia is 
frequently bent back near the distal end, while the tarsus is 
always curved. Length of joints of first pair of legs: coxa 
187, trochanter and femur 812, tibia 687, tarsus 350, claw 
97. Claw sharp, much curved, with two short hair-like 
digitules. ‘Tarsal digitules wanting. Rostrum ordinary, 
situated close to the antenne. The abdomen bears eight pairs 
of spiracles, each with a number of small pentagonal spinnerets 
around the external opening. ‘The thoracic region also bears 
two pairs of stigmata; these are large, chitinized, with the 
external orifices flask-shaped, and many small spinnerets 
grouped about them. Anal ring hairless. The derm on the 
posterior end of the body is thickly set with peculiar glands, 
disk-shaped, and apparently three-celled. The remainder of 
the derm bears numerous small hairs and glands, 

Hab. On the bark of the ingé tree (nga sp ), growing 
along the banks of the Rio Mogy-guassti, near Pirassununga, 
State of Sao Paulo; and from Joinville, State of Catharina. 
The insects are usually crowded on the underside of the limbs 
and branches, and are covered with a black fungus, and 
accompanied by many individuals of an ant (Camponotus 
sp.). 

Q¥ 


116 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 


Genus Aprococcus, Hempel. 


The female constructs a flexible, spherical test. Legs 
wanting. Antennse represented by small tubercles. Anal 
ring hairless. The cephalic portion of the derm bears a 
mass of small round spinnerets. 

Type Aptococcus gregarius, Hempel. 


Apiococcus gregarius, Hempel. 


Adult female test spherical, hard and tough, with a small 
round orifice on one side. Surface slightly roughened, not 
shiny, of a dark sepia-brown colour. Size 2 to 3 millim, in 
diameter. 

Adult female spherical, filling the entire test, light yellowish 
brown in colour, Boiled in a solution of KOH it colours the 
liquid light yellow. The cephalic portion of the derm is 
chitinized and bears a large number of spinnerets and some 
hairs. Antenne, small tubercles, with a terminal brush of 
thick stiff hairs. Rostrum large, rectangular, occupying the 
space between the two pairs of spiracles. Mentum dimerous 
with bifid tip. Anal ring hairless. Anal tubercles not 
conspicuous, each one bearing about 12 sharp spines. Around 
the anal orifice there are about 50 more sharp spines, and 
about 80 small round glands, arranged in two elongate masses. 
The derm, especially near the caudal region, bears many small 
round spinnerets and hairs. ‘The derm also has many in- 
vaginations, forming small pockets. Scattered over the 
ventral and dorsal surfaces are many peculiar conical spines. 
These spines are characteristic, and are possessed by every 
member of this genus. 

Larva (just hatched).—Oval, orange-yellow in colour. An- 
tenne of six joints; joint 6 the longest. Legs short and 
thick, claws greatly curved; digitules 4, long, with buttoned 
ends. ‘The abdomen terminates in two long sete. Anal 
tubercles not developed. On the dorsal surface, between the 
sete, there are eight sharp spines. The lateral margin also 
bears several sharp spines. On the lateral margin of the ab- 
domen and head there are about twenty-four large, blunt, club- 
shaped spines, and on the dorsal surface about sixteen longer 
ones. ‘lhose on the dorsum are arranged in one transverse 
row of six, on last segment of the thorax ; and two sublateral 
rows of five each, on the head and thorax. Rostral loop long, 
extending to the end of the abdomen. Size *360 millim. 
long. 

Hab. Ypirauga, State of Sao Paulo. 

Crowded together on the twigs of a plant of the order 
Myrtacee. 


Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 117 


Apiococcus singularis, Hempel. 


Adult female test spherical, with a small round orifice in 
one side. Outer surface rough, black; but beneath the 
surface it is a dark coffee-brown. Inside of test smooth, 
dark brown, covered with white powdery secretion. Size of 
largest specimens 5 millim. in diameter. 

Adult female spherical, light yellow in colour, filling the 
entire test. Boiled in a solution of KOH it colours the 
liquid a golden yellow. Derm semichitinous, with many 
‘small round spinnerets massed on the cephalic region. An- 
tenn, small tubercles, with the usual terminal brush of stiff 
hairs. Rostrum large, but placed farther cephalad than in 
the preceding species. Legs wanting. Anal ring hairless. 
The spiracles are tubes with both ends expanded into disks. 
The outer disk is densely set with round spinnerets. A great 
number of fine trachew radiate from the inner opening. Anal 
tubercles not developed, but indicated by a mass of six or 
seven sharp spines on each side. Clustered around the anal 
orifice there are about sixteen small, sharp spines, two longer 
setee, and many small round spinnerets. The derm bears the 
customary spinnerets, hairs, invaginations, and peculiar conical 
spines. ‘The invaginations or pockets are large and nearly 
spherical, one individual having nearly forty of them, 

Larva (just hatched).—Elliptical, light yellow in colour. 
Antenne of six joints, joint 6 the longest, but joint 1 nearly 
equalling it in length. Legs short and thick. Digitules 4, 
slender; rostral loop long. Anal tubercles not developed. 
The abdomen ends in two long sets, between which are six 
short, sharp spines and two long hairs. Around the margin 
there are from twenty-eight to thirty short, thick spines. On 
the thorax and head there are ten short, thick spines, arranged 
in two longitudinal submedian rows of five spines each. 
Length *340 millim. 

Hab. Ypirauga, State of SHio Paulo. 

Scattered singly on twigs of a shrub of the order Myrtacee. 


Aptococcus asperatus, Hempel. 


Female test spherical, hard, thick, black, the outside 
roughened by small tubercles. Beneath the surface it is a 
dark brown colour. The inside of the test is smooth, and is 
coated with a thin layer of white secretion. Size 3 millim. in 
diameter. 

Female spherical, filling the entire test; light yellow in 
colour. Boiled in a solution of KOH it colours the liquid 


118 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 


light yellow. Derm partly chitinized, with a large mass of 
round spinnerets on the cephalic portion. Antenne close 
together, as small tubercles, with a terminal brush of stiff 
hairs. Legs wanting. Rostrum large, situated between the 
two pairs of spiracles. Spiracles smaller than in the pre- 
ceding species, but with many spinnerets on the external 
orifice, and a large number of fine trachez radiating from the 
inner orifice. Anal ring hairless. Anal tubercles not de- 
veloped, but indicated by a mass of about ten spines on each 
side. Besides these, there are around the anal orifice about 
thirty spines, two long and two shorter sete, and about 
eighty round spinnerets arranged in two elongate masses. 
The derm bears the customary spinnerets, hairs, and conical 
spines. The invaginations of the derm are few and small as 
compared with those of A. singularis. 

Hab. Ypirauga, State of Sao Paulo. 

Singly on twigs of a plant of the order Myrtacez, 


Apiococcus globosus, Hempel. 

Test of the adult female spherical, hard, and tough, with 
the inside and outside smooth, and with a small circular 
orifice in one side. Colour white, with a creamy tinge. ‘The 
tests of the immature insects are oval. Size of largest test 
2°75 millim. in diameter. The material of which the test is 
made is of a horny nature, and does not dissolve in a solution 
of KOH. 

Adult female globose, filling the entire test; light yellow 
in colour; abdomen with several transverse wrinkles. Derm 
soft, with a large number of small round spinnerets massed 
on the cephalic area, Antenne small, of two segments, with 
a terminal brush of stiff hairs. Legs wanting. Rostrum 
large, rectangular, situated between the two pairs of spiracles. 
Mentum dimerous.  Rostral loop long, folded upon itself, 
Spiracles large, disk-shaped ; the outer disk thickly set 
with round spinnerets, the inner end surrounded by a large 
number of fine radiating trachea. Anal ring hairless. Anal 
orifice surrounded by about sixteen sharp spines and 
numerous spinnerets. The derm bears large numbers of 
spinnerets, some hairs, and the characteristic conical spines, 
The invaginations of the derm are small, but numerous. 


Hab. Siio Paulo. On the bark of a shrub of the order 
Myrtacee. 


Genus 'TEcTrococcus, Hempel. 


Female gall-forming; body ovate. Legs present. An- 
tenne of six joints. Anal ring hairless. 
Type Zectococcus ovatus, Hempel. 


Mr, A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 119 


Tectococcus ovatus, Hempel. 


Female forming circular galls convex on both sides, like a 
lens. The gall is formed on both sides of the leaf, with an 
aperture on the underside. The sides of the gall are usually 
slightly elevated around the aperture, which is filled with a 
mass of loose white secretion. The inside of the gall is 
spherical and smooth, and is dusted with a white powder. 
Galls about 8 millim. in diameter and 5 millim. thick. 

Adult female ovate, inflated, the caudal end acuminate ; 
brown, dusted with a white powder. Derm soft. Dorsum 
transversely wrinkled. Length 2°10 millim., width 1:50 
millim, Antenne close together, short, thick, of six joints, 
joint 1 being the longest. Length of antenne ‘217 millim. 
Length of the joints: (1) 49, (2) 30, (8) 30, (4) 36, (5) 30, 
(6) 86. Approximate formula: 1 (46) (235). Allthe joints, 
except joint 38, bear hairs. Legs ordinary. Length of the 
joints of first pair of legs: femur with trochanter 151, tibia 
98, tarsus with claw 84. Digitules of tarsus and claw not 
very long, stout, with expanded ends. The trochanter bears 
one very long hair and one shorter one. Rostrum large, 
situated near the antenne. Mentum apparently monomerous. 
Anal ring hairless. Anal orifice guarded by four sharp 
spines. Anal tubercles not present. ‘lhe abdomen ends 
in two short sete. The derm bears many small round 
spinnerets and rather long hairs. 

Eggs small, elliptical; light yellow in colour. 

Hab. Sio Paulo and Ypirauga, State of Sao Paulo. 

The galls are produced on the leaves of a shrub of the 
order Myrtacee. 


Subfamily Asrzrorecanuy”, 
Genus Lecaniopiasris, Targ. 


Lecaniodiaspis rugosus, Hempel. 


Adult female scale oval to subcircular, light brown in 
colour. Dorsum transversely wrinkled and with a slight 
longitudinal ridge, and covered with a thin grey secretion of 
wax. The lateral margin is ornamented by a border com- 
posed of from twenty to twenty-five bits of wax. 

Leneth 3:25 millim.; width 2°75 millim.; height +50 
millim. 

Adult female broadly oval in outline. Antenne cylin- 
drical, variable, of eight joints. Average length *302 millim. 
Approximate formula: 4(2856)178, or 34 (25) 61 (78). 


120 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 


Length of joints: (1) 31, (2) 45, (3) 45, (4) 49, (5) 45, 
(6) 45, (7) 25, (8) 22. All of the joints except joints 3 and 4 
bear hairs. Rostrum large ; rostral looplong. Legs present 
as short cylindrical tubercles terminating in a long claw. 
Spiracles small, close together, with a few round spinnerets 
about the orifice. Anal ring apparently with ten hairs. 
Just behind the anal ring there is a chitinous plate with a 
deep notch in the middle. The abdomen ends in two incon- 
spicuous tubercles, each bearing a terminal seta and a few 


fo) 
short spines. Around the lateral margin there are a few 


short, sharp, spine-like hairs. On each side of the cephalic 
region on the dorsal surface there is a group of two large 
spines, one longer than the other; behind these there 1s 
another spine, and behind the second one another, so that we 
have two longitudinal rows of four spines each, ‘These 
spines are large, slightly curved, with the ends rounded and 
slightly expanded, and are from 53 to 66 wlong. The entire 
surtace of the body is thickly set with small V-shaped spin- 
nerets and numerous fine filamentous glands about 44 uw long. 

Male scale cream-coloured, elliptical, rounded at both ends ; 
transversely wrinkled, and with a longitudinal median ridge 
and a slight groove around the dorsum near the lateral 
margin. Length 1°50 millim.; width *50 millim. 

Hab. Ypirauga, State of 8. Paulo. Thickly covering the 
trunk and branches of an unidentified forest-tree. 

Should this insect attack cultivated trees, it would do much 
harm by its great numbers. 

This species has a superficial resemblance to ZL. ce/tedis, 
Ckll., but can be readily distinguished by the segments of 
the antennee, the absence of functional legs, and the presence 
of spinnerets and filamentous glands. 


Subfamily Tacwarpuws. 
Genus TacuarpiA, Blanch. 


Tachardia cydoniw, Hempel. 


Adult female scale dark coffee-brown, smooth, shiny, 
slightly elongated, with three processes or rays on each side. 
Dorsum not very convex, with a slight hump in the middle, 
behind which is an opening with the lac slightly raised 
around it. Lac not brittle. 

Length 8°75 millim.; width 2°50 millim.; height 1:50 
millim. 

Adult female boiled in a solution of KOH colours the 
liquid a deep red. The insect is slightly longer than wide 


Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 191 


and has three slight lobes on each side. The antenne are 
short and thick, about ‘093 millim. long, and apparently 
composed of four segments. ‘The last joint has several short 
terminal hairs. ‘The mentum and rostrum are well developed 
and close to the antenne. Rostral loop short. The two lac- 
glands are large and have the opening guarded by six or more 
short sharp spines. Near the lac-glands there are two large 
spiracles that have forty to fifty round spinnerets about the 
external orifice. Near the rostrum there is another pair of 
smaller spiracles. The legs are sometimes present as small 
sharp tubercles. ‘The dorsal horn is strong and _ straight, 
blunt, *110 millim. long. Anal ring with ten long hairs. 


Around the anal ring, and enclosing it, there is a chitinous 
horn or collar, which bears twelve short plates; these plates 
may vary in number. ‘The sides are nearly parallel and the 
ends finely serrated. The collar bears many minute tubercles 
and several short hairs at the base. On the dorsum, between 
the collar and the dorsal horn, there are four tubercles, each 
one bearing fifty to sixty large round spinnerets. On the 
ventral surface, near the antenne and spiracles, there are four 
groups of about fifteen small elongate glands each. ‘The 
derm bears a few spinnerets and small hairs. Length 2 
millim.; width 1°50 millim. 

Larva (just hatched).—Small, elongate, dark purple, 
almost black. Antenne of six joints; joint 6 the longest, 


joint 3 the next longest, joint 5 bears two very long hairs. 


Rostral loop long. “Legs slender, long; tarsus and claw each 
with a pair of digitules. The body ends in two very long 
sete, at the base of which are several short spines. Between 
these is the chitinous ring, bearing six or eight processes. 
Within this ring is the anal ring, which bears six hairs, 
There is a notch on each side on the prothorax, in which are 
situated the large spiracles. ‘lhe openings of these spiracles 
are furnished with about ten round spinnerets. On each side 
of the dorsum there are three or four longitudinal rows of 
small tubercles, each one ending in a hair. On the ventral 
surface there are two longitudinal median rows of short hairs. 
Length :440 millim. 

Hab. S. Paulo. On cultivated quince, Cydonia sp. 

‘The insects are usually found singly on the underside of 
the branches. Sometimes the lac of two or three individuals 
will fuse. 


Tachardia rubra, Hempel. 


Female scale, when occurring singly, nearly circular, with 
a slight tendency to form five or six lobes. The lac from 


122 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 


different individuals usually fuses, but does not form large 
masses. The outside is dull and smooth, with many filaments 
of white secretion scattered over it. The lac is a red-orange 
colour and brittle only in very old specimens. 

Size of largest individuals:—Length 5 millim.; width 
4°25 millim. ; height 2°5 millim. 

Adult female denuded of wax, subcircular, convex, with a 
tendency to form six lobes. Boiled in a solution of KOH it 
colours the liquid a deep red. The lac- glands are large, club- 
shaped, and do not have the spines at the external opening as 
in LT. cydonie, ‘The antenne are apparently of four segments ; 
they are ‘084 millim. long, club-shaped, and the terminal 
joint bears two short hairs. Rostrum and mentum small. 
Rostral loop short. Legs wanting, Anal ring with ten 
large blunt hairs, which protrude but little beyond the chiti- 
nous ring. The chitinous plates on the caudal ring are ten in 
number, with nearly parallel sides, and the ends coarsely 
serrated. ‘The dorsal horn is ‘089 millim. long, blunt, and 
slightly curved at the base. The large spiracles are close to 
the lac-glands and have many spinnerets around the external 
orifice. ‘The small spiracles are situated near the rostrum 
and have twelve to fifteen spinnerets about the external 
orifice. The four tubercles between the caudal ring and dorsal 
horn are well developed and bear many round spinnerets. 
The surface of the body bears many small tubercles, each 
ending ina hair. The four groups of elongate glands found 
on the ventral surface of T. cydonte were not seen in this 
species. 

Length 8 millim. ; width 3 millim.; height 2 millim. 

Larva as in T. cydonie. Length ‘500 millim. ‘The ros- 
trum is very large and the rostral filaments are longer than in 
the preceding species. 

Hab. Cachoeira and Santa Barbara, State of 8. Paulo. 
Clustered in great numbers on the branches of a species of 
Croton and on other plants. 


Tachardia parva, Hempel. 


‘The younger females have a test of brown lac, elongate, 
with a tubercle in the middle of the dorsum and _ three 
processes on the lateral margin on each side. In the older 
specimens the test is globular and of an orange-brown colour. 

Specimens varying from 2-2°75 millim. long and 125-2 
millim. high. 

The female, denuded of wax, has three conspicuous lobes 
on each side. Length about 1°25 millim.; width *75 millim. 


Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 123 
Boiled in a solution of KOH it colours the liquid deep pink. 


The antenne are short and nearly of equal thickness through- 
out. The lac-glands are large and very near the large 
spiracles. Around the opening of the large spiracles and 
between these and the other spiracles are many spinnerets. 
Rostrum and mentum large; rostral loop short. The legs 
are represented by inconspicuous short, sharp tubercles. On 
the ventral surface in front of the antenne there are two 
groups of about sixteen elongate glands each, and behind the 
antenne there are two more groups of from eight to ten 
glands each. The dorsal horn is 146 millim, long, sharp, 
with two small tubercles at the base. The anal ring bears 
ten long sharp hairs, which protrude almost their entire length 
beyond the chitinous collar or caudal ring, and flare outwards. 
The caudal ring is large and bears many minute tubercles 
and a few hairs at the base. This ring terminates in ten short 
chitinous plates, which have nearly parallel sides and the ends 
deeply and irregularly incised. ‘The four tubercles on the 
dorsal surface between the caudal ring and dorsal horn are 
small, but bear from forty to fifty vound spinnerets each. 
The entire surface of the body is covered with small tubercles, 
each one terminating in a hair. The ventral surface has 
the appearance of bearmg many transverse rows of minute 
hairs. 

Hab. Cachoeira and Ypirauga, State of S. Paulo. On 
twigs of a bush of the order Myrtacee. 

Many of the insects are covered with a black fungus. The 


3 tke As 
individuals are usually distinct, the lac seldom fusing. 


Tachardia rose, Hempel. 


Female test elongate, deep orange-red in colour, with a 
hump on the dorsum and three processes on each side radiating 
from the lateral margin, giving it a star-shaped appearance, 
There are usually two fine filaments of white secretion in 
front of the dorsal hump, probably arising from the large 
spiracles. Many of the individuals are distinct, with soft 
plastic lac, but in the older specimens the lac is hard and 
brittle and usually fused into larger masses, 

Average size :—Length 4 millim. ; width 3 millim. ; height 
1:75 millim. 

The adult female, denuded of wax, has three small tubercles 
on each side. Boiled in a solution of KOH it colours the 
liquid a deep red claret-colour. Antenne small, club-sha ped, 
with two or three short hairs on the last joint. The joints 
are confused and indistinct, but appear to be four, Length 


124 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 


‘089 millim. Rostrum and mentum ordinary. Rostral loop 
short. Legs wanting. ‘The external openings of the large 
pair of spiracles are surrounded by about sixty round spin- 
nerets. ‘he small spiracles are close together and have five 
or six spinnerets at the external opening. The four dorsal 
tubercles between the caudal ring and dorsal horn are small, 
each one bearing about forty spinnerets. Dorsal horn 
straight and sharp, ‘151 millim. long. Anal ring with ten 
large hairs, which do not protrude far beyond the caudal 
ring. The chitinous caudal ring ends in ten plates and bears 
many minute tubercles and several small spines at the base. 
The chitinous plates are short, narrow at the base, with the 
ends expanded and serrated. On the ventral surface, near 
the antenne and spiracles, are four groups of about sixteen 
elongate glands each. Scattered over the body are six or 
more areas in which the derm is partly chitinized and bears 
minute hairs and glands. 

Larve elliptical, as in ZT. eydonte. Length *450 millim. 

Hab. Sio Paulo. Clustered on the branches of cultivated 
roses in various parts of the city. 


Tuchardia inge, Hempel. 


Adult female scale subglobular, dorsum slightly flattened, 
with an aperture in the centre. The lac is dull, shiny when 
the surface becomes rubbed, semitransparent, thick, brittle, 
light green with brown stripes. Some fine white filaments 
usually protrude from the dorsal orifice. The lac of many 
individuals usually unites to form a confused mass. 

Diameter 5°25 millim.; height 3°75 millim. 

Denuded of Jac the insect is three-lobed. Lac-tubes and 
horn all of equal length and standing erect on the dorsum. 
Length 3°50 millim.; width 3 millim. ; height 2°50 millim. 

Boiled in a solution of KOH it colours the liquid very deep 
purple. o 

Antenne, small tubercles about +110 millim. long, appa- 
rently consisting of six joints. Legs represented by very 
small conical tubercles, ending in a claw. Length of the 
first pair 18 w. Antenne very close together. Rostrum 
large, placed just behind the antenne. Rostral loop short. 
First pair of legs inserted very close to the rostrum. The 
large stigmata have each about 140 to 150 spinnerets around 
the external orifice, while the small ones have each 10 to 12 
spinnerets around the external orifice. Dorsal horn straight 
and blunt, about *173 millim. long. Lac-glands large, with 
an oblong orifice lined with numerous glands. Anal ring 


On Bees from New Mewico. 125 


with ten long diverging hairs. The plates of the chitinous 
ring are deeply incised. ‘The posterior dorsal tubercles each 
with 45 to 70 round spinnerets. ‘The derm also bears many 
small glands and spinnerets. 

Hab. On branches of Jnga sp., growing along the banks of 
the River Mogy-guassti, near the town of Mogy-guassti, State 
of §. Paulo. 

This insect has a peculiar appearance and resembles a berry 
or seed so closely as to be deceiving. 


(To be continued. | 


XVII.—Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station. 
—X. Observations on Bees collected at Las Vegas, New 
Mexico, and in the adjacent Mountains. II. By'T. D. A. 
CocKERELL *, 

Colletes americana, Cresson. 
Las Vegas, Aug. 11, at flowers of Solidago canadensis, 1 9 

(W. Porter). 

Colletes bigelovie, Ckll. 
Beulah (W. Porter). 


Colletes gilensis, Ckll. 


Las Vegas, July 21, at flowers of Petalostemon oligophyllus, 
4? (Ckll.) ; Aug. 1,3 9 (Porter & Ckil.); Gallinas River 
at La Cueva, Aug. 6, 2 ? (Porter & Ckill.). The joints of 
the palpi measure as follows in ~ :— Maxillary palpi, (1) 200, 
(2) 110, (8) 140, (4) 180, (5) 110, (6) 110; labial palpi, 
(1) 170, (2) 150, (8) 140, (4) 160. 

Petalostemon oligophyllus is the plant heretofore reported 
from Las Vegas as P. candidus; I am indebted to Miss A. 
M. Vail for the correct identification. 


Prosapis basalis, Smith. 

Beulah, July 28, 1d (Ckii.). New to New Mexico. 
This and other species of Prosapis were taken on moist 
ground by a stream. 

Prosapis mesille, Ckll. 

Las Vegas, June 19, at flowers of alfalfa, 9 (Ckil.) ; 

Aug. 4, 3 (W. Porter). 


* The first part of this paper appeared in Ann. & Mav. Nat. Hist., 
May 1900, p. 401. 


126 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on 


Prosapis rudbeckia, subsp. ruidosensis, Ckll. 
Beulah, July 28, Aug. 18 (Ck/.). 


Prosapis tridens, Cill. 


Beulah, July 28, 2 ¢, with face-marks light yellow (Ckdl.). 
New to New Mexico. 


Prosapis varifrons, Cress. 


Beulah, July 28, 5 g (Ckil.); Dailey Cahon, Aug. 10 
(T. D. A. & W. P. Ckil.). New to New Mexico, 


Halictus amicus, Ckll., var. a. 


@?. Face narrower than type; possibly a distinct species. 

Las Vegas, at flowers of Gaura coccinea, June 18 (Chil. & 
Porter). The Gaura is properly a moth-flower, but is more 
or less visited by bees when it first opens. 


Halictus anomalus, Rob. 


Las Vegas, at flowers of Convolvulus arvensis, June 17, 3 
(Ckil.); July 4, 9 (Ckil.) ; July 29, at flowers of Verbesina 
encelioides, 9 (Chil.); Aug. 14, at flowers of Grindelia 
squarrosa, 2 (Martin D. Ckli.). New to New Mexico, 
Robertson says the abdomen of anomalus is impunctate, but 
the punctures can be seen with a compound microscope. 

This species has only two submargiual cells, and as it has 
the size and form of H. perdifficilis, I wondered whether the 
Las Vegas specimens might not merely be aberrant examples 
of that insect. A close examination, however, revealed the 
following important differences :— 


H. anomalus trom Las | H. perdifficilis, type from 


| Vegas (2). | Santa Fé (). 
Ist abdominal With sparse minute punc- | Distinctly and — strongly 
segment. | tures; not tessellate. | tessellate; sparsely punc- 
| | tured. 
2nd abdominal Stronger punctures; not Distinctly — transversely 
seyment,  tessellate; anterior and lineolate ; rather closely 
posterior halves punc-| punctured on anterior 
tured alike. | half, practically impunc- 


| tate on posterior. 


Median line of Not grooved; a mere line. | Strongly grooved. 


mesothorax. 
Mesothorax. | Bluish green. | Brassy green. 
Metathorax. Same colour as rest of | Dark blue, contrasting. 


thorax. | 


H. anomalus differs from H, semiceruleus in not having 


Bees from New Mewico. 127 


the bluish lustre on the abdomen, in the shorter metathoracic 
enclosure, &c. H. semiceruleus, however, has the first two 
abdominal segments nearly as in anomalus, not as im 
perdifficilis. 

Halictus armaticeps, Cresson. 


Las Vegas, June 17, at flowers of Convolvulus arvensis, 9 
(Ckil.) ; July 29, at flowers of Verbesina encelioides, ? (Ckil.) ; 
Beulah, May 30, at flowers of Salix, 2 (W. Porter). This 
is the insect heretofore reported from New Mexico as 
IT, ligatus, but Mr. Ashmead believes it is not the true igatus 
of Say, aud I must agree with him, after comparing Say’s 
description. 


Halictus bardus, Cresson. 
Beulah, May 30, at flowers of Salix, 2 (W. Porter). 


Halictus coriaceus, Smith. 
Beulah, May 30, at flowers of Salix, 9 (W. Porter). 


Halictus Lerouxti, Lep. 
Las Vegas Hot Springs, at flowers of Saliva, 2 (W. Porter): 
New to New Mexico. 


Halictus mesillensis (Ckll.), var. @. 


?. Head and thorax olive-green. Las Vegas, Aug. 5, at 
flowers of Aplopappus spinulosus, 9 (Ckil.). This differs 
from H. nymphalis (received from Mr. Robertson) by the 
distinctly punctured first abdominal segment, the rather 
smaller size, and the darker, less brightly coloured tegulie. 

The original mesillensis, described as a variety of nymphalis, 
has also the punctured first abdominal segment. 


Halictus pruinosus, Rob. 

Las Vegas, July 5, at flowers of Verbesina encelioides, 
(S. L. Mize); July 11, at flowers of Cleome serrulata, 9 
(Ckil.) ; July 31, at flowers of Grindelia, 2 (Ckil.). 

Halictus ruidosensis, Ckll. 
Beulah, July 26, five females (IV. Porter). 
Halictus sisymbrii, Ckll. 
Las Vegas, June 17, at flowers of Convolvulus arvensis, @ 


(Ckil.) ; July 31, at flowers of Cleome serrulata, 2 (Ckil.) ; 
July 2, at flowers of Szdalcea neomexicana, 2 (M. Holzman), 


128 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on 


Agapostemon texanus, Cresson, 


The following records all relate to females :—Romeroville, 
Aug. 6 (Porter § Ckll.); Gallinas River at La Cueva, Aug. 6 
(Porter & Ckil.) ; Las Vegas, at flowers of Gauwra coccinea 
(Ckll.); at flowers of Asclepias verticillata (M. Winters) ; 
June 17, at flowers of Convolvulus arvensis (Chkil.) ; July 2, 
at Sidalcea neomexicana (M. Holzman) ; July 5, at Cleome 
serrulata (N. Stern) ; at garden peony (W. Porter) ; July 8, 
at Lycium vulgare (W. Porter); July 9, at Lepachys colum- 
naris (M. Holzman); July 11, at Cucurbita fetidissima 
(N. Stern) ; July 12, at marigold (A. Garlick). 


Panurginus Boylet (CklL). 

Las Vegas, July 26 and 29, at Verbesina encelioides, 8 
(ChIL) ; July 31, at Grindelia, $ (Chil.); Aug. 3, at Heli- 
anthus annuus, 2 3, one parasitized by a 2 Stylops (IW. 
Porter). 

Var. a. ¢. With a yellow line on scape in front. Las 
Vegas, Aug. 2 (W. Porter). 


Panurginus pauper, var. flavotinctus, Ckll. 
Las Vegas, Aug. 2,2 5 (W. Porter). 


Calliopsis coloradensis, Cresson. 
Las Vegas, Aug. 2, 2 (W. Porter) ; Aug. 5, at Helianthus 
annuus. The eyes in life are pale sage-green. 


Calliopsis lepidus, Cresson, var. a. 


2. Near C. rhodophilus, but face-marks white. ¢ differs 
from rhodophilus by the wholly black scape. The @ agrees 
with Cresson’s description of C. lepidus, except that the hair 
on the basal joint of tarsi beneath is barely fulvous; the 
dog-ear marks on the face are present, whereas in rhodophilus 
they are wanting. 1 sent a drawing of the Las Vegas lepidus 
to Mr. Fox, who kindly compared it with Cresson’s type, 
and reported: “The face-marks of Calliopsis lepidus agree 
almost exactly with your drawing. The only difference is. 
that the lateral marks are slightly narrower than in the 
drawing.” 

Las Vegas, July 24, at flowers of Convolvulus incanus, ¢ 
(W. Porter); Aug. 13, flying over the ground close to some 
Spheralcea cuspidata, 2g, 1 & (Ckii.).; duly 115 sO00; 
many females at flowers of Medilotus officinalis (W. P. Chil.). 
New to New Mexico. 


Bees from New Mezxtco. 129 


Perdita zebrata, Cresson. 


Gallinas River at La Cueva, Aug. 6 (W. Porter). 

Var. a &. Small, only 5 mm. long; first abdominal 
segment entirely black above. Two at flowers of Cleome 
serrulata, Las Vegas, July 19 (Porter & Ckil.). 


Spinoliella scitula (Cresson). 


Las Vegas, July 23, at Cleome serrulata, 1 2 (W. Porter). 
Mr. Ashmead (én litt.) states that the following species, all 
described as Calliopsis, belong to his new genus Spinoliella :— 
S. scitula (Cress.), S. australior (Ckll.), S. zebrata (Cress.), 
S. maculata (Smith), and S. Hdwardsii (Cress.). To these 
should apparently be added the following, also described as 
Calliopsis :—S. cincta (Cress.), S interrupta (Prov.), S. quadri- 
lineata (Prov.), S. meliloti (Ckll.), S. scutellaris (Fowler), 
S. visaliensis (Fowler), S. anthidius (Fowler). 


Melecta miranda, Fox. 
Las Vegas, at flowers of Zinnia grandiflora, July 27 (W. 
Porter). 
Var. a. Smaller, about 9 mm. long. Las Vegas, July 9, 
on Spheralcea cuspidata, but not on flowers (Ckill.) ; July 19, 
at flowers of Cleome serrulata (CkiL.). 


Ashmeadiella bucconis (Say). 


Las Vegas, July 24 (W. Porter); July 29 and Aug. 6, at 
flowers of Verbesina encelivides, 2 (Ckil.). 


Ashmeadiella cactorum, Ckll. 


g. Lengthi mm. Las Vegas, Aug. 4, two at flowers of 
Convolvulus arvensis (W. Porter). 


Melissodes agilis, Cresson. 


Las Vegas, July 5 (N. Stern); July 25, at flowers of 
Helianthus annuus, 1 8 (W. Porter); July 31, at Verbesina 
encelioides,1 g (Ckil.); Sapello Caiion, Aug. 31 (W. Porter); 
San Ignacio, Aug. 31 (W. Porter). 

Var.a. ¢. No yellow spot on mandibles. Las Vegas, 
July 17, at Cleome serrulata (A. Garlick); July 26, at 
Verbesina encelioides (Ckll.). 


Melissodes agilis, var. aurigenia (Cresson). 
The males vary in length from 9 to 104mm. Romero- 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 9 


130 Prof. ‘I’. D. A. Cockerell on 


ville, Aug. 6 (Porter & Chil.); Las Vegas, July 19, at Heli- 
anthus, 8 (L. Reed); July 22, at alfalfa and Helanthus 
annuus (W. Porter) ; July 20, at Aplopappus spinulosus, g 
(W. Porter); July 26, at Verbesina encelioides, 2? (Ckil.) ; 
Aug. 3, at Helianthus annuus, 8 2 (W. Porter). 


Melissodes gilensis, Ckll. 


Las Vegas, July 20 and 22, at Cleome serrulata, 2 (W. 
Porter); July 24, at Sidalcea neomexicana, 2 (W. Porter), 


Melissodes grindelie, Ckll. 


Las Vegas Hot Springs, Aug. 10, at flowers of Senecio 
Douglasii and Hehanthus annuus, 6 g (W. Porter); Las 
Vegas, July 19, at Verbena Macdougali, 9 (W. Porter) ; 
July 22, at Cleome serrulata, 9 (W. Porter); July 22, at 
Lepachys columnaris aud L. tagetes, 9 (W. Porter); Aug. 5, 
at Verdesina encelioides, 3 (Ckil.). 


Melissodes pallidicincta, Ckll. 


The following records all relate to females :—Las Vegas, 
June 22 and 23, also 29, at Malvastrum dissectum (Ckll.) ; 
July 1, 2, and 5, at Srdulcea neomexicana (M. Holzman) ; 
July 3, at Trifolium repens (N. Stern); July 4 and 11, at 
Cleome serrulata (N. Stern, Ckll.); July 6, at Verbena 
Macdougali (Chil., M. Winters) ; July 6, at Spheralcea lobata 
(W. Porter); July 10 and 24, at <Asclepias verticillata 
(N. Stern, W. Porter); July 24, at an umbellifer (W. Porter) ; 
Aug. 1, at Lycium vulgare (W. Porter); Romeroville, Aug. 6 
(Porter & Ckli.). 


Melissodes tristis, Ckll. 


Las Vegas, July 20, at Cleome serrulata, 1 g. This is very 
probably the male of M. pallidicincta; but if so, it is curious 
that only one was caught, while the females abounded. 


Melissodes ruidosensis, Ckll. 


Beulah, July, 1 ¢ (W. Porter) ; Las Vegas, Aug. 2,1 ¢ 
(Porter & Ckil.). 


Xenoglossa pruinosa (Say). 

Las Vegas, July 13 and 15, at flowers of Cucurbita fotidis- 
sima (M. Winters, M. Holzman, W. H. Rishel); July 21, 
males asleep in flowers of Cucurbita fectidissima, at 7.45 P.M. 
(Ckil.) ; July 22, at flowers of <Asclepias speciosa, 1 9 
(W. Porter). 


Bees from New Mexico. 131 


Anthophora maculifrons, Cresson. 


The male abdomen ends in four spines. Las Vegas, July 
18, at Spheralcea lobata, 1 2 (W. Porter); July 19, at 
Lycium vulgare, 3 (W. Porter); Aug. 9 to 12, at Grindelia 
squarrosa, 5 3 (S.L. Mize & W. Porter); Aug. 9, at Verbena 
Macdougali, 4 3,2 2 (W. Porter). 


Anthophora (Amegilla) cardui, Ckll. 


Las Vegas, July 11, at Cleome serrulata, $ (Ckil.); Aug. 
11, at Petalostemon cligophyllus, 8 (W. Porter); Las Vegas 
Hot Springs, Aug. 10, at Verbena Macdougali, 3 (W. Porter). 


Anthophora (Amegilla) cleomis, Ckll. 


The ¢ abdomen ends in two blunt spines. Las Vegas, 
July 6, at Spheralcea lobata, 8 (W. Porter) ; July 9, at 
Sidalcea neomexicana, 8 (M. Holzman); July 19, at Lycium 
vulgare, 1 9,3 8 (W. Porter); July 20, at Verbena Mac- 
dougali, 8 (W. Porter) ; July 28, at Salvia lanceolata, g 
(W. Porter) ; Aug. 1, at Cleome serrulata, 9 (W. Porter) ; 
Rociada, Aug. 20, 2 (W. Porter). 


Anthophora (Amegiila) montana, Cresson. 
Las Vegas, July 8, at Lycium vulgare, 2? (W. Porter) ; 
July 10, at Cleome serrulata, 9 (M. Winters) ; July 14 and 
19, at Cleome serrulata, 2 (A. Garlick). 


Anthophora (Amegilla) urbana, var. alamosana (Ckll.). 

In the male the thoracic hair has no black intermixed, and 
the clypeus and lateral face-marks are white. Las Vegas, 
June 19, at alfalfa, ¢ (Chil.) ; July 8, at Lycium vulgare, 3 
(W. Porter). 

Clisoden terminalis (Cresson). 

Beulah, July (W. Porter); Aug. 18, at flowers of Pole- 
monium (W. Porter); Harvey’s Ranch, Aug. 22 ( W. Porter); 
Sapello Cation, Aug. 31 (W. Porter). A species of the 
Canadian zone. 


Apis mellifera, var. ligustica, Spinola. 
Las Vegas, July, at Cleome serrulata, alfalfa, &c. 
Numerous critical species, some of them evidently un- 
described, are left over for subsequent treatment. 


East Las Vegas, New Mexico, U.S.A., 
Nov, 2, 1900. 


132 Bibliographical Notices. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. 


Recent Foraminifera. A Descriptive Catalogue of Specimens dredged 
by the US. Fish Commission Steamer * Albatross’ By James M. 
Fruint, M.D., U.S.N., &c., Smithsonian Institution, U.S. National 
Museum. from the Report of the U.S. National Museum for 
1897, pp. 249-349, with 80 plates. S8vo. Washington: Govern- 
ment Printing Office, 1899. 


Tue author, who is the “ Honorary Curator, Division of Medicine, 
U.S. National Museum,” proves himself to be a genuine naturalist 
by his able treatment of these Foraminifera, their specific identifi- 
eation and the relative value of their varieties. For some years he 
has been collecting from the bottom material brought up by the 
‘ Albatross’ at about 225 stations, chiefly in the North Atlantic, 
with others from the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea, and a few 
from the Pacific. 

The abundance and excellence of the illustrations, which are 
wonderfully arranged with artistic neatness and scientific exactness, 
present an important feature in opening the volume. “ A uniform 
enlargement of about 15 diameters has been maintained in the 
figures .... useful to mark distinctly the relative size of the 
objects.” 

In the Museum the specimens are described as being mounted 
with an arrangement admirably suited for the convenience of 
microscopists and others. It is thus described at pages 251 and 
252 :— 

‘The exhibition series has been mounted expressly for public 
display. ‘he individuals of each species are attached in various 
attitudes to the bottom of the shallow cavity of a concave blackened 
disk of brass. For security each disk is provided with a removable 
fenestrated brass cap having a top of thin glass. These disks are 
arranged in concentric rows upon a large circular metal plate, 
which occupies the place of the stage of an ordinary microscope. 
The circular plate is given both a rotary and a too-and-fro move- 
ment by means of a friction-roller and a rack-and-pinion, so that all 
4he mounts may be successively brought under the microscope. The 
specimens thus arranged are enclosed in a box having a glass top, 
through which the objective of a microscope projects.” Each of the 
illnstrative plates contains from one to seven of these mounts very 
carefully photographed. 

The concise and yet satisfactory definitions of families, sub- 
families, genera, and 231 species (pages 258-264) are ably designed 
to assist the student in learning the history of these beautiful and 
truly interesting protozoans. 

The structure and development of these Microzoa are briefly 
described (pages 252-256), and at page 257 details are given of the 
methods of sorting and arranging the specimens and more especially 
of making and mounting sections of such as are required. 


Bibliographical Notices. 133 


- The author truly says that ‘the literature of the subject is very 
large,” and adds that ‘“ with Carpenter’s ‘ Introduction to the Study 
of Foraminifera,’ Brady’s ‘ Report on the Foraminifera collected by 
H.M.S. Challenger,’ and Sherborn’s ‘Index to the Genera and 
Species of Foraminifera’ [published by the Smithsonian Institution, 
1895-96], the student will be able to begin work in an_ intelligent 
manner and to find references to all that has been published on this 
subject up to the most recent date.” T. R. Jonzs. 


A Treatise on Zoology. Fdited by E. Ray Lanxesrer, M.A., F.R.S. 
Part IL. Porifera and Celentera. London: A. & C. Black, 19J0. 


Tun present volume (the second in order of the complete series), 
dealing with the Porifera and Celentera, is in all respects equal to 
that reviewed in these pages a short time since. 

The Editor contributes an Introduction on the coelomic system, 
wherein he contrasts the distinctions between the Proto- and 
Metazoa. This is a most important and valuable contribution. 
How much depends on aright understanding of the ccelom will be 
readily appreciated after a perusal of these pages. ‘ Coelom,” says 
Prof. Lankester, “‘ is not a term to be used for any and every body- 
cavity other than the gut (as some eminent writers seem to 
suppose), but definitely designates a morphological element of high 
importance.” 

For the terms Enteroccela and Coelomata, Prof. Lankester proposes 
to substitute Coelentera and Ceelomoceela. Possible objections to 
this proposition are anticipated and answered, and probably most 
will be induced to adopt his suggestion. 

The remarkable displacement of the cwlom by an irregularly dis- 
tended system of blood-spaces, ‘‘a heemoccel”’ (which, Prof. Lankester 
has elsewhere shown, takes place in the Arthropoda and Mollusca), 
is lucidly described in this Introduction. For the swelling of the 
peripheral portions of the hemal system Prof. Lankester suggests 
the term “phloebedesis.” The lacunar blood-holding spaces resulting 
from it form the ‘“ hemoccel.” 

This introductory chapter is compressed into some 37 pp. and 
may well be described as a kind of literary pemmican. It is the 
most lucid and succinct account that has yet appeared. 

Prof. Minchin deals with the Sponges; and this part may well be 
described, without exaggeration, as a masterly contribution, without 
an equal in any language. It will be invaluable as well to the 
student of other groups as to the specialist in the Porifera alone, 
With regard to the derivation of the Sponges, Prof. Minchin has 
definitely pronounced in favour of a Choanoflagellate ancestry. 

Dr. Fowler deals with the Hydrozoa. These he breaks up into 
two groups, Hydromedusz and Scyphomedusze. The last he regards 
as more nearly allied to the Anthozoa, and suggests the desirability 
of uniting these two under the class name Scyphozoa. The fresh- 
water Meduse and the Graptolithide are treated of as appendices 


134 Geological Society. 


to the Hydromeduse. A satisfactory classification of the Antho- 
and Leptomedusz is not, it is insisted, at present possible. 

The section on the Anthozoa has been written by Mr. G. C. 
Bourne ; and certainly no one else is better qualified for this task. 
His account of the Ctenophora is interesting. The supposed 
Planarian affinities of Ctenoplana and Coeloplana Mr. Bourne views 
with disfavour. Again, Mr. Bourne joins issue with Dr. Willey 
concerning the claim of the Ctenoplana and Cceloplana to be regarded 
as primitive forms. We have no evidence, Mr. Bourne contends, to 
show whether they are primitive or derived forms. 

The illustrations are numerous and well executed. A large number 
are original. Some of these are drawn by the authors themselves, 
Those by Prof. Minchin and Mr. Bourne are especially good. 
Many of those illustrating the external forms of sponges are by 
Mr. P. J. Bazand, and are really excellent. 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 


GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 


February 21st, 1900.—J. J. H. Teall, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair, 


The following communication was read :— 


‘Further Evidence of the Skeleton of Hurycarpus Owent.’ 
By Prof. H. G. Seeley, F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.G.8. 


The original specimen from which this species was named wag 
obtained from the Sneewberg (South Africa) in 1876, and after being 
doubtfully referred to Dicynodon was described and figured in 1889, 
It was presented to the British Museum by Mr. Thomas Bain, through 
Sir Henry Barkly. The skull was found with the complete spe- 
cimen, and a short memorandum of its characters, with a sketch of 
the skeleton, including the skull, was made by Mr. T. Bain and has 
been preserved in the British Museum. Half of the counterpart of 
the slab was presented to the Author by the Rev. C. Murray, and 
by means of it complete casts of part of the skeleton have been 
obtained. 

From Mr. Bain’s sketch the Author is able to give some account 
of the skull, including its dimensions. From the material men- 
tioned above, he gives new facts with regard to the vertebral 
column, the ribs, the shoulder-girdle, the fore-limb, the hind-limb, 
and the armour, which was present upon the limbs and the fore 


part of the body. 
The locality from which the animal was obtained had already 


Geological Society. 135 


yielded to Mr. A. G. Bain Lycosaurus pardialis, Tigrisuchus simus, 
Cynosuchus suppostus, Scalaposaurus constrictus, and Dicynodon leo- 
niceps. It would therefore appear to be one of the chief localities for 
the Lycosaurian types of Theriodontia and to be on the horizon of 
the Dieynodon-beds. The recovery of the missing half of the Murray 
slab, with the evidence of the skull and pelvis which it would give, 
is to be desired in completion of our knowledge of this fossil animal. 


March 2ist, 1900.—H. W. Monckton, Esq., F.L.S., 
Vice-President, in the Chair. 


The following communication was read :— 


‘On a Bird from the Stonesfield Slate.’ By Prof. H. G. Seeley, 
Ue ee ory sk sae 


During his residence at Oxford the late Earl of Enniskillen made 
a collection of Ornithosaurian bones from Stonesfield, which was 
acquired by the British Museum in 1866. Among these is one 
identified by the Author in 1899 as the right humerus of a bird 
about as large as a flamingo. The bone is complete, except for 
fracture through the proximal articulation, and the specimen is, on 
the whole, well preserved. The chief characters available for com- 
parison are the form of the shaft, the character of the proximal end, 
especially the ulnar tuberosity and the radial crest, and the form of 
the distal end. The character which first showed the fossil to be a 
bird was the ulnar tuberosity ; probably the flamingo approaches as 
closely as any living genus to the Stonesficld fossil in this feature. 
The radial crest shows affinities with those of the flamingo and the 
eider-duck. The impression left by the humero-cubital muscle on 
the external surface above the condyles is almost identical with 
that seen in the flamingo. ‘The varied affinities of this large 
Carinate bird appear to lie midway between the ducks and geese on 
the one side, and the herons and flamingos on the other. It may 
be placed in a new family; but its characters are in all respects 
such as might have occurred in an existing bird. There is no 
indication of affinity to the Archwopteryw, or that the bird diverged 
in any way from modern types.’ 


April 25th, 1900.—J. J. H. Teall, Esq, M.A., F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communication was read :— 


‘On a complete Skeleton of an Anomodont Reptile from the 
Bunter Sandstone of Reichen, near Basel, giving new Evidence of 
the Relation of the Anomodontia to the Monotremata.’ By Prof. H, 
G. Seeley, F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.G.8. 

This skeleton was originally described by Wiedersheim under the 
name of Labyrinthodon Ritimeyeri in 1878. The bones are now 
differently interpreted : 


136 Geological Society. 


The reputed humerus is the interclavicle. 
scapula is the humerus. 


19 9 

3 35 supra-scapula is the left coracoid (fig. 2). 

af 5 55 » » right scapula (fig. 1). 

y i. right and left elavicles are the ribs, 

p ts right and left coracoids are the pre-coracoid and 


coraco.d of the right side. 


Five digits are identified in place of four in 1878. These osteo- 
logical identifications are inconsistent with reference of the type to 
the Labyrinthodontia, and it is accordingly described as a new genus, 
which is placed in association with Procolophon as a separate family 
in the tribe Procolophcnia. 

The Author discusses various views which have been expressed 
with regard to the position of the Labyrinthodonts. He has already 
separated these animals from the Amphibia and combined them with 
the Ichthyosauria in a group of reptiles named Cordylomorpha, and 
he enumerates a series of characters which constitute so close a link 
between the two types ‘that it is not possible, in the absence of 
evidence, to conceive of their being referred to different classes of 
animals.’ 

‘But if the order Labyrinthodontia is transferred to the Reptilia, 
it is then manifest that by including such genera as Branchiosaurus 
and Archegosaurus, in which gill-arches are found, it introduces into 
the Reptilia a character hitherto unknown,and commonly regarded as 
Amphibian. ... If the osteology of an ordinal type is Reptilian, it 
cannot be placed in the Amphibia, because two or three genera, or 
the whole group preserve gill-arches. ... The Labyrinthodontia may 
or may not be a homogeneous subclass or order, though the cireum- 
stance that many writers have separated its groups on different 
principles, and into a varying number of orders, is some evidence 
that it includes a wide range in character....In no part of the 
skeleton is there a close correspondence between living Amphibia, 
which are probably unknown before the Tertiary period, and the 
extinct Labyrinthodontia, which are only known with certainty in 
the Carboniferous, Permian, and Triassic periods of time.’ 

‘Tf the sub-orders of Labyrinthodoatia are sub-orders of Reptilia 
and not of Amphibia, the transition which Parecasaurus exhibits 
from Labyrinthodonts to Mammals ceases to be an anomaly.’ 

‘The close resemblance of form of the bones in the several parts 
of the skeleton now described with Monotremata and Anomodontia 
makes the border-line between Reptiles and Mammals more difficult 
to define.’ 

The fossil is identified as an Anomodont reptile, chiefly on the 
pasis of resemblance to Procolophon and Pareiasaurus. It is shown 
not to be a mammal by the large parietal foramen, the composite 
structure of the lower jaw, and the presence of the prefrontal bone. 
Tt differs from known Anomodonts in making a somewhat closer 
approximation to Monotreme mammals than has hitherto been 
evident, and this correspondence extends to successive segments of 
both the fore- and hind-limbs. 


Jliscellaneous. 137 


The teeth are in sockets placed obliquely, with conical crowns 
compressed to sharp lateral margins, and curved inward. The 
proportions of the vertebral column are those of Hchidna, though 
the transverse processes are longer, as in Pareiasaurus. The ribs 
are like those of a Monotreme, though the sacral ribs are longer. 
The shoulder-girdle resembles that of Procolophon, and differs from 
typical Anomodonts in the constituent bones being unanchylosed, 
and in the precoracoid having a large anterior extension in advance 
of the scapula. The sternum appears to have been unossified, as in 
Crocodilia. The humerus is widely expanded at both extremities 
and twisted, but does not show the peculiar lateral curvature seen 
in Monotremes. The ulna gives no evidence of an olecranon- 
process; it is larger than the radius, and appears to articulate with 
the humerus. The pelvic bones are without acetabular or obturator- 
perforations, are not anchylosed together, and the ilium is not 
expanded transversely, The hind-limb is no larger than the fore- 
limb. The femur is more slender than the similar bone in Hehidna. 
The fibula is prolonged proximally beyond the stout tibia, round 
which it may rotate. The proximal row of the tarsus is one large 
bone, formed of the blended astragalus and os calcis. 

In conclusion, the Author argues that the points of structure are 
so few in which Monotreme mammals make a closer approximation 
to the higher mammals than is seen in this fossil and other Anomo- 
dontia, that the Monotreme resemblances to fossil reptiles become 
increased in importance. He believes that a group Theropsida 
might be made to include Monotremata and Anomodontia, the 
principal differences (other than those of the skull) being that 
Monotremes preserve the marsupial bones and the atlas vertebra. 
Ornithorhynchus shows pre-frontal and post-frontal bones, and has 
the malar arch formed as in Anomodonts and some other reptiles. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


The Dates of Esper’s ‘ Schmetterlinge. By C. Davies SHERBORN, 
F.Z.8. &c., and B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S. &e. 


Tur following incomplete notes (pp. 138-140) on the dates of 
E. J. C. Esper’s ‘ Die europaischen Schmetterlinge in Abbildungen ’ 
&ce., collected over several years, may be useful to students until further 
information be forthcoming. We have to thank Mr. L. B. Prout for 
some valuable memoranda, the references “A. V.” (=Allgemeines 
Verzeichniss derer Bucher, &c.: Leipzig, Weidmann) coming from his 
manuscripts. ‘“*G. A.” signifies “ Géttingische gelehrte Anzeigen.” 
The dates in square brackets are doubtful and are those used by 
Mr. Sherborn in his ‘ Index Animalium.’ 


The dates of Esper’s ‘ Die auslindischen (aussereurop.) Schmet- 
terlinge’ have been published by Prof. Aurivillius in K. Vet.-Ak. 
Handl. xix. (5) 1882, p. 182. We think the date of the last three 
parts (14-16, pp. 205-254) will be found to be 1798. The 1801 
titlepage belongs to the so-called second edition, 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 10 


scellaneous. 


a 


M 


138 


‘e-2G9 “dd ‘ZesT “VD 


"S09 “4 ‘1811 “42180 “A 'V 


‘g-Fee “dd ‘gg1T “VD 


"L-¢26 “dd ‘9841 “¥ “D 


"P8L 4 “F8LT “VD 
‘G-19¢ ‘dd ‘egy “¥ “OD 


68 “4 ‘TEzT “12980 “A “V 628 “4d “FRLT “VD 
"Gd ‘TBAT VE 


ee ai 


‘ZG9-R19 “Ad ‘2217 WO 


a Ns SS 


Ec] ‘d ‘OLLT ‘assomijporyor “A “y psounouuy 


SI-FEL 
S811 EE1-GEL 


TcI-Fol 


€0T-86 

L8L1 16 —6 
- 16 -98 
- G8 -08 

‘CHUL JO 


O9L-GFT 
| FPI-661 
| SaI-81t 
{ GI1-26 
| 96 -SL 
ZL -99 
£9 -6F 
Sr -€8 
Ceaht 
91 -I 


By) Joos ‘gg ‘Td paw vt “Uy, 


JO dg JoyS pure ETT Td qILM) YGE-CFE 


rs 6L -FL FFE-66E 
i €L -89 8ce-SIE 
= LQ -Z9 G1E-68G 
GSLl 19 —9e SRG-SLzZ 
oe cg —0e GLO-1¥G 
1 GP -tt OFZ-60G 
if GP -SE 80Z-E81 
GLI LG =46 F81L-LET 
FSI If Fo 961-CO1 
a Coe eT FOIL-68 
E841 PE iteo] 88 -L¢ 
: Ghick 9g -¢ 
G8LT ei c& -T 
IgL1 961-COT 
O8L1 #6 -61 FOI-I8 
e RI -eT 08 - 
GLLI (Al Rca = 
SLLL Or A= i = 
6LLT OG -6F 888-106 
LLLI SP -&F 91Z-10G 
S8L1 ‘83 WH WIM 00Z-E61 “dd=aqg yeoqs 
“ Gale [Z61-]691 
‘ 9¢ -I¢ 891 -CFI 
* 0° = PrI-LIT 
. $6 -61 x 9TI-GOL 
ia ST =ST FOT-&L 
. Glo=s Lt G3 
LLL 9 -] ‘std oF -ge-T ‘dd 


486 
+16 
+96 

Ce 

FS 
&& 
G& 
1& 
Of 


6c PH ‘1 PA AT AL 


SG 
LG 
9G 
6 
FG 
&G 
GG 
1G 
0G 
61 
8I 
LT 
9T 


CT WH 


tI 
&I 
Gl 
IT 


OT PH 


6 
8 


ma Oo Hi) ce be 


WH 


‘TIT “4h 
Tl “WW 
Lt Pat 


39 


] 


Miscellaneous. 


JO OF [A ayworpur pue “QOSI-LLLT SB yom 04} Jo soyep on} oAIs (9z ‘d 


'6CT “d ‘9081 19980 “AV 
‘woddetm [BUISIIO YIM °Q “8 “TOF ‘SNL “Jug 90g 
"L81 “d ‘ZOST “ta980 STeT “d 
‘OORT “1980 “A “V ‘G6LT 0} saojoa tadsoy OLT “d ug 
‘GIF “dt FORT “HZ 
‘mM “StIV S9eT “d ‘G6LT “10980 “A “VW ‘ qoett00 
e1B soinjeusis ey} ynq ‘payjimo oae QPF[-EzT “dg 


‘ 


“G86 “4 ‘C6LT “PU 
‘Ost ‘d ‘GET “t980 “A ‘WV ‘ecg ‘d ‘S6LT ‘V ‘D 
« SOLVE Ue4sEGLT sesolp ” 98 ‘d 


‘yaed @ Jo pue syueut FY 

‘qaud ev yo pus syrem | “96 T poystiqnd 

pue ceLT uaa Aquqoig ‘cg ‘d oes pur {ez ‘d 
pus .‘eiqve UsaiIPFE)T UoMaYyIMesqe wep UT,, OZ ‘d 
"T “uyosqy ‘Z ‘Pa “Ar UL Jo OGG ‘d eacyoq yno 9 “g 
‘I61 ‘d ‘CORT *191SQ Sak “Vi 
‘oSh “d ‘FO8T POU “AV 
"POL “d “FORT “19980 “AV 
‘ete 4 ‘G6LT “WOM “AY 


OgT “d ‘S6LT 10180 “AV 
"ecg “d ‘9611 “¥ “OD 


‘1-099 “dd ‘2611 “WD 


| 
l 
{ 
{ 
| 
4 
| 
( 


WY Ua LuOUg “GE T—,uepngy pur zaouuidg (G[Z Jo yuo) egg “azewayMgog 
(Lp JO Jno) OF ‘peavadde pey soqefd qyomyossey, (EZ] Jo no) STI [OORT] Fp 34} 4e OyeIs Ose AoNT, 


*yno 4svj oyy sv -yeydaouuedg , ayy 


“T “JOoSUIZSLO] “TPVIOS "SangBT) Saoquesieyog puy utaysyoog ,, § 


996 “4 ‘S6LT “PH A “VS 0g “d ‘uepeuuy “oog ‘radeqy ‘egy T sempevqoryy tf 
‘sayuyd jo saoquinu Ayddns pur soyep asoyy yyIM 0015e ‘TG-GQL] “JEN “JUUMesed “[qig ‘ney pure Siqiy 4 


‘OGL 49 GIT ed x 


9081 912-GGS 
GOST OF -IF FEG-16G 
§ 0081 OF -98 022-61 
( 96I- 
6641 | 2GL1-6C1 
8z1-COT 
[e621] 0G -L1 FOI-68 
CBLT he Vell 88 —cg 
G6LI OL -¢ b9 -IF 
F6LI yaar OF -1 
98 —e@G 
rg -1¢ 
[9621] 9f -L1 
Olea 
COST 
F081 
POST 
66LT 
S611 
S6L1 
96L1 98I-F8I OZb-ELE 
te6L1 S8I-SL1 ZLE-EEE 
iy OF € El ¥ LLI-S9L GG8-1Zs 
I6LT VY LIT ¥ L91-9¢1 0ZE-60G 
“  @GOl ¥ 166 ¥ SSI-cel 80z-S6I 
O6LT [GT-9FT Z6I-LLI 
6811 CHI-OFT 9LI-T191 


— 


mA HN Or lores) 


4J°H “A ‘UL 


% “Uqesqy ‘% ‘PA “AL “GL 
FG 
&G 
GE 

1g 


0¢ 
pee "T ‘uyosqy 

SF WH ‘% PA AI GL 
(i 

OF 
lL oF 
tr 
CF 
SP 
IP 
OF 
16¢@ 


aye 


Miscellaneous. 


140 


* 


i ‘e 


[aoryuedaryg fq st qorqa “ug, ¢—p ‘pddng Jo Qp-7 ‘dd puv uoyonpoujur jo ‘dd uxx anqd ‘T “po Wyrs Teouopt st Z ‘ps] 


ake, 
‘ 


srorscedaugy *A q, Ag 


‘ueSeyT { uuvurpsany ‘207 poqetduiog 

26,1 seyonb 16 ‘dq 
‘pgg ‘d ‘86LT “¥ “D 
‘ecg ‘d ‘Z6L1 °V DO 


‘ussepT S uuvUpesug ‘QQgT peyojduog 
 8Gee JOLT usuetormesqe wmt,, Ze ‘d uo 
Pag “d ‘S611 “V “OD 

‘egg “d “Z6LT “VD 


‘uesey { uueupesug, ‘cQgT peqepduog 
: SaLYBP U94SGGLT Sesorp 
B1IULUOS TAUEYOTMesqv Map ul,, prat am “Q UG 


“fog “d's6Lt Vv “9 { 
"ecg ‘d ‘Z6LT “VD 
“pase “A ‘geht “VD 


‘eee"d “FELT V “9 { 
(Yaom ure Jo FT FOE OF 9X09 TAA) | 


"poe “d “BQL1 VD 
ecg “d ‘F811 “VD 
G6G “d ‘eghT pu eat “neat ¥ 
900 “A ‘TSLT “GO “AV ‘¢p ‘duo pojonb ogyT 
‘By ‘d ‘TarT “10989 “A “VY ‘6d uo pajonb QgsT 


OSI 
[cost] 


[9081] 
[1641] 
GLI 
68L1 


[cost] 


[6621] 
[1641] 
EG6LT 
EGLT 
68L1 


98LT 
6841 
GB84T 


9841 


E8LT 
ZBLI 
ISL 
ISLI 
Lost] 
[OgLT| 


06-98 


[ 
OP-8E 
LE 


ag WS ; 
8h-4G ee ie, 
FG-LT 
91-6 
Shes 
MONT, FS ‘ST sunzyswog pea g ‘pueg ‘[ddng 
FOI-66 
¥6 —G9 
$9. -LE 
[}x0} ou] 
9€ -T I eH 
:qjeutrpsjyouN ‘uyosqy @ ‘pueg ‘[ddng. 
GG -IF 
OF —L1 
9I -gG a7 
Vash G WeH 


VOT~GOT 
[O1-¢6 
£6 


96 
US —GE 
Is —96 


Z8 -18 
08 -GL 
FL -69 
89 -E9 ‘sid 


:"qjeulyospueqy ‘“uyosqy Z ‘pug -|ddug 
OGI-GOT 


FOL-68 
88 -19 
[ 4x0} ou| c 
09 -6 G 
i I WOH 


:"qjomyassug, “uyosqy T ‘pug yuearerddug 

FEG—-66G 

86G-E16 (suvd) 2 

G1G-L61 9 
: USSUTLAoWoULospuaq y Jep SuNzZ4994.10,7 

O6T-¢81 


F8I-L¢I 

SGI-IFI (sand) J. 

OFI-CSI G 

PSL-101 P 

001-69 ¢ 
2 a 

89 erg 


S WASUIpPLo{JoMpossvy aap sanz yo84.10 7 


WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. 


“The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. 
Monthly. 2s. 6d. 
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d. 
. The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. 1s. 
Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. Gd. 
Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s. 
Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. II. 15s. 
Baird’s (Major) Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. bd, 
Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. ls. 
Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. ls. 
Chimmo’s (Capt.) Natural Fiistory of Euplectella aspergillum. 4s. 
Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s. 
Davis's (J. B.) Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s. 
Denning’s Telescopic Work for Star light Evenings. 14s. 
Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d. 
English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d. 
Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and 
Surgeons. 6d. 
Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d. 
Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. lis. 
Fauna of British india. Edited by W. T. BLanrorp, F.R.S, 
Mammalia. 20s. Fishes. 2 vols. 20s. each. 
Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vols. IL, IIL, and IV. 15s. each. 
Reptilia and Batrachia. 2Us. 
Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each. 
Hymenoptera. Vol.I. Waspsand Bees. 20s. 
Geological ecord. 1874-1884. 8vols. 20s. nett. 
Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, 1s. 6d. 
Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d. 
Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each. 
Hopkins’s (B.) Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8vo. Cloth, és, 
' Ditto. Tilustrated introduction to. 8vo. Cloth. 4s. 
' Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. 1. 20s. Vol. II. 12s. 
Kennedy, C. & few Chapters in Astronomy. 3s. 6d. 
Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. Gu. 
Lewis's ( G. ) Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s, 6d. 
London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. Gd. nett. 
M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s. 
Merington’s French Primer, 2s. 6d. English Primer, Is. 
Merington’s French Pronunciation. 2s. 6d. 
Merington’s Latin First Course, with Key. 33s. 6d. 
Pascoe’s Classes, Orders, &c. of the Animal Kingdom. 3s. 6d. 
Pascoe’s List of British Vertebrate Animals. 4s. 
Pascoe’s Student’s List of British Coleoptera. 4s. 6d. 
Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s. 
Physical Proceedings and Abstracts. Monthly. 2s. 6d. 
_ Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s., 
Be Partll7s,"6d;, Part IIT. 6s. 
_Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s. 
Royal College of Surgeons Calendar. ls, 
_ Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate 
: Animalsin Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s. 
Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. 
® Appendices 5, 6,7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive 
"" Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s. each, 
_ Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental 
% f Surgery. 6d. 
Sharp’s (Dr. D.) Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. 6d. 
‘Taylor's Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s. 
‘Thomson's (Sir W,) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea. 
en 10s. 6d, Forms for ditto. etn ls, Sraks, ls. 
Yn Vv. Coll, London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1 
Be) to 3, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s, Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d. 
Univ. Coll, Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. Gd. 
Vi 7 t,eatstone’s (Sir C.) Scientific Papers. lds. 
‘Weolaston’s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 3s. 6d. 


RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E.C. 


CONTENTS OF NUMBER 87.—Seventh Series. 


Page 
I. Diagnoses of new Fishes discovered by Mr. J. E. S. Moore in 
Lakes Tanganyika and Kivu. By G. A. Bourmnesrr, F.R.S. ...... 1 
Ii. Rhynchotal Notes.—VIII. Heteroptera: Fam. Coreide. By 
Wi dag Dmemar tees, 5.000 os aS piace eee MOS Cagle Sooo nN ee 2 ann age 6 
III. An Account of a Collection of Butterflies made by the Rev. - 
K, St. Aubyn Rogers between Mombasa and the Forests of Taveta. 
By Arraur G. Burzer, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Senior Assistant- 
Keeper, Zoological Department, British Museum (Nat. Hist.)...... 22 
IV. A Contribution to the History of Plagyodus (Steller). By 
SO3 AC | GaN BU ay Ses ee at ei) eS cas 35 
VY. Notes on Bats of the Genus Nyctinomus found in Africa, &e. 
OY Wa. pom WVEOR ce CeO Oey cee ie Seca tcl Ea ata ea? 36 
VI. On an undescribed Species of Hedgehog from Southern Arabia. 
By Dr. Joan Anperson, F.R.S., and W. E. pp Winton .......... 42 


VII. On a new Species of Bat from the Soudan. By W. E. pe 
DWV ENERO int SO hah teae ia ln gd SAR eae na RE OR EN Nea 45 
VIII. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station — 


1X. On certain Genera of Bees. By T. D. A. and Wrimarre P, 
CocKERELL 46. 


LX. A Revision of the Genera of the Arsnex or Spiders with 
reference to their Type Species. By F. O. Pickarp Campriver, B.A. 51 
X. On the Anatomy of certain Agnathous Pulmonate Mollusks. 
By Watrer E. Cottines, F.Z.S., Lecturer on Zoology and Comparative 


Anatomy in the University of Birmingham. (Plates I. & IL.) .... 65 
XJ. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera. By Hereerr 

Dinara. Wels. 8. oe. ee CE otk Gee AO Ea Lier ny Cun IR ars aba 74 
XII. Descriptions of Four new African Freshwater Fishes. By 

Gra POULENGER Bebe ont pasts veneer Anti a" ya OM Kino 2 80 


XIII. On the Identity of Polytrema planum of Carter with 
P, minaceum var. inwolva. By Frevertcx Cuapman, A.L.S., F.R.M.S. 82 
XIV. Remarks upon the Genus Rhysodes, with Descriptions of 


some new Oriental Species. By Ginperr J. ARRoW.............- 83 
XY. Notes on Diptera from South Africa. By Miss Gerrrupe 
i UCN Res OO ee A lary ap ea inka rein SR SN. CIE UL ae tena Ne 89 


XVI. Descriptions of Brazilian Coccide. By Apotex Hempet, 
5. Paulo, Brazil 
XVII. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.— 
X. Observations on Bees collected at Las Vegas, New Mexico, and 
in the adjacent Mountains. II. By T. D. A. Cockuretn ........ 125. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. 
tecent Foraminifera. A Descriptive Catalogue of Specimens dredged 


by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer ‘ Albatross.’ By Jams 


M. Frit, M.D., U.S.N., &., Smithsonian Institution, U.S. 
National Museum 


sib alohnctc bw go 02 Dy than ae Oa Ato RS HMReA teste yen! 1 

A Treatise on Zoology. Hdited by E. Ray Lanxxsrer, M.A., F.R.S. 
Part 11; Poritens:dand)Coslentera i, 6). 04.60 cesar Rept 133 

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 
Geological Society ........... Share ie glWet eN SPC UN US pe a ia ae 134, 135. 
MISCELLANEOUS. 

The Dates of Esper’s ‘Schmetterlinge.” By C. Davis Saursorn, 

¥.2.8. &., and B. B. Woopwaxp, F.US: &¢..0 5 0o6 5.05400 ee es 137 


*,* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed ; 
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, 
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. 


WITH TWO PLATES. 


x 


SEVENTH SERIES. No. 38. 
— Sale 
THE ANNALS 


_ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


INCLUDING 
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY. 


Sec eey No. XXXVI. 


FEB. 1901. 


CONDUCTED BY | 
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., 
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.5., 

AND 


WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S. 


BEING A CONTINUATION OF TIE “‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH 
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘*MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,” 


WITH ONE PLATE. 
Illustrative of Mr. F. Chapman’s Paper on Fossils from Mulde, Gotland. 


LONDON: ] 
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEE! STREET, 


Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére, 
| Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, 
Berlin. 


THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, 


INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. 
Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council. 


Edited by W. T. Branrorp. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx,1- 617, and 199 woodcuts. Price £1, 


MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete. 
' By W. T. BLANFORD, F.RS. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 870; vith numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each. 


me -FISHES.—2 Vols. 
By FRANCIS DAY, C.1.E., LL.D., &e. 


Bound is Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. 
BIRDS.—Vol. I., £1: Vol. II., 15s. 
By E. W. OATES, F.Z.8. 


VOLS. ITI. and IV., 15s. each. 
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. 


Bourd in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1, 


REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. Complete. 
' ». By G. A. BOULENGER. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettared, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each. 
_MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. 
a Oe G. F. HAMPSON, Barr. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with four coloured plates and 
“- - numerous woodcuts. Price £1. 


HYMENOPTERA. —Vol. I. Wasps and Bees. 
By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.ZS. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodeuts. Price 10s. 


ARACHNIDA— —1 Vol. Complete. 
By R. I. POCOCK. 
TAYLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 


Second edition, Vol. 1: Royal 8vo, price 12s. net. 


CATALOGUE 
OF THE 


PHYSIOLOGICAL a OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY 


IN THE 
MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. 
By Pror. C. STEWART, LL.D., F.R.S. &e. 
Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 


THE ANNALS 
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 
[SEVENTH SERIES.] 

No. 88. FEBRUARY 1901. 


XVIII.—On some Fossils of Wenlock Age from Mulde, near 
Klinteberg, Gotland. By FRepeRtcK CHapMan, A.L.S., 


SMS; with Notes by Prof. T. Rurert JONES and 


Dr. F. A. BATHER. 
{Plate III.} 


Some few years ago Mr. F. A. Bather, D.Sc., F.G.S., 
favoured me with a sample of richly fossiliferous clay collected 
at Mulde brick-works in the island of Gotland; and since it 
yielded a large number of Ostracoda and other minute fossils, 
some of them new, the following notes have been written on 
them. The sample did not happen to contain any of the 
larger species (Brachiopods, Trilobites, &c.) well known from 
this locality. 

Prof. Gustaf Lindstrém has already described a large 
number of fossils from Gotland, and has published a complete 
list of them (1050 spp.) so far as then known *, 

The Ostracoda of Gotland have been specially dealt with 


* ‘A List of the Fossils of the Upper Silurian Formation of Gotland,’ 
Stockholm, 1885. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. Ue 


142 Mr. F. Chapman on some 


by L. Kolmodin *, Prof. '[. Rupert Jones f, and J. Kiesow f, 
whilst A. Krause has described many forms from a similar 
fauna in the Silurian Drift of N. Germany §. 

Nevertheless the material we possess appears to come from 
an unworked locality, and the Ostracoda and some other 
groups of fossils afford many special points of interest. 

The clay obtained from Mulde is on the horizon of bed ¢ of 
Lindstiém ||, and the fauna agrees with that author’s area 
no. 8, “das centrale Gebiet” J. It agrees with Lind- 
stiém’s statement that it is comparable in age with the 
Wenlock Shale of this country; it is also partly homotaxial 
with the Niagara group of North America, 

The most abundant fossils are the Ostracoda, Polyzoa, 
Brachiopoda, and Pteropoda (Yentaculites). Besides these 
there are specimens representing two genera of Foraminifera, 
some tubicolar Annelids, and a few fragments of Crinoids 
and Trilobites. The matrix is a soft pale bluish clay, which 
is as easily washed down as a Tertiary clay, and the fossils 
contained in it are excellently preserved. 


PROTOZOA. 
Clas RHIZOPODA. 
Order FORAMINIFERA. 
Family Astrorhizide. 
Subfamily Raappauurnive. 
HYPERAMMINA, Brady [1878]. 
Hyperammina ramosisstma, sp.n. (PI. IIT. fig. 1.) 


Test adherent, white, finely arenaceous ; consisting of a 
flattened tube, with widely divergent branches, obscurely 


* «Bidrag till kainnedomen om Sverges Siluriska Ostracoder’ (Upsala, 
1869); also, ‘ Oversigt Kongl. Vetensk.-Ak. Férhandlingar,’ 1879, no. 9, 
pp. 183-159, pl. xix. 

tT ‘Notes on some Silurian Ostracoda from Gothland’ (Stockholm 
1887); also “ On some Silurian Ostracoda from Gothland,” Ann. & Mac. 
Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. 1888, pp. 395-411, pls. xxi., xxii. ‘i 

t “ Ueber Gotlandische Beyrichien,” Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. 
vol. xl. (1888) pp. 1-16, pls. i., i. 

§ Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. vol. xliii. (1891) pp. 488-521 
vol. xliv. (1892) pp. 883-399. : 

| ‘* Ueber die Schichtenfolee des Silur anf der Insel Gotland,” Neues 
Jahrb. 1888, vol. i. pp. 147-164. 

{| Op. cit. pp. 154-156. 


Fossils from Mulde, Gotland. 143 


segmented in a few places. Apertures at the terminations of 
the branches. Greatest length 2°66 millim.; average width 
of tube *23 millim. 

This species is somewhat like Sagenina frondescens 
(Brady) in habit of growth, but it has a smoother tube and is 
without the smoothly finished apertures at the ends of the 
branches ; the latter also are more outspread. 

Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Attached to the interior of a 
Brachiopod shell. 

Family Lituolida. 
Subfamily Ewporuyrervz. 
SracHeiA, Brady [1876]. 
Stacheia amplexa (Vine). 
Psammosiphon amplexus, Vine, 1882, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 
vol. xxxviii. p. 391, pl. xv. tig. 8. 
Stacheia amplexa (Vine), Chapman, 1895, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 6, vol. xvi. p. 323, pl. xil. figs. 6, 7. 

Reference has already been made to the discovery of 
S. amplexa in the Silurian clay of Gotland in my paper on 
the Rhetic Foraminifera of Wedmore*. ‘The Gotland 
specimens are of a pale grey colour, but in all other respects 
are like the Carboniferous and Rheetic specimens. 

Silurian ; Mulde, Gotland. Common. 


Stacheia stomatifera, sp. n. (PI. IIT. fig. 2.) 


Test calcareo-arenaceous ; normally attached or resting on 
one surface, somewhat depressed and lobulated. Apertures 
slit-like and salient, on the superior face only. Longest 


diameter of specimen found 5 millim. 
Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. 


C@LENTERATA, 
Class ACTINOZOA. 
Order ZOANTHARIA. 
Syrincopora, Goldfuss [1829]. 


Syringopora serpens (Linné). [Young specimens. 
(BITE fie. 3:) 
Tubipora serpens, Linné, 1767, Syst. Nat. 12th ed. p. 1271. 
Syringopora serpens (L.), Edwards & Haime, 1854, Mon. Brit. Hoss, 
Corals, pt. v., Pal. Soc. p. 275, pl. Ixv. figs. 2, 2a. 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol, xvi. (18990) p. 324. 
Lis 


144 Mr. F. Chapman on some 


The specimens from Gotland are small detached corallites 
of the early stages of Syringopora. They are remarkably 
like Aulopora and Cladochonus in general appearance; and 
this bears out Messrs. Edwards and Haime’s statement that 
“ young specimens of this coral equally resemble Aulopora.” 
It has previously been recorded from Dudley and Benthall 
Edge in Britain and from Gotland. 

Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Common. 


ECHINODERMATA. 
Sub-branch PELMATOZOA. 
Clas CRINOIDEA. 


[Some fragments of Crinoids were found in the washings of 
the Mulde clay, and Mr. Bather has been good enough to 
write the following note upon them.] 


Entrochus, gen. et sp. indet. 


A Crinoid stem-fragment of five columnals (PI. IIT. fig. 5), 
total length 5:5 millim., width 1°5 millim. ; each with slightly 
concave sides, marked, however, with faint pustules, tending 
to concresce into a ridge at half the height of each columnal. 
Lumen small and apparently circular. Facet (fig. 6) with 
about twenty-eight radiating ridges, not very marked or 
regular and not reaching the margin, so that the suture is not 
crenulate. 


Trochite, gen. et sp. indet. 


A series of six columnals of delicate and beautiful appear- 
ance. ‘The body of each is pentagonal in section, about 
-8 millim. wide, with small pentagonal lumen, the angles of 
which alternate with those of the columnal. The facet (tig. 9) 
shows five marked grooves (or the ridges that engage in those 
grooves, as the case may be, fig. 8) which pass from the 
angles of the lumen to the sides of the facet, which they 
bisect, and to a slight extent render the periphery quinque- 
lobate, reminding one of a ‘Tudor rose. The body of the 
columnal bears at half its height a thin flange, circular or 
slightly angular in outline, the angles in the latter case 
corresponding to those of the body of the columnal; total 
width 1°75 millim,; breadth of flange °5 millim. A similar 
flange is seen in certain Devonian columnals usually assigned 
to Khodocrinus, but on what evidence I know not. ‘ 


Fossils from Mulde, Gotland. 145 


Trochite, gen. et sp. indet. 


Four columnals rather higher, apparently with circular 
body, circular flange, and pentagonal lumen. The facet is in 
one specimen (fig. 7) divided into a depressed central area and 
an elevated outer area, the latter divided into about twelve 
rounded portions (knobs almost) by grooves radiating from 
the central area. In this, and in all the rest to a less extent, 
the flange is seen to be composed of concresced tubercles. 
Total width of this is about 1:2 millim. 

Compare flanges of Gissocrinus verrucosus, Bather (Crin. 
Gotland, Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. vol. xxv. no. 2, pl. x. 
figs. 371, 372, 375) ; but the facet is not similar. 

fh AD. 


ANNULOSA. 
Clas ANNELIDA. 
Order POLYCH AXTA (Tusicona). 
CoRNULITES, Schlotheim [1820]. 


Cornulites scalariformis, Vine. 
Cornulites scalariformis, Vine, 1882, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 
vol. xxviii. p. 379, pl. xv. figs. 1, 9, & 10. 
Our specimens are characteristic in general form, but 
dwarfed, being only half the size of the specimens found in 


the Wenlock Shales by Vine. 
Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Rare. 


ConcHIcoLiTEs, Nicholson [1872]. 


Conchicolites Nicholsonii, Vine. 
Conchicolites Nicholsonit, Vine, 1882, Quart, Journ. Geol. Soc. 
vol. xxxviil. p. 381, pl. xv. fig. 2. 

This species was originally described from the Wenlock 
Shales of this country, and Vine also found it in material 
from Gotland. . | 

Our specimen is probably a young tube, since it measures 
only } inch (37125 millim.) in length, 

Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. 


Conchicolites tuberculifera, sp. nu. (Pl. ILL. fig. 4.) 


Tube calcareous, tapering, slightly curved; averaging 
3 millim. in length, diameter of mouth about £ millim. 


146 Mr. F. Chapman on some 


Annulations numerous, about six to 1 millim.; they are 
somewhat irregular and have their edges broken up into 
numerous closely-set tubercles. 


Silurian ; Mulde, Gotland. 


OrtontA, Nicholson [1872]. 


Ortonia pseudopunctata, Vine. 


Ortonia conica, Nicholson, var. pseudopunctata, Vine, 1882, Quart. 
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxviii. p. 588, pl. xv. fig. 3. 

Tube regularly conical, attenuate, flexuose, adherent by one 
side; with numerous annulations. ‘he Gotland specimens 
measure 2 millim. in length. The present species seems to 
have intermediate characters between Ortonia minor, Nichol- 
son, and Ortonta conica, Nicholson. 

The specimens are adherent to Brachiopod shells. One 
example has a calcareous layer extending round the distal 
end of the tube. 

Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Rare. 


ARTHROPODA. 
Clas ENTOMOSTRACA. 
Order OSTRACODA. 


The natural relationships of many of the genera of Paleozoic 
Ostracoda are more or less obscure. ‘The following table of 
the grouping, which has been kindly drawn up by our best 
authority on the subject, Prof. ‘T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., 
to whom I am indebted for many helpful suggestions in 
writing this section of the paper, will be of the greatest use 
to students of the fossil forms of Ostracoda. 

The genera Thlipsura and A’chmina and also Primitiopsis 
are placed apart and after the family of the Cytheridee and 
before the Cypridide. Regarding the two former genera, 
Prot. Jones remarks :—‘‘ Their alliance is not yet clear, and 
they are in many respects peculiar.” He also says regarding 
Primitiopsis :— Related to the Cytheridez through the fossil 


Cytheridea, and to the Cypridide through the recent Chlamy- 
dotheca.”’ 


Fossils trom Mulde, Gotland. 147 


OSTRACODA 
{limited to genera mentioned in this paper]. 
Family Leperditiide, Jones. 
Subfamily APARCHITINA, nov. 
1. Primitia, Jones & Holl, 1855. 


Subfamily BEyRICHIINZ, nov. 
Kledenia, Jones & Holl, 1886. 
. Bollia, Jones & Holl, 1886. 
. Beyrichia, M‘Coy, 1846. 


i 09 bo 


Family Cytheride. 
. Cythere, Miiller, 1785. 


5 
6. Thlipsura, Jones & Holl, 1869. 
7. Aichmina, Jones & Holl, 1869. 


Section PopocoPpa. 


8. Primitiopsis, Jones, 1887. 
CyPRIDIDA. 
Family Cypridide. 
. Pontocypris, G. O. Sars, 1865, 
Family Bairdiide. 


. Macrocypris, G. S. Brady, 1867. 
. Bythocypris, G. 8. Brady, 1880. 


Family Cytherellidz. 
. Cytherella, Jones & Bosquet, 1848. 


Section 
PLATYCOPA. 
= 
bo 


—___ error nl S| 
ee 
=O Ro) 


T. Rupert JonEs, 
Oct. 18th, 1900. 


Family Leperditiide. 
Subfamily Avarcurriya, nov. 
Primitia, Jones & Holl [1865]. 
Primitia valida, Jones & Holl. 
Primitia valida, Jones & Holl, 1886, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, 
vol. ~ vii. p. 409, pl. xiv. figs. 7 a-c; Jones, 1888, Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hiv .. ser. 6, vol. i. p. 405. 


The surface reticulation is well preserved in the Gotland 
specimens ; this feature was also noticed by Prof. Jones in 


148 Mr. F. Chapman on some 


the examples from Fréjel, and he also records it from Wool- 
hope and Ironbridge. 


Silurian ; Mulde, Gotland. 


Primitia valida, var. breviata, Jones & Holl. 


Primitia valida, var. breviata, Jones & Holl, 1886, Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 410, pl. xiv. figs. 8 a, b. 


Formerly described from the Wenlock Shales. 
Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. 


Primitia valida, var. angustata, Jones & Holl. 
Primitia valida, var. angustata, Jones & Holl, 1886, Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 410, pl. xiv. figs. 4 a, d. 


This variety was also found in the Wenlock Shales. 
Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Very rare. 


Primitia fabulina, Jones & Holl. 
Primitia fabulina, Jones & Holl, 1886, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, 
vol. xvii. p. 408, pl. xiv. figs. 2a, b. 

Two specimens, rather more elongate than the type figure, 
were found in the Gotland series. Originally described from 
the Wenlock series of Dudley Tunnel. 

Silurian ; Mulde, Gotland. 


Primitia elongata, Krause. 


Primitia elongata, Krause, 1891, Zeitschr. deutsch. geoi. Gesellsch. 


vol. xliii. p. 494, pl. xxx. figs. 4a, 6; Krause, 1892, ibid. vol. xliv. 
p- 386, pl. xxii. fig. 2. 


This species has been described from the Silurian Drift- 
gravel of Mark Brandenburg. 


Silurian ; Mulde, Gotland. Very rare. 


Primitia punctata, Jones. 
Primitia punctata, Jones, 1887, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. 
p- 193, pl. vii. figs. 9a, 6. 
Has been previously recorded from the Wenlock Shales of 
this country. 
Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Very rare. 


Primitia humilis, Jones & Holl. 


Primitia humilis, Jones & Holl, 1886, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6 
vol. xvil. p. 409, pl. xiv. figs. 6 a, b, 9 a-c. ; 


Fossils from Mulde, Gotland. 149 


The British specimens were from Woolhope and the shales 
of the Lower and Upper Wenlock series. 
Silurian ; Mulde, Gotland. Very rare. 


Primitia ornata, Jones & Holl. 


Primitia ornata, Jones & Holl, 1886, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, 
vol. xvii. p. 411, pl. xiv. fig. 5. 

This species was described from the Upper Wenlock and 
Woolhope series. It is a small but striking form, on account 
of the beautifully reticulated surface. 

Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Common. 


Primitia reticristata, Jones. 


Primitia reticristata, Jones, 1887, Silur. Ostrac. Gothland, p. 5; id. 
1888, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. p. 406, pl. xxii. 
figs. 15 a—c. 

A common form in the Gotland series and already recorded 
from Fréjel, in Gotland; also from the Silurian Drift of 
Mark Brandenburg. 

Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Very common. 


Primitia mundula, Jones. 


Beyrichia mundula, Jones, 1855, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xvi. 
p- 90, pl. v. fig. 28. 

Primitia mundula, Jones & Holl, 1865, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, 
vol. xvi. p. 419; Jones, Krause, 1891, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. 
Gesellsch. vol. xliii. p. 495, pl. xxx. figs. 5 a-c, 6, 7 a, 6. 

This well-known Silurian species is represented in our 

collection by a fine series of well-preserved specimens, 
Silurian ; Mulde, Gotland. Common. 


Subfamily Dzerriearms, nov. 
Ki@peniA, Jones & Holl [1886]. 


Kledenia apiculata, Jones. 


Kledenia apiculata, Jones, 1888, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. 
p. 398, pl. xxi. figs. 1-5. 


A few typical specimens occur in our washings. The 
original types came trom Slite, in Gotland, 
Silurian ; Mulde, Gotland. 


Kledenia gotlandica, sp.n. (PI. III. figs. 12 a, b.) 


Valve seen from the side suboval, elongate ; ventral margin 
elliptically convex ; dorsal margin straight, but intruded on 


150 Mr. I". Chapman on some 


by the middle lobe ; posterior angle full and evenly rounded, 
anterior rounded and narrowed off. Middle of valve with a 
short, low, transverse, clavate ridge or swelling, which pro- 
jects a little beyond the dorsal margin. ‘Towards the ends 
of the valves the sides are swollen, especially near the poste- 
rior extremity, and represent incipient lobes. Surface of 
valves delicately pitted. Edge view of carapace elongate- 
oval, with rounded ends. Length *44 millim.; height *266 
millim. 

This species is nearly allied to Beyrichia (? Kledenia) 
plagosa, Jones *, which was obtained from strata of Wenlock 
age at Beechey Island, Canada. It differs, however, in the 
position and shape of the central lobe, which in our specimen 
is more pronounced and projects beyond the margin; and, 
further, the surface ornamentation in A. gotlandica is an even 
and delicate pitting. 


Botuia, Jones & Holl [1886]. 


Bollia auricularis, Jones. 
Bollia auricularis, Jones, 1887, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. 
p. 408, pl. xiii. figs. 10 a-e. 
This species is uot uncommon in the Gotland washings, 
and the measurements of the valves agree very closely with 
those of the originally described specimens from Ironbridge, 


Severn. 
Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. 


Bryricuia, M‘Coy [1846]. 


Beyrichia concinna, Jones & Holl. 
Beyrichia concinna, Jones & Holl, 1886, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, 
vol, xvii. p. 356, pl. xii. figs. 22 a, b. 
The Gotland specimens measure about one third more than 
the specimen figured by Jones and Holl from the Silurian of 
Dormington, but otherwise they possess the same charac- 


teristics. 
Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Common. 


Beyrichia muldensis, sp. n. (Pl. III. fig. 10.) 


Valve oblong, ventral margin slightly convex, ends nearly 
equally rounded, and with a marginal raised rim round the 
ends and the elliptically curved ventral border. Surface of 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 3, vol. i. 1858, p. 248, pl. ix. fig. 2. 


Fossils from Mulde, Gotland. 151 


valve excavated and granulate. The central area is occupied 
by three transverse narrow lobes or ridges, which are all 
slightly salient at the dorsal border; the posterior and central 
lobes are slightly clavate ; the anterior is a thin ridge and 
joining the raised border of the valve at the antero-dorsal 
angle. Length of carapace ‘8 millim.; height *4 millim. 

This is a very neat form, and apparently has not been 
previously noticed in any of the washings made from the 
Silurian either of this country or of Gotland, The nearly 
symmetrical W-like group of the three thin central lobes, 
scarcely reaching the ventral region and joining on with the 
anterior marginal rim, is not matched in any published 
figures. A somewhat near approach to these features, how- 
ever, is seen in B. admixta, Jones & Holl *, from Woollhope, 
but that form is more stoutly built and its four transverse 
lobes are thicker and shorter in proportion; their general 
arrangement is also different. 


Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Frequent. 


Beyrichia Jonesii’, Boll. 
Beyrichia Jonesit, EK. Boll, 1856, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. 
vol. viii. p. 322, figs. 1,2; 1862, Archiv Ver. Fr. Nat. Mecklenburg, 
16 Jahr. p. 134, fig.8; Jones & Holl, 1886, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist, 
ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 359. 

This has already been recorded from the Wenlock Lime- 
stone of Hastnor Park. A few typical specimens with 
faintly granulate surfaces occur in this collection, 

Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. 


Beyrichia Kledeni, M‘Ooy, var. tuberculata, Salter. 

Beyrichia Kledeni, var. tuberculata, Salter, 1881, Geol. Mag. dee. ii. 

vol. vill. pp. 345, 846; Jones & Holl, 1886, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser, 5, vol. xvil. pp, 354, 355, pl. xii. figs. 8a, b, 9a, b. 

Most of our specimens can be compared with the subvariety 
clausa, by which Jones and Holl have designated certain 
small elongated examples from the Wenlock Shales in Vine’s 
collection, and these are possibly young individuals. There 
is, however, one example of the typical variety in our series. 


Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Rare, 


Beyrichia tuberculata (Klceden), var. lineato-tuberculata, nov. 


(Pl. III. fig. 11.) 


This is one of the many modifications of B. tuberculata 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1886, ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 359, pl. xii. fig. 5. 


152 Mr. F. Chapman on some 


(Kloeden). Six of such varieties are figured on pl. xxi. 
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. (1888) p. 402, 
figs. 12-17, from the Silurian of Slite, Gotland. In the 
present instance the lobes are more distinctly marked with 
three obliquely transverse furrows; the ventral edge more 
neatly tubercled, and the two bold curved ventral fringes far 
more symmetrically arranged. Length 2°5 millim.; height 
1°4 millim. 
Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Frequent. 


Beyrichia Bolliana umbonata, Reuter. 

Beyrichia Bolliana umbonata, Reuter, 1885, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. 
Gesellsch. vol. xxxvil. p. 646, pl. xxvi. fig. 21; Jones, 1888, Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 6, vol. i. p. 401, pl. xxi. figs. 10, 11. 

This species has been recorded from Frdjel. ‘Two specimens 
were found at Mulde and are variable in size; their lengths 
measure 1°3 millim. and 2°3 millim, respectively. 


Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. 


Beyrichia clavata, Kolmodin. 


Beyrichia clavata, Kolmodin, 1869, Bidrag till Kannedomen om Sverges 
Siluriska Ostracoden, p. 18, fig. 10; Jones, 1887, Silur. Ostrac. Goth- 
land, p. 2; Jones, 1888, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 6, vol. i. p. 399, 
pl. xxi. figs. 6-9. 

The washings from Mulde have yielded a very large 
number of this species, a fair proportion of them having the 
hypertrophied lobe common to this type of Beyrichia. 
Prof. Jones records B. clavata from Eksta and Fréjel in 


Gotland. 
Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Very abundant. 


Family Cytherida. 
CyTHERE, Miller [1785]. 


? Cythere Vinei, Jones. 
? Cythere Vinet, Jones, 1887, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. 
p. 191, pl. vil. figs. la, b, & 5a, b. 
A specimen similar in every respect to those found in the 
Wenlock Shales of Shropshire was met with in the Gotland 
series. ‘he generic relationship of this and the following is 


very doubtful. 
Silurian ; Mulde, Gotland. 


Fossils from Mulde, Gotland. 153 


? Cythere subquadrata, Jones. 


? Cythere subquadrata, Jones, 1887, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, 
vol. xix. p. 191, pl. vii. figs. 6a, b, & 14a, 6. 

This species is represented from Gotland only by a single 
valve. It has been recorded from the Wenlock Series of 
Shropshire. 

Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. 


Tuutpsura, Jones & Holl [1869]. 


Thlipsura plicata, var. unipunctata, Jones. 


Thlipsura plicata, vay. unipunctata, Jones, 1887, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 403, pl. xii. figs. 11 & 12. 

A single example of this variety was found at Mulde. 

Silurian ; Mulde, Gotland. 


Thlipsura v-scripta, Jones & Holl, var. discreta, Jones. 


Thlipsura v-scripta, J. & H., var. discreta, Jones, 1887, Silur. Ostrac. 
Gothland, p. 6; Jones, 1888, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. 
p- 404, pl. xxii. figs. 9 a-c, 10. 

Good typical specimens occur in our washings from Mulde. 

Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Very common. 


ZECHMINA, Jones & Holl [1869]. 


Aichmina bovina, Jones. 


LEchmina bovina, Jones, 1887, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. 
p. 412, pl. xiii. fig. 6; Jones, 1888, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, 
vol. i. p. 409, pl. xxii. fig. 8. 

Five very perfect specimens, showing the delicate toothed 
margin, were found in our material. It has occurred before 
in the Wenlock Shales of this country and also at Frojel in 
Gotland. 

Silurian ; Mulde, Gotland. 


Aichmina bovina, Jones, var. punctata, Krause. 


chmina bovina, Jones, var. punctata, Krause, 1892, Zeitschr. deutsch. 
geol. Gesellsch. vol. xliv. p. 397, pl. xxii. fig. 18. 

An example of this beautiful little variety occurred at 
Mulde. ‘The spike in our specimen is rather longer than that 
shown in Krause’s figure. Krause records this variety from 
the ‘ Graptolithen-Gestein”’ in the Silurian Drift of Mark 
Brandenburg in N. Germany. 

Silurian ; Mulde, Gotland. 


154 Mr. I. Chapman on some 


PrRiMITIOPSIS, Jones [1887]. 
Primitiopsis planifrons, Jones. 
Primitiopsis planifrons, Jones, 1887, Silur. Ostrac. Gothland, p. 5, 
woodcuts; Jones, 1888, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. p. 406, 
pl. xxii. figs. 1 a-d. 

Somewhat like a long Primitia with the reticulate orna- 
ment of P. ornata. he anterior border, however, is more 
pronounced, and the front part of the interior is partitioned off 
by a thin cross-wall. 


Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Frequent. 


CYPRIDIDA. 
Family Cypridide. 
Pontocy pris, G. O. Sars [1865]. 


Pontocypris Mawit, Jones. 

Pontocypris Mawii, Jones, 1887, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. 
p. 182, pl. iv. figs. 4 & 7; Krause, 1891, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. 
Gesellsch. p. 512, pl. xxxiil figs. 8a, b. 

Our specimens are exactly comparable with those figured 

by Prof. Rupert Jones from Frdjel in Gotland. 
Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Rare. 


Pontocypris Mawtt, var. proxima, Jones. 
Pontocypris Mawii, var. proxima, Jones, 1889, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 6, vol. iv. p. 269, pl. xv. figs. 5a, d. 
A specimen occurs in our series which closely resembles 
the variety provima. Prof. Jones records it from Wisby in 


Gotland. 
Silurian ; Mulde, Gotland. 


Family Bairdiida. 
Macrocypris, G. 8. Brady [1867]. 


Macrocypris siliquoides, Jones. 
Macrocypris siliquoides, Jones, 1887, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, 
vol, xix. p. 181, pl. v. figs. 9 a-c. 
This species is rare at Mulde. It has been recorded from 


the Wenlock Shales. 
Silurian ; Mulde, Gotland. 


Fossils from Mulde, Gotland. 155 


Bytuocyreris, G. 8. Brady [1880]. 


Bythocypris symmetrica, Jones. 


Bythocypris symmetrica, Jones, 1887, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, 
vol. xix. p. 186, pl. vii. figs. 3, 4, 7. 
The Gotland specimens are rather variable in size, but in 
outline they are quite characteristic. 
This species is already known from the Wenlock Series of 
Shropshire and from bed ¢, Frdjel, Gotland. 
Silurian ; Mulde, Gotland. Gunna 


Bythocypris symmetrica, var. obesa, Jones. 
Bythocypris symmetrica, var, obesa, Jones, 1889, Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. ser. 6, vol. iv. p. 270, pl. xv. figs. 7 a-c. 
This variety was originally obtained from the red clay, 
bed a, of Northern Gotland (of Llandovery age). 
Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Very common. 


Bythocypris phaseolus, Jones. 


Bythocypris phaseolus, Jones, 1887, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, 
vol. xix. p. 189, pl. vii. figs. 11 & 12. 

This species is new to the Gotland fauna. It was described 
from a specimen out of the Wenlock Shales of Buildwas, 
Shropshire. 

Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Very rare. 


Bythocypris Hollit, Jones. 
Bythocypris Hollw, Jones, 1887, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. 
p. 184, pl. v. figs. la, 6, pl. vi. figs. 3.4, b, & 4a, b. 

This is a common and very striking form in the Gotland 
series. Prof. Jones records it from Fréjel and also from the 
Wenlock Shales of Shropshire. 

Silurian ; Mulde, Gotland. 


Bythocypris Hollit, var. oblonga, Jones. 


Bythocypris Hollit, var. oblonga, Jones, 1889, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 6, vol. iv. p. 270, pl. xv. figs. la-c. 
This variety differs from the type in its greater propor- 


tionate length. It was formerly known fon the red clay, 
bed a, of Northern Gotland. 


Silurian; Mulde, Gotland. Frequent. 


156 Mr. F. Chapman on some 


Family Cytherellida. 
CYTHERELLA, Jones & Bosquet [1849]. 
Cytherclla Smithii, Jones. 


Cytherella Smithii, Jones, 1887, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. 
p- 192, pl. vil. figs. 15 a, 6, & 16a, b. 


This neat little species is common at Mulde, and they 
appear to be favourably grown as regards size. It was 
originally described from Woolhope. 

Silurian ; Mulde, Gotland. 


Order TRILOBITA. 
Phacops (Dalmanites) limulurus, Hall. 


Several specimens of young individuals of the above species, 
but more or less fragmentary, were found in the Mulde clay 
washings. Fragments of the pygidium with the spine 
attached were occasionally found. 


MOLLUSCOIDEA., 
Clas BRYOZOA. 
Order GY MNOLAUMATA. 
Suborder CYCLOSTOMATA. 
? Spiropora intermedia, Vine. Rare. 
Fistulipora, sp. Rare. 


Suborder TREPOSTOMATA. 


Callopora florida, Hall. Rare. 
Trematopora solida, Hall. Very rare. 
Cladopora repens (Linné). Very common. 
sparsa (Hall). Very rare. 


Suborder CRY PTOSTOMATA. 


Ptilodictya lanceolata (Goldfuss). Rare. 
Rhombopora lineinodis, Ulrich. Common. 


1. Hyperammina ramosissima, sp. n. 
2. Stacheia amplexa (Vine) .......... 
3. 


Fossils from Mulde, Gotland. 


Class-B RAC EO P ODA; 
Order INARTICULATA. 
Pholidops implicata (Sowerby). Very abundant. 


Order ARTICULATA. 
Spirifer elevatus, Dalman. Very rare. 
Daya navicula (Sow.). Common. 
Retzia Salter’, var. Bouchardi, Davidson. Very rare. 
Atrypa imbricata, Sow. Rare. 
Rhynchotreta cuneata (Dalman). Frequent. 


Orthis (Dalmanella) canaliculata, Lindstrém. Common. 


MOLLUSCA. 
Class-G AS TROP O DA: 
Order PTEROPODA (THECOSOMATA). 


Tentaculites elongatus, Hall. Frequent. 
tenuis, Sowerby. rare. 
wenlockianus, Vine. Very common. 


ornatus, Sow. Common. 
multiannulatus, Vine. IT'requent. 


Comparative Table of Species occurring at Mulde. 


Previously recorded from Got- 
land by Lindstrém, Jones, &c. 
England (Wenlock Group). 
| America (Niagara Group). 
| Silurian (Drift), N. Germany. 


FoRAMINIFERA. 


stomatifera, sp. n. 


Notes. 


x | .. | .. | Occurs alsoin the Rheetic 
of Somerset, 


Ann. d: Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. =a 12 


158 Mr. F. Chapman on soine 


DP 


ZOANTHARIA. 


Syringopora serpens (Linné) .... 
Crinoid fragments indet. 


POLYCH XTA. 


Jornulites scalariformis, Vine. . 
Conchicolites Nicholsoni, Vine 
tuberculifera, sp. n. 

Ortonia pseudopunctata, Vine...... 


OsTRACODA. 


Primitia valida, Jones §& Holl ...... 
, var. breviata, J. g§ H. .. 
, var. angustata, J. § H... 
—— fabulina, I& LET: vats oh dttvive eter eh 
— elongata, Krause .......... 
punctata, SONGR sai vcaiiee + Peco. 
— humilis, .§ H. ...... 
—— ornate, Js G20 e sie. aes a oe ace 
—— reticristata, Jones............ 
—— mundula, Jones..........000. 
Klcedenia apiculata, Jones ........ 
gotlandica, sp. n. 

Bollia auricularis, Jones 


— 


. Beyrichia concinna, J. § H. ...... 


muldensis, sp. 0 
Jonesii, Boll........ ine : 


. — Kleedeni, Cor yy var. tubercu- 


lata, Salter . igi ous are ME Ree 
tuberculata (Kleden), var. 
lineato-tuberculata, noy. 

Bolliana umbonata, Reuter 
—— clavata, Kolmodin. Sigosiveren 
? Cythere Vinei, Jones ..... 


@ 0 68 6 ie: © 


subquadrata, Jones........ 
Thlipsura plicata, var. unipunetata, 
ie sere een me 
Von Di J. ig H, var. discreta, 
Jones ..... wee 


Ce ac Tat . 


Cc. 


from Got- 


Jones, 


Previously recorded 
land by Lindstrém, 


| England (Wenlock Group). 


| America (Niagara Group). 


Silurian (Drift), N. Germany. 


Notes. 


Small specimens in the 
Wenlock series near | 
Malvern. Also from 
Scandinavia.—T. R. J. 


Fossils from Mulde, Gotland. 


159 


35. 
56. 


39. 
0 


49. 


. Adchmnina bovina, Jones 


. Macrocypris siliquoides, Jones...... 


. Cytherella Smithii, Jones 


,dJ., var. punctata, Krause | 
Primitiopsis planifrons, Jones 
Pontocypris Mawii, Jones 
, var. proxima, Jones 


OOrle op ene 


Bythocypris symmetrica, Jones 

, var. obesa, Jones ...... 
phaseolus, Jones 
EVOL ONER s « ons inte e Sows ten 


, var. oblonga, Jones 


TRILOBITA. | 


. Phacops (Dalmanites) limulurus, Hall 


Bryozoa, 


. ? Spiropora intermedia, Vine ..... | 
. Fistulipora, sp. 
. Callopora florida, Hall 


49. Trematopora solida, Hall ..........) 
50. Cladopora repens (Linné) ...... 

51. BpansanClLGll): , sveysarslehashdecd toi | 
52. Ptilodictya lanceolata (Goldf.) .... 
53. Rhombopora lineinodis, Ulrich | 

BRACHIOPODA. 

54. Pholidops implicata (Sow.) ........ | 
55. Spirifer elevatus, Dalman.......... | 
56. Dayia navicula (Sow.) ............ | 
57. Retzia Salteri, var. Bouchardi, Da- 


ppAtrypa imbricata, Sow... 2.2... 0| 


vidson .:... 


59. Rhynchotreta cuneata (Dalman)..... 
60. Orthis (Dalmanella)  canaliculata, 
TANOSU ONY tiie ese soe ; : 
PTEROPODA. 
61. Tentaculites elongatus, Hall........ 
62. EETUUIS SOLO. e. state tetstaecemretaeke ce 
63. —— wenlockianus, Vine..........| 
64. —— ornatus, Sow. ........... ‘ 
65. —— multiannulatus, Vine ..... te 


Previously recorded from Got- 
land by Lindstriéim, Jones, &e. 


aK 


* * * * 


* | England (Wenlock Group). 


| America (Niagara Group). 


| Silurian (Drift), N. Germany. 


* 


Notes. | 


Upper Helderberg Series, 
Ohio Falls. 


Also occurs in the Ay- 
mestry Limestone near 
Wolverhampton. 


Occurs in the L. Helder- 
berg Group of N. Amer. | 


ie 


160 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on the Squirrels 


The type specimens have been placed in the British Museum 
(Natural fHistory). 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. 


ig. 1. Hyperammina ramosissima, sp.n. X 15 diam. 
Fig. 2. Stacheia stomatifera, sp.n. X 10 diam. 
lig. 38. Syringopora serpens (Linné). Young specimen. X 16 diam. 
Fig. 4. Conchicolites tuberculifera, sp. n. X 12 diam. 
Fig. 5. Entrochus, gen. et sp. indet.; from side. X 8 diam, 

“vg. 6. The same form, upper end, showing joint-surface. x 8 diam. 
Fig. 7. Trochita, gen, et sp. indet.; joint-surface. x 20 diam. 


wgs. 8, 9. Trochite, gen. et Sp- indet. ; anotherform. Articular surfaces, 
with ridges on fig. 8, and grooves on fig. 9. xX 20 diam. 
Fig. 10. Beyrichia muldensis, ‘sp. n. x 45 diam. 
Fig. 11. Beyrichia tuberculata (Klceden), var. lineato-tuberculata, var. nov. 
x 30 diam. 
Fig. 12. Kledenia gotlandica, sp.n. a, right valve, side view; 6, edge 
view. 


XIX.—On the Squirrels of the Sciurus erythreus Group. 
By J. L. Bonuore. 


THE squirrels of this group, though showing a considerable 
amount of variation and forming races which closely resemble 
each other, fall naturally into ” distinct groups, each group 
being restricted to its own locality. 

The following remarks are based on the study of a very 
fair series at the National Museum, but several other species 
have been included, which are not there represented, to show 
what seems to be their proper relation to the group as a 
whole. I have been unable to make much mention of the 
skulls, chiefly because the series of Indian skulls is rather 
deficient, and, as the skulls of these allied forms differ so 
slightly from each other, it is impossible to draw any deduc- 
tions without a large series. 

Five distinct species may be distinguished in this group, 
as well as several geographical races :— 


(i.) Seturus erythreus, Pallas, from Assam, spreading 
through Bhutan, the Cachar Hills, and Manipur to 
Burma. 

(ii.) Seturus castaneoventris, Gray, from China, its range 
being from Ningpo to Burma, and possibly Assam. 

(ii.) Scvurus Styant, Thos., between Ningpo and Shanghai. 
(iv.) Serurus eanenee , sp. n., from Formosa. 
(v.) Sccurus melanogaster, Th o8., trom Si-oban, Sipora. 


of the Sciurus erythreus Group. 161 


Before describing each race separately, it will perhaps be 
advisable to consider the chief specific differences :—VSe. 
erythreus, from Jndia, is distinguished from all the other 
species by the absence of the fulvous tips to the hairs of the 
tail. Occasionally, in some of the other species, these tips, 
being very much worn, may not be conspicuous, but, as a 
rule, the Indian forms can by that character be immediately 
recognized. Sciurus melanogaster, with its black underparts, 
and Se, Styan?, with pale yellow underparts, are both easily 
distinguishable, while Sc. castaneoventris may be known by 
its smaller size and the vinous tint of the underparts. Sc. 
thaiwanensts, from Formosa, may be recognized from Se, ery- 
threeus, the only species which it in any way resembles, by 
the fulvous tips to the hairs of the tail, which are more con- 
spicuous in this species than in any of the others. 


Sciurus erythreus typicus, Pall. 


Scturus erythreus, Pallas, Glires, p. 377 (1778); Gray, List Mamm. 
B. M. p. 142 (1843); Blyth, J. A.S. B. xxiv. p. 473, 

General colour above dark olive-brown, speckled with 
fulvous, each hair being dark at its base and having three or 
four fulvous annulations. Colour of underparts deep chest- 
nut. Outside of limbs and head like the back, ears and tail 
like the underparts. The hairs of the tail are annulated like 
those of the back, but end in a long red tip, which, especially 
towards the end, entirely covers the annulations. 

Hab, Assam. 

There has been sone doubt regarding which particular race 
Pallas’s name should be applied to; but as he distinctly states 
that the tail is of the same colour as the underparts, there 
can, | think, be little doubt that the Assam variety with the 
red tail is the one meant. 


Sciurus erythreus bhutanensis, subsp. n, 
Macroxus erythrogaster, Blyth, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. xx, 
(1867) p. 282. 

Sciurus erythreus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxiv. (1856) p. 473. 

Closely resembles the foregoing, but the whole of the 
forehead is similar in colour to the underparts, while the hairs 
of the tail have short black ends, so that the tail is similar in 
colour to the back, with a black tip. 

Hab. Bhutan, 

Type, B.M. 43. 8.18. 6. Hast India collection. 

Gray (loc. cit.), in stating that Blyth’s type of erythro- 
gaster is from Bhutan and in the British Museum, refers 


162 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on the Squirrels 


without doubt to the specimen which has been chosen as the 
type of this species; he was, however, clearly mistaken, for 
Blyth, in the original description, gives Manipur as the type- 
locality, and according to Mr. W. Sclater* the type is at 
present in Calcutta. 


Sciurus erythreus erythrogaster, Blyth. 
Sciurus erythrogaster, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xi. (1842) p. 970; id. op. ect. 
xxiv. (1856) p. 473. 

Sciurus rufiventer, Blyth, J. A. S. B, xvi. (1847) p. 871. 

In this race, of which there is a fine series in the Museum, 
one may distinguish two distinct pelages. 

In its summer pelage the general colour above is light 
yellowish grey, with an inclination to a warmer and browner 
tinge on the back, each hair being, as before, dark brown, 
with three or four annulations, and the general colour being 
caused by the predominance of these last. Kars yellowish ; 
outer side of feet and tail as the back, the hairs at the tip of 
the latter being black to their bases, thus forming a black tip. 
Underparts as in preceding species. 

In its winter pelage it is somewhat similar, except that the 
black ends to the hairs of the tail so predominate as to make 
the tail black, those hairs towards the tip being entirely 
devoid of annulations. A similar change, though not so 
complete, has taken place on the back, so that the general 
colour is of a dark steel-grey, minutely but profusely speckled 
with fulvous. Underparts as in summer, but, if anything, of 
a rather darker tint. 

Hab, Manipur. 

There is in the Museum a specimen from Assam which 
certainly agrees with Anderson’s original Yescription of 
Sc. Gordont, var. intermedia tT; at first sight it closely 
resembles the present species in its summer pelage, but it 
possesses, however, the distinctive characters of Sc. castaneo- 
ventris from China, Sc. castaneoventris Gordont, Anders., from 
Burma, being its nearest ally. It may be distinguished from 
the present species by the ears being similar in colour to the 
rest of the upper parts and by the median grizzled line below. 
Anderson further states that the hairs of the tail have fulvous 
ends and that the tail has no distinctive black subapical tip. 
These last characters, though not very well marked in the 


British Museum specimen, bring the race into the Sc. castaneo- 
ventris group. 


* Cat. Mamm. Calc. Mus. p. 17 (1891). 
+ Synonym of Se, griseopectus, Blyth (nec Gray), see later on. 


of the Sciurus erythreus Group. 163 


Sciurus erythreus punctatissimus, Gray. 
Sciurus punctatissimus, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, xx. (1867) 
p. 283, 

Very similar to the winter pelage of erythrogaster, but the 
fulvous annulations much more minute, so that the general 
appearance is that of a black squirrel minutely speckled with 
fulvous. Underparts uniform deep chestnut. Tail black. 
Hars and feet like the upper parts. 

Hab. Cachar Hills. 

Type, B.M. 55. 12. 24. 108. 


Scturus erythreus Sladent, Anders. 
Sciurus Sladeni, Anders. Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1871, p. 189; Blyth, 
J. A. S. B. xliv, (1875) extr. no. p. 37; Anders. Zool. Res. (1880) 
p. 242. 

This form, of which there are no specimens in the Museum, 
is evidently nearly related to the typical erythreus in having 
the red tip to the tail; it is, however, quite distinct from all 
the other forms, and may be distinguished by its chestnut 
feet. 

Hab. Thigyain, Upper Burma. 


Scturus castaneoventris typicus. 


Sciurus castaneoventris, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. x. (1842) 
p-. 263; Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 628. 

General colour above brownish, each hair being of a 
greyish-brown, with three or four annulations of a lighter 
colour. Underparts vinaceous (rufous vinaceous of Ridg- 
way), the colour being uniform and not broken by any 
median band. ‘ail like the back, each hair terminating in a 
fulvous end most conspicuous at the tip and sides of the tail. 

Hab. 'The exact locality of the type is unknown, but all 
the other specimens in the Museum are from various places 
in the province of Fokien. 

Type, B.M. 72a. China (J. R. Reeves). 

This species may always be distinguished from the fore- 
going by its smaller size, the fulvous ends to the hairs of the 
tail, and the vinaceous tint of the underparts. 


Scturus castaneoventris ningpoensts, subsp. n. 


This is a hill-form which is at present known only from 
the neighbourhood of Ningpo. 


164 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on the Squirrels 


It ig distinguished by its much greyer coloration, caused 
by the annulations of the hairs being pale buff instead of 
fulvous or ruddy brown. Feet and limbs grey. Underparts 
uniform vinous. 

Hab. Hills near Ningpo. 

Type, B.M. 86. 10. 28. 8. Hills 30 miles from Ningpo, 
March 1884, Presented by Mr. F. W. Styan. 


Sciurus castaneoventris Gordont, Anders. 


Sciurus Gordoni, Anders. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 140; Blyth, J. A.S. B. xliv. 
(1875) extr. no. p. 37. 

This form differs from the typical Sc. castaneoventris by the 
presence of a median grizzled line running throughout the 
whole length of the underparts and by the vinaceous colour 
of the same being somewhat restricted on the flanks, thus 
forming two broad stripes. 


flab, Upper Burma. 


Sciurus castaneoventris griseopectus, Blyth. 


Sciurus griseopectus, Blyth (nec Gray), J. A. S. B. xvi. (1847) p. 873 
Sciurus Gordoni, var. intermedia, Anders. Zool. Res. (1879) p. 241. 


This form is represented in the Museum by a single speci- 
men only. It differs from Sc. Gordon? in the mesial grizzled 
line not being so broad or so well defined, and in the rufous 
portion of the underparts being as broad as in the typical 
Sc. castaneoventris, but darker and richer in colour. 

Hab. Assam. 

My reasons for the inclusion of this form among the 
Se. castaneoventris group have already been given, but 
it may be mentioned that the figure accompanying the 
original description is inaccurate in two important particulars, 
namely, the yellow ears and the black tip to the tail. With 
regard to the former, Blyth in his original description makes 
no mention of their colour, but he distinctly refers to the 
fulvous tips to the hairs of the tail. 

Lest my divisions into species and subspecies may appear 
to some rather arbitrary, it will perhaps make it clearer if I 
point out that in Upper Burma and Assam we have two 
forms occurring in the same locality—namely, Sc. Gordont 
and Se. Sladent in the former, and Sc. erythreus and Se. grt- 
seopectus in the latter; it is therefore unlikely, though from 
the vagueness of the data not absolutely impossible, that 
these should all be geographical forms of one species, and 
this is further borne out, sufficiently to my mind to prove the 


of the Sciurus erythreus Group. 165 


existence of two species, by the evident affinity of Sc. Gordon 
to Sc. griseopectus and Sc. Sladeni to Sc. erythreus, as well as 
the fact that the distinctive characters of the former are those 
of a widely distributed Chinese species. Mr. W. Sclater * 
mentions the type of griseopectus as being in the Calcutta 
Museum and coming from China. This locality has doubt- 
less been placed on the specimen from its obvious affinity 
to the Chinese Sc. castaneoventris; but Blyth was himself 
ignorant of the exact locality, and as the specimen in the 
Museum agrees with his original description, we are, I 
think, justified, in default of further material, in assuming 
Assam to be its true habitat. 


Seturus Styani, Thos. 
Macrovus griseopectus, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, xx. (1867) 
p- 282 (nec Blyth). 
Sciurus Styani, Thos. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, xiii. (1894) 
p- 363 ; de Winton, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 578. 

Closely resembles Se. castaneoventris, but may be dis- 
tinguished by the very pale colour of the underparts, which 
are sometimes nearly white. 

Hab. Yangtze Valley. 

Type, B.M. 86.10 28.5. Between Shanghai and Hang- 
chow, Dec. 1885 (fF. W. Styan). 

Mr. de Winton has asked me to correct a note by Mr. Styan 
in his paper, quoted above, stating that probably Se. Styand 
was identical with Gray’s M/. chinensis. ‘The skull of Gray’s 
type of chinensis has since been removed and it is evident 
that MW. chinensis, which is a much smaller animal, has no 
connexion with the present group, but is allied to Se. lokriah. 
The exact locality of Gray’s type is also very vague, as 
Mr. Reeves, who procured it, collected over a large extent of 
country in India as well as in China. 


Scturus thatwanensts, sp. n. (typical form). 


Colour the same throughout and resembling Sc. erythreus 
erythrogaster (summer pelage), but slightly darker, each hair 
having two or three fulvous annulations and varying in 
colour from very dark brown on the back to greyish on the 
underparts. No red on the underparts, except, in some 
specimens, a tendency to a reddish patch at the base of the 
limbs. ‘The outer margin of the ears is slightly lighter than 
the rest of the body. ‘Tail grizzled for the first half of its 
length, then black, each hair having a long yellowish tip. 

* W. Sclater, Cat, Mamm. Mus. Cale, (1891) p. 17. 


166 On the Squirrels of the Sciurus erythreus Group. 


Dimensions (in flesh) :— Head and body 9, tail 8 inches. 

Hab. South Formosa. 

Type 3 ad., B.M. 94.11. 22.5. Baksa, Formosa, 20th 
Oct., 1893. Collected by Mr. P. A. Holst. 


Sciurus thaiwanensis centralis, subsp. n. 


Similar to the last, but having a narrow stripe of chestnut 
running from the inner side of each fore limb to the inner side 
of each corresponding hind limb. 

Hab, Lak-ku-li, Formosa. 

Type 9 ad., B.M. 94. 11. 22. 4. Lak-ku-li, Formosa, 
29th June, 1894. Collected by Mr. P. A. Holst. 

This is evidently a hill-form inhabiting the Central 
Mountains. 


Scturus thatwanensts Roberti, subsp. n. 
Sciurus erythreus, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 357. 


Similar to thatwanensis typicus, but having the underparts 
of arich deep chesnut and the general colour of the back 
darker and ruddier. 

Hab, N.W. Formosa. 

Type, B.M. 62. 12. 24. 18. N.W. Formosa (Robert 
Swinhoe). 


Sciurus melanogaster, ‘Thos. 
Sciurus melanogaster, Thos. Ann, Mus. Genov. (2) xiv. p. 668 (1895), 


A very dark species, above dark grizzled as in the pre- 
ceding species; below very dark brown, interspersed with a 
few longer lightish hairs. Kars and feet sooty brown. ‘Tail 
uniformly grizzled to its end. No fulvous tips to the hairs. 

Dimensions (in flesh) :—Head and body 200, tail 17°8, hind 
foot 47, ear 17 mm. 

Hab. Si-oban, Sipora. 

Co-type 2, B.M. 95.1.9.11. Si-oban, Sipora, July 1894. 
Presented by Dr. Modigliani. 


Key to the Species. 
A. Underparts deep chestnut. 
a‘, Tail-hairs with no fulvous tips. 
a’. Tail with red tip. 


Oe RCH UAT hs fs. cl Sia savant wee rig Se. erythreus typicus. 
6% Feet chestnut <2ocie sigur. .24- chee ore Se, e. Sladent. 
b?, Tail with black tip. 
a> Forehead Tulous. “sie sarn se wee Se. e. bhutanensis. 
O°. Forehead TufOus 4 uses: wns «aie Se, e. erythogaster 


(summer), 


On the Squirrels of the Sciurus Prevostii Group. 167 


ce?, Tail black. 
e*, Annulations on hairsof back broad. Se. e. erythogaster 
(winter). 
d*, Annulationson hairsof backnarrow. Se. e. punctatissimus. 
b', Tail-hairs with fulvous tips. 


a*, Underparts uniformly coloured .... Se. thavwanensis Roberti. 
b*. Underparts with grizzled median 
Wire etastenegePateny tstevs 8 S.6 «side x cyetags. = whe Se, t. centralis. 
B. Underparts same colour asthe back .... Sc. t. typicus. 
C. Underparts vinaceous (vinaceous rufous, 
Tidyway). 
a’, Underparts uniformly coloured. 
Groat ack DYOMMISN Gai aisesioneced dere: Se. castaneoventris typicus. 
OA AC Kio Tevaste Ms <i dons euler Se. c. ningpoensis, 


b'. Underparts with grizzled median line. 
a*, Rufous area narrow. ...... cae ey Ncres GOrdont. 


6. Rufous area broad ........ siieam sy Gs Cr QUESCOPeClUs. 
1), Underparts yellow... sau 26 scierkie es ss Se. Styant. 
HsUnderparts blacks. s.¢oanAtve vee «nes Se. melanogaster. 


XX.—On the Squirrels of the Sciurus Prevostii Group. 
By J. L. Bonuorte, B.A. 


THIS group of squirrels, like the other groups with which I 
have already dealt, shows clearly that, although a certain 
amount of variation may be found in individuals from the 
same locality, yet when a large series comes to be examined 
there is no doubt as to the locality from which any particular 
individual may have come, and the differences, although in 
some instances slight, are in all cases constant. From the fact 
that the various races are geographical, it necessarily follows 
that there must be intermediate forms, and some of the races 
about to be described show this intergradation in a very 
marked degree. 

For example Scturus Caroli, described in this paper, is a 
very constant race and markedly distinct from Sccurus Caroli 
grisetcaudau, which, on the other hand, although constant in 
its essential characters, shows a wide range of individual 
variation. 

Another point to be noted in regard to this paper is the 
case of Scturus atricapillus trom S.W. Borneo. ‘l'here are 
no specimens in the Museum from that locality, so that one 
is unable to judge whether the differences between Se. atri- 
capillus and Se. Caroli should entitle them to rank as species 
or subspecies. I have therefore described the latter as a new 
species, though the advent of further material may prove it to 
be only a subspecies of Se. atricapillus. 


168 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on the Squirrels 


The same remarks hold good with regard to Se. baluensts 
from Borneo and Sc. erythromelas and Se. Schlegeli from 
Celebes. I am inclined to believe that further investiga- 
tion will prove them to be races of one and the same species, 
but from lack of sufficient material and data I have thought 
it best, considering the distinctness as a rule of Bornean and 
Celebean species, to keep them separate. 

The next point of note is the question of the exact locality 
of Sc. redimitus. The original describer states that it was 
collected in the East Indies; Temminck imagines it to have 
come from 8. Borneo; while Schlegel, correcting the last- 
named author, states that it came from Sumatra and that he 
removed it from the original spirit in which it was preserved, 
It is impossible to say which, if any, of these statements is 
correct; from the original description it seems to agree 
most nearly with the race from Selangore, but in the ‘face 
of Schlegel’s statement that it came from Sumatra it seems 
best to leave the matter open for the present. 

Owing to lack of material, I have omitted descriptions of 
the skulls, although from those examined there seems to be 
very little, if any, variation among them. 

We have thus seven species in this group :— 


(1) Seturus Prevostit, from the Malay Peninsula, Sua- 
matra, and Borneo. 

(2) Sctwrus atricapillus, from 8.W. Borneo. 

(8) Scturus Caroli, from Sarawak and the Baram district, 
Borneo. 

(4) Securus baluensis, from N.W. Borneo and the Ba- 
ram district. 

(5) & (6) Scturus erythromelas and Sc. Schlegeli, from 
Celebes. 


(7) Scturus rufoniger, from Borneo. 


Of Selurus Prevostii ten (or probably only eight) races 
may be distinguished :— 


(1) Seiurus Prevostii typicus, from Malacca and the 
Malay Peninsula. 


(2) Seturus Prevostii Hume, from Selangore. 
(3) Seturus Prevostir sarawakensts, from Sarawak, 
(4) Sciurus Prevostit kuchingensis, from Kuching, 


S.W. Sarawak. 
Sciurus Prevostii navigator, from Sirhassen Island. 
Sciurus Prevostii bangkanus, from the Island of 


Bangka. 


a on 
Ss.O1 
Nas eee 


of the Sciurus Prevosti Group. 169 


(7) Sccurus Prevostid borneoensis, from Pontianak, S.W. 
Borneo. 
(8) Sciurus Prevostit redimitus, locality unknown. 
(9) Sciurus Prevostti Rafflesii, trom Sumatra. 
(10) Sedurus Prevostit rufogaster, from China (doubtful). 


With regard to the last two forms, there is not sufficient 
material to judge whether they be distinct or not. The 
types, which are the only specimens I have had an oppor- 
tunity of examining, seem to me identical, and it is quite 
probable that they both came from the same place, as the 
exact locality of rufogaster is very doubtful. 

In addition to the forms mentioned above, Mr. G. Miller, Jr., 
has recently described * two other insular forms, viz. :— 


Sciurus mimellus, from Pulo Wai, ‘Tambelan Island. 
Sciurus mimiculus, from Ste. Barbe Island. 


They are distinguished from Se. Prevostid typicus by the 
narrowness of the white band, especially on the thighs, and, 
as might be expected, are most nearly allied to Se P. 
navigator of this paper. 

Se. mimiculus differs from Se. mimellus only in its smaller 
size. 


Seiurus Prevostti typicus, Desm. 

Sciurus Prevostii, Desm. Mamm. 1822, p. 335; Schlegel, Nederland. 
Tijdschr. vol. i. 1863, p. 24, pl. i. fig. 1; Anderson, Zool. Res. 
Yunnan ft, 1878, p. 269; Flower, P. Z. 8S. 1900, p. 358. 

General colour above deep black, bordered on either side 
from the tip of the nose to the outer side of the limbs by a 
broad white stripe, which has a tendency to be slightly 
grizzled on the cheeks. ‘The whole of the underparts, in- 
cluding the outer side of the fore limbs, deep chestnut. ‘There 
is a short black stripe, always present, but of varying width 
and intensity, running between the thighs and the shoulders 
immediately beneath the white lateral stripe. T'ail uniformly 
black throughout, frequently bleaching to a light brown. 

Dimensions (from skin) :—Head and body 250 millim., 
tail 270, hind foot (s. u.) 58. 

Hab. Malay Peninsula; Singapore, Malacca, Penang. 


* Proc. Wash. Ac. Sc. vol. ii. p. 218 (1900). 
+ A full synonymy for the whole group will be found in Dr. Anderson's 
work quoted above. 


170 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on the Syuirrels 


Sciurus Prevostit Hume, subsp. n. 
Sciurus Prevostii, Desm., Thos. P. Z. 5. 1886, p. 76. 


Differs from the preceding form in the red of the under- 
parts covering the whole of the fore limbs and spreading 
upwards over the shoulders till it meets the black of the back. 
The cheeks are grizzled, but behind and below the ear is a 
pure white patch. The hind feet are of a morc brilliant and 
purer chestnut than in S. P. typicus, and the black sublateral 
stripe is not always present. 

Dimensions similar to the last. 

Hab. Klang, Selangor. 

Type, B.M. 85. 8. 1. 230. Collected 4th April, 1879, by 
Mr. W. Davison. 


Sciurus Prevostit sarawakensis, Gray. 
Macroxus sarawakensis, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xx. 1867, p. 277. 


This race, of which only two specimens are known, is very 
distinct from the preceding forms. One of the chief features 
(common to this and the next) is the tail, the hairs of which 
have long light fulvous tips, which, though sometimes worn, 
are always to be seen. The black of the back is somewhat 
restricted ; it narrows down to a stripe over the shoulders, and, 
broadening out over the back, narrows again over the thighs 
to astripe about the width of the tail. The lateral stripe, 
which is narrow and of a dirty white between the limbs, 
broadens out to cover the whole of the thighs, where it is of 
a light fulvous, each hair being black at its base. The whole 
of the underparts, shoulders, sides of neck, face, and limbs 
are of a deep chestnut, slightly tinged with fulvous over the 
shoulders, and with a tendency to being grizzled on the cheeks, 
There is no sign of the sublateral black stripe. 

Dimensions as in Se. Prevostit typtcus. 

Hab. Sarawak. 

Type 2, B.M. 59. 9. 19. 5. Collected by Mr. A. R. 
Wallace. 

A second specimen was collected by Mr. Charles Hose on 
the River Batang Lupar, fifty miles from the coast, in 8.W. 


Sarawak, August 1892. 


Sciurus Prevostit kuchingensis, subsp. n. 


Very similar to Sciurus Prevostit sarawakensis, but differs 
in the lateral stripe being pure white, in having a much 
Jarger extent of black on the neck and back, and in the ful- 
yous tips to the hairs of the thighs being small, so that the 


of the Sciurus Prevostii Group. 171 


thighs have a greyish grizzled appearance; the shoulders, 
sides of the neck, and cheeks are also grizzled, although in 
some cases they are suffused with rufous. Tail with broad 
fulvous tips to all the hairs except those forming the end. 

Dimensions as in Se. Prevostit typicus. 

Hab. Kuching, Sarawak. 

Type 9, B.M. 99. 12.9. 47. Collected 15th Sept., 1896, 
by Mr. Charles Hose. 


Sciurus Prevostii navigator, subsp. n. 


Specimens from the island of Sirhassen form a very distinct 
race. ‘They are much smaller in size, the chestnut of the 
underparts is far brighter and more orange in tint. The 
lateral line, which starts from the shoulders, is narrow, clear, 
and well marked, and spreads out over the thighs as in 
Sc. P. sarawakensis. he shoulders are of a light fulvous, 
which becomes darker and grizzled on the cheeks and sides of 
the head. ‘he tail is pure black, and its hairs show no 
signs of fulvous tips. 

Dimensions (from skin) :—Head and body 235 millim., tail 
225, hind foot 47. 

Hab. Sirhassen Island. 

Type, B.M. 94. 9. 28. 14. Collected Sept. 22, 1893, by 
Mr. A. Everett. 


Seiurus Prevostii bangkanus, Schlegel. 
Seiurus Prevostii bangkanus, Schlegel, op. cit. p. 26, pl. i. fig. 2. 


Most nearly resembles Sc. P. Hume? from Klang, but 
may be distinguished by the cheeks and sides of the neck 
being iron-grey instead of white. 

Dimensions as in Se. P. typicus. 

Hab. Island of Bangka. 


Sciurus Prevostit borneoens’'s * (Miiller & Schlegel). 


Seiurus Prevosti, var borneoensis, Miill. et Sch., Verhand. over de Nat. 
Gesch. Overz. Bezitt., Zool. p. 86 (1839-44), 
Seturus Prevostit borneoensis, Schlegel, op. crt. p, 26, pl. i. fig. 3. 


This form, as one might expect, is most closely allied to 
Se. P. kuchingensis from Kuching, which is, in fact, not 
very far north of Pontianak. It is distinguished by the fact 
that the black of the back is not sharply defined from the lateral 

* This name antedates that given by Gray to a Bornean form of S. hip- 


purus (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xx. 1867, p. 283), For that I would 
suggest the name of S. Aeppurus Gray?. 


172 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on the Squtrrels 


stripe as in all the other races, but the hairs of the back as 

they approach the stripe are more or less broadly tipped with 

fulvous, so that the sides become grizzled like the thighs. 
Dimensions as in Se. P. typicus. 


Hab. Pontianak, 8.W. Borneo. 


Scturus Prevostii Raffles, Vigors & Horsf. 
Sciurus Rafflesit, Vigors & Horsf. Zool. Journ. no. xii, 1828, vol. iv. 
pl. iv. p. 118; Temm. Esq. Zool. Guin. p. 242 (1853). 
Sciurus rufogularis, Gray, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. x. 1842, p. 263. 
Seiurus Prevostit sumatranus, Schlegel, op. cit. p. 25. 


A very distinct and easily recognizable form. The 
whole of the upper parts and tail are of a deep black. The 
white lateral stripe, which is broad and well defined, starts 
behind the shoulders and spreads out over the outer side of the 
hind limbs. The underparts, including the shoulders, fore 
limbs, inner side of hind limbs, and feet, are of a very deep 
chestnut. The cheeks and sides of the neck are grizzled iron- 
grey; a patch on the side of the nose pure white. 

Dimensions as in Se. P. typicus. 

Hab. Sumatra. 

Co-type, B.M. 84. 6. 3. 8. Collected by Sir 'T. S. Raffles, 
formerly in the Zoological Society’s Museum. Received 
from the late Dr. Crisp’s collection. 

I have united under this species Se. rufogularts of Gray, 
which was stated to have come from China, although it most 
probably did not. It differs from Sc. P. Rafflesi only in size, 
and the other differences mentioned by Gray do not seem to 
hold good. 


Seturus Prevostii redimitus, Boon Mesch. 


Sciurus redimitus, Boon Mesch, Nieu. Verbandl. Nederl. Inst. Amsterd. 
1829, vol. ii. p. 245, pl. 

This form seems to be very nearly allied to Se. Prevostzi 
Humei, differing chiefly in being lighter in colour, and this 
might possibly be due either to bleaching or to the spirit in 
which it was preserved. ‘here seems, however, to be great 
doubt as to its locality ; and in view of the fact that Schlegel 
states positively that it came from Sumatra, it seems best to 
leave it as a separate race for the present till further informa- 
tion is forthcoming. 


of the Sciurus Prevostii Group. 173 
The next species with which we have to deal is 


Scvurus atricapillus, Schlegel. 
Sciurus atricapillus, Schlegel, op. cit. p. 27, pl. ii. fig. 1. 
Sceiurus redimitus, Boon Mesch, Temm. Esq. Zool. Guin. p, 245 (partim) 
(1853). 

In this species, according to the describer, the underparts 
and inner sides of limbs alone are chestnut. The tail is black, 
shading to rufous-brown. The white lateral stripe is 
narrower and the sublateral black stripe much broader than 
in Se, Prevostit typicus. The top of the muzzle and feet are 
black, the remainder, including all the upper parts, is covered 
with black hairs annulated with fulvous, which is rather 
paler on the thighs, cheeks, and sides of the neck. 

Hab. Kapouas River, east of Pontianak, Borneo. 


The next is a species in which we get a highland and a 
lowland form, the limit being roughly at 1000 feet, and 
neither of these appears to have been hitherto described. They 
come from the Baram district of Sarawak, and the large 
series in the Museum has been almost entirely collected by 
Mr. Charles Hose. For the lowland form I propose the 
name 


Sciurus Caroli, sp. n. 
Sciurus Prevostii, Desm., Hose, Mamm. Borneo, 1893, p. 45 (partim). 


Top of the head, neck, and shoulders dirty fulvous white, 
each hair being dark at its base, with a broad fulvous tip, 
Remainder of back narrowing down towards the root of the 
tail dingy black, each hair being black, with two narrow 
fulvous annulations. Lateral stripe from behind the shoulders 
and the whole of the outer side of the thighs and hind limbs 
white. Underparts, feet, sides of neck, cheeks, face, and rim 
round eye pure chestnut, also the ears, although these latter 
show a tendency to become grizzled. ‘Tail broadly annn- 
lated with black and pale fulvous. Sublateral black stripe 
very faint or absent. ; 

Dimensions (from skin) :—Head and body 275 millim., 
tail 250, hind foot 55. 

Hab. Marudi River, Baram district. 

Type 9, B.M. 99. 12. 9. 59. 26th May, 1898. Col- 
lected by and named in honour of Mr. Charles Hose. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 13 


174 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on the Squirrels 


In some specimens there is a tendency for the shoulders to 
become tinged with rufous. I have examined specimens of 
this squirrel from the Miri River and from the lower slopes of 


Mount Dulit. 


Sciurus Caroli grisetcauda, subsp. n. 
Seiurus Prevostii, Desm., Hose, loc. cit. p. 45 (partim). 


The whole of the upper parts, including the feet, crown of 
head, sides of face and neck, and tail, of a uniform grizzled 
greyish, darker on the fore limbs and slightly lighter on the 
sides of the neck and thighs, occasionally white on the latter, 
the sides of the face more or less suffused with rufous. ‘The 
lateral white line narrow and starting well behind the 
shoulder, but widening out slightly on reaching the thighs. 
The sublateral black stripe always broad and well marked. 
Underparts, inner sides of limbs, and a ring round the eye 
chestnut, as in the preceding form; the insides of the ears 
are also slightly suffused with the same colour. 

Dimensions as in Scturus Carolt. 

Hab. Mount Kalulong, Baram district, alt. 2000 feet. 

Type 3, B.M. 93. 6. 1. 5. February. Presented by 
Mr. Charles Hose. 

This squirrel, which shows a wide limit of variation, with 
a great tendency towards the preceding form, may never- 
theless always be readily distinguished by the very broad and 
well-marked black sublateral stripe, which in Se. Caroli 
typicus is generally absent, but if present is very faintly deve- 
loped. It appears widely distributed in the Baram district, 
specimens having been received from most of the mountains, 
including Mount Dulit, Batu Song, Niah, Bakong. 


Sciurus baluensis, sp. n. 


Whole of the upper parts, including the sides, neck and 
face, and outer sides of the limbs and feet, uniform grizzled 
brownish olive, slightly darker along the median line, the 
top of the nose, feet, and sides of the face being more or less 
suffused with chestnut, each hair being dark brown with one 
or two fulvous annulations. The lateral light stripe is short, 
narrow, and light yellow in colour, and loses itself before 
reaching the thighs. The sublateral black stripe is broad and 
well marked and of equal length with the lighter stripe. The 
remainder of the underparts, muzzle, and a ring round the 
eye chestnut. Tail deep black, with no sign of annulations. 


- 


of the Sciurus Prevostii Group. 175° 


Dimensions (from skin) :—Head and body 275 millim., 
tail 280, hind foot 55. 

Hab, Mount Kina Balu, Borneo, alt. 1000 feet. 

Type &, B.M. 95.10. 4.11. Collected March 1887 by 
Mr. J. Whitehead. Presented by Mr. Oldfield Thomas. 

‘There are also specimens from Mount Dulit up to 5000 feet 
in no way differing from the above. 

I am somewhat doubtful as to the specific distinctness of 
this form from Se. erythromelas of Schlegel from Celebes ; 
but in view of the distinctness of the Bornean fauna from that 
of Celebes, it seemed best to consider it specifically distinct 
until an opportunity occurs of comparing it with Celebean 
specimens. 


Scturus baluensis suffusus, subsp. n. 


Considerably smaller than the previous form. The whole 
of the upper parts as in Se. balwensis, but the colour absolutely 
uniform throughout and without any rufous on the feet or top 
of the nose. ‘Ihe sides of the face and a ring round the eye 
are pure chestnut, but the muzzle is paler. The tail is similar 
incolour to the back, The presence of the light lateral stripe 
is only faintly indicated by a lighter tinge about the centre 
of each side, and the sublateral black stripe, although 
distinct, is very short. 

Dimensions (from skin) :—Head and body 200 millim., 
tail 185, hind foot 43. 

Hab. Tutong River, N.W. Borneo. 

Type, B.M. 98. 9. 28. 7. Collected by Dr. Waterstradt. 


Selurus erythromelas, 'Temm. 
Seiurus erythromelas, Temm., Esq. Zool, Guin, p. 248 (partim) (1853) ; 
Schlegel, op. cit. p. 28. 

Upper parts lustrous black, slightly suffused with rufous on 
the cheeks, sides of the neck, shoulders, and outer side of the 
thighs. ‘The underparts, including the feet and inner sides of 
the limbs, deep chestnut, the feet, however, possessing black 
hairs as well, The tail has a reddish-brown hue, and the 
light annulations to the hairs of the sides form themselves 
into a faint lateral stripe. Muzzle whitish. 

Dimensions as in Se. atricapillus. 

Hab. Menado, N.W. Celebes. 

This description and that which follows have been taken 
from Schlegel, as I have had no specimens for examination, 


Nias 


176° Mr. J. L. Bonhote on the Squirrels 


Scturus Schlegeli, Gray. 


Sciurus erythrogenys, Schlegel, op. cit. p. 29 (nec Waterhouse). 
Sciurus Schlegeli, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xx. 1867, p. 278. 


The hairs of the upper parts black, with fulvous annula- 
tions in such a manner that the general colour is black on the 
head, neck, back, and feet, the light annulations being most 
marked on the sides, where they form a faint stripe, which is 
bordered by a distinct sublateral black stripe. The under- 
parts and the sides of the face chestnut. 

Dimensions :—Head and body 200 millim., tail 225. 

Hab. Kenia, N. Celebes. 


Seiurus rufoniger, Gray. 


Sciurus rufonigra, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. x. 1842, p. 263; List 
Mamm. B. M. 1843, p. 142 (nec Puch.). 
Sceiurus rufoniger, Gray, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. xx. 1867, p. 278. 


This species, which is known only from the type, has the 
whole of the head, back, tail, and outer sides of limbs and feet 
rich black, with a very faint but distinct pale tinge, forming 
a light lateral stripe, which spreads out over the thighs. 
Underparts and inner sides of limbs rich chestnut. 

Dimensions apparently as in the larger forms of this group. 

Hab. Unknown. 

Type, B.M. 38. 3. 13, 29. 


Sciurus rufoniger pluto, Gray. 
Macroxus pluto, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xx. 1867, p. 288. 


Whole of head, upper parts, outer sides of limbs, feet, and tail 
rich glossy black. ‘Ihe remainder dark chestnut. In some 
individuals there is a faint but clear short white lateral stripe. 

Dimensions :—Head and body 200 millim., tail 220, hind 
foot 50. 

Hab. Sarawak, Borneo. 

Type, B.M. 56. 9. 19. 6. 

This form seems to be generally distributed in Borneo 
and some of the neighbouring islands ; there are also speci- 
mens from Sumatra. 


Key to the Group. 


A. Hairs on the back not annulated. 
a‘. Whitish lateral stripe present. Face 
and cheeks not black. 


of the Sciurus Prevostii Group. Ib ats 


a*, White stripe unbroken from tip of cee 
nose to heel of hind foot ........ Se. Prevostu typicus. 
- WwW hite stripe broken. 
a’, Sage of tail with no fulvous tips. 
Light part of thigh not grizzled. 
we Shoulders fulvous. 
a®, Sides of face and neck iron- 
PLO Varta Saidessts eee Se. P. bangkanus. 
b°, Sides of face and neck white. ‘se 5 ee i 
si Shoulders chestnut. 
. Sides of face and ears iron- 
QUO). ciety «cio Santas el os: ore Se. P, Rafflesiz. 
*, Light part of thigh slightly 
grizzled. 
ce’. Face and shoulders fulvous, 
NOMIALL OR eracise- avsna cso ips als Se. P. navigator. 
Tigges of tail with fulvous tips. 
. Light partof thigh not grizzled. Se. P. sarawakensis. 
oe Light part of thigh erizzled. 
. Sides of body above the white 
lateral stripe grizzled .... Se. P. borneoensis. 
b’. Sides of body above the white 
lateral stripe not grizzled... Se. P. kuchingensis. 
. Whitish lateral stripe, if present, very 
faint. Face and cheeks black. 
a*, Lateral stripe very faint, but spread- 
INO GVETE LUTON. Ve i4.ces5/3 kia er spare wate Se. rufoniger typicus. 
. Lateral stripe absent, or sometimes 
very faint and shor t, never on 
thig Sar alticsy Ore sista ne a aveiesd Sasa 8 Se. rufoniger pluto. 
B. Hairs on the back annulated. 
a‘, Lateral light stripe present. 
a*, Upper “part of thighs lighter than 
back. 
a®, Feet rich chestnut ............ Se. Caroli typicus. 
oF pues grizzled greyish. 
*, Eye surrounded with rufous 


PING elo csioa Siecle. iete e alaye an arivarens Se. C. griseicauda. 
lie Ey e “not surrounded with rufous 
1 TEAS Re ea ISON TE Se, atricapillus, 
b?. Upper part of thighs not lighter 
ee back. 
8. Larger, length 275 mm. Lateral 
light stripe pale yellow........ Se. baluensis typicus, 


b°®, Smaller, length 200 mm. Lateral 
bee stripe nearly absent. 
sy leet omzzled ® stta ease tens tk Se. b. suffusus. 
. Feet black ......... avis tie = IOC. SCHLEGEL. 
b. Tate light Btripe: @DSenit sis. .s..%.siei0<» Se. erythromelas. 


178 Mr. O. Thomas on new 


XX1.—New Mammals from Peru and Bolivia, with a List of 
those recorded from the Inambari River, Upper Madre de 
Dios. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS. 


Two further consignments have recently been received from 
that indefatigable and most successful collector Mr. Perry O. 
Simons, obtained in South-eastern Peru and the adjoining 
parts of Bolivia. Among other places, he was able to visit 
the Inambari River, whence a collection was recently sent to 
the New York Museum and reported on by Dr. J. A. Allen *. 
By adding Mr. Simons’s species and one or two of Mr. Kali- 
nowski’s to those recorded by Dr. Allen, I am able to give a 
complete list of the mammals as yet known to inhabit the 
district. 

To commence with, the following new species have to be 
described :— 


Cebus fatuellus peruanus, subsp. n. 


Like C. fatuellus, but with the “horns” scarcely deve- 
loped, all the coronal hairs being of nearly equal length and 
standing vertically upright, with the black cap scarcely 
reaching back on to the neck, and with the forearms of quite 
the same colour as the body, instead of having a yellowish 
patch on them. 

Dimensions of the type (as taken by the collector) :— 

Head and body 890 millim. ; tail 385. 

Skull: greatest length 91; basal length 62. 

Hab. Maycapata, Huaynapata, Inambari Valley, 8.E. Peru. 

Type. Female. B.M. 0. 11.5.2. Collected 23rd July, 
1897, by Mr. J. Kalinowski. ‘T'wo specimens examined. 

1 have taken as representing the true C. fatuellus an ex- 
cellent specimen in the Museum from Tolima, Colombia, that 
being the country selected by Schlegel as the typical locality 
for the species. 

In connexion with these Peruvian Cebz, it may be noted 
that at Idma, Sta. Ana, also in the Province of Cuzco, 
Mr. Kalinowski obtained four specimens of a Cebus which 
entirely agrees with Gray’s C. pallidus, first | said by him to 
be the same as C. eleyans, Geoff., but later { described as a 
species. ‘The co-types were bleached, and the following is 
a brief description of the fresh specimens :— 

General colour pale brown. Head-markings approxi- 

* Bull. Am. Mus. N. H. xiii. p. 219 (1900). 

Tt P. Z,S, 1865, p. 826. { Cat. Monkeys, p, 49 (1870). 


Mammals from Peru and Bolivia. 307) 


mately as figured by Spix in his C. macrocephalus*. Chest 
and throat yellow. 'Forearms and legs blackish ; fingers and 
toes white. 

From other evidence it is clear that Mr. Bridges did some 
collecting in South-eastern Peru, so that species described as 
from Bolivia—Bridges ” may in some cases, as in that of 
Ctenomys opimus nigriceps t, be really Peruvian in origin. 


Cebus flavescens cuscinus, subsp. n. 


Closely allied to C. flavescens, Gray, but with a large brown 
coronal patch. 

Fur of face much longer than in most Cedz, there being no 
peripheral short-haired portion. Hairs on forehead and 
cheeks smoothly directed backward, those on the crown upright 
or slightly reversed, though not forming any marked crest or 
horns. General colour of back pale brown, with a suffusion 
of rufous. Hach hair is pale slaty at base, with a dull pale 
red intermediate portion and a brown tip; posteriorly on the 
rump the rufous increases in depth and intensity, passing 
gradually on to the rich rufous of the hind limbs. Throat 
and chest whitish; belly (the hairs of which are reversed 
forwards) bright orange-rufous, continuous with the rufous 
legs. Hairs of forehead and cheeks pale glossy yellowish, 
the tips of the hairs browner. Square patch covering crow n 
(about 2 inches broad and rather more in length) dark chocolate- 
brown, the bases of the hairs pale brown. Lars well clothed 
with shining yellowish hairs. Fore limbs pale brown above, 
passing into rufous on the forearm and whitish on the 
fingers; their inner sides bright rufous to the wrists. Hind 
limbs rich rufous both on their outer and inner sides, the toes 
dull whitish. Tail bushy, the bases of the hairs proximally 
rufous, terminally white, the tips of the hairs inconspicuously 
brown. 

Altogether the colouring of the body and limbs is not unlike 

_ that of ‘the monkey figured by F. Cuvier as the “ Sajou a 
pieds dorés”’ f, although the head is so entirely different. 

Skull small and delicate. 

Dimensions of the ty pe (as taken by the collector in the 
flesh) :— 

Head and body 340 millim.; tail 890; hind foot 250; 
ear 30. 

* Sim. & Vesp. Bras. pl. i. (1823). 
t Thos. Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. (7) vi. p. 884 (1900). 
ek Ne Mamm. (fol.) iii, pl, Ixix. 


180 Mr. O. Thomas on new 


Skull: greatest length 93:5 ; basal length 61; zygomatic 
breadth 61; breadth of brain-case 51; combined length of 
lower cheek-teeth 25. 

Hab. Callanga, Cuzco, Peru. Alt. 1500 m. 

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 98. 11. 6. 1. Collected 
21st April, 1898, by Herr Otto Garlepp. 

This monkey differs from the true C. flavescens, Gray, by 
its prominent brown crown-patch, the head of that animal 
being quite uniform in colour. ‘The exact history of Gray’s 
type has not been preserved, but there seems to be some 
evidence that it may have been obtained by Wallace on the 
Rio Negro. This, however, remains to be verified by the 
capture of further specimens. 


Galera* barbara brunnea, subsp. n. 


Dull chocolate-brown all over, the head and nape scarcely 
lighter than the back, though the nape has something of the 
usual yellowish suffusion. A small yellow neck-spot present. 
Limbs slightly darker, but not black. ‘I'ail coarsely mixed 
brown and yellow, some of its hairs all brown, some yellow 
basally and brown terminally, and many (especially for the 
proximal half below) all yellow. 


Size and cranial characters apparently as in_ typical 


G. barbara. 
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 


Head and body 700 millim. ; tail 420; hind foot, s. u. 108, 
e, u. 116; ear 41. 


Basilar length of skull 109. 


* Since writing my paper on the subspecies of the Tayra (Ann. 
& Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 145, 1900) my attention has been drawn by 
Dr. Forsyth Major to the importance of the characters which distinguish 
that animal from the smaller forms, and the consequent advisability of 
recognizing Gray’s genus Galera. 7 

Dr. Nehring also has admitted the genera Galera and Galictis as 
distinct in his paper on the group in 1886. 

In this same paper he speaks of a “ varietas peruana,” yon Tschudi; but 
I fail to find any such name used by the author of the ‘ Fauna Peruana,’ 
If it is intended by Dr. Nehring as a new name, I venture to think that 
it would have been clearer had he said so, However, as said above, I 
cannot see from T'schudi’s description that his animal differs from the 
ordinary form of G. barbara. 

A similarly ambiguous name is introduced by Dr. Nehring in the 
simple statement that “besides the typical form of G. vittata, a smaller 
variety, chilensis, should probably be distinguished.” But more than a 
century earlier Molina had given to the Chilian Grison the name of 
“ Mustela quiqu”*. 


® Sage. S. N. Chili, p, 292 (1782). 


Mammals from Peru and Bolivia. 181 


Hab. Mapiri, Upper Beni River, W. Bolivia. Alt. 800 m. 

Type. Male. B.M.no.1.1.1.57. Original number 1197. 
Collected 27th August, 1900, by Mr. P. O. Simons. One 
specimen. 

Native name “‘ Taware”’ (P. O. S.). 

This subspecies of the Tayra is characterized by its general 
brown colour, all the other forms—including the one described 
by Tschudi from Peru, on which Dr. Nehring’s “ peruana” 
is presumably based—being either black, or, if at all brownish, 
at least with a wholly black tail. 


Rhipidomys pheotis, sp. n. 


A rather small reddish species allied to &. mécrotis, Thos. 

Size about as in R&R. microtis and fulviventer. Fur close 
and fine; hairs of back about 8 millim. in length. General 
colour above fulvous, lined with black on the back, clearer 
rufous on the sides. Face more greyish. Under surface 
white throughout, or the extreme bases of the hairs slaty ; 
line of demarcation on sides well defined. Ears of medium 
size, blackish brown, contrasting markedly with the general 
colour of the head. Front of fore limbs and metacarpals 
like back, fingers white; outer side of hind limbs fulvous, 
darkening to brown on the distal part of the metatarsus, 
toes white. Tail well-haired, pencilled, uniformly blackish 
brown. 

Skull in size and general appearance not unlike that of 
R. fulviventer, but with a broader interorbital region. 
Palatal foramina shorter than in either of the allied species, 
not reaching back to the level of the front of m.’. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 112 millim.; tail broken; hind foot, s. u. 
23°5,c. u. 25; ear 18. ‘The tail of the second specimen, of 
about the same general size, is 115 millim. in length. 

Skull: greatest length 30°2; basilar length 23°5; greatest 
breadth 16°3; nasals, length 9°8; interorbital breadth 5:3 ; 
breadth of brain-case 14; interparietal 4-4 x 11°2; diastema 8; 
length of palate from henselion 12:5; palatal foramina 5 ; 
length of upper molar series 4:2. 

Hab. Segrario, 13° 5'S., 70° 5! W., Upper Inambari, 8.E. 
Peru. Alt. 1000 m. 

Type. Male. B.M. no. 1. 1. 1. 23. Original number 
1146. Collected 23rd July, 1900, by Mr. P. O. Simons, 
‘wo specimens. 

This species seems to be most nearly allied to R. microtis, 


182 Mr. Q. Thomas on new 


Thos., but differs by its larger and darker-coloured ears, 
smaller palatal foramina, and smaller molars. 


Eliymodontia ducilla, sp. n. 


An Eligmodontia of the short-tailed group, with a striking 
superficial resemblance to Phyllotis sublimis, though smaller 
and with shorter fur. 

Size small, about as in FZ. lepida, laucha, &c. Fur very 
soft, fairly long; hairs of back about 8 millim. in length. 
General colour above pale greyish fawn, finely grizzled with 
brown; nearly uniform in tone from head to rump, but the 
centre of the back rather darker. Sides of nose and an indis- 
tinct line running along the flanks edging the belly-colour 
pale sandy fawn. Under surface white, not sharply defined 
laterally, the hairs grey basally, white terminally. Ears of 
medium length, pale brown; a whitish spot on the head 
behind them, as in other species of the group. Hands and 
feet white above; soles hairy posteriorly. ‘Tail less than 
half the length of the head and body, well clothed with hairs, 
sandy white above, clear white below. 

Skull with the nasals and premaxillary processes of equal 
extension backwards ; interorbital space narrow, more parallel- 
sided than in #. laucha; interparietal broad, strap-like, 
narrow antero-posteriorly, its lateral parts as broad as the 
centre; palatal foramina long, extending to the second lamina 
ofm.’. ‘Teeth of the complicated brachyodont character found 
in E. laucha and its allies, very different to those of Phyllotis, 
which are of a more simple, though semi-hypsodont and 
zigzag, pattern. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 73 millim.; tail 30; hind foot, s. u. 17, 
eye ho sear 17. 

Skull: greatest length 21°7; basilar length 18°5; greatest 
breadth 12; nasals, length 8; interorbital breadth 3:5; 
breadth of brain-case 10°4; diastema 5:13; palate from hen- 
selion 9°8; palatal foramina 5; length of upper molar 
series 3°7. 

Hab. San Anton, Lake Titicaca, 8.E. Peru. Alt. 3800 m. 

Type. Female. B.M. no. 1. 1. 1. 1. Original number 
1118. Collected 28th June, 1900, by Mr. P. O. Simons. 

This pretty little mouse is most nearly allied to 4. lepida 
and sorelia, but may be readily distinguished from both by 
its much paler and more fawny colour. — Its superficial resem- 
blance to Phyllotis sublimis is so great that at first sight it 
wight be taken for a smaller shorter-haired subspecies of that 
animal. 


Mammals from Peru and Bolivia. 183 


Oxeymycterus tris, sp. n. 


Size rather less than in O. dnca, Thos. General colour 
rufous, heavily lined with black, especially along the middle 
of the back, so that the dorsal area is noticeably darker than 
the sides, which are a clearer fulvous rufous. Black tips of 
dorsal hairs with a distinet greenish iridescence. Head 
browner. Under surface ochraceous rufous, not sharply 
defined laterally from the rufous of the sides; chin whitish. 
Ears, upper surface of hands and feet, and whole of tail 
black, or a few whitish hairs on the terminal part of the tail 
below. 

Skull, as compared to that of O. cnca, with the nasals more 
pointed and less trumpet-shaped anteriorly and more rounded 
posteriorly, Brain-case slightly broader and shorter and 
without any indications of rudimentary postorbital processes. 
Back of palate level with middle of m.*.  Incisors narrower 
and weaker than in O. inca. 

Dimensions of the type (taken in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 160 millim.; tail 102; hind foot, s. u. 30, 
c. u. 333 ear 22. 

Skull: greatest length 37; basilar length 29; breadth of 
nasal opening 3°5; nasals 14°5x4°5; interorbital breadth 
6°5; breadth of brain-case 15; palate length from henselion 
14°5; diastema 9°7; palatal foramina 81x34; length of 
upper molar series 5°7. 

Hab. San Ernesto, near Mapiri, Upper Beni River. Alt. 
10U0 m. 

Type. Male; "B.M. no. .1.' 1.1.76. Orginal number 
1218. Collected 5th September, 1900, by Mr. P.O. Simons. 
Eleven specimens examined, three from San Ernesto and the 
others from Mapivi itself. 

From Dr, Allen’s O. juliace this species differs by having 
its underside coloured exactly as in O. inca. The latter 
again differs by having its rufous darker and more chestnut 
in tone and spread more uniformly over the body, so that the 
back is little darker than the sides; nor is there any irides- 
cence in the dorsal hairs. The cranial differences have already 
been referred to. 


Oxymycterus mimus, sp. Nd. 


A member of the group of small Akodon-like Oxymycteré, 
the nearest ally being O. bogotensis, ‘Vhos. 

General appearance that of the common small Akodons, in 
colour intermediate between A. caliginosus and A, boliviensis. 


184 Mr. O. Thomas on new 


Eyes apparently very small. Fur very fine, long and silky ; 
hairs of the back 11-12 millim. in length. General colour 
above very finely speckled dark olivaceous grey, very uniform 
in tone all over. Top of muzzle rather blacker. Head like 
back, but the speckling rather coarser. Ears short, well-haired, 
blackish brown. Sides scarcely paler than back. Under 
surface brownish grey, the bases of the hairs plumbeous, 
their tips dull greyish; no line of demarcation on sides. 
Upper surface of hands and feet brown. ‘l'ail about the 
length of the head and body, very finely scaled, thinly haired, 
uniform dark brown throughout. 

Skull very thin and papery, the surfaces smoothly rounded 
and without ridges; muzzle narrow, evenly tapering, not 
irumpet-shaped anteriorly; interorbital broad, smoothly 
rounded ; interparietal minute; palatal foramina long, 
reaching nearly to the middle of m.’. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 92 millim.; tail 96; hind foot (s. u.) 22; 
ear 17, 

Skull: greatest length 27; basilar length 20°5; zygo- 
matic breadth 13°5; length of nasals 11; interorbital breadth 
57; breadth of brain-case 13; diastema 7°23; palate from 
henselion 11°6; palatal foramina 5°8 x 2°1; length of upper 
molar series 4°7. 

Hab. Limbane, Dept. Puno. Alt. 2600 m. 

Type. Female. B.M. no. 1.1.1. 48. Original number 
1126. Collected 6th July, 1900, by Mr. P. O. Simons. 
Four specimens examined. 

No one would take this remarkable little animal for anything 
but an Akodon without examining the skull; but the cranial 
characters show it to be a member of the group of Oxymyctert 
which contains O. bogotensis, Thos.*, and O. lanosus, Thos. t, 
from both of which it may be readily distinguished by its 
colour and proportions. 


Akodon pulcherrimus and its subspecies. 


Of the beautiful mouse discovered by Mr. Kalinowski at 
Puno, and described by me in 1897 ¢ under the above name, 
Mr. Simons has sent a number of examples from different 
localities in South-eastern Peru—Sumbay, Caylloma, Crucero, 
and the Inambari River; and Mr. Bernard Hunt has also 


* Acodon bogotensis, Thos. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 869 
(1895). 

t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx. p. 218 (1897). 

$ «0m. cit, p. 549 (1897). 


Mammals from Peru and Bolivia. 185 


contributed some additional specimens from Caylloma. These 
localities show that the species ranges over a quadrangular 
area some 200 miles each way between about 69° and 72° W. 
and 13° and 16° 'S. 

But the specimens from the different localities are not all 
identical, falling into four fairly separable subspecies, those 
from Sumbay being apparently typical, while each of the 
other places above mentioned has its own local form. 

All are, however, so alike in general characters and agree 
so closely with the original description that there is no need 
for a detailed account of each, the differential characters and 
the dimensions being alone given. 


1. Akodon pulcherrimus (typical). 


Back fuscous brown, not darkening laterally, the sides if 
anything paler than the back. White ear-patch large, ex- 
tending backward beyond the ears when these (dry) are folded 
back, continuous below with the white of the under surface, 
or, rarely, with a faint darker wash separating the two. 

Hab. Puno (Kalinowsk?); Sumbay, near Arequipa (Simons). 
Alt, 4000 m. 

Average measurements of five specimens from Sumbay :— 

Head and body 89°8 millim. ; tail 72°8; hind foot (s. u.) 23; 
ear 19. 


2. Akodon pulcherrimus cayllome, subsp. n. 


Like the typical form as to general colour and ear-patch, 
but the sides darkening instead of lightening as they approach 
the white of the belly, so that an indistinct blackish line is 
formed edging the clear white of the belly. 

Dimensions of the type (taken in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 94 millim.; tail 82; hind foot 23; ear 20. 

Average measurements of four adults : Head and body 91°7 ; 
tail 75°2 ; hind foot (s. u.) 22°2; ear 19°5. 

Hab. Caylloma. Alt. 4300 m. 

Type. Female. B.M. no. 0. 10. 1. 74. Collected 14th 
June, 1900, by Mr. P.O. Simons. Six specimens examined, 
of which Mr. Simons obtained four and Mr. Hunt two. 

‘'wo young specimens show the dark lateral marks parti- 
cularly well. 


3. Akodon pulcherrimus tnambarii, subsp. n. 


Like the typical form as to colour, but the light ear-patch 
is so much reduced that the laid-back ears surpass it poste- 


186 Mr. O. Thomas on new 


riorly, and laterally there is a broad band of the general dark 
colour connecting the cheeks and flanks and dividing it from 
the white belly-colour. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Head and body 110 millim.; tail 80; hind foot, s. u. 24, 
c. u. 26°5; ear 23. 

Hab. Limbane, on the Inambari River, Upper Madre de 
Dios. Alt. 3400 m. 

Type. Female. B.M. no. 1. 1.1.41. Original number 
1150. Collected 26th July, 1900, by Mr. P. O. Simons. 


One specimen only. 


4, Akodon pulcherrimus cruceri, subsp. n. 


General colour olivaceous, the rufous tone disappearing from 
the brown and leaving an olivaceous not unlike that of 
Akodon longipilis or macronyx. Auricular patch small, sur- 
passed by the ears and more or less separated from the white 
of the throat. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Head and body 100 millim.; tail 87; hind foot, s. u. 23, 
c. u. 25°35; ear 22. 

Average measurements of four adults : Head and body 98 ; 
tail 79; hind foot 25; ear 21°5. 

Hab. Crucero, on the pass between Puno and the Upper 
Inambari. Alt. 4550 m. 

Type. Female. B.M. no. 1. 1. 1.45. Original number 
1167. Collected 29th July, 1900, by Mr. P. O. Simons. 
Four specimens examined. 

In general appearance, owing to its different dorsal colour, 
this race seems the most distinct of all. 


List of the Mammals as yet known from the Inambari River. 


Dr. Allen’s recent paper (2. c.) gives an account of some 
mammals collected by Mr. H. H. Keays, nominally at 
‘ Juliaca, in South-eastern Peru, a little to the westward of 
Lake Titicaca”; but it is clear, both by the latitude and 
longitude given (13° 30/ §8., 70° W.) and by the species 
represented, all of which are Amazonian and not Titicacan, 
that the collection is from the Rio Inambari, where, as a 
matter of fact—at Santo Domingo—Mr. Simons found 
Mr. Keays at work. There may be another Juliaca on the 
Inambari, or, more probably, Mr. Keay’s letters and collec- 
tions came vd Juliaca, ‘Titicaca, and that thus the mistake 
arose, 


Mammals from Peru and Bolivia, 187 


Previously a few specimens had been obtained by Mr. J. 
Kalinowski at Marcapata, lower down the Inambari, and by 
including these, the species recorded by Dr. Allen in 
Mr. Keays’s collection (omitting the Lagidium), and those 
now received from Mr. Simons, the number of Inambart 
mammals is raised from eighteen to twenty-seven. 


Lagothria sp. (probably L. Humboldt’). 
A number of skulls. Marcapata. J. Kalinowski. 


Cebus fatuellus peruanus, Thos. 


Marcapata. Kalinowski (as above). 
Alouatta nigra, Geoff. 
Myotis sp. 
Nyctinomus sp. 


Saccopteryx sp. 


Rio Inambari. Simons. 


Nasua montana, Tschudi, 


3 ?, Limbane. Simons. 

These are the first specimens assignable to this rare species 
that the Museum has received. ‘Though from the same 
locality, they differ remarkably from each other in their 
general colour, one being comparatively rufous and the other 
more or less straw-coloured., 

The species appears to replace in the Peruvian Andes the 
peculiar small-toothed V. olivacea, Gray, of the highlands of 
Ecuador, Colombia, and Venezuela. It is probably Dr. Allen’s 


“ Nasua nasua, L.” 


; : Prat 
Sciurus cestuans cusctnus, Thos. 


@ ?, Rio Inambari, 16th and 19th July. 

‘These specimens quite agree with the type, except that 
their feet are rather less yellow. In a nice series sent by 
Mr. Simons from Mapiri, however, there is considerable 
variation both in the colour of the feet and of the belly, the 
latter part being almost white in some specimens. 


Rhipidomys pheotis, Thos. 


Segrario. Simons (as above). 


188 Mr. O. Thomas on new 


Oryzomys nitidus, Thos. 


R. Inambari. Simons. 

The study of a very interesting series obtained by Mr. 
Simons on the Perené has convinced me that the rafous rat 
which in 1884 * I called “ Hesperomys laticeps, var. nitidus,” 
is only an exceptionally rufous form, neither species nor sub- 
species, but merely a variation of that to which I then gave 
the name of //. laticeps. The specimens called nitidus had 
all been in spirit, and this often tends to turn fulvous into 
red, Now the Perené series, all adult, vary from a dark 
smoky Mus musculus-like grey to a rich fulvous, at least 
along the flanks, the dorsal area being still dark. The fulvous 
specimens tend to have lighter tails below than the grey 
ones, but the two forms intergrade completely. No doubt 
the Andean rats will prove distinct from the true daticeps, but 
all, whether brown or rufous, must bear the name of nitidus. 

Specimens of this species, generally in the grey phase, 
have been obtained by various collectors all along the Andean 
slopes from Ecuador into Bolivia. 


Oryzomys Keayst, All, 


3, Rio Inambari. 


9, Limbane. 

These specimens differ considerably from each other, but 
only within the limits shown by a series of the closely allied 
O. Childi of Bogoté, where there is much variation in size, 
and the belly may be anything from a sharply detined 
whitish to a rich buffy continuous with the rufous of the 
sides. 

Such variation is very unusual among American Murida, 
and in the face of it I think it by no means impossible that 
O. albigularis, Tomes, O. Childi, Thos., O. meridensis, 
Thos., and the present animal, which are undoubtedly all very 
closely allied to each other, may hereafter have to be amal- 
gamated. Probably I should not myself have given a special 
name to the Inambari form. 


Oryzomys obtusirostris, All. 
3 3 Sh 2, Segrario, 13° 30’ S., 70° 5’ W. 
&, Limbane. 


The different forms of the longicaudatus-Stolzmanni group 
are exceedingly difficult to differentiate, but I use the name 
Dr. Allen has applied to the Inambari race. 


* P, Z.S. 1884, p. 452, pl. xlii. fig. 1. 


Mammals from Peru and Bolivia. 189 
Nectomys Garleppit, Thos. 


Neacomys spinosus, Thos. 

Dr, Allen’s Inambari record for this species was quite to be 
expected, as Mr. Simons has found it both on the Perené and 
at Mapiri, on the Beni. 


Ichthyomys Stolzmanni, Thos. 
Marcapata. J. Kalinowski. 


Oxymycterus juliace, All. 

Skeleton ¢, Rio Inambari. Simons. 

It is unfortunate that Mr. Simons did not obtain a skin of 
this species for comparison with QO. d¢nca and iris; but the 
skull, which is barely adult, is not exactly like that of either, 


Oxvymycterus apicalis, Allen. 

One specimen. Santo Domingo, 13° 5! 8. and 70° W. 
1800 m. 21st July. ‘Topotype. 

This most remarkable rat is so unlike any previously 
known species of Oxymycterus that until its skull was cleaned 
I could not believe that it had been correctly placed in that 
genus; but its cranial characters confirm Dr, Allen’s judgment 


in the matter. ; 
It was at Santo Domingo that Mr. Simons found Mr. Keays 


in residence, so [ presume that it was there he collected the 
specimens described by Dr. Allen. 


Oxymycterus mimus, Thos. 
Limbane. Simons (as above). 


Akodon caliginosus, ‘Tomes. 


Marcapata. Kalinowski. 


Santo Domingo. Simons. i 
Also sent by Mr. Simons from Mapiri, across the frontier 


in Bolivia. 


Akodon boliviensis, Meyen. 


Limbane. Simons. 
This is the common olive Akodon of all the highlands of 


S. Peru. a ate 
The type locality is not in Bolivia, but near Mount Misti, 
Dept. Arequipa. My A. mollis is its lowland representative, 
and may perhaps pass into it. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 14 


190 On anew Free-tail Bat. 


Akodon pulcherrimus tnambarti, Thos. 
Limbane. Simons (as above). 


Dactylomys peruanus, All. 
Proechimys Simonsi, Thos. 


Dasyprocta variegata, Tschudi. 
3 ¢, Marcapata. J. Kalinowski. 


This Aguti seems to grade northwards into LD. dsthmica, 
intermediate specimens occurring along the Andes of Ecuador. 
Examples from the Santa Marta Mountains, representing 
D), colombiana, Bangs, are also very similar to Peruvian skins. 


Didelphis pernigra, Allen. 


3, Marcapata. J. Kalinowski. 
?, Limbane. Simons. 


Marmosa Keays, Allen. 


Chironectes minimus, Zimm. 


XXII.—A new Free-tail Bat from the Lower Amazons. 
By OLDFIELD THOMAS. 


Promops Trumbull, sp. n. 


Closely allied to P. perotis, Wied, but with smaller ears, 
smaller tragus, and much smaller and lighter teeth. 

Ears more moderate than in P. perotis, united at their 
anterior bases, hairy in the same parts as in P. perotis, but 
not so thickly; keel less broadly flattened externally ; tragus 
quadrangular, nearly or quite as broad as high, about 
2 millim. in each dimension, so far as can be made out on the 
skin. 

General colour above more “ hair-brown ”’ than the rufous- 
brown of P. perotis. Under surface whitish brown, paler 
along the middle line ; the long hairs on the throat whitish 
grey ; face and chin blackish brown. 

Skull similar to that of P. perotis except for its generally 
lighter build, and this may be partly due to immaturity. 

“Teeth in shape similar on the whole to those of the allied 


On a new Species of Paludestrina. 191 


species, except that there is a marked notch at the centre of 
the inner basal cingulum of the upper canines, visible in the 
buccal aspect of the teeth. The very considerable difference 
mare actual size of the teeth is shown in the following 
table :— 


P, perotiss P, Trumbulli, 


mm. mm. 
Upper incisors, combined breadth at base... 3:8 33 
Upper canine, length from cingulum ante- 
THOVLY ics tiecceehs Mejee heart oe eter tenes 55 4:0 
Upper canine, greatest diameter at base, 
oriz ontalllye st. seiccs'are:stere. cae ore spereree . 39 2°8 
Large premolar and first two molars, com- 
binedMenpihw.sioee, fccsciaec bcd ws « 85 6:8 
Lower canine, height from cingulum ex- 
BEDE y hs a sieetieyaceosavnpa! Savoy tasiel ses seeetspale.e Seb 40 
First lower premolar, transverse diameter.. 2°2 15 
First lower molar, transverse diameter .,.. 2°5 19 


Specimens of P. pe. vids from Bolivia (Bridges) and Lagoa 
Santa (Reinhardt) have teeth agreeing closely in size with 
those of the example measured, which came from Cordova 
(White). 

Forearm of the type (the epiphyses not yet fully united) 
73 millim. 

Hab. Paya. 

Type. Skin. B.M. no. 99. 11. 2.1. Collected 7th June, 
1898, and presented by J. Trumbull, Esq. 


XXITI.—Notice of a Species of Paludestrina new to the British 
Fauna. By EpGar A, SMITH. 


In October last year Mr. Lionel P. Adams sent for my 
inspection a number of specimens of a very small species of 
Paludestrina which had been obtained in the canal at 
Dukinfield, Cheshire. 

Three weeks later other specimens were forwarded to me 
by Mr. F. Taylor, of Oldham, who informed me that he was 
the first to discover the presence of this shell at the above 
locality. 

It is certainly quite distinct from the other British species 
and at present has not been identified with any foreign form, 
It has been suggested by Mr. Adams and others that possibly 
it may be an introduction from North mug rou been 


192 Mr. O. Thomas on 


brought over in the same manner as Planorbis dilatatus and 
Physa heterostropha, 

P. Brownii, Petterd, from Tasmania, more closely resem- 
bles this species than any other with which I am acquainted, 
and it is curious that the other species of Paludestrina 
(P. Jenkinsi), added of recent years to the British fauna, 
should also have an extremely close Tasmanian representative 
in P. Legrandiana of Brazier. 

The present species may be thus described :— 


Paludestrina Taylort. 


Animal with the foot pale beneath, oblong, rounded behind, 
scmewhat auriculate anteriorly, with the front edge straightish 
or even slightly sinuated. Proboscis cleft beneath in front, 
blackish above and at the sides, pale at the end; body also 
blackish at the upper part of the sides. ‘Tentacles moderately 
long, scarcely tapering, rather obtuse at the tips, semitrans- 
parent, with a dark streak on one or both sides; eyes coal- 
black, large, slightly prominent at outer base of tentacles, 
with a sulphur-coloured spot above each. 

Shell subcylindrical, turreted, umbilicated, brownish or 
olive horn-colour, obscured by a blackish earthy deposit ; 
whorls four in number, very convex, separated by a deep 
suture, clean specimens exhibiting fine lines of growth; aper- 
ture broadly ovate, a little narrowed above; peristome con- 
tinuous, outer margin simple, columellar edge slightly 
thickened and faintly reflexed. 

Length 24-3 millim., diam. 14. 

Operculum paucispiral, thin, horny, slightly concave 
exteriorly. 

The sulphur spots above the eyes are a very striking feature 
in this mollusc, and under the microscope have a granular 
and even almost luminous aspect. The small size, besides 
the other characters mentioned, readily distinguish this from 
the other British species. I have much pleasure in associating 
with this form the name of its discoverer. 


XXIV.—New South- American Sciuri, Heteromys, Cavia, 
and Caluromys. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS. 


Sciurus griseogena meridensis, subsp. n. 


Precisely similar in size and general colour to the typical 
form, but the fur very much longer (hairs of back about 


new South-American Mammals. 193 


20 millim. in length), the belly-hairs plumbeous_ basally 
below their vivid fulvous-rufous tips, the separation of the 
belly from the body-colour less sharply defined, and the ears 
edged with bright rufous. Patch behind base of ears dull 
yellowish. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— 

Head and body 220 millim.; tail 220; hind foot, s. u. 48, 
Gusta seeat 20. 

Skull: greatest length 52; basilar length 39; greatest 
breadth 30°53 nasals 16x 7°3; interorbital breadth 15:4; 
palate from heuselion 23; diastema 13; length of upper 
tooth-row (crowns) 8°7. 

Hab. Escorial, Sierra de Merida. Alt. 2500 m. 

Type. Male. B.M. no. 98. 7. 1.33. Collected 16th No- 
vember, 1896, by S. Briceiio. 

This is evidently simply a highland form of S. griseogena, 
of which the type came from “ Venezuela.” 


Scturus (Microsciurus) otinus, sp. n. 


Similar to S. (JL) isthmius, Nels., in all respects exter- 
nally, except that the ears, instead of being like the crown 
(or rather more ferruginous) on both surfaces, are internally 
blackish towards their edges, and externally are white, con- 
trasting markedly with the general colour. Their extreme 
edge, however, is black, the white hairs having fine black 
tips. Orbital rings scarcely perceptible. Caudal hairs 
ringed with black and pale yellow, their tips yellowish white. 

Nasals of about the same length as in S. ¢sthmdus, but their 
posterior edge, instead of forming a round-angled W, is 
shaped like an open inverted V— A —the lines of the A being 
continuous behind with those bounding the premaxillary pro- 
cesses posteriorly. Incisors of the usual size. 

Dimensions of the type (in skin) :— 

Head and body 130 millim. ; tail (c.) 112; hind foot, s. u. 
Do, Cre. oO ear fe: 

Skull: tip of nasals to front of interparietal 33°35 zygo- 
matic breadth 22°7; nasals 10 (diagonally) x 5:1;  inter- 
orbital breadth 13°35; diastema (to p.') 8:9; palate from 
henselion 14°2; combined length of large premolar and three 
molars 5:1. 

Hab, Medellin, Colombia. 

Type. Female. B.M. no. 76. 8. 8. 6. Collected by 
Mr. J. K. Salmon, Two specimens examined, 

In the second specimen the ears are not so markedly white 
as in the type, but the cranial characters are quite similar. 


194 Mr. O. Thomas on 


S. (AL) similis, Nels.*, from Cali, Colombia, of which the 
Museum possesses a skull, differs by its unusually slender 
incisors, these being only 1'4 millim. in depth as against 2:0. 
S. chrysurus, Puch.t, the only other allied species, may be 
distinguished by its golden or ferruginous tail. 


Heteromys australis, sp. n. 


A large dark species, with naked soles, allied to /7. melano- 
leucus. 

Fur close and crisp, rather short, spines about 8 millim. 
long by 0°5 millim, broad. General colour dark smoky grey, 
as in the allied species, the hairs of the back finely tipped 
with yellowish, the spines greyish white with black tips. 
Ears short, practically naked, black, finely edged with white. 
A tuft of stiff hairs just in front of the ears black, but in some 
cases white. Muzzle, throat, pouches inside and out, belly, 
and inner sides of limbs white. Lower part of forearms 
indistinctly slaty greyish all round, which colour runs on to 
the median part of the metacarpals, the remainder and the 
digits white. Posteriorly also the metatarsus is indistinctly 
brown, the toes being white. Tail thinly hairy, the rings of 
scales showing through, brown above, white below, the two 
colours not sharply defined. 

Skull stoutly built, broad in proportion to its length ; its 
detailed characters apparently much as in the allied species. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 185 millim.; tail 137 ; hind foot, s. u. 30, 
C. .odos Carlos 

Skull: greatest length 35; basilar length 24°53 zygomatic 
breadth 17; length of nasals 14:2 ; interorbital breadth 9:2; 
interparietal 4°7 x 9°5 ; length of palate from henselion 14:2 ; 
diastema 9; length of upper molar series (crowns) 4°5. 

Hab, St. Javier, Lower Cachabi River, N. Ecuador. Alt. 
20 m. 

Type. Female. Original number 64. Collected 23rd 
June, 1900, by G. Flemming and R. Miketta. Fourteen 
specimens examined. 

This is by far the most southern record for the genus 
Heteromys, and is the first discovery of any member of the 
genus to the west of the Andean chain. The species is allied 
to the dark naked-footed species /7. longicaudatus, anomalus, 
melanoleucus, &c., but seems to be different from any of them. 
Among other characteristics its partially dark metapodials 
would alone distinguish it, as the other members of the group 
have these parts wholly white. 


* Bull. Am. Mus. N. H. xii. p. 78 (1899). 
} ‘Revue Zoologique,’ 1845, p. 337. 


new South-American Mammals. 195 


Cavia boliviensis littoralis, subsp. n. 

Fur short, hairs of back only about 17 millim. in length 
(apart from the fine elongated points). General colour above 
similar on the whole to the more northern subspecies, but 
more finely speckled and also less yellow than in most 
specimens of the typical form. Hairs of back indistinctly 
annulated to their bases, the paler slaty bases found in 
C. b. leucoblephara being replaced by alternate lighter and 
darker rings of grey; subterminal ring buffy, tips black. 
Rings round eyes lighter than head, but not conspicuously so. 
Belly dull buffy white, not sharply defined, the bases of the 
hairs grey. Upper surface of hands and feet buffy, becoming 
paler terminally. 

Skull shaped as in the true C. boliviensis, but smaller, 
although this may be due to immaturity. Nasals narrower 
and ending opposite the ends of the premaxillary processes. 
Zygomata less widely expanded anteriorly. Palatal foramina 
shorter and broader. Bullee smaller. Incisors very narrow. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 199 millim. ; hind foot, s. u. 35, ce u. 39; 
ear 18. 

Skull: greatest length 47; basilar length 38:7; zygo- 
matic breadth 28; nasals 15°6x 63; interorbital breadth 9°8 ; 
interparietal 5°2x9; mastoid breadth 20°5; diastema 12°5 ; 
palatine foramina 4 x 2°33 length of palate from henselion 20 ; 
length of upper molar series 11; combined breadth of lower 
incisors 2°0. 

Hab. Bahia Blanca, Argentina. 

Type. Female. B.M. no. 0. 8.5.7. Collected 29th Sep- 
tember, 1896, by Mr. W. Jex. 

A considerable number of specimens of the true C. bolivi- 
ensis have now been received from: different localities round 
Lake Titicaca, collected by Messrs. Pentland, Garlepp, Kali- 
nowski and Simons, and these, like the original series 
collected by Bridges, vary considerably in their general 
colour, the whiteness, brownness, or buffiness of their bellies, 
and even more strikingly in the shape of their nasals. How- 
ever, none of them agree in the shortness of their fur, the 
fine speckling of the back, and the annulation of the bases of 
the dorsal hairs with the Cavy from Bahia Blanca. Speci- 
mens from the intermediate localities, representing C. leuco- 
blephara, Burm., agree in these characters more with the 
Titicacan animal. 

Owing to the difficulty in determining the age of Cavies, I 
am not sure as to the exact age of the specimen, but think it 
would have attained rather larger dimensions. 


196 On new South-American Mammals. 


Caluromys laniger pyrrhus, subsp. n. 


General colour of back rich rufous, not unlike that of some 
of the red Marmose of the IZ. murina group; a faint trace 
of the spinal white patch present. Face short-haired, grey, 
contrasting with the rufous nape and occiput, the median 
dark line strongly marked. Cheeks and under surface dull 
buffy white, the hairs almost entirely without slaty bases. 
Forearm pale greyish, becoming white terminally on the 
metacarpus. Legs duller grey, continuous with a large 
greyish patch on the outer side of the hips. Woolly part of 
tail passing from rufous proximally to brown terminally ; 
extension of fur on upperside of tail only about an inch 
beyond that on lower side; naked part brown for about 3 inches, 
then white. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— 

Head and body 285 millim. ; tail 4005; hind foot (s. u.) 42; 
car 28. 

Skull: basal length 53; zygomatic breadth 34; inter- 
orbital breadth 10°5 ; breadth across postorbital processes 17°5 ; 
palate length 31; combined length of mp.', m.', and m.,° 
(m.1-8 of Catalogue) 8. 

Hab. §.W. Colombia and N.W. Ecuador. Typical 
locality Rio Oscuro, near Cali, Cauca River, Colombia. 
Alt. 1000 m. Other specimens from §. Javier, Lower Rio 
Cachabi, N.W. Ecuador. 

Type. Male. B.M. no. 99. 9. 6. 50. Original number 
482. Collected June 1898 by Messrs. Batty, Parish, & Co. 

Native name “ Chucharata” at Cali, ‘‘Cucumbi” at 
S. Javier. 

This form of the Woolly Philander differs by its bright 
rufous colour from the dark C. /. eicur, Bangs, of Sta. Marta, 
Bogota, and the Oriente of Ecuador, on the one hand, and 
from the peculiar pale guayanus of S.W. Ecuador on the 
other. Its light forearms and hands also distinguish it from 
the former, as from the Amazonian ochropus, Wagn., and the 
Peruvian ornatus, Tschudi. Perhaps it is really most allied 
to the Central-American derbianus, Waterh., but differs by 
the reduction of the white dorsal patch to a mere trace, the 
more defined frontal stripe, and the much darker colour of the 
woolly part of the tail. The unusually slight difference in 
the extension of the upper and lower fur on the tail is also a 
well-marked character common to all the specimens examined. 

The Ecuadorean specimens are like that from Colombia in 
every respect. 


On Butterflies obtained chiefly at Munisu. 197 


XXV.—An Account of a Collection of Butterflies obtained by 
Lord Delamere, chiefly at Munisu, near Mount Kenya. By 
ARTHUR G. Butuer, Ph.D. &c. 


MUNISU appears to be situated at an altitude of 4150 feet, 
and most of Lord Delamere’s captures were obtained in that 
locality ; but a few of the species were obtained in Hast 
Central Africa, on the Athi River. 

The collection consists of seventy-nine species, none new 
to science, but three new to the Museum series, viz. Jfono- 
trichtis hentia, Belenois margaritacea, and Pinacopterya rubro- 
basalis, The following species of special interest were also 
secured :—Precis guruana, P. Gregorit, Planema montana, 
Acrea uvui, Uranothauma nubifer, Mylothris rubricosta, 
Tertas hapale in both sexes, Synchloe distorta, Papilio echeri- 
vides, Pyrgus machacosa, and Cyclopides quadrisiqnata, 


Nymphalide. 
1. Amauris albimaculata, Butler. 


A singularly deep-coloured male, the band on the second- 
aries being of a dark testaceous rather than clear ochreous 
tint, as in A. Ansorget. 


2. Tirumala Petiverana, Doubl. 


February 1900. 
3. Limnas chrysippus, var. Klugit, Butler. 


4, Monotrichtis safitza, Wewits. 


Four males and one female of the wet phase and a male of 
the dry phase. 


5. Monotrichtis kenia, Rogenh. 


A male of this species, which is new to the collection, was 
obtained in February 1900; it is evidently the Hastern 
representative of J. auricruda, from which it differs in its 
darker colour, superior size, and the white instead of buffish 
subapical belt on the primaries. 


6. Neocenyra Gregori, Butler. 
February 1900. 


198 Dr. A. G. Butler on Butterfires 


7. Charaxes pollux, Cramer. 


8. Charaxes Kirkii, Butler. 


This species seems to replace the Western C. viola in East 
Central and Northern Africa ; both sexes are easily distin- 
guished, 


9. Charazes citheron, Felder. 


One perfect male, with unusually broad pale patch on 
secondaries. 


10. Charaxes varanes, Cramer. 


11. Precis cloantha, Cramer. 


3 2, Munisu; ¢, Meara: 15th February, 1900. 
12. Precis aurorina, Butler. 
13. Precis elgiva, Hewits. 
14, Precis cebrene, Trimen. 


15. Precis Westermann, Westw. 


Three: males of this Western form, which we have also 
from Monbuttu. 


16. Precis clelia, Cramer. 


A series obtained in February. 
17. Precis guruana, Rogenh. 


18. Precis Gregori’, Butler. 
February 1900. 


19. Precis natalica, Felder. 


20. Pyramets abyssinica, Felder. 
Embi, 15th February, 1900. 


21. Hypolimnas misippus, Linn, 
A series of male specimens, 19th February, 1900. 


22. Hamanumida dedalus, Faby. 


obtained chiefly at Munisu. 199 
23. Crenis Boisduvali, Wallgr. 
February. 
24. Argynnis Hanningtoni, Klwes. 
15th February, 1900. 


25. Atella phalantha, Drury. 
A long series of both wet and dry phases. 


26. Neptis agatha, Cramer. 
27. Neptidopsis ophione, var. velleda, Mab. 
February. 


28. Eurytela hiarbas, Drury. 


29. Byblia ilithyia, var. simplea, Butler. 
A pair, Meara, 19th February, 1900, 


30. Byblia vulgaris, Staud. 


31. Planema montana, Butler. 


One female was captured in February. 

In his useful work on African Rhopalocera Prof. Auri- 
villius regards P. montana as a variety of P. aganice; but 
he separates P. meruana, and figures the female, as a distinct 
species. As a matter of fact, P. meruana is simply an abso- 
lute synonym of P. montana, of which P. bertha of Vuillot is 
the male. As to its being a variety of P. aganice, it might 
just as well be regarded as a variety of P. gea or almost any 
other Planema. On the face of it, the fact that an Englishman, 
German, and Frenchman all decided independently that it 
was perfectly distinct is a strong argument for its specific 
value. 


32. Acrwa Johnston’, Godman. 
? (var. flavescens). 
33. Aecrea cabira, Hopf. 
34. Acrea alicia, E. M. Sharpe. 
February. 


35. Acrewa uvui, H. G. Smith. 


200 Dr. A. G. Butler on Butterflies 


36, Acrwa serena, Fabr. 


3, Embi, 15th February, 1900. 


37. Acrwa lycia, Fabr. 

3 (typical form), Munisu in February. 

? (var, daira), Athi River. 

38. Acrwa cecilia, var., Fabr. 

This form might be taken for A. onerata, excepting that 
the internervular folds are not blackened. I am afraid that 
eventually connecting-links will be discovered. The width of 
the border certainly varies considerably in this as in many 
species. 


39. Acrwa natalica, Boisd. 


Lycenide. 


40. Uranothauma nubifer, Trimen. 
It is rather surprising to find this southern species so far 
to the north; one would rather have expected to meet with 
U. cordatus. 


41. Polyommatus beticus, Liun. 
3 3, Munisu and Embi, 15th February, 1900. 
42. Syntarucus telicanus, Lang. 


og 6 $, Munisu; ?, Athi River. 


43. Azanus ubaldus, Cramer. 


6 6, Athi River (all much worn). 


Papilionide. 
44, Mylothris rubricosta, Mab. 


45. Colias electra, var. edusa, Fabr. 
A pair taken at Embi on the 15th February. 


46. Terias brigitta, Cramer. 
3h, Munisu; ? ?, Embi, 15th February, and Meara, 


19th February. 
The specimens are of the wet phase. 


obtained chiefly at Munisu. 201 


47. Terias hapale, Mabille. 


I find that 1 was too hasty in questioning Prof. Auri- 
villius’s action with regard to this species ; the males are pale 
lemon-yellow and without brand, the females white. Probably 
T. messalina is the nearest ally. 


48. Terias Marshaili, Butler. 


49. Terias Boisduvaliana, Mabille. 


3 6, Embi, 15th February, and Munisu. 

Both examples belong to the dry phase (7. ethtopica). I 
am afraid that it will be difficult in future to decide as to 
whether a female belongs to 7. hapale or T. Boisduvaliana, 
unless the two are taken together; I believe ours are now 
all correctly sorted, but I do not feel absolutely sure. As a 
rule, I think, the under surface of 7. Boisduvaliana has more 
sharply defined (less blurred) markings than in 7. hapale. 


50. Teracolus calais, Cramer, 
) 
51. Teracolus erts, Klug. 


52. Teracolus incretus, Butler, 
A pair of the dry phase from Munisu. 


53. Teracolus auxo, Lucas. 


A pair of the dry phase from the Athi River in Central 
Kast Africa. 


D4, Leracolus wanthus, var. metagone, Holl. 


3 ¢, Athi River, Central East Africa. 
‘This is a typical dry-season phase of the species, 


99. Teracolus pseudacaste, Butler, 


3 do ¢ $, Athi River, Central East Africa, 
All the examples are of the dry-season phase. 


56, Catopsilia florella, Fabr. 
832% ¢,Munisu; gg, Embi, 15th February, 1900. 


57. Belenois zochalia, Boisd. 
3 fg, Embi, 15th February, 1900, 


202 Dr. A. G. Butler on Butterflies 


58. Belenots severina, var. infida, Butler. 
59, Belenots mesentina, Cramer. 


60. Belenois margaritacea, K. M. Sharpe. 


February. 

This is new to the Museum series. It differs a little from 
the figure in that the border of the secondaries is regularly 
dentate-sinuate internally, not enclosing spots of the ground- 
colour ; this, however, is a likely variation to occur in a 
species of Belenois, and may represent a seasonal phase. 


61, Lelenois Westwood’, Waller. 
3, Embi, 15th February, 1900. 


62. Synchloe Johnstoni, Crowley. 
3 do, Embi, 15th February, and Munisu. 


63. Synchloe distorta, Butler. 


?, Athi River, Central East Africa. 
This is only the second example that [ have seen. 


64. Pinacopteryx rubrobasalis, Lanz. 


3 ? 3, Munisu, in February. 

How the describer of this species could possibly imagine it 
a variety or aberration of P. pigea (which shows no orange at 
the base of the primaries in the female) I cannot at all under- 
stand; its proper position is between /. astarte and P. orbona 
(of which I hold P. laréma, Boisd., to be the female *). The 
male, of which we previously possessed a rubbed example 
under my P. vidua, is of a similar character to P. astarte. 
Herr Lanz describes females of the wet phase with well- 
defined dark outer border to the primaries ; in all our speci- 
mens this border is reduced on the outer margin to small spots 
which terminate the veins (dry phase). 


* Prof. Aurivillius identifies Boisduval’s insect with “a very rubbed 
example of thysa, Hoptter ”’—a Belenois. I prefer an identification which 
does not require abrasion to make it answer. 


obtained chiefly at Munisu. 203 


65. Pinacopteryx gerda, H. G. Smith. 
3, Embi, 15th February; ¢ ¢ 2, Mukusi in February. 
These also are all of the dry phase. 
66. Eronia leda, Boisd. 


67. Nychitona medusa, Cramer. 

February. 

This species should have been placed after Mylothris; the 
specimen is rather interesting, the apical border of the pri- 
maries being continued to the second median branch, the black 
spot being also unusually large. 

68. Papilio similis, Cramer. 

February. 

69. Papilio demodocus, Linn. 

Munisa in February. 

70, Papilio nireus, Linn. 

February. 

71. Papilio brontes, Godman. 

9, Embi, 15th February, 1900. 

72. Papilio echerioides, 'T'rimen. 

February. 


A slightly aberrant male example in which the spots com- 
posing the belt across the primaries are reduced in size. 


Hesperiidae, 
73. Eretis lugens, Rogenh. 
Munisu and Embi, 15th February. 
74, Pyrgus machacosa, Butler. 
Three males ; one from Embi, 15th February. 


75. Gomalia elma, 'Trimen. 
76. Cyclopides quadrisignata, Butler. 
77. Padraona zeno, Trimen. 
78. Gegenes Letterstedti, Waller. 
79. Rhopalocampta forestan, Cramer. 
March. 


204 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on the 


XXVI.— Description of a new Gecko from the Niger Delta. 
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. 


Hemidactylus Ansorgii. 

Head elongate, once and three fourths as long as broad, 
not very distinct from neck ; snout obtusely pointed, longer 
than the distance between the eye and the ear-opening ; fore- 
head slightly concave ; ear-opening vertically oval, more than 
half the diameter of the eye. Body and limbs rather slender. 
Digits moderately elongate, free, normally formed, the inner 
well developed; 5 lamelle under the pollex, 8 under the 
fourth finger, 6 under the hallux, 11 under the fourth toe. 
Head covered with very small granules, which are larger on 
the snout ; rostral four-sided, twice as broad as deep, with 
median cleft above; nostril pierced between the rostral, the 
first upper labial, and three nasals ; 11 upper and 12 lower 
labials ; symphysial triangular, twice as long as the adjacent 
labials; two pairs of chin-shields, the median pair forming a 
suture behind the symphysial. Upper surface of body 
covered with minute granules intermixed with small strongly 
keeled tubercles, forming 8 iregular longitudinal series ; 
ventral scales quite as large as the dorsal tubercles, imbri- 
cate, smooth. No enlarged tubercles on the limbs. A short 
angular series of 9 preeanal pores. Tail cylindrical, slender, 
covered above with small granules and transverse series of 
subconical tubercles, beneath with large, irregular, imbricate, 
smooth scales. Dark brown above, with some lighter spots ; 
whitish beneath, finely speckled with brown. 


willim. 
MiGtalleneth jaeeen aden coerce a 115 
Jaletxol ohne Pe ereosor ere I icavevasens 16 
Wadthvofihead@ cn. sees eine ae ko 
BOY sce ttereasrs orssevaite auete bie molccle exayecine 39 
Froredam ies. ais cenit ecete ore asteusnotersastre 19 
Rin aim: 4 aca apteerataes, crates arse steeahaete 25 
Detalles 5.2 say nator in savasel Qe oh tamed raahouen sl okeheer ot teke 60 


A single specimen from Sapele Station, Niger Delta; pre- 
sented to the British Museum by Dr. W. J. Ansorge. 


XXVII.—The Musk-Rat of Santa Lucia (Antilles). 
By C. I. ForsytH Magor. 


THe obvious inference that the musk-rats of the Antilles 
pertain to the Hesperomyine was first announced by the 


Secretary of the Zoological Society of London when regis- 
tering a specimen from Santa Lucia amongst the additions 


Musk-Rat of Santa Lucia (Antilles), 205. 


to the menagerie *. Two years later Gosse remarks that the 
Mus pitorides of Desmarest, ‘¢ found in the Caribbean Isiands, 
has not the dentition of the Old-World rats, but resembles, in 
the structure of its molars, the South- erecean rats grouped 
by Mr. Waterhouse under the generic name of /esperomys” fT. 

From the published description and figures it is impossible 
to make more than a guess as to w hich group of Hespero- 
myine the musk-rats may belong; Winge was therefore right 
in saying that their closer San aro ig still unknown. 

The examination of a specimen from Santa Lucia in the 
British Museum (no. 53, 12. 16. 4), presumably the one 
mentioned in the P. Z. S. for 1849, shows that we have to do 
with the genus Oryzomys. 'The same may be said of the 
Martinique musk-rat ; one of the type specimens from Mar- 
tinique, presented by Plée to the Paris Museum, has found 
its way to the Leyden Museum, and its skull was kindly lent 
to me by Dr. Jentink. 

The detailed description, with figures, of these two skulls, 
together with the lower dentition of a third (extinet) species 
found by Prof. Gregory in a small ossiferous breccia of 
Barbuda, will be given in another place. 

The following is the synonymy of the musk-rat from 
Martinique :— 


Oryzomys pilorts (Zimmerm.). 


Rat musqué (Pilori), ), C. de Rochefort, Hist. Nat. et Morale des Iles 
Antilles de lAmeérique, p. 124 (1638). 
Musk Cavy, Pennant, Syn. of Quadr. p. 247. no. 183 (1771); 3rd ed. ii. 


p. 97 (1793). 
Cia, Species obscura, Erxleben, Syst. Regni Anim., Mammalia, p. 857 
(1777). 
Castor Piloris, Zimmermann, Zool. geogr. p. 509 (1777) 
Mus pilorides, Desmarest, Dict. Se. Nat. t. xliv. p. 433 (18 26); Wagner, 


Schreber’s Saéiugthiere, Suppl. ii. p. 444 (1845). 

Mus Desmarestir, Fischer, Syn. Mammalium, p. 316 (1829). 

Le Pilori, ¥. Cuvier (KE. Geottroy & I. Cuvier), Hist. Nat. des Mammif, 
iv. pl. cclviii. (1880). 

Fesperomys (Megalomys) prlorides, p. p., Trouessart, Le Naturaliste, 
no. 45, p.5 (1881); Ann. Se. Nat., Zool. xix. Art. no. 5, p. 13 (1885). 

Holochilus (Megalomys) pilorides, p. p., Lrouessart, Catal. Mamm, p, 520 
(1897). 


Hab. Martinique. 


* “ Mus (Hesperomys) pilorides,” Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1849, 


p, 105. 
+ P. H. Gosse, ‘A Naturalist’s Sojourn in Jamaica,’ pp. 449, 450 


(1851). 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 15 


206. Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccidas. 


For the specimen of Santa Lucia a new specific name is 
here proposed :— 


Oryzomys lucia, sp. n. 
Mus a pilorides, Mitchell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1849, 
. 105, 


Hesjeromys (Megalomys) pilorides, p. p., Trouessart, opp. cite. 
Holochilus (Megalomys) pilorides, p. p.; Trouessart, opp. ett. 


The Martinique specimens vary somewhat in their dimen- 
sions ; all are of large size, the skull of the largest specimen, 
described by Trouessart, having a length of 70 millim. 

The species of Santa Lucia is distinguished by its habitat, 
its smaller size, the conformation of the outer wall of the 
infraorbital foramen (the anterior margin of which is more 
convex forward than in O. piloris), and, lastly, by the colora- 
tion of the belly, which is white in Oryzomys piloris and 
nearly wholly brown, continuous with the upper colour, in 
O. lucie. 


Measurements of Skulls and Molar Series. 


O. lucia (type). O. pilorides. 
Brit. Mus. Leyden Mus. 


no.53.12.6.4. Sp. a. 
mm. mm. 
Length: lower margin of for. magn. to 
HOTHO! INCISORS. ...2.iAns yas oe 41 
Length: upper part of for. magn. to tip of 
RCE rash soteis co's: was pasiae aut gee es 48°8 62 
Length: post. part of interparietal to tip 
OI MASAS IK, cs -ouiererora her Neds ans a 615 
Length of nasals in the middle line .... 19°4 24 
Palatal length from henselion.......... 12°8 Se 
Length of foramina incisiva............ 8 9°2 
Greatest breadth, (5 gis Acwew sve, <peindoeare ieee am 
Breadth of brain-case on squamosals .... 16 21 
Breadth of interparietal .............. 10 115 
Length of upper molar series .......... 75 9 
Length of lower molar series .......... 8 9 


XX VIIL.—WDeseriptions of Brazilian Coccide. 
By Avo.trH HeEMPEL, 8. Paulo, Brazil. 
[Continued from p. 125.] 


Subfamily Lecanrina. 
Genus Lecantum, Illiger. 
Lecanium brunfelsia, Hempel. 


Adult female flat, subcircular in outline, reddish brown, 
with a double longitudinal row of five or six black oval spots 


Mr, A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 207 


on the dorsum and a lighter ring around the margin. 
Slightly asymmetrical. 

Diameter 5 millim.; anal cleft 1°35 millim. long. 

- Boiled in a solution of KOH the dorsal derm remains 
thick and of a light brown colour. It is composed of about 
thirty-four irregular plates, consisting of a median dorsal area 
of twelve plates, around which the others are arranged in a 
single row, like the plates on the back of a turtle. The 
spaces between the plates are narrow and _ semitransparent, 
There is also a median longitudinal row of fifty to sixty small 
round pores. 

Antenne variable, of six joints, about +200 millim. long, 
Approximate formula: 36 (12) (45). Length of sezments; 
(1) 81, (2) 31, (3) 71, (4) 18, (5) 18, (6) 38. Joint 3 some- 
times has a false joint. All joints bear hairs. First pair of 
legs inserted near the antennae. Second and third pair of 
legs close together, but widely separated from the first pair. 
Legs very short and somewhat deformed. ‘The division be- 
tween the tarsus and tibia is usually obliterated, and this 
segment is usually curved. Length of joints of first pair of 
legs: coxa 44, femur with trochanter 71, tibia, tarsus, and 
claw 88. All the digitules have expanded ends and extend 
beyond the tip of claw, those of the claw being unequal in 
size. Rostrum small, situated just caudad of the insertion of 
the first pair of legs. Rostral loop short, extending halfway 
to the second pair of legs. The first pair of spiracles are 
situated outside of the first pair of legs, the second pair outside 
of the second pair of legs, but closer to them. Anal plates 
small, with the outer angle but slightly rounded and the 
antero-lateral sides longer than the postero-lateral. Anal ring 
apparently with ten hairs. Around the lateral margin of the 
body there is a row of fine hairs placed widely apart. The 
stigmatal areas are characterized by a group of three club- 
shaped spines—two short and one long—and four smail hairs. 
A few short hairs are scattered over the dorsal surface. 

Male scale oval, rather flat, composed of very thin, white, 
glassy wax. ‘The scale consists of one narrow dorsal plate 
and seven lateral plates. Length 2 millim.; width 1:5 
millim. 

Larva (newly hatched).—Elliptical, light yellow in colour, 
with small irregular dark brown eyes. Length *562 millim, 
The body ends in two plates, each terminated by a long con- 
spicuous seta. ‘The lateral margin is finely serrated; the 
abdomen bears several hairs on the margin, and each stigmatal 
area is characterized by one large club-shaped spine and two 
very small ones. Antenne 6-jointed, joints 3 and 6 longest 

15* - 


208 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccides. 


and about equal in length. Legs long and slender; digitules 
of claw and tarsus very long. 
Hah. Pilar, Alto da Serra, and 8. Panlo, State of S. Paulo. 
On the upperside of leaves of Brunfelsia sp. and Laurus sp. 
The first specimens were collected and sent to the museum 


by Snr. Gustavo Edwall. 


Lecanium gracile, Hempel. 


Adult female asymmetrical, ovate, very flat, light yellowish 
brown in colour; 850 millim. long, 2°50 millim. wide, and 
LO millim. high. Boiled in a solution of KOH it stains the 
liquid an amber colour, After boiling the dorsal derm 
reinains hard and opaque. Jt resembles the preceding species, 
but the central portion of the derm is fused into one piece, 
while around the margin there is a row of about twenty 
sutures, indicating the division of the plates. A number of 
fine hairs are scattered over the surface. There is also an 
irreeular longitudinal row of from eighteen to twenty-four 
small round pores between the cephalic portion and the anal 
plates. 

Antenne of six joints, variable in length, ranging from 
°301 mill’m. to *854 millim. All the joints bear hairs. 
Approximate formula: 3 (26)1450r326145. Length 
of segments: (1) 40, (2) 49, (5) 102-144, (4) 24, (5) 26, 
(G) 51. Legs ordinary. Length of joints of first pair of 
legs: coxa 102, femur and trochanter 178, tibia 129, tarsus 
and claw 102. Digitules of claw large, with bulbous base 
and ends widely expanded, twice the length of claw. ‘Tarsal 
digitules long, slender, with buttoned ends. Rostrum small, 
situated between the first pair of legs. Rostral loop short, 
extending halfway to the second pair of legs. Spiracles 
small, with a single row of about thirty-six small round 
spinnerets extending from the ext: rnal openings to the margin 
of the body. Anal cleft *720 millim. long, with the sides 
ecntiguous. Anal ring apparently with ten hairs. Anal 

lates small, triangular, with the outer angle slightly rounded 
and the antero-lateral side longer than the postero-lateral. 
Around the margin of the body there is a double row of fine 
tuberculate hairs. The margin is sligitly indented in the 
stigmatal areas, and there bears a cluster of one long curved 
blunt spine and two short ones. 

Larva (just hatched).—Hlliptical, orange in colour, about 
°450 millim. long. Antenne of six joints; joints 3 and 6 
are about equal in length. Rostral loop not coiled, short, not 
reaching to the anal plates. The body terminates in two long 


Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 209 


sete. The margin is serrated and bears a row of fine hairs. 
The stigmatal spines are in groups of three—two very short 
and one long. Legs ordinary; claw long, curved; digitules 
of claw large, with knobbed ends. Tarsal digitules filiform, 
long, with knobbed ends. 

Hlab. Santa Barbara or Villa Americana, State of S. Paulo. 
On the upperside of leaves of a plant of the order Sapindacesx. 


Lecanium ornatum, Hempel. 


Adult female ovate, asymmetrical; dorsum not very con- 
vex, dark brown in colour, with a light marginal band. In 
the old specimens the dorsal derm is hard an:t bears about 
twenty-four radiating ridges around the margin and a few 
nregular ridges on the central portion. The entire derm is 
covered with a thin white powdery secretion. Size 4 milim. 
long, 3 millim. wide, and °750 millim. high. Anal clett 
*625 millim. long; sides not contigtious. 

Boiled in a solution of KOU it colours the liqnid light 
brown. After boiling the derm becomes colourless in tho 
younger specimens, but remains hard and brown in the older 
specimens. The derm has rows of peculiar round or oval 
groups of glands corresponding to the ridges. Thus the 
dorsum is divided into twenty-four marginal and twenty-two 
to twenty-four central areas. ‘These groups of glands are 
both large and small, and each contained from ten to thirty of 
the small elliptical hyaline gland-spots. ‘The ventral derm 
contains many large tubular glands and groups of simple 
round spinnerets, especially near the margin, 

The antenne are variable, usually of eight joints, although 
some individuals have antenna of seven Joints. All the 
joints bear hairs, but joints 8 and 4 are sometimes hairless. 
Leneth about ‘330. millim. Approximate formula: 3 1 2 
(4 ) 567 o0r381(248)567. Length a jointsen (Dean: 
(2) 42, (8) 62, (4) 43, (5) 36, (6) 27, (7) 20, (8) 45. Legs 
long; trochanter with one long terminal hair. Claw small ; 
digitules of claw twice the length of claw, with the ends 
widely expanded. ‘l'arsal divitules slender, with the ends 
slightly knobbed, not ex xtending beyond the digitules of the 
claw. Length of joints of the first pair of legs : coxa 133, 
femur with roeteices 244, tibia 187, tarsus aad claw 121. 
Rostrum small, situated between the first pair of legs. Stig- 
mata very small, Anal ring with six large hairs. Anal 
plates small, the two together forming a square, both outer 
sides equal in length. The margin ot thie body is thickly set 
with a douLle row of long and alors sharp hairs, each arising 


210 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccida. 


from a tubercle. Some of these hairs are ‘133 millim. long 
and very slender. 

Hab, Sho Panlo. On the underside of leaves of the fruit- 
tree Lugenia jaboticaba. 

Nearly all the specimens examined were parasitized. 


Lecanium durum, Hempel. 


Adult female very dark brown, irregular, sometimes asym- 
metrical, oval to oblong in outline, flat, posterior margin 
slightly ‘notched, anterior end usually narrower and rounded. 
The upper surface is rough and uneven, with a median longi- 
tudinal ridge anda rectangular central area set off by slight 
ridges, the entire dorsum being covered with small patches 
of witite wax. Length 5°75 millim., width 3°50 millim., 
height 1 millim, Anal cleft about °75 millim, long, with 
contiguous sides. Removed from the bark it leaves a thin 
film of white wax. Boiled in a solution of KOH it colours 
the liquid light brown. The derm is thick and retains a deep 
brown colour, being very hard and fall of irregular oval 
glands, each with a Targe hyaline spot, placed subcentrally. 

Antenne variable, of seven joints, about ‘450 millim. long, 
Approximate fume :4327(156). Average length of 
the joints: (1) 44, (2) 53, (4) 67, (4) 146, (5) 44, (6) 44, 
(7) 49. All the te except joint 3 bear hairs. Joint 4 
sometimes has one or more false joints. Legs ordinary. 
Length of joints of first bee of legs: coxa a trochanter 
and femur 204, tibia 146, tarsus and claw 160. ‘The coxa 
bears a short spine on the proximal end. ‘The claw is very 
slightly notched. ‘Tarsal digitules long, slender, with 
buttoned ends. Digitules of claw shorter, ‘unequal in SiZe, 
with expanded ends. tostrnm small. Spiracles small, with 
many round spinnerets about the external orifices. Anal 
ring apparently with eight hairs. A few hairs, short spines, 
and tubular glands are scattered over the ventral surface. 
Avound the lateral margin is a row of sharp spines; these are 
about as long as the distance separating them, but are more 
numerous near the anal cleft. The stigmatal ‘areas contain 
three large spines each. 

Leb. Ypirauga, State of S. Paulo. On the bark of 


Baccharis dracunculifolia. 


Lecanium glanulosum, Hempel. 


Female oval, flat, sometimes asymmetrical, the margin 
ornamented ith twenty- -cight to thirty triangular bits of 
wax, and the dorsum cowescd with small ivreeular scales of 


Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccida. Zui: 


grey wax, giving it an appearance like the skin of a small 
lizard. ‘The derm is hard, rough, wrinkled and reticulated, 
dark reddish brown in colour, with a median longitudinal 
ridge and a large central rectangular area. ‘There is a fine 
white fringe around the ventral margin. Removed from the 
bark it leaves a patch of white wax. 

Length 4:50 millim. ; width 3°50 millim.; height 1 millim. 
Anal cleft about 1°100 millim. long. 

Boiled in a solution of KOH the derm remains brown, 
thick, and chitinous, with a thin transparent border. The 
entire dorsal derm is crowded with large flask-shapel glands, 
usually arranged in many irregular rosettes, with the opening 
near the edge. Over the glands there is a thin layer com- 
posed of minute square pieces. : 

Antenne variable, of seven joints. Length *437-448 
millim. Approximate formula: 34 (12) 756. Average 
leneth of the joints: (1) 57, (2) 57, (3) 129, (4) 68, (5) 40, 
(6) 37, (7) 51. The antenna are long and slender, nearly 
the same thickness throughout, All the joints except joint 8 
bear hairs, joints 2, 4, and 7 each bearing one quite long one. 
Joint 4 sometimes has one or more false joints. Sometimes 
an individual will have an antenna with eight distinct joints. 
Legs short and slender. he outer edge of the tibia is 
slightly concave. Length of joints of first pair of legs: 
coxa 89, femur and trochanter 196, tibia 133, tarsus and 
claw 133. Digitules of tarsus long and slender, with ex- 


panded ends. Digitules of claw large, thick, unequal in size, 
with expanded ends, and extending beyond the tip of claw. 
Rostrum small, situated midway between the first and second 
pair of legs. Rostral loop extending to the last pair of legs. 
Anal ring apparently with ten hairs. Anal plates small, the 
outer angle rounded and the lateral sides equal in length. 
The ventral surface bears a few hairs and small tubular 
lands. Around the lateral margin there is a row of many 
small sharp conical spines. The stigmatal areas are marked 
by two or three short spines and one very long one. 

Hab. Ypirauga, State of S. Paulo. On the twigs of a 


plant of the order Myrtacez. 


Lecanium zanthorylum, Uempel. 


Adult female dark reddish brown, regular, asymmetrical, 
oblong to subeireular in outline, flat, with a slight notch in 
the caudal margin. Margin of the body thin; dorsal derm 
reticulate, hard, rough, not shiny, the middle slightly elevated 
so as to form a longitudinal ridge; usually covered with 


212 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 


small patches of wax, giving the insect a rough grey appear-. 
ance, like a scar or bud. ‘The cells or reticulations are 
small, red in colour, the partitions being thick and black. 
On the ventral surface the derm is chocolate-brown. The 
opening of the cavity containing the eggs is small, 1°75 
millim. wide, and nearly square. There is a narrow white 
fringe of secretion around the ventral margin. A white 
patch remains on the bark when the insect is removed, 
Length 5 millim.; width 4 millim.; height 1:25 millim. 
Anal cleft 1 20 milli, long, sides contiuous. Boiled in a 
solution of KOH it colours the liquid dark red. he dorsal 
derm remains thick and brown. The central portion is 
composed of large, irregular, oval glands, with a small sub- 
circular hyaline spot near one end, while near the margin 
there is a border composed of four or five rows of smaller 
subcircular glands. ‘The hyaline spots in these glands are 
apparently the openings, ‘The outer portion of the ventral 
derm is chitinized, forming a border about 1 millim. in 
width. 

Antenne slender, of seven joints. All the joints except 
joint 3 bear hairs s, joint 2 2 bearing one long one. Length of 
antenne about *40 millim. Approximate formula: 4 (1 2 
37) 56. ne of joints: (1) 44, (2) 44, (3) 44, C4) 93, 
(5) 86, (6) 31, (7) 44. Legs ie and thin, varying in 
length. ‘Tarsus and claw as long as the tibia, Average 
lenoth of joints of the first te of legs : coxa 93, trochanter 
with femur 164, tibia 102, tarsus and claw 102. The coxa 
bears a short spine on the proximal end; the coxa and tro- 
chanter each bear a long terminal hair on the distal end. 
Tarsal digitules very long and slender, with expanded ends 
(53 pu long). Digitules of claw large, unequal in size, with 
expanded ends. Rostrum small, stunted between fie inser- 
tion of the second pair of legs. Mentum monomerous, with 
bifid end, bearing eight hairs, Rostral loop short. Spiracles 
small. Around the lateral margin there is a row of short, 
sharp, thick spines, placed at intervals of about 111 yw apart. 
Anal plates small, with the outer angle rounded and the 
antero-lateral side longer than the postero-lateral. 

Hab. Ypirauga, State of S. Paulo. On branches of 
Zanthoaylum sp. Situated on the bark, where it resembles 
the leaf-scars and buds so closely as almost to escape notice. 


Lecanium infrequens, Hempel. 


Adult female large, dark brown, irregular in_ outline, 
dorsum convex, sometimes with small patches of white w ax. 


Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 213 


The dorsum has six pits arranged in two longitudinal parallel 
rows. The two anterior pits are shallow, but the other four 
are very deep. Between these pits the dorsum stands out in 
thick transverse ridges. Derm thick, not shiny, with nume- 
rous oval glands. Length 8 millim., width 6 millim., height 
4 millim. Anal cleft 1-60 millim. long, sides contiguous. 
Boiled ina solution of KOH it colours the liquid dark brown. 
After boiling the derm becomes semitransparent, but remains 
brown, thick, and hard. 

Antenne of six joints, of which the third is the longest, 
Average length of antenne: *380 millim. Approximate “fore 
mula: 3 1 (2 4 5) 6 or 31 (56) 2 4. aie of joints: 
(1) 53, (2) 40-44, (3) 156-173, (4) 30-44, (5) (6) 40-14. 
All the joints bear hairs. Legs Saree a the joints 
bearing hairs near the distal end. Claw short, sharp, and 
much curved at tip. Digitules of claw wide, with widely 
expanded ends. Tarsal digitules long, slender, with ends 
expanded, reaching beyond the digitules of claw. Length 
of joints of last pair of legs: coxa 111, femur and trochanter 
209, tibia 133, tarsus and claw 124. First and second pair 
of legs widely ‘separated, second and third pair of legs close 
together. Rostrum small, situated between the first pair of 
legs. Rostral loop short. Stigmata large, with peculiar 
pouch-shaped glands around the e external orifice. These glands 
are also present near the lateral margin on the ventral surface, 
The anal ring bears ten hairs. Anal plates small, each one 
hemispherical in form, ‘The dorsal derm_is composed of 
large irregular glands, with oval centres, and a hyaline spot 
within the oval. Over these glands there is a very thin 
covering, apparently composed of minute square pieces of 
material. Around the lateral margin there is a scant row of 
short thick hairs. 

Hab. Ypirauga, State of S. Paulo. On the bark of Zan- 
thoxylum sp. 


Lecanium discoides, Hempel. 


Adult female light reddish brown, subcireular, flat, with a 
slight notch in the posterior margin. ‘The derm is hard, 
reticulated, the reticulations being orange-red in colour, 
while the partitions are thick and brown. The surface is 
dull, shiny, shghtly roughened by very shallow radial furrows. 
Many specimens also show a faint median longitudinal ridge. 
The younger specimens are usually ornamented with smail 
patches of brown wax, especially on the margin, which con- 
tains from sixteen to twenty triangular pieces. In the older 
specimens this wax is usually rubbed off. All the specimens 


214 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 


agree in having a narrow fringe of white secretion around the 
ventral margin. It leaves an oval patch of white wax behind 
when removed from the bark. Length 8 millim., width 7:25 
millim., height 1°50 millim. Anal cleft 2°75 millim. long, 
sides contiguous. Boiled in a solution of KOE it stains the 
liquid dark red. The derm remains thick and brown, the 
colour being differentiated into a series of light and dark 
brown concentric rings. ‘The marginal ring is light brown 
and narrow ; within this there is a narrow dark brown ring, 
then a wide light brown ring, then a narrow darker ring, then 
a light ring of the same width, and, finally, a dark brown oval 
central spot. The entire derm is crowded with large irregular 
glands, with the opening near one side. Three or four rows 
of marginal glands are smaller than the others. 

‘The antenne: are small and variable, of six joints. Joint 3 
is the longest and sometimes has a false joint. All the 
segments bear hairs. Length about *258 millim. Approxi- 
mate formula: 3 1 (2 6) (4 5) or 316 (2 4) 5. Length of 
of joints: (1).86, (2) 31,. (6) 106, (4) 27, (5)-25, (6) oh 
Legs short. ‘The coxa bears two and the trochanter bears 
one long hair. Length of joints of first pair of legs: coxa 49, 
trochanter and femur 124, tibia 67, tarsus and claw 84. 
Claw small, greatly curved; digitules unequal in size, with 
expanded ends. Digitules of tarsus long and slender, with 
ends slightly expanded. Second and third pair of legs close 
together. Rostrum small, placed near the insertion of the 
second pair of legs. Anal plates small, the outer angle 
rounded, and the two lateral sides equal in length. The 
stiginata are large and disk-shaped, with about a dozen small 
round spinnerets about the external orifice. Around the 
lateral margin there is a single row of small, sharp, conical 
hairs, placed about *i20 millim. apart. 

The eggs are elliptical, smooth, dull, orange-yellow in 
colour. 

Hab. Ypirauga, State of S. Paulo. On guava, Psidium 
sp., and other plants of the order Myrtacea. 

‘Lhis species evidently secretes a great deal of honey-dew, 
for it is frequently covered with a black fungus, and is also 
attended by an ant, Camponotus sp., that often builds a 
covering of earth or grass over it. This covering may 
serve as a protection against rain and sun and parasitic 
Hymenoptera. 

Lecanium mayteni, Hempel. 


Adult female very dark purple, almost black, oval, not 
very convex ; dorsal surface hard, moderately shiny, slightly 
roughened by gland-pits ; margin thin, wrinkled ; two chalky 


Mr. A. Hempel on brazilian Coccide. 215 


white lines beneath on each side. The dorsum has a faint 
indication of a median longitudinal ridge. Length 6 millim. ; 
width 4 millim.; height 1°25 millim. Anal cleft about 
1 millim. long, sides contiguous. Viviparous. Boiled in a 
solution of KOHL it colours the liguid dark reddish brown. 
The dorsal derm remains chitinous ; around the margin there 
is a narrow stripe, light-coloured and semitransparent, the 
remainder being dark and opaque. ‘The dorsal surface is 
perforated by many minute holes, and also bears a few scat- 
tered hairs. 

Antenna variable, usually of seven joints. Sometimes 
only six jointsare present. All the joints except joint 3 bear 
hairs. Leneth about *385 millim. Approximate formula: 
4 (27) 3156 or (4) (27) (3.1) (5 6). Average length of 
joints: (1) 49, (2) 62, (3) 53, (4) 102, (5) 31, (6) 27, (7) 62. 

eos ordinary ; coxa and trochanter each with a long hair. 
Length of joints of first pair of legs: coxa L1], trochanter 
and ‘femur 213, tibia 138, tarsus and claw 102. Digitules of 
claw large, of equal size, with expanded ends.  ‘Tarsal 
digitules long, with expanded ends. Rostrum small, 
inserted just behind the first pair of legs. Spiracles small, 
with a double row of about thirty small round spinnerets 
extending to the lateral margin. Anal ring apparently 
with eight hairs. Anai plates small, triangular, with the 
outer angle slightly rounded and the antero- lateral side 
slightly Jonger than the postero-lateral. On the ventral 
surface there are several long hairs in front of the anal plates, 
and two groups, of from twenty to twenty-five small round 
spinnerets each, just behind the anal plates. Around the 
lateral margin there is a row of small tuberculate hairs, ‘The 
margin is slightly indented in the stigmatal areas, and each 
bears a group of two short straight spines and one long 
curved one. 

Larva (just born).—Oval, flat, brown, *415 millim. long ; 
eyes dark brown, small, conical. Antenne regular, appa- 
rently of six joints. The body ends in two. long sete. 
Margin of the body serrated and bearing a row of short hairs. 
Stigmatal areas characterized by a group of two short and one 
long blunt spine. Rostral loop long, extending to the anal 


y] re) 
plates. Legs long, claw slender. ‘Digitules of claw long, 
unequal, one large the other fine, both with expanded ends. 
Tarsal digitules 2, ‘long, slender, with expanded tips. 
Hab. Ypirauga and Jundiaby, State of S. Paulo. Oc- 


curing singly on the bark of a bush, Maytenus sp. 


Lecanium eugenie, Uempel. 
Adult female elliptical, the middle portion of the dorsum 


216 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 


inflated, very convex, shiny, yellowish brown in colour, 
smooth or but slightly pitted, and with a slight longitudinal 
furrow on each side of the median line. Theends are e slightly 
flattened, the sides are contracted and dark brown in colour 
and have the derm roughened by small pits and wrinkles. A 
minute fringe of white wax encircles the margin of the body, 
and there is a small tuft of white cottony wax over the anal 
plates. The abdomen has two white lines on each side. 
When removed from the bark it leaves a small patch of 
white cottony substance behind, Length 5°25 millim.; width, 
dorsum 4 millim., abdomen 2°50 millim.; height 3°50 millim. 
Anal cleft 1:25 millim. long, sides contiguous. Boiled in a 
solution of KOH it colours the liquid light brown. The 
derm remains hard and brown. On each side of the middle 

there are seven or eight longitudinal rows of small dark spots 
radiating from the anal plates. The derm also contains many 
round hyaline spots. The ventral derm, especially near the 
margin, contains many large tubular glands. 

Antenne variable, usually of eight joints, although some 
have only seven joints. All the joints bear hairs. “Length 
about *365 millim. Approximate formula: 31(5 8) 24 (6 7). 
Average length of joints: (1) 58, (2) 44, (8) 71, (4) 40, 
(5) ¢ 49, (6) 7, (7) 27, (Saad: Legs ordinary, trochanter 
with one long terminal hair and several spines; coxa with a 
shorter hair; claw large, slightly notched. Digitules of claw 
of equal size, large, curved, nearly twice the length of claw, 
bulbous at base, with buttoned ends. Tarsal divitules long 
and slender, with expanded tips. Length of joints of first 
pair of legs: coxa 89, femur and trochanter 222, tibia 169, 
tarsus and claw 111. Rostrum small, situated between the 
first pair of legs. Rostral loop short, not extending to the 
second pair of legs. Anal ring apparently with six small hairs. 
Anal plates small, the outer angle rounded and the two lateral 
sides about equal in length. ‘Lhe ventral surface bears two 
median longitudinal rows of hairs, ‘The lateral margin is 
thickly set with large spine-like hairs. 

Hab, Ypirauga, State of 8. Paulo. On the branches of 
a bush of the genus Eugenia. ‘They are closely crowded on 
the branches, but rarely overlap. Their hard, shiny, dark 
brown bodies have the appearance of seeds. 


Lecanium jaboticabe, Hempel. 


Female asymmetrical, subcircular, flat, light yellowish 
green in colour, with some faint brown ‘markings on the 
dorsum. Derm covered with a slight waxy secretion. 
Length 3 millim.; anal cleft *475 millim. long, sides not 
contiguous. Boiled in a solution of KOH the derm becomes 


Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. OT 


soft and transparent. Not tessellated or composed of plates, 
but homogeneous and thickly set with minute tubular glands 
and some short hairs. Around the lateral margin there is 
one row of short hairs and another row of longer hairs, each 
arising from a tubercle. The stigmatal groups consist of 
three thick blunt spines, two short and one long. About 
seventy spinnerets, in several irregular rows , extend from 
each spiracle to the margin. The derm on the ventral 
surface contains a marginal strip, which is slightly chitinized 
and thickly set with large tubular glands and round complex 
spinnerets. On each side of the genital opening there is a 
group of fifty to fifty - five of these spinnerets. 

Antenna: large, of eight joints, all except joints 8 and 4 
bear hairs, joints 2 and 5 each bearing one oe hair. Length 
of antenne ‘513 ae Formula: 23 1 (4 5 8) (6 Ty, 
Length of joints: (1) 67, (2) 120, (3) 98, (4) 58, (5) 58, 
(6) 27, (7) 27, (8) 58. es long and thin, with few hairs. 
The coxa bears one hair and several short spines; the tro- 
chanter bears one long terminal hair; the femur bears no 
hairs; the tarsus and tibia each have two or three short 
hairs. Length of joints of the first pair of legs: coxa 111, 
femur and trochanter 293, tibia 213, tarsus with claw 164. 
Digitules of claw unequal in size, with knobbed ends, not 
extending far beyond the tip of claw. Tarsal digitules long, 
slender, with expanded ends. Rostrum ordinary, inserted in 
front of the first pair of legs. Rostral loop short. Anal ring 
with ten hairs. Anal plates triangular, the two together 
diamond shaped. On the dorsal surface, near the lateral 
margin, there is a row of peculiar conical glands. ‘These 
glands are twenty- -four in number, are about 18 u wide and 
22 w high, and form a ring around the body, thus readily 
separating this species from all other known members of this 
genus. 

Hlab. Ypivauga, State of S. Paulo. Under the bark of 
Eugenia jaboticaba. 


Lecanium lanigerum, Hempel. 


Adult female light yellow in colour, large, subspherical, 
7 millim. in diameter , entirely covered Pathe a large mass of 
dense white eeeretions Boiled in a solution of KOH i it colours 
the liquid deep yellowish brown, Derm is chitinized only in 
spots; after boiling it becomes transparent, colourless, and 
sott. 

Legs and antenne rudimentary. The antenne are short 
tubercles with a terminal brush of hairs. ‘The legs are 133 wy 
long, short, cylindrical, with claw and digitules, ‘lhe 
moutli-parts are small; rostral loop short. ‘The stigmata are 


218 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccidax. 


large, and around the external orifice of each are clustered 
several hundred round spinnerets and a few smaller tubular 
spinnerets. ‘The ventral surface of the abdomen is divided 
into segments by transverse furrows ond the posterior part is 
thickly set with round spinnerets. The anal plates are small, 
the postero-lateral side is convex and as long as the antero- 
lateral. Around the lateral margin there is ‘a row of minute 
hairs set far apart. ‘The dorsal derm is thickly set with 
small tubular glands. 

flab. On an unidentified forest-bush on the banks of the 


Rio Mogy-guassu, near Itapira, State of SAo0 Paulo. Rare. 


Lecanium campomanesie, Hempel. 


Adult female elliptical, shiny, very convex, 7°5 millim. 
long, 5 millim. wide, and 4 millim, high. Anal cleft 2 millim. 
long, sides not contiguous. The dorsum is creamy white, 
spotted with a number of small, irregular, dark olive- green 
spots, and with four irregular longitudinal furrows formed by 
a number of gland-pits. The derm is not very hard and is 
wrinkled and pitted by gland-pits. Beneath it is concave, 
light yellow, and with two prominent chalky lines on each 
side. Boiled in asolution of KOH it colours the liquid light 
brown. The derm becomes soft and transparent, but shows 
a number of small, dark, subcircular spots, 

Antenne variable, usually of eight joints, although some- 
times but seven joints are present. Length about *500 millim. 
All joints except 3 and 4 bear hairs. Fue nae formula : 
2 (2.1) 8. (4 _ A f) on ox(2)1) (8 45) (67). Length of 
joints: (1) 76, (2) 76, (3) 89, (4) 55, (5) 55, (6) 35, (7) 35, 
(8) 57. Legs ae coxa as al hairs and about 
four short spines; trochanter with two short spines and one 
long apical hair; tibia longer than tarsus. ‘arsal digitules 
long, slender, with expanded ends; digitules of claw large 
and thick, ends flattened and expanded. All the digitules 
extend far beyond the tip of claw. Length of joints of first 
pair of legs: coxa 186, femur with trochanter 26/7, tibia 191, 
tarsus and claw 142. Rostrum well developed, situated 
between the first pair of legs. Mentum large, with eight 
hairs near the tip. Rostral loop short. Spiracles large, with 
the exterior orifice greatly expanded and flattened. Many 
small round spinnerets are grouped about the spiracles, 
Anal ring apparently with eight hairs, one being found with 
nine hairs. Anal plates small, triangular, with the antero- 
lateral side longer than the postero- lateral. There is a double 
row of short hairs around the lateral margin of the body. 
‘Lhe stigmatal areas are characterized by groups of three 
large blunt spines, one of which is longer than the others, 


ay 


Geological Society. 219 


with slightly curved end. About each group of spines are 
massed thirty to thirty-five small round spinnerets, A number 
of short spines are scattered over the dorsal and ventral surfaces 
of the derm. 

Hab. Ypirauga, State of 8. Paulo. On the twigs of 
Campomanesia sp., a bush common on the “ campos.” 


Genus PsrupDOKERMES, CkIl. 


Pseudokermes nitens, Ckll. 


Male scale small, elliptical, convex, white, thin and very 
frail. The dorsum and margin are ornamented with several 
small tubercles. ‘The posterior end is recurved and carries on 
the dorsal surface a small flat round plate, which is pushed 
off when the male emerges. Length 1:25 millim.; width 
‘50 millim. - 

Adult male dimorphous, some individuals being winged, 
others wingless. The body is dark brown, oval, widest 
across the thorax, truncated behind. Total length 1:041 
millim., width 416 millim. Length of genital spike -312 
millim. The winged form emerges about a week or ten days 
after the other. The antenne are hairy and of ten joints, the 
last joint terminatel by two long knobbed hairs. Wings 
ordinary ; no halteres were found. Head small, with four 
ocelli. Genital spike broad and flat, obtusely pointed. Legs 
long, slender, and hairy. Claw long and slightly notched. 
The four digitules are slender and knobbed; the tarsal 
digitules do not extend to the tip of claw. In the wingless 
form the antenne are 9-jointed, otherwise the two forms 
agree. 

Hab. Rio Grande do Sul and 8. Paulo. On the twigs of 
Myrtus (Blepharocalyx) Tweediit, Psidium sp., and other 
plants. 

(To be continued. } 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES, 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 
June 20th, 1900.—J. J. H. Teall, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 
The following communications were read :— 


1. ‘On the Skeleton of a Theriodont Reptile from the Baviaans 
River (Cape Colony).’ By Prof. H. G. Seeley, F.R.S., F.LS., 
V.P.G.S. 

The fossil described in this paper was discovered by Mr. W. Pringle 
at Haldon, in the bed of the Baviaans River, a tributary of the Great 
Fish River. It is now preserved in the Albany Museum. The slab 
containing it is of hard siliceous sandstone, and is 31 inches long by 


~ 


220 Geological Society. 


10 inches wide. It is split so as to expose a portion of the skull, 
the vertebral column and ribs as far as the pelvis, the scapula, part 
of the humerus, the femur, and parts of the tibia and fibula. The 
tail and left hind-limb, and apparently part of the right fore-limb, are 
lost, owing to the jointed condition of the rock. ‘The bones have 
decomposed, and are represented by natural moulds from which a 
beautiful cast was obtaincd by means of a jelly mould in the Geo- 
logical Department of the Natural History Museum, before the speci- 
men was returned to Grahamstown. The remains indicate an animal 
about 2 feet long, exclusive of the tail, and standing probably about 
8 inches high ; it was not more than 6 inches wide in the fore part 
of the body. The animal was of great mobility, capable of casily 
bending the body, and, by straightening the limbs, of occasionally 
raising its height to 10 inches or more. It is a new type of 
Theriodont reptile, contributing important facts to the osteology of 
the group, and especially in regurd to the natural association of the 
bones. It is possibly to be included in the Cynodontia, from which 
it differs in characters of the ilium, scapula, and skull. 


2. ‘Fossils in the Oxford University Museum.—IV: Notes on 
some Undescribed Trilobites.’ By H. H. Thomas, Esq., B.A., F.G.S, 


Two new species of Dalmania from the Wenlock Shales and one 
of Olenus from the Shineton Shales of Shropshire are described in 
this paper. The specimens on which the first species of Dalmania 
is founded were collected by the late Dr. Grindrod at Malvern 
Tunnel. The species has a strong resemblance to certain varieties 
of D. caudatus, especially those more nearly approaching D. longi- 
caudatus; its nearest ally seems to be D. newilis. Among its 
characters are spines round the head, the height of the head-shield, 
and the distance between the eyes. The type-specimen of the 
second species came from the Wenlock Shale of Builth. The 
Shineton specimen was presented to the Oxford Museum by the 
Right Rev. Bishop Mitchinson. 


3. ‘On Radiolaria from the Upper Chalk at Coulsdon (Surpep),, 
By W. Murton Holmes, Esq. ; 


The radiolaria described in this paper were contained in the 


cavities of two small flints which were thrown out of the new 
cutting between Coulsdon Station and the new Merstham Tunnel on 
the L. B. & 8. C. Railway. They were probably derived from the 
zone of Holaster planus. After treatment with hydrochloric acid, 
the material yielded silicified casts of foraminifera as well as radio- 
laria. ‘The surface of the radiolaria is so much altered by corrosion 
that specific identification is in most cases impossible. Twenty 
genera have been recognized, and the organisms appear to belong to 
forty-one species of these genera. A list of the radiolaria is given, 
accompanied by a short description of each form, and four new 
species are described. The Discoidea appear to have the predomin- 
ance, and the species of Dictyomitra come next in numerical order. 


¥ 


THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN 


PHILOSOPHICAL | MAGAZINE 


AND 


JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. oe 


A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS, 
CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. 


eg vet PRICE 2s. 6d. 


Complete sets (in Numbers) may be sitared at the following ‘ 


prices : eye 
The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A. few copies only 
on hand, wanting some plates—price on application. | | 
The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s. 
The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850: .  ,, £6. 
The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. _ aa 0715 


Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. 


THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE 


OF 


NATURAL HISTORY, 


INCLUDING 


ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. 
MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. 


Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at, the re | 


prices :— oh 
The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847, Price £10, 
The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. car Ce, 
The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. digest ee Rey 
The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. Gg, 
The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to.1887.-. . ,, £12. 


Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. 


CONTENTS OF NUMBER 38.—Seventh Series. 


A ie Page : 
XVIII. On some Fossils of Wenlock Age from Mulde, near e 
Klinteberg, Gotland. By Freprericx Cuapman, A.L.S., F.R.M.S.; with 


Notes by Prof. T. Rupzrr Jones and Dr. F. A. Barner. (Plate III.) 141 


XIX, On the Squirrels of the Scturus erythreus Group. By J. L. 
BONHOTE, BeAr cere eee Came dhe Siena we fiya egy Wiel oe eRe pana etn ae ee 160 


XX. On the Squirrels of the Sevwrus Prevost Group. By J. L. 
BOMHOTE GALORE Nee eats o Mer. naaWiatene tatertts ple isietens gine amy Lee Ge kO, 


XXI. New Mammals from Peru and Bolivia, with a List of those 
recorded from the Inambari River, Upper Madre de Dios. By 
OUDRTELD THOMAS). te RAR sy eS nS eS ENR: At ee ase ee ee 178 


XXII. A new Free-tail Bat from the Lower Amazons. By 
OLDIELD THOMAB) Mie OU Pe EN a a Le eee en ener ant dtd 190 


XXIII. ‘Notice of a Species of Paludestrina new to the British 
Manna. by HDG AR: Al MEN eye ss. Une: aes areca net ennai ahi ge) Cre 191 


XXIV. New South-American Sceturi, Heteromys, Cavia, and 
Caluromys. By Oxprtenp THOMAS ......-.ceceeeceeeceeeenes 192 


XXV. An Account of a Collection of Butterflies obtained by Lord 
Delamere, chiefly at Munisu, near Mount Kenya. By Arraur G. 
Burts PAG Oe ee he ee RIESE DP TRS cH 5 Sy oc Soa 197 


XXVI. Description of a new Gecko from the Niger Delta. By 
GA CROULENGER OR RiGee se coe ks we EL. Se ea sake Oe 204 


XXVII. The Musk-Rat of Santa Lucia (Antilles). By C. I. 
POMS VEL RARE tet as tors ala acceso iw Sool wn) SORA Ye RK etc re onan Mig ab. 


XXVIII. Descriptions of Brazilian Coccide. By AvotpH HemPeEt, 
Si Panlo, Braribec. vase es shorn SVB AiG eo. tees Cala 206 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 
Geological Society .........000. be siae Rlaiets Ao vereiee Sie Buin ce Le RaRe 219, 220 


*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, 
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, 
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. 


Vol. 7. SEVENTH SERIES. No. 39. 
—_ ee —¥ 
| THE ANNALS | 
| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTorY, | 


! ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY. 


Sg CONDUCTED BY 
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER,M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., 
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., 


AND 


WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S. 


BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH . 
MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” 


WITH THREE PLATES. 


Illustrative of Mr. C. Mereschkowsky’s Paper on Californian Diatoms, and 
Mr, G. A, Boulenger’s on Deep-séa Fishes from the Sea of Oman. 


LONDON: 
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET! STREET. 


{Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére, 
Paris; Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, 


Berlin, 
IE 


THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, 
INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. 
Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Couneii. 
Edited by W. T. Branroxrp, 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts, Price £1. 


MAMMALIA. 
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each, 
FISHES.—2 Vols. 
By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LL.D., &e. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodeuts. 
BIRDS.—Vol. IL, £1: Vol. IL, 15s. 
By E. W. OATES, F.Z.8. 


VOLS. III. and IV., 14s. each. 
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R:S. 


Boucd in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8yo, with numerous woodeuts. Price £1, 


REPTILIA and BATRACHIA. 
By G. A. BOULENGER. 


Sound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodeuts. Price £1 each. 


MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. 
By Siz G. F. HAMPSON, Bart. 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with four hadlwiiesa plates and 
numerous Ponaetis: Price £1. 


HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees. 
By Lieut.-Cofl. C. T. BINGHAM, F.Z.S 


Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price 10s. 


ARACHNIDA. 
By BR. I. POCOCK. 
Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, F.C. 


KIRBY’S SYNONYMIC CATALOGUES. 


DIURN AL LEPIDOPTERA, (A new Edition in preparation.) 
— ——. SUPPLEMENT to the First Edition. 1877. &s. 6d. 


LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. Vol. L. SPHINGES axp 
BOMBYCES. 189%. £2 28. nett. 


—— -———. Vol. IJ. NOCTU (in preparation). 
NEUROPTERA ODONATA. 1890. 16s. 


Gurney and Jackson, | Paternoster Row. 


Demy 4to, pp. 186, with 9 Plates, price 21s. 
THE MARINE INVERTEBRATES AND BISHIES 


or 

ST. ANDREWS 
By W. C. M‘INTOSH, M.D., F.B.S.E., F.LS., &c. 
Jaxyior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 


THE ANNALS 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[SEVENTH SERIES. ] 


No. 39. MARCH 1901. 


XXIX.—The Coloration of Marine Animals. By W. C. 
M‘Intosu, Professor of Natural History in the University 
of St. Andrews *, 


THE coloration of marine animals has long formed the theme 
of many a descriptive text and ancient figure—in which sea- 
flowers, sun-stars, purple urchins, gorgeously iridescent 
annelids, blue and red crabs, the very varied and beautiful 
tints of shellfishes and cuttlefishes, and the endless hues and 
resplendent lustre of fishes were each in turn portrayed. 
Some of the old authors even went into the origin and 
meaning of such tints. On the present occasion, however, it 
is not so much the abstract beauty everywhere so prevalent in 
the coloration of marine animals (and these chiefly British) 
which will form the subject of our attention, but rather the 
application of certain recent theories to the explanation of the 
tints so characteristic of many marine animals. 

As indicated, the older naturalists in many cases clearly 
recognized the connexion between the tints of an animal and 
its surroundings. It was reserved for the illustrious Charles 
Darwin and other distinguished naturalists, such as Mr. Wal- 
lace, and many of the younger zoologists who follow in their 
footsteps, to endeavour to explain the production and modifi- 
cation of the tints of land-animals (the term being used in its 


* The Introductory Lecture for Session 1900-1901. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 16 


999 Prof. W. C. M‘Intosh on the 


widest sense, so as to include birds) by Natural Selection and 
Sexual Selection. Moreover, the subject has been treated 
under such heads as Protective Resemblance—that is, the tints 
enable an animal to escape its enemies; Aggressive Resem- 
blance— that is, the tints aid in capturing prey ; Protective 
Mimicry—a condition in which an animal is mistaken for 
another, and thus, as it were, lives on the reputation of 
another ; and, lastly, Warning Coloration, as exemplified by 
conspicuous coloration in an animal having an unpleasant 
attribute. Besides these subdivisions there are other cases in 
which special markings occur on an animal, apparently for 
recognition (for instance, the white tail of the rabbit) or for 
the purpose of diverting attack from a vital part (for example, 
wings of butterflies). In certain cases none of the foregoing 
causes exist, and these have therefore been termed cases of 
typical coloration. ‘The facts and arguments brought forward 
in support of the foregoing views will have the more weight 
if it be found that similar features are met with in the 
mammals, fishes, and invertebrates inhabiting the ocean. 
The sea offers a very different environment, however, from 
the land, since it is continuous thronghout its vast extent, so 
that it is possible for animals to pass from one region to 
another without the presence of those formidable barriers 
which, for example, restrict the land-mammals to certain 
isolated regions of the earth’s surface. Yet if Natural Selec- 
tion or Sexual Selection be held responsible for the coloration 
in the one case—that is, on land—it is difficult for either to 
escape similar responsibility in the marine forms. 

Again, it has to be remembered that light, aeration, and 
an abundant supply of food have a connexion with animal 
coloration, as may be observed in the subdued tones in the 
Nudibranchs and in anemones, either from deep or shallow 
water, after confinement. 

In dealing with the coloration of marine animals under the 
several classes it. will suffice to divide them severally into 
two great groups, a classification which has been of service on 
former occasions, viz.: (1) pelagic, that is, swimming or floating 
animals, and (2) demers al, or forms which frequent the 
bottom of the sea. This division is tr uly one of convenience, 
since the two groups are closely connected, some in their 
young state being pelagic whilst they are demersal in their 
adult; others, again, though perhaps springing from pelagic 
young, generally live on the bottom till they put on their 
nuptial dress, when they swim freely in the water, scattering 
their eggs all around and then perishing. 


2) 
c 


Amongst the simplest marine animals colour is often 


Coloration of Marine Animals. 223 


present. Thus A. Agassiz notes that the pelagic Globigerine 
floating in masses are occasionally tinted reddish or scarlet, 
and pelagic Infusoria, like Cerat‘um and Peridinium, are of a 
greenish or reddish hue. In such forms the influence of 
Natural Selection or other cause just indicated would appear 
to be slight. 

Tt cannot be said that the bright yellow, white, purple, 
red, and brown hues of littoral sponges, or the blue or pinkish- 
purple of deep-sea sponges, are due to Natural Selection—not 
more, indeed, than the tints of the calcareous corallines. 
Mr. Garstang’s view that they are thus conspicuously coloured 
because they have a nauseous taste is balanced by the fact 
that many are of an extremely sober tint, and that numerous 
palatable animals are equally conspicuous in their hues. 
Moreover, the common crumb-of-bread sponge assumes, under 
the same circumstances, various hues in the tidal region, such 
as brownish, purplish, yellowish, and greenish. ‘The white 
colour of Grantia compressa, Leuconia nivea, and the occa- 
sional purple of Leucosolenia botryotdes are also devoid of 
relation to their surroundings. Further, tufts of Chalina and 
Suberites are occasionally found in the stomach of the cod, 
and sea-lemons browse upon sponges of various hues. The 
opinion of the author just mentioned that the association of 
the red Suberites (which, like other sponges, is, he says, 
intensely disliked by fishes) with Pagurus cuanensts is for the 
benefit of the crab may be true, but Suderites is brownish or 
stone-coloured in some cases, and does not always protect the 
crab from fishes. ‘The view that some crustaceans, a group 
so much sought after by fishes, escape capture by dwelling 
in sponges (Garstang and Poulton) needs confirmation. 
Many annelids and some zoophytes are found in sponges, but 
it has generally been thought that they occur there just as 
they occur under compound ascidians, tangle-roots, and 
Melobesia—viz. for protection. In like manner the crusta- 
ceans and annelids found in the interior of Venus’s fower- 
basket are there for shelter, not because the sponge is 
inedible. 

In considering these views of the coloration of sponges it 
would seem to be as legitimate to state that the forms of 
Chondrocladia virgata and Cladorhiza pennatula (which, for 
the moment, may be supposed to be palatable) were specially 
given them for protection, since they escape search in the 
one case by resembling the backbone of a fish and in the 
other a tiny pinnate zoophyte. 

It is generally stated that the surface-fauna of the ocean is 
transparent or faintly coloured, apparently for the sake of 

1 Gs 


224 Prof. W. C. M‘Intosh on the 


protection, but it seems to have been overlooked that many of 
the surface-animals are there only for a limited period during 
fine weather, and disappear into the depths on the advent of 
storms and cold. Moreover, not a few of the forms disporting 
themselves at the surface are conspicuously coloured—for 
example, the jellyfishes *. 

Protective coloration, by which is meant that hue in harmony 
with the surroundings, and which, for instance, causes a very 
young leveret on the approach of danger instinctively to leave 
the green sward and crouch on the brown earth to escape obser- 
vation, reaches its acme in the transparent tissues of the jelly- 
fishes. There are, however, many exceptions, and even the 
most transparent forms by-and-by develop opaque bands (the 
ovaries and spermaries) just when the existence of the organism 
is most valuable. The brightly coloured forms again, such 
as Oceania, Pelagia, Velella, Porpita, and many others, which 
follow precisely the same habits as the uncoloured and trans- 
parent, raise doubts as to the validity of the interpretation so 
generally accepted. These doubts, indeed, find expression in 
Prof. Moseley’s remark that deep blue forms are so coloured 
for protection. Deep blue jellyfishes, however, form but a 
small proportion of the vast numbers found in the ocean. 
Neither are the varied hues of any advantage as warning 
colours, for the brightly coloured and the translucent (as 
Beddard remarks) are equally palatable to whales and other 
forms (not excepting man) utilizing them for food. The 
pelagic sea-anemones are also coloured, and the floating stages 
of others (Arachnactis) are often tinted with white and 

ellow. 

The brilliant colours of anemones in general cannot be said 
to be either protective or warning, since on the one hand 
there is no more deadly bait for cod, and on the other many 
small fishes swim in comfort in tanks amongst anemones, 
and in the China Sea a red fish takes shelter in the stomach 
of an anemone two feet across. Anemones for the most part 
seem to defy protective coloration, as is sufficiently proved by 
a glance in the rocky caverns on the eastern shores or along 
the creeks of the west, where the olive-green tangle-blades 
and other seaweeds are studded with the opelet (Anthea cereus), 
whose long trailing tentacles, with their hues of green and red, 
wave with every surge of the tide. The view that the gaudy 


* Beddard observes :—“ If transparency of pelagic organisms, according 
to Darwin, be due entirely to Natural Selection, it is remarkable that 
there is so little modification in this direction amongst the species in- 
habiting the bottom” (op. ert. p. 126). He is inclined to think that 
protective resemblance may be due to other causes than Natural Selection. 


Coloration of Marine Animals. 225 


colours of anemones act as a warning is not borne out by the 
eagerness with which the cod swallows the brightest, such as 
Stomphia, while the smaller flatfishes fill their stomachs with 
Edwardsie. 

‘Thus it would appear that mechanical protection is mostly 
subserved by the bag of small anemones around the caudal 
extremity of the Indian hermit-crab, Chlenopagurus Ander- 
sont. 

The red of Tubipora and the coral of commerce, the varied 
tints of coral polyps, in which green of many shades predomi- 
nates, the blue of /eliopora, the purple of Pennatula, the 
reddish or pink colour of Tubularia, Coryne, and Syncoryne, 
and the long chain of reddish-orange polypites of Diphyes as 
it darts hither and thither amongst the bluish masses of 
floating oceanic animals with much greater speed and certainty 
of direction than usually shown by them, and even seems to 
elude the hand-net or the dipping-bottle, appears to have as 
little to do with protection or warning as the green of 
Lhizosolenia or the red of the wild poppy. Nor does sexual 
selection appear to be exercised in the group, though in 
some, as in the American Aurelia flwvidula, the female has 
yellow ovaries, while the male shows roseate spermaria, 
Nor is the habit followed by Tealia crassicornis in coating its 
column with gravel (as some sea-urchins do with their 
bodies), or still more conspicuously with white shell-fragments, 
in harmony with the views concerning warning coloration. 

The colours of Echinoderms are often most conspicuously 
bright, as, for instance, the blues, reds, and purples of 
Asteroids, the blues, reds, and variegated red and white of 
Kchinoids, the reds and purples of Crinoids and Ophiuroids. 
It may be that it is in consequence of these bright colours 
that some authors have fancied that sea-urchins exhibit pro- 
tective measures when they cover themselves with bits of 
pebble and shells; but the same, as already explained, occurs 
in anemones, 

The brilliant orange-red of Hippasterias in deep water may 
subserve a purpose unknown to us, yet from analogy this is 
unlikely. Few forms are more conspicuous on the bottom of 
the sea or on the blades of tangles at low water than the 
common cross-fish, yet gulls, fishes (cod and catfishes), and 
an ally of its own (the sun-star) devour it. Thus, while its 
coloration is certainly not protective, it does not seem to serve 
as a warning or to be the result of Sexual Selection. The 
brilliant scarlet of Solaster papposa as it hangs on the tangle- 
blades makes it very conspicuous, but there is no evidence 
either as to protective or warning properties. ‘The same may 


226 Prof. W. C. M‘Iutosh on the 


be said of the purple or orange hue of S. endeca from deep 
water and of Cribrella sanguinolenta between tide-marks. 
The sand-stars (e. g. Ophiura lacertosa) are often tinted of a 
hue resembling their surroundings, yet they and the more 
brightly tinted forms are common in the stomachs of fishes 
and are eagerly devoured by gulls when stranded on the 
beach. 

The common sea-urchins of our own shores are often con- 
spicuous on the tangles at extreme low water, and their tints 
are neither protective nor warning as regards man and certain 
fishes. Though some species (e. g. Strongylocentrotus lividus) 
show sexual differences, the male being darker and the female 
of a violet tint more inclined to red, Sexual Selection need 
scarcely be considered. The burrowing habit of the species 
just mentioned would seem to indicate that its colour was 
neither protective nor warning. ‘The colours and habits of 
the heart-urchins give the same lessons. Amongst others 
the green-pea urchin is a favourite food of the haddock. 

‘The brown and purple hues of the sea-cucumbers may in 
some way subserve protection amongst the dark masses of the 
tangles, yet both they and the transparent forms are found in 
the stomachs of fishes. In the purple forms in the deep sea 
Prof. Moseley is of opinion that the colouring is useless, 
‘and is merely due to the persistence of colouring developed 
originally in shallow-water ancestors.” But there may be 
other explanations which are less theoretical, especially as 
the same purple colour is found in a feather- star in shallow 
water in the tropics and in a sea-cucumber in 1955 fathoms in 
the antarctic sea. 

The transparent Holothurians and the Synaptide are often 
almost colourless, so that the arguments in connexion with 
coloration do not fit. 

No group is more beautiful or more varied in coloration 
than the marine Annelids, and no group of Invertebrates 
offers a better field for the manifestations of protective resem- 
blance, for the display of warning coloration, and, since the 
sexes in the majority are separate, for the operations of Sexual 
Selection. Yet some of the most brilliantly tinted, like the 
sea-mouse, frequent muddy sand or mud, where the metallic 
lustre of their resplendent bristles would only betray them ; 
and the same may be said of some of the most conspicuously 
coloured Hesionida, e.g. Ophiodromus. It is true the bright 
colours and iridescence of many are hidden within tubes, but 
this would rather point to coloration in these cases being inde- 
pendent of protection. Even in forms that dwell in sand, 


like Nephthys, Ophelia, and Mugelona, the iridescent pearly 


Coloration of Marine Animals. 227 


lustre or the flesh-tint by no means resembles their sur- 
roundings, whilst other dwellers in sand, viz. Phyllodoce 
maculata and Anc itis rosea, are finely coloured. Forms fre- 
quenting the fissures of rocks or tunnels in calcareous alge 
are equally varied in tint, from the sombre grey of T'rophonia 
plumosa, the deep green of Hulalia virddis, the straw-coloured 
body and red branchiw of Morphysa, to Lysidice with its 
madder-brown anterior end and white collar. Those having 
finely coloured plumes anteriorly, like the Sabellidze, occupy 
tubes, and in few instances are their plumes in harmony with 
their surroundings. One instance, however, is given by 
Prof. Semper * of agreement between an allied form (AM/ya- 
cola, one of the Eriographidide) at Port Mahon and a coral 
(Cladocera). Both the polyps and the funnel of the annelid 
were of the same chocolate-brown colour, and thus at first 
sight protective resemblance might have been diagnosed ; but 
the annelid also occurred in a sponge of a totally different 
colour and in clefts of rocks where no tint resembled it. When 
Semper tapped the coral the annelids retracted their plumes 
at once, but the corals remained expanded. ‘There was really 
no protective resemblance. Dr. Kisig mentions an Hunice 
parasitic in a sponge of a yellow colour, the annelid being 
yellow with orange spots, and he considers this an instance of 
protective coloration, though Beddard thinks the tint arises 
from feeding on the sponge. As, however, these annelids 
generally construct a tough parchment-like tube in sponges, 
the example is dubious. ‘lwo annelids, Huphrosyne and 
Spinthes, are also partial to yellow sponges, on which they 
feed and they may be held to be protectively tinted. Some 
Polynoide with mud-covered scales approach the hue of the 
muddy inner surface of shells dredged trom deep water, or the 
muddy inferior surface of stones between tide-marks. The 
dorsum under thescales and the free parts of the body posteriorly 
in others are coloured conspicuously with brown bars, so that 
the case may fairly be claimed as one of protective adaptation. 
Malmgrenia, commensalistic on purple urchins, also agrees 
with its surroundings, being tinted of a deep purple, and the 
polynoid in the interior of Huplectella is more or less trans- 
lucent. On the other hand, Neredlepas, commensalistic with 
the hermit-crab in the great whelk, 1s conspicuously tinted. 
Pelagic annelids, again, are not always colourless, even the 
Alciopide having finely coloured eyes. The pelagic stages 
of Autolytus so common in various seas are often coloured 
both green and pink. Little change in the tint of the green 


* Fide Beddard. 


228 Prof. W. C. M‘Intosh on the 


Palolo takes place for its pelagic stage, and the hues of the 
pelagic phases of the Nereides are likewise vivid. The 
colours of the pelagic young of the sedentary forms, such as 
Sthenelais, are often brightly coloured. 

Aunelids which perforate hard substances, as Polydora and 
Dodecaceria, are coloured equally with the free, and the pelagic 
phases of the latter retain vivid tints. 

‘The Nemerteans and other Turbellaria, with a few excep- 
tions, such as Nemertes carcinophila, are often of a colour at 
variance with their surroundings—and the same may be 
said of the Leeches; but the Gephyreans, especially those 
frequenting mud, are generally inconspicuous, though Bo- 
neltia is green. The marine Planarian EHurylepta vittata 
between tide-marks is conspicuously banded with brown and 
yellow, and others are similarly variegated with red, purple, 
and yellow. Many, however, are of a uniform colour and 
often resemble their surroundings. As anemones and fishes 
prey on them, their colour would not seem to be protective, 
either in the sense of corresponding with their environment 
or acting asa warning to predatory forms. Mr. Punnett tells 
of a small Nemertean parasitic in an Ascidian which is 
brightly striped, and larger free species are similarly banded. 
Borlasia Elisabethe, which is boldly blotched with purplish 
brown and white, lives in a tube of mud under stones in 
Herm. 

The coloration of the sexes in the Crustaceans is often 
similar, as in the common and the Norway lobsters, though 
in some (e. g. the shore-crab) there are marked differences. 
Yet after all what selection can a female shore-crab exercise 
when the courting is carried on when she is in a soft and 
helpless condition immediately after casting her shell? The 
minute complemental males of certain Cirripedes afford 
similar data. 

‘The evidence in regard to protective coloration is some-_ 
what ambiguous. On the one hand, Prof. Moseley states 
that the Crustaceans (Vautilograpsus) tound on the gulf-weed 
resemble it in tints, even to the white patches which imitate 
those of Membranipora and the sea-acorns (Balant). He 
also records a similar crab of a blue hue on the float of 
Janthina, Portumnus variegatus somewhat resembles the 
greyish hue of the sand amongst which it lives. ‘he colora- 
tion of the stalk-eyed crustaceans is often curiously compli- 
cated by parasitic growths, such as alge and zoophytes. 
kiven the slender Stenorhynchus rostratus has its dorsum and 
limbs enlivened by tufts cf U/va or by Plumularia, Campanu- 
farta, patches ot /falichondria, and the tubes of Terebelle. 


Coloration of Marine Animals, 229 


The modification of the natural hue is thus considerable. 
Yet Hyas araneus far surpasses it in the number and variety 
of its parasitic growths, that of young specimens from cavern- 
roofs resembling the dorsum of Aphrodita. As the hue of this 
species 1s brownish purple or reddish purple, it might be 
supposed that the extraneous growths would be protective. 
Fyas coarctatus is even more subject to such growths, yet 
both, covered with parasites as they are, abound in the 
stomach of the cod, which pays scant attention to coloration. 
FHippolyte in the rock-pools of St. Andrews often differs from 
the tints of the seaweeds it frequents. Again, why should 
the female Pinnotheres in the horse-mussel be so brightly 
coloured, the male being less conspicuously so? Both are 
equally protected. Many pelagic crustaceans are also more or 
less translucent. Lysis flexuosa is grey when on sand, brown 
or green when amongst seaweed of these two colours. The 
gribble, whose sole function is to perforate wood, and thus is 
constantly sheltered, is more soberly tinted than, for instance, 
other Isopods, such as Spheroma in fissures of rocks, which 
has its under surface speckled with white, legs with brown, 
and head with brown, white, and red. Hyperta galba in the 
gastric cavities of Aurelia aurita is often reddish brown. 
Brightly coloured crustaceans like Dexamine spinosa are eaten 
by fishes. ‘The pelagic Zoee have conspicuous greenish-blue 
eyes, and the pelagic young of Crangon are brightly tinted. 
Caprella iuberculata, again, occurs in swarms on Ceramium 
rubrum, and is ofthe same tint. Jdotea pelagica on Ceramium 
rubrum is sometimes beautifully speckled with white in 
marginal scallops or central streaks, aud is thus more con- 
spicuous than usual.  Podocerus pulchellus frequents the 
same seaweed, with which it harmonizes in colour; but here, 
avain, it is sometimes gaudily tinted with reddish brown and 
white, so as to be conspicuous. Many sessile-eyed crusta- 
ceans are beautifully tinted, like Montagua monoculoides, with 
reddish-orange or orange specks in rows on the dorsum, and 
others are marbled with brown and white. The pelagic 
Eurydice pulchra and Janira maculosa of our seas are not 
inconspicuous in coloration, 

On the other hand, many land-crabs, such as Ocypoda, as 
Prof. Moseley tells us, are tinted of a bright red or other 
conspicuous hue. ‘The reddish Norway lobster frequents 
greyish mud, from which the cod picks it up so readily. 
‘The common shore-crab is often variegated with white in the 
brackish inlets of the Outer Hebrides. The reddish-orange 
Alpheus ruber is as conspicuous as it can be in the tidal pools 
ot Herm, ‘lhe multitudes of the sand-hoppers are white and 


230 Prof. W. C. M‘Intosh on the 


easily seen amongst dried sand and seaweeds. The parasitic 
cirripede on whales (Coronula) retains its white colour, and 
Lepeophtheirus on the salmon and Caligus on the cod each 
have their brownish-olive hue and are readily seen on the 
skin. 

Some pelagic crustaceans (Copepoda) are of a deep blue or 
brilliant scarlet, and the young pelagic stages of many of the 
higher Crustacea are marked with vivid tints. The pelagic 
barnacles are not inconspicuous. Even the translucent 
Phronima (Amphipod) has three sets of conspicuous eyes. 
Prof. Moseley describes the deep-sea shrimps and schizopods 
as of an intense bright scarlet colour. A deep-water Serolis, 
again, described by Mr. Beddard is blue. 

There is no evidence that the tints in any of those con- 
spicuously coloured act as a warning, since they are found in 
the stomachs of fishes equally with those of sober tint. The 
diurnal changes of hue in such as //ippolyte are, moreover, 
not always explained by their environment *. 

The Brachiopods are generally pale, yet Zingula, an 
ancient type which frequents sand, has its valves tinted of a 
fine greenish hue. 

Some of the Polyzoa are brightly coloured, e.g. Bugula, 
which is purple, whereas others, such as Gemellaria, have a 
uniform pale straw-colour. Membrantpora is conspicuous by 
its pale lacework on the blades of the tangles. The majority 
of the Polyzoa, e. g. the Lepralia, have no vivid coloration, 
though some are pinkish, and so with Flustra. ‘Their colour 
does not appear to have any relation to Natural Selection and 
is neither protective nor warning—not more so than the 
purple of the alga Corallina officinalis. 

While the adult Phoronis, which is tubicolar, is either pale 
or with dark brownish tentacles and pale body, the pelagic 
young (Actinotrocha) is brightly tinted. This might be 
explained by supposing that these tints are ancestral and that 
former conditions may have necessitated them. Such, how- 
ever, is conjecture, as also is the view that disadvantageous 
colours in the young have little time to do harm. 

The colours of the next group—that of the shellfishes— 
have long been a source of interest; and as they affect both 
the hard and the soft parts, their study might be supposed to 
throw some light on the questions before us. 

Comparatively few examples of protective coloration occur 
amongst the bivalves, the calcareous valves of which, perhaps, 


* Vide on this subject the valuable paper by Messrs, Gamble and 
Keeble, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. vol. xliii. pp, 589-698, pls. xxxii.—xxxvi. 
(1900). 


Coloration of Marine Animals. 231 


and the enormous powers of reproduction, suffice in some 
cases for safety. ‘Those which perforate rocks, wood, and 
other media are, as a rule, white, yet the date-shell (Litho- 
domus) has dark brown valves, whilst Modiolarda in the tests 
of Ascidians and in sponges is feebly tinted. The species 
which burrow in sand have diverse and often bright tints, 
such as Psammobia and Tellina, dull brown, as in Cyprina, 
or pale, ike the cockle and Thractia. Littoral forms are 
likewise varied. ‘The mussel is dark blue or purplish blue on 
mud or rock ; Galeomma with its outspread valves on the 
under surfaces of stones is pure white, Arca in the chinks of 
rocks is dull grey, and Lima hians has brilliant orange fringes, 
but the animal makes a nest. ‘The beds of sedentary dull 
greyish oysters and the brownish-black horse-mussels in the 
adjoining area under water are in contrast with the more 
brightly tinted and free scallops in similar regions, 

‘There is endless variety under the same circumstances, 
but no ceitainty as to protective or warning coloration or 
sexual changes in the valves of marine forms. 

It is interesting that pelagic young mussels and the slightly 
older forms which settle on zoophytes in myriads are differ- 
ently tinted from the adults. ‘The latter (young mussels) 
especially harmonize with their surroundings. ‘The pelagic 
young of marine lamellibranchs (after the formation of the 
shells), indeed, seem to approach each other more or less 
closely. 

The parasitic bivalves, like Montacuta substriata on Spatan- 
gus purpureus, are in harmony with their surroundings, 
though as regards coloration they are pale and more or less 
transparent. 

Coloration in the univalves (Gastropoda) has no apparent 
relation to their acceptability to forms which prey on them, 
and therefore has no protective or warning functions. All 
the available smaller forms—whatever their colour may be— 
are equally palatable to the haddock, which, as Kdward 
Forbes said, is a great conchologist. In their pelagic stages, 
it is true, they are less brightly tinted, and thus may be held 
to be protectively coloured; but other young forms, which 
are not pelagic, are of similar pale or neutral hues, so that 
there is room for doubt. ‘The question may well be asked, 
Are the bold bluish iridescent streaks of Helcion pellucidum 
equally protective or warning in the young on the dark blades 
of the tangles in the rock-pools, and on the adults hidden 
under the hard roots of the same seaweed ? 

Protective coloration in the Gastropods is exhibited by 
Ovula patula on Gorgonia verrucosa (Poulton) and Ovulum 


232 Prof. W. C. M‘Intosh on the 


untplicatum on Leptogorgia. Hermwa, a transparent Nudi- 
branch on a reddish weed (Grifithsta), has a reddish outline 
and a greenish aspect on green seaweed, ‘This coloration is 
probably due to the contents of the intestine. Some mollusks, 
like the limpet, chiton, periwinkles, and certain Nudibranehs, 
are more or less in harmony with their surroundings; and 
the same may be said of Trochus ltneatus on the granite rocks 
of Cobo Bay, Guernsey. A red Doris, probably D. concinna, 
frequents Hymeniacidon sanguinea, and Xenophora attaches 
fragments of shell, rock, and coral to the edges of the growing 
shell, and thus resembles its surroundings. ‘The common and 
Johnston’s sea-lemons (Archidoris tuberculata and A. John- 
stont) may, as insisted on by Prof. Herdman and Mr. Garstang, 
be protectively coloured so long as they remain contracted 
and quiescent. Yet it must be noted that the colours of 
A. tuberculata vary, some being gaily tinted with yellow and 
purple, others, especially under large stones in tidal pools, 
having more sober hues. Moreover, the species is found not 
only on the surfaces of Halichondria, on which it feeds, but 
under ledges amongst the red Styela grossularia and zoophytes, 
under large stones, and occasionally on the surface of rocks 
and Fuct at low water. It must also be borne in mind that 
A, Johnston accompanies it in its haunts, especially on Halt- 
chondria, the hues of which it much more closely resembles 
than A. tuberculata. It may well be asked why the latter has 
not more closely adapted itself to the colour of the sponges on 
which it feeds. 

Again, the smaller examples of Doris repanda are “of a 
pure waxy semitransparent white”? (Alder and Hancock), and 
the largest are dusky yellowish, colours which are conspicuous 
in a rock-pool, especially as they sometimes crawl on the 
blades of fuct fringing the margin. The border of the mantle 
in many is injured, as if a portion had beenremoved. Doris 
aspera, which occurs under stones near low-water mark, is 
equally prominent, most being white, though a few are 
yellow. The tints of the abundant Doris bilamellata likewise 
do not seem to be protective between tide-marks, where they 
are met with all the year round, as is the case also with the 
conspicuously whitish Goniodoris nodosa, usually found under 
stones in tidal pools. These and the brilliantly coloured Triopa 
claviger are at once detected when the stone is upturned ; 
but they are not wholly confined to such localities, and all are 
occasionally tossed on shore by storms on the blades or roots 
of tangles. If some would hold that the conspicuous whitish 
coloration is thus shielded by their habit of living under stones, 
what is to be said of their associate Zgirus punctilucens, which 


ce 


Coloration of Marine Animals. 233 


specially delights in the dark surfaces of stones in rock-pools 
from low-water mark to some distance above half-tide ? The 
unpractised eye would certainly mistake these rough little 
lumps for muddy and stunted masses of zoophytes and debris. 
How are their gem-like dots of pigment to be explained? 
Rarely Agirus has been found crawling just under the water- 
line in a sequestered pool. Polycera quadrilineata, P. ocellata, 
and Ancula cristata all occur under stones in quiet rock-pools, 
and are not difficult to detect in their habitats. It is doubtful 
if they are in want of protective or warning coloration in such 
places, especially when it is found that in these localities 
Doto coronata, which swarms on the branches of Sertularta 
pumila, requires careful and minute inspection to detect it. 
It is pale and devoid of much of the beauty of the deep- 
water specimens so often tossed on shore on the blades of the 
tangles covered by forests of Obelia geniculata or on Hydrall- 
mania falcata brought in by the fishing-boats. A clearer case 
of harmony with environment, however, is that of Z'ritonta 
plebeta on Alcyonium, yet it is readily seen when frequenting 
Obelia geniculata on the blades of tangles. 

On the other hand, the dog-whelk between tide-marks 1s 
fairly conspicuous, and so is the cowry, especially when the 
soft parts are protruded. ‘The colours of the Kolids are 
remarkably bright, and cannot therefore be protective in so 
far as being in harmony with their surroundings. It has 
yet to be proved that they are warning colours, for it needs a 
considerable amount of inedibility to scare a hungry fish, and 
the cod does not respect this property (if it exists) in Holis 
papillosa. Fishes which are partial to anemones might be 
supposed to be careless of the nematocysts of Nudibranchs. 
Further, the haunts of the Holides and an attentive survey 
of their coloration leads to no conclusive results. The 
amethystine and ultramarine hues of #. coronata and the 
scarlet or bright brick-red of EZ. rufibranchialis seem to have 
no relation to their surroundings, and does not prevent their 
being devoured by their hungry fellows when disabled or 
dead. ‘The same may be said of the fine purplish and the 
orange varieties of Holis Warrant and of EL. Adelaide, The 
smaller Hols olivacea and E. viridis are not so easily seen on 
the under surfaces of the stones they frequent ; but immersion 
of these in sea-water readily shows them. 

Prof. Herdman, who has given much attention to the 
colours of Nudibranchs, truly considers that “ the red-brown ” 
hues of Dendronotus effectively conceal it. Some, however, 
are brightly tinted with scarlet and rose-pink, and a splendid 
white variety is common in the same haunts in deep water 


234 Prof. W. C. M'Intosh on the 


and occasionally between tide-marks, while a third is pale 
and more or less translucent. Moreover, the eggs of Nudi- 
branchs are generally conspicuous. 

The pelagic Gastropods also offer very varied coloration. 
Some are pale like Spiréali’s, others, darker like Limacina, 
show orange-pink like Clione, deep blue like Glaucus, purple 
like Janthina, or a glassy translucency like Carinaria and 
Pterotrachea. If, in the open ocean, translucency be a pro- 
tective attribute of such forms, it cannot be held that the 
tinted species conform to this view. Prof. Moseley, again, 
considered that Janthina and Glaucus (like Veledla) are 
coloured blue for protection, since they thus resemble oceanic 
water. There appears, however, to be no general feature in 
the pelagic stages of the group that would point out trans- 
lucency or a particular colour as the result of natural selection 
and of importance to the species. 

If translucency or a bluish tint are to be held as protective 
to oceanic forms, the pelagic cuttlefishes do not fulfil these 
conditions, for the play of colours, like those on “ shot silk,” 
occurs throughout the whole series. Moreover, though 
courtship is known to take place, and though the sexes offer 
certain external differences in structure, yet the colours are, 
as a rule, the same in both sexes ; so that, in these compara- 
tively intelligent and active Invertebrates, the long ages of 
Sexual Selection have effected no evident change in coloration, 
whatever may have been accomplished in other respects. 
The young forms on escaping from the egg are pelagic and 
have the same pigment-corpuscles as their parents, though, 
perhaps, they may be fewer in number. 

In the group of the Urochordates the translucent chains 
of Salpe have been cited as instances of protective coloration ; 
but the chains are readily seen in clear sea-water from the 
surface to the bottom, in several fathoms, probably 5 or 6. 
Moreover, the gulls readily strike the surface-forms and 
remove the nuclei containing the vital parts of the animal. 
Prof. Moseley thought that some Salye had a blue and others 
a brown nucleus for protection, but experience proves that 
both are equally liable to the attacks of gulls. ‘The trans- 
lucent Pyrosoma, again, 1s phosphorescent, and it cannot be 
supposed that it has this property to lure other forms to 
destruction, since it derives nourishment from minute plants 
and animals carried in currents of water. 

The Ascidians (Ascidia scabra) attached to the blades of the 
seaweeds in the Outer Hebrides, and to various structures in 
deeper water elsewhere, are brightly coloured ; yet this is not 
protective, as they are most conspicuous, nor can it always 


Coloration of Marine Animals. 235 


be a warning colour, as Mr. Garstang supposes, for some 
fishes eat them. The tadpoles of such forms as Stye/a are 
pink, Clavelina shows bright orange and yellow, and bright 
green characterizes A. intestinal in tangle-roots and similar 
places between tide-marks, and A. depressa under stones in 
rock-pools. If the red hue of some Ascidians, e. g. A. scabra, 
is assumed to be a warning colour, what is to be said about 
such as Molgula, a colourless form, invested by a thick layer 
of gravelly mud or sand ? 

Is the dull red of Styela grossularia, projecting here and 
there through a layer of Halichondria panicea on the roofs of 
sheltered caverns, in the same category in regard to warning 
coloration as Ascidia scabra on the floating blades of the 
tangles ? 

The pelagic Appendicularians and their houses are generally 
translucent, but some are pinkish. ‘Their vast numbers, 
however, are little in need of protection. 

The Compound Ascidians, such as Botryllus, Botrylloides, 
Leptoclinum, and Aplidium, are often strikingly coloured, 
such as the yellow stars of Botryllus Schlosseri, the white 
surface of Leptoclinum durum, or the cinnabar colour of 
others; yet this does not appear, so far as observations go, to 
be either for protection or warning. Fishes bite off the sea- 
weeds on which some grow and swallow them. 

Certain Cyclostomes, like Myaine, living in mud are of a 
flesh tint or purplish, as in #dellostoma, while the river- 
lamprey is olive and the marine boldly mottled with bluish 
erey and black. Myaine has no warning tint, yet its abun- 
dant mucus is most offensive. 

Amongst Fishes the bony forms (Teleostei) are, on the 
whole, the most brightly coloured, the Klasmobranchs being 
more soberly tinted. In some bony fishes both sexes are 
brilliantly coloured, in others only the male. One general 
rule, with a few exceptions, prevails throughout the series, 
viz. that the dorsum is dark and the under surface pale, 
apparently for protection, the explanation usually given being 
that, looked at from above, the dark dorsum renders the fish 
more or less obscure, whereas looked at from below the white 
or pale under surface is invisible against the sky. Yet 
Cotius scorpius in rock-pools occasionally has the head pale 
orange and the dorsum speckled with the same colour, 
and the skate has a grey under surface. Further, when the 
under surface is upturned, as in femora, it becomes dark, 
but no mention is made of the dorsum, which remains dark. 
It can hardly be supposed, however, that many species of 
skate have a white under surface for this purpose, though 


236 Prof. W. C. M‘Intosh on the 


they can dart upward very actively, nor will the explanation 
altogether suit the frog-fish (Lophtus). Some of the finest 
silvery bluish-green or yellowish touches of the short-spined 
Cottus are under the throat. The gorgeous colours of several 
of the British wrasses do not appear to be either for warning 
or protection, nor do they appear to be connected with Sexual 
Selection. Moreover, it may be asked if the white under 
surface of many terrestrial mammals has been acquired for 
the same reason, viz. rendering them invisible against the 
sky when viewed from beneath. In connexion with this 
explanation it has also to be remembered that the enemies of 
fishes do not always look at them from these points of view. 
Again, freshwater and marine fishes agree in regard to this 
coloration, and whilst the dark dorsal surface does aid in 
rendering the fishes obscure, the constant movement of the 
tail in streams makes them obvious enough. Besides certain 
silvery fishes with laterally compressed bodies are very 
conspicuous and the ventral edge is thin. Thus in the tidal 
pools in May young sand-eels of 4 inches swim in parallel 
ranks, conspicuous by their finely iridescent green backs and 
silvery sides, or sport amongst the fringing seaweeds like 
flashes of silvery heht in the sunshine. Such forms are no 
less conspicuous in the open sea—indeed, their only safety in 
this respect 1s immersion in sand. The dull biuish- black 
dorsum of the herring renders it less visible, but the approach 
of an enemy causes it to dart aside and expose the flashing 
silvery body. 

Prof. Moseley gives the instance of Antennarius, which 
coloured, like the gulf-weed (Sargassum), with spots of white 
to imitate the patches of Membranipora. Bright spots of white 
are common in young sea-scorpions, young lump-suckers, 
and others, but it would be difficult to draw a similar con- 
clusion. The adult shanny and the gunnel are certainly 
coloured in harmony with their surroundings, just as the 
upper surface of many flat-fishes is. The same may be said 
of other blennies. Mr. Garstang cites the black dorsal fin of 
the weever as a warning colour, lest it should be mistaken 
for the gurnard. The bold touches of black and other colours 
on the dorsal fins of other fishes are not, however, thus to be 
explained. 

Deep-sea fishes are black or white as if bleached (Moseley). 
On the other hand, the pelagic young of the conger (Lepto- 
cephalus) and of Plagusta are transparent. 

The pelagic young of some fishes, e. g. the skulpin, have 
the under surface darkly pigmented, yet its habits agree with 
those of its fellows which have the ‘same region translucent 


Coloration of Marine Animals. 237 


or white. Some may consider, however, that such is a provision 
for reducing the numbers of troublesome fishes. At any rate 
the view that the pale under surface is protective meets 
with exceptions in those forms. Again, the conspicuously 
pigmented fins of the young mackerel midges (Motelle) can 
scarcely be for protection, unless they mimic spines when 
collapsed, and the same may be said of the yellow pelvics of 
the young ling. Mr. Beddard thinks the bright colour and 
large size of the fins of certain fishes may be protective (e. g. 
flying gurnard), Another example is the sapphirine gurnard, 
yet in this case the protective function 1s doubtful. 

The transparent pelagic eggs of the cod tribe, flounder 
tribe, and many others are supposed to escape notice by this 
provision, but then the young becomes conspicuously tinted 
before hatching, and therefore at a time when it is most 
important that it should be invisible. If translucency be a 
protection in the one case, colour under the same circum- 
stances cannot likewise be so. 

The very great variety of markings and tints in larval 
fishes under the same conditions shows the difficulty of 
drawing rigid conclusions as to protective or warning colora- 
tion in such forms, though they may be remnants of ancestral 
coloration. Some might be disposed to think this a crucial 
test of the theories propounded concerning the environment 
of certain forms on land. Yet the history of the changes of 
coloration undergone by a single species, e. g. the cod, shows 
that important purposes are subserved by these changes. 
Thus the minute larval cod escapes from the egg with a series 
of transverse bars; then the black pigment is rearranged 
longitudinally along the dorsum as it swims high in the 
water. ‘To this is by-and-by added yellow pigment, causing 
(with the black) a greenish hue. When it seeks the rocky 
margins it becomes boldly tessellated. At a later stage it 
again becomes more uniformly tinted as it seeks the offshore, 
though some which haunt the tangle-forests are boldly 
blotched with reddish brown. In its adult state its sides and 
dorsum are mottled with yellowish green, though this does 
not seriously affect its uniformity. If we attempt to contrast 
the foregoing changes with those of the haddock, uncertainties 
arise. ‘lhe larval haddock has no transverse bars, though 
bred side by side with the cod, but the dorsal band of black 
pigment is developed in the next stage (post-larval). Instead 
of seeking the shore the little haddock keeps to deep water, 
and it soon develops the characteristic bold touches of black 
on the sides above the pectoral region, the rest being uniformly 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 17 


238 Prof. W. C. M‘Intosh on the 


tinted with a silvery sheen and a cupreous lustre. Not till 
it is between 3 and 5 inches long does the haddock seek the 
inshore waters. To sum up: the haddock differs from the cod 
in its larval coloration, agrees in its post-larval, and thereafter 
diverges. If the tessellated condition of the cod is protective 
amidst the tangle-forests, what can the function of the 
isolated black spots on the whitish sides of the haddock be in 
its deep-sea retreats and as it passes when from 3 to 5 inches 
long to inshore waters ? 

Mr. Beddard and Dr. Browne Goode think the colours of 
certain fishes (e.g. rock-cod) are directly derived from red 
alew through the coloured crustaceans, and Dr. Giinther and 
Miss Newbigin have similar views in connexion with the 
salmon. Mr. Beddard gives as his reason that if Natural 
Selection had caused a change in colour, it would rather have 
been by an alteration of existing pigment than by the forma- 
tion of fresh pigment red in colour. Other fishes, however, 
which feed largely on red crustaceans show no increase or 
alteration of their pigment, and some which do not feed on 
red forms of any kind may present similar pigment. Brightly 
coloured wrasses, such as the rainbow-wrasse, occur at 
considerable depths where no seaweeds are. ‘The view 
of Prof. Poulton, for which he cites also the support of 
Prof. Herdman, that bright colours in fishes have a com- 
pensation in increased wariness, whilst protectively coloured 
forms are more readily caught, is interesting, but needs further 
corroboration. 

Fishes, moreover, are a group in which it may be supposed, 
and Mr. Darwin has supposed, that Sexual Selection has come 
into play in connexion with beauty of colouring in the males. 
In such fishes as the salmon, lump-sucker, coby, dragonet, 
stickleback, and others the sexes are distinguished by marked 
coloration at the spawning-season, the ‘males being then 
highly tinted. Moreover, the dragonet and Arnoglossus are 
examples of fishes in which the sexes are so different that 
they have each been described as separate species. On the 
other hand, fishes like the cod, haddock, herring, pilchard, 
and mackerel, which roam in vast shoals, are characterized 
by the uniformity of tints in the sexes. Recently experi- 
ments have been made with a view to test the selective 
powers of the female fish in certain cases, as by Saville Kent 
and Holt in the dragonet and by Heincke and Guitel in the 
gobies. On the whole these have given no certain indication 
of Sexual Selection on the part of the female, for she is as 
readily attracted by a male of sober hues as by one in all the 


Coloration of Marine Animals. 239 


bravery of his conspicuous coloration. Why these bright 
colours are specially developed at the spawning-season is 
still an open question. It has been suggested they may be 
of use occasionally in terrifying other fishes. In the lump- 
sucker the bright colours do not seem to act as a warning, 
for the cod will in May swallow two of them, the larger 
about a foot long. It is interesting that the bimaculated and 
other suckers are often conspicuously coloured. ‘The females 
do not seem to be less conspicuous in order to subserve 
protection for the eggs. In the case of those fishes, e. g. the 
gunnel, which attend the ova the colour is similar in both 
SCXeS. 

The coloration of the large marine lizard (Oreocephalus 
amblyrhynchus) of the Galapagos Islands (500 miles west of 
South America) and of the oceanic turtles present few features 
of moment. The former is of a dirty black colour. The 
water-snakes, which occasionally are captured in sea-water, 
are often boldly banded with blackish grey and white. 

Sea-birds offer few parallels to land-birds in regard to 
protective coloration. The great group of the gulls is more 
or less white and uniformly tinted in both sexes. [xcep- 
tional coloration occurs in the tern-like boatman-bird, which 
has two long pink feathers in the tail, The skuas, which 
have similar ‘aerial habits, are often brown, and so are the 
petrels, whereas the gannets are yellowish white. 

The swimmers, like the auks, puffins, divers, and penguins, 
have the dorsum dark and the under surface whitish or 
greyish, as in the cormorants. Many ducks and geese are 
similarly tinted, while others are white or black. ‘The sexes 
in the ducks are boldly separated by the brighter colour of 
the males. 

Shore-birds, again, are usually greyish and less visible in 
many cases, yet the oyster-catcher is prominently speckled. 

With the exception of the shore-birds, it cannot be said that 
the coloration of sea-birds is protective. 

In connexion with the highest group, that of the marine 
mammals, it has been stated by Mr. Wallace and others that 
the black and white colours of the dorsum and under ' surface 
of porpoises have been acquired for protection (on the same 
principle as already mentioned in the fishes) ; but this distri- 
bution of colour would not avail them against their greatest 
destroyers, the killers, which swim on a level with them. 
The dark brownish-grey hue of the seals in the water avails 
them no better, for they are likewise captured by the killers. 
The colour of the larger whales, again, is similar to that of 

Nhe 


240 On the Coloration of Marine Animals. 


the porpoises, and some, like the killer, are boldly blotched 
with white, as also is the arctic seal. Moreover, the hump- 
backed whale (IJ/egaptera longimana) has pure white flippers 
12 feet long, whilst the smaller rorqual has a bold white 
band across the flipper. The well-known Beluga is dull 
whitish all over. As all cetaceans come to the surface to 
breathe, they must frequently expose a black or brownish- 
black surface. Now black is a tint which is conspicuous in 
the sea, and accordingly the fishermen use black flags in 
preference to white on their dandys, since they are so easily 
recognized in the darkness or dull light of the early morning. 
That black should be a protection to these animals, and that 
species are whitish all over or have pure white flippers or 
bands, is a condition of things creative of uncertainty in 
regard to the theories alluded to. The bold white touches, 
for example, of the killer can scarcely be held to be recog- 
nition-markings, like the white tail of the rabbit. The 
variegated hues of the arctic seal may subserve protection. 
If they do, those of other colours are at a disadvantage. 
Considerable variety, indeed, occurs in the group; thus the 
elephant-seal is dull greyish above, light beneath, and the 
sea-leopard is spotted yellowish white and dark grey on the 
back, with a yellowish under surface. ‘The sirenians are dull 
brownish dorsally and ventrally, so that the lighter hue seen 
against the sky is absent in their case; but, on the other 
hand, they are not oceanic. 

A general survey of the coloration of marine animals raises 
doubts as to the interpretations which have been brought 
forward to explain it. Some of these explanations, it is true, 
are more or less in agreement with facts; but, so far as can 
be seen, other facts are adverse, and demonstrate the extreme 
caution necessary in dealing with such interpretations. 
Before anything definite can be produced a much more exten- 
sive, more exact, and long-continued series of observations 
on the subject is imperative. That the coloration, often so 
varied and so beautiful, is of importance to marine animals 
can scarcely be doubted, for Nature is ever prescient; but it 
is not always easy to adapt the theories of the day to her » 
workings. 


On new Species of Histeride. 241 


XXX.—On new Species of Histeridee and Notices of others. 
By G. Lewis, F.L.S. 


THE present paper is the nineteenth of a series on the 
Histeridee published in this Magazine. 


List of Species. 


Pleesius cossyphus, Mars. Hister apicalis, Fazm., 1898, 
Apobletes Migneauxi, Mars. =Notelister sulcicellis, Zew., 1895. 
Platysoma pictipenne. Pelorurus Cregoei. 
Cypturus bengalensis. Tribalus Hornii. 
Hister Lameerei. Saprinus viridipennis. 

Maindronii. 


Plesius cossyphus, Mars. Abeille, i. p. 285 (1864). 

Marseul was doubtful whether the above was a variety 
of P. pudicus, Mars., or not. I have recently acquired a 
considerable number of specimens, and I have no doubt 
it is distinct; beyond the characters mentioned by Marseul, 
all of which I find are constant, the anterior femora are 
very distinctly punctured, and their edges are but slightly 
raised. The femora in P. pudicus are smooth and markedly 
marginate. 


Apobletes Migneaurt, Mars. Mon. p. 855. n. 10, fig. 2 (1860). 


Herr J. Schmidt published a note on this species in the 
Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 290 (1892), formed on an erroneous 
impression. ‘The species is very different to A. foliaceus, 
Payk., and, indeed, to any other described species. The 
description and figure given by Marseul are both very good, 
but the mesosternal marginal stria, although very fine, is 
sometimes, if not always, complete. Marseul says it is inter- 
rupted (p. 856), and it may be so in the type specimen. 


Platysoma pictipenne, sp. n. 


Oblongo-ovatum, depressiusculum, nigrum, nitidum; fronte stria 
integra leviter bisinuata ; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4-5 brevis- 
simis, macula media rubra; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis. 

L. 33 mill. 


Oblong-oval, rather depressed, black and shining, with a 
red spot rather before the middle of each elytron equal in 
width to three of the interstices between the dorsal striz; the 
head, frontal stria complete, not strong, and feebly bisinuous 
anteriorly ; the thorax, surface under the microscope appears 
finely punctured, lateral stria complete, parallel, and close to 


242 Mr. G. Lewis on 


the edge, but it is continued behind the head somewhat away 
from the edge; round the anterior angles there is also a 
marginal stria; the elytra, the oblique humeral stria is fine 
but clearly marked, the other humeral stria are wanting, 
dorsal striz 1-3 complete, the second at the base for one third 
of its length turns inward towards the third, 4-5 are apical 
and rudimentary ; the propygidium is transversely punctured ; 
the pygidium wholly and more densely punctured ; the punc- 
tures on both appear under the microscope to be obscurely 
ocellate, outer margin of the pygidium is slightly raised; the 
prosternum is without strie; the mesosternum is marginate 
and feebly sinuous behind the prosternal keel; the anterior 
tibia are 4-dentate. 

The form of this species is similar to P. carolinum, Payk., 
P. sincerum, Sch., and others. It is only the second species 
of Platysoma known with maculate elytra. 

Hab. Palembang, Sumatra. 


Cypturus bengalensis, sp. n. 

Oyalis, oblongus, convexus, eneo-niger ; fronte rugoso-punctata ; 
elytris, striis 1-3 integris, 4-5 basi evanescentibus, suturali 
utrinque vix abbreyiata ; prosterno stria marginali antice acumi- 
nata. 


L, 6 mill: 


Oval, oblong, convex, brassy black, somewhat shining and 
very similar to C. @nescens, Kiy., in general sculpture ; but it 
differs distinctly in being larger, the head more coarsely and 
rugosely punctate ; the elytral striz are less clear, owing to 
their interstices being very densely granulate-punctate (not 
simply punctulate as in C. @nescens), the prosternal keel 
anteriorly is acuminate (not arcuate), the mesosternum is 
sometimes distinctly punctulate, and the female has two rather 
small rugose lobe-shaped impressions close together behind 
the middle of the disk of the pygidium, and on either side of 
them, but nearer the apex, is a transverse rugose excavation ; 
the two excavations are somewhat larger than the two im- 
pressions. In C. enescens 2 the pygidium has a smooth 
median carina, and on either side of it are two large and deep 
rugose impressions which occupy the whole area of the disk. 

Hab. Bengal. 

I am indebted to Herr Hilmar v. Schénfeldt for fourteen 
examples of this species. C. canescens is also reported as 
occurring mm Bengal, but all the specimens in my collection 
are from the Nilgiri Hills and Ceylon. 


new Species of Histeride, 243 


Eister Lameere?, sp. n. 

Oblongus, convexus, niger, nitidus; elytris, macula lata obscure 
rubra; fronte stria valida integra, bisinuata; elytris striis 1-3- 
integris, 4-5 apicalibus, suturali ante basin abbreviata ; meso- 
sterno emarginato, stria marginali valida (ut in H. binotato); 
propygidio pygidioque dense punctatis ; tiblis anticis 3-dentatis. 

L. 53 mill, 

Oblong, convex, black and shining, with the elytra obscurely 
red except narrowly at the margins and the region of the 
scutellum ; the head, frontal stria deep and complete, feebly 
bisinuous anteriorly ; the thorax, the marginal stria and two 
lateral striz are like those of H. binotatus, Er., except that 
the outer lateral is short and confined to the region of the 
anterior angle; the elytra, humeral stria is similar to that of 
AZ, binotatus except that it reaches the apex, dorsal 1-3 com- 
plete, 4—5 apical and short, sutural shortened before the base ; 
the propygidium and pygidium are densely punctate, some of 
the punctures are ocellate; the prosternum is without striz, 
and the mesosternum is emarginate, with a strong marginal 
stria; the form of both sterna closely resembles those of 
H. binotatus ; the anterior tibie are 3-dentate. 

This species is similar to, but larger and more convex than, 
HH. binotatus, Er. 

Hab. Fl Oued, Sahara (A. Lameere, 9th May, 1898). 
Two examples. 

LTister Maindronit, sp. n. 

Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte impressa, stria retrorsum 
acuminata; pronoto utrinque foveolato, stria integra sed basi 
parum abbreyiata; elytris rare rubro-maculatis, striis 1-4 integris, 
5 ante medium abbreviata, suturali obsoleta ; propygidio pygidio- 
que parce punctatis; mesosterno subsinuato, stria interrupta ; 
tibiis anticis 3-dentatis, posticis biseriatim multispinosis, 

L. 6-7 mill. 

The above is distinguished from /. bipustulatus, F., by its 
much larger size, shortened fifth dorsal stria, sutural stria 
rudimentary, and by the mesosternal stria being interrupted 
behind the prosternal keel. Of the six examples I possess, 
one only has a red elytral spot similar to that of H. bipustu- 
latus. Hister scutellaris, Ky., lentus and depistor, Mars., belong 
to the same group with a foveolate thorax. 


Hab. Kuwrrachi (Maindron), Sept. 1896. 
Hlister apicalis, Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. p. 470 
(1898). 


= Notolister sulcicollis, Lew. Ent. M. M. ser. 2, xxxi. p. 187 (1895); 
Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vi. p. 290, pl. x. fig. 7 (1890). 


944 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Pelorurus Cregoet, sp. n. 


Breviter ovalis, modice convexus; elytris viridi-eneis ; fronte con- 
cava; pronoto stria marginali integra, lateribus punctato ; elytris 
striis dorsalibus 1—3 geminatis, 4-5 apicalibus, suturali subintegra ; 
pygidio utrinque compresso, basi excepta. 

L, 43 mill. 


Shortly oval, somewhat convex, coppery black beneath, 
with the elytra brassy green ; the head punctulate, margined 
laterally, and the forehead concave; the thorax, lateral stria 
well marked and complete, broadly but not very closely punc- 
tured laterally, with a few transverse punctures before the 
scutellum ; the elytra, strie 1-3 geminate, deep and punc- 
tured, but in the third stria the inner line is interrupted 
before the base, 4 is represented by a complete outer line and 
a short inner apical line (these do not join), 5 consists of a 
short apical line, with an apical puncture to represent the 
outer line, it also has a basal puncture; the sutural stria is a 
single rather fine line, feebly shortened at the base and 
sinuous apically ; the propygidium has two shallow impres- 
sions, and the punctures are slightly imbricate and largest at 
the sides; the pygidium is compressed on either side except 
at the base, which is transversely triangular and is on the 
same plane as the propygidium. 

This species is somewhat similar to P. formosus, Sch., and 
P. glaucopterus, Mars., but it is more convex than the first 
and it differs from the second in its dorsal striation &e. 

Hab. Bulawayo, Matabeleland (J. P. Cregoe). 


Tribalus Hornit, sp. 0. 


Ovatus, convexus, piceus vel nigro-piceus ; elytris saepe utrinque 
late rufo-brunneis ; fronte, stria laterali supra oculos elevata ; 
pronoto antice angustato, basi transversim rugoso-punctato, stria 
marginali integra ad angulos elevata; elytris, striis humerali- 
bus (externa et interna) integris, dorsalibus obsoletis ; pygidio, 
antennis, pedibusque rufo-brunneis. 

L, 2-22 mill. 


Oval, convex, piceous or nigro-piceous, shining; elytra 
sometimes with a lateral broad reddish-brown margin; the 
head, forehead not concave, but impressed on either side close 
to the lateral stria, which is markedly elevated over the eyes 
the thorax is clearly and finely punctulate, especially on the 
sides, along the edge of the base is a transverse rugose band 
of punctures, the marginal stria is entire and elevated laterally 
behind the anterior angles; the elytra, surface punctulate like 


new Species of Histeride. 245 


that of the thorax, outer and inner humeral stria fine and 
complete, dorsal stria almost obsolete, but indications of short 
stria are to be seen near the base, there is no sutural; the 
propygidium and pygidium are finely and evenly punctulate, 
the pygidium is usually distinctly reddish brown, the pro- 
pygidium partly so; the prosternum is broad and the lateral 
strie are divergent at either end ; the mesosternum, marginal 
stria is very fine, complete, and close to the edge, the trans- 
verse stria at the suture is straight and fine and minutely 
crenulate. 

The general form of this species corresponds with 7. rubrt- 
culus, Sch., and 7. acceptus, Mars., from South Africa, and is 
in no way similar to the other known species from Ceylon. 

Hab. Matala and Negambo, Ceylon. 

Captured by Dr. Walther Horn during his visit to Ceylon 
in 1899, and to whom I have had much pleasure in dedi- 
cating the species. 


Saprinus viridipennis, sp. n. 


Ovalis, convexus, nitidus ; pronoto cupreo, margine ciliato, lateribus 
elytrisque viridibus; prosterno levi haud striato; mesosterno 
marginato ; tibiis anticis ciliatis, valide 3-dentatis. 

L, 53-64 mill. 


Oval, somewhat oblong ; thorax brightly copper, with the 
lateral punctured margins greenish ; elytra and the pygidia 
brilliant green, body beneath more obscure ; the head punctu- 
late, stria entire ; the thorax smooth on the disk, with a broad 
lateral band of somewhat coarse and confluent punctures ; the 
elytra are very finely and sparingly punctulate on the apical 
half, the outer humeral stria complete, inner humeral short 
and basal, 1 dorsal long and apically nearly joins the outer 
humeral, 2—5 are nearly equal one to another and are nearly 
two thirds of the elytral length, sutural stria shortened before 
the base; the pygidia are evenly and rather densely punc- 
tured ; the prosternum, the keel has no striw, but is smooth 
and narrows anteriorly; the mesosternum is truncate and 
marginate ; the anterior tibiz have three strong teeth and a 
small basal one, the inner edges of the anterior tibize and 
femora are ciliate. 

Somewhat resembles S. letus, Er., but the thorax is ciliate, 
elytra without any bluish tint, the prosternum is without striz, 
and the dentations of the tibiz are different. 

Hab. Australia (C. Hl. French). 

Examples in the Belgium Museum and in my own cabinet. 


246 Sir G. F. Hampson on the 


XXXI1.—The Leprvorrers-Pusrane of the Bahamas. By 
Sir Grorce F. Hampson, Bart., B.A., F.Z.S., &c. 


Up to last year no list of the Lepidoptera of the Bahamas 
had ever been published, and scattered descriptions of but 
very few species were all that was known of them. In the 
P. Z. 8. 1900, pp. 197-203, Miss E. M. Sharpe published a 
list of the butterflies collected by Mr. J. L. Bonhote, which 
I now supplement by a list of the moths, with the exception of 
the Pterophoride and Tineidee, which are in the hands of 
Lord Walsingham. Besides Mr, Bonhote’s material we have 
in the British Museum a few species collected by Mr. Neville 
Chamberlain in Andros, and I have added to the list the few 
described by other authors; but even now scarcely anything 
is known beyond the species found at Nassau, Mr. Bonhote’s 
specimens having almost all been taken in the gardens of 
Government House at the electric light; and though on none 
of the islands does the land rise more than a few feet above 
sea-level and the physical features and vegetation are of a 
similar somewhat arid character, yet as such a prominent 
insect as Composia fidelliss(ma is confined to one islet near 
Nassau and to the large island of Andros, I should expect a 
thorough exploration of the other islands to add considerably 
to the list of species. Of species which are not widely spread 
the greater part seem to occur also in Haiti; but our know- 
ledge of the Lepidoptera of Cuba, Haiti, and the other larger 
West-Indian islands is so slight that it would be unsafe at 
present to enlarge on the origin of the Bahamas fauna. 


Syntomide. 


Bombiliodes carminata, sp. n. 


9. Differs from B. capistrata in the tegule and patagia 
being deep crimson; palpi crimson in front; throat white ; 
sides of pectus and legs striped with crimson ; abdomen deep 
crimson, with the sublateral white marks smaller and with a 
ventral series of short black bands. 

Hab. Nassau (Bonhote),1 2 type. Hwp. 32 millim. 


Eunomia latenigra, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xii. p. 395 
(1876); Hmpsn. Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. i. p. 202, pl. vii. 
fig. 18. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 3 8, 2 9 ; Andros (Neville Chamber- 
lain), 1 ¢. 


Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. 247 


Pseudomya splendens, Druce, A. M. N. H. (6) ul. p. 240 
(1888) ; Hmpsn. Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. i. p. 262, pl. x. 
fig. 3. 
Bahamas ; not taken by Mr. Bonhote. 
Empyreuma lichas, Faby. Spec. Ins. ii., App. p. 505 (1781). 
Nassau (Bonhote), 2 9. 


Arctiade. 


AROTIANE. 
Calidota strigosa, W1k. iii. 615 (1855). 
Andros (Neville Chamberlain), 1 3; Nassau (Bonhote), 
2. 
Utetheisa bella, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 534 (1758); subsp. 
speciosa, Wlk. 11. 568. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 ¢,1 9°. 


Noctuida. 


A GROTINE. 
Agrotis ypsilon, Rott. Naturf. xi. p. 141. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 2 2. 
Agrotis malefida, Guen. Noct. i. p. 267. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 8,2 ?. 


MamMestrini. 


Leucania solita, W\k. ix. 99. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 2. 


CARADRININE. 

Euplexia circuita, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 227. 

Nassau (Bonhote),1 g,1 ¢. 
Euplexia concisa, W\k. ix. 191. 

Celena punctifera, W1k. x. 263, 

Nassau (Bonhote), 1 8,1 93 Andros (Neville Chamber- 
bat) le De. 
Prodenia commelinew, Smith & Abb, Lep. Ins. Georgia, ii. 

189) ple xcv. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 2. 


248 Sir G. F. Hampson on the 


Caradrina subaquila, Harvey, Can. Ent. x. p. 57 (1878). 
Nassau (Bonhote),1g,1 9. A small grey form. 


Nocrourv 2. 


Erebus odora, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 811. 11. 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 ¢. 


Homoptera lunata, Drury, Ins. 1. 40, pl. xx. fig. 3. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 ¢ of the ab. edusa, Drury. 


Eubolina diffundens, Wik. xv. 1688. 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 g,7 ¢. 


Melipotis famelica, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 62. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 3 3,4 9 ; Andros (Neville Chamber- 
lain), 1 ¢. 


Remigia repanda, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 2. 49. 133. 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 ¢,1 ¢. 


Remigia megas, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 317. 

Nassau (Bonhote), 1 g,2 2; Andros (Neville Chamber- 
gral oy 129% 
Epidromia poaphiloides, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 315. 

Nassau (Bonhote),2 $,1 @. 


Teratocera ericata, Cram. Pap. Exot. p. 370, pl. eclxxxvii. E. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 g ; Andros (Neville Chamberlain), 

a gS 

Ingura obrotunda, Guen. Noct. 11. p. 312. 


Nassau (Bonhote),5 g,6 ¢ ; Andros (Neville Chamber- 
lain), 1 @. 


Parachabora triangulifera, sp. 0. 


g. Head and thorax grey, the scales pencilled with brown ; 
frons, vertex of head, tegule, and the crest behind them with 
salmon-pink spots; abdomen brown, with a prominent white 
band on second segment and slight segmental lines on the 
others, the sides variegated with red-brown towards extre- 
mity, the ventral surface white, the long anal tuft tinged with 
ochreous above. Fore wing brown, thickly pencilled with 
grey ; a very oblique brown antemedial line, defined by white 
on outer side; a triangular golden brown patch extending 
from apex to below vein 3 and to below angle of cell, with 


Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. 249 


pure white points on it above and below vein 5, its upperside 
broadly defined by grey-white, extending in submedian fold 
to the antemedial line and shading into the greyer inner area. 
Hind wing semihyaline white, the veins of terminal half and 
the termen tinged with brown, the latter broadly so towards 
apex. 

Uae, Nassau (Bonhote),1 3 type. Hap. 30 millim. 


Lussa nigroguttata, Grote, Can. Ent. xv. 127 (1883). 
Stictoptera tumidicosta, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc, 1898, p. 249, pl. xvii. 
fig. 5. 


Nassau (Bonhote), 1 2. 


Phrygitonts micca, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. 1. p. 319, 
pl. xxix. fig. 22. 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 3,1 2. 


Atethmia subusta, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. 8. 103, 
figs. 205, 206. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 ?. 


Cydosia histrio, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. 203. 139. 


Nassau (Bonhote),2 g,3 2; Andros (Neville Chamber- 
lain), 1 3. 


HYypEenIna#. 


Nodaria acastusalis, Wik. xvi. 122. 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 ¢. 


Nodaria arealis, sp. n. 


Antenne of male not knotted ; fore tibia, but not the 
tarsus, covered with a sheath. Grey-brown, irrorated with 
fuscous ; vertex of head with black point; abdomen fuscous, 
with grey segmental lines. Fore wing with subbasal blackish 
bar from costa to submedian fold; an antemedial black line 
expanding into a patch on inner area; a pale discoidal striga 
on a black spot, with blackish mark on costa above it and 
spot below it; a minutely waved postmedial line bent out- 
wards from below costa to vein 3, then incurved; a sinuous 
subterminal line expanding into black spots in the sinuations ; 
a terminal series of black points. Hind wings grey, irrorated 
and suffused with brown, the inner area paler; underside 
with fuscous discoidal point and waved postmedial and gub- 
terminal lines. 

Hab. Nassau (Bonhote),1 g. Exp. 14 millim. 


250 Sir G. F. Hampson on the 


Nodaria pachypalpia, sp. n. 


Palpi with a tuft of scales on inner side of both second and 
third joints at extremity ; antenne of male not knotted; fore 
tibia without sheath. 

¢o. Head blackish, irrorated with grey; thorax brown, 
irrorated with black; a black tuft on metathorax; tarsi 
black, ringed with grey; abdomen grey, irrorated with 
fuscous. Fore wing brown, irrorated with black; a basal 
black spot below the cell; a curved antemedial line ; a medial 
shade; two black and white discoidal points; a minutely 
dentate postmedial line, angled outwards beyond lower angle 
of cell; a subterminal series of dentate black marks; a 
terminal series of black points. Hind wing pale brown, irro- 
rated with black ; traces of waved postmedial and subterminal 
lines. 

?. More rutous brown; fore wing striated with black ; 
the lines indistinct; the medial shade absent; the black 
discoidal points on a white lunule ; a small black and white 
spot on costa before apex ; a terminal shade and subterminal 
series of minute streaks instead of the dentate marks; hind 
wing with the postmedial line more distinct and angled out- 
wards at vein 1; aterminal shade; both wings with terminal 
lunulate black line. 

Hab. Nassau (Bonhote), 1 6, 1 9. Exp. 3g 20, 2° 
26 millim. The female may turn out to be a distinct species 
from the male. 


Tortricodes orneodalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 73, 3. 
Herminia tagusalis, Wik. xvi. 116, 9. 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 g,1 ?. 
Hypena lividalis, Hiibn. Sammi. eur. Schmett., Pyr. figs. 11, 
186. 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 @. 


Hypside. 
Composia fidellissima, H.-Schiiff. Corresp. Regensb. xx. 
p. 131 (1866). 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 9 ; Andros (Neville Chamberlain), 
39,3 2. 
Sphingide. 
CH#ROCAMPINE. 
Pachylia ficus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 491 (1758). 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 @. 


Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. 25%: 


Cherocampa evana, Druce, A. M. N. H. (6) iv. p. 77 (1889). 


Nassau (Bonhote), 1 g ; Andros (Neville Chamberlain), 
iG tf. Sap so8. milli: 


Calliomma pluto, Fabr. Gen. Ins. p. 274 (1777). 


Nassau (Bonhote), 1 9 ; Andros (Neville Chamberlain), 
le oh oe 


SPHINGINZ!. 


Protoparce cingulata, Fabr. Syst. Knt. p. 545 (1775). 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 92. 


Pseudosphing tetrio, Linn, Mant. Plant. p. 538 (1771). 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 g,1 9. 


MaAcroa@Lossin &. 
Perigonia lusca, Fabr. Gen. Ins. p. 272 (1777). 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 9. 


Notodontida. 
Heterocampa bichorda, sp. n. 


?. Head and thorax grey-white, mixed with black scales ; 
palpi black at sides ; patagia with a black line at tips; meta- 
thorax with two black points; tibie and tarsi irrorated with 
black, the latter with black points ; abdomen white, thickly 
irrorated with fuscous on dorsal surface. Fore wing grey- 
white, thickly irrorated with fuscous; a double waved sub- 
basal fuscous line from costa to submedian fold, then with 
oblique streak from its extremity to vein 1; a double ante- 
medial line, sinuous towards costa and inner margin; a 
double discoidal lunule; a double waved postmedial line, 
angled outwards below costa and at vein 4, then incurved, 
and with an oblique black shade beyond it from costa to 
vein 6; a slightly sinuous subterminal black line, angled 
outwards to termen at veins 3 and 2. Hind wing white, with 
some brown irroration on termen and a fuscous mark at 
tornus. 


Hab, Nassau (Bonhote),1 9. Exp. 46 millim. 


Geometrida. 
BoarMran Zz. 


Merocausta vinosarta, sp. n. 


3. Head, thorax, and abdomen deep purple-red; head 


252 Sir G. F. Hampson on the 


darker, irrorated with grey; antenna white at tips. Fore 
wing deep purple-red, with slight silvery-grey irroration. 
Hind wing brownish orange. Underside brownish orange, 
the costa and termen of fore wing and the hind wing suffused 
with purple-brown and with dark striz. 


Hab. Nassau (Bonhote), 1 §. Exp. 18 millim. 


Phrygionis argentata, Drury, Exot. Ins. ii. p. 25, pl. xiv. 
g2. 
Oo 


Nassau (Bonhote), 1 ?. 


Macaria inoptata, Wik. xxiii. 892. 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 g,1 ¢. 


Macaria gentilata, Feld. Reis, Nov. pl. cxxviii. fig. 29. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 ¢?. 


Macaria everiata, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 80. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 6 9. 


Numia terebintharia, Guen. Phal. i. p. 403. 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 ¢,2 2. 


Thysanopyga apicttruncaria, H.-Schiff. Aussereur, Schmett. 


Nassau (Bonhote),1 ¢. 


Azelina nerissaria, Wik. xx. 188. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 ?. 

Boarmia delinquaria, W1k. xxi. 360. 
Nassau (Gonhote), 1 9. 


Boarmia terraria, Guen. Phal. 1. p. 390. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 3. 


LD ARENTIANA. 
Scotosia stellata, Guen. Ur. & Phal. ii. p. 443. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 2 3,4 2. 


Pterocypha defensata, Wik. xxv. 1366. 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 3,2 ?. 


C!EOMETRINZ. 


Geometra frondaria, Guen. Ur. & Phal. 1. p. 376. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 g,2 9%. 


Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. 


253 


Nemoria glauciptera, Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 333 


(1895). 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 3,2 2. 


ACIDALIANZ. 


Ephyra nanaria, W1k. xxii. 633. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 2 2. 


Chrysocraspeda insulsatia, Guen. Ur. & Phal. i. p. 469. 
Nassau (Bonhote),3 ¢,3 ?. 


Craspedia yponomeutaria, Guen. Ur. & Phal. i. p. 471. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 3. 


Craspedia figurinata, Guen. Ur. & Phal. i. p. 473. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 2. 


Rhodostrophia phorcaria, Guen. Ur. & Phal. i. p. 470. 
Nassau (Bonhote),2 3,1 2. 


Rhodostrophia botydata, Wik. xxii. 727. 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 g,1 2. 


Somatina terminata, Guen. Phal. 1. p. 483. 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 $,2 2. 


Somatina fusaria, sp. n. 


d. White ; palpi, frons, and stripes on fore and mid legs 


brown-pink ; wings thickly irrorated with pale brown; 


an 


indistinct fine w ed subterminal line; underside of fore wing 


with the costa brown-pink. 
Hab. Nassau (Bonhote),1 g. Hap. 24 millim. 


Uraniade. 


Dirades mamilata, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. exxxiii. fig. 18. 
Nassau (Bonhote),2 $,3 ¢. 


Limacodide. 


Altha rufipuncta, sp. n. 


$. White; palpi black above; antennz with the shaft 


above and branches black ; tegule yellowish in front ; 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 18 


tarsi 


254 Sir G. F. Hampson on the 


blackish at extremity. Fore wing with ferruginous red spot 
on vein 2 near termen and patch of black scales at tornus. 
Antenne bipectinate to tips; fore wing with vein 7 from 
cell; 8, 9, 10 stalked. 
Hab. Nassau (Bonhote),1 8. Exp. 26 millim. 


Psychide. 


Animula sp., very near A. /Tuebner’, Westw., from 
Australia, in structure and appearance, but not in a condition 
to describe. 


Nassau (Bonhote), 1 3. 


Zygenide. 


Setiodes bahamensis, Dyar, Ent. News Philad. x. p. 100 
(1899). 


Bahamas. Not taken by Mr. Bonhote. 


Thyridide. 
Rhodoneura myrsusalis, Wik. xix. 892. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 ¢. 


Pyralide. 
CRAMBINZ:. 
Ptochostola incanella, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 50, 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 92. 


Crambus minuellus, Wik. xxvil. 164. 


Nassau (Bonhote),3 3,1 2. 


INatrea lineolata, Wik. ix. 100. 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 3,3 9. 


Chilo funerellus, sp. n. 
3S. Head and thorax dull black-brown ; palpi below and 


pectus mixed with white; abdomen fuscous brown, greyish 
below. Fore wing dull black-brown, slightly tinged with 
greyish towards inner margin and termen; a minute terminal 
series of black points. Hind wing brownish, the inner area 
pale. 

Flab. Nassau (Bonhote), 1 3. Eap. 26 millim. 


Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. 259 


Purycirinz. 


Plodia interpunctella, Hiibn. Samml. eur. Schmett., Pyr. 
fig. 310. 
Nassau (Bonhote),2 g,2 2. 


Eurythmia hospitella, Zell, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1872, 
p. 338. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 9. 


Unadilla stictella, sp. n. 


Hind wing with veins 3-5 stalked. 

Pale grey-brown ; palpi at tips and frontal tuft blackish ; 
abdomen with the extremity and anal tuft ochreous. Fore 
wing slightly irrorated with fuscous; traces of antemedial 
dark points on costa, median nervure, and vein 1; an oblique 
medial series of diffused spots almost forming a maculate line 
and nearly joined at inner margin by the similar oblique post- 
medial maculate line; a slight dark terminal line. Hind 
wing semihyaline white, tinged with brown towards termen 
and with terminal brown line. 


Hab. Nassau (Bonhote), 1 g,1 9. Hap. 10 millim. 
Unadilla latercula, sp. n. (Zell. MS.). 


Hind wing with veins 3-5 from cell. 

@. Head and thorax ferruginous ; pectus, legs, and abdo- 
men fuscous brown, the last ferruginous at base and extre- 
mity. Fore wing ferruginous to nearly half the length of 
wing, the terminal half fuscous brown. Hind wing brownish 
semihyaline, with terminal brown line. 

Hab. Nassau (Bonhote), 1 9. Exp. 20 millim. Also 
1 ¢ from Zeller Coll., marked “ Huzophera latercula, Zell. 


M.S.: Mendez 11/12. Pet.” 


Ephestia cautella, Wik. xxvii, 73 (1868). 
Nassau (Bonhote),3 $,3 ¢?. 


Ephestia bipunctella, spn. 


do. Head and thorax white and pale brown; palpi with 
the extremity of second joint and medial part of third and 
antennz blackish ; pectus, legs, and abdomen white. Fore 
wing with slight costal fold at base on underside; the base of 
costa blackish ; colour white, tinged with pale brown; ante- 
medial brown spots on median nervure and vein | ; traces of 


the discoidal points and of an oblique diffused subterminal 
Se 


256 Sir G. F. Hampson on the 


line. Hind wing semihyaline white, with slight brown 
terminal line. 


Hab. Nassau (Bonhote), 2 $. Hup. 12 millim. 


Homeosoma longiventrella, Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 343; id. Rom. 
Mém. viii. p. 253, pl. xxxv. fig. 17. 


Nassau (Bonhote), 1 ¢. 
Ephestiodes uniformella, sp. n. 


g. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous black. Fore wing 
greyish fuscous, with traces of three obliquely placed fuscous 
medial points and of the two discoidal points. Hind wing 
semihyaline, tinged with fuscous. 


Hab. Nassau (Bonhote),2 g. Exp. 12 millim. 
Ephestiodes granulella, sp. n. 


Head and thorax white and pale brown; abdomen ochreous 
white. Fore wing white, slightly tinged and irrorated with 
brown; three obliquely placed medial dark points ; the two 
discoidal points prominent; an indistinct oblique subterminal 
line. Hind wing semihyaline white; the veins, costa, and 
termen tinged with brown. Underside of fore wing with 
the base of costal arca and both wings with the inner area 
ochreous in male. 


Hab. Nassau (Bonhote),1 6,1 9. Exp. 12 millim. 


Genus ENCYSTIA, nov. 


Proboscis fully developed; palpi porrect, downcurved, ex- 
tending about twice the length of head; maxillary palpi of 
male brush-like, in a hollow of labial palpi, of female filiform ; 
antenne of male with the basal joint long, the base of shaft 
excised and strongly curved, then laminate. Fore wing with 
veins 2 and 3 from angle of cell, 4 and 5 strongly stalked, 6 
from upper angle, 7 and 9 absent, 10 and 11 from cell. Hind 
wing with vein 2 from angle of cell, 3 and 5 strongly stalked, 
4 absent; the discocellulars oblique; 6 and 7 stalked, 8 
strongly anastomosing with 7. 


Encystia Bonhoti, sp. n. 


Head and thorax grey mixed with reddish brown ; abdomen 
grey, tinged with fuscous, the extremity ochreous. Fore wing 
grey-white, the basal area tinged with brown; a subbasal 
blackish mark on inner area, largely developed in female; 
antemedial black spots in cell and on vein 1, with a brown 
point above them on costa; a brown streak on middle of 
costa; the medial area strongly irrorated with crimson, 


Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. 257 


leaving the medial costal area nearly pure white; the dis- 
coidal points indistinct ; an obscure diffused waved subterminal 
line; some black points on termen except towards apex and 
tornus. Hind wing semihyaline white, the veins and termen 
tinged with brown. 


Hab, Nassau (Bonhote), 3 6,2 9. Hep. 16 millim. 


Leetilia coccidivora, Comst. N. Am. Ent, i. p. 25, pl. iv. 
(LS 79): 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 ?. 


Nephopteryx ephestiella, sp. 0. 


3. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey and dark brown. 
Fore wing grey, irrorated with dark brown; the basal area 
suffused with brown; the antemedial line thick on costal 
half, oblique from costa to submedian fold, angled inwards 
on vein 1, then outwards to inner margin; a brownish spot 
above middle of vein 1 and another on angle of discocellulars ; 
three obliquely placed points on the veins beyond lower angle 
of cell; the grey subterminal line angled inwards on vein 5 
and with obscure series of brown spots on the veins on its 
inner side; a terminal series of black points; cilia pale 
brownish, with fine pale line at base. Hind wing semi- 
hyaline white; the veins and a fine terminal line brown; 
cilia brownish, with fine pale line at base. 

Hab. Nassau (Bonhote),1 3. Hzp. 24 millim. 


Elasmopalpus rubedinellus, Zell. Isis, 1848, p. 885. 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 ¢. 
Phycita laidion, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 211, pl. xu. 
fig. 27. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 g,2 ¢. 


Phycita ptyonopoda, Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 347 
(1895). 
Nassau (Bonhote),4 g,2 9. 
Etiella zinckenella, Tr. ix. 1, p. 201. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 2. 


Genus STYLOPALPIA, nov. 


Proboscis fully developed; palpi with the second joint 
oblique, not reaching vertex ot head, the third naked, very 
long and porrect ; maxillary palpi filiform; antenne of female 
almost simple. [ore wing narrow ; vein 3 from before angle 


258 Sir G. F. Hampson on the 


of cell, 4 and 5 separate, 6 from below upper angle, 8 and 9 
stalked, 10 and 11 from cell. Hind wing with the cell half 
the length of wing; vein 2 from well before angle, 3 from 
angle, 4 and 5 strongly stalked, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 free. 


Stylopalpia luntferella, sp. n. 

@. Head and thorax brownish ochreous, irrorated with 
black ; abdomen pale ochreous, irrorated with fuscous. Fore 
wing greyish, strongly irrorated with black, the costal and 
inner areas tinged with ochreous; a pale medial lunule ex- 
tending from vein 2 to inner margin; the discoidal points 
distinct; a pale subterminal Jine excurved at middle and 
broken by blackish streaks below apex and above tornus; a 
terminal series of black points. Hind wing hyaline white; 
the apex and termen tinged with fuscous. 

Hab. Jamaica ; Bahamas, Nassau (Bonhote),3 9. Hap. 
24 millim. 


Lipographis subossella, Rag. Rom. Mém. vii. p. 565, pl. xx. 
fig. 23. 


Bahamas in Coll. Hulst; not taken by Mr. Bonhote. 


EPIpssOHIAnz. 
Pococera melanogrammos, Zell. Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1872, p. 546, 
pl. ii. fig. 24. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 2. 
Pococera insularella, Rag. Ann. Soe. ent. Fr. 1888, p. 138. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 ¢. 
Pococera atramentalis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 347, 
pl. vii. fig. 11. 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 3,6 9. 


CHRYSAUGINZ. 
Streptopalpia deera, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 195, 
pl. Ix. fig. 1. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 2 ¢. 


PYRALINA. 


Herculia tenuis, Butl. P. Z. S. 1888, p. 681. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 2. 


Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. 259 


HypRrocaMPIN2/:. 


Ambia metalophota, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 166. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 4 $,3 9. 


Piletocera bufalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 245. 
Nassau (Bonhote),2 3,4 9. 


PyYRavsTIne. 
Entephria callidalis, sp. n. 

@. Fulvous orange; the antenne, vertex of thorax, and 
dorsal surface of abdomen suffused with black; legs white 
and fulvous. Fore wing with the medial area suffused with 
purplish fuscous, extending to termen on inner half and 
leaving a slight orange discoidal lunule; the postmedial line 
very obliquely curved from costa to vein 4, then inwardly 
oblique; cilia dark purplish brown. Hind wing with 
purplish-fuscous suffusion between veins 2 and 4 and on vein 
1; a purplish fuscous terminal line and line through the 
cilia from apex to vein 2; underside with six black points on 
medial part of termen. 

flab. Nassau (Bonhote), 1 9. Exp. 16 millim. 
Syngamia florella, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ccexlviu. L. 

Nassau (Bonhote),2 §,1 2. 


Samea ecclesialis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 194, pl. vi. fig. 7. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 5 ¢. 

Pagyda traducalis, Zell. Lep. Caftr. p. 54. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 Q. 

Bocchoris minima, Von Hedem. Stett. ent. Zeit. lv. p. 295. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 2 $,2 @. 

Nacoletia tarchasalis, Wik. xix. 983. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 2 2. 

Nacoleva stenialis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 231. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 g. 

Desmia tages, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. pl. xevi. D. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 2 2. 

Zinckenia fascialis, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexeviil. O. 


Nassau (Bonhote), 4 2. 


260 On the Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. 


Pilocrocts tripunctata, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. p. 213. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 2 2. 


Pilocrocts inguinalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 346. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 @. 


Pilocrocis collustralis, Moschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xiv. 3, p. 76. 
Nassau (Bonhote),3 g,1 2. 

Pilocrocis dryalis, Wik. xvii. 573. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 5 ¢. 


Sylepta gordialis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 374, pl. v. fig. 10. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 @. 


Sylepta helcitalis, Wik. xvii. 574. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 3,2 9. 

Sylepta onophasalis, Wik. xviii. 735. 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 6,7 2. 


Glyphodes hyalinata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 874. 
Nassau (Bonhote),2 ¢,3 2. 


Glyphodes quadristigmalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 304, 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 3,3 2. 

Glyphodes sibillalis, Wik. xvii. 506. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 ¢. 

Syllepis marialis, Poey, Lep. Cuba. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 g,1 9. 

Ommatospila narcwusalis, Wlk. xix. 972. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 9. 

Flellula phidilealis, Wik. xix. 972. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 2 6. 

Crocidolomia palindialis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 380. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 3 ¢,2 9. 


Pachyzancla pheopteralis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 349. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 9. 


Pachyzancla bipunctalis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ui. 2, p. 227. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 3. 


On Deep-sea Fishes from the Sea of Oman. 261 


Phlycteenodes ophionalis, Wik. xvii. 316. 
Nassau (Bonhote),1 3,1 9. 


Phlycteenodes similalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 400. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 2 9. 


Phlycteenodes obliteralis, Wik. xxxiv. 1892. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 1 9. 

Pyrausta mopsalis, Wik, xviii. 594. 
Nassau (Bonhote), 3 g,1 9. 


XXXII.—On some Deep-sea Fishes collected by Mr. F. W. 
Townsend in the Sea of Oman. By G. A. BOULENGER, 
ERS: 

(Plate VIL] 


Tue fishes listed in this paper were obtained by Mr. F. W. 
Townsend by means of a fish-trap whilst engaged in cable- 
work in the Sea of Oman between the 21st and 29th October 
last, and presented by him to the British Museum, ‘The 
collection, small as it is, is a valuable one, as extending our 
knowledge of the distribution of the deep-sea fishes of the 
Arabian Sea and as containing examples of an undescribed 
form which requires the establishment of a new genus. 


1. Scopelus pyrsobolus, Alcock. 
A single specimen. 
Lat. 24° 49! N., long. 56° 56’ E., 225 fathoms. 
2. Harpodon squamosus, Alcock. 
Several specimens. 
Lat. 25° 24’ N., long. 57° 27! E., 230-243 fathoms. 
3. Uroconger lepturus, Richards. 
Several specimens. 
Lat. 23° 56’ N., long. 58° 5’ E., 142 fathoms. 
Lat. 24° 5/N., long. 57° 35’ E., 205 fathoms. 
Lat. 24° 21’ N., long. 57° 5’ E., 170 fathoms. 


4, Epinephelus preopercularis, Blgr. 


A single specimen. 
Lat. 24° 21' N., long. 57° 5! E., 176 fathoms. 


262 On Deep-sea Fishes from the Sea of Oman. 


PARASCOLOPSIS, gen. nov. 


Agrees in every respect with Scolopsis, Cuv., but for the 
total absence of a suborbital spine. Scolopsis inermis, Schleg., 
in which the said spine is feeble, is a link between the two 
genera. 


5. Parascolopsis Townsendi, sp. n. (Pl. VI.) 


Depth of body equal to length of head, 23 to 2? times in 
total length. Snout very short, shorter than the eye, the 
diameter of which is 3 to 34 times in length of head; inter- 
orbital region flat, equal to the diameter of the eye; nasal 
openings ‘large, separated by a dermal flap; mouth with 
bands of small conical teeth, outer largest; maxillary ex- 
tending to below anterior third of eye; suborbital and pree- 
opercular borders finely denticulated ; a single well-developed 
opercular spine; head entirely covered with strongly ctenoid 
scales. Gill-rakers very short, tubercular, 6 or 7 on lower 
part of anterior arch. Branchiostegal rays 5. Dorsal 
X 8-9; spines strong, middle longest, 2 or nearly $ length 
of head, as long as longest soft rays. Anal [II 7; spines 
strong, second and third equal and nearly 3 length of head. 
Pectoral acutely pointed, ? or # length of head. Ventrals 
extending to vent. Caudal “deeply notched. Caudal peduncle 
nearly twice as long as deep. Scales strongly ctenoid, 
45-48 **; lat. 1. 37-42. Uniform reddish, with a more or 
less distinct silvery lateral stripe. 

Several specimens, measuring from 110 to 160 millim., 
were obtained at three different points : — 

Lat. 24° 5/N., long. 57° ay K., 205 fathoms. 

Tat. 25° 22" Nj tons. bt 4v in 225 fathoms. 

Lat. 25° 3)’ N:, lone: 577 Ww ie 198 fathoms. 


6. Tetraroge Guenther, Blgr. 


T'wo specimens. 

Lat. 23° 56’ N., long. 58° 5’ E., 142 fathoms. 

This species was described from a single specimen obtained 
at Muscat by Surgeon-Lieut.-Col. A. 8. G. Jayakar. The 
present specimens differ from the type only in having 12 soft 
rays to the dorsal instead of 11. 


7. Physiculus argyropastus, Alcock. 


Several specimens. 


Lat. 24° 5’ N., long. 57° 35’ E., 205 fathoms. 


On anew Bat from British East Africa. 263 


Lat. 24° 21’ N., long. 57° 5’ E., 170 fathoms. 
Lat. 24° 49’ N., long. 56° 56’ E., 225 fathoms. 
Lat. 25° 22’ N., long. 57° 29/ K., 107 fathoms. 
Lat. 25° 31’ N., long. 57° 14’ E., 198 fathoms. 


8. Cynoglossus Carpentert, Alcock. 
Several specimens. 
Lat, 24° 21’ N., long. 57° 5’ E., 170 fathoms. 
Lat. 24° 49’ N., long. 56° 56’ E., 225 fathoms. 
Lat. 25° 24’ N., long. 57° 27’ E., 230-243 fathoms. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. 


Parascolopsis Townsendi, natural size. 


XXXIL.—A new Scotophiline Bat from British Hast Africa, 
with the Description of a new Genus of the Group. By 
OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS. 


AMONG some small mammals sent to the British Museum by 
Mr. 8. L. Hinde occurs the skin, with skull, of a Scotophiline 
bat which does not appear to have been described, and which 
I propose to name in honour of its collector, who has con- 
tributed large numbers of specimens at various times to the 
National Museum. 

It is allied only to Scotophilus albofuscus, 'Thos.*, and 
S. hirundo, de Wint.t, and with them forms a special group, 
which, on a reconsideration of the question, and fortitied by 
the published opinion of Mr, de Winton, I propose to regard 
as a genus. 


This may be called 


Scotecus, gen. nov. 


Like Scotophilus, but with the following special characters :— 
The two lower premolars are subequal, instead of the first 
being far smaller than the second; the upper canines are 
flattened and grooved anteriorly ; the last upper molars have 
much larger posterior lobes, so that they are triangular instead 
of equally narrow externally and internally ; the talon of the 
last lower molar is bi- or tricuspidate and practically as large 
in cross-section as the main part of the tooth; the brain- 


* Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) ix. p. 84 (1890). 
fy Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) iv. p. 355 (1899). 


264 On a new Bat from British East Africa. 


case is decidedly more flattened and less dome-shaped ; and 
both nasal and anterior palatal notches are much deeper*, the 
latter reaching nearly to the line of the front of m.'. 

Type “ Scotophilus” albofuscus, ‘Thos. 

In my first description of it S. albofuscus was only 
placed provisionally and with great doubt in Scotophilus. 
Mr. de Winton, in describing S. A¢rundo, expressed his opinion 
that neither were properly congeneric with the previously 
described species, and, now that a third member of the group 
has turned up, I think it advisable to form a special genus 
for all three. In the characters above noted the three pre- 
cisely agree, and differ from any of the members of the true 
Scotophilus. 

In some respects, perhaps, Scotwcus 18 even more nearly 
allied to the American Nycticedus, which shares with it the 
triangular m.° and more complicated m.3, but still has, like 
Scotophilus, the marked disproportion between the sizes of 
the two lower premolars, the canines rounded in front, and the 
comparatively shallow nasal and prepalatal notches. 


Scotecus Hindet, sp. n. 


Size largest of the genus. Fur close and soft, hairs about 
3 mm. in length on the back; not extending either above or 
below on limbs or membranes, except slightly on and around 
the base of the tail. General colour above chocolate-brown, 
the bases of the hairs darker; below the colour is paler, the 
hairs being brown basally and dull buffy terminally. Muzzle 
and chin blackish brown. ars of medium length, their 
tips rounded, with a slight and even concavity below them. 
Tragus short, of equal breadth above and below, an indistinct 
lobe at its external base. Wings to the metatarsus. Post- 
caleaneal lobe well-defined. Penis very long, apparently 
provided with a bone. 

Skull very similar to that of S. hirundo, but larger and 
heavier throughout ; nasal notch very deep, its depth, 
measured from the base of ¢.", going only about three times in 
the distance from it to the occiput; prepalatal notch reaching 
to the level of the front of m."; sagittal crest fairly developed. 

Upper incisors short, stout, strongly convergent. Lower 
incisors transverse, slightly overlapping. Anterior lower pre- 
molar three fourths the height of the posterior one. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Forearm 85 millim.; height of ear 12, of tragus (on inner 
edge) 2:4, 

A At least in §. Atrundo and ITinder, the skull of S. albofuscus being 
roken, 


On some new Species of Heterocera. 265 


Skull: greatest length 15; basal length 12:9; orbital 
breadth 8; intertemporal breadth 4:9; breadth of brain-case 
8:2; nasal notch 3°3 x 2°5; palate from bottom of prepalatal 
notch 5; front of upper canine to back of m.° 6; front of 
lower canine to back of m.3 6°5. 

Hab. Kitui, British East Africa; altitude 3500 feet. 

Type. Male. B.M. no. 1.2.5.1. Original number 63. 
Collected 26th November, 1900, by 8. L. Hinde. 

Its larger size and different colour will readily distinguish 
this species from its nearest ally S. hirundo, 


XXXIV.—Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera. 
By W. Scuaus, F.Z.8. 


Fam. Arctiidae. 
Hyperthema albipuncta. 


Head and thorax brown. Abdomen roseate; a lateral 
row of black spots. Primaries reddish brown, with fine wavy 
transverse shadings; fringe black at the base, white ter- 
minally ; a white spot, circled with black, near the base and 
below the median vein; a minute black spot beyond the cell 
between veins 4 and 5. Secondaries greyish brown, the 
fringe white. 

Expanse 32 millim. 

Hab. Sko Paulo, Brazil. 


Hyperthema hemacta. 


Palpi crimson. Head and thorax orange ;_ two black points 
on collar, Abdomen red; two rows of black spots laterally. 
Primaries red, shaded with brown towards apex ; costa finely 
brown; fringe dark grey ; a black point at the base, a round 
white spot circled with black below the median vein, and a 
similar larger spot beyond the cell between veins 5 and 6. 
Secondaries brown, streaked with White at the base. 

Expanse 35 millim. 

Hab. Costa Rica. 


Neritos sanguipuncta. 


Palpi yellow, outwardly roseate. Head brown; vertex 
yellow. ‘Thorax brown. Abdomen roseate, underneath 
yellow. Legs yellow. Primaries: the base from the costa 
at one third to the inner angle brown, outwardly edged with 
reddish ; a crimson spot about the middle of the submedian 


266 Mr. W. Schaus on some 


vein; the rest of the wing pale yellow except a large sub- 
apical irregular brown spot faintly. edged with reddish. 
Secondaries brownish yellow. 

Eixpanse 32 millim. 

Hab. Palanda, Ecuador. 


Robinsonia polyplagia. 


Palpi white, laterally edged with brown and circled with 
brown at joints. Frons, collar, and patagia white, edged with 
brown. ‘Thorax posteriorly fulvous, with a large white dorsal 
spot. Abdomen fulvous. Primaries light brown, streaked 
with white along costa, in cell, and on the inner margin; a 
large oval white spot below median vein near base; a large 
triangular white spot beyond cell and two elongated white 
spots at apex; elongated white spots along the outer margin, 
the spot at inner angle being the largest. Secondaries white. 

Expanse 39 millim. 

Hab. Aroa, Venezuela. 


FTalisidota perdentata. 


Male.—Antennze deeply pectinated. Pale fawn-colour. 
Primaries crossed by indistinct and dentate transverse lines, 
the outer lines geminate; a terminal row of oval spots be- 
tween the veins. Secondaries fawn-colour ; the inner margin 
broadly clouded with slightly darker scales. The female is 
larger, slightly darker, and the subterminal line is very 
deeply angulate; the anal tuft is very large and thick, 

Expanse, ¢ 41, ¢ 55 millim. 

Hab. Orizaba, Mexico. 


Halisidota huaco. 


Frons and vertex brown; thorax buff; abdomen brown. 
Primaries buff, thinly irrorated with dark scales ; the inner 
and outer lines indistinct, dentate, the latter followed by 
a dark shading; a black point at the origin of veins 3, 4, 
and 5; a subapical shade ; subterminal and terminal dark spots 
between the veins. Secondaries whitish, the inner and outer 
margins broadly smoky grey. 

EXxpanse 32 millim. 

Hab. Rio Janeiro, Castro, Parana. 


Halisidota arenacea. 


Head, collar, and abdomen pale ochreous, the thorax and 
abdomen subdorsally at base with still paler hairs; third 
joint of palpi black; a black point on vertex; two black 


new Species of Heterocera. 267 


points laterally on patagia; a lateral row of black points on 
abdomen. Primaries pale ochreous, the veins darker. 
Secondaries whitish, semihyaline; the veins and fringe 
slightly yellowish. 

Expanse 51 millim. 


Hab. Loja, Ecuador. 
Halisidota pallida. 


Head, collar, thorax, and subdorsal basal hairs on abdomen 
greyish fawn-colour; abdomen yellowish, with an outer row 
of large black spots and a lateral row of black points; legs 
greyish fawn-colour, black points on fore cox; palpi with 
third joint brown and lateral brown spots. A black point 
on frons and one on vertex; three black points on patagia. 
Primaries greyish fawn-colour; a black point at base of costa. 
Secondaries whitish, semihyaline. 

Eixpanse 52 millim. 

Hab. Loja, Ecuador. 


Amastus coccinator. 


Palpi crimson, tipped with brown. Frons white; vertex 
red, Collar and patagia dark ochreous, the former edged 
with white anteriorly, the latter inwardly edged with white. 
Thorax crimson above and below. ‘Tibia crimson; tarsi 
greyish. Abdomen reddish dorsally, ochreous on last seg- 
ment, grey ventrally. Primaries roseate brown, thinly scaled 
in the tek an indistinct dark spot at the end of the cell; a 
paler subterminal shade. Secondaries whitish, thinly scaled ; 
faintly brownish on outer margin; the inner margin with 
roseate hairs. 

Expanse 70 millim. 

Hab. Colombia. 


Amastus adela, 


Palpi roseate, tipped with black. Head roseate; a black 
spot on vertex ; collar roseate, crossed by black streaks, which 
continue on the patagia, leaving a central roseate line on 
each patagium. ‘lhorax crimson, with a dorsal black line. 
Abdomen black dorsally and ventrally, crimson laterally 
spotted with black; the anal segment crimson. Primaries 
dark olivaceous brown, some roseate spots at the base; an 
inner row of elongated pale roseate spots; an outer irregular 
row of round white spots ; a costal median spot divided b 
the costal vein; a broad subterminal white band broken 
by the black veins; the margin terminally olivaceous 
brown ; the fringe slightly darker. Secondaries thinly scaled, 


268 Mr. W. Schaus on some 


olivaceous brown; some subterminal white spots between the 
apex and vein 2. 

Expanse 46 millim. 

Hab, Castro, Parana. 


Ischnocampa nigridorsata. 


Palpi and legs brown. Body yellow, except a large black 
dorsal space on abdomen, which is also brown ventrally. 
Primaries white, the veins brown. Secondaries light grey, 
the veins brown. 


Expanse 39 millim. 
Hab. Peru. 


Ischnocampa NIgrVENA. 


Palpi brown. Body ochre-yellow, some brown on abdo- 
men ventrally. ‘Tibia outwardly and tarsi brown. Primaries 
yellow; the costal and inner margins tinged with lilacine, 
the veins black. Secondaries pale yellow, the veins brownish. 

Expanse 58 millim. 

flab. Suapi. 


Turuptiana obscura. 


Head, legs, and thorax dark brown; collar and patagia 
ochreous brown. Abdomen black dorsally, otherwise yellow, 
with a lateral row of black spots. Primaries brown, the veins 
cream-colour ; the lines, which are broad on costa, black; a 
basal interrupted line; the inner line much curved, inter- 
rupted in cell; the median line angled on median vein, 
outwardly curved on inner margin; the outer line much 
curved beyond cell, inwardly oblique to submedian, then 
outwardly angled; an irregular, subterminal, interrupted 
band partly edged with cream-colour; the outer margin 
ochreous brown. Secondaries yellow, with median and sub- 
terminal interrupted blackish bands. 
Eixpanse 36 millim. 


Hab. Peru. 
Hyalarctia sericea. 


Palpi yellowish white circled with black. Fore tibia 
yellow, spotted with black ; legs otherwise pale yellow ; tarsi 
white circled with black. Body whitish yellow. Primaries 
pale silky yellow, the veins darker; a black and orange spot 
at base. Secondaries whitish. 

Expanse 37-44 millim. 

Hab, Castro, Parana. 


Very similar in appearance to Munonta tridescens, Sch. 


new Species of Heterocera. 269 


Menas bilinea. 


Dark olivaceous brown. Abdomen with a lateral yellow 
band. Primaries crossed by three dark and thick lines, the 
inner angled on median vein, the outer and subterminal 
slightly wavy and close together; a black crescent-shaped 
mark at the end of the cell. Secondaries with a subterminal 
dark line and a dark crescent-shaped line at the end of the 
cell, All the fringes darker at base. 

Ixpanse 40 millim. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Antarctia fervida. 


Ochreous brown. Abdomen with transverse black dorsal 
bands. Primaries: the veins and line at end of cell dark 
brown. Secondaries somewhat translucent at base and irro- 
rated with grey scales. 

Eixpanse, ?, 48 millim. 

Hab. Petropolis, Castro, Brazil. 


Holomelina trigonifera. 


Body black; base of palpi underneath orange ; patagia 
outwardly orange; abdomen with a lateral reddish-orange 
streak. Primaries black, except the basal half above the 
submedian vein, which is yellow. Secondaries black, with a 
large basal costal spot, which is reddish yellow. 

Iixpanse 23 millim. 

Hab. Guadalajara, Mexico. 


Holomelina coceiniceps. 


Body greyish brown ; base of palpi, vertex, back of head, 
and base of patagia crimson. Primaries above olivaceous 
brown ; the basal half of costa finely crimson. Secondaries 
crimson, the outer margin broadly and evenly bordered with 
black, slightly intermingled with crimson scales. Underneath 
the primaries are red ; the apex, outer and inner margin light 
brown. Secondaries as above. 

Expanse 30 millim. 

Hab. Manitou, Colorado. 


Fam. Hypside. 
Pericopis biformis. 


Male,—Body blackish; four pale yellow spots on collar 
and asmall darker yellow spot on patagium. Abdomen with 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 19 


270 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on 


two rows of yellow spots below and some crimson scales on 
anal segment. Primaries dark brownish grey; a median 
angular black transverse line; a black spot on costa beyond 
the cell, followed by a curved pale yellow band from costa 
to outer margin above vein 3; the apex and a large space 
from inner angle to vein 5 darker; some indistinct terminal 
yellowish spots. Secondaries yellow or roseate, the margin 
narrowly black, but more widely so at apex. Underneath 
there are crimson spots at the base of costal margins and a 
reddish quadrate spot at end of cell on primaries. 

Female.—Darker, with only the yellow band distinct on 
primaries. Secondaries black, with a curved subterminal red 
band, not reaching the inner margin. 

Expanse, 3 53, 2? 60 millim. 

Hab. Castro, Parana. 


XXXV.—On Sciurus caniceps and allied Species. 
By J. L. Bonuore, B.A. 


THE squirrels called ‘‘ Sccurus caniceps”’ and its allies have 
been less confused with a mass of names than those of some 
of the other groups with which I have dealt; this is no 
doubt due to the fact that a well-marked change of pelage 
was known to take place and the nearly allied forms were 
supposed to be specimens in various stages of change; 
thanks, however, to a large series at the British Museum, 
as well as to a considerable number of specimens brought 
home from the Malay Peninsula by the “‘ Skeat Expedition ” 
and now in the Cambridge Museum, I have been enabled to 
arrive at certain conclusions, which will, I trust, cause the 
various forms of this group to be more easily understood. 
In the first place five species may be recognized, viz. :— 


(i.) Sc. caniceps (the only species having a distinct 
breeding-dress), ranging through Burma, Siam, 
and the north of the Malay Peninsula. 

(ii.) Se. concolor, a nearly allied species with no seasonal 
change, confined, so far as we are aware, to the 
Malay Peninsula, at the northern extremity of 
which it meets with Se. caniceps. 

(iil.) Sc. epomophorus, sp. n., which ranges down the 
west coast of the Malay Peninsula from Banka- 
sun to Malacca. 

(iv.) Se. pygerythrus, from Burma aud Tenasserim. 

(v.) Sc. grisetmanus, from Cochin China. 


Sciurus caniceps and allied Species. 271 


Scturus caniceps, Gray. 


Scrurus caniceps, Gray (nec Temm.), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. x. 1842, 
p- 263; Thos. P. ZS. 1886, p- 68; Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, 
p. 229 (1879) ; Blanford, Faun. Br. Ind., Mamm. p. 380 (1891) ; 
W.L. Sclater, Cat. Mamm. Calc. Mus. ii. p. 18 (1891). 

Serurus ehrysonotus, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. vol. xvi. 1847, p. 873, pl. xxxvii. 

This species, although closely allied to Sc. concolor and 
Se. epomophorus described in this paper, 1s quite distinct 
in having a breeding-pelage, which is assumed during the 
winter months, being at its brightest in January. It ranges 
throughout Burma and Tenasserim, spreading eastwards 
into Siam, and being found as far south as Bankok in the 
native State of Patelung, although I know of no instance 
of its occurrence on the western side of the peninsula, 

In its dull pelage, which is worn from March to November, 
it is of a uniform grizzled grey, lighter on the underparts, 
top of the head, and feet. The tail is similar in colour to the 
back, and shows, especially towards its tip, annulations of 
black and grey. ‘The tip itself is black. Hach hair above 
is dark at its base, with three or four light annulations, while 
those below have dark bases and light ashy-grey tips. 

In its bright pelage the underparts, limbs, feet, tail, sides 
of the face, and top of the nose are unchanged, but the rest of 
the pelage, which includes all the upper parts, becomes of a 
deep rufous orange, each hair being black at its base with a 
deep rufous tip. The change, which takes place by moult 
and not by a change of colour, is undergone equally by both 
sexes, and takes place, I believe, during the rutting-period. 
In the bright pelage Sc. caniceps is quite distinct from all 
other species, and there can be no risk of confusion; but in 
the dull pelage it bears a considerable likeness to Se. concolor 
and Se. epomophorus Davisont, 'Vhe latter, however, may 
always be distinguished by its much darker colour, the 
presence of a pateh of very pale rufous on the underparts at 
the base of either thigh, and a similar very pale rufous patch 
on the sides of the neck below the ear. Sc. concolor is distin- 
guished by the annulations on the hairs of the back being of 
varying degrees of ferruginous, instead of pale ashy. ‘I'he 
hairs on the ears are also rufous, which is never the case in . 
Sc. caniceps, and the long black hairs at the tip of the tail have 
fulvous ends, which latter characteristic will serve to distin- 
guish Se, concolor from all the other species except pygery- 
thrus and griseamanus., ‘There is no risk of confusing the most 
vividly markec specimens of Se. concolor with the bright 


pelage of Sc. caniceps, for the hairs of Se. concolor are e always 
[9* 


22 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on 


annulated, which is never the case with those of a bright 
Sc. caniceps. Those specimens in the ‘‘ Skeat Collection ” 
from Singora and Bankok, Patelung, which I have referred 
to* as being somewhat greyer than the rest, belong to this 
species, the remainder belonging to Sc. concolor. 


Sciurus concolor, Blyth. 


Seiurus concolor, Blyth, J. A. S. B, xxiv. 1855, p. 474. 

Macroxus inornatus, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xx. 1867, p. 282. 

Sciurus caniceps, Gray, W. L. Sclater, Cat. Mamm. Calc. Mus. ii. p. 14 

(1891); Flower, P. Z. S. 1900, p. 356; Bonhote, P. Z. 5. 1900, 
p- Si 

This species, which has long been confused with Se. cant- 
ceps, and still more perhaps with the next species to be 
described, is in reality a very well-marked and distinct form, 
and is, so far as we are at present aware, confined to the 
Malay Peninsula, where, judging from a large series lately 
brought home from the native States, it appears to be the 
commonest squirrel. Jt is also found on the Laos Mountains 
in Cochin China, where the type of Gray’s Se. ¢nornatus was 
procured, and there is a specimen in the Museum, labelled 
*¢ Sadya,” from Col. Godwin-Austen’s collection, 

The general colour is a ruddy fulvous on the upper parts, 
deepest on the median line and the rump, and lighter on the 
sides and across the shoulders; the fulvous tinge extends a 
little way up the tail, but the annulations towards the tip get 
lighter ; the tip itself is black, each hair, however, having a 
light fulvous end. Underparts light ashy. Limbs, feet, and 
head grizzled grey. Hairs on the ears pale rufous, and there 
is a more or less distinct rufous tinge round the eye. Hach 
hair on the upper parts is very dark brown or black, with three 
or four annulations, which vary in colour from deep ferru- 
ginous to pale fulvous according to their position on the body ; 
the hairs of the underparts are light ashy with dark bases. 

The type of the species was procured by Mr. Moxon in 
Malacca and is now in the Calcutta Museum. 


Sciurus epomophorus, sp. u. 


Scturus caniceps concolor, Bly., Thos. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 70. 
Sciurus caniceps, Gray, Blanford, Faun. Br, Ind., Mamm. p.380 (1891); 
W.Sclater, Cat. Mamm. Calc. Mus, ii. p. 14 (1891). 
Resembles the dull pelage of Se. caniceps, but is much 
darker, this being chiefly caused by the light annulations on 
each hair being narrower and thus allowing more of the dark 


* Bonhote, P. Z. 8, 1900, p. 877. 


Sciurus caniceps and allied Species. Ar 


colour to reach the surface ; these annulations are, moreover, 
pale fulvous instead of ashy grey. ‘The feet, limbs, and head 
are not lighter than the back, and the underparts only slightly 
so. On either side of the neck just below the ear is a round 
patch of deep chestnut, and there is a line of the same colour 
which starts from above and behind the shoulders, and, 
running along either side, turns inwards and downwards, to 
end on the underside opposite the thighs. ‘There is also a 
fainter patch of the same colour at the root of the tail, and a 
faint line along the outer side of each hind limb. ‘The tail, 
which is annulated with fulvous and black, ends in a black 
tip. 

Dimensions (from skin):—Head and body 275 millim.; 
tail 195 (doubtful measurement) ; hind foot 50. 

Hab. The west coast of the Malay Peninsula from Penang 
to south of Tenasserim. 

Type 9, B.M. 85. 8. 1.192. Salanga Island. Collected 
on 4th March, 1879, by Mr. J. Darling, and presented to the 
Museum by Mr. A. O. Hume. 

This species, which by its rufous markings may be easily 
distinguished from all the others, has no breeding or seasonal 
change of pelage, and is practically the same at all times of 
year. 

Scdurus epomophorus Davisont, subsp. n. 


Very similar to the preceding species, from which it may 
be recognized by the rutous patch on the neck being replaced 
by a rather yellowish tinge; the lateral lines are hardly 
visible, being most discernible as two pale rufous spots on the 
underparts opposite the thighs, and in some specimens there is 
a trace of rufous at the base of the tail. 

Dimensions as in Se. epomophorus; tail 210 millim. 

Hab. Burma, from Moulmein to the south of ‘Tenasserim. 

Type 2, B.M. 85. 8. 1. 187. Bankasoon, 8. Tenasserim. 
Collected on the 20th June, 1877, by Mr. W. Davison, and 
presented to the Museum by Mr. A. O. Hume. 


The remaining three species of this group are quite distinct 
and recognizable from all the preceding forms by the yellow 
colour of the underparts. 

Sciurus pygerythrus. 

Sciurus pygerythrus, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil. Mag. Zool. 1832, Cl.1; id. Voy. 
Bélang. 1834, p. 145, pI-vil.; Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 227 
(1879); Blanford, Faun. Br. Ind., Mamm. p. 379 (1891); W.Sclater, 
Cat. Mamm. Calc. Mus. ii. p. 12 (1891). 

Sciurus Blanfordi, Blyth, J. A. S. B, xxxi. 1862, p. 333. 

Sciurus caniceps pygerythrus, Is, Geoff. St.-Hil., Thos. P.°Z, S, 1886, 
p. 69. 


274 On Sciurus caniceps and allied Spectes. 


Somewhat smaller than the succeeding species ; general 
colour on the upper parts light grizzled grey, similar to 
Sc. caniceps. Underparts pale fulvous, and a small patch of 
the same colour behind the ear. Tail grizzled above and 
fulvous below, each hair being black with a fulvous end ; tip 
of the tail black. Feet fulvous. 

Dimensions (from skin):—Head and body 175 millim. ; 
tail 150; hind foot 40. 

Hab, Pegu and Burma. 


Seturus pygerythrus es 
Seiurus pygerythrus, var. Phayrei, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvii. 2, 1848, 
p. 345. : ae 
Sciurus Phayre?, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxiv. 1885, pp. 472 & 476; Anders. 
Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 250 (1879); Blantord, Faun. Br. Ind., Mamm, 
p. 879 (1891). 
Sevurus caniceps Phayre?t, Bly., Thos. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 69. 


Very similar to Se. pygerythrus, from which it differs only 
in its larger size and in the presence of a short dark stripe 
along either side between the limbs. The colour of the 
underparts is rather deeper in tone than in Se. seas 

Dimensions (from skin) :—Head and body 225 millim. 
tail 200; hind foot 45. 

Fab. S. Burma and Tenasserim. 

A certain amount of confusion seems to exist on the subject 
of the colour of the underparts, Mr. Sclater leading us to 
understand that the underparts of Se. pygerythrus and 
Sc. Blanfordi were of a “ bright red,” while Dr. Anderson, on 
the other hand, gives the colour as pale orange-yellow, which 
latter statement agrees with all the specimens I have ex- 
amined; but the latter states that the underparts of Se. Phayrei 
are orange-red, whereas all the specimens in the British Mu- 
seum are yellowish orange (about halfway between ‘ orange” 
and ‘ yellow-buff,” Ridgway). 


Sciurus grisetmanus, M.-Edw. 


Scturus griseemanus, A. le -Edw. Rev. Zool., June 1867, p. 195; Anders, 


Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 258 (1879) ; Blanford, Faun, Br. Ind., Mami. 
p. 881 (1891). 


Sciurus leucopus, Gray, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist., Oct. 1867, vol. xx. 
p. 282. 


Sciurus caniceps grisermanus, M.-Iidw., Thos, P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 69 
Seturus pygerythrus, var. D, griseimanus, M.-Edw., W. Sclater, Cat. 
Mamm. Calc. Mus. ii. p. 12 (1891). 

General colour of the upper parts pale grizzled; under- 
parts fulvous; feet dirty white; tail uniformly grizzled, like 
the back, with no black tip. 

Diinensions about as in Se. p. Phayret. 


Hab. Cochin China. 


bo 
bo | 
Cr 


On new Genera of Ichneumonide. 


Key to the Species. 


A. Underparts grey. 
a‘, Tail with black tip and no hoary ends to 
hairs. 
a’. Back deep Orange ; 0.2.5 Sen a ee let Sc. caniceps (winter). 
&*, Back uniformly grizzled. 
a®, Sides of neck of same colour as the 


RGA, < Seen oss. TS ee eats kes Sc. caniceps (summer). 
6°, Sides of neck with patch of colour. 
a*, Patch on the neck deep chestnut.. Se. epomophorus. 
6*, Patch on the neck pale rufous .... Se. e. Davisoni. 
6‘. Tail with black tip and hoary ends to the 
Haig eye tieatera ca see et shu ccc eieste star al 91 ees ence a Se. concolor, 


b. Underparts buff or yellow. 
a’. Tail with black tip. 
a’, Colour of underparts not bordered by a 


dark’stripe om flanks) <2. on 56.5 2001 Se. pygerythrus. 
6°. Colour of underparts bordered by a 
dark: stripe omitlamkss y..o wnt as so 50 Se. p. Phayret. 
Os slalevaith no black tip: sewn hale elas Se. grisemmanus. 


XXXVI.—Descriptions of Seventeen new Genera of Ichneu- 
monide from India and One from Australia. By P. 
CAMERON. 


In this paper I have described a number of well-marked 
genera of Ichneumonide, mostly belonging to the Joppini 
and the Heresiarachini. Very little has been published upon 
the Joppini occurring in India, but in all probability they will 
prove to be quite as numerous there as in the Neotropical 
Zoological Region, which has hitherto been looked upon as the 
headquarters of the group. ‘T'wo genera of Indian Joppini 
have been described by Dr. Kriechbaumer in Ent. Nachtr. xxiv. 
1898, where he also revises the genera; and there is a further 
revision of them by Mr. W. H. Ashmead in Bull. U.S. Nat. 
Mus. xxiii. 1900. The Heresiarachini are easily known by 
their toothless mandibles. This tribe appears to be well 
represented in India, but no species has hitherto been recorded 
therefrom. ‘The species are in the collection of Mr. G. A, J. 
Rothney. 


GATHETUS, gen. nov. 


Wings with an apical cloud. Areolet five-angled, nar- 
rowed at the top. Antenne short, thickened and compressed 
beyond the middle. Cheeks swollen. Labrum_ hidden. 
Scutellum flat, the sides not margined, the apex incised in the 


276 Mr. P. Cameron on 


middle. Postscutellum rounded. Median segment obliquely 
depressed from the top to the postscutellum ; there are three 
central aree—a large central and one on either side of it at 
the top, these being somewhat rounded on the outer side ; the 
spiracular area is defined and extends to the apex. Abdomen 
with seven segments, the basal five longitudinally striated ; 
the apical segments smooth; the segments project at the 
apices on the sides beneath ; the ventral fold is on the second 
and third segments. 

In Kriechbaumer’s classification of the “ Joppinen”’ this 
genus is referable to the Holojoppines and comes nearest to 
the American Microjoppa, which differs from it in the areolet 
being four-sided, the nervures being united at the top, in the 
scutellum not being quite flat and not incised at the apex, and 
in the ventral fold being distinct. ‘The antenne in my genus 
are shorter, the head is not so much depressed between the 
eyes, the abdomen is longer compared with the thorax, and the 
areolet is not so oblique; the legs are stout. Characteristic 
is the strongly longitudinally striated back of the abdomen. 


Gathetus melanocerus, sp. n. 


Luteus ; flagello antennarum abdominisque apice nigris ; alis flayo- 
hyalinis, apice violaceo. o¢ et 9. 
Long. 16-17 mm. 


Antenne black, the scape rufous beneath, the apex fuscous ; 
the scape closely punctured, thickly covered with short fuscous 
hair. Head luteous, the face paler, the inner orbits slightly 
yellowish ; the face closely punctured, the clypeus punctured 
in the middle, its sides almost smooth; the inner orbits 
distinctly and sharply margined ; the base of the mandibies 
yellowish, the teeth black. Thorax luteous; the middle of the 
mesonotum slightly darker; the pleure with a faint yellowish 
tinge on the lower side. Mesonotum closely punctured, 
thickly covered with short fuscous hair. Scutellum shining, 
slightly narrowed towards the apex, flat, covered with large 
moderately deep punctures ; the postscutellum very smooth 
and shining, the space on either side of it strongly longitu- 
dinally striated. he base of the median segment in the 
middle slightly raised above the top of the postscutellum ; the 
whole segment at the base separated from the mesonotuin by 
a deep wide transverse depression. ‘The base of the median 
seginent in the middle smooth, impunctate, this smooth space 
being continued shortly down the middle on either side of 
the central depression; the rest of the segment coarsely, 
transversely, irregularly striolated ; the ares are not clearly 


new Genera of Ichneumonide. 277 


defined ; the central space is bordered by keels; from the 
side of the smooth basal space a stout curved keel runs to join 
the apex of the prolongation of the smooth part. The 
spiracular area is separated from the pleure by a distinct 
keel. Propleure closely punctured, the apex in the middle 
stoutly striated ; the lower part projects, is there smooth, but 
above the smooth projection it is roundly hollowed and stoutly 
perpendicularly striolated. The tubercles form an elongated, 
narrow, sharp projection under the tegule, and are longer 
than them, extending from the base to the apex of the pleure ; 
the space immediately underneath them stoutly, slightly 
obliquely striated, all the strize distinctly separated; the rest 
of the pleuree with shallow punctures, except on the middle 
behind; the lower part behind immediately over the hind 
cox roughly irregularly striolated; the metapleure closely 
punctured, less strongly behind, separated from the sternum 
by a stout keel, the part immediately over the keel being 
crenulated. Legs coloured like the thorax, except that the 
apical two joints of the hinder tarsi are black. Petiole 
stoutly striated down the middle, the sides, especially at the 
apex, strongly punctured ; the other segments except the last 
strongly, closely, longitudinally striolated. Gastrocceli trans- 
verse, deep, smooth, except in front of the middle, where 
they are striolated. 


DIMATHA, gen. nov. 


Antenne short, flattened and compressed beyond the middle. 
Labrum distinctly projecting. Scutellum flat, sloping down- 
wards from the middle towards the apex, its sides stoutly 
keeled on the basal half. Median segment with one large 
central, one lateral, and the spiracular are clearly defined. 
Wings large, with an apical cloud ; the areolet oblique, four- 
sided; the transverse cubital nervures united on the top. 
Abdomen with seven segments and with a ventral fold on the 
second, third, and fourth, the dorsal segments closely punc- 
tured; the sides of the segments not angled. The hinder 
femora reach to the apex of the third segment. 

This genus belongs to the Hemijoppine, but does not fit 
well into either of the sections into which Kriechbaumer 
divides the group. In the male the antenne are much longer 
and serrate. Comparing Dimetha with Gathetus, it may be 
readily distinguished by not having the abdominal segments 
longitudinally striated, by the petiole being longer, by the 
postpetiole being narrower and shorter than the narrowed 
basal portion, the abdominal segments do not project so much 
at the apices, the scutellum is not so flat, and the hinder tarsi 
are much longer compared with the tibie. 


278 Mr. P. Cameron on 


Dimetha tibialis, sp. n. 


Lutea ; antennis, abdominis apice late apiceque tibiarum posticarum 
nigris ; alis flavo-hyalinis, apice violaceo-fumato. @. 
Long. 20 mm. 


Antenne black, the scape yellow except above. Head 
luteous, the face and eye-orbits of a paler yellow tint, smooth 
and shining, the face and clypeus with some scattered punc- 
tures. Mandibles luteous, the base broadly pale yellow. 
Mesonotum closely and minutely punctured, the middle slightly 
raised. Scutellum strongly and deeply punctured, the sides 
stoutly keeled to shortly beyond the middle; the apex with a 
gradually rounded slope. Postscutellum smooth and shining, 
the space at its sides stoutly longitudinally striated. The 
base of the median segment closely punctured and obliquely 
depressed; in the middle at the top of the depression is a 
smooth and shining space, from which run a smooth and 
shining keel along the sides and two diverging ones down 
the centre, which is irregularly transversely reticulated ; the 
sides are transversely striated. ‘The upper part of the pro- 
pleure is coarsely aciculated, the middle bears stout perpen- 
dicular keels, the apex stout longitudinal keels; the lower 
part is aciculated. Mesopleuree obscurely punctured above, 
the lower part closely rugose, running into stria behind. 
Metapleure closely rugosely punctured. Legs coloured like 
the body, with the apical third of the hinder tibia and the 
hinder tarsi (except the base of the hinder tarsi, which is 
obscure luteous) black. Wings yellowish hyaline, the apex 
from the apex of the areolet dark violaceous ; the stigma and 
nervures are yellow. Abdomen coloured like the thorax, 
except the apical three segments, which are black, and a 
black transverse line on the base of the second and third 
segments, the black on the second segment being produced 
backwards between the gastrocceli. The basal three segments 
are closely punctured; the apex of the petiole and the base 
of the second and third segments striated. Gastrocceli smooth, 
bordered with stout strize behind. 


FACYDES, gen. nov. 


Areolet five-angled, the nervures distinctly separated above ; 
the apex of the wings with a fuscous cloud; the transverse 
median nervure distinctly received in front of the basal. 
Antenne short, flattened, and compressed beyond the middle. 
Clypeus with a shallow curved incision on the apex; the 
labrum not projecting. Scutellum pyramidal, distinctly raised 


new Genera of Ichneumonide. 279 


above the level of the mesonotum. Median segment with 
one elongate central area. Legs short and stout, the hinder 
femora not extending beyond the apex of the third segment. 
The second and third abdominal segments are longitudinally 
striated ; the ventral fold is distinct on the second, third, and 
fourth segments. 

The depression between the median segment and the 
mesonotum is wide and deep ; the base of the former is largely 
raised and has a rather steep slope; the transverse median 
nervure is not quite interstitial ; the abdominal segments are 
distinctly angularly separated at their apices; the tarsi are 
spinose. 


Facydes purpureo-maculatus, Sp. ne 


Luteus; antennis nigris, abdominis apice nigro-purpureo ; alis flavo- 
hyalinis, apice violaceo. ; 
J » af 
Long. 14 mm, 


Antenne black, the scape luteous beneath. Head smooth 
and shining ; the cheeks with scattered punctures; the eye- 
orbits and the face and clypeus lemon-yellow. The meso- 
notum is of a darker rufous colour than the rest of the thorax 
and is closely punctured. Scutellum pyramidal, the basal 
slope more abrupt and shorter; it is closely punctured and 
thickly covered with short black hair. Postscutellum smooth, 
shining, and glabrous. Median segment closely punctured, 
the base in the middle smooth and shining ; on the apex are 
two central and a lateral bordering narrow keel. Propleure 
smooth and shining. ‘The upper part of the mesopleurze 
smooth, the middle and lower parts punctured, but not closely. 
The base of the metapleure slightly, the apical closely ru- 
gosely punctured. Legs coloured like the body; the cox 
slightly paler. Wings hyaline, with a slight but distinct 
yellow tint; the apex from the end of the stigma fuscous- 
violaceous. Abdomen luteous, the apical three segments 
black, variegated with purple; the apex of the petiole is 
stoutly longitudinally striated in the middle, the sides punc- 
tured; the second and third segments are longitudinally 


. . . =) . 
striated in the middle at the base. Gastrocceli smooth. 


LEPTOJOPPA, gen. nov. 


Antennz short, thickened and compressed beyond the 

middle. Eyes large, parallel, reaching near to the base of 
he \ 

the mandibles. Clypeus separated, the basal fovee large, 

deep, its apex transverse. Mandibles bidentate. Occiput 

margined, ‘The head obliquely narrowed behind the eyes. 


280 Mr. P. Cameron on 


Parapsidal furrows distinct at the base. Pronotum tubercu- 
late near the base. Scutellum stoutly keeled on the basal 
half; the apical half with an oblique slope. Median segment 
with one central basal and two lateral ares. Spiracles 
elongate, narrow, rounded at the base and apex. Legs short, 
slender ; the base of the fore tibiw incised; the claws simple. 
Areolet five-angled, narrowed at the top ; the recurrent nervure 
is received shortly beyond the middle; the transverse median 
nervure is received in front of the transverse basal. Abdo- 
men very long, slender, almost cylindrical, nearly three times 
as long as the head and thorax united; the apex of the 
petiole dilated; the large spiracles placed at its base; there 
is a distinct ventral fold on segments 2, 3, and 4, a less distinct 
one on 5 and 6; the sheaths of the ovipositor project; there 
are seven dorsal segments. ‘The labrum is small and projects 
slightly. 

This genus belongs to the Oxypygi, as is shown by the 
presence of the ventral fold and by the pointed apex of the 
abdomen, It is easily distinguished from any of the known 
Joppina by the short dilated antenne and by the very long, 
narrow, almost cylindrical abdomen, tuberculated pronotum, 
and keeled scutellum. 


Leptojoppa erythrothoraz, sp. u. 


Capite nigro, albo-maculato; thorace, pedibus anterioribus, coxis 
trochanteribusque posticis rufis; antennis nigris, medio albo- 
annulato ; abdomine ceruleo ; alis fusco-hyalinis. 2. 

Long. 24 mm. 


Antenne thickened and compressed beyond the middle; 
the apex gradually and distinctly narrowed; the sides and 
lower part of the five or six joints beyond the middle white ; 
the scape finely and not very distinctly punctured, sparsely 
covered with short hair; a white somewhat conical mark in 
the middle at the base. The face and clypeus, the inner 
orbits (narrow below, wider above) to near the hinder ocelli, a 
somewhat triangular mark touching the eyes shortly behind 
the ocelli, a large mark on the lower orbits, narrow above, 
broad below, and reaching near to the base of the ocelli and 
the palpi, yellow. Face and clypeus strongly, uniformly, but 
not very closely punctured. Mandibles to near the teeth 
closely and rather strongly punctured; the two teeth very 
large, the upper much larger and more sharply pointed than 
the lower, which diverges downwards. Thorax rufo-ferru- 
ginous, except for a small yellow mark on either side of the 
pronotum and a slightly larger and longer one under the 


new Genera of Ichneumonide. 281 


tegule. Mesonotum closely and rather strongly punctured 
throughout, its base in the middle transverse ; the middle 
raised, the raised part becoming narrowed and less distinct 
towards the apex. Scutellum narrowed and depressed towards 
the apex, more strongly punctured than the mesonotum, and 
with the punctures more widely separated ; its sides stoutly 
keeled ; the depression at its base large, deep, smooth; the 
sides at the base slightly oblique. Postscutellum coarsely 
longitudinally striolated. Median segment closely, uniformly, 
but not very strongly rugosely punctured ; the are rather 
irregular ; the supramedian elongate, wide , obliquely narrowed 
at the base ; ; the apical part coftin-shaped, "the apex narrowed ; 

the outer arez large, the basal the larger and transverse at 
the apex; the apex of the segment has a slightly oblique 
slope. Propleure closely punctured, the lower part at the 
apex strongly longitudinally striolated. The upper part of 
the mesopleurz: punctured at the base, the upper part under 
the wings smooth, forming in the centre a stout longitudinal 
keel; the lower part stoutly perpendicularly striated, the strie 
posteriorly becoming curved; the apex crenulated. The 
metapleuree closely rugosely punctured, The mesosternum 
is flat, closely punctured, furrowed down the side, the apex in 
the middle triangularly depressed. Legs covered with short 
white pubescence, the four anterior entirely, the hinder coxe, 
trochanters and extreme base of the femora red, the hinder 
femora, tibiw, and tarsi bluish black. Wings hyaline, with 
a slight but distinct fuscous tinge; areolet narrowed at the 
top, the recurrent nervure received in the centre. Abdomen 
more than twice the length of the head and thorax united, 
blue; the ventral segments white; the sides of the apical 
white on the lower side ; the sheaths of the ovipositor black, 

closely pilose, as long as, if not longer than, the last segment. 
Petiole narrowed at the haces dilated at the apex; the extreme 
base rufous to near the apex, marked with scattered punc- 
tures; the apical part raised in the middle; the middle of 
the raised part sie! reticulated, the apex with largish pune- 
tures; the sides above at the apex broadly depressed, irregu- 
larly striated; outside this depression it is marked with some 
large distinctly separated punctures; the other segments 
closely and uniformly punctured; the gastrocceli large, 
oblique, deep ; the base blue, rugosely punctured; the apex 
smooth, dark brownish. 


CRATOJOPPA, gen. nov. 


Antenne short, thickened, and dilated beyond the middle. 
Labrum fidtien Scutellum flat, its sides not margined, 


282 Mr. P. Cameron on 


Median segment areolated, the keels not very distinctly 
defined; there are two central are, the basal reaches to the 
middle and is contracted roundly and largely near the base. 
Areolet slightly oblique ; the transverse cubital nervures are 
united above. ‘The second and third abdominal segments are 
closely punctured and longitudinally striated at the base; the 
ventral keel is largely developed on the second and third 
segments; the seventh segment is largely developed all 
round, 

The wings are hyaline; the head is large and broad and is 
well developed behind the eyes, which reach near to the base 
of the clypeus; they are margined on the inner side ; the tace 
is flat and is not separated from the middle of the clypeus ; 
the latter is bounded above on the sides by an oblique 
furrow ; the mandibles have a longish upper and a shorter 
stout under tooth, which is curved inwardly. Legs stout ; 
the tarsi spinose; the fore tibia are narrowed and slightly 
incised at the base and thickly spined; the abdominal segments 
are not angled at the apex laterally, but broadly rounded. 

The type of the genus is astoutly built insect, with a large 
head and stout short antenna. ‘The legs are also stout and 
with large hind coxe; the hinder trochanters reach to the 
apex of the third segment; the last segment above is more 
than one half the length of the penultimate. The dilated 
antenna in the female (the only sex known) and the absence 
of regular arez on the median segment would refer it to the 
Joppina, and, if anywhere, to the Hemijoppine Doryphore 
ot Kriechbaumer. The distinguishing characteristics are the 
short, stout, dilated antenna, the quite flat large scutellum, 
not keeled laterally, and the three central narrow arex, not 
clearly separated, on the median segment. ‘The median 
segment is large and has a gradually rounded slope; the 
spiracular area is bounded by two keels. 


Cratojoppa robusta, sp. n. 


Nigra; flagello antennarum late, facie, orbitis oculorum late, maculis 
late thoracis, lineisque abdominis, flavis; pedibus fulvis; coxis 
posticis, geniculis posticis apiceque tibiarum posticarum late 
nigris; alis hyalinis, nervis stigmateque nigris. 2. 

Long. 14-15 mm. 


Antenne black, stout; the scape beneath and joints 9-20 
white, beyond the middle compressed and dilated; the apex 
attenuated. ‘Lhe face, clypeus, labruin, the mandibles (except 
the teeth), the palpi, the orbits from the base of the antenne 
to shortly above the middle on the outer side narrowly, and 


new Genera of Ichneumonide. 283 


the lower orbits on the outer side widely, yellow. Face 
strongly punctured all over, the clypeus with the punctures 
larger and more widely separated, and sparsely covered with 
long fuscous hair; the sides of the clypeus broadly rounded ; 
the apex in the middle projecting into a stout blunt tooth. 
Thorax black ; the edge of the pronotum from near the base 
to the tegule (the yellow narrowed in the middle), the tegule, 
two lines in the middle on the inner side of the middle lobe, 
the broad scutellar keels, the sides of the scutellum broadly, 
the apex more narrowly, the postscutellum, a large mark 
behind the metathoracic stigmas (extending on their outer 
side to their apices, on the inner not much beyond their base), 
the base in the middle, then continued down the outer sides 
of the posterior area, at the apex broadly dilated laterally, and 
at the base on the outer side continued backwards into the 
spiracular area, the prosternum, the base of the mesosternum, 
the mesopleure: on the lower side, and the sides of the meso- 
sternum (more broadly on the apical half and the apex of the 
metapleure), yellow. The base of the mesonotum closely 
punctured; the apex with the punctures larger and more 
widely separated ; the parapsidal furrows are only indicated 
at the base. The scutellar depression is wide and deep; the 
scutellum flat, the black central part bearing large deep punc- 
tures, which are sparser at its base ; the depression at its side 
and at the sides of the postscutellum stoutly striolated; the 
postscutellum smooth, glabrous, the sides at the base deeply 
depressed. The basal half of the median segment coarsely 
and deeply punctured ; in the centre at the base is an hour- 
glass-shaped area, which is continued down the middle to 
the posterior median area ; its sides are depressed in the centre 
at the base and transversely striated; the posterior median 
area is conical at the base, and is stoutly transversely 
striated throughout; the outer and the tooth-bearing aree 
distinct, as is also the spiracular. ‘he apex of the propleurze 
coarsely punctured, the base finely obliquely striated, the 
middle smooth and shining. Mesopleure punctured, except 
in the middle behind, under the tubercles and at the apex 
crenulated. Metapleure: coarsely punctured, the upper part 
and the apex of the spiracular arew obliquely striated. ‘The 
furrow in the middle of the mesosternum is wide and deep 
and is stoutly crenulated throughout. The four anterior legs 
are fulvous, the coxa and trochanters pallid yellow; the 
hinder legs of a deeper red, the coxe black, yellow at the apex 
above ; the base of the basal joint of the trochanters, the apex 
of the femora broadly, the base of the tibie narrowly, and 
their apex more broadly than the femora, black ; the tarsi 


m5) 


284 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


yellow, with a fulvous tinge. The areolet narrowed at the 
top; the cubital nervures almost united; the recurrent 
nervure is received in the middle; the transverse median 
nervure is received betore the transverse basal.  Petiole 
stout, shining, its base and the sides of the dilated part with 
scattered punctures; the dilated part with an elongated 
fovea at the base; the space behind the fovea and the space 
surrounding the spiracles finely striated; the second, third, 
and fourth segments closely punetured, the second strongly 
longitudinally striated between the gastrocceli, which are 
large, deep, smooth, and with an oblique slope at the base and 
apex. ‘lhe yellow line on the petiole is narrowed in the 
centre, on the second only very slightly, on the third and 
fourth acutely narrowed; on the apical two not perceptibly 
narrowed; the second and third segments broadly in the 
middle, the fourth and fifth broadly at the apex, and the apical 
segments are entirely yellow. 


[To be continued. | 


XXX VIT.—Descriptions of some new African Arachnida. 
By R. I. Pocock. 


Order SCORPIONES. 


Parabuthus cristatus, sp. n. 


Parabuthus brevimanus, Pocock, P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 125 (nee Buthus 
brevimanus, Thorell). 

9 .—Allied to P. brevimanus, Thorell, in the complete 
absence of distinct crests on the sides and under surface of 
the fourth caudal segment. Caudal segments 1-3 with eight 
keels, the median lateral weak on segments 2-3 and only 
granular posteriorly ; four inferior keels on segment 1 entirely 
smooth, on 2 and 3 marked with very coarse tubercular 
granules, which increase in strength posteriorly, the lateral 
keels converging posteriorly ; on the 3rd segment the ter- 
minal tubercles of the four keels form a broad, quadrilobate, 
U-shaped crest; the anterior edge of the lower side of the 
4th segment also raised into a distinct lobate crest. Upper- 
side of segments 1-2 abruptly elevated anteriorly, the anterior 
third rising nearly vertically, the posterior two thirds hori- 
zontal, excavated and shagreened. 

Ohele asin P. brevimanus apparently, except that there are 


2 oa el 


new African Arachnida. 285 


ten teeth along the external series (not including the apical) ; 
movable finger lightly curved throughout its length, im- 
movable straight. 

Measurements in millimetres.—'Votal length 62; carapace 
6°5; width of first caudal segment 4°7, of fourth 4°3 ; length 
of fourth 6°38; width of hand 2°5, of brachium (not including 
spike) 23; length of hand-back 3:6, of movable finger 5. 

Loc. Congo. 

Neither Thorell nor Kraepelin, in their description of 
P. brevimanus, mentions the existence of the crests on the 
fourth and third caudal segments, such as I have described 
above in P. cristatus, and which are, I believe, unique in the 
genus. 

Parabuthus granulatus (H. & Ehrb.). 
Subsp. fuscus, nov. 

Differs from the principal form in having the upperside of 
the trunk and chele, the tail above and below, and the femora 
and patella of the legs distinctly and uniformly infuscate ; 
the ventral surface of the trunk, the fingers, extremities of 
legs, vesicle of tail, and mandibles clearer yellow. 

Loc. Kalahari Desert (2. J. Cunningham). 


Order ARAN Et. 
Genus STASIMOPUS, Sim. 
Stasimopus insculptus, sp. u. 


& .— Colour, Carapace and mandibles black; legs deep 
brown, with reddish-yellow protarsi and tarsi; abdomen 
yellowish brown, bristly. 

Carapace coarsely sculptured, rugose, slightly longer than 
wide, its length a little less than that of patella and tibia or 
of protarsus and tarsus of first leg, and than patella, tibia, and 
tarsus of palp and than patella and tibia of fourth leg, and 
a little longer than protarsus of latter. 

Eyes of anterior line subequally spaced, the medians abont 
a diameter apart, smaller in area than the laterals, the four 
slightly procurved; anterior medians about their own diameter 
from the posterior medians; distance between the two laterals 
on each side about equal to the long diameter of the anterior 
lateral. 

Labium and maxille wnarmed. 

Palpi not spined, nearly twice as long as the carapace ; 
tibia fusiform, about twice as long as the patella; tarsus 
short, truncate; bulb of organ oval, spine long, straightish, 
except at base, where it is curved and stout. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 20 


286 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


Legs spiny, long and slender, with tarsi scopulate and 
laterally spined ; no tibial spur on first leg. 

Total length 16 millim. ; carapace 6; palp 11; first leg 20, 
second leg 17, third leg 15, fourth leg 23. 

Loc. King William’s 'Town. 

This is the first publication of the male characters of Stas?- 
mopus. Unfortunately none of the described females have 
been recorded from King William’s Town. Hence it is not 
possible to refer this male to either of the three known 
species. It differs markedly from S. Schénlandi in the compact 
arrangement of its eyes. 


Genus ACANTHODON, Guér. 


Acanthodon flaveolum, sp. n. 


? .—A small pale flavous species approaching A. Thorellit, 
O. P. Cambr., in size and colour, but hardly likely to be the 
female of that species on account of the greater length of the 
quadrangle formed by the anterior median and anterior lateral 
eyes. In A. Thorellit this quadrangle is about twice as long 
as wide, and the distance between the two posterior lateral 
eyes is greater than that between either of these eyes and the 
edge of the clypeus. In A. flaveolum, on the contrary, this 
ocular quadrangle is almost or quite three times as long as 
wide, and the main ocular cluster lies so far back that the 
distance between the clypeus and a posterior lateral eye is 
greater than the width of the cluster. 

Total length 19 millim.; carapace 8. 

Loc. Near Grahamstown (Mrs. White). 


Genus HELIGMOMERUS, Simon. 
Heligmomerus deserti’, sp. n. 


Eyes less compact than in /7. somalicus; the clear amber- 
coloured area of the anterior medians more than two diameters 
apart and at least three diameters from the posterior laterals ; 
posterior medians larger than anterior medians and at least 
as large in area as the posterior laterals; the quadrangle 
formed by the anterior medians and anterior laterals only 
about one third longer than wide ; the tubercles of the anterior 
median eyes separated by a space which about equals their 
own diameter. 

Total length 18 millim.; carapace 10. 


Loc, Kalahari Desert (R. J. Cunningham). 


new African Arachnida, 287 


Genus HArpactira, Auss, 


Harpactira pulchripes, sp. n. 


? .— Colour. Carapace deep mahogany, clothed with silky 
golden-yellow hairs; mandibles blackish, with stripe of yellow 
hairs above; sternum and coxe chocolate-brown; legs and 
palp1 with femora yellow and clothed above and below with 
silky yellow hairs; upperside of patella, tibia, protarsus, and 
tarsus mahogany-brown, with olive-grey hairs ; underside of 
patella and tibia pale and clothed with long fiery yellow 
hairs, which are longer and redder on the palpi of the first and 
second legs than on those of the third and fourth; abdomen 
olive-black, clothed above and laterally with silky golden- 
yellow hairs and below with olive-black hairs, the opercula 
pale, the upperside indistinctly striped. 

Carapace a little shorter than patella, tibia, and tarsus of 
palp and than protarsus and tarsus of fourth leg, a little 
longer than patella and tibia of fourth or of first leg, and as 
long as tibia, protarsus, and half the tarsus of the third leg. 

Stridulating-bristles on outer side of mandible consisting of 
a single oblique row ; no inferior series differentiated. 

Measurements tn millimetres.—Total length 26; carapace 13; 
first leg 33, second 30°5, third 28, fourth 36; patella and 
tibia of fourth 11°5; protarsus and tarsus 14. 

Loc. Near Grahamstown and Beak Kloof (Jfrs. White) ; 
Jansenville. 


Genus DRESSERUS, Simon. 
Dresserus armatus, sp. 0. 


d .— Colour brown, integument covered with mouse-brown 
hairs, with some white hairs intermixed on the upperside of 
the abdomen. 

Carapace about as long as patella and tibia and half the 
protarsus of first and of fourth leg; its anterior edge armed 
with three forwardly directed spikes, one rising from the median 
ocular tubercle, the others at the sides above and supporting 
the lateral eye; a fine crest or keel running backwards from 
this tubercle to the posterior lateral eye. 

Palpi and legs unarmed. Patella of palp considerably 
longer than tibia, the latter thicker at its distal end, without 
apophysis, and about half the length of the tarsus; bulb of 
palpal organ subglobular, flattened below ; from the outer and 
inner edge of the flattened disk rises a process curved like a 
cat’s claw and hollowed on its concave side. 

Total length 11 millim. ; carapace 6. 

20* 


288 Dr. A. G. Butler on 


Loc. El donyo eb Urru, on the Mombasa-Uganda Railway 
in British East Africa (C. S. Betton). 

In the absence of the female I have assumed that the 
armature and carination of the carapace in this species are 
merely sexual characters. 


Selenops basutus, sp. n. 


? .—Resembling S. atomartus and S. Spencert in having 
seven pairs of tibial and three pairs of protarsal spines on the 
first and second pairs of legs. 

Eyes of ocular quadrangle * apparently as in S, atomarius, 
but the anterior laterals with their centres on a level with 
those of the anterior medians instead of with the upper 
edges of the latter, and the interior edge of the posterior lateral 
scarcely higher than the inferior edge of the anterior medians. 
(Simons’s drawing of the eyes of 8. atomarius in Hist. Nat. 
Araign. il. p, 25, is apparently diagrammatic, to judge by the 
exceptional height of the anterior laterals above the clypeus ; 
but it is not possible to make the figure fit the arrangement 
shown in S. basutus. 

Vulva with its lateral lobes subquadrate, in contact in the 
middle line, the line of junction marked by a groove expanding 
anteriorly ; in front of each lobe a distinct pit, the pit of the 
right side separated from that of the left by a broad median 
longitudinal bar, which narrows posteriorly and runs for a 
short distance in between the two lobes. 

Total length 18 millim. ; carapace 7. 

Loc. 'Veyateyaneng in Basutoland (LZ. Wroughton). 


XXXVIII.—Deseriptions of new Species of Lycenide in the 
Collection of the British Museum. By A. G. BUTLER, 
Ph.D: 


THE following are all species which I have been unable to 
name during my recent study of the family, or which have 
been received subsequently. 


* In Hist. Nat. Araign. ii. p. 23 (1897), Simon, when discussing the eyes 
of the Selenopinze, writes :—“‘ Les auteurs ne se sont jamais prononcés 
sur Vhomologie des petits yeux nocturnes latéro-antérieurs, mais, pour 
moi, ils représentent des yeux médians postérieurs trés fortement déviés 
de leur situation normale.” This view appears to me to complicate a very 
simple question ; for surely the four median eyes in this genus are nothing 
but the tour eyes of the median quadrangle, forming a trapeze unusually 
wide behind, and not the eyes of the anterior line much or a little 
recurved, as Simon supposes; and “les petits yeux nocturnes latéro- 
antérieurs ” are the normal antero-lateral eyes, 


new Spé¥ies of Lycenide. 289 


Epitola divisa, sp. n. 


Nearly related to EH. honorius (teresa, Hewits.), but the 
male above with narrower subapical blue bar and more 
extended dull brand on the primaries; secondaries shorter, 
more rounded; under surface rather paler; the white macular 
band beyond cell narrow and not continued to outer margin, 
the last two spots being thrown outward to the margin and 
conical in shape; in the secondaries the basal orange suffusion 
is brighter and more extended. ‘The female differs notably 
from that sex of . honortus, the oblique white belt of that 
species being continued across the wing to the submedian 
vein, its outer margin regularly arched, its inner margin 
acutely angled; the blue-green submedian streak is widened 
and extended right up to the white belt ;_ the secondaries show 
a more restricted green streak and no trace of white. On 
the under surface the apex of primaries and whole surface of 
secondaries are paler and more testaceous, the white belt on 
the primaries extending inwards to submedian vein as above; 
the basal area of the secondaries is ochreous instead of reddish 
clay-coloured, the transverse whitish stripe is sometimes 
absent and the internervular streaks are thickened. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 53, 9 52-56 millim. 

3, Sierra Leone (W. 2. Woods); ¢, Bandajuma (May to 
November 1898), wet season (G. J. Arnold); 9 , Cape Coast 
Castle. B. M. 


Virachola zeloides, sp. n. 
Rapala zela, Butler (not Hewitson), P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 832. 


3. Differs from V. zela in its fuller, broader wings, much 
paler colouring above and paler much wider bands below: the 
primaries above are dull greenish steel-blue, with dark brown 
fringes; the secondaries clear dead smalt-blue, with ashy- 
brown abdominal border: the under surface is ashy brownish 
(« dust-coloured”), with slightly darker whitish-edged bands, 
much broader and rather more irregular than in R, zela; the 
usual subanal spots are smaller, more rounded, more clearly 
defined, and more besprinkled with silvery-blue scales than in 
R. zela. 


Expanse of wings 35 millim. 
Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, 5345 feet, Feb. 29th, 1896. 


We have V. zela from Sierra Leone collected by Mr. E. E. 
Austen. 
Spindasis minima, sp. n. 
¢@. Probably nearest to S. llactna; but very distinct from 
all known species. Upper surface greyish brown, faintly 


290 Dr. A. G. Butler on 


glossy; base of wings slightly more dusky, internal areas 
slightly ashy, fringes ashy grey; secondaries with a well- 
defined straw-coloured anal patch enclosing two silver- 
speckled black spots; tails black, tipped with white; head 
and collar brown, eyes encircled by a whitish line; thorax 
blackish, clothed with blue-greyish hair, patagia edged with 
brownish ; abdomen purplish brown, segmental margins 
white towards base, straw-coloured towards anal extremity ; 
antenne and palpi normal. Under surface creamy white ; 
bands broad, many of them contiguous, pale buff with dull 
silver central spots or lines and with sepia-brown margins ; 
excepting that the bands are much more crowded together, 
their general disposition is that of S. fusca; the anal area 
of the secondaries is pale buff with the anal black spots well 
defined: body below white, slightly buffish on the abdomen. 
Expanse of wings 23 millim. 


Puttalam, Ceylon (J. Pole). 


Catochrysops phasma, sp. n. 


Above grey-brownish, suffused with pale lilac ; outer borders 
smoky brown, veins brownish; the discocellulars marked by 
the usual narrow transverse bar; secondaries with one subanal 
ocellus, black capped with ochreous and with white outer edge, 
a well-defined white-tipped black tail at extremity of first 
median branch; body normal: under surface whity brown as 
in C. patricia, but the pattern agrees closely with that of 
C. celeus. 

EXxpanse of wings 87-438 millim. 

3 6, Lagos (Dr. H., Strachan) ; Ashanti, between Cape 
Coast Castle and Kumassi, in January and February (Capt. 
Hon. Grosvenor Hood). 

The tails to the secondaries of this species bring it nearest 
to C. patricia, but the tint of the upper surface separates it 
from all species known to me, though perhaps most nearly 
approaching that of C. celeus, 2; its female should be very 
like the latter excepting for the tail. 


Catochrysops Carsont, sp. n. 

3. Allied to C. patricia, the primaries more acute at apex ; 
the secondaries with a bilunate orange bar enclosing the 
usual black spots: under surface whity brown, with slightly 
darker white-edged macular bands, much more uniform in 
character than in C. patricia, the w hite hastate spots on the 
secondaries reduced in size, merely forming an inner series 
of white submarginal lunules; black anal spots with broad 
united orange zones as above, 

Hxpanse of es 41 millim. 

Fwambo, ‘Tanganyika (A. Carson). 


new Species of Lycenide. 291 


Chilades Alberta, sp. n. 
Catochrysops cyclopteris, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 68. 


3. Wings above ashy brownish, brightly shot with lilac; 
borders and veins smoky brown, discocellulars and fringe also 
smoky brown; secondaries with a submarginal row of smoky 
brown spots, the last but one (near anal angle) blackish, 
the last three spots with white outer edges; the fringe of 
primaries towards external angle and that of secondaries with 
whitish basal line; body normal: under surface much as 
in Huchrysops cyclopterts, excepting that the last three sub- 
marginal spots on the secondaries are surmounted by orange 
zones, the last spot short and linear. The female is larger and 
bluer than the male, with well-defined blackish outer border 
and discocellular dash on primaries ; the costal borders of all 
wings broadly dusky; the secondaries with conspicuous orange 
zones to the last three submarginal spots on the upper 
surface: the under surface is whiter than in the male, the 
markings somewhat reduced in size and less conspicuous. 

Expanse of wings, 3 27, 2 30 millim. 

3, Tamaja, Equatorial Africa, 6th August; ?, Nadada, 
16th June (Emin Pasha). 


Traota Nicevillet, sp. n. 


Iraota mecenas, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 102, pl. xl. figs. 2, 2a, 
(1880-81). 

This species differs from the true Z. mecenas (dry phase of 
I. timoleon) in the much more restricted and metallic Morpho- 
like colouring of the patches of colour on the upper surface, 
According to Moore these patches are metallic blue; but it 
would be more correct to call them green, as it is difficult to 
get them so placed as to eliminate all yellow from the blue ; 
and, when facing the light, the colouring is glittering metallic 
green. On the under surface the differences are not striking 
between the two species, but the white discoidal markings 
are less silvery in the Ceylonese insect and the discal white 
lunules on the primaries are reversed, their concavities being 
directed towards the base instead of the outer margin. Our 
examples, which are females, differ from the rich purple 
females of J. témoleon in their longer secondaries with more 
slender tails ; indeed, in their general aspect they more nearly 
resemble the male than the female of Z. t¢moleon. 

Expanse of wings 39-45 millim. 


Ceylon (Mrs. Lindesay and I. M. Mackwood). B. M. 


292 Mr. ©. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 


XXXIX.—A List of Californian Diatoms. 
By C. MERESCHKOWSKY. 


[Plates IV. & V.] 


THE recent marine Diatoms of California are interesting in 
more than one respect. In the first place a list of Californian 
Diatoms will form a desirable contribution to our knowledge 
of the geographical distribution of these little Algee, the more 
so as the Diatom flora of the Pacific is as yet but very little 
known. ‘Then, again, the study of recent Californian Diatoms 
as compared with the extensive fossil deposits of this region 
is of interest in order to ascertain which of the fossil forms 
have disappeared and which are still living, and whether these 
latter have changed in the course of time or not. 

It is for these reasons that [I undertook the study of Cali- 
fornian Diatoms, which I intend to carry out as completely as 
possible—a task which will certainly require a number of 
years in order to accomplish it with a certain degree of com- 
pleteness. At the present time [ will only give a short 
preliminary list, partly composed of forms observed by myself 
so far as I have been able to determine them, partly of some 
species which have been previously noticed by other diatomists, 
especially by Cleve in his ‘Synopsis of the Naviculoid 
Diatoms,’ as wel] as by a few others (Grunow, Greville). 
This list will also contain the species which I have already 
mentioned and partly described in a previous publication 
entitled ‘On Polynesian Diatoms,’ the fourth chapter of which 
deals with Diatoms belonging to the Californian coast. 

The reader will find in this paper the description of a 
number of new species and varieties, accompanied by 
figures. Some of them are small and delicate forms which 
1 have observed in a living state or in preserved crude 
material, and which can hardly be expected to be found in 
slides, as such forms usually completely disappear during 
the cleaning of the material. Certain details of their structure 
(such as the striz when very fine) could not, for this reason, 
be ascertained. 

In the list I indicate the person who has observed the 
species by the first letter of his name—C. meaning Cleve, 
G. Grunow, Gy. Greville, and M. myself. 


1. Diploneis bombus, var. bullata, Cl. [C.] 
2. Diploneis bombus, var. densestriata, Cl. [C. | 
3. Diploneis contigua, var. eudoxia, A. 8. [C.] 


Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 293 


4, Diploneis gemmata, var. typica, Cl. Calif. guano. [C.] 
5. Diploneis papula, A.S. Santa Monica, amongst JMJacro- 
eyst’s, not rare; Monterey, rare. [M.]| 
The endochrome of this species (PI. IV. fig. 26) is very inter- 
esting ; it is composed of two plates, which, however, are not 
disposed only along both sides of the valve, leaving its apices 
free, as is usually the case in the Naviculoid Diatoms, but 
partly enter into the other half of the valve, thus occupying 
both ends of the frustule. 
6. Diploneis splendida, var. puella, A. 8. [C.] 
7. Diploneis subcincta, A. 8. [C.] 
8. Diploneis vacillans, A. 8S. [C.] 
9. Diploueis vacillans, var. delicatula, Cl. Santa Monica, 
necent., || M1. 
Length 0°043 mm., breadth of the valve 0°017 mm. 
10. Caloneis formosa, Greg. San Pedro, not rare. [C., M.] 
11. Caloneis formosa, var. quadrilineata, Grun. [C. | 
12. Caloneis liber, var. elongata, Grun. Rare. [M.] 
13. Caloneis Schumanniana, var. trinodis, Lewis. [C. | 
14, Navicula approximata, Grev. Calif. guano. [C.] 
15. Navicula (Schyzonema) avenacea, Bréb. San Pedro, 
common. [M.] 


16, Navicula cancellata, Donk. San Pedro, not very common. 
[ M.] 
Strie din 0-01 mm. Chromatophores with margins pro- 
foundly sinuated. 


17. Navicula clavata, var. caribea, Cl. (forma minor), 
Northern California, not very rare. [M.] 

18, Navicula directa, var. heterostriata, Mer. (Mereschkowsky, 
On Polyn. Diat. part iv.). Northern California, rather 
common. [M.] 

19. Navicula Febigerii, Cl. [C.] 

20. Navicula forcipata, Grev. San Pedro, rare. [C., M.] 

21. Navicula forcipata, var. densestriata, A. S. San Pedro, 
not rare. [M.] 

The form which I have observed has the fine striation 
characteristic of this variety, but the lateral areas are not or 
scantily constricted in the middle. I have succeeded in 
examining a frustule in a vertical position and obtaining in 
this way an optical section through it, which is represented 


294 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms, 


in the fig. 24of PlateIV. The raphe is to be seen asa crack 
in the wall of the fiustule, and the areas are deep invagina- 
tions of the surface of the valve on both sides of the raphe. 


22. Navicula forcipata, var. nummularia, Grey. Calif. guano. 
[C.] 

23. Navicula (Rhoiconeis) garkeana, Gr. California, North 
Pacific. [C.] 

24. Navicula (Rhoiconeis) genuflexa, Kiitz. San Pedro, 
rather common. {M.| 

The endochrome is composed of two chromatophore-plates, 
with a deep and narrow sinus on each side in the middle of 
the plates, and usually two, sometimes more, eleoplasts 
(Pl. TV. tte, 25). 

25, Navicula granulata, Bail. (Navicula Baileyana, Gr.). 
Calif. guano; North California, rare. [C., M.] 

26. Navicula (Libellus) Grevillei, Ag. [C.] 

27. Navicula (Libellus) hamulifera, Grun.? San Pedro. [M.| 

28. Navicula Hennedyi, W.Sm. [C.]| 

29. Navicula Hennedyi, var. californica, Grev. [C.] 

30, Navicula Hennedyi, var. circumsecta, Grun. [C.] 

It is on account of its synonym Nav. californica, A.S., 
that I have placed this species in the list of Californian 
Diatoms, although Cleve does not mention it in his ‘Synopsis’ 
as belonging to this locality. 

31. Navicula irrorata, Grev. Calif. guano. [C.] 
32. Navicula libellus, Greg. Santa Monica, amongst J/acro- 
cystis, not very common. [M.] 

Length 0:084 mm. Hndochrome composed of two chroma- 
tophore-plates of the same shape and disposition as in 
N. complanata*, but the inner angles of the plates are united 
by a loop or narrow band crossing the interior of the cell, so 
that in reality there is but one plate. Iam very much in- 
clined to think that such a connecting band exists also in 
N. complanata. 


33. Navicula lyra, var. dilatata, A. 8S. San Pedro. Rare. 
[M.] 

34, Navicula lyra, var. recta, Grev. Calif. guano. [C.] 

35, Navicula (Schyzonema) mollis, W. Sm. San Pedro, 
rather common. [M.] 


* Cleve, ‘Synopsis of the Nayiculoid Diatoms,’ part 1. p. 1538, 


Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms, 295 


36. Navicula mutica, forma Cohnii, Hilse. Lost Spring 
Ranche, foss.? [C.] 
37. Navicula ostrearia, Turp. (N. fusiformis, var. ostrearia). 
San Pedro, not very common. {[M.]| 
I have not seen the characteristic blue colour at the apices 
of the frustule; but this is not a constant character, and in 
the Black Sea, where this species is very common, I often 
met with specimens showing no trace of blue colour. 
38. Navicula pennata, A. S. Northern California, not rare. 
[M.] 
I have already mentioned the occurrence of this species in 
the Glacial Ocean (Wankarema, North Siberia) *. 
39. Navicula pretexta, Khr. [C., M.|] 
I have seen only a fragment of a valve in a slide containing 
diatoms from San Pedro Bay. 
40. Navicula punctulata, W. Sm. Rather common in a 
laguna near San Pedro. [C., M.] 
41. Navicula (Libellus) reticulata, Mer. San Pedro, Santa 
Catalina Island, very common. [M.] 


A detailed description of this species will be found in my 
paper on the Diatoms of the Black Sea, where it is also very 
common, as well as in the Mediterranean (Villefranche). 
Its endochrome is very curious, the single plate forming a 
complicated network covering the surface of both connecting 
membranes with transverse bands crossing the interior of 
the cellule. 


42. Pinnularia cruciformis, Donk. Northern California, rare. 
[M. ] 
43. Brebissonia Boeckii (Kiitz.),Grun. San Pedro, rare. [M.] 


Length 0:097 mm., breadth of the valve 0°021 mm., strive 
8 in 0°01 mm. in the middle (not 10, as stated by Cleve). 


44, Frustulia interposita, Lewis. Oakland, Calif., brackish. 
[C.] 

45. Anomeoneis sculpta, var. major, Cl. Santa Rosa, 
brackish. [C.] 

AG. Scoliotropis latestriata, Cl. [C.] 

47. Gomphonema kamtschaticum, var. californica, Grun. 
Monterey, not very rare; San Francisco. [C., M.] 

According to Cleve, length 0°03 mm., strie 15 in 0-01 mm., 
valve linear. 


* See my paper ‘ On Polynesian Diatoms,” chapter iy, 


296 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 


48, Trachyneis aspera, Ehr. San Pedro, common; Monterey, 
rather common. [M.] 
49. Trachyneis aspera, var. intermedia, Grun. San Pedro, 
not rare. [M.] 
Valve lanceolate, axial area rather broad on one side of the 
raphe, absent on the other. 
50. Pleurosigma estuarii, Bréb. San Pedro, rare. [C., M.] 
51. Pleurosigma cuspidatum, Cl. San Pedro, not rare. [M.] 
Endochrome composed of four narrow bands, having the 
same disposition as in P. Normanit. 
52. Pleurosigma elongatum, W. Sm. Laguna near San 
Pedro, marine and brackish, common. [M.] 
Endochrome composed of four elongate and_ straight 
bands, 
53. Pleurosigma formosum, W. Sm. Northern California, 
rather common. | M.| 
Endochrome composed of four very elongate and tortuous 
bands. 
54. Pleurosigma formosum, var. longissima, Grun. San Pedro, 
not rare. [M.] 


Length of the valve..........-- 0°465 0538 
Dread thie 5 cate cieas aes ease e 0042 0-055 
Oblique striae cs wa d¥e es vs ae oi 10-11 11-125 


Valves broader than in the type species; differs from 
var. balearica, which has the same broad valves, by the 
strie, which in the latter are 8-9 in 0:01 mm. 

55. Pleurosigma latum, Cl. Santa Monica, on Macrocystis, 
rather common. [M.] 

Endochrome composed of four bands forming several undu- 
lations of exactly the same kind as in P. Normanw and 
P. cuspidatum. 

56. Pleurosigma nubecula, W. Sm. Santa Monica, amongst 
Macrocystis ; Monterey, common. [C., M. ] 

Endochrome composed of four elongate and very tortuous 

bands. 

57. Pleurosigma rhombeum, Grun. [C.] 

58. Gyrosigma attenuatum, Kiitz. San Pedro, rare. [M.] 

59. Gyrosigma balticum, var. californica, Grun. Laguna 
near San Pedro, not rare. [C., M.] 

Endochrome composed of two perforated chromatophore- 
plates ; perforations narrow, oblique. 


Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 297 


60. Gyrosigma fasciola (Ehr.), Cl. San Pedro, common. [ M.] 


61, Gyrosigma Febigerii (Grun.), Cl. Laguna near San Pedro 
in nearly marine water, rather common, iC. Mie 


62. Gyrosigma prolongatum, W. Sm. San Pedro, very 
common. [M.] 


I do not see any difference between G. prolongatum and 
var. closterotdes, Grun., the prolongations of the valve being 
turned on opposite sides or on the same side, according to 


the position of the frustule. 


63. Gyrosigma Spencerii, var. exilis, Grun. Laguna near 
San Pedro, very common. [M.] 


64. Gyrosigma tenuissimum, W.Sm. [C.] 


65. Gyrosigma Wansbeckii (Donk.), Cl. Laguna near San 
Pedro, rare. [M.] 
Looks like G. balticum, but the stries are much finer. 


In all the species of Gyrosigma above mentioned which 
I have observed myself, as well as in many others from 
the Mediterranean and the Black Sea, I have invariabl 
found the endochrome to be composed of two plates, while in 
all species of Plewrosigma (with the only exception of P. rigi- 
dum, where it is granular) the endochrome consists of four 
narrow, usually tortuous bands. This proves that Gyrosigms 
and Pleurosigma must be regarded as two natural and 
distinct groups, which should not be united in one genus, as 
has been done by certain diatomists. 


66. Mastogloia (Orthoneis) Wrightii, O’Meara* (nec Cleve). 
(PI.IV. figs. 22,23.) Northern California, notrare. [ M.] 
Valve elliptic, with apices broadly rounded. 
Length: 0-015 0-018 0:020 0:020 0:021 0-028 
Breadth : 0-011 00125 0-014 0-014 0-014 0-020’ 
Median line straight, enclosed between two parallel rows 
of puncta not differing from the rest; axial area linear, 
distinct. Puncta of the valve forming transverse and decus- 
sating rows, the tormer radiate, about 8-9 in 0:01 mm.t; two 
of the median decussating rows more distant, forming a 
double lyie-like figure with both halves uniting at the centre 
with the axial area; marginal rim narrow, with quadrangular 


loculi, 8-9 in 0-01 mm. 


* * Diatomeentafeln zusammengestellt fiir einige Freunde,’ pl. Ixxvii, 
fig. 6. 

+ The engraver did not succeed in representing the great regularity in 
the disposition of the puncta, the poe rows which the latter form 
being therefore invisible in figures 22 and 25 of the Plate, 


298 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 


The double lyre-like figure has been reproduced by O’Meara 
in an exaggerated way; it is not nearly so distinct as in his 
figure, and is not limited by lines, but by two decussating 
rows a little more distant than the others. 

As to the diatom which has been described by Cleve * 
under this name, it belongs in all probability to another 
species, as he does not mention the lyre-like figure ; but, on 
the other hand, he mentions the existence of a double row of 
puncta between which the median line is enclosed, which 
means, I suppose, that these puncta are distinct from the rest, 
as they are, for instance, in M. (O.) barbadensis, Grev.f, 
and which is not the case in Jf. (O.) Wrightii, these puncta 
not differing from the others. ‘This would explain the 
yemark which Cleve makes at the end of his description, 
when he says, “ None of the figures (that of O'Meara in- 
clusive) corresponds exactly with this species, so that the 
identification is doubtful.’ It is evident that this author has 
had in view some other species than the original JZ. (O.) 
Wrightii of O’ Meara, or some variety of the latter. 

67. Mastogloia pumila, Grun. San Pedro, not very rare. [M.] 
68. Amphora acuta, var. arcuata, A. S. San Pedro, rare. [M.] 

Length 0°086, breadth of the frustule 0°068 mm.; zone 

with 4 longitudinal divisions in 0°01 mm. 


69. Amphora acutiuscula, Kiitz. Laguna near San Pedro, 
common. {M.] 
70. Amphora angusta (Greg.), Cl. San Pedro, rather rare. 
[M. } 
71. Amphora angusta, var. ventricosa, Greg. [C.| 
72. Amphora coffeiformis, Ag. San Pedro, common. [M.] 
73. Amphora costata, W.Sm. San Pedro, not common. [M.] 
74, Amphora hyalina, Kiitz. San Pedro, rare. [M.] 
75. Amphora lineolata, Ehr. San Pedro, common. (Cy, Nes 
76. Amphora marina, W. Sm. Monterey, rare. [ M. 
77. Amphora ostrearia, Bréb. San Pedro, common. [M. | 
78. Amphora proteus, Greg. Northern Calitornia, rare. [ M.] 
79. Amphiprora alata, Kiitz. Santa Monica, brackish, very 
common. [C., M.] 
Endrochrome composed of two plates disposed transversely, 
leaving in the centre a circular hyaline space. 
80. Amphiprora paludosa, W. Sm. San Pedro. [M.] 


* Cleve, ‘Synopsis of the Naviculoid Diatoms,’ part ii. p. 148. 
+ ©Diatomeentafeln zusamm. f. ein. Fr.’ pl. ly. fig. 10. 


Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 299 


81. Amphiprora paludosa, var. hyalina, Eul. San Pedro, not 
rare. [M.] 
Endochrome composed of one plate with margins indented. 
Length 0033 mm. 
82. Tropidoneis elegans (W. Sm.), Cl. San Pedro, not very 
common. [M.| 
Endochrome composed of two plates. 
83. Tropidoneis vitrea (W. Sm.), Cl. [C.] 
84. Campyloneis Grevillei,(W. Sm.), Grun., var. typica. San 
Pedro, rare ; Monterey, 1 rare. [M.] 
85. Campyloneis Grevillei, var. regalis, Grev. Calif. guano; 
San Pedro, rare. [C., M.] 
86. Cocconeis costata, Greg. Northern California, common. 
[M.] 
87. Cocconeis costata, var. hexagona, Grun. San Pedro; 
Monterey, rare, marine. [M.] 
Length 0-016-0:0205 mm., breadth 0:008-0-0115 mm.; 


axial area narrow, lanceolate. 


88. Cocconeis costata, var. pacifica, Grun. Southern Cali- 
fornia (Haliotus washings), very common; Monterey, 
very common. [M.] 


89. Cocconeis dirupta, var. typica, Cl. [C.] 

90. Cocconeis heteroidea, var. sigmoidea, Grun. Santa Monica, 
on Macrocystis, not very rare. [M.] 

91. Cocconeis pellucida, Hantzsch. Northern California, rare. 
[M.] 

92. Cocconeis placentula, Khr. [C., M.] 

93. Cocconeis placentula, var. lineata, Khr. {M.] 


94. Cocconeis pseudomarginata, Greg. San Pedro; Mon- 
terey, not common. [M.| 
95. Cocconeis scutellum, Khr. Rare. [C., M.] 
96. Cocconeis scutellum, var. adjuncta, A. S.* Northern 
California, rather rare. [M.] 
97. Cocconeis scutellum, var. californica, Grun. [C.] 
98. Cocconeis scutellum, var. ornata, Grun. Northern Cali- 
fornia; Monterey, rare. [M.| 
Length : 0:042 0:047 0-053 
Breadth : 0-028 0:031 0:035° 
Four rows of puncta in 0°01 mm.; puncta very large, 
quadrangular, 


* TH, Peragallo, ‘ Diatomées marines de France,’ plate iy, fig. 2, 


300 Miscellaneous. 


99. Achnanthidium delicatula, Kiitz. ([C.] 

100. Achnanthidium glabrata, Grun. San Pedro, not rare. 
[C., M.] | 

According to Grunow (Arct. Diat. p. 22) very common in 

the Pacific, especially on the coast of North and South 

America. Striz 12-13 in 0:01 mm. Valve narrow, linear ; 

‘soks like a small A. brevipes, var. angustata, of which it 

might be a variety. Length 0°046 mm. 

101. Achnanthes longipes, C. Ag. San Pedro, rather rare. 
iM.] 

102. Rhoicosphenia curvata, Kiitz. San Pedro, rare. [M.] 

103. Epithemia gibba, Kiitz. Northern California, not very 
rare, \ENial 


! | 
[To be continued. Jer "+ Pr, tof y, Lf 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
The Locality of the Type of Prionastrea Vaughani, Gregory. 
To the Editors of the ‘ Annals and Magazne of Natural History.’ 


GrntLemeN,—lIn the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for 
December 1899, pp. 458, 459, figs. 2a & 26, Prof. J. W. Gregory has 
described and named an Eocene coral from Alabama as Prionastrea 
Vaughani, doing me the honour to use my name in the specific desig- 
nation. Prof. Gregory makes the following remark under the side- 
heading “Affinities” :—‘“ Mr. Vaughan informs me that the precise 
locality is, no doubt, Huntsville, Ala.” I pointed out to Prof.Gregory, 
when I was in the British Museum (Natural History), that this coral 
was undescribed and unnamed, and requested him to please name 
and describe it, but he is mistaken in saying that I told him it came 
from Huntsville, Alabama. Huntsville, Alabama, is in the extreme 
northern portion of the State, in Madison County, and is only 
18 miles south of the Tennessee line. Geologically, it is situated on 
rocks near the base of the Subcarboniferous, the Tuscumbia limestone 
see Eugene A. Smith’s Geological Map of Alabama; Ala. Geol. Surv. 
1894). Iam not sure whence the type of Prionastrea Vaughani 
comes, but I am under the impression that it is from Gregg’s 
Landing, on the Alabama River, in Monroe County. Mr. T. H. 
Aldrich, of Birmingham, Ala., sent the specimen to the British 
Museum (Natural History), but, unfortunately, seems to have no 
other. 
Very respectfully yours, 
U.S. Geological Survey. T, Waybanp VAUGHAN. 
Jan. 21, 1901. 


WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. 


The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.. 
Monthly. 2s. 6d. 
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d, 
The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. ls, 
Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d. 
Aeronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s. 
Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. I. lds. 
Baird’s (Major) Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d. 
Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. ls. 
Blakesley’s Tabie of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. Is, 
Chimnmo’s (Capt.) Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. 5s. 
Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s. 
Davis’s (J. B.) Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s. 
Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s. 
Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d. 
English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d. 
Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and 
Surgeons. 6d. 
Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. Gd. 
Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. 15s. 
Fauna of British India. Edited by W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S, 
Mammalia. 20s. ° Fishes. 2 vols. 20s. eaeh. 
Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vols. I., IIL, and IV. 15s. each, 
Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s. 
Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each. 
Hymenoptera. Vol. 1. Waspsand Bees. 20s. 
Arachnida. 10s. 
Geological Record. 1874-1884. 8vols. 20s. net. 
Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, 1s. 6d. 
Glaisher’s Hygromeirical Tables. 2s. 6d. 
Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each. 
Bopkins’s (E.) Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8vo. Cloth. 16s. 
Ditto. Illustrated Introduction to. 8yvo. Cloth. 4s. 
Joule's Scientific Papers. Vol. 1. 20s. Vol. IL. 12s. 
Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea. 
10s. 6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, ls. Sraks, ls. 
Kennedy, C. A few Chapters in Astronomy. 3s. 6d. 
Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d. 
Lewis's (G.) Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s, 6d, 
London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. Gd. net. 
MIntosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 2]s. 
Merington’s French Primer, 2s. 6d. English Primer, 1s. 
Merington’s French Pronunciation. 2s. 6d. 
Merington’s Latin First Course, with Key. 3s. 6d. 
Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2yols. 30s. 
Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s. 
Part II. 7s. 6d., Part LIT. Gs. 
Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges, 21s. 
Royal College of Surgeons ;: 
Calendar. ls, net. 
Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate 
Animaisin Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s. net, 
Catalogue of Teratological Series. 4s. net. 
Dermatological Collection. 38rded. 4s. net. 
Physiological Series. Vol. I. 2nded. 12s. net, 
Appendices 5, 6,7, 8, and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive 
Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s, each. 
Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental 
Surgery. Gd. 
Sharp’s (Dr. D.) Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. 6d. 
Taylor’s Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s. 
Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1 
to 5, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d. 
Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. Qs. Gd. 
Wheatstone’s (Sir C.) Scientific Papers. lads. 
Wollaston’s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 3s. 6d, 


DMM TmanN AnTyTpPpm WTtrmpon annoonmm +rnarnnar mn Te 


? 


CONTENTS OF NUMBER 39.—Seventh Series. 


Page 


XXIX. The Coloration of Marine Animals. By W. C. M‘Invosu, 
Professor of Natural History in the University of St. Andrews .... 221 


XXX. On new Species of Histeride and Notices of others. By 
BARA Byop ic ict) C22 Bits Mma Raa kn Pe Ue BE Ne MEM ORO MARI EEA RAY sure 24) 


XXXI. The Lepidoptera-Phalene of the Bahamas. By Sir 
Grorgs F) Hamerson, ‘Barty; BiAs WZ.S:, Gee. es ee 246 


XXXII. Onsome Deep-sea Fishes collected by Mr. F. W. Townsend 
in the Sea of Oman. By G. A. Bourencer, F.R.S. (Plate VI.) .. 261 


XXXII. A new Scotophiline Bat from British East Africa, with 
the Description of a new Genus of the Group. By Oxprretp Tuomas. 263 


XXXIV. Descriptions of some new. Species of Heterocera. By | 
Wis DCHATSs eae: Were croetis etek: Te aes ee wae ehhh = RP engine tate Rigetae 265 


XXXV. On Seiurus caniceps and allied Species. By J. L. Bon- 
PUTER SAS EE he fo SE Ga etahna Ne ata Nena ope Aotea my bok a ievence stata nk aha 270 


XXXVI. Descriptions of Seventeen. new Genera of Ichnewmonide 
from India and One from Australia. By P.Campron ............ 275 


XXXVII. Descriptions of some new African Arachnida. By RB. I. 
OOO CR PUIG Solon slalom nah io} nie el euctone ai ainsi acai Ais bs trastola baie 284 


XXXVIITI. Descriptions of new Species of Lyccenide in the Collec- 
tion of the British Museum. By A. G. Buriter, Ph.D. 


XXXIX. A List. of Californian Diatoms. By C. Murescuxowsry. 


(Plates TV GV yuo eee ecco cian ates eapierene ce paia ia RiGren sc ingen d 292 
MISCELLANEOUS. 
The Locality of the Type of Prionastrea Vaughani, Gregory. By 
T. WAYLAND VAUGHAN....,.....006- Wola ele mretsNe sia iaierate eG 300 


*,* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, 
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, 
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. 


Vol. 7. SEVENTH SERIES. No. 40. 

56 aoe rhe pend RAMEY os 91S BETES z —— = ret ea a 
; 
| 


THE ANNALS 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


INCLUDING 
| ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GNOLOGY. 


CONDUCTED BY 


ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., 
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., 


AND 


WILLIAM FRANCIS, guy., F.L.S. 


BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH 
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”’ 


WITH ONE PLATE. Me 


Illustrative of Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge’s Paper on Spiders from the 
Bahama Islands. 


| LONDON: 
| TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEE! STREET. 


'|Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, &Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére, 
Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, | 
Berlin. 


BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. 


Edited by F. D. GODMAN. 


SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS. 
ZOOLOGY. . 


Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i.-xxxv., 
Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. Il. (Pp. 1-598, pls. xxxvi—lx., Temporary Title- 
page.) Wol. III. (Pp. 1-128, pls. 1xi.-Ixvi.) 

Reptilia and Batrachia. By A. Gtnruer. (Ip. 1-252, pls. i.-Ixviii.) 

Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By EK. von Martens. (Pp. 1-648, 
ls i.—xliv.) 

: Arachnida Araneidea. Vol. I. By O.PickarpCameriper. (lp. 1-304, 
pls. i.-xxxvi.) 

Arachnida Araneidea. Vol, II. By F.O.Pickarp CampringEr. (Pp, 1— 
216, pls. i.—xvi.) a: 

Chilopoda. By R. I. Pocock. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i-ii:.) 

Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsruLapHipm Xc.). By PD. Suarp, A. 
Marruews, and G. Lewis. (Pp. 1-624, pls. i.—xvili.) 

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyNcHopHORA). By D. Suarp, (Pp. 1- 
168, pls. ivi.) 

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 6 (RuyNcHOPHORA, continued). By D. Suarp 
and W. Ff. H. BLanprorp. (Pp. 1-224, pls. i.—vi.) 

‘Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. 1. By F. D. Gopman and O. Sarvin. 
(Pp. 1-487, pls. i.—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. I. (Pp. 1-620, pls. xlviii.— 
cil.) 

Rhynchota Heteroptera. Vol. I] By G. C. Cuampion. (Pp. 1-584, 
pls. i-xxi.) 

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. I. By W. L. Distant and W. W. lowLEr. 
(Pp. 1-76, pls. i.—vill.) 

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fowrer. (Pp. 1-292, 
ahs) Te Ki x) 

: Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. IJ. part 2. By T. D. A. CockrreE.n. 
(Pp. 1-33.) 

Diptera. Vol. I. By Baron C. R. Osten Sacken and 5, W. WILuisToN. 
(Pp. 1-248, pls. i.—1i. } 

Diptera. Vol. I]. By F. M. van per Wo.p. (Pp. 1-428, pls. i—xii.) 

Diptera. Vol. II. By S. W. Wiuuiston. (Pp. 1-89, pls. i., 11.) 

Neuroptera. By A. FE. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.) 

Orthoptera. Vol. IJ. By L. Bruner and A. P. Morsr. (Pp. 1-16.) 

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s. 


| ARCH AOLOGY. 
By A. P. Maupstay. (Vol. I. pp. 1-64, pls. i-xcix. Vol. H. pp. 1-39, 
pls. i.-Ixxv. Vol. UI. pp. 1-48, pls. ili. Vol. 1V. pp. 1-88, pls. i.-xciti.) 
By J.T.Goopman. (Appendix: The Archaic Maya Inscriptions. Pp. i-xii, 
1-150.) 
London: Published for the Editors by 0. H. Por1er, 7 Princes Street, 
Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutau & Co., Soho Sq., W. 


Royal 8vo, price 2s, 6d, 


A CATALOGUE OF COLEOPTERA 


FYROM THE 


JAPANESE ARCHIPELAGO. 
By GEORGE LEWIS. 


Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 


THE ANNALS 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


(SEVENTH SERIES.] 


No. 40. APRIL 1901. 


XL.—On the Mutua! Relations of the Arctic and the Antarctic 
Faunas*, A Lecture by Professor Dr. Geora PFEFFER, 


Custos of the Museum in Hamburg. 


In response to repeated invitations, I have undertaken to 
deliver this lecture on the relations of the faunas of the higher 
northern and southern latitudes; and in doing so it is my 
intention to submit to you not detailed observations but 
general reflections. I shall therefore bring the subject before 
you ina setting of general historical geography, but at the 
same time I shall touch upon all the theories which have 
been published, without, however, mentioning by name the 
various authors or giving the text of their conclusions. I 
have to ask you to take my lecture for what it is intended— 
an orienting introduction tor those who have a practical or 
general interest in a study which is at present attracting so 
much attention—the investigation of the highest latitudes 


of our earth. 
DESCRIPTIVE. 


According to temperature, the surface of the ocean may be 
divided into three natural regions: first, the tropical region, 
with a high temperature which varies but little throughout 


* Translated by Margaret R. Thomson from “ Ueber die gegenseitigen 
Beziehungen der arktischen und antarktischen Fauna,” Verh. deutsch. 


z0ol. Ges, ix. (1899) pp. 266-287. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 21 


302 Prof. Dr. G. Pfeffer on the Mutual Relations 


the year; second, the polar region, with low temperature 
and slight variations; thirdly, the temperate region, with 
moderate temperature and great yearly variations. To these 
natural thermal zones there correspond similar faunistic 
regions; but this statement requires certain qualifications, 
chiefly in regard to what we are here especially con- 
sidering—the animal life of the ocean-floor, the Benthos of 
Haeckel. 

The arctic fauna shows zonal development, or, as it has 
been called, circumpolarity, very perfectly ; while in the ant- 
arctic fauna, with the weak development and the wide 
separation of the coast-area characteristic of that region, 
circumpolarity is much less observable. 

The tropical fauna is relatively uniform in its repre- 
sentation throughout the whole tropical zone, yet, conditioned 
by the formation of continents on the one hand, and by the 
unique horizontal and vertical motion of the water on the 
western tropical coasts on the other, faunas of a peculiar 
kind are differentiated on the west coasts of Africa and 
America. 

In the fauna of the temperate zones circumpolarity dimin- 
ishes considerably, giving place to the development of local 
faunas. ‘This corresponds to the enormous formation of 
continents in the north, and the wide separation of coast- 
regions in the south ; and the local occurrence of extraordinary 
yearly variations of temperature has a similar influence. The 
parts of the temperate zone which border on the tropics show 
likeness in many respects to the tropical zones, and those 
bordering on the polar zones similarly approach these, and 
we speak therefore of two subtropical faunas, and of a boreal 
and a notal fauna. 

Besides the borizontal decrease in warmth there is a corre- 
sponding vertical decrease, inasmuch as—speaking quite 
geucrally—the temperature of the ocean, from the surface to 
the floor, gradually falls, so that all gradations from tropical 
warm to polar cold water are to be found. 

Two regions may be distinguished in the water of the 
open sea: first, a superficial region, through which light 
penetrates, and in which both variations of temperature and 
the movements of the water are felt; and, secondly, a deeper 
region, reaching to the ocean-floor, constant in temperature 
and without either light or water-movements. [or pelagic 
animals this division at once suggests a corresponding 
faunistic division; but, with regard to the dwellers on the 
ocean -floor, other considerations have to be taken into 
account; and accordingly the ocean, and the fauna which it 


of the Arctic and the Anturctic Fuunas. 303 


contains, may be divided vertically into the three following 
regions :— 

First: the surface-water,—the warmest of all the vertical 
zones, with variations in warmth, with movement of the 
water, with the influence of light, and therefore with plant- 
rowth, with a terrigenous floor consisting of rock, gravel, 
and sand. ‘This region reaches, according to the locality, 
from the surface to a depth of from 50-150 fathoms. ‘The 
expressions “ surface-water”’ and ‘“surface-fauna”’ are here 
used as practically equivalent to “ littoral zone ” and “ littoral 
fauna.” 

Second: the subsurface-water,—cool, without variations in 
warmth, without light, without plant-growth; its floor lies 
on the slope of the continents and is covered with terrigenous 
mud. According to locality, this region reaches to a depth 
of 600-1000 fathoms; its fauna consists only of the mud- 
eaters, and is therefore economically dependent on supplies 
from other regions, particularly on the assimilating flora and 
fauna of the adjoining surface-water, ‘The fauna of this region 
resembles the fauna of the surface-water of higher latitudes. 

Third: the deep water, the deep sea,—resembling the sub- 
surface zone in its lack of variations of warmth, of light, of 
plant-growth, and water-movement ; its floor is the bottom 
of the ocean, and is covered with fine slimy ooze or clay of 
pelagic origin; its fauna is economically independent of that 
of the coasts, because of the great distance between them, 
but, on the other hand, it is dependent on the pelagic 
animals, whose dead bodies form its food-supply. Apart 
from archaic or highly specialized forms, the tauna of this 
region has an arctic character; that is, it resembles the 
surface-fauna of the highest latitudes. 

Disregarding for the present the nature of the ocean-floor, 
and considering the water with reference to its temperature 
alone, we have, first, a tropical warm water occurring only 
as the surface-water of the tropical zone; second, a cool 
subsurface-water, which, in the higher temperate zones, 
gradually passes over into the surface-water of a similar 
temperature; third, a cold, deep water, which covers the 
whole ocean-floor, and within the polar zones passes over 
into equally cold surface-water. Thus the cold water has a 
universal spatial distribution over the whole earth, the cool 
water an almost universal distribution over the torrid and 
temperate zones, while the warm water occurs solely as the 
surface-water of the tropics. 

Corresponding to this there is, first, a warm-water fauna, 
which is developed only in the surface-water of the tropics ; 

aie 


304 Prof. Dr. G. Pfeffer on the Mutual Relations 


second, a cool-water fauna, which extends over the whole 
subsurtace-water of the tropics and temperate zone, as well 
as over the surface-water of the latter; third, a cold-water 
fauna, spreading over the whole floor of the ocean, and 
embracing also the surface- and subsurface-water of the polar 
regions, 

The subsurface fauna is certainly not identical with the 
surface fauna of higher latitudes, nor the deep-water fauna 
with that of the polar regions; but there is, in the first place, 
a marked ‘habit resemblance”’ between them; and, in the 
second place, there is really a gradual transition, in the higher 
and highest latitudes, between the vertically distributed and 
the horizontally distributed faunas ; and, thirdly, a number of 
northern and southern species do succeed in spreading far 
in the direction of the equator through the subsurface-water, 
just as many species of polar animals are found on the ocean- 
floor at a great distance from their surface-region. The 
historical aspect of this point will be dealt with farther on. 

Herewith we conclude the first and descriptive portion of 
our study. 


PROBLEM OF HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT. 


The fundamental idea of present-day science, that what- 
ever exists is intelligible only in the light of its history, its 
evolution, leads us at once to the second part of our subject 
—the problem, namely, of the historical development of the 
present conditions of our ocean-fauna. 

The fauna of the present day may be described as the 
impoverished fauna of the Tertiary period. Though a few 
genera of the present day reach considerably farther back, 
yet faunistic pictures from before the Tertiary period wear 
so unfamiliar an aspect that, for the study before us, which 
is intended only to interpret present conditions, it seems 
unwise to follow the roots of our fauna farther back than 
the Early Tertiary or the Later Cretaceous period. 


TROPICAL CONDITIONS IN NorTH TEMPERATE LATITUDES. 


In the Early Tertiary period there was in our regions a 
fauna of tropical character reaching at least to the latitude of 
Copenhagen, and we must thereture assume that, at that 
period, these latitudes enjoyed a climate of tropical warmth. 

The legitimacy of this inference has been doubted by some 
paleontologists : firstly, because it might be assumed that 
genera, Which now occur only in the tropics, had at that time 


of the Arctic and the Antarctic Faunas. 305 


different requirements in regard to warmth, and were there- 
fore able to live also in temperate latitudes; secondly, 
because, if our latitudes enjoyed a climate of tropical warmth 
in ‘Tertiary times, the torrid zone must have had a hyper- 
tropical climate, which would have annihilated all life 
within it. 

These objections cannot here be considered in detail, but 
the most important refutations of them may be brought 
forward. 

(1) Modern biology has long since admitted that the chief 
factor determining the distribution of plants and of cold- 
blooded animals, and especially marine animals, is to be 
sought for in the conditions of temperature. Other conditions 
of life are, of course, of great influence, but they only ac- 
centuate the state of affairs primarily brought about by the 
temperature. Thus equality of temperature is, ceteris 
paribus, a distribution-bridge, inequality a distribution - 
barrier. The fauna of our tropical surface-water cannot 
spread from the tropics into temperate latitudes, and it is 
contrary to our most firmly established beliefs to assume 
that a fauna with a habit similar to that of the tropical fauna 
of to-day, and with, in the main, the same genera, can have 
lived in a temperate climate in Karly Tertiary times. This 
may be especially illustrated by reference to the reef-corals, 
which form such a characteristic feature of the tropical fauna 
of to-day, precisely because of their invariable sensitiveness 
to less than tropical heat. 

Great probability is lent to this view by the more and 
more pronounced separating-out of the Karly Tertiary fauna 
into zonally disposed faunas, which took place during the 
Tertiary period. This point will be more fully discussed 
later on. 

This view of the climate of the Tertiary period has been 
strongly corroborated by the researches of Murray and Irvine, 
according to which an abundant secretion of lime is only 
possible in a warm climate. ‘That lime in solution is precipi- 
tated only to a slight extent in cold water, but in great 
abundance in warm ‘water, is in itself only a ‘chemical fact ; 
but the circumstance that the animals of the higher latitudes 
secrete little lime, while tropical animals secrete it in abun- 
dance, at once gives the chemical fact a physiological signi- 
ficance. And, according to it, the formation of coral-reefs is 
possible only in water of tropical warmth. 

We believe, therefore, that no change in the amount of, 
warmth required by marine animals has taken place. The 
lovers of warm water, which were unable to endure the 


306 Prof, Dr. G. Pfeffer on the Mutual Relations 


cooling of the climate, died, or migrated towards the equator ; 
while those that preferred cooler water, and had till then 
inhabited the subsurface-water, or, at all events, had not 
found their optimum of temperature in the surface-water, 
were now able to distribute themselves unrestrictedly over 
the whole surface and subsurface-water of their former 
habitat. There is no ground for the theory that the simi- 
Jarity of the faunas of higher latitudes depends on adapta- 
tion; the genera remained unchanged before and after the 
separation of the faunas, as is proved by the comparison of 
the successive faunas of ‘Tertiary and recent times. 

(2) We have now to consider the question whether science 
requires us to believe that, in the times when a climate of 
tropical heat prevailed in our latitudes, the equatorial regions 
must have possessed a hypertropical climate, which would 
make life impossible. 

In the first place, we have no ground for assuming that 
the present-day temperature is the highest degree of warmth 
that tropical animals are capable of enduring, or even that it 
affords their optimum of warmth. On the contrary, we have 
observations enough to show that tropical animals can very 
well endure a teniperature considerably higher than that of the 
tropical surface-water. We know, too, that along the conti- 
nental west coasts the cold currents extend into the tropical 
zones, and that, within these, cold deep water wells up, and 
the warmth of the suface-water is thereby materially 
lessened. As the causes of these horizontal and vertical 
water-movements are not local but telluric, they have held 
good for all ages. We can therefore imagine that, at a 
time when the surface-water on the east coasts was actually 
uninhabitable by living beings on account of its great heat, 
there may have been, in the regions of the continental west 
coasts, a climate which animals with the same warmth- 
requirements as our present-day tropical animals could quite 
well endure. 

It has also been shown that it is in no way proved, as 
many have assumed on a prior? grounds, that the same 
difference of temperature must have existed between the 
temperate latitudes and the equinoctial zones in the Karly 
‘Tertiary or the Later Cretaceous period as obtains at the 
present day. ‘This question has been discussed by me from 
the climatological point of view and by Dubois from the cosmo- 
logical. ‘These discussions do not, however, lie within the 
scope of our present problem. 


of the Arctic and the Antarctic Faunas. 307 


OTHER VIEWS. 


This is perhaps the fittest place to discuss some of the 
other views which have a bearing on the question before us. 
A few investigators have admitted that it is necessary to 
assume a climate of tropical warmth in our latitudes to 
explain the Early Tertiary fauna; some of these, however, 
regard it as a local phenomenon, while others call in the aid 
of cosmic changes on a large scale. 

There is on the whole earth no other spot where all the 
factors which make for the amelioration of the climate and 
the warming of the surface-water are combined in anything 
like the same degree as on the Western and North-western 
coasts of Europe; it seems impossible to find conditions 
better fitted to bring about this result than those now pre- 
vailing ; so that in general this objection is hardly entitled to 
serious consideration. 

Other investigators incline to the view that the earth's 
axis has so altered its position either within the earth itself 
or in relation to the earth’s orbit that the climatic zones of 
earlier geological times were quite differently arranged, and 
may have shifted periodically over the earth’s surface. But 
astronomers refuse to admit the possibility of variation on 
such a scale, and geology and paleontology offer no evidence 
of it. Moreover, from the paleontological records of the 
Tertiary period it can be proved that there is no grounl for 
such an assumption, at least in regard to that period, with 
which we are alone concerned. 

We are now in a position to see that there is no argument 
of any weight against regarding the Karly Tertiary fauna as 
one of tropical habit. We have further seen that a climato- 
logical consideration of the problem excludes the theory that 
the fauna wasa localone. Geological-paleeontological inquiry 
yields the same result, inasmuch as the Karly ‘Tertiary faunas 
of tropical habit have been demonstrated from the most 
different parts of the earth, even from the southern hemi- 
sphere. We have accordingly to assume that in those times 
a climate of tropical warmth, with a fauna of tropical cha. 
racter, extended over the greater portion of the temperate 
zones. 


ORIGIN OF ZONALLY-DISPOSED F’auNAs. 

Now that we have seen that the climatolozical considera- 
tion of the Early Tertiary by reference to its faunistic 
materials is a scientifically justified standpoint, we have every 
ground for maintaining this standpoint with regard to the 


308 Prof. Dr. G: Pfeffer on the Mutual Relations 


faunistic variations of the Later Tertiary also. And if 
paleontology teaches us that towards the close of the Early 
Tertiary in our latitudes the components of the Early Tertiary 
fauna of tropical habit disappear, that in the Middle ‘Tertiary 
in our latitudes a fauna is found which resembles the present 
Mediterranean fauna in habit, and that, finally, in the more 
recent Tertiary the character of the fauna approaches more 
and more closely to that ef our present-day fauna, then we 
may, indeed we must, assume that corresponding climatic 
changes underlie these faunistic variations. 

A gradual shrinking-back of the tropical climate from its 
former wider domain must have brought about a zonally- 
disposed separation of the Early Tertiary fauna, inasmuch as 
only those members of the old fauna as were able to endure 
the lowering of the temperature could remain behind. The 
zonal disposition of the marine benthos-fauna of the present 
day is quite distinctly marked over the whole earth, although 
the definiteness of this is influenced by the development of 
Jocal faunas. Then we have every reason to argue retro- 
spectively and to assume that all the zonally disposed faunas 
of the earth have had the same cause, and that they have all 
originated through a zonal separating-out of the Early 
Tertiary fauna. 

This theory becomes a certainty when we consider cireum- 
boreality. There is a large number of species which occur 
both in the North Atlantic and the North Pacific Oceans, 
without, however, extending into the arctic or torrid zones ; 
indeed, there are similar boreal-European, East American, 
West American, and North Japanese species on the one hand, 
and, on the other, similar South-Kuropean and Japanese 
species. Now it cannot be seriously maintained that in recent 
‘Tertiary or still later times there may have existed in the 
boreal or warmer temperate zone a connexion between the 
Atlantic and Pacific through America or Asia; but the theory 
that similar relics of the Early Tertiary fauna must have 
remained at places of similar climate at once explains every 
peculiarity in the paleontological data, and it is quite in- 
different whether at the time of the separation of the faunas the 
different boreal regions of the Atlantic and Pacific side were 
wholly and impassably separated from each other or not. If 
we have thoroughly grasped the historical conception of the 
evolution of faunas, particular cases of notal circumpolarity, 
such as we find developed at the southern extremities of the 
continents, at once become intelligible. 

Finally, we have to go a step turther, and assume, on the 
authority of paleontological observations, that in the later 


of the Arctic and the Antarctic Faunas. 309 


Cretaceous period the old fauna with the habits of our present- 
day tropical fauna extended further northwards than in Early 
Tertiary times. Our studies have already shown us that 
we cannot regard such a condition as a purely local one, and 
so we arrive at the theory that in the middle of the Cretaceous 
period a climate of tropical warmth must have prevailed over 
the whole region of the present temperate zones. 


SURFACE- AND SUBSURFACE-FAUNA IN TERTIARY TIMES. 


Up to this point we have characterized the Karly Tertiary 
fauna quite generally as one of tropical habit; this brief 
designation now requires further analysis. If we make a 
table of the genera of molluscs (the molluscs form, above all 
other classes, the material skeleton for all paleontological 
and zoo-geographical studies of marine fauna) from the Harly 
Tertiary in our latitudes, and note their distribution in the 
present surface-water, we find among them genera which now 
occur only in the surface-water of the tropics; but beside 
these are components of subtropical habit, of the habit of our 
North Sea forms, and, finally, also boreal and even arctic 
genera which never occur in the surface-water of warmer 
regions. But the Early Tertiary fauna cannot be compared 
with the surface-water fauna of the tropics; it corresponds 
rather to the surface-water fauna plus the subsurface-water 
fauna. If, nevertheless, we still characterize it as a fauna of 
tropical habit, we are justified by the consideration that in 
the tropics, and nowhere else on earth, warm-water, cool. 
water, and cold-water animals may occur quite close together, 
may, indeed, be disposed vertically under one another. 

It is a question whether the strict separation between the 
surface- and the subsurface-fauna obtaining in the tropical 
fauna of the present day already existed in the fauna of the 
Early Tertiary ; there seems much to be said on both sides. 
We may, however, leave this question open until exact 
statistics regarding it are compiled, and this for two reasons. 
First, supposing that the subsurface-fauna of the Harly 
Tertiary extended into the region of the surface-water and 
mixed with its fauna, the change of climate during the 
Tertiary period would have brought about exactly the same 
consequences so far as the present-day fauna is concerned, as 
if the separation of the faunas into surface- and subsurface- 
faunas had taken place before the change of climate. So far 
as our present study is concerned, it is quite indifferent 
whether the subsurface-water fauna was actually or only 
potentially in existence in the Karly Tertiary period; in 


310 Prof. Dr. G. Pfeffer on the Mutual Relations 


either case the forms most capable of resisting cold, and 
therefore best suited to a cooler environment, would remain in 
their old labitat. 

Secondly, although the separation of the surface- and 
subsurface-water faunas in the warmer regions of the earth 
appears to be fairly distinct, the Mediterranean forms an 
exception. Quite half the molluscs of the western shores of 
Norway and fully a quarter of those of the coasts of arctic 
Norway occur in the Mediterranean; but it is quite out of the 
question that in the Mediterranean they live only in the deeper 
layers of constant temperature. It is of course possible that 
faunistic displacements occur according to the season, so that 
Mediterranean animals of northern and arctic character live in 
the surface-water only in winter; on comparatively steep 
shores the distance, for many at least, would not be too long. 
Unfortunately I know of no data on this last point so far 
as it effects the benthos animals. Nevertheless the state of 
affairs in the Mediterranean confirms our conclusion that the 
separation between surface- and subsurface-fauna, whether it 
be actual or only potential, is not of supreme importance. 


CIRCUMTROPICITY OF THE EARLIER TERTIARY FAUNA. 


And now that nothing more stands in the way of the 
recognition of our Early ‘Tertiary fauna as one of tropical 
habit, we come to the question of the development of its 
circumtropicity. The surface-water fauna of our tropics is 
circumtropical, and this holds true of by far the greater 
number of genera and even of many of the species. ‘I'he 
similarity of many species from the Indo-Pacific and West- 
Indian seas, and, on the other hand, from the eastern and 
western shores of Central America, proves to us that the 
modern separating conditions have not sufficed to efface 
circumtropicity, and that, if these separations were suddenly 
to disappear, the circumtropicity would be expressed through- 
out the whole region to a much more perfect degree. 

Thus the surface-water fauna of our present tropics is the 
remains of the Early Tertiary fauna shrunk back into the 
equatorial zone; it lives in approximately the same thermal 
conditions as the ancestral fauna enjoyed in our latitudes. 
On what possible grounds, then, can it be asserted that 
circumtropicity was less developed in the Karly Tertiary 
fauna than in the present surface-water fauna of the tropics ? 

No one doubts that the subsurface-fauna of the Early 
Tertiary, whether it was actually or only potentially deve- 
loped, may have been distributed over the whole area of 


of the Arctic and the Antarctic Faunas. 311 


sufficiently cool water, since this quite agrees with the now 
prevailing conditions of the subsurface-water fauna. 

We must accordingly expect to find in the oldest and 
earlier middle Tertiary a large number of species identically 
occurring in the northern and southern hemisphere—for in- 
stance, in our own region and in South Australia. If we 
simply compare the lists that have been drawn up, this 
certainly does not seem to be quite the case; but if we take 
account also of the remarks made by the authors, we find 
that there is a large number of species closely allied to and 
difficult to distinguish from those of the Antipodes of a similar 
age. When, further, we recall that the paleontologists of 
different countries have very often named their species with 
little or no reference to the work of their colleagues, we 
have to admit that the circumtropicity of the earlier ‘Vertiar 
faunas was so strongly marked that it extended not only 
to the great majority of genera, but, in a great many cases 
(whose number future studies will probably increase), even 
to species. And thus it is certain that the Harly ‘Tertiary 
fauna had an approximately similar uniform expression or 
representation throughout the whole region of its distribution. 


“¢ UNIVERSAL’? FAUNAS, 


The paleontologists of the newer school are for the most 
part strongly opposed to the theory of faunas of cosmopolitan 
or universal character. Of course, if by a fauna of universally 
or uniformly similar character any person means one which 
exhibits in every locality throughout its region a similar 
combination of genera and species, he is asking more from 
Nature than it is reasonable to expect, and neither zoologist 
nor paleontologist can agree with him. We have, however, 
on the earth at the present day two universal or uniformly 
differentiated surface-water faunas which we know thoroughly 
—the arctic and the tropical—and through these we can best 
learn to recognize the characters of a uniformly differentiated 
or “universal” fauna. In the arctic fauna circumpolarity 
is exhibited by a large percentage of species, and we get the 
impression that it has hitherto been prevented in a consider- 
able percentage more by some hindrance or other, and that 
if all distribution-barriers were swept away circumpolarity, 
and therefore universality, would reach the highest possible 
degree of development within the arctic zone. Even in the 
arctic fauna, notwithstanding its pronounced circumpolarity, 
local differentiations have developed, and also local varieties 
and races; but it seems quite certain that, if the local causes 


ol2 Prof. Dr. G. Pfeffer on the Mutual Relations 


were removed, these would be extinguished, and would merge 
themselves into the general circumpolarity. 

The case is the same with the tropical surface-water fauna ; 
the faunas of the West Indies and of Panama were not 
always separate, as they are now, for in pre-Miocene times 
the West Indian overlapped that of Panama and has left its 
traces there to this day. ‘Thus we see that the absolute 
circumpolarity of the tropical surface-water fauna is. present 
but latent, and that it is exhibited as soon as a possibility of 
wider distribution arises. And if we consider aright the 
enormously wide distribution of the uniform tropical fauna 
from the east coast of Africa to the Pacific Islands, we see 
that, if the continent of Africa were to sink, or to be broken 
up into a tropical archipelago, the tropical fauna would spread 
itself over that region also, All that we learn from the 
tropical fauna goes to show that the local gradations, even 
those exhibited by West Africa and tropical West America, 
would disappear if the distribution-barriers were removed. 
And therein the “ universality” of a fauna lies—not in the 
development of an absolutely similar combination at every 
spot in its region, but in the fact that the potentiality to this 
exists, and becomes a reality as soon as the hindering causes 
disappear. ‘lhe development of local faunas in no way affects 


the existence of a contemporaneous and coextensive ‘ uni- 


versal’ fauna, 

Besides these two surface- water faunas there is a universally 
developed subsurface-water and deep-sea fauna, both of which 
we know less thoroughly than those already treated of. 
There is also a universally differentiated pelagic fauna of the 
warmer seas. ‘he works of Keller and Brandt on the Suez 
Canal and the Baltic Canal show us the rapidity with which 
the spreading of a fauna takes place in similar climatic con- 
ditions after the removal of the barriers to distribution. 
Furthermore, the forward and backward displacements of the 
northern and arctic faunas during the Glacial periods are well 
known. 

There are certainly palwontologists who do not agree to 
the limitation of the conception of a universal fauna which | 
have here proposed ; but these must remember one thing—so 
long as they look on fossils as stones they may have an 
opinion with regard to their distribution founded only on their 
observations, but as soon as they begin to see in the fossils 
the living beings of an earlier epoch they must take the 
standpoint of modern biology—that is to say, they must work 
along with biologists and rely upon the well-established 
results of biological observation. 


of the Arctic and the Antarctic Faunas. 313 


Further, the supporters of the theory of the permanency of 
climatic faunas must remember that it is plainly irreconcil- 
able with the modern doctrine of evolution. If the individual 
climatic faunas had developed each for itself from the very 
beginning of the world, the types, wherever arising, could 
never have spread over the whole earth ; each faunistic region 
would have had its own phylogenetic history from the oldest 
pre-Cambrian times till now. This, however, does not accord 
with any paleontological picture whatever, nor with that 
afforded by recent zoology and botany. 

We have hitherto based the theory of the universal cha- 
racter of the Karly Tertiary fauna on paleontological data, 
and on the relations of that fauna to the present tropical surface- 
water fauna. We now come to a third consideration. 


BIPOLARITY. 


Nearly all authors who have worked at the fauna of the 
higher southern latitudes speak of the great ‘“ habit-resem- 
blance ” of this fauna to that of the higher northern latitudes. 
This likeness is, however, impaired by the fact that the 
South-American and Australian faunas send their southern 
stiagglers into these regions; further, the extraordinarily 
slight development of circumpolarity renders the presentment 
of a complete picture of the fauna asa zonally disposed whole 
extremely difficult; and, lastly, we know nothing of the 
fauna of the real antarctic. 

In the year 1890 I attempted a sketch of the surface-water 
fauna of the higher southern latitudes compared with that of 
the higher northern latitudes, which, apart from the errors 
and inaccuracies involved in statistics of that nature, presents 
a fairly complete picture of the scientific data at that time, for 
it is based on the collected literature and on the works of 
authoritative writers. 

This work brings out two points which are of essential 
importance in judging of the resemblances—first, the resem- 
blances in the various divisions of the animal kingdom are 
very unequally expressed, being in some cases quite sur- 
prising and in others hardly noticeable ; secondly, even the 
absence of many families and genera distributed over the 
warmer seas contributes to increase the habit-resemblance of 
the two faunas of the higher latitudes. For the theory we 
are now occupied with, that all the climatic faunas have arisen 
from a separating-out of the Karly Tertiary or pre-Tertiary 
fauna—that is, through a kind of selection—a negative 


resemblance is quite as important as a positive one, though it 
is less evident. 


314 Prof. Dr. G. Pfeffer on the Mutual Relations 


In 1896 Sir John Murray published a very minute investi- 
gation into the distribution of all the species occurring in the 
Kerguelen region, and his results agree entirely with mine. 
On that occasion he also collected the remarks of various 
writers on this subject, and showed how strongly the likeness 
between the forms of the higher southern and higher northern 
latitudes has impressed many. 

On the publication of the ‘ Ergebnisse der Magelhaensischen 
Sammelreise’ the editors expressed their sense of the import- 
ance of this point by the request that every worker at a group 
should take account of its arctic-antarctic relations. Schau- 
dinn and Rémer expressed the same wish in the programme 
for the publication of the results of their Spitzbergen expe- 
dition. 

The papers which appeared in the ‘ Ergebnisse der Magel- 
haensischen Sammelreise’ and in the publication of the 
results of Plate, Nordenskidld, and some others on the animals 
of higher southern latitudes have not altered in its essential 
features the picture which I sketched in 1890. ‘The same 
holds true of other hitherto unpublished investigations, which 
have been communicated to me verbally, and, further, of my 
own work, which for some time has never been interrupted, 
on the rich material of the Hamburg Museum, which every 
year receives new and important contributions from the 
southern point of South America. One thing can be affirmed 
with decision—that the theory of the great similarity of the 
faunas of higher northern and southern latitudes receives new 
support from the working out of nearly all groups; and the 
accord between the two faunas extends to hundreds of genera. 

Of the genera which occur as members both of the arctic- 
boreal and subantarctic-notal faunas, a number are found 
within the equatorial regions either in the surface- or subsurface- 
water, but a considerable number are absent from this region. 
Of the numerous species occurring both in the higher northern 
and southern latitudes, on the other hand, only a few are 
distributed through the tropics. In my paper of 1890 [ have 
called those species and genera which are absent from the 
equinoctial zone, and which, owing to the discontinuity of 
their representation, especially demand explanation, “ bi- 
polar,” and their mode of distribution “ bipolarity.” 

Let us now return to a point which we reached earlier in 
our study—namely, that paleontological records show a 
great accord between the Karly and Middle Tertiary ot 
Central Europe on the one hand, and of South Australia 
and the great Australian islands on the other. This simi- 
larity extends, among Mollusca probably, among Bryozoa 


of the Arctic and the Antarctic Faunas. B15 


certainly, in some cases even to species. If we find the 
Karly ‘Tertiary fauna, whose composition was “ universal,” 
developed as far as the latitude of Copenhagen in our 
hemisphere, there can hardly be any objection to the assump- 
tion that in the southern hemisphere it was developed to 
similar latitudes, and in that case it must have embraced all 
the localities which now make up the area of the so-called 
subantarctic fauna. When, owing to the gradual cooling of 
the climate in the course of the Tertiary period, the com- 
ponents of the old fauna of tropical habit withdrew from the 
higher latitudes, and those remaining in the old place formed 
a zonally-disposed relict-fauna, according to their power 
of resistance to low temperature, identical or similar forms of 
course remained behind in the corresponding northern and 
southern latitudes, and not similar genera only but similar 
species. Both from our own and from the Australian Mid- 
Tertiary we know a number of species which have persisted 
to the present day. In the same way quite a considerable 
number of species have remained unaltered on the east and 
west coasts of Central America since the Miocene period ; 
and there is nothing to prevent our assuming that, in the 
higher northern and southern latitudes also, a number of 
species may have remained unaltered from the Mid-Tertiary 
till now, and this could take place as well in the north as in 
the south, so that, at the present day, identical species occur 
in the northern and southern latitudes. 

If the components of the Karly Tertiary faunas of tropical 
habit withdrew from our latitudes towards the end of the 
Early Tertiary, this process of selection or separating-out 
must. have taken place in higher latitudes proportionately 
earlier, in the true polar zone certainly in the Cretaceous 
period, if not before it. Now, no one assumes that animal 
species (here I exclude the Protozoa) have remained un- 
changed trom the earliest Cretaceous period, or farther back, 
until the present day. And if certain species actually occur 
in higher southern latitudes which are also known from the 
Arctic fauna, it is simplest to assume that these animals did 
not remain behind in the polar zone in Mesozoic times, but 
that they remained in the cooler temperate region in Tertiary 
times, and thence extended their distribution towards the 
pole. 

It may here be mentioned that it is not necessary to 
picture the corresponding stages of the separation of the 
faunas as quite simultaneous in both hemispheres; the result 
is the same though corresponding phases in north and south 
may not have taken place at exactly the same geological time. 


316 Prof. Dr. G. Pteffer on the Mutual Relations 


DEEP-SEA FAUNA. 


Reasons of a theoretical kind, which I have elsewhere 
analyzed, make it probable that the peopling of the deep sea 
with living creatures first took place from the polar zone 
in Mesozoic times. Observation shows us that, even now, 
animals from higher latitudes—by no means all, but very 
many—descend to the deep sea. The peopling of the deep 
sea from the polar zone has thus been an uninterrupted pro- 
cess from the Mesozoic age till now. ‘Therefore we find in 
the deep sea a mingling of either archaic or highly adapted 
7, e. certainly very old—forms with those of the same habit 
as our present polar animals. Of an Hryon-like Crustacean 
or a Salenia I can say with certainty that it belongs to the 
old immigrants, and with probability I can say the same of 
those quite peculiarly adapted deep-sea fishes of the families 
of the Ophidiidw, Macruridx, Mureenidx, and so on. But I 
cannot affirm it of a Leda or Neera, for these genera date 
from the Paleozoic or Mesozoic age and are still living; 
the species in question or their ancestors may belong to the 
oldest or most recent migrants to the deep sea. 

If I find a species in the deep sea in the northern hemi- 
sphere which still lives in the surface-water of the arctic or 
boreal zone and there only, I can say that the immigration is 
of comparatively recent date; but if the species is already 
known from the Mid-Tertiary, [ am forced to say—and with 
the greatest probability—that the immigration dates from the 
middle of the ‘lertiary period; for there is no reason why a 
species which descends to the deep sea to-day should not have 
so descended at any period of its existence. ‘The probability 
that the deep-sea species of arctic origin did not migrate in 
the present-day period is increased by the fact that now, 
by suboceanic upheavals, the polar zone in the Pacific Ocean 
is absolutely, and in the Atlantic almost entirely, shut off 
from the deep sea of the temperate zone. 

The age of the great majority of marine species dates 
back to the Tertiary, perhaps even to the Mid-Tertiary 
period. We may therefore assume, even in the case of 
species whose palxontological age we do not know, that 
the process of their migration into the deep sea occurred in 
‘Tertiary times, and that this process has certainly gone on 
in the south uninterruptedly to the present day, while in the 
north it has now become considerably restricted. 

Now, for Méd-Tertiary times the similarity of species in our 
latitudes and in South Australia is established by paleontolo- 
gical research. If we find one of these species in the deep sea 


of the Arctic and the Antarctic Faunas. 317 


we cannot say whether it has migrated from the north or from 
the south; but asevery migration demands time, we can assume 
with some probability that those occurring in the temperate 
zone of the northern hemisphere have come from the north, and 
those in the southern from the south. But if it were the case 
that the time which a species requires to migrate over the 
whole deep sea from one polar zone to the other were trifling 
in comparison with the length of its sojourn in the deep sea, 
one could no longer say that an example found near Scotland 
came from the north, and one found near South Georgia came 
from the south. But this is not at all how matters stand. 
Murray has compiled exact statistics of distribution for the 
Kerguelen region; I myself have extended these for the 
whole earth, though they are still far from being complete. 
But one thing seems fairly well established, that practically 
all the unipolar surface and subsurface animals of the higher 
north and south, which descended into the deep sea, have 
penetrated to the borders of the tropics or into the tropical 
zone, but not beyond it into the opposite hemisphere. An 
example known to most zoologists is furnished by the genus 
Serolis, of which many species are developed in the notal 
surface-water, and a still greater number in the deep sea, yet 
its range, apparently, does not extend beyond the equator. 

It would seem, therefore, that the time which has elapsed 
since the present surface-water species of the higher north 
and south descended to the depths has not sufticed for a 
migration beyond the equator to the opposite hemisphere; 
the exceptions to this rule disappear almost wholly, if not 
wholly, on closer consideration, although for certain species 
of Sponges, Worms, and Bryozoa we must assume an age 
extending beyond the middle ‘Tertiary period—and this is in 
no way at variance with the facts. 


SUBSURFACE-F'AUNA. 


We have now to deal in a few words with the subsurface, in 
the same way as we have dealt with the deeper water. We 
know that in Early Tertiary times a universally homogeneous 
fauna extended over the tropics and the temperate zones. 
Thus the similar species of north and south had a continuous 
connexion through the tropical zone. ‘This continuity through 
the tropical zone was probably kept up in part through the 
deep water. As within the tropical zone at the present day, the 
fauna of northern habit is found exclusively in the subsurtace- 
water (we shall have to consider later the peculiar conditions 
of Western America), nothing is more obvious than that there 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 22 


318 Prof. Dr. G. Pfeffer on the Mutual Relations 


exists even now a continuous connexion through the sub- 
surface-water of the tropics between the identical genera and 
species of the higher latitudes. Curiously enough, this 1s 
corroborated by actual observations only in part as regards 
genera, and not at all as regards species. And so it seems 
certain, just as in the case of the deep sea, that the species 
occurring alike in the surface-water of the higher northern 
and southern latitudes have in general in the tropics an 
interrupted discontinuous distribution, notwithstanding the 
fact that it must have been continuous up to M/id-Tertiary 
times. 

The remarkably poor development of the fauna of the 
tropical subsurface-water, as revealed by deep-sea investi- 
gations, gives us a hint as to the cause of this phenomenon. 
‘The reason of this retrogression may lie in the extraordinary 
development in the tropics of reef-facies, which, absorbing 
almost all the supplies of the surface-water, may have over- 
whelmed the other members of the old fauna, or crowded 
them into the deeper water: the forms adapted to the region 
of light perished, the mud-eaters went down to the deep sea. 
Thus the subsurface-water fauna by no means corresponds to 
the surface-fauna of higher latitudes, but only to the mud- 
eating portion of it. ‘The change in the internal economic 
conditions of this community, the gradually enforced economic 
dependence on an altered surface-water fauna, and the change 
of the mud-bottom to one of coral-mud, must assuredly have 
worked towards the impoverishment of the fauna; but a still 
stronger influence must have been exerted by the probable 
scantiness of nutrition in the coral-emud, which had already 
passed through the food-canal of fishes as pieces of lime, and 
of echinoderms as coral-sand. 

Now the coral-reefs are not developed on the west coasts 
of Africa and America, so that we might expect to find there 
the continuity in distribution of at least some bipolar species, 
which is rendered difficult, if not altogether suppressed, within 
the coral-region. But the state of the subsurface- water fauna 
of Africa is practically unknown ; though Von Maltzan men- 
tions the stunted growth of the Senegambian forms of Pleuro- 
toma as compared with the same species from the Mediter- 
ranean *, We have gained some knowledge of tropical West 


* Professor Chun, in his admirable work on the German Deep-sea 
Ixpedition (‘ Aus den Tiefen des Weltmeers,’ Jena, 1900, p. 75), says 
concerning the nature of the West-African coast:—‘* We were less satis- 
fied with the results of the trawling operations, which we made to depths 
of 4900 m. The bottom of the deep sea in these regions is covered with 
a disagreeable, viscous, blackish ooze, apparently mixed with the mud 


of the Arctic and the Antarctic Faunas. 319 


America through the researches of the ‘ Albatross,’ but there 
still remains too much to be worked up to allow us to suggest 
reasons why a subsurface-water connexion between the 
similar forms of north and south has not been discovered 
on the western shores of tropical America. Possibly such a 
connexion may some day be established for one or other 
group of animals. If, personally, I doubt this, it is for two 
reasons. In the Panama province there is certainly no coral- 
reef formation, but there is a surface-water fauna of tropical 
character, and in times not very long gone by there was really 
coral-formation. The reasons for a more or less marked 
suppression of the subsurface-water fauna by the tropical 
surface-fauna may hold good in this case also to a greater or 
less degree. 

Secondly, corresponding to the remarkably equable climate, 
we find, on the west coast of America from the temperate 
southern to the temperate northern zone, a fauna of nearly 
homogeneous character, interrupted only in the narrow pro- 
vince of Panama. In "general character it may be described 
as a cool-water fauna, but it has undergone quite remarkable 
local differentiation. This fauna springs, apparently, from 
the southern hemisphere ; and thus, probably in ancient days, 
possibly before the time of the separation of the faunas, 
this fauna of southern origin gradually conquered its present 
region—that is to say, it crowded out more or less the members 
of the universal fauna. 

Thirdly, Agassiz expressly mentions the poverty of the 
depths examined by him on the ‘ Albatross.” He accounts 
for this by the fact that the currents on the tropical shores 
of West America waft in a comparatively limited quantity of 
pelagic organisms, which would afford food for the inhabitants 
of the deep sea. As the animal world of the deep sea is 
wholly, and that on the slopes of the continents partly, 
dependent economically on the pelagic fauna, we have here a 
reason of great importance, and one which would apply in 
the main to West Africa also. In the same way, it must 
be taken into account that the extreme narrowness of the 
continental slope affords anywhere the opportunity for an 
interruption of faunal continuity. 

I cannot omit to refer here to a fact which may be brought 


carried out by the great African rivers.” Probably the bottom of the 


continental slope shows these river-deposits in a still higher degree, so 
that we may havea similar state of affairs as, for instance, on the east coast 
of temperate South America, where the mouths of the Rio Negro and 
Rio La Plata form barriers between the South Brazilian and the Pata- 
gonian littoral and continental faunas. 

22* 


320 Prof. Dr. G. Pfeffer on the Mutual Relations 


forward in connexion with the discontinuity of the cool-water 
fauna in the subsurface-water of the tropics—namely, the 
influx of subterranean rivers. As most subsurface animals 
may dispense with pelagic larval stages, submarine river- 
mouths would possibly form barriers to distribution. And 
in general I wish to call attention to the fact that all the 
conditions which may have contributed to the impoverishment 
of the tropical subsurface-fauna need not extend over the 
whole area to bring about this result. 


PELAGIC FAUNA. 


Finally, I should like to touch, in a few words, on the 
bipolarity of the pelagic animals, although this does not 
really form part of our present theme. ‘The theory has been 
promulgated, on the strength of isolated results, that the 
bipolar plankton species only seem to be bipolar, but really 
have a continuous distribution either through the deeper 
water (Chun) or in the surface-water (Lohmann) of the 
tropics. No objection can be offered to either assumption in 
itself; the Early Tertiary condition would have persisted till 
the present day, just as has occurred exceptionally among 
benthos forms. Moreover, all the objections which have 
been cited above against a general meeting of northern and 
southern forms in the subsurface-water of the tropics refer to 
conditions which affect the benthos animals alone. But it is 
certain that a connexion through the deeper water is scarcely 
possible for the plankton plants and the animals directly 
dependent on these. ‘Therefore this theory yields no general 
principle of explanation applicable to the whole of the con- 
ditions. But we know enough to be justified in assuming 
that there was in Early Tertiary times a pelagic fauna of 
almost universal distribution and composition, and_ that, 
therefore, the presence of similar genera and species of 
plankton animals and plants in the higher latitudes of the 
earth must date back to the Tertiary period. The pelagic 
fauna of higher latitudes may therefore be looked upon as a 
relic of the Early Tertiary fauna, and the connexions now 
existing through the tropics offer no explanation of the exist- 
ing plankton conditions of higher latitudes, but are to be 
regarded either as likewise relics of the Karly Tertiary fauna 
or as local and relatively transitory pushings forward of the 
fauna of higher latitudes. 


OBJECTIONS TO THE THEORY OF BIPOLARITY. 
The position we have reached is thus as follows :—There 


of the Arctic and the Antarctic Faunas. 321 


is in the tropical zone a considerable discontinuity in the 
distribution-region of several hundreds of genera of surface- 
water animals occurring in the higher northern and southern 
latitudes, and also in the distribution of very many—in any 
case far more than a hundred—species of higher latitudes. 
Hither the discontinuity is really present in the tropical zone, 
or it appears to be so because of the present incomplete state 
of our knowledge. ‘The reasons for the first supposition we 
have already discussed. Reasons in favour of the second 
case undoubtedly exist also, and I believe that, with the 
further progress of our knowledge, some regions of distri- 
bution which are now believed to be discontinuous will be 
found to be continuous. But that this may prove so in all 
cases 1S an assumption which receives no justification either 
from general considerations of probability or from the present 
state of our knowledge. And it is not only our right, but 
our duty to base our theoretical assumptions on the state of 
knowledge at the time. But even if we go the length of 
assuming that all bipolar genera and species may disappear 
from science, will that affect a single point in our theories of 
the relation of the arctic and antarctic faunas? The Karly 
Tertiary roots of our present fauna remain the same whether 
bipolarity exists or not; and the similarity between the 
faunas of higher latitudes also remains the same, whether the 
distribution-regions of the genera or species be continuous or 
not, 

The possibility, however, that a continuous distribution 
through the deeper waters of the tropics may be demonstrated 
for all the coeval surface-water inhabitants of the higher 
northern and southern latitudes is simply not to be thought 
of. The marine plant-world of the higher latitudes exhibits 
quite a pronounced bipolarity ; and the idea that this should 
extend through the lightless layers of the tropical subsurface- 
water beyond the equator cannot be entertained. ‘The same, 
of course, holds true of all animals which are directly depen- 
dent on the plant-world. So that, as a general principle of 
explanation, we may dismiss the hypothesis that the surface- 
water animals of higher latitudes have a continuous distri- 
bution through the deeper layers of the subsurface-water of 
the tropics. ‘his, of course, does not prevent us from sup- 
posing that the assumed connexion, which must have existed 
at one time, does actually occur in some cases at the present 
day, both in the deeper strata and in the surface-water. 

There is still another possible way in which the examples 
of bipolar genera and species, which have hitherto been 
present in literature, may disappear from science ; that is, by 


322 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on 


the breaking-up of the genera and species in question into two 
or more. But what precise extension is given to the terms 
genera and species is purely a matter of taste; the actual 
facts are in no way affected. Further, whether we have to 
do with actual or assumed continuity in time and space, 
the warrant for the conception of species disappears: for 
historical-geographical considerations it is too contradictory ; 
the ideas of species as something separating, and of develop- 
ment in time and space, are incommensurable. Thirdly, for 
the purpose of our present study it does not matter at all 
whether the representatives are regarded as identical species, 
or as different forms of the same species, or as nearly related 
species. The point is in the evidence of close relationship, 
and it does not matter much what systematic expression we 
give to this fact. 


CONCLUSION. 


We have now reached the end of our study. We have seen 
that the faunas of higher latitudes represent the coeval relics 
of the almost uniformly developed and almost universally 
distributed Early Tertiary faunas, as they have been evolved 
under the influence of the cooling of the climate, by a process of 
separating out and selection. The similarity of the operating 
causes secured that the same components of the old fauna 
remained behind in both north and south; and thus has 
arisen the great and still well-marked similarity of the two 
faunas. 


XLI.—On a Collection of Spiders from the Bahama Islands 
made by J. L. Bonhote, Esq. ; with Characters of a new 
Genus and Species of Mygalomorphe. By F.O. PicKARD 
CAMBRIDGE, B.A. 


[Plate VIL] 


A SMALL but valuable collection of Arachnida was made in 
the neighbourhood of Nassau by Mr. Bonhote and presented 
to the British Museum. Amongst other interesting forms 
were two adult males of the family Theraphoside, large hairy 
spiders locally termed Tarantulas. For these a new genus 
has been made, and the species is also new: it is characterized 
by the presence of stridulating-spines on the trochanters of 
the first pair of legs and the palpus. 


Spiders from the Bahama Islands. 323 


Should this paper fall into the hands of anyone interested 
in the natural history of their surroundings, situated in any 
of the islands of the Antilles, I would like to urge that 
collections, however small, are always valuable when brought 
from adjacent islands forming a large group, more especially 
if a number of examples of the commoner and more obvious 
forms be sent also. 

In this way alone can we determine the identity of the 
many forms which have been described from different islands 
as distinct species; and by securing sufficient material we 
may be able to trace the gradual transition of a species 
through successive islands until it passes into some extreme 
form which has hitherto perhaps been regarded as a distinct 
species. 

Given a sufficient lapse of time, each island may produce, 
from the same original form common to the whole district 
before its separation into groups of isolated islands, a species, 
or at all events a local race, peculiar to itself, diverging under 
different conditions, prevented by physical obstacles from 
interbreeding with those of neighbouring islands, and thus at 
last perhaps becoming a true species, physiologically distinct 
as well as geographically separated ; for in dealing with forms 
in which the male and female are each highly specialized 
individuals of different sexes the distinctness of two species 
must depend on whether they will cross-breed or not normally, 
as a rule, under natural conditions of life. If they interbreed 
freely they cannot be distinct species, while if they interbreed 
occasionally, but not as a general rule, the two forms may be 
gradually becoming divergent, and finally become physio- 
logically distinct. 

A variety is held to be an individual variation of either sex 
where these sexes interbreed freely. A local race is composed 
of individuals all of whose members differ slightly but con- 
stantly from those of apparently the same species in another 
locality more or less isolated from the first. The question as 
to what is a species, a local race, and a variety is impossible 
to settle definitely so long as the natural process of the sepa- 
rating into groups and the elimination of intermediates is in 
progress. 

Thus it is of very great interest to learn how far forms 
which have probably been geographically separated for 
centuries have passed through the stage of individual variation, 
have reached the status of local races, or have already become 
physiologically distinct species. 

‘he conditions for the observation of these phenomena 
ought to be exceedingly favourable throughout the numerous 


324 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on 


islands of the Greater and Lesser Antilles and the more adja- 
cent regions of the mainland all round. 

If it be asked what are the final tests of a distinct species 
of spider, one can only say that a long course of experimental 
interbreeding under perfectly natural conditions, settling 
which would breed together and which not, might solve the 
problem. Such an investigation being impossible, one has to 
fall back on the comparative anatomy of the genitalia. If 
these are identical in a number of individuals of different sexes, 
the latter are held to belong to one and the same species. If 
not structurally identical, then the forms are regarded as 
distinct species, on the supposition that two different forms of 
male organ are not adapted to the fertilization of one form of 
the female organ. 


Fam. Theraphoside. 


LYROSCELUS, gen. nov. 


Femur iv. not scopulate on inner side. ‘arsal pads not 
divided ; scopula interspersed with a few scattered hairs only 
towards the base. Protarsus i. scopulate to base, with a single 
spine on inner side only at the base. Apex of tibia i. bical- 
carate. Protarsus iv. scopulate at extreme apex only. Legs 
spinulose, especially iii. and iv. Apical third of labium and 
inner anterior angle of coxa of pedipalp spinulose.  ‘T'ro- 
chanter of leg i. with 10-12 stout clavate stridulating- spines 
on the inner side, extending over the upper two thirds of the 
segment; opposed to these are 15-16 long, stout, slightly 
clavate spines, situated on the outer side of the trochanter of 
the pedipalp, extending over the central half of the segment. 


Lyroscelus Bonhotei, sp.n. (Pl. VII. figs. 6, 6 a.) 


Colour. Carapace clothed with a very pale bronze covering 
of shaggy hair. Mandibles brown, with a basal dorsal 
clothing of the same pale bronze hairs. Legs clothed with 
coffee-brown hairs, interspersed on the protarsi and tarsi with 
Jong scattered rufous hairs. Femora and patelle of legs, 
especially i. and il., clothed with golden- bronze hairs over the 
dorsal and externo-lateral areas. 

Abdomen clothed with darker coffee-brown hairs, inter- 
spersed, especially towards the spinners, with long rufous 
1airs. 

Sternum and coxe of legs coffee-brown ; coxe of pedipalp 
and fringe on fang-groove of mandibles bright rufous. 

Measurements. —Carapace 18 x 15 millim. ; pat.+tib. i. and 


Spiders from the Bahama Islands. 325 


iv. 20 millim.; protarsus i, 13 millim.; protarsus iv. 
18 millim. 

Tibia of pedipalp with a low convex tubercle on the outer 
side towards the apex. Bulb short, piriform, aculeate, its 
apex (from in front) only slightly directed outwards. 

Tibia of leg i. with two stout spurs at apex, the outer long 
and strongly curved upward and inward, with a stout coales- 
cent spine at its apex on the inner side. ‘The inner spur 
much shorter, broad, with a stout almost coalescent spine on 
its inner side. 

Two adult males of this fine species were taken at Nassau 
in the Bahamas by Mr. J. L. Bonhote. The position of the 
stridulating-spines is a new one, for although the form of the 
spines is similar to that in Citharoscelus, Poc., yet they occur 
on different segments of the two appendages, namely, in the 
latter on the coxa, in the former on the trochanter. Cutharo- 
scelus, moreover, belongs to a different group, having the 
protarsus 1. scopulate only halfway to the base. 


Fam. Filistatide. 


Filistata hibernalis, Hentz. 


Adults of both sexes of this species, which is abundant 
in other islands of the Antilles as well as in North, Central, 
and South America, were taken in the Bahamas. 


Fam. Heteropodide. 


Heteropoda venatoria (Linn.). 
Two very richly coloured adult males from Nassau. 


Fam, Argyopida. 
Nephila clavipes (Linn.). (Pl. VII. figs. 1-4.) 


Two adult females and an adult male were taken by 
Mr. Bonhote at Nassau of a species of Wephila which is most 
probably identical with that figured in Browne’s ‘ History of 
Jamaica.” This figure is the type of Araneus clavipes of 
Linneus, which has usually been distinguished from JV, cor- 
nuta (Pallas) (Pl. VII. figs. 5, 5a) by the absence of the two 
small horns on the carapace. 

Another character distinguishing various examples of 
Nephila lies in the tufts of hair on the legs. Some have 
them very distinct and large on the tibie and femora of legs 
i, and ii. and the tibia of iti. and iv., while in others they are 


326 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on 


much less evident and almost or entirely absent on the 
femora. 

Several of these forms have been described as different 
species by various authors, the differences being based on the 
presence or absence of the horns on the carapace and the 
nature of the tufts on the legs. 

I am, however, myself not able to confirm the distinction of 
species on these characters, and strongly suspect that in reality 
there is only one species embracing all these forms. It is 
therefore very important that we should be able to examine 
males and females of these large and easily recognizable 
spiders from as many of the islands of the Greater and Lesser 
Antilles as possible, and especially from Jamaica, for it was 
in this island that the type of Ar. clavipes of Linneus was 
taken. 

At first sight it might be supposed that there were either 
two species, one with and the other without the cephalic 
horns, and two varieties of each of these, one with the legs 
thickly tufted and the other with the legs much less densely 
clothed with hairs; or that there were jour species, two of 
each group of horned and notehorned forms, based on the 
differences in the leg-tufts. 

There is another possibility that the horns are not of 
specific importance, while the tufts on the legs are. This 
would give us two species, the presence or absence of horns 
being ignored. 

One is, however, strongly urged to the conclusion that 
neither of these characters 1s of specific importance, because 
after comparing many examples of the forms known as 
clavipes, Linn., and cornuta, Pallas, of both sexes, it is seen 
that the males of both these forms are inseparable; the palpal 
organs are identical in form. ‘That is to say, that the males of 
the pure clavipes, whose females are without tubercles on tiie 
carapace and have dense tufts on the femora and tibiew of i. 
and ii. and on tibia iv., cannot be distinguished from the 
males of the pure cornuta, whose females have two distinct 
tubercles on the carapace and scarcely any fringing hairs on 
legs i, ii, and iv. However, there is not sufficient material 
to be absolutely sure that this is the case, though of the 
former there are adult males and females in Mr. Bonhote’s 
collection, and also others in the British Museum; while of 
the latter I have myself taken many examples on the Lower 
Amazons, and one pair actually in copulation. 

Of the females, then, there are four distinct forms :— 


Spiders from the Bahama Islands. 327 


i. Hairs on the legs tufted and the femoral tuft also 
very distinct. 
a. Carapace with tubercles. 
6. Carapace without tubercles ....... Pits oleae ls clavipes, Linn. 
iil, Hairs on the legs not tufted and femoral fingers 
almost obsolete. 
a’. Carapace with tubercles .........+.++  chetanatehe cornuta, Pallas. 
b’, Carapace without tubercles. 


Of the males I am able so far to identify only one form 
undoubtedly assignable to each of the two species above desig- 
nated as clavipes and cornuta. 

Examples from various localities in the British Museum 
collection are referable as follows :— 


The Bahama Islands,—Examples of the female sex have tufted legs, 
without cephalic tubercles: i. 0. 

St. Domingo.—Females without tubercles and without tufted legs: 
it Os 

Bermuda,-—Females with tufted legs and without tubercles: 1. 0. 

Trinidad.— Females with tufted legs and with cephalic tubercles : i. a. 

Venezuela—Females with tufted legs and strong cephalic tubercles: 
ied! 

Caraccas.—Females with tufted legs, but. tubercles almost obsolete : 
iets 

Demerara.—Females with tubercles, without leg-tufts: 11. a’. 

Pernambuco.—Females with tubercles, with leg-tufts: i. a. 

Amazons,—Females with tubercles, without tufted legs: ii. a’. 

New Granada.—Femates with small tubercles and both forms of legs : 
Loy Cael lencl 

Mexico.—Females with tufted legs and without tubercles : i. 4. 

California —Females with tufted legs and without tubercles: i, 5, 


Neither of these two characters therefore appears to be con- 
stant; the tufts on the legs vary in length and extent, while 
the tubercles range from nothing upwards; and since the males 
of the extreme forms cannot be separated, it is highly probable 
that all these females are varieties of one species. 

I would therefore urge upon those who have leisure in any 
of these islands to send home at any rate a few examples of 
the females as well as of the males of these gigantic spiders. 
Both sexes may be found in the proper season in the large 
wheel-like orb-web which forms so conspicuous a feature in 
tropical and subtropical gardens, open spaces, and forest ; but 
the male is a minute and very different-looking spider from 
the female. 


GASTERACANTHA, Sundevall, 1833. 


The subjoined are the more important forms of this genus 
occurring in the Central-American and Antillesian region. 


528 


Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on 


Though the species are very variable individually, they may 
be recognized by the following characters :— 


A. Abdomen with four spines only, median 


and posterior. 


1, Spines short, triangular, and equal in 


length. Colour variable. | Carapace 
and legs varying from bright orange- 
red, the latter annulate, to black 
throughout ; in this case there are deep 
cyanine reflections. Abdomen black 
or yellow, with black margins and 
blotches. Sternum and ventral area 
of abdomen black, the latter often with 
more or less vellow round the spinners 
and with yellow spots near posterior 
THATOUN » Pasaees ere oa wetaient oe ee easton 


2. Spines longer and more conical, unequal 


in length. Medians longer and stouter 
than the posterior spines. Colour vari- 
able. . Carapace and legs bright orange- 
red, the latter annulate or entirely 
black. Abdomen entirely yellow or 
entirely black; spines orange-red or 
DICK ji deenmalwekean anatase Viaind aanucels Maine 


B. Abdomen with six spines. 
1. Abdomen (not including spines) about 


one fourth broader than long. Spines 
unequal, anterior smaller than median, 
often obsolescent. Lateral spines longer 
than the posterior. Colour very vavri- 
able. Carapace and legs bright orange- 
red, latter annulate or entirely black. 
Abdomen entirely black or entirely 
yellow, or yellow more or less varie- 
vated with black or vice versd. Ven- 
tral area of abdomen usually black, 
spotted throughout with yellow. Spines 
orange-red or black ........... ee 


2. Abdomen (not including spines) about 


one half broader than long. Spines 
equal (anterior and median), posteriors 
larger. Anterior and median spines 
very small and sharp. Colour similarly 
variable. Anterior angles at the base 
of the spines and base of medians often 
with a large rounded blotch, black on 
yellow. Ventral area black, often lined 
with yellow, but not spotted ........ 


tetracantha, Linn. 


Canestrinit, O, P, Camb, 


? cancriformis, Linn, 


Kochit, Butler. 


Gasteracantha tetracantha (Linn.). 


Aranea tetracantha, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. p. 1057. no. 45,—St. ‘Thomas. 
Gasteracantha pallida, C. K. (Marx), Die Arach, xi. p. 60, fig, 881.— 


California. 


G. quadridens, C. K., t. c. p. 59, fig. 880.—St. Thomas. 


Spiders from the Bahama Islands. 329 


G. pallida, McCook, Amer. Spid. iii. p. 209, pl. xiv. fig, 8.—California. 
G. preciosa, McCook, Amer. Spid, ii. p. 211, pl. xiv. fig. 7.—California. 


The species pallida and preciosa are in all probability 
identical, and may be eventually regarded as subspecies 
of Linneus’s species from St. Thomas. I have no doubt, 
however, that guadridens, C. K., is identical with tetracantha. 
Two other forms—one from St. Vincent, with carapace, legs, 
sternum, and ventral area entirely black; the other from 
Beguia, Canonan and Union Islands, with carapace and legs 
bright orange-red, sternum and ventral area black, the latter 
spotted with yellow—may be added to the varieties of this 
species. ‘The form with the red carapace is obviously the 
typical one, though I have no material from the Island of 
St. Thomas, for Linneus’s description runs :—‘‘ Cap. rufum, 
pedes sanguinei.”’ 


The species as recognized above has been recorded from 
the Antilles, St. Thomas; St. Vincent (Simon) ; Beguia ; 
Canonan and Union Islands; California, Mohave Desert 
(Mare). 


Gasteracantha caneriformis (Linn.). (Pl. VII. fig. 11.) 


Aranea cancriformis, Linn, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 1037. no. 46 (misprinted 45). 

Jamaica. 

Ar, hexacantha, Fabr. Mantissa Insectorum, p. 344. no. 29, 

Ar, hevacantha, Fabry. Ent. Syst. t. ii. p. 417. no. 89.—Jamaica, 

Abbott, Spiders of Georgia, fig. 118.—Georgia. 

petra cancer, Hentz, Sp. U.S. p. 126, pl. xiv. fig. 13.—Florida. 

Plectana cancriformis, Wik. Ins, Apt. ii. p. 151. 

P. ellipsoides, W\k.—Georgia. 

Gasteracantha picea, C. K., Die Arach. xi. p. 61, fig. 882.—Brazil. 

G. velitaris, C. K., op. ett. iv. p. 33, fig. 269.—Brazil. 

G. rubiginosa, C. K., op. eit. x1, p. 55, fig. 878.—Haiti. 

G. atlantica, W1k. Ins. Apt. ii. p. 167,— Haiti. 

G. conchata, Mart. (sec. Walck.). 

G. callida, O. P. Cambr. P. Z. 8., March 1879, p. 284, pl. xxvi. 
fig. 7.—Trinidad. 

G. vittata, Thor.—California. 

G. cancriformis, McCook, Amer. Sp. iii. p, 211, pl. xiv. fig. 9. 
United States, 


The type of A. canerdformis, Linn., is the figure in Sloane’s 
‘Jamaica,’ il. p. 197, t. 235. fig. 4. Linneus also quotes 
Browne, Hist. Jamaica, p. 419, t. xliv. fig. 5. (These figures 
have been reproduced in our Pl. VII. figs. 9 & 8.) 

The type of A. hevacantha, Fabr., is the figure in Browne’s 
Hist. Jamaica, t. xliv. fig. 5. Fabricius does not mention 
“Dom. Banks” in either of the places where he quotes and 
describes Ar. hexacantha; and although there is a specimen 
labelled with this name as “ type” in Coll. Banks Brit. Mus., 
it cannot be accepted as the type of Fabricius’s species. 


330 Mr. F, O. P. Cambridge on 


In spite of Walckenaer’s decision to the contrary, it is very 
evident that the figures in Sloane and Browne represent the 
same species, being also from the same locality. The differ- 
ence in the length of the spines, which Walckenaer lays 
special stress upon, is no criterion whatever, while the number 
of sigilla between the anterior spines is the same in all members 
of the genus. Although Walckenaer says that he compared 
the types of the two forms described by Fabricius as caner?- 
jformis and hexacantha, and that they were certainly not 
identical, yet the characters he mentions as distinguishing 
the two are of little value. Fabricius, too, quotes Browne’s 
figure t. xliv. fig. 5 (it is misprinted in one place t. xiv.) 
under both these species, and it is difficult to understand on 
what grounds this author gave it another name. 

A. hexacantha, Fabr., therefore becomes a synonym of 
canertjormis, Linn. 

Although I have not any examples of this six-spined form 
from Jamaica, there are many from other islands in the 
Antilles (Haiti, Trinidad, &c.) in the British Museum collec- 
tion, and also from Georgia and Venezuela. ‘There are also 
examples identified by Keyserling as vittata, Thor., which 
are most probably a small form of caneriformis, being also 
almost identical with another series from the Bahamas. In 
these the anterior spines are obsolescent. ‘he length of these 
spines varies considerably even in the few examples from the 
Bahamas, and we may look for many varieties of this spider 
from different localities. It is possible that some of these 
forms may have to be recognized as subspecies, and I cannot, 
with only the present material at hand, be sure whether this 
or the form Kochi? is the true cancriformis, Linn. 

In addition to the localities mentioned above, this species 
has been recorded from Texas, North Carolina, New Mexico, 
Florida, Alabama, Arizona, and Mr. Bonhote has taken it in 
the Bahamas. 


Gasteracantha Canestrinti, O. P. Cambr. (PI. VII. tig. 12.) 


Gasteracantha Canestrinii, O. P. Cambr. P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 293, pl. xxvi. 

fig, 2.—Antigua. 

This species has but four spines, the anterior pair being 
absent. Otherwise it is very like smaller examples of cancri- 
formis, especially those from the Bahamas, in which the 
anterior spines are obsolescent. 

Examples in the British Museum are from Antigua 
(Forest) and Dominica (Dr. Nicholls). 


Spiders from the Bahama Islands. 331 


Gasteracantha Kochii, A. G. Butler. (PI. VII. fig. 10.) 


Gasteracantha Kochi, Butler, Typein Coll.B.M. Hab. Para. Nom. 
nov. for heaacantha, C. K., Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1873, p. 169. 
no. 66. 


This is obviously identical with G. hevacantha, C. K. (non 
hexacantha, Fabr.). 

There are many examples of this form from various parts 
of America in the Museum collection. In the Keyserling 
collection from Taguava, Mexico, Bogota, and Rio Grande do 
Sul. Also from Upper Surinam, San José (Costa Rica), 
Ecuador (Rosenberg). Colombia, Lower Amazons, Pari, 
collected by the author ; I have taken it also in the forest near 
Santarem. 

It may be recognized by the shape of the abdomen being 
rectangular, much broader than long ; the anterior and lateral 
(or median) spines are very short and of equal length, the 
posterior spines larger. 

The examples from Ecuador are very stout and convex 
below, others from other regions are much more compressed. 
They vary also very much in coloration, These great differ- 
ences, however, in examples of the same species will be quite 
familiar to those who have ever collected a large series of an 
species of the genus in their natural habitat. I have often 
myself, in picking them with the fingers out of their webs, 
felt some of them nearly flat and others quite convex, and been 
surprised that they were not different species. 


Gasteracantha insulana, Thor. 


Gasteracantha insulana, Thor.—Galapagos Islands, 


If the example from this locality in the British Museum 
collection be rightly identified, this form is probably identical 
with Aochi?, Butler, but one cannot be sure without a larger 
series of specimens. 

It is possible that G. sexserrata (Wlk.), Ins. Apt. ii. p. 157 

1 : Je ? 
Cayenne; G. guingue-serrata (WIk.), ii. p. 157, Guyana; 
G. triserrata (WI]k.), ii. p. 158; and G@. Servillii (WIk.), ii. 
p- 159, Brazil, are all G. Kochdi, Butler; and if so, the last 
name will go as a synonym of sexserrata, Possibly G. mam- 
mosa, C. K., xi. p. 57, Brazil, is caneryformis, Linn. ; but 
what G. lata (WIk.), il, p. 165, from Guadaloupe, may be 
is very doubtful. 


332 On Spiders from the Bahama Islands. 


Argyroepetra argyra (Walck.) (sec. Simon, St. Vincent). 
Aryyroepeira argyra (Walck.), Ins. Apt. ii. p. 219. 
A single adult female, Nassau. 


This example is identical with Simon’s named specimens 
from St. Vincent. 


Uloborus geniculatus, Oliver. 

Uloborus geniculatus, Oliver, Eneyel. Méthod. ii. p. 214. 

A single adult female. This species is found all over the 
tropical world, occurring in abundance in the windows of 
outhouses, where the delicate pink many-cornered cocoons 
may be seen hanging in the web. 

Nassau. 


Uloborus americanus, Walck. 
Uloborus americanus, Walck. Ins, Apt. ii. p. 229. 
This species may instantly be distinguished from the above 


by the tuft of hairs on each side of tibia i. near the apex. 
A single adult female from Nassau. 


Alcimosphenus licinus, Simon. (PI. VII. fig. 7.) 

Alcimosphenus licinus, Simon, Hist. Nat. Ay. ii. t. 1. p. 931, and P.Z.S. 

Noy. 16, 1897, p. 871. 

Several adult females of this fine spider were obtained at 
Nassau. The figure on the Plate is taken from one of the 
syntypes of the form originally described by Simon from 
St. Vincent. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. 


Fig. 1. Nephila clavipes (Linn.), 2. 1a, Carapace in profile ; 1b, Abdo- 
men, showing pattern. 


Fig. 2. Ditto, 3. 

Fig. 3. Ditto, g. Palpus. 

Fig. 4, Ditto, $. Palpal bulb and spine. 

Fig. 5. Nephila cornuta (Pallas), @. Leg i. 5a. Carapace in profile. 

Tig. 6. Lyroscelus Bonhotet, sp.n., $. Trochanter of male palpus from 
the outside. Ga. Bulb of palpus. 

Tig. 7. Alcimosphenus licinus, Simon, 2. 

Fig. 8. Browne, Hist. Jam. t. xliv. fig. 5. 

Fig. 9. Sloane, Voy. Jam, t. 235. fig. 4. 


Tg. 10. Gasteracantha Kochii, Butler.—Santarem, 
fg. 11. Gasteracantha cancriformis (Linn.) ?>—Bahamas. 
dng. 12. Gasteracantha Canestrinii, O. P. Cambr,—Antigua, 


On Insects from New Mexico. 333 


XLIL.— Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station. 
—XI. New and little-known Insects from New Mecico. 
By T. D. A. CocKERELL. 


Coccida. 
Aspidiotus graminellus, sp. 1. 


?.—NSeale slightly convex, about 1 millim. diam., white, 
with pale yellow exuviz, which are covered, and surmounted 
by a white boss. 

3 .—Scale white, elongate, Déaspis-like in outline, convex, 
shiny, not in the least keeled, with the wholly covered pale 
yellow exuvia at one end. 

?.—Yellow; after boiling in potash colourless, mouth- 
parts and caudal end remaining brown; anal orifice oval, 
about 21 « long and 36 wu from bases of median lobes; dorsal 
glands comparatively tew, in four longitudinal rows on each 
side; no circumgenital glands; three pairs of lobes, the 
median ones large, rounded, well apart; second and third 
lobes low and broad, the inner side perpendicular, the outer 
long and gently sloping, the apex rounded ; chitinous thick- 
enings at the bases of the lobes. 

Embryo in female about 280 w long. 

Hab, On leaves of grass, producing purple blotches ; Las 
Vegas, N. M., Jan. 6, 1901; first found by Wilmatte P. 
Cockerell. 

The scale is quite after the manner of A. Gutierrez, but 
the female insect is different. It differs from Gutierrezie in 
the rounded, wide apart, median lobes, the much larger blunt 
second and third lobes, and the dorsal glands, which are few 
aud in rows, instead of being numerous and scattered. The 
anal orifice in Gutierrezi@ is scarcely 12 w long. 


Orthezia occidentalis, Douglas. 
Beulah, N. M., March 1900; common on a very damp 
hillside. New to New Mexico. 
Antonina graminis, Parrott. 


Las Vegas, N. M.; on grass, limestone-ledges by the 
Gallinas River, Jan. 12, 1901 (W. P. & T. D. A. Ckil.). 
New to New Mexico. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 23 


334 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new and 


Dactylopius neomexicanus (‘Tinsley). 

Described as a variety of D. Kingit, but it is probably a 
valid species. 

Las Vegas, N. M., Jan. 6, 1901, on roots of grass; in 
ovisacs and producing young. 

During the summer the species is tended by Lastus ameri- 
canus, but in winter the ants go far underground, and leave it 
to its own devices. Its habit of reproducing during the 
winter must be an advantageous one, since it is then free 
from the attacks of Chalcidid parasites. The Las Vegas 
females are rather large, 3 millim. long, colour pale brown, 
varying to pale grey and pale pink. Antennal formula 


8 (12) 37 (456). 


Phenacoccus calcitectus, sp. n. 


?.—About 3 millim. long, at least 4 with the secretion. 
Wholly covered by a dense chalk-white secretion, which 
gives it the appearance of an Orthezia; this secretion is 
seomented and forms a broad low ridge down the middle of 
the body, with two ridges on each side of it; in addition, 
thore is a fringe consisting of thick plates of secretion, very 
broad anteriorly, becoming narrow and elongated behind. 

@.—Boiled in caustic potash gives a very slight pink 
colour. Legs and antenne very dark brown; claw with a 
denticle on inner side; only bristles in place cf digitules ; 
tarsal bristles very short, about 20 w long, about a dozen in 
a row; bristles of anal ring six, about 230 w long; body 
densely beset with small round glands and small brown 
spines, which make it look almost like a hedgehog; each 
segment has a large brown patch on each side. Antennal 
formula 932541 (68) 7, withsome variation. Measurements 
in w#:—Antennal joints: (1) 84-120, (2) 120-130, (3) 135- 
160, (4) 99-150, (5) 99-140, (6) 72-78, (7) 66-72, (8) 78-81, 
(9) 144-170. Middle legs: coxa 300; femur + trochanter 600; 
tibia 600; tarsus 240; claw 80. 

g.—Leneth about 3 millim., filaments 9 millim. Grey, 
somewhat covered with white secretion; antenne and legs 
dark slate-colour; wings dusky, somewhat iridescent, with 
dark veins ; two long white caudal filaments. 

Hab. Beulah, N. M., about 8000 feet alt., July 27, 1900 
(T. D. A. & W. P. Cockerell), The females were found on 
the heads of grasses (Koelerta and Phleum), which they had 
climbed presumably to attract the males, which were flying 
around, ; 


P, calcitectus belongs to the group of P. yucee, but differs 


little-known Insects fro New Mexico, 335 


greatly from yucce in its dense chalk-like secretion, wherein 
it closely resembles P. bahtw, Ehrhorn. It differs from bahia 
in its much longer and more slender antenne and the much 
shorter tarsal bristles. The antenne closely resemble those 
of yucce, but differ in the uniformly longer second joint and 
the shorter sixth, seventh, and eighth. Prof. J. D. Tinsley 
has kindly lent me his series of measurements of P. 1 yucce for 
comparison, He has examined that species from California 
and Mexico, as well as the var. Barbert from the West Indies. 


Tenthredinide. 


Euura Coopere, sp. n. 


?.—Length 5 millim. Clypeus with a broad rounded 
emargination ; ridges of ocellar area distinct; frontal crest 
low but distinct, the lateral portions somewhat more prominent 
than the middle ; antennz about as long as head and thorax, 
third and fourth joints equal, fifth a little shorter ; outer veins 
of discal cells in hind wings not interstitial ; stigma large, not 
greatly tapering to the point ; sheath of ovipositor rounded at 
apex. Black and reddish testaceous or honey-colour; an- 
tenne black at base, the apical three or four joints brown ; 
front, middle of vertex, and occiput black or nearly so; face 
below antenne, orbits very narrowly in front, very broadly 
behind, honey-colour ; thorax black, lateral lobes of prothorax 
and sometimes the anterior half of the pleura honey-colour ; 
wings dull hyaline, hairy, nervures and posterior half of 
stigma dark brown, basal half of stigma whitish; abdomen 
honey-colour, with the basal half dorsally black, the black 
extending further backwards in the middle than at the sides ; 
sheath black; cerci black at ends; legs honey-colour, the 
hind tarsi infuscated. 

Described from four specimens. 

Gall an oval abrupt lateral swelling on the twigs of Salva 
sp. (a species with very narrow leaves), about 10 millim. 
long and 7 broad, pale and roughened. 

Hab. Vicinity ot Las Vegas, N. M., flies emerging April 5 
and 9 (Mary Cooper). 

The gall is similar to that of Huura salicts-ovum, Walsh, 
and it had been assumed that it was the product of that 
insect. Now that Miss Cooper has bred the flies, however, 
they are manifestly different. 4. mewvicana, Cameron, from 
Northern Sonora, is similar in colour to £, salieis-ovum, and 
also evidently different from Z, Coopere. 


336 On Insects from New Meaico, 


Euura salicis-nodus, Walsh. 

Hab. Vicinity of Las Vegas, N. M., fly emerging April 4 
(Mary Cooper). 

I have only a single fly, and that is headless; but I think 
the identity is reasonably certain, as the galls agree, and the 
willow is, I believe, the same species as that from which 
Walsh obtained his species. The colour of the galls is red. 
From these galls were also bred two females of a Prosopis 
which is probably a variety of P. mesille, but may prove 
distinct when the male is obtained. It lacks the clypeal 


mark of mesi/le, and yet has the form of that insect rather 
than of P. pygmea. 


Apide. 
Osmia fulgida, Cresson. 
Hab. Beulah, July 16, 1900 (7. D. A. & W. P. Ckil.). 


New to New Mexico. 


Osmia armaticeps, Cresson, var. sapellonis, var. n. 

9 .—Length 12 millim. 

Agrees with the description of armaticeps, except that the 
cheeks, instead of being “ sparsely and finely punctured,” are 
very strongly and quite closely punctured; and the meso- 
thorax, instead of being ‘sparsely punctured and polished,” 
is very strongly and densely punctured, the punctures being 


as close as it is possible for them to be. Probably a 
distinct species. 


Hab. Hill above Beulah, Aug. 19 (Ck77.). 


It has a superficial resemblance to Monumetha argentifrons. 


Celioxys Say?, Robertson. 
Hab. Las Vegas, at flowers of white hollyhock, July 10, 
1900, 1 2 (Ckil.). 


New to the local fauna. 


Monumetha argentifrons, Cresson. 


This species is usually called IZ, borealis, but the name 
argentifrons has priority of place. 
siderably in size. 

Hab. West Fork, Gila River, July 12, 9 (Townsend) ; 
Beulah, Aug. 16, &c. (W’. Porter). I have also both sexes 
from Olympia, Washington State, collected by Mr. Trevor 


Kincaid ; one of the males was collected July 3, on flowers of 
Epilobium spicatum. 


The female varies con- 


On new Species of Spiders from Mashonaland. — 337 


Stelis permaculata (Ckll.). 


pee cteeees var, permaculata, Ckll., Entomologist, July 1898, 
pe 67. 

Hab. Santa Fé, N. M. 

I have now before me the genuine S. lateralis, collected by 
Mr. J. C. Bridwell at Baldwin, Kansas, in June. It is 
evident that permaculata is a perfectly distinct species, easily 
distinguished by the characters given at the place cited. 


Melissodes obliqua (Say). 

Hab, Las Vegas, July 10, at flowers of Cleome serrulata, 
1 § (N. Stern) ; July 20, at Helianthus, 1 g (W. Porter) ; 
July 20-24, at flowers of Lepachys columnaris, 5 ? (vkll., 
W. Porter) ; Santa Fé, August, at Lepachys,2 9 (Ckll.) ; 
Mesilla, July 25, at Grindelia squarrosa, 1 ¢ (Ckil.). 

East Las Vegas, New Mexico, U.S.A., 

February 7, 1901. 


XLIII.—Diagnoses of some new Species of Spiders from 
Mashonaland. By R. 1. Pocock. 


Ischnothele mashonica, sp. n. 


? .— Colour. Carapace and sternum deep brown ; abdomen 
black above, covered scantily with greyish-white hairs and 
ornamented with symmetrically arranged white spots; legs 
banded. 

Carapace a little longer than wide, as long as patella and 
tibia of fourth leg and as patella, tibia, and half protarsus of 
first. 

3 .—Tarsus of palp a little longer than the tibia; bulb 
oval, the spine very long and slender throughout and lightly 
curved. 

Votal length (2) 13 millim.; carapace 6; first leg 12°5, 
fourth 17. 

Loc. Mazoe (J. ff. Darling). 


Agelena rhodesie, sp. n. 

Colour of integument of legs and carapace varying from 
testaceous to deep mahogany-brown, approaching black upon 
the sternum and femora; upperside of abdomen with a paler 
reddish median stripe, frequently ornamented in front of the 


338 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new 


middle with a pair of yellow spots (hairy clothing mostly 
removed, where visible whitish), 

Vulva consisting of a pair of smooth sclerites, impressed in 
front with a semicircular pit and separated in the middle line 
by a bar which gradually narrows posteriorly. 

Total length 16 millim.; carapace 7; first leg 22, fourth 
eo 127, 


Loc. Umtali and Mazoe (J. ff. Darling). 


Lycosa Cecilii’, sp. n. 


9 .—Closely resembling and allied to LZ. Darling?, Poc., 
but distinctly differing in the form of the vulva and also in 
colouring, the legs being reddish brown instead of nearly 
black, and the hairs upon them whitish grey instead of olive- 
grey ; the legs, moreover, are not banded below, except for 
the presence of two bands on the tibia of the fourth; under- 
side of abdomen, sternum, and cox black, as in L. Darling?, 
but upperside of abdomen greyish yellow, with a double median 
black spot in front and narrow black stripes behind. 

Mandible clothed above in front with hairs of a dirty greyish 
yellow, not fiery red. 

Eyes of posterior ocular quadrangle larger, the medians 
being a little less than their own diameter above the edge of 
the clypeus (in L. Darling? the distance exceeds the diameter), 
and they are scarcely more than half a diameter apart (in 
L. Darling? they are three fourths of a diameter apart). 

Total length (abdomen shrivelled) 16 millim. ; carapace 9°8 ; 
first leg 23°5, fourth leg 28. 

Loc. Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall). 


Lycosa Marshalli, sp. n. 


9? .— Differs from LZ. transvaalica, Darling?, and Cecilit in 
having the underside of the abdomen fiery red in its posterior 
half and jet-black in its anterior half. 

Carapace about as long as patella and tibia of first leg and 
as protarsus of fourth; cephalic region elevated; eyes of 
anterior line procurved, the laterals a little larger and nearly 
equidistant from the edge of the clypeus and from the eyes of 
the second row ; eyes of second row wider than those of first 
by about half the diameter on each side. 

Vulva without distinct hammer-shaped median sclerite, the 
space occupied by a somewhat oblong sclerite, marked near 
the middle of each side with a deep notch. 

Total length 21 millim.; carapace 11; first leg 29, fourth 
leg 56°5. 


Loc. Umfuli River (G@. A. K. Marshall). 


Species of Spiders from Mashonaland. 339 


Micrommata Darling?, sp. n. 


? .—Colour. Integument of legs and carapace yellowish 
brown, speckled with black and mottled with a mixture of 
yellowish and blackish hairs; ventral surface of carapace 
paler; upperside of abdomen covered with a coating of 
blackish and fiery yellow hairs mixed, lower side pale yellowish 
grey. 

Carapace a little shorter than patella and tibia of first leg, 
much shorter than those of fourth. 

Eyes of anterior line somewhat strongly recurved by their 
centres, the medians much smaller than laterals and with their 
inferior edges a little below the level of those of the latter ; 
eyes of posterior line slightly procurved. 

Vulva consisting of a large horny plate, impressed with a 
deep and longitudinally oval pit, closed in front and opening 
behind, where the vulva terminates in a pair of lobes sepa- 
rated by a median tongue-shaped process. 

Total length 12 millim.; carapace 5; first leg 14, second 16, 
third 14, fourth 17. 

Loc. Mazoe (J. ff. Darling). 


Sparassus claviger, sp. n. 


3 .—Resembling S. Kriigert, Sim. (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 
Ixv. p. 488, 1897), in colour and size, but apparently differing 
at least in the form of the tibial apophysis of the male, which 
is directed obliquely downwards and forwards, and ends in 
a sharp point, its upper or anterior edge being sinuous 
and its inferior edge produced in its basal half into a semi- 
circularly rounded lobe; at the base of the apophysis on the 
outer side the tibia bears a subquadrate lobe, which is 
hollowed beneath and forms the postero-external wall of a 
cavity for the reception of part of the palpal organ; this organ 
is furnished behind with a large, internally directed, striate, 
clavate process. 

Total length 9 millim.; carapace 4; second leg 23, fourth 20. 

Loe. Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall). 


Sparassus Darlingi, sp. n. 


3 .—Closely allied to S. claviger and S. Kriiger?, but with 
the distal half of the tibial apophysis bent downwards at a 
right angle to the proximal half, with its upper and lower 
edges evenly arched, the pale external prominence on the 
tibia smaller than in S. c/aviger, but the ridge bounding the 
inferior excavation stronger and semicircular, the outwardly 


340 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on 


directed process on the palpal organ fusiform and apically 
pointed, not clavate, and with its posterior edge not incurved. 
Total length 9 millim.; carapace 4; second leg 23, fourth 19. 


Loc. Enkeldoorn (J. ff Darling). 


Sparassus spintpalpis, sp. n. 

3d .—Differing from the preceding two species in having 
the tibia of the first and second legs armed inferiorly with 
three pairs of spines and especially in the structure of the 
palpus. Palpus with patella armed externally with a pair of 
very long sinuous spines, which run forward in contact with 
each other, reaching almost to the tip of the tibia; tibia 
longer than wide, subcylindrical, without external prominence 
or inferior excavation; the apophysis short, subsuperior, 
oblong, with its external distal angle produced into a short 
process ; tarsus of palp and palpal organ much resembling 
that of Sarotestus melanognathus, Poc., from Nyasaland (Ann. 
& Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) 11. p. 443, 1898, pl. xiil. fig. 6). 

Length of carapace 5 millim., of second leg 22, of fourth 
leg 20. 

Loc. Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall). 


Thomisus spiculosus, sp. n. 


Allied to 7. anthobius, Poc., but with the carapace and 
legs much more coarsely tubercular and more bristly, and 
with the bridge separating the two pits of the vulva long 
and narrow, though expanding at each end. 

Total length 105 millim.; carapace 4:2; length of first 
leg 12°5, of fourth 9. 

Loc. Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall). 


XLIV.—Note on the Kliomys of Sardinia. 
By G. E. H. Barrerr-Haminton. 


] HAVE just had an opportunity of examining a few specimens 
of Eliomys taken in Sardinia. They are distinct enough 
from any other known form to deserve a separate name. 
Accordingly I propose that the Sardinian dormouse be known 
as Lliomys sardus, the consideration of its exact status as a 
species or subspecies being reserved until we know more 
about the genus. 

Eliomys sardus is like E. quercinus in colour and other 
characters, but may be distinguished by its tail, which is 


the Eliomys of Sardinia. 341 


rather short, and the black band of which runs completely 
round its circumference. The basal third or half is therefore 
grizzled fulvous grey above and whitish below, then passing 
into deep black above and below, only about half an inch 
at the extreme tip being white. 

From £. amori, Graells, of Spain, which has a similar 
coloration of the tail, L. sardus may be distinguished by its 
much smaller size, in regard to which it slightly exceeds 
Hi. mumbyanus (Pomel) of Morocco. In the latter form, 
however, so far as can be ascertained from the few specimens 
available, the tail resembles that of LH. quercinus. EE. pallidus 
of Sicily, another black-banded form, is recognizable by the 
unusually light coloration of its whole body. 

The principal dimensions * of a skin and skull, which I 
propose to make the type of /. sardus, are as follows (in 
millimetres) :— 


Plea Gear deb Ody.g phe tenure alee peter oa. sisiehoe en eis 142 
Tail (excluding terminal hairs)................ 105 
Eindstoot. (without claws) 2c..c:. weeks.» «soe 26 
Ute aeee reese ote sale ets utgei sooner ann srpdatelsiaieiaie lena kt aioe 20 (approx.), 
Greatest length of skull .............0ccceeeee 3 
Length of nasals (along central line) .......... 13 
Length of upper molar crowns ............+06. 5 
Hength: of lower molar: crowns... wes as oa on 5 


Hab. Sardinia. Type from Tricoli, Cagliastra. Other 
specimens from Lanusei. . 

Type. Female. B.M. no. 0.3.8.1. Collected 5th No- 
vember, 1900, by G. Meloni. Presented by Mr. Oldfield 
Thomas. Four specimens examined. 

These dimensions may be compared with those of Z. quer- 
cinus 1, LH mumbyanus, and E. pallidus, mihi, as given in my 
paper on the Sicilian dormice of the genera Lliomys and Gis, 
published in the ‘ Annals’ for March 1899, pp. 226-228. In 
the present note I do not propose to do more than briefly 
indicate the distinctive characters of #. sardus, but hope to 
return to it on a future occasion. 

The name sardus is particularly appropriate for the 
Sardinian Livomys, owing to the fact that “‘ Rata sarda’? is 
the local name of its congener in the Balearic Islands and 
Catalonia. 


* Not taken in the flesh. 


+ Note, however, that £. quercinus of Seville should now be known as 
E. amore. 


342 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on the Martens 


XLV.—On the Martens of the Mustela flavigula Group. 
By J. L. Bonuore, B.A. 


AmonG the martens that have hitherto been considered as 
Mustela flavigula several well-marked geographic subspecies 
may be distinguished, and one of the forms (JZ, Gwatkinsii) 
that has been united with them is apparently a distinct and 
easily recognizable species, only found in the peninsula of 
India. The synonymy of this group is somewhat lenetiy, 
and when I began to work it out so many small errors and 
misquotations appeared to have been given, that I have 
thoroughly studied the subject and have personally verified all 
the references given. 

The first mention of this animal was made by Pennant, who 
described it under the name of ‘ White-cheeked Weesel,” 
from a menagerie specimen whose origin was unknown. 
There can be little doubt, however, that the specimen belonged 
to the form found in Nepal, Assam, and southward to Burma, 
as Pennant stated that the head was black—a character typical 
of that race. 

Boddaert, in his ‘ Elenchus Animalium,’ was the first to 
bestow on Pennant’s specimen the name of Mustela flavigula, 
and several other names were also based on the same descrip- 
tion, which materially helped to confuse the synonymy ; 
Galidictis chrysogaster is, however, the only one to which 
attention need be drawn. ‘This animal is said to be very 
dark on the back, head, and legs, with white cheeks and a 
golden-yellow breast and underparts, and is described from a 
specimen shot at Mussorie in the Himalayas by Mr. R. Gwat- 
kins. A few years later Horsfield, in his ‘ Catalogue of the 
Kast India Collection,’ describes, under the name JA/artes 
Guwatkinsti, a specimen collected in Madras by Mr. (afterwards 
Sir) Walter Elliot, and states in addition that it belongs to 
the same species as Mr. Gwatkins’ Mussorie specimen ; this, 
however, is not the case, for, as will be seen later on, the 
Mussorie specimen, being only an individual of the typical 
M. flavigula in summer, is specifically distinct from that from 
Madras. As Horsfield gives a detailed description of the 
South-Indian form, comparing it with the typical JZ, flavigula, 
and as the specimen from which the description was taken is 
still in existence in the British Museum, it seems to me 
necessary to retain thename Gwatkinsii for the South-Indian 
species, of which Elliot’s specimen would be the type. 


of the Mustela flavigula Group. 343 


The following species and races (which may be easily 
recognized) are referred to this group :— 
Hab, 

I. (a) Mustela flavigula typica. Nepal, Assam to Burma. 
borealis . .« Amurland & E. Siberia. 
) —— — peninsularis. Malay Peninsula. 

(d) —— Hlenricit. . Java, Sumatra, Borneo. 
) —— kuatunensis. Kuatun, N.W. Fokien. 

; xanthospila . Formosa. 

IT. Mustela Gwatkinsti. . . . Madras. 


Key to the Group. 
A. Soles of feet hairy. 
a‘, Head dark brown (seal-brown, Ridg. *). 
a’, Shoulders light. 
a, Smaller; back brownish (clay, 


Ridg.). 
a‘, Underparts light (ecru - drab, 
ho) ib concyeat) aca Oi eae TO Mustela flavigula typica. 


bt. Underparts darker (drab, Ridg.).. M. f. kwatunensis. 
b°®, Larger; back yellowish (gallstone- 


VW O vr Mid eye oe: wattecveiclesierdiere slats M. f. borealis. 
&?, Shoulders dark brown (seal-brown, 
REEL) Peper c states ete rabstibeuay eis ofonehes aye cists M. Gwatkinsti. 


}’, Head light brown (bistre, Ridg.) 
B. Soles of feet naked. 
a. Shoulders conspicuously lighter than rest 


Ol DECIR Rha cic isis tsleielotlG tee: oeevets ars M. f. peninsularis. 
b, Shoulders not conspicuously lighter than 


POO OLMDRCICG A vss apeiron, heeis MeArec4 <9 M. f. Henrieii. 


Sie ateciae M. f. xanthospila. 


Mustela flavigula, Bodd. 


The White-cheeked Weesel, Pennant, Quad. ii. p. 831 (1781); id. 3rd ed. 
ii. p. 52 (1792). 

Mustela flavigula, Bodd, Elench, Anim. p. 88 (ex Penn.) (1785) ; 
Schinz, Synops. Mamm. p. 319 (1825); Fischer, Synops. Mamm. 
p- 218 (1829); Bennett, Gard. & Menag. Zool. Soc. p. 225, fig. 
(1880); Shore, Zool. Journ. v. p. 271 (1835), suppl. plate xliv. ; 
S. Miller, Over de Zoog. van den Ind. Archip. p. 80 (1839-44) ; 
Schreber, Siiugeth. Suppl. 2, p. 224 (1841); Giebel, Siiugeth. p. 774 
(1859) ; Thos. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 67; Blanf. Faun. Br. Ind., Mamm., 
p- 158 (1891); Jent. Cat. Mamm. Mus. des P.-B. p. 140 (1892); 
Flower, P. Z. 8, 1900, p. 335. 

Mustela melina, Kerr, An. King. p. 183 (1792). 

Viverra quadricolor, Shaw, Gen. Zool., Mamm, i. 2, p. 429 (1800). 

Mustela leucotis, Bechst. Uebers. vierf. Thiere, ii. p. 875 (1800). 

Marte 4 gorge dorée, Desm. Mamm., p. 185. no. 4 (1820). 


* Ridgway, ‘ Nomenclature of Colours’ (1886). These determinations 
must be taken only as approximate, 


344 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on the Martens 


Mustela leucotis (Temm.) *, Ham. Smith, Griff, Cuv. An. King., Mamm. 
vol. 11. p. 297 (1827), pl. ; id. Jard. Nat. Lib. xv. (Mamm. 1.) p. 188 
(1842). 

Mustela Hardwicket, Horsf. Zoo). Journ, iv. p. 239, pl. xxviii. (1834) ; 
Ham. Smith, Jard. Nat. Lib. xv. (Mamm. i.) p. 187 (1842); Less. 
Compl. des GEuvres de Buffon, vol. v. p. 801 (1847); Jent. Cat. Ost. 
Mamm. des P.-B. p. 112 (1887); id. Cat. Mamm. Mus. des P.-B. 
p- 140 (1892). 

Martes flavigula (Bodd.), Hodgson, J. A. 8. B. vi. p. 560 (1837); id. 
op. cit. x. p. 909 (1841); id. op. cit. xi. p. 281 (1842); Gray, List 
Mamm. B. M. p. 64 (1848); Hodgs. Cale. Journ. N. H. iv. p. 287 
(1844); Gray, Cat. Hodgs. Coll. p. 12 (1846); Horsf. Cat. E. Ind. 
Coll. p. 98 (1851); Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxvi. p. 316 (1858); Adams, 
P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 516; Blyth, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 485; Jerd. Mamm. 
Ind. p. 82 (1867) ; Gray, Cat. Carn. B. M. p. 86 (1869); Blyth, Cat. 
Mamm. Burmah, J. A.S. B. xliv. extr. no. p. 29 (1875) ; W.Sclater, 
Cat. Mamm. Calc. Mus. i. p. 273 (1891). 

Galidictis chrysogaster, Ham. Smith, Jard. Nat. Lib. xv. (Mamm. i.) 
p- 167, pl. vii. (1842). 


Subsp. typica. 


The fur is long, dense, and soft. Head, sides of the face, 
nape, feet, tail, and hind-quarters very dark brown. Chin 
white ; underside of neck golden yellow, shading into very 
pale brown on the underparts. The whole of the back light 
clay, gradually shading into brown on the hind-quarters. 
Kars hairy and of the same colour as the head, with a con- 
spicuous light margin. Soles of the feet hairy. 

Skull—The skull of this species may be distinguished at 
a glance from all other species of the genus (M. Gwatkinsii 
excepted) by the narrowness of the inner lobe of the posterior 
molar, which is of the same width throughout and is in no 
way widened or flattened on its innermost margin. It is also 
a large and stoutly built skull, that of JZ. e¢bellina being the 
only one which approaches it in size; the skull of this last- 
named is easily distinguishable by its longer and more 
pointed muzzle. The muzzle of MW. flavigula is proportion- 
ately the shortest of the genus, its greater bulk being almost 
entirely due to an increase in the size of the brain-case. In 
general shape it resembles that of J. foina most closely, for 
instead of falling away in front in a direct slope from the 
anterior end of the brain-case, as is the case in most species, 
the slope is gradual till on a line with the supraorbital pro- 
cesses, when it falls away more directly. 

Except in size the skulls of the various races do not differ 
materially from the one which has just been described. 


* This is evidently a mistake, as Temminck never, so far as I know, 
published the description of a marten under that name. 


of the Mustela flavigula Group. 345 


Dimensions (from a Nepal skin) :—ITIead and body 500 
millim.; tail 475; hind foot 101; ear 34. 


Skull, 
S aus hal 2 
< z se 3 2 
a ae eee ee 
2 Yo 2 Se) aS eS 
f 8 2 Ba oe es 
3 S 3 ee &9 @&% 
eee ee 
M. fiavigula (Nepal) ........ 100 89 60 21 43 15 
M. zibellina (Kamschatka) .. 95 83 53 15 45 ‘Lt 
MES Fong) CE LaNCS) 5... eis: « <i 84 74 51 18 40 14 
M. martes (Sweden)........ 90 80 50 20 44 12 


Hab. N. India, Nepal, Assam, and southward to Burma, 

With regard to the difference of summer and winter pelage 
in this race [ am unable to say much personally, as the skins 
to which I have had access are sadly deficient in the necessary 
data. Mr. Adams (P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 516) points out that 
it has a seasonal change, being much darker in summer ; 
this fact had been already indicated in the Zool. Journ. vol. v. 
by Capt. Shore, and a plate given, representing a specimen 
then living in the Zoological Society’s Gardens. Mr. Blyth 
(P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 482), in some notes relating to this species, 
also remarks on its change of pelage, stating that in summer 
its appearance is very similar to J/. Gwatkinst’, and he then 
goes on to point out that Galidictis chrysogaster is an indi- 
vidual of M. flavigula in summer dress. Mr. Hodgson, in 
his unpublished drawings, now in the Zoological Society’s 
Library, gives two figures of MW. flavigula, illustrating the 
different pelages, and the summer phase undoubtedly repre- 
sents an animal of the same species as that figured under 
the name G. chrysogaster. 


Mustela flavigula borealis, Radde. 
Mustela flavigula, var. borealis, Radde, Reis. Ost-Sib, i. Deal; Pate 7, 
fig. (1-5) (1862). 

This form, described by Radde from Amurland, is rather 
larger than the typical flavigula ; the colour of the head, sides 
of face, nape, feet, tail, and hind-quarters is dark brown, as in 
the preceding form, but the light colour of the back is much 
lighter, being yellowish (gallstone-yellow, Ridgw.) instead of 
brownish. ‘Lhe yellow on the throat is also very pale. 

Dimensions (of type, from Radde) :—Head and body 
610 millim.; tail (with hairs) 460 millim., 


346 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on the Martens 


flab. Amurland and E. Siberia. 
The above description is taken from a specimen from Amur- 
land in the Museum. 


Mustela flavigula peninsularis, subsp. n. 


Mustela flavigula, Cantor, J. A. S. B. xv. p. 194 (1846); Blanford, 
J. A.S. B. xlvii. pt. 2, p. 156 (1878) (nee Bodd.). 
Martes flavigula, Blyth, J. A.S. B. xxvi. p. 316 (1858). 


The race which inhabits the Malay Peninsula has long 
been recognized as a clearly distinguishable form of the true 
M. flavigula, although it dees not appear to have been given 
a special name. 

‘he hair is short and close on all parts of the body and the 
soles of the feet are naked. ‘The face and crown of the head 
are light brown (Prout’s brown, Ridgw ), and two dark stripes, 
about 40 millim. in length and of a slightly darker shade, 
extend backward on either side of the neck, starting from 
immediately behind the ears. On the nave and across the 
shoulders the colour is of a brownish fulvous (tawny olive, 
Ridew.), gradually shading into dark brown on the hinder 
part of the body. ‘The chin is dirty white and the throat and 
fore chest golden fulvous; the remainder of the underparts 
(with the exception of a small patch on the vent) are brown, 
of a slightly lighter shade than the back. Feet and tail dark 
brown. 

The skull is only to be distinguished from that of the true 
flavigula by its slightly smaller size. 

Dimensions (of type from skin):—Head and body 475 
millim.; tail 425. 

Skull: zygomatic breadth 60; least breadth at postorbital 
constriction 23; length of palate from henselion 44; least 
palatal breadth between carnassials 15. 

Hab. Malay Peninsula and South Burma. 

Type &, B.M. 85. 8. 1. 66. Bankasun, Tenasserim. 
Collected on the 20th June, 1877, by Mr. W. Davison and 
presented by Mr. A. O. Hume. 

The short fur, naked soles, and dark underparts will 
enable this form to be easily distinguished from the typical 
AM. flavigula. 


Mustela flavigula Henriciit, Westerman. 
Mustela Henricti, Westerman, Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde, i. p. 13 


(1849) ; Jentink, Cat. Ost. Mus. des P.-B. p. 112 (1887) ; id. Cat. 
Manun. Mus, des P.-B. p, 140 (1292), 


of the Mustela flavigula Group. 347 


Mustela flavigula, Bodd., Gray, Voy. of ‘Samarang,’ p. 17 (1850) ; 
Hose, Mamm. Borneo, p. 26 (1891). 

Mustela lusiotis, Temm., MS., Jent. Cat. Mamm. Mus. des P.-B. p. 140 
(1892), 

In the shortness of the fur and the naked soles to the feet 
this form, described by Westerman from a specimen taken at 
Padang, Sumatra, resembles the preceding. 

The general colour throughout, with the exception of the 
chin, throat, fore chest, and a patch on the vent, is dark 
brown, darkest on the tail and feet and lightest on the nape 
and shoulders, the underparts not being in any way lighter 
than the back. ‘The lines on either side behind the ear 
noticed in the last form are similar in this race and well 
marked. The chin is white, the throat and fore chest pale 
yellow, and the vent-patch dull white. 

The skull differs only in being slightly smaller than in all 
the preceding forms. 

Dimensions (from skin):—Head and body 450 millim.; 
tail 450. 

Skull: greatest length 92; basal length 8L; zygomatic 
breadth 53; length of palate 41; least breadth at postorbital 
constriction 21; least breadth of palate between carnassials 15. 

Hab. Sumatra, Java, Borneo.’ 

This race is most nearly allied, as might be expected, to the 
Malay form, but is very much darker in colour, which renders 
it easily distinguishable. 


Mustela flavigula wanthospila (Swinhoe). 
Martes flavigula, var, vanthospila, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 623. 


I have examined the Formosan form of JL flavigula 
described by Swinhoe, of which the type is the only specimen ; 
it is, as one would expect, an intermediate link between the 
two southern forms on the one hand, and the Chinese form, 
which I propose to describe next, on the other. In size it is 
much the same as Bornean examples—that is to say, small— 
although Swinhoe’s measurements, quoted below, make it as 
large as my measurements of the Nepal form. ‘Lhese latter, 
however, being made from the dried skin cannot be considered 
accurate, and the measurements of the skulls, always a much 
safer test, show it to be rather smaller. 

The hair on the body is of moderate length, although not 
so long as in the mainland race, and the soles of the feet 
hairy. The crown of the head, sides of the face, and nape 
are light brown (bistre, Ridg.), the hairs on the nape having 
white tips; the dark stripes extending backwards from the 


348 On the Martens of the Mustela flavigula Group. 


ears are clear and distinct, as in the southern forms. The 
shoulders and anterior part of the body are of a clear golden 
fulvous, shading gradually to a dark brown on the hind- 
quarters. The feet and tail are dark brown, the underparts, 
except for a patch on the vent, pale brown, rather lighter than 
in M. f. Henrici?. Chin, fore chest, and patch on the vent 
white; the throat deep yellow. 

The skull does not differ in any material respect from that 
of the other forms. 

Dimensions (in the flesh, after Swinhoe) :—Head and body 
500 millim.; tail 350; hind foot 87; ear 31. 

Skull: greatest length 91; basal length 76; zygomatic 
breadth 50; length of palate 40; least breadth at interorbital 
constriction 24; least breadth of palate between carnassials 14. 

Hab. Formosa. 

Type B.M. 70. 2.10.97. Presented by Mr. Swinhoe. 


Mustela flavigula kuatunensis, subsp. n. 


The hairs are long and soft and the soles of the feet hairy, 
as in M, flavigula typica. Head, sides of the face, nape, feet, 
and tail very dark brown; remainder of the upper parts 
yellowish brown (clay, Ridg.), shading gradually to dark 
brown on the hind-quarters. The hairs towards the edge of 
the dark colour on the nape have fulvous tips, and the back- 
ward lines from the ears are only noticeable by the absence 
of these tips. ‘The whole of the underparts from the fore 
chest backwards are of a uniform pale brown (drab, Ridg.). 
Chin snow-white; throat and fore chest bright orange-yellow 
(orange-ochraceous, Ridg.). 

Skull as in the preceding forms. 

Dimensions (from skin):—Head and body 350 millim. ; 
tail 350. 

Skull: greatest length 94; basal length 85; zygomatic 
breadth 52; length of palate 41; least breadth at postorbital 
constriction 22; least breadth between carnassials 13. 

Hab. Kuatun, N.W. Fokien, China. 

Type B.M. 98.11.1.7. 6th May, 1898. Presented by 
Mr. J. de La Touche. 

This form resembles the typical race in the general colour 
of the upper parts, the long hair, and hairy soles, while in 
size and the brown underparts it shows affinities through the 
Formosan race to the Southern forms. 


On Coleoptera from South Africa. 349 


Mustela Gwatkinstt (Horsf.). 
Martes Gwatkinsii, Horsf. Cat. E. Ind. Coll. p. 99 (1851); Blyth, 
J.A.S. B. vol. xxvi. p. 316 (1858). 

The whole animal, except the chin and throat, very dark 
brown. Hair long and coarse, soles of the feet hairy ; the 
ears are wanting in the light margin characteristic of the other 
species. Chin white, throat deep yellow; there is on either 
side a dark spot in line with the mouth and about midway 
between its corner and the base of the ear. 

The skull differs in several points from that of M. flavigula, 
although it is clearly allied to that species and agrees with it 
in the shape of the posterior molar. 

In its general shape it is greatly flattened, especially over 
the eyes, and it hardly rises at all over the brain-case; the 
auditory bulla are also somewhat flattened, and the meatus in 
consequence rather shorter and less conspicuous. 

It further differs from the skulls of all the other species in 
the absence of the first premolar, and, judging by the distance 
between the second premolar and the canine, this does not 
seem to be an individual variation. 

There is a second skull in the Museum collected in the 
Nilgiris by Mr. Davison which agrees in every respect with 
the t type. 

Dimensions (from skin):—Head and body 350 millim. ; 
tail 300. 

Skull: greatest length 82; basal length 78; zygomatic 
breadth 50; least breadth at postorbital constriction 22 ; 
least palatal breadth between carnassials 13, 

Hab. Peninsula of India. 

Type 9 ad., B.M. 79. 11. 21.621. Madras. Collected 
by Sir W. Elliot, and presented through Col. Sykes to the 
Indian Museum. 


XLVI.—Descriptions of Genera and Species of Coleoptera 
from South Africa. By H.S. Goruam, F.Z.S. &e. 


{Continued from vol. vy. p. 94.] 


Since the first part of this paper was printed I have received 
a further collection from Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall, in which 
are many interesting species not contained in his first collec- 
tion, of which I now give an account, as well as of the other 
families (the C occinellidex &c.) sent tome. Of some of the 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 24 


350 Rev. H. S. Gorham on 


obseurer species of this family I have had the advantage of 
Herr J. Weise’s opinion, which is referred to in its proper 
place. 

Some of the Melyride here described cannot be at once 
referred to their proper genera. The South-African members 
of this subfamily, including those described by former authors, 
will require entire revision, the reception of them into 
existing genera, as Anthocomus and Attalus, being always a 
matter of doubt. 


The following are the localities referred to under the numbers 
given in the first part of this paper :— 
Dolichopsis auronitens, Gorh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1900, 

Ve: Po xe 

Mashonaland, Salisbury (sweeping Jan. 1895). 
Opetiopalpus rubricollis, K1., Gorh. tom. cit. p. 75. 

Natal, Frere (under dried cow-dung). 
Ichthyurus sp.?, Gorh. tom. cit. p. 85. 

Mashonaland, Salisbury (not Natal). 


Promecolanguria Marshalli, Gorh. tom. cit. p. 87. 
Natal, Frere. 


Promecolanguria trogosttotdes, Gorh., loc. cit. 
Mashonaland, Umgesi Spruit, near Charter. 


Amblyscelis nigrinus, Gorh. tom. cvt. p. 88. 

The two higher numbers, Mashonaland, Salisbury (in 
fungi). 
Ancylopus nigrofuscus, Gorh. tom. cit. p. 93. 

Mashonaland, Salisbury, Makabusi River (under flood- 
rubbish). Not Natal. 
Lycus rostratus, Linn. 

Mashonaland, Salisbury. 


Lycus subtrabeatus, Bourg. 
Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall). 

Lycus sp., Gorh, tom. cit. p. 84. 
Cape Colony, Uitenhage. 

Calopteron ruficolle, Bohem, Ins. Caffr. i. fase. ii. p. 488. 
Hab. Natal, Malvern, Karkloof (Marshall). 


Coleoptera from South Africa. 351 


Telephorus teter, sp. n. 


Niger, opacus, pube brevi cinerea vestitus; antennis corporis longi- 
tuline; prothorace subquadrato, basin versus patello angustto, 
late canaliculato ; elytris subtiliter crebre rugosis, subcoriaceis. 

Long. 5°5 millim. 


fab. Natal, Malvern (Marshall). 

Antenne in the male (?) a little longer than the body, very 
thin, the basal joint stout, equal in length to the third, the 
second very short, the fourth to the eleventh about equal in 
length and nearly twice as long as the third. In the female 
the antenne are shorter by about the length of a joint. 

That this species is very near to Cantharis nigrina, Bohem., 
I have no doubt, but the description of the thorax as “ by 
half shorter than its breadth” in that insect seems to me to 
point to a different species, as here the length and breadth are 
about equal; moreover, Boheman makes no mention of the 
distinct but broad impression which runs the whole length of 
the thorax. The front angles are a little thickened and 
plicate, the sides very narrowly reflexed ; the front margin is 
little reflexed. The elytra are a little more shining than the 
head and thorax. The whole insect is deep black, including 
the palpi, which Boheman says in C. nigrina are ‘ nigro- 
piceis.”” 

Two examples. 


Fam. Clerida. 
Subfam. Trzrrrpes. 


[ Clerus] sanguinalis, Westw. 
{ Clerus] sanguinalis, Westw. P. Z. 8S. 1852, p. 36, t. xxv, fig. 7. 


The genus of this insect is doubtful. It is placed under 
“ Lissaulicus”’ in Lohde’s Catalogue, but has little in common 
with ZL. levis, Waterh. 

I believe it to be the same as Macrotelus sanguineus, Th., 
and Aphelochroa carnetpennis, Quedenf., is perhaps a syno- 
nym. But our insect has the apex of the antennz concolorous 
and the femora all red except at the knees, and therefore does 
not altogether agree with Westwood’s description. 

Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury. 


GRAPTOCLERUS, gen. nov. 


Tarsi sat lati, articulo primo brevi superne discreto, haud bilobato, 
articulis secundo, tertio et quarto bilobatis valde lamellatis, 
24* 


a2 Rev. H. S. Gorham on 


unguiculis simplicibus, basi vix dentatis; capite prothoraceque 
rugose punctatis, hoc in medio subdilatato. Oculi modice granu- 
lati, vix emarginati, transversi. Antennze graciles ; clava triarticu- 
lata, laxe formata; articulis haud transversis, ultimo ovato, apice 
compresso acuminato. Palpi maxillares apice subulato, labiales 
articulo ultimo securiformi. 

Corpus longius pilosum. 


I propose the above for several species of South-African 
Cleride, some of which have been described by Boheman 
and others as ‘ Clerus,”’ but which differ entirely from the 
American species now referred to that name. ‘They belong 
to the subfamily of Tillides, the joints of the tarsi being all 
visible from above. They are not Philocal, differing in 
the form of the antenne and of the thorax. With Zhana- 
stmus they have much in common in general appearance, but 
to any one comparing this insect with 7. formicarius the most 
radical differences (apart from the critical one of the basal 
joint of the tarsi) will appear, notably the short antenne with 
abrupt three-jointed lax club, the thorax with subtubercular 
smooth interspaces, the elytra uniformly punctured from the 
base to apex, the fascize not clothed with scales, &c. ; the 
claws scarcely widened at their bases nor dentate, and feebler. 

For type I propose to take the species I now describe as 
Graptoclerus signatus, and I provisionally associate with it 
two other species which Mr. G. A. K. Marshall has sent. 


Graptoclerus signatus, sp. n. 


Niger, capite prothoraceque obscure sanguineis, creberrime subrugose 
punctatis, hoe antice posticeque constricto, disco hie illic levi, 
spatiis levibus parum tumidis; elytris fasciis duabus albis haud 
eburatis, anteriore paullo arcuata et obliqua, prope basin nec 
suturam nec marginem attingente, posteriore communi, pone 
medium, recta, integra ; antennis rufis, basin versus et apice ipso 
dilutioribus. 

Long. 7°5 millim. 


Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (J/arshall). 

The head is thickly, confluently, and subrugosely punc- 
tured, obscurely red, covered with long hairs, and the eyes 
have hairs. he thorax is nearly as wide as the elytra and 
of equal width with the eyes; it is constricted in the usual 
way in front and much rounded in to the base, which is 
margined; its disk is rugosely punctured and there are 
smooth uneven spaces a little raised. The whole of the 
elytra are densely and confluently punctured, without any 
series, and the yellow-white fascia are equally punctured. 


Coleoptera from South Africa. 353 


Graptoclerus equestris. 
“ Clerus”’ equestris, Boheman, Ins. Caffr. i. fase. ii. p. 498. 


Hiab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall), 

Two specimens agree with the description of this insect. [ 
had not seen it before; with the following species and several 
others it will require a new genus for its reception. 

They were found at Salisbury in September 1898 “on 
Mosasa.”’ 

Although this is a very much smoother insect than the one 
I describe as G. signatus, it will be properly placed in the 
same genus. ‘T'he general characters of the antenna, tarsi, 
and claws, the form of the thorax and its smooth interspaces, 
and the punctuation of the elytra without series are the same. 


Graptoclerus quadripunctatus, sp. n. 


Ochraceus, crebre, confluenter, elytris distinctius punctatis, his 
maculis duabus in singulis, nec suturam nec marginem attin- 
gentibus, mgris. 

Long. 6 millim. 


Hab. Natal, Malvern, Umkomaas River (Marshall). 

This insect so much resembles Opilo (Clerus) nodicollis, 
Bohem., that it might readily be confounded with it. The 
form of the thorax, however, is quite different. The head 
and thorax are closely and rugosely though not very coarsely 
granulate-punctate, and hence appear dull. The thorax is 
broader than long, much rounded behind, and margined at its 
base; behind the anterior constriction there is a smooth, 
slightly elevated ridge, interrupted in the middle, and other 
smooth interspaces further back, especially in the middle, one 
before the base forms a sort of imperfect carina, The elytra 
are thickly and confluently and more coarsely punctured, 
There is a black transverse spot before the middle, and another 
rounder and larger one about one quarter before the apex. 

The antenne are thin, as in G. stgnatus, their third to 
eighth joints elongate-fusiform, gradually shortening; the 
ninth to eleventh form a lax elongate club, of which the ninth 
joint is elongate, the tenth is obconic, not much longer than 
wide, the apical joint is ovate, acuminate, and compressed 
at the tip. ‘The maxillary palpi have the apical joint trans- 
versely cup-shaped and obliquely articulated. 

‘Two specimens, and one received trom M. Thery without 
special locality. 


354 Rey. H. 8. Gorham on 


ProsymMNus, Laporte de Castelnau. 


Prosymnus, Laporte de Castelnau, Silb. Rey. vol. iv. 1836, p. 51. 
Ryparus, Spin. Mon, Cler. ii. p. 73 (1844). 


Prosymnus villosus, sp. n. 


Brunneus ; capite prothoraceque creberrime, subrugose, confluenter, 
elytris grosse rugose punctatis, omnium longius tomentosis ; an- 
tennis capitis prothoracisque longitudine; ore, corpore subtus 
femoribusque nigro-brunneis; antennarum articulis tertio et quarto 
quam secundus sesqui longioribus, articulis 5-8 secundo sub- 
equalibus, tribus ultimis clavam laxam prebentibus, ultimo ovato. 

Long. 6-8 millim. 

Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall). 

Obscure brown above, the thorax a shade more darkly so 
than the elytra; the head and thorax are so densely clothed 
with long upright hairs that the punctuation is seen with 
difficulty, except where the pubescence is worn off ; it 1s then 
seen to be quite thick, granular, and often confluent ; the inter- 
stices are shining. ‘lhe thorax is nearly as broad as the elytra 
at their base; its sides are finely margined and reflexed, but 
this can only be seen when the hairs are worn off. The 
elytra are evenly covered with large variolose pits, with 
rugose interstices, often confluent, without arrangement. 
The underside is darker, pitchy brown, obsoletely and not 
deeply punctured; the femora are dark, but the trochanters 
and parts of the abdomen, the trophi, the tibie, and tarsi are 
ferruginous. In two examples all the body and the whole of 
the legs are pale rusty red. 

Three examples. 

That this insect is allied to Ryparus tomentosus, Spin., is 
obvious ; that it is distinct is, I think, equally certain. ‘The 
colour, the length of the joints of the antenne, and the punc- 
tuation are different both from the description and the figure ; 
in the latter the third joint of the antenne is shown as rather 
shorter than the second, whereas in P. vil/osus it and the 
fourth are half as long again, while the whole antenna is 
much longer proportionally in our insect. Besides this, 
numerous points of difference exist. ‘That it is different 
from Prosymnus cribripennis, Lap., it would be impossible 
from his short description, or that in Klug (Cler. p. 394), to 
tell; but the difference in locality justifies me in the belief 
that it will be found to be so. 

In the Munich Catalogue and in Lohde’s Catalogue recently 
published these names are given as synonyms, on what 
ground I know not, as the insects are of great rarity in 


Coleoptera from South Africa. 355 


collections. Spinola did not think his species would prove 
even congeneric, but he relied on the grooving of the femora, 
a very common character which occurs in a greater or less 
degree in other genera of Necrobiides and Enopliides, and 
would very probably have not been mentioned by Laporte. 

It is, however, more probable that the species are distinct. 
Before makers of catalogues place specific names as syno- 
nyms, they should satisfy themselves that some competent 
specialist has had both insects before him and at the same 
time. 


Hydnocera punctipennis, Bohem, 
Hydnocera punctipennis, Bohem. Ins. Caffr. i. fase. i. p. 511. 


I have already (‘Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 260) remarked 
that Hydnocera is an essentially American genus. ‘The 
Hastern species prove on examination to have a wholly 
different antennal structure, and have been separated under 
the name Neohydnus; and while [ admit that I cannot at 
present discover good characters by which the present insect 
might be generically separated, yet I feel confident such will 
be found, unless the insect can be considered not truly 
endemic. 

‘T'wo examples sent by Mr. Marshall appear to be identical 
with this; but the tarsi are darker than Boheman’s descrip- 
tion would lead one to expect, and in one at least are nearly 
black. 

I believe they were captured at Salisbury ; 4990, 6896. 


Opetiopalpus rubricollis, KI. 
Opetiopalpus rubricollis, K1., Gorh, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1900, v. 
p- 75. 
The locality for these examples is Natal, Frere, under dried 
cow-dung. 


Opetiopalpus caffrartus, sp. n. 


Niger, elytris cyaneis, antennis pedibusque testaceis, tarsis ad 
apicem infuscatis; capite prothoraceque creberrime, minute, 
elytris a basi ultra medium fortiter seriatim fere grosse punctatis, 
inde levibus. 

Long. 3 millim, 


Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall). 

The head and thorax are black, inclining to be pitchy, and 
with the whole body are densely covered with floccose pile ; 
they are densely punctured, so as to be dull; the elytra are 
shining, dark blue, and with series of very large oblong 


356 Rev. H. 8. Gorham on 


punctures reaching from the base beyond the middle. The 
antenne are fairly long for this genus, entirely yellow, and 
the legs are also yellow, only the tarsi being infuscate. 

Two examples of this species were sent. Itis not very like 
any Opetiopalpus known to me. 


Fam. Melyride. 
Attalus ridens, sp. n. 


Attalum ornatipennem referens, latior, elytrorum lateribus magis 
explanatis. Lzete flavus, elytris basi et lunula postica lata nigris. 

6. Long. 4 millim. 

Mas, elytris ad apicem lamina elevata hamata instructis, apice ipse 
invaginato et emarginato. 


Hab. Natal, Old Umtali (Marshal/). 

The head, prothorax, legs, and apex of the elytra and 
abdomen are of a rich ferruginous red; the margin of the 
thorax from the front angles and at the base is a little ex- 
panded and is whitish yellow; the head is shining; the 
antennee red and serrate, as in A. ornatipennis. The elytra 
are expanded and obsoletely bicostate, more distinctly punc- 
tured than in A. orvatipennis, the lateral margins a little 
thickened and reflexed. The humeral callus is raised and 
prolonged obliquely backwards as an indistinct carina. The 
broad basal spot on each is contracted at the suture and the 
margin; the posterior lunule is wide and reaches to the reflex 
edge of both the suture and margin. 

Two specimens, both males. 

Obs. This species is easily discriminated by the red head 
and by the posterior lunule showing no sign of forming a ring. 


Attalus ? albofasciatus, sp. 1. 


Elongatus, piceus, submetallico-nitens, nigro-pubescens, ore, anten- 
narum basi, tibiis tarsisque sordide flavis; elytris fascia communi 
ante medium apiceque albidis. Caput sat magnum, oblongum, 
antice profunde foveolato-canaliculatum, palpis nigris; antennis 
filiformibus, capitis prothoracisque longitudine, hoe quam caput 
haud latiore, basi paullo producto, margine reflexo albescente ; 
pedes longi, tarsis longis (femine ?), quinque-articulatis. 

Long. 2:25 millim. 


Hab. Natal, Malvern (Marshall). 

‘This insect is probably not an Attalus; but the two ex- 
amples before me being apparently females, they may conve- 
niently be placed there till the sexes are known. They differ 
from the type of that genus in being hairy all over. ‘The 


Coleoptera from South Africa, 357 


antenne are not long and are scarcely serrate, fuscous, with 
the basal half pale, but touched with fuscous above for the 
first two or three joints. ‘The head is large and long for the 
size of the insect and the mouth produced. The thorax is 
long and narrow, the base obviously produced, so as to lap 
over the base of the elytra, yet not as in Charopus; its 
surface is uneven and there is a vague fovea in the middle of 
its base. ‘The elytra are very thickly set with long black 
hairs, but are yet quite shining, irregularly and thickly punc- 
tate, subcoriaceous, soft in texture; in one example white at 
their apex, in the other the apex is concolorous. The white 
fascia extends a little on both sides, at the margins, and suture. 
The femora and tibia are clothed with long pubescence. 
The body beneath is fuscous, the tip of the abdomen (where 
it is not covered by the elytra) is rusty red. 

I consider it better to describe this insect than to leave it 
undescribed, because (1) I cannot be certain that one or both 
are not males, (2) because by the characters given it is easily 
to be recognized, (3) because it is, as I think, plainly not 
described by Boheman, nor to be placed in either of the genera 
quoted by him. 


Attulus ? lugens, sp. n. 


Elongatus, totus niger, nitens; elytris pube brevi civerea vestitis ; 
ore producto; capitis fronte depressa, inter oculos breviter pro- 
funde canaliculata ; prothorace oblongo-quadrato, basi haud pro- 
ducto, marginibus reflexis ; elytris perobsolete subcoriaceis. 

Long. 2°25 millim. 


Hab, Mashonaland, Salisbury (on Mosasa, Jarshall). 

This little insect is in form similar to A. albofasciatus, and, like 
it, is doubtfully of this genus ; it is, however, clearly congeneric 
with that species, but is less hairy. At first sight it is very 
like a small Ma/thodes, and, indeed, at first [ was inclined to 
believe it to be a member of the 'Telephoride. The antenne 
are, however, inserted well in front, almost at the apex of the 
rostrate part of the head. ‘he tarsi are very thin, and appa- 
rently the claws are simple and without pads. The small 
size and entirely black colour, if the exception is made of the 
pitchy second joint of the antenne, will cause this species to 
be easily recognized. 

Three examples, 


Anthocomus felix, sp. n. 


Statura A. rdentis, lete flavus ; capitis basi, prothoracis vitta (maris 
latiore), elytrorum basi et macula subapicali subquadrata, meso- 


358 Rev. H. S. Gorham on 


et metasterno pedibusque posticis nigris, his geniculis tarsisque 
flavescentibus. 
Long. 45 millim. ¢ 9. 


Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury, Aug. and Sept., on Mosasa 
(Marshall). 


Mas, occipite carinula V simulante impressa pone carinulam fossu- 
latam ; antennis acute serratis. 
Femina, antennis brevioribus subserratis ; fronte plana. 


Head black in the male, except the mouth and portion in 
front of the eyes; in the female only the base behind the eyes 
black ; antennz yellow, becoming slightly fuscous at the tip. 
Thorax with the front margin straight, the sides and base 
rounded in one uniform curve, the margin very narrowly 
reflexed, with a black obconic vitta, with its vertex on the 
base in the male (in the female this is only represented by an 
indefinite line), impressed with a wide and rather irregular 
fossa in front, which in the female is very indefinite. The 
elytra are rather broad, evenly rounded at the apex, and with 
no difference in the sexes, except that in the male they do not 
cover the last three segments of the abdomen, each with two 
blue-black spots, the basal one tregular on the apical side 
and occupying the whole base, the subapical one is large and 
squarish, but yet rounded on its apical side. The breast is 
black, but the abdomen and head beneath are red. The 
apical segments of the abdomen in the female in the middle, 
the extreme apex in the male, are black above. ‘The legs are 
yellow, but the posterior pair are black, with only the 
trochanters and knees pale. 

‘Two specimens. 

This pretty Anthocomus is coloured something like Attalus 
ridens here described ; the absence of the overlapping joint of 
the tarsus in the male will prevent its being taken for a 
member of that genus. 


Chalicorus ? formicartus, sp. n. 


Niger, antennarum basi, tibiis tarsisque anticis et intermediis flavis, 
illis basi infuscatis; prothorace elongato, basi valde constricto 
depressoque, antice convexo, nigro, basi albido-flavo ; ely tris 
ovatis valde conyexis, parce griseo pilosis, profunde seriatim 
punctatis, nitidis. 

Long. 2 millim. 


Hab. Natal, Malvern (Marshall). 


Head with the eyes wider than the thorax, minutely but 
distinctly punctured; antenne filiform, fuscous at the apex, 


Coleopiera from South Africa. 359 


yellow for abont four joints at the base; palpi black; thorax 
compressed laterally, nodiform, much constricted and de- 
pressed at the base, the basal portion white; elytra inflated, 
very deeply and rather coarsely impressed, with elongate 
punctures, and with very widely scattered but long upright 
hairs. Legs long, tarsi all five-jointed, the hinder tarsi 
especially long. 

I have placed this species provisionally as a Chalicorus 
because it is clearly allied to and congeneric with Chalicorus 
collaris, Boheman; but I have not yet seen any species 
agreeing with the insect described by Erichson as C. vinulus, 
which appears to have the elytra not inflated, and therefore 
I think it doubtful if Boheman’s species are to be associated 
with it. 

This very curious little species is almost as perfect an ant- 
mimic as the Ceylonese Myrmecospectra. It has altogether 
the facies of a small ant. The illusion is heightened when 
the insect is viewed laterally, the pale portion of the thorax 
then appearing to be a node. 

Three specimens were sent me by Mr. Marshall, of which 
I cannot state the sex. 


Hapalochrus mashunus, sp. n. 


Niger, superne obscure cyaneus, parum nitidus, cinereo-pubescens ; 
capite parcius punctato, nitido; antennis nigris, paullo serratis ; 
prothorace nitido, ad latera obsolete punctato, ante basin trans- 
versim impresso; elytris creberrime coriaceo-punctatis, corpore 
infra cum pedibus nigro. 

Long. vix 5 millim. ¢ 9. 

Mas, tiblis anticis apicem versus excisis, intermediis valde incras- 
satis, infra medium profunde excisis. 


Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall). 

This Hapalochrus is at once distinguished from any 
described species by the size, colour, and black antenne and 
legs. Very similar species (undescribed) are in my collection 
from Mozambique and Zanzibar, but differ in not being 
clothed, as this is, with pubescence, and in the punctuation. 
The antenne are simply serrate and are nearly alike in both 
S€Xes. 

‘Three specimens, two of them males, were obtained by 
Mr. Marshall by sweeping in December 1898. 


Hlapalochrus erosus, sp. 0. 


Niger, superne eneus vel cupreo-micans, parcius pubescens ; elytris 
cupreis vel zneo-viridibus ; capite crebre. prothorace ad basin et 


369 Rev. H. S. Gorham on 


ad latera crebre punctatis ; elytris crebre, distincte, subcoriace 
punctatis ; antennis, pedibus et corpore infra nigris. 

Long. 5 millim. g @. 

Mas, tibiis anticis ad apicem excisis et torquatis, intermediis infra 
medium incrassatis et excisis. 


Hab. Mashonaland, Lesapi River (Warshall). 

Allied to /7. mashunus ; a very little larger, and appears a 
little more robustly built. The head is very much more 
coarsely but yet closely punctured; the antenne are similar, 
but more robust ; they are feebly serrate, and alike in both 
sexes. ‘lhe thorax is like that of H/. mashunus, but more 
coarsely punctured; in both species it is wider than long, 
The elytra are also similar, but more coarsely punctured, the 
punctures are often confluent and are evenly spread over the 
whole surface; the pubescence is grey and not distinct, unless 
viewed sideways. 

Three examples were sent, obtained in November 1897. 


Hedybius variicornis, Bohem. 
Hedybius variicornis, Bohem. Ins. Caffr. i. fase. ii. p, 467. 


Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall). 

Two examples (a male and a female) are probably to be 
referred to this; but the measurements given by Boheman seem 
too small; our male measures 5 millim. and the female 44. 
The structure of the head is also not well expressed if our 
insect be identical, as it is not only ‘‘ uneven, with the front 
deeply impressed on each side,” but it has the buccal portion 
yellow, raised into a semicircular ridge in front of the eyes, 
and with an elevation projecting backwards into the cavity ; 
the whole occiput, which 1s black, is excavated, and with two 
or three black, setiform, elevated spines. ‘The antenne have 
the first two joints spotted with black above and the third to 
the sixth joints yellow, the remainder fuscous. ‘The head of 
the female is bifossulate; only the second joint is spotted, 
the fifth to the end joints fuscous, and the whole antenna 
shorter than in the male; the tarsi in the female are also 
blackish. 

Notwithstanding these slight discrepancies I think this 
insect is Hl. variicornis, Bohem. 


Fledybius albipennis, sp. n. 


Pallide flavus, antennarum articulis tertio ad apwalem superne 
fusco-lineatis (maris tribus ultimis fuscis); prothorace valde 
transyerso, lateribus subangulatis, immaculato; elytris albis, 


( “oleoptera from South A frica, 361 


nigro-pilosellis, crebre, fortiter et confluenter punctatis ; corpore 
subtus cum pedibus flavo; epimeris, meso- et metathoracis nigro- 
maculatis. 

Long. 6-5-7 millm. o Q. 

Mas, antennis sesquilongioribus, ad apicem magis infuscatis ; capitis 
vertice lamina transversa irregulari utrinque subinyoluta, occipite 
ab oculis fortiter excavato, in medio quasi bicarinato, postice elevato 
plano. 

Femina, antennis brevioribus, occipite plano magis nitido. 


Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall). 

This very curiously coloured Hedybius is wholly unlike any 
described from South Africa, but is allied and very similar 
to H. lividus, Gorham, from Abyssinia. The structure of 
the head is unlike that of either of the three species described 
by me in these ‘ Annals’ (cf. tom. ect. pp. 80, 81), but is similar 
to that of the Abyssinian species, but is ‘less strongly pro- 
nounced ; this structure is so very peculiar and difficult to 
describe, that reference should be made to the description of 
H. lividus as well. ‘The elytra are similar, but appear more 
ivory-white in Mr. Marshall’s specimens owing to their better 
preservation. They are much more strongly and deeply 
punctured than in the blue wing-cased species, and are also 
larger and longer in proportion, ‘The head and thorax in the 
male are more opaque than in the female. The extreme base 
of the head (which in the specimens before me is sunk in the 
thorax) appears to be blackish, showing through the trans- 
parent front of the thorax, but the pronotum is unspotted in 
itself. 

VUbs. It has been suggested that /Z. anceps, described on 
p- Sl (¢. ¢.), is asynonym of H. superciliosus of Boheman. It 
is possible that that may prove to be so; but, apart from the 
fact that the three species I have distinguished are so closel 
allied that it would be perhaps impossible to say which of 
them should be referred to Boheman’s insect from description 
alone, I beg here to protest against hasty assumptions on 
synony my, especially by persons who have a very limited 
acquaintance with the group. I had, of course, studied 
Boheman before describing any of the Malachiida, and the 
conclusion I came to was that I could not identify either of 
our insects with the species reterred to. 

Some other suggestions made prove on examination to be 
so wide of the mark, that 1 need only remark that they betray 
a want of acquaintance with the elements of the subject or a 
want of acumen in appreciating even crucial differences. 


362 Rev. H. S. Gorham on 


Melyris rufiventris, Bohem. 
Melyris rufiventris, Bohem. Ins. Caffr. i. fase. ii. p. 479. 


Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshal?). 

Very close to M. corrosa, Reiche, and M. festiva, Reiche. 
Specimens which I have from Natal and these from Salisbury 
seem to differ in having the thorax more even, with the 
lateral carinz straighter and not sinuate or interrupted in the 
middle, and by the interstices of the elytra being less rugosely 
reticulate. The antenne have the apical four joints wholly 
black ; the three preceding these have the inner produced 
sides black, but are red externally, as the bases are. The 
legs with their coxe are red, the claws alone being black. 

Species of Melyris often occur in profusion when they are 
found; the four examples sent by Mr. Marshall were found 
on flowers of Protea. 


Fam. Erotylide. 
Promecolanguria natalensis, sp. n. 


Sordide flava, elytris dilutioribus; antennis brevibus, articulis 
septem flavis subsequalibus, quatuor apicalibus nigricantibus ; 
prothorace oblongo, convexo, lateribus sinuatis, basi bistrigato 
inter strigas transversim impresso ; capite profunde, prothorace 
minutius et minus crebre punctatis. 

Long. vix 6 millim. 


Hab. Natal, Malvern, by beating Hugenia (Marshall). 

Of the same size and very similar in general appearance to 
P. trogositoides, G., this insect is to be distinguished by 
several important characters. The head is rusty red; the 
antenne are shorter, with only four or five joints at the apex 
black ; the punctuation of the head is much deeper and more 
distinct than in that species. ‘The thorax is quite of a 
different shape, being more convex, with depressed front 
angles, being, in fact, of the form common to Anadastus, and 
with deep short basal strige, and transversely impressed 
between them. At present I have not referred species from 
Africa to Anadastus, but it is possible this insect may have 
to be transferred to that genus. 


Episcaphula picturata, sp. n. 


Oblonga, subparallela, nigra ; capite prothoraceque creberrime punc- 
tatis, hoc transverso, antice paullo angustato, angulis anticis et 
posticis acutis, maculis duabus, ad marginem anticam annexis, 
linearibus, undulatis, rufis; elytris brevissime pubescentibus, 


Coleoptera from South Africa. 363 


strigis duabus basalibus, una humerali, una juxta medium, fasciisque 

tribus valde undulatis, tenuibus, nec marginem nec suturam 

attingentibus, prima humerum subcingente, secunda pone medium, 

tertia subapicali rufis, his rufo-pubescentibus; antennarum 

articulis tertioad octavum fusiformibus, subsequalibus, tertio parum 

elongato, clava elongata, articulis duobus ultimis subquadratis. 
Long. 11-13 millim. 


Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall). 

The general form of this insect is quite that of the first 
section of the genus Episcapha, and the thin antenne with 
long joints in the funiculus, which also are pubescent, and an 
elongate club, of which the basal joint is obconic and the two 
following not wider than long, as well as the structure of the 
body beneath, quite confirm the opinion that it should be 
placed in Hpiscapha or Episcaphula. But it differs from all 
known African Episcaphule by the pattern, which on the 
elytra is almost exactly that of Zriplatoma Gestrot, and also 
by not having the yellow abdomen, and by its short but 
rather thick pubescence. 

The head 1s rather small, coarsely punctured, the eyes not 
much prominent, the canthus scarcely thickened nor con- 
spicuous, their facets granular and rather coarse ; the antenne 
are as long as the head and thorax taken together, with the 
mouth, palpi, &c. wholly black. Thorax wider at the base 
than in front, opaque, confluently punctured, the sides 
narrow from the base, but are more suddenly narrowed 
at one third from the front angles, so as to seem almost 
angulated at that point; their surface is on the whole even, 
but there is a wide depression on each side of the middle 
before the base; the basal margin is gently sinuate, the 
front almost truncate, with, however, slightly projecting 
acute angles; the base and front are not margined and the 
sides very finely so. The scutellum is triangular and trans- 
verse, finely punctured. The elytra are much more finely 
but closely and uniformly punctured, without series; very 
obsoletely subsulcate towards the extremities. 

The general but superficial resemblance to some species of 
Triplatoma is heightened by the two short hamate streaks on 
the front of the thorax, and the markings of the elytra are so 
similar to those of 7’. Gestrot as at once to suggest that insect 
to one acquainted with Eastern Krotylide. It is to be noticed, 
however, that while the pubescence on the elytra generally is 
black, that on the red markings is of the same colour with 
them. ‘The punctuation of the thorax beneath is very coarse, 
especially at the sides; the prosternal process is broad and 
emarginate at its tip, it is not compressed nor mucronate in 


364 Rev. H. S. Gorham on 


front; the punctuation of the meso- and metasterna is finer 
and sparser, as is that also of the abdomen. The legs are 
long and thin. 

Only two specimens were sent me by Mr. G. A. Marshall. 
They were captured at Edmond’s Farm, Salisbury, under 


bark, in October 1898. 


Episcaphula aulacochiloides, Crotch. 
Episcaphula aulacochiloides, Crotch, Rev. Erotyl., Cist. Ent. i, 1876, 
p. 412. 
Hab. Natal, Durban (Marshall). 


Episcaphula interrupta, Lac. 
Episcaphula interrupta, Lac. Mon. Erot. p. 56. 
Hab. Natal, Malvern, Umfuli River (Marshall). 


Amblyscelis natalensis, Crotch. 


Amblyscelis natalensis, Crotch, Rey. Erotyl., Cist. Ent. i. 1876, p. 455 
(Amblyopus). 

Hub. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall). 

I have received this from Natal. Crotch records what is 
perhaps a distinct species from Lake Ngami. 

It is best recognized by the elongate form and by being 
wholly yellow with the exception of the black elytra and 
black club of the antenna. 


Amblyscelis nigrinus, Gorh. 
Amblyscelis nigrinus, Gorh. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1900, v. p. 83. 


The habitat of the specimens labelled 7252-3 should be 
Mashonaland, Salisbury, in fungi. 


Triplax vittipennis, Gorh. 
Triplax vittipennis, Gorh. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 614, pl. Ixi. 
r9; 
o 

Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury, by sweeping, Nov. 1897 
and Dec. 1898 (Marshall). 

Four beautifully mounted examples of this insect are sent 
by Mr. Marshall. It was described from a specimen from 
Zinzibar. The Mashonaland examples are rather larger, two 
of them being respectively 6°5 and 7 millim. ‘The yellow 
vitta 1s sometimes paler in colour than in the type and rather 


Coleoptera from South Africa. 365 


wider, The tibia are expanded sufficiently to bring the 
insect into the genus Amblyscelis ; the type of that genus is 
A, Kelleni, a West-African species which has the three apical 
joints of the antenne forming a connate club, with the joints 
transverse. As this insect with others, such as A. natalensis, 
has a long lax club, some further subdivision may be required. 
At present I regard the latter insect as forming a section of 
Amblyscelis only (cf. ‘ Notes from Leyden Mus.’ 1888, p. 144). 
The coarseness or fineness of the eyes is a much better 
character for the subdivision than the structure of the club, 
and is that which to a great extent differentiates Ambly- 
scelis from Amblyopus, and which will also separate the 
Madagascar insects referred hitherto to Zriplax (see also 


Gestro, Espl. del Giuba, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1895, 
p. 473). 


Dacne capensis, Crotch. 

Dacne capensis, Crotch, Rey. Erotyl., Cist. Ent. i. 1876, p. 397. 

Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (“ under bark,” Marshall). 

I possess this insect also from Natal, from Zanzibar, and 
several examples from the Upper Congo. 

Crotch first mentions it under J). equinoctialis, his opinion 
then being that it was “‘nota true Dacne” ; but his description 
made subsequently of D. capensis appears rather enigmatically 
immediately below, and by an oversight he omitted to mention 
the four red spots on the elytra. I have, however, examined 
the type, and it is the present insect, and of the same size, 
form, and general appearance of other small Dacnes. I see 
no reason for separating it. 


Aulacochilus capensis, Lac. 
Aulacochilus capensis, Lac. Mon. Erot, p. 251; Bedel, Ann. 8. E. Fr. 
1871, p. 284; Crotch, Rev. Erotyl., Cist. Ent. i. 1876, p. 480. 

Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury, in fungus (/arshall). 

‘This interesting species, so closely allied to the other blue 
species which occur in Europe, N. Africa, and various parts 
of Asia, seems widely dispersed in South Africa. I have 
seen it from the Cape Colony (/rége), from Natal, and Zulu- 
land. It is (see Lac. /. ¢.) the T’riplaw capensis ot De}. Cat. 
drd ed. p. 453. 


[To be continued, | 


Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 25 


366 Mr. O. Thomas on new Species of 


XLVII.—New Species of Saccopteryx, Sciurus, Rhipidomys, 
and Tatu from South America. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS. 


Saccopteryx canescens, sp. 0. 


Closely allied to S. leptura aud agreeing with it in all 
important respects, in size (or, perhaps, rather smaller), 
position of wing-sac, insertion of wing-membrane on the 
ankle, and the main characters of the skull and dentition. 

But the ears are narrower, their inner margin above being 
faintly concave instead of being evenly convex throughout ; 
the tragus is also slightly smaller and narrower. 

The main difference, however, is in colour. SS. leptura is 
dull chestnut-brown all over, with the exception of the two 
whitish lines which run down the back. 8. canescens, on the 
other hand, is ight greyish olivaceous, the part between the 
lines darker than that outside them ; this colour results from 
the hairs being pale brown, finely tipped with buffy; the 
lines themselves are prominent and begin rather further up 
the body, almost on the neck. The head is greyish, with 
two fairly distinct whitish lines running along over “each eye. 
Under surface soiled buffy, the hairs being plumbeous basally 
and buffy terminally. Interfemoral, as in S. leptura, hairy 
to the exsertion of the tail. 

The skull is rather smaller and more delicately built, the 
postorbital Day are short and blunt, and the teeth are 
extremely small and delicate. ‘he upper canines are particu- 
larly slender and weak, and the distance between ee tips in 
the type is only 2°4 millim. instead of 2°7 millim. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Forearm 389 millim. 

Skull: extreme length 13:2; basal length 10°8; zygo- 
matic breadth 8*2; interorbital breadth 3:1; breadth between 
tips of postorbital processes 4°25 intertemporal breadth 2:1 ; 
breadth of brain-case on squamosals 6°5; combined length 
of upper molars 2°8; length of lower tooth-row exclusive of 
a oul. 

A spirit-specimen (2) measures:—Forearm 36 millim. ; 
head and body 88; tail 13; tail free from membrane 3; 
ear 11; tibia 16; hind foot, s, u. 5°6, c. u. 6°5; calcar 15. 

Hab. (of type). Obidos, on the Amazon. Other specimens 
in the Museum from the Orinoco and Surinam. 

Type (apparently female), B.M.no. 99.11. 2.2. Collected 
21st May, 1898, and presented by J. Trumbull, Esq. 


In spite of its close identity in all essential characters with 


Saccopteryx ec. from South America. 367 


S. leptura, I cannot believe that this very differently coloured 
bat, which more resembles Rhynchonycteris naso in its general 
appearance, should be assigned to that species. Schreber’s 
animal is figured as dark brown, without any trace of supra- 
orbital white streaks, and is therefore clearly the darker 
coloured of the two forms. 


Saccopteryx gymnura, sp. n. 


Size about as in S. leptura. Lars narrow, generally 
shaped as in S. leptura, but with a slight concavity at the 
upper third of the inner margin, as in S, canescens. ‘Tragus 
of median length, its inner and outer margins straight, its 
tip rounded off. Nostrils and lips as in S, leptura. Feet 
quite different from those of the other members of the subgenus 
Saccopteryx, for instead of being long and wholly free of the 
membranes, they are short, stumpy, and involved in the mem- 
branes, the wing-membrane being attached towards the distal 
end of the metatarsus and the calear being bound to the foot 
nearly up to the base, of the fifth toe. Waing-sac as in the 
restricted Saccepterya, Base of interfemoral membrane 
practically naked above, contrasting in this respect with the 
other species; there are a few fine hairs on this part, but 
they are almost imperceptible. 

Colour apparently, so far as can be judged by a spirit- 
specimen, dark throughout, as in the true S. leptura, The 
centre of the back has unfortunately lost its fur, so that I 
cannot say if light stripes were present ; in all probability they 
were, 

Skull in its size and delicate build closely similar to that 
ot S. canescens, but the postorbital processes are very much 
nore developed, standing boldly out to the level of the zygo- 
mata (see measurements). 

Dimensions of the type (in spirit) :— 

Forearm 35 millim. 

Head and body 37; tail 14°5; ear 13; tragus (on inner 
edge) 2°55; tibia 13; hind foot, s. u. 4, ¢c. u. 4°5; calear 11. 

Skull: extreme length 12:7; basal length 10-4; zygo- 
matic breadth 8; interorbital breadth 3:3; tip to tip of post- 
orbital processes 5°9; intertemporal breadth 1°7; breadth of 
brain-case 6°1; length of upper molars 2°7; front of lower 
canine to back of m.s 5. 

Hab. Santarem, on the Amazon. 

Type. Female. B.M. no. 75. 10. 22. 2. Specimen e¢ of 
S. leptura in Dobson’s Catalogue. Collected by Mr. Wickham, 

‘Lhe marked difference in the structure of the feet, in which 

25* 


368 Mr. O. Thomas on new Species of 


it approaches the subgenus Centronycteris, and the nakedness 
of the interfemoral will readily distinguish this bat from any 
of its allies. 


Scturus Ingrami, sp. n. 


Size about as in “ S. estuans cuscinus” and S. trroratus, 
larger than in the true S. estwans. Fur longer and looser 
than in S. wstuans, hairs on back about 12 millim. in length. 
General colour above finely grizzled olivaceous grey, varying 
somewhat towards brownish; the individual hairs blackish, 
with yellow subterminal rings. Head like back. Eyes 
surrounded by whitish rings. Kars rather more fulvous, the 
hairs dark basally, with fulvous tips. But little or no trace 
of a yellowish postauricular patch. Chin and throat white. 
Chest and belly pale buffy, varying almost to white, the hairs 
sometimes plumbeous basally, sometimes buffy to the roots ; 
line of demarcation on sides not sharply defined. Outer side 
of limbs and upper surfaces of hands and feet like back, the 
digits tending rather more towards yellowish. Inner side of 
limbs buffy, like the belly. Tail-hairs broadly ringed for 
their basal two thirds with dull fulvous and black, their distal 
thirds black subterminally and yellowish white distally, the 
two latter colours giving the general tone of grizzled black 
washed with yellowish to the tail as a whole. Mamme 8, 
one pair in or close behind the axilla, two pairs on the belly, 
and one in the groin*®. (‘Three females examined.) 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 190 millim,; tail 185; hind foot, s. u. 44, 
c. u. 48; ear 21. 

Skull: greatest length 49; basilar length 37; greatest 
breadth 28; nasals 15 (diagonally) x 6°5;  interorbital 
breadth 16; palate from henselion 21°7; diastema 13; length 
of upper tooth-series 73. 

Hab. Tunnel, Southern Minas Geraes: alt. 1200 m. 
(Two specimens.) ‘I'wo other specimens from Cruzeiro, Sito 
Paulo: alt. 530 m. 

Type. Female. Original number 458. Collected 7th De- 
cember, 1900, by Mr. Alphonse Robert. 

‘This species is no doubt the “Securus estuans” of Wagner, 
Burmeister, Hensel, Pelzeln, Winge, and other writers on 
Brazilian mammals; but Linnzeus’s description is based on 
the squirrel of Surinam, which is decidedly smaller and both 
in colour and other characters is clearly a different animal. 
Shaw’s “ Myovus guerlingus”’ is also Guianan in origin. 


* One specimen has an additional anterior mamma on the right side 


Saccopteryx dc. from South America. 369 


The nearest allies of S. Ingram? appear to be the group of 
Andean squirrels to which the names of S. ¢rroratus, Gray 
(Upper Ucayali), S. wstuans cuscinus, Thos, (S.K. Peru), 
and S, leucogaster, Gray (Bolivia), have been given. But 
these Andean forms are all a darker olivaceous, less greyish 
in tone, their bellies are all tinged, whether strongly or feebly 
with yellowish or orange instead of buffy, and they all age 
only three pairs of mammz—one axillary, one ventral, and one 
inguinal—instead of the four pairs found in S. Ingrame. 

Tt has been by the generous assistance of Sir William 
Ingram, Bart., that Mr. Robert has been enabled to undertake 
a collecting trip to Southern Brazil; and it is therefore with 
very great pleasure that 1 have connected his name with this 
interesting squirrel, whose study clears up an error in deter- 
mination of very long standing. 


Rhipidomys benevolens, sp. un. 


Closely allied to, and of the same rich fulvous general 
colour as, the N. Ecuadorean &. dryas, Thos. Size 
slightly larger than in that species. Face and sides of 
shoulders markedly greyer than the crown and nape, which 
are rich fulvous like the back. Ears with their anterior 
coronal surface brown, their postero-internal yellowish, about 
as in 2. dryas, the former not contrasting strongly with the 
colour of the head, as is the case in A. pheotis. Under 
surface white, the hairs white to the roots, the line of demar- 
cation not very sharply defined, but with a clearer fulvous 
line edging the two colours. Hands and feet whitish fulvous 
above, the digits quite white. ‘Tail uniformly blackish brown, 
pencilled as usual in the genus, though not heavily so. 

Skull, as compared to those of R. phwotis and dryas, just 
intermediate in size, but without any very special characters 
of its own beyond what may be gathered from the measure- 
ments below. Nasalsnarrow. Palatal foramina not reaching 
level of molars. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 110 millim.; tail 112; hind foot, s. u. 20, 
Cu. 32°)" ear 16: 

Skull: ‘greatest length 29; basilar length 22:7; greatest 
breadth 15° 5; nasals 10° 5x 31; : interorbital breadth 4°5 ; 
breadth of brain-case 12°5; interparietal 3°4x9°8; palate 
from henselion 12; diastema 7°3; palatal foramina 5 x 2:3; 
length of upper ota series 4. 

Hab. Chimate, Upper Beni River, Bolivia, 68° W., 15° 
alt. 700 m. 

Type. Male. B.M, no. 1. 2. 1. 14. Original number 


370 On new Species of Saccopteryx ke. 
1234. Collected 22nd September, 1900, by Perry O. 


Simons. ‘Three specimens obtained. 

This species may be distinguished from R. dryas by its 
markedly larger size, skulls with worn teeth of the latter 
being considerably smaller than the three skulls of the new 
form, all rather younger. From &. pheotis again it may be 
separated by its smaller size and less darkened ears and feet. 
R. microtis, Thos., from Bogota, has smaller ears, longer 
palatal foramina, broader nasals, and larger molars. 


Tatu pastase, sp. n. 
Tatusia Kapplert, Thos. P. Z. 5, 1880, p. 402 (in part). 


Size and general appearance very much as in 7. Kappleri, 
Krauss, of which thereare two typical specimens in the Museum 
collection. But in a general way the scales are larger, so that 
there are fewer in each row. ‘Thus in the single specimen 
there are 58 scales bordering the shoulder-shield posteriorly, 
as against 66 and 68 in the two specimens of Kapplert; 60 
along the anterior and lateral edges of the same shield, as 
against 65 and 67; 54 in the third movable band, as against 
56 and 56; 52 along the outer and posterior edges of the 
pelvic shield, as against 59 and 57: and similarly on the tail 
there are only 28 scales in the second ring, instead of 33 and 
31. On the pelvic shield the scales are of less uniform size 
and smoothness, the larger scales standing up more promi- 
nently above the level of the smaller ones. 

On the other hand, the tail-scales, especially proximally, 
are smoother and flatter, the centre line of each, although 
slightly keeled, not being raised into a prominent outwardly 
directed point, as is the case in 7. Kapplert. 

Manus in the single specimen with a distinct claw to the 
fifth digit, there thus being five claws instead of the normal 
four. 

Back, and especially the pelvic shield, slightly, though very 
slightly, more hairy than in the allied species. 

Other external characters apparently much as in 7. Kapp- 
lert. 

Skull closely similar in its characters to that of 7. Kappleré, 
as figured by Krauss and Gray, with the following excep- 
tions :—The lateral occipital prominences are more developed, 
surpassing the median ridge posteriorly. The malar bones 
are broader in lateral view, projecting further downwards, so 
that a line drawn from the lower edge of one to that of the 
other is just at the level of the palatal edge, instead of being 


a 5 . . . . 
surpassed below by the latter. But the chief difference lies 


On a new “ Bipolar” Schizopod. 371 


in the posterior palate: in 7. Aapplerd it is deeply hollowed 
out, and its edges rise up as sharp bony ridges some 4-5 
millim. higher than its general level; in 7. pastas, on the 
other hand, the ridges are but little developed, barely 2 millim. 
high in one specimen, and less than that in the other. 
Finally, at the posterior end of the palatal ridges the lateral 
walls of the choane are hollow and considerably inflated, 
while in 7. pastase there is no inflation whatever and the 
bones appear to be fairly solid. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the dry condition) :— 

Length of carapace, from nape to middle line above tail 
(movable bands contracted), 358 millim.; length of shoulder- 
suield in middle line 117, of pelvic ditto 162; length of 
middle bands over their curve across the back 444; length of 
tail (approximate) 400. 

Skull: extreme length in middle line 126; basal length 
103-5; greatest breadth 50; nasals 44:3; breadth of muzzle 
anteriorly 12°6; interorbital breadth 26°5; palate length 88. 

fab, Sarayacu, Upper Pastasa River, Oriente of Ecuador. 

Type. B.M. no. 80. 5. 6.71. Collected by Mr. Clarence 
Buckley. One skin and two skulls examined. 

This species is the 7. Kapplerd of my paper on Buckley’s 
Mammals (7. c.), but owing to the fact that the second skull 
was wrongly assigned to askin which afterwards proved to be 
T. novemeinctus, that skin was thought to be the same form, 
and the characters therefore considered to be variable. 

With this mistake corrected, a renewed examination shows 
that the Heuadorean animal differs so much from the typical 
Surinam Z. Kappleri that it should unquestionably be 
separated specifically. 


XLVIII.—On a new “ Bipolar” Schizopod. 
By AXEL OHLIN, Ph.D., University of Lund. 


WHEN examining the Decapoda and Schizopoda collected 
during the last Swedish Arctic Expeditions to Spitzbergen and 
East Greenland in the years 1898, 1899, and 1900, I found, 
to my great surprise, amongst a number ot that magnificent 
deep-sea Mysidan Boreomysis scyphops, G. O. Sars, also one 
of the few “bipolar” animals, a nearly related form, which I 
must, after a careful examination, identify with Amblyops 
crozetit, Willemoes Suhm, MS., described and figured by 
Sars in his report on the ‘Challenger’ Schizopoda. My 
specimens—five in number, four of which are males—were 


372 Dr. A. Ohlin on a 


obtained at Station 29 of the expedition of 1900, between 
East Greenland and Jan Mayen, lat. 72° 42! N., long. 14° 49! 
W.; depth 2000 m.; Globigerina-ooze; August 27, 1900. 

The specimen which was first recorded by Willemoes Suhm 
as a new species, and later on described by Sars, was taken off 
the Crozet Islands, lat. 46° 16'S., long. 48° 27’ E.; depth 
1600 fathoms ; diatom-ooze. 

In even the slightest details my examples agree so perfectly 
with Sars’s specimen, that I cannot hesitate for a moment to 
identify them. As the cases of bipolarity must be regarded 
as the most interesting points in marine zoogeography of 
the present day, I thought it appropriate at once to commu- 
nicate the present instance. 

In his paper On the Deep- and Shallow-water Marine 
Fauna of the Kerguelen Region of the Great Southern 
Ocean” * Sir John Murray enumerates nearly one hundred 
species belonging to different classes of animals which are 
supposed to be identical, and occurring both in the Arctic and 
Antarctic Oceans, but not in the tropical seas. 

In a critical revision of the forms quoted by Murray, 
Professor d’Arey W. ‘Thompson, in a paper “On a supposed 
Resemblance between the Marine Faunas of the Arctic and 
Antarctic Regions ”’ +, comes to the conclusion that in regard 
to more than one third of the species mentioned by Murray 
“‘ ovave doubt as to their identification was expressed by the 
original describers. . . . In somewhat more than another 
third the evidence of identity is inconclusive or even inad- 
misstble, = ; 

“ Of the remaining forms, about a dozen find their northern 
representatives in the Japanese seas, where they form part of 


a fauna predominantly southern in its relations. 
6c 


... the remnant of equal number that are quoted as 
occurring in the North Atlantic as well as in or near the 
Southern Ocean are, for the most part, deep-water species.” 


This remnant of the long original list of bipolar animals, 


as to the occurrence of which in both hemispheres no doubt 
can exist, comprises the following species :— 


? Harpacticus fulvus, Fischer (brackish). 
Terebellides Strémit, M. Sars. 


Janthina rotundata, Leach. 
Calanus finmarchicus, Gunnerus. 


* Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb, xxxviii., 1895, 
+ Proc. Roy. Soe. Edinb. 1898, 


new “ Bipolar” Schizopod. 373 


Elpidia glacialis, Théel. 

Euphronides depressa, Théel. 
Ophioglypha bullata, Wyville-Thomson. 
Ophiocten hastatum, Lyman. 

Ophiernus vallincola, Lyman. 
Pontaster forcipatus, Sladen. 

Dytaster ewilis, Sladen. 

Kinetoskias cyathus, Wyville-Thomson. 
Boreomysis scyphops, G. O. Sars. 
Lophogaster typicus, M. Sars. 

Stomias boa, Cuvier. 

Halosaurus macrochir, Giinther. 


To this list must be added the following species :— 


Echinus norvegicus, Danielsen & Koren *. 
Phascolosoma margaritaceum, M., Sars f. 
Priapulus caudatus, Lamarek fF. 


Nephtys longisetosa, Orsted {. [ “* Die eons nicht 
ganz zuverlissig.”—Ehlers, /. c. p. 25.] 

Glycera americana, Leidy f. 

Scolecolepis vulgaris, Johnston ?, M. Sars}. [“ Mit der von 
M. Sars unter der obigen Benennung beschriebene 
Spionide fillt vielleicht ein Wurm zusammen, von 
dem nur die vordere Kérperstrecke erhalten ist.’ 
Ehlers, 2. c. p. 86.] 

Arenicola assimilis, Ehlers $. [Also occurring off California. 
—Khlers, l. c. p. 104.] 

Notomastus latericeus, M. Sars t. 

Eurytenes gryllus (Mandt) = Lystanassa magellanica, Milne- 
Kidwards §. 


Sagitta (Krohnia) hamata, Mobius ||. 
Fritillaria borealis, Lohmann |j. 
Diphyes arctica, Chun 4]. 


As seen by this list, the number of hitherto recognized 


* Meissner, “ Echinoideen,” Hamburg. Mag. Sammelreise, 1900, 

+ Michaelsen, oe Gephyreen von Siid- Georgien,” Jabrb. Hamburg. Wiss. 
Anst, vi. 1889; Fischer, “ Gephyreen,” Hamburg. Mag. Sammelreise, 
1896. 

¢ Ehlers, ‘‘ Polycheten,’”’ Hamburg. Mag. Sammelreise, 1897. 

§ Stebbing, ** Report on the Amphipoda,” Challenger Rep., Zool. 
vol, xxix, p. 225, 

|| Chun, “ Die Beziehungen zwischen dem arktischen und antarktischen 
Plankton”: Stuttgart, 1897. 

q Chun, “ Aus den Tiefen des Weltmeeres,” 1901. 


374 Mr. P. Cameron on 


littoral species which must be regarded as undoubtedly 
“bipolar” is exceedingly limited, and that of abyssal and 
pelagic forms is also very restricted. 

Without entering in this brief notice upon a discussion of 
the different views as to the cause of the “ bipolarity,” I wish 
only, when recording a new “ bipolar’ crustacean, to express 
my agreement with Chun, when he says *:— Wenn wir 
auch bis jetzt nur ein sicher beglaubtiges Beispiel auzufiihren 
vermégen, dass identische Arten beider polaren Gebiete durch 
die ganze Breite des Oceans die tieferen und kiihleren 
Regionen bevélkern, so wird man immerhin nicht umhin 
kénnen, die Beweiskraft desselben anzuerkennen und mir 
zuzugeben, dass heute noch ein Austausch zwischen den 
polaren Faunengebieten stattfindet. Ich bin fest iiberzeugt, 
dass eine fleissige Ausnutzung der Schliessnetze auf spiiteren 
Expeditionen nicht nur neue Beispiele fiir einen Zusammen- 
hang der den kalten Gebieten eigentiimlichen pelagischen 
Organismen liefern, sondern auch noch manchen Fund von 
allgemeiner Tragweite darbieten wird.” 

It is only to be expected that “die Deutsche Tiefsee- 
Expedition,” the leader of which was Professor Chun, will 
yield important facts in this respect; and it is therefore that 
everyone who is interested in these questions looks forward 
with the utmost curiosity to the scientific results of that great 
expedition. 

Lund, 

March 2, 1901. 


XLIX.—Deseriptions of Seventeen new Genera of Ichneu- 
monide from India and One from Australia. By P. 
CAMERON. 


[Continued from p. 284. | 


PACHYJOPPA, gen. nov. 


Antenne in both sexes longer than the body, in the female 
distinctly narrowed at the apex, in the male pilose, serrate 
towards the apex. Areolet oblique, the nervures united 
above; the apex of the wings with a cloud. Clypeus convex, 
not separated from the face by a suture. Labrum broad, pro- 
jecting. Mandibles with two unequal teeth, the upper longer 
and sharper than the lower. Occiput sharply margined. 


* “ Die Beziehungen Xc.,” p. 62. 


new Genera of Ichneumonidee. 375 


Scutellum convex, its top broadly rounded. Median segment 
sharply and widely depressed at the base, not areolated except 
in the middle, which is bordered by two stout keels ; ; the apex 
has a sharply “oblique slope ; on the top at the sides is a stout 
tooth. Abdomen bluntly pointed at the apex; there are 
eight segments in both sexes, the last is small; the ventral 
fold is stout and extends to the apex of the fourth segment in 
both sexes. Legs stout, the tarsi bare. 

The abdominal segments are closely but not strongly punc- 
tured, and do not angularly project at the apex laterally ; the 
sides of the median segments are bordered by stout keels; 
the head is obliquely narrowed behind the eyes; the lower 
sides of the pleure are not broadly rounded; the part of the 
mesopleure above the middle broadly and roundly projects, 
the part immediately under the wings being depressed ; 
below the raised part of the scutellum is a stout keel, 
which also extends round the apex, but is narrower there 
than on the sides; its apex has a rather steep slope; the 
front is deeply and widely depressed; the clypeus 1s more 
distinctly convex than usual. The abdomen is not much 
longer than the thorax. 

Has the coloration of Gathetus, Vacydes, and Dimetha. 
The first-named is readily known from it by the flat scutellum, 
by the much shorter, more distinctly dilated antenna, and by 
the striated abdomen. Facydes and Dimetha have “also the 
antenne shorter and more distinctly dilated, and have the 
sides of the abdominal segments angularly projecting, and 
both have the clypeus flat, while Lémetha has also the 
abdomen much longer, the postpetiole much narrower, the 
legs longer, and the scutellum not pyramidal, 


Pachyjoppa tibialis, sp. n. 
Rufa; antennis, geniculis, tibiis tarsisque posticis nigris; alis flayo- 
hyalinis, apice fusco-violaceo, @. 
Long. 15 mm. 


Antenne stout, the flagellum almost bare, the scape rufous 
beneath, thickly covered with short pale ‘hair. The inner 
orbits and the base of the mandibles are obscure yellowish ; 
the face closely punctured, more coarsely in the middle; 
thickly covered with short fuscous hair; the clypeus obliquely 
projecting, more strongly punctured and more thickly covered 
with longer fuscous hair; its apex transverse; the mandibular 
teeth are black ; the palpi thick, rufous. Front depressed, 
smooth, shining, glabrous; the vertex smooth and shining, 
bare ; the ocelli surrounded by a shallow furrow. The meso- 


376 Mr. P. Cameron on 


notum darker than the pleura, especially in the middle ; 
closely punctured, thickly covered with depressed fulvous 
pubescence. Scutellum pyramidal, the top shining, sparsely 
covered with large punctures and clothed with Jong fuscous 
hair ; the keels broad, extending from the base of the depres- 
sion to the middle behind, becoming narrower as they do so; 
below the keels the scutellum is closely punctured. Post- 
scutellum not much depressed at the base, stoutly longitudinally 
striated. The base of the median segment is obliquely de- 
pressed in the middle, irregularly rugose, the bottom smooth 
and shining; there are only the two central aree—the basal 
is slightly narrowed towards the apex and irregularly marked 
with stout keels, the apical area is narrowed at the base and 
stoutly irregularly striolated; the sides are stoutly carinate, 
except at the base, where the keels are somewhat indistinct ; 
the tooth very stout and prominent. ‘The propleure strongly 
punctured, especially behind, the lower partsobscurely striated, 
and with a stout keel behind the central depression. Meso- 
pleure strongly punctured; under the wings is a large pro- 
jection, roundly narrowed at the base and apex; the basal 
part of the metapleure strongly punctured, bordered at the 
top with a stout keel; the apex is coarsely, rugosely, irregu- 
larly reticulated. The anterior coxe slightly, the posterior 
coarsely, punctured. Areolet oblique; the first transverse 
cubital nervure is straight, oblique, the second more curved ; 
they unite at the top; the recurrent nervure is received 
shortly beyond the middle; the transverse basal nervure is 
almost interstitial. Petiole smooth and shining; the sides 
tuberculate at the spiracles; the apical half of the dilated 
part laterally depressed, the depression becoming gradually 
wider towards the apex. ‘The second and following segments 
are closely punctured, the third and following segments infus- 
cated; the gastrocceli large, deep, the base smooth, the apex 
aciculated, the outer edge obscurely striated. 


LAGENESTA, gen. nov. 


Antenne stout, dilated beyond the middle. Labrum 
largely projecting. Apex of clypeus transverse. Mandibles 
bidentate, the apical tooth the larger. Scutellum flat, its 
sides not carinate. Median segment without arex, all the 
keels being obliterated. Areolet large, five-sided, wide at 
the top. Legs stout, the tarsi spinose. Abdomen with 
seven segments, neither punctured nor striated; the ventral 
fold distinct on the second and third segments, less distinct on 
the fourth and fifth. 


new Genera of Ichneumonide. oT 


The head is large, not much narrowed behind the ‘eyes, 
behind roundly concave, the occiput margined. Median 
seoment transversely punctured, its apical slope below the 
middle with a stout wrinkled keel. Areolet large, five-sided, 
not much narrowed at the top; the recurrent nervure received 
in the middle. Apical abscissa of radius roundly curved 
upwards. Apical third of petiole widely dilated. Gastro- 
ceeli large, not deep, stoutly striated. Legs stout, the tarsal 
joints spinose, broad, narrowed at the base ; the hinder femora 
reach to the fourth segment. Abdomen smooth, impunctate, 
its segments not angularly produced at the apices laterally. 

Does not fit well into any of Kriechbaumer’s groups of the 
Hemijoppine. 


Lagenesta ferruginea, sp. n. 


Ferruginea, nigro-maculata ; abdominis apice late nigro; alis fusco- 
violaceis, nervis nigris. @. 
Long. 22 mm. 


Antenne rufous, broadly black beyond the middle. The 
ocellar region black; the lower inner orbits and the labrum 
yellowish. Front and vertex aciculate, rougher below the 
ocelli, smoother near the eyes, which are sharply margined. 
Face and clypeus punctured, but not very closely or deeply, 
the latter more sparsely than the face; both are covered with 
white hair. Labrum smooth and fringed with long golden 
hair. Mesonotum closely punctured, its base and_ sides 
bordered with black, the black colour extending on to the 
parapsidal furrows, which are distinctly indicated at the 
base. Scutellum sparsely and slightly punctured; post- 
scutellum smooth. Metanotum transversely rugosely pune- 
tured, towards the apex thickly covered with fulvous hair ; 
the keel bordering the apex broadly projects in the middle at 
the sides. Pleurz closely punctured ; a broad band in the 
centre of the pro-, the base and upper edge of the meso-, and 
the base and lower edge of the metapleure black. Wings 
uniformly fuscous-violaceous, distinctly iridescent; the first 
transverse cubital nervure is bullated at the top, the second 
below the middle; there are two bulle on the recurrent 
nervure. Legs coloured like the body; the apex of the meta- 
tarsus and the four apical joints black. The basal two 
segments of the abdomen and the sides of the third are ferru- 
ginous, the rest deep black; the petiole above finely trans- 
versely striated, its sides more strongly and slightly obliquely 
striated. Gastrocceli distinctly striated, the strie distinctly 
separated, the space between them irregularly transversely 


378 Mr. P. Cameron on 


rugose; the black apical segments are smooth; the apical 
segments are fringed with longish black hair. 


ZANTHOJOPPA, gen. nov. 


Scutellum pyramidal, with an oblique slope at the base and 
apex, its sides on the basal slope keeled. Median segment 
with a small basal and a large apical area; the sides with a 
large leaf-like tooth. Antenne longish, dilated and com- 
pressed beyond the middle. Labrum distinctly projecting. 
Areolet 5-angled, wide at the top. Abdomen with seven 
segments, the ventral fold extending to the base of the ovi- 
positor. Abdominal segments finely and closely punctured. 
Gastroceeli narrow. The sheaths of the ovipositor are longer 
than usual and project. 

The head is well developed behind the eyes and obliquely 
narrowed ; the occiput is margined; the eyes large. The 
colour is yellowish, marked with black; the dilated apical 
part of the antenne is black; the apex of the abdomen is 
sharply pointed, it becoming gradually narrowed from the 
base of the fourth segment. 


Zanthojoppa trilineata, sp. n. 


Flava; lineis 3 mesonoti, linea metanoti trochanteribusque posticis 
nigris ; alis fulyo-hyalinis, stigmate fulvo, 9°. 
Long. 14 mm. 


Antenne nearly as long as the body ; the basal fourteen to 
fifteen joints fulvous, the rest dilated, much attenuated at the 
apex; black, brownish beneath ; the scape sparsely covered 
with short white hair; the flagellum almost bare. Head 
yellow, the front and vertex with a triangular black line on 
ach ; the black narrowed in the centre, the broad end of the 
mark on the vertex at the top, on the lower side at the 
bottom, the two being united and forming an hourglass-shaped 
mark; the black is continued down the back in the centre; 
the lower part of the head behind is broadly black. The face 
and clypeus closely punctured, sparsely covered with short 
white microscopic hair; the front and vertex closely punc- 
tured, except over the antenne, where it is quite smooth 
and shining ; the mandibular teeth are black. The lower 
part of the pronotum all round, three broad lines on the 
mesonotum (the central originating at the base and reaching 
to the middle, the lateral originating in front of the tegule 
and reaching to the scutellum), its sides along the tegula, 
the scutellar keels, the depression at the base of the scutellum, 


new Genera of Ichneumonide. 379 


- the parts at the sides of the scutellum and postscutellum, a 
semicircular mark on the supramedian area, continued down 
the posterior median area to the apex of the segment, a broad 
band in the middle of the propleuree, a complete band on the 
top of the mesopleure, the base and lower side of the meta- 
pleure, the apex of the mesosternum, and the metasternum, 
black. Scutellum pyramidal, the base and apex with an 
oblique slope, strongly and closely punctured, thickly covered 
with short fuscous hair; the postscutellum with an oblique 
slope to the base and apex; punctured, covered with short 
glistening white hair; the depression at its side wide, strongly 
striated. The base of the median segment has an obliquely 
rounded slope, black; the black dilated backwards in the 
middle; the supramedian area is broadly rounded at the base, 
slightly longer than broad, its apex bounded by a stout keel, 
which bulges slightly backwards; the other arezw are not 
defined; the teeth are large, longer than broad, rounded at 
the apex. ‘The pleure closely punctured, the meta- more 
coarsely than the others. Areolet wide at the top, not much 
narrower than the space bounded by the recurrent and the 
second transverse cubital nervures; the recurrent is broad 

curved and is received shortly beyond the middle; the trans- 
verse median nervure is received distinctly in front of the 
transverse basal. The legs are uniformly coloured yellow, 
except for the posterior trochanter, which are black; the 
tarsi are closely and strongly spinose. The base of the 
petiole is smooth, shining, impunctate, the apex closel 

punctured ; there is a black longitudinal line down its middle ; 
the base of the second segment broadly, of the third more 
narrowly, black; closely punctured; the gastrocceli shallow, 
distant from the base of the segment, finely punctured, rufous 
in the middle. 


XESTOJOPPA, gen. nov. 


Antenne short, thick, dilated and compressed beyond the 
middle; the joints of the flagellum not much longer than 
broad. The central area of ie median segment commencing 
at the middle of the segment. Vabrwa. projecting, Sere 
tellum not much raised, ie sides not keeled. Occiput mar- 
gined. Areolet 4-, or indistinctly 5-angled; the recurrent 
nervure is received between the middle ad apex Abdomen 
with seven segments, smooth and shining ; gastrocceli shallow, 
Legs stout, the apices of the tarsal joints spinose. Colour 
yellow, ered with black. 

This genus comes very close to Zanthajoppa, but is easily 


380 Mr. P. Cameron on 


separated from it by the antenne being much shorter and 
thicker, by the median area on the metanotum originating at 
the middle of the segment—not at the base—and by the much 
flatter scutellum. ‘The body is stouter, as are also the legs; 
the head is well developed behind the eyes and is there 
obliquely narrowed; the metanotal spines are not much 
developed; the mandibles have two unequal apical teeth ; 
the clypeus is indistinctly separated from the face; the apical 
abscissa of the radius is roundly curved upwards. 


Xestojoppa olivacea, sp. n. 


Olivacea, apice antennarum lineisque mesothoracis nigris; alis 
fulvo-hyalinis, stigmate fusco. 9. 
Long. 16-17 mm. 


The twenty-one to twenty-two basal joints of the antennze 
whitish yellow, stout, dilated beyond the middle, the apex dis- 
tinctly attenuated, bearing an obscure, short, white pubescence; 
the scape smooth, except for a few obscure punctures; the 
ocellar region, a short line behind them, a narrower line down 
the front, and the occiput black. The front and vertex 
smooth, impunctate, the front ocellus surrounded by a deep 
furrow ; there is a shallower furrow down the front; the face 
and clypeus with a few scattered punctures, shining; the 
clypeus with a few long fuscous hairs; the apex of the clypeus 
transverse, of the labrum rounded and sparsely covered with 
long hair; the mandibular teeth black. Mesonotum closely 
and rather strongly punctured; thickly covered with short 
pale hair; the sides narrowly at the base, the rest broadly 
black, but the black does not touch the edge; the scutellar 
depression black. Scutellum flat, very smooth and shining ; 
the apex sparsely covered with fuscous hair, Postscutellum 
shining, obscurely and finely punctured; the depression at 
its base wide and deep, almost divided into two by the centre 
being raised. The depression at the sides of the scutellum 
wide, smooth, except for a few striations ; in front of the base of 
the hinder wings the sides project intoa blunt somewhat trian- 
gular tooth. ‘The basal half of the median segment is entirely 
without keels, and consequently there are no arew, the base is 
coarsely punctured, the centre broadly raised; the apex hasan 
oblique slope and has in the centre a broad area (the posterior 
median ?) in the middle; this is rounded at the base and 
bounded by a stout keel, which is larger and more distinct at 
the base; the area inside is smooth at the base, the apex 
finely transversely striated, the rest filled up with three 
rough, stout, irregular, longitudinal keels. ‘The propleure 


new Genera of Ichneumonida. 381 


are black down the middle, punctured, the lower part finely 
striated, finely at the base, much more strongly at the apex; 
at the top of the central hollow is a stout oblique keel. ‘The 
mesopleural tubercles are large, leaf-like, and extend from 
the base to shortly beyond the middle; the part between the 
tubercles and the middle is raised and sparsely punctured, 
the part above the raised part depressed and black, the rest 
closely punctured except at the base, for the most part closely 
obliquely striated ; the apical furrow deep black and marked 
with stout widely separated keels. ‘he central furrow on 
the mesosternum shallow, black, wider at the apex, where it 
is bounded by a stout transverse partition. Metapleure 
coarsely and closely punctured. Legs stout, the hinder tarsi 
thickly spined. Areolet broad at the top, being there wider 
than the space bounded by the recurrent and the second 
transverse cubital nervures; the recurrent nervure is received 
beyond the middle almost at the base of the apical third, 
Petiole smooth, shining, impunctate, the middle intuscated, 
the apex not clearly separated. ‘he second and _ following 
segments finely punctured. Gastrocceli deep, smooth on the 
outer side, triangularly narrowed at the base on the inner, 
this part having two stout sharp keels on the outer edge, the 
rest being irregularly but strongly striated. he lower part 
of the petiole black, closely punctured, the centre stoutly, the 
sides more narrowly keeled, 


AGLAOJOPPA, gen. nov. 


?. Antenne thickened and compressed beyond the middle, 
Apex of clypeus transverse; the labrum large, projecting. 
Mandibles with a large upper, clearly separated, conical tooth. 
Scutellum flat, not bordered. Median segment distinctly 
areolated all over, its apex with a gradually rounded slope. 
Spiracles large, linear. Areolet narrowed at the top, the 
transverse cubital nervures almost touching there; the trans- 
verse basal nervure is almost interstitial. T'arsi spinose ; the 
apex of the hinder femora reaches to the middle of the third 
abdominal segment. ‘The ventral keel is distinct on the 
second and third segments; the last segment is largely deve- 
loped all round and is two thirds the length of the penulti- 
mate, its base reaches to the origin of the ovipositor, 

The head is well developed behind the eyes and is obliquely 
narrowed there ; the occiput is margined ; there is a distinct 
fovea above the sides of the clypeus, from which a furrow 
runs obliquely upwards ; the postscutellum has a large deep 
fovea on either side at the base; the base of the median 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vit. 26 


382 Mr. P. Cameron on 


segment is obliquely roundly raised; the gastrocceli are deep, 
large; the second and third abdominal segments are closely 
longitudinally striated; the bases of the segments are nar- 
rowed compared with the apices of those behind. ‘There are 
seven segments. 

The male has the antenne longer and serrate; the last 
abdominal segment is nearly as long as the preceding; the 
ventral keel is on the second and third segments as in the 
female. 

A}ll the species are black, with the thorax and abdomen 
largely marked with yellow ; the wings are infuscated towards 
the apex and to a less extent at the base. In the feinale 
the aciculation on the abdomen extends to the fourth segment, 
in the male it is much stronger and extends to the fifth ; 
in the male, too, the abdominal segments project more 
acutely at their apices. The median segment is more com- 
pletely areolated than it is with most Joppini; it, however, 
possesses the characteristic oblique depression at the base, 
and the areola is represented by a smooth, raised, flat tubercle, 
which becomes gradually widened towards the apex, where it 
1s transverse. 


Aglagjoppa flavomaculata, sp. n. 


Nigra, flayo-maculata; antennis nigris, medio albo annulato; pedi- 
bus flavis; dimidio basali femorum posticorum et basi apiceque 
tibiarum posticarum nigris ; alis fusco-hyalinis. 9. 

Long. 13-14 mm. 


Antenne dilated and compressed before the apex; the 
scape and the tenth to sixteenth joints white beneath ; the 
scape finely punctured, sparsely covered with short fulvous 
pubescence; the flagellum bare. Head lemon-yellow, 
shining, smooth; the tace sparsely covered with short white 

ubescence; the occiput, a broad oblique line behind the eyes 
near the top, the front and vertex broadly in the middle, 
the middle more narrowly and the front more broadly than 
the vertex, the middle of the face more broadly below, and a 
narrower line round the top of the clypeus, and its apex in the 
middle narrowly, black. The face and clypeus sparsely 
punctured ; the clypeal fovea deep ; the labrum fringed with 
long fulvous hair; the middle finely transversely striated. 
‘Thorax black; the edge of the pronotum broadly, its base 
in the middle, both marks being roundly incised in the middle, 
two lines on the mesonotum, narrowed at the base and not 
reaching to the apex, the scutellum, the scutellar keels, the 
lateral two aree on the median segment, a mark on the lower 


new Genera of Ichneumonide. 383 


part of the propleure, the prosternum, the tubercles, a mark 
broader than long and dilated on the lower side at the apex, 
a longer oblique mark not reaching to the apex, a small mark 
under the hinder wings on the metapleurze, and a large oblique 
one, rounded at the top, lemon-yellow. Mesonotum shining, 
almost impunetate, except slightly behind. Scutellum flat, 
rounded behind; the postscutellum finely punctured. The 
base of the median segment smooth, raised and oblique in the 
middle; the supramedian area obsolete, not bounded by 
keels, somewhat triangular at the base; the posterior median 
area rounded at the base, closely and rather strongly trans- 
versely striated, as are also the apical lateral area; the spiracular 
area transversely striated, the stria stronger and more widely 
separated than on the posterior median area. Pro- and me3o- 

leuree shining, sparsely punctured, the former striated on the 
hia half; the metapleure sparsely punctured, the depression 
at the top deep. ‘The mesosternum flat, its furrow trans- 
versely striated. Wings with a fuscous-violaceous tinge; the 
nervures and stigma black ; the areolet narrower at the top, 
being there slightly less in length than the space bounded by 
the recurrent and the second transverse cubital nervures; the 
recurrent is received shortly beyond the middle. Legs 
lemon-yellow like the thorax; the base of the hinder coxe, 
the base of the four anterior trochanters, the hinder trochanters 
entirely, the basal half of the femora, with a narrow line in 
the centre of the apical half of the anterior pair, and the base 
and apex of the tibix black ; the tarsi more or less fuscous. 
Abdomen black ; on the sides of the first, second, third, and 
fourth segments are large lemon-yellow marks; the apex of 
the petiole and of the second and third segments longitudinally 
striated in the middle; the gastrocceli smooth, not striated, 
deep; the apical segments have a bluish tinge. 

The male is similarly coloured, but with the yellow marks 
if anything larger, and the wings are much more deeply and 
distinctly smoky violaceous. 

The yellow markings on the thorax and abdomen probably 
vary in size and number; the lateral marks on the median 
segment may become confluent; in this case the dividing keel 


is yellow. 
CHARITOJOPPA, gen. nov. 


Antenne stout, dilated and compressed beyond the middle. 
Scutellum pyramidal, its sides at the base below the raised 
part keeled. Head largely developed below and behind the 
eyes; the occiput sharply margined. Clypeus not separated 


384 On new Genera of Ichneumonide. 


from the face, foveate at the sides above; labrum hidden. 
Mandibles stout; the apical two teeth large, the upper the 
larger and blunter at the apex. Meso- and metanotum 
stoutly reticulated ; the supramedian area smooth, open at 
the tee the keels continued to the apex of the segment, 
roundly diverging as they do so. Legs stout, the penultimate 
joint of the hinder tarsi spined. Areolet three- angled, the 
transverse cubital nervures uniting at the top; fhe iS hardly 
an angle formed by the recurrent nervure and the enbital ; 
the apical abscissa of the radius is roundly curved upwards at 
the base; the transverse median nervure is received Aitinetig 
in front of the transverse basal. The base of the petiole 
narrow, the apex broadly dilated. Gastrocceli large, deep. 
Abdomen (9 ) with eight segments; the ventral fold extends 
to the apex of the third segment; the second and third 
segments are closely longitudinally striated. Myes widely 
distant from the base of the mandibles, hardly reaching to 
the top of the clypeus. 

This genus is closely related to Magrettia, which differs 
from it in having the scutellum flat, not pyramidal, and 
incised at the apex; the hind coxe bear teeth and the second 
and third abdominal segments are not longitudinally striated. 


Charitojoppa cerulea, sp. n. 


Nigra, abdomine ceruleo, facie, orbitis oculorum, linea pronoti, 
scutello tegulisque albis ; pedibus rufis, basi tibiarum posticarum 
late, coxis trochanteribusque anterioribus albis; alis hyalinis, 
stigmate nigro, @. 

Long. 16 mm. 


Head bluish black; the face, clypeus, the upper orbits on 
the inner side narrowly, and the outer on the lower broadly, 
yellow ; between the antennz and the base of the clypeus is 

a broad bluish mark, which becomes slightly and gradaally 
Ailated towards the apex ; ; mandibles yellow, the teeth black. 
The face somewhat strongly, the clypeus more slightly, punc- 
tured. Antenne black, the middle with a broad white band; 
beyond the white band they are dilated and compressed ; the 
apex distinctly attenuated. The sides of the pronotum 
broadly, its base, the base of the tegule, tubercles, the sides 
of the scutellum, the lower part of the pro- and mesopleure 
(the latter broadly), and the metapleure in front of the coxa, 
yellow. Mesonotum dark green, coppery in the middle, 
strongly irregularly reticulated, the sides with a clearly 
defined hollow, distinctly bordered, and having inside of it a 
few sharp transverse keels, The centre of the scutellum 


Mr. S. Pace on “ Moscleya.” 385 


distinctly pyramidal, the sides flat, yellow. Median segment 
coarsely irregularly reticulated, the reticulations wider in the 
centre of the segment; the posterior and supramedian ares 
united. Propleure strongly obliquely striolated ; the base of 
the mesopleure coarsely punctured, running into stout longi- 
tudinal striolations, except in the middle, where it is smooth 
on the lower side. Metapleure coarsely reticulated all over, 
its extreme base yellow, the yellow line broader above, 
narrower below. Areolet much narrowed at the top, being 
there not much more than half the length of the space bounded 
by the first transverse cubital and recurrent nervures. Four 
anterior legs fulvous, the cox and trochanters yellow, the 
front tarsi fuscous towards the apex; the hinder cox, basal 
joint of trochanters, the apex of the femora broadly, and the 
apical third of the tibia black. The basal half and underside 
of the petiole and the sides of the apex of the petiole yellow; 
its apex broadly raised in the middle, the sides of the raised 
part and the centre keeled, the sides with transverse keels ; 
the extreme apex of it smooth, the depressed sides irregularly 
transversely striolated ; the second segment irregularly reticu- 
Jated, more closely and less irregularly towards the apex. 
Gastroceeli smooth, yellow. ‘The apices of the second and 
third abdominal segments pale yellow, the third segment closely 
longitudinally striolated, the other segments impunctate, 
shining, their apices pallid yellow; the second segment 
broadly in the middle, and the apices of the others narrowly, 


pallid yellow. 
[To be continued. | 


L.— On the supposed Rediscovery of ‘ Moseleya”’ in 
Torres Straits. By S. Pacs, F.Z.S. Ke. 

AmonG the collections obtained by the ‘Challenger’ Expe- 
dition was ineluded a single specimen of a coral for which 
Quelch * founded the genus Moseleya, with the single species 
M. latistellata, Quelch. ‘This form, which until now has only 
been known from the unique type specimen in the British 
Museum, owes its great interest to the deductions which have 
been drawn as to the supposed relationship of the genus to 
the so-called Rugosa of Paleozoic times, and as to the affinities 
ot the latter group. Thus, Quelch placed Moseleya in the 
Cyathophyllide ; and even in the most recent work on corals f 

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. xiii. 1884, pp. 292-3. The speci- 
roe he subsequently figured, Chall. Rep. vol. xvi. pp. 110-118, pl. xii. 
ae, EY 

“HG, ©. 3ourne, in Lankester’s Treat. Zool., Anthozoa, p. 70. 


886 Mr. S. Pace on “ Moseleya.” 


we read : — The discovery of Moseleya latistellata, a reef- 
coral from Wednesday Island, Torres Straits, leaves no doubt 
as to the close relationship of the Astraeidae to the Cyatho- 
phyllidae. Moseleya is a compound coral with polygonal 
calicles, a thin epitheca, a rudimentary theca, and the cavity 
of the calicles is filled up nearly to the margin by tabulae 
separated by an abundant dissepimental endotheca. ‘The 
septa in adult calicles are numerous and give no indication of 
a hexameral arrangement, but in young calicles a tetrameral 
symmetry is distinctly visible *, owing to the cruciate arrange- 
ment of four large septa. Moseleya shows decided affinities, 
on the one hand toa typical Astraeid such as Prionastraea ; on 
the other hand to a Cyathophyllid, such as Cyathophyllum 
regium, and it cannot be doubted that the Cyathophyllidae 
and the forms allied to them can no longer be classified apart 
as Rugosa, but must be placed along with or close to the 
Astraeidae.”’ 

It has recently been my fortune, while collecting in Torres 
Straits, to meet with a very considerable number of specimens 
of what I take to be a species of Lithophyllia, The coral in 
question is a common one at most stations in this region; it 
is met with at and below extreme low-water mark on the 
reefs, while most of my specimens have been obtained from 
the backs of pearl-shell picked up by divers in depths ranging 
from 3 or 4 fathoms to upwards of 20. As is the case with 
corals in general, the shape and general appearance of the 
corallum is very variable, and it assumes quite a different 
character in relation to the nature of the environment. Now, 
the point to which I would call attention is that some examples 
of this form appear to be quite indistinguishable from Quelch’s 
Moseleya latistellata. The question therefore naturally arises 
whether those who have based such weighty conclusions 
upon the single ‘Challenger’ specimen may not have acted 
somewhat precipitately : whether, after all, Moseleya may in 
reality have no genetic relationship whatever to the Cyatho- 
phyluide, and whether its supposed Rugose characters are not 
merely the expression of adaptive modification. 

Most of the specimens brought home by me differ at first 
sight very considerably from the ‘Challenger’ specimen of 
Moseleya in that the calices are not nearly so flattened or 


* One can find in this specimen symmetry of any order—tetrameral, 
hexameral, or pentameral ; all equally subjective. 

+ Some examples were preserved and will be presented to the British 
Museum; but unfortunately I did not at the time realize how much 
interest they possessed, as otherwise I might easily have collected much 
more material, and should also have made more careful observation of the 


coral during life. 


Bibliographical Notices. 387 


expanded as they are in that specimen, neither are they quite 
so large. The degree of “ cuppiness”’ in this coral appears, 
however, to be directly dependent upon the character of its 
environment. Where the bottom is hard and free from mud, 
then will the calyx be deep, but where (as is the case in 
many parts of the Straits, and notably at the spot where the 
‘Challenger’ specimen was obtained) the bottom consists 
largely of soft mud the coral will then be more or less flat- 
tened out. This modification is, of course, only what we 
might, a priori, expect to occur; for if a coral living on mud 
had a deep cup, this would very soon become filled with 
sediment. So far as my experience goes, mud is the greatest 
enemy a coral has to dread, and one frequently finds special 
adaptations to enable it to exist on muddy ground. ‘Thus, 
specimens of Turbinaria from muddy bottom often present a 
convex upper surface instead of possessing the normal cup- 
shape, or one side of the cup may be notched or hollowed out, 
or, again, the cup may be perforated at its base in order to 
enable the mud to escape, and thus to prevent the clogging 
of the coral, 

It is not my intention here to enter further into a considera- 
tion of the morphology and relationships of Moseleya, as the 
elucidation of these questions will, I hope, be undertaken at 
the much more competent hands of Mr. H. M. Bernard. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. 


Die Mimik des Menschen. By Henry Hueuss. Frankfurt-a.-M.: 
Johannes Alt, 1900. Pp. xi, 423. 


Srupents of psychology should extend this treatise a hearty welcome. 
It is comprehensive in its scope, and the various sections are 
skilfully condensed, yet so as to lose nothing for the sake of brevity. 
The book is divided into five sections or chapters, and these again 
are subdivided into smaller sections, thus facilitating reference. 

What seem to be omissions are probably intentional on the part 
of the author. Sub-section V. of Section II. is historical in character, 
and claims to be a phase of the subject hitherto untouched. We 
quite agree with the author that the attitude of caution should be 
ours when drawing conclusions from purely lay-sources relative to 
incidents of animal instinct and expressions of the emotions. We 
wish that this section—-the section, moreover, most likely to interest 
readers of this journal—had been more fully treated. 

The illustrations certainly leave much to be desired: for the 
most part they have been drawn from other works; some of them 
are old, and none of them are beautiful. They are unworthy of the 
rest of the book. 


388 Miscellaneous. 


The Birds of Ireland. By Ricuarp Ussuer and Rospert Warren, 
Gurney & Jackson, London, 1900, 


A new history of the birds of Ireland, thoroughly up to date, has 
long been needed. That want has now been supplied, with a 
completeness that leaves nothing to be desired, in the volume now 
before us. itis a model of what such a book should be, for it is 
something more than a register .of names of birds which may be 
found and looked for within the boundaries of Irish territory. Its 
pages teem with facts, and so well presented that they form the 
most delightful reading. Lovers of outdoor life, and of bird-life in 
particular, will turn to this volume again and again with a sense of 
delicious enjoyment, even though they be not specially interested in 
the birds of Ireland. ‘The whole book shows that the authors have 
an intimate—-we may say a peculiarly intimate—knowledge of their 
subject, for almost every page records some new fact or observation 
on the habits of birds and their surroundings. It might very well 
serve as a textbook on the habits and instincts of birds. 

The illustrations comprise a coloured plate, maps, numerous full- 


page plates, and vignettes, all of which are excellent. 
W. P. Pycrars; 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


Notes on the Dates of Publication of the Natural Mistory portions of 
some French Voyages.—Part I. ‘Amérique méridionale’ ; ‘Indes 
orientales’ ; ‘Péle Sud’ (‘ Astrolabe’ and ‘ Zélée’) ; ‘La Bonite’ ; 
‘La Coquille’; and ‘L’Uranie et Physicienne. By C. Davins 
Suxrporn, F.Z.S. &c., and B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S. &e. 


‘Voyage dans Amérique méridionale,’ &c. Par A. p’Ornreny. 


Tom. IIL, pt. 4. Paléontologie, by Orbigny. 188 pp. Issued in 1842, 
A portion of this work, entitled ‘Coquilles et Echino- 
dermes fossiles de Colombie’ (4to, Paris, 1842), was issued 
earlier in the same year by d’Orbigny. 

IV., pt. 2. Mammalogie, by Orbigny and Gervais. 32 pp. 1847, 
Wiegmann, Archiv, 1848, p. 143. 
IV., pt. 38. Oiseaux, by Orbigny. 395 pp. 
pp- 1- 48. 1835. Wiegmann, Arch. 1836, p. 162. 
49-158. 1837. Id. 1838, pp. 870 & 380; 1839, p. 234. 
159-232. 1838. Isis, 1839, p. 406. 
233-352. ? 
353-395. 1847. Wiegmann, Arch. 1848, ii. p. 10; Isis, 
1847, p. 940. 

[A detailed description of the bird part already issued appeared in ‘ Isis,’ 
1839, p. 406 &e.; it says that up to p. 282 had appeared by “ Lieferung 38, 
1835 ’—but the statements of Wiegmann seem more reliable as to the earlier 
pages, thc ugh it establishes the publication of p 232 by 1839 ; besides, Lief. 35 
could not have appeared until the end of 1837, as Lief. 1 was issued only in 
Jan. 18351; it appeared Oct. 1838, see Compt. Rendus, 1838, Oct., p. 726.] 
‘Tom. V., pt. 1. Reptiles. by Orbigny and Bibron. 12 pp. 

1847. Wiegmann, Arch. 1848, p. 196. 


Viiscellaneous. 391 


Botanique. 2 vols. 
I. Plantes cellulaires. 1845. Bibl. Franc. 16 Aug. 1845. 
II. Plantes vasculaires 1853. Wiegmann, Archiv, 1855, ii. 572. 
Géologie. The Atlas of Geology, which was issued in 1847 (Bibl. Frang. 
23 Jan. 1847), contained 5 pls. of fossils named by Orbigny—they 
are “‘nomen et figura,” since no descriptions were published. 


* Voyage autour du Monde exécuté pendant .... 1836 et 1887 sur 
.... ‘la Bonite,’ commandée par M. Variant,’ &e. 


Zoologie. Par MM. Eydoux et Souleyet. 
Vol. I. pp. i-xxxix, 1-106. 1841. Bibl. Frang. 18 Dec. 1841; Wieg- 
mann, Archiv, 1842, pp. 16 & 38. 
107-328. 1842. Wiegmann, Arch. 1843, p. 156. 
IT. pp. 664. 1852. Wiegmann, Arch. 1853, p. 91 ; 1854, 
pp. 895 & 421; J. de Conch. iv. 
1858, p. 93. 
Zoophytology. Par L. Laurent. 276 pp. 1844. Bibl. Frang. 14 Dec. 1844. 
Botanique. Par M. Gaudichaud, 
Introduction. 8vo. 1851. 
Explication et description des planches de ]’Atlas par CO. d’Alleizette. 
186 pp. 1866. 
Cryptogames. 355 pp. 1846. Bibl. Franc. 7 Nov. 1846. 
Note.—The whole of the Cryptogams appeared in 1846; Montagne, in 
the preface, says that the complete MS. was sent to the editor in 
Dec. 1845, that some proofs were sent by him to Berkeley in 1844, 
who pubiished extracts therefrom; but the work was not issued 
till 1846. 
Alas. 150 pls. [1846-49 ?] 


‘Voyage autour du Monde....sur....la Coquille pendant 
que keoe-2o.... Lar L. J. Duprgry &e. 


Zoologie. 28 livr., forming 2 vols. 


Livr. 1: 6 sheets. Vol. J. pp. 1-48. Bibl. Franc. 1 Nov. 1826. 
20555 49-88. 17 Jan. 1827, 
3: 25 89-128. 18 Apr. ,, 

4. 5 129-168. 25 July, ,, 
a: 6 169.906. Din @ Cte 
6: 5 217-256. 22 Mar. 1828. 
i ei 257-296. 21 June, ,; 
Bae 297-352. DOVNove. 94; 
eli | 353-408. 28 Feb. 1829. 
10. 6 409-456. AVA ei 
ll. 6 457-504. 30 May, ,, 
1D) = 7 505-560. 4 July, ,, 
¥3, 54 561-600. 21 Nov. ,, 
Id. 6 601-648. 9 Jan. 1830. 
15. 6 649-696. DEAE, Gy 
16. 6 697-745, 1 May, ,, 
AG) 20} Vol. II. pp. 1- 24. 12 June, ,, 
18. { 25-471. 1830. | 
Los 1s) 1 Deer; 
2005 ela 30 Apr. 1831. 
21. ; \ Wrappers [with plates ?] = July # 
23. 1 | GrATa Aes 
1) 


17 Sept. ,, 


392 Miscellaneous. 
9 4 
Livr. 25. 27 sheets { Con eeetas | pp. 1-216. Bibl. Frang. 12 Nov. 1831. 
oR « j ” 217-319. ] 
26. 29 | (Zoophytes.) 1-128. 10: Deas 
Pape 1 . 129-135. 28 Jan. 1832, 
28. 136-155. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. i. 115. 
Botanique. {1832. 
Livr. 1. 6 sheets, Crypt. pp. I- 48. Bibl. Frang. 12 Sept. 1827. 
2; 60: 49— 96. 26 Dec. .,, 
3. 5 97-138. 16 Feb. 1828. 
4, 8 137-200. 3 Jan. 1829.. 
5 6 201-250. 8 Aug. ,, 
6. 64 251-300. 14 Nov. ,, 
fis 3 Phan. 1- 40. I Aucaaas 
8. 6 41— 88. 2 Apr. 1831. 
Oe, 89-104. Zr wliys ves 
10. 4 105-136. 10 Mar. 1832. 
11-14. 83 137-200. 12 July, 1834. 
‘Voyage autour du Monde....exécuté sur VUranie et la 
Physicienne, pendant’. ..... 1817-20 .... Par Moa: 


DE FREYCINET. 


Zoologie. 
Livr. 1. 5 sheets, pp. 1- 40. 
6 41— 8&8, 
5 89-128. 
6 129-184. 
6 185-232. 


233-280. 


SWAT Vr Cots 
Ve 


5 (6) 281-398. 
6 oe 
4 399-494. 

10. 6 (25) , 

wae Hi 425-496. 

12.5 

13. | 497-616. 

ica 

15. 6 . 

éf 617-712. 


Par MM. Quoy et Gaimard. 
Bibl. Frane. 26 June, 1824. 


iv. 712 pp, 96 pls. 
Fér. Bull. iii. 1824, 


oleduly, 4, Ibid. {62. 

28 Aug. i Ibid. 220. 

¥8 Sept. Ibid. iv. 1825, 85. 
9 Oct. % Ibid. 250. 

2O"NOve en, Ibid. 566. 

18 Dee. Tbid. v. 255. 


9 ” 
(Si 1 java 


{7 May,; .,, 
| 18 June, _,, 


vi. 102, 113. 


Thid. vii. 1826, 582. 


6 Aug. ,, 
1 Oct. ,, Tbid. xii. 1827, 387. 
vet 
26 Apr. 1826. 
{ 14 June, ,, 


[Descriptions of the anatomy of susie of the marine. Mollusca were con- 
tributed by H. D. de Blainville; the land-shells were named by Ferussac ; 
whilst the descriptions of the “ Polypiers flexibles” were by Lamouroux.] 


Botanique. 
Livr. 1. 6 sheets, pp. 1- 48. 
2. 5 49- 88. 
3. 9 89-128. 
4. 5 129-168. 
5. 6 169-216. 
6. 6 217-264. 
7. 6 265-312. 
8. 6 313-360. 
9. 4 (2? 5) 361-400. 
10. 4 401-482. 
ll. 4 453-464. 
12. 73 465-522. 


Par M.C.Gaudichaud. Alge, by Agardh; Fungi, by Persoon. 
Bibl. Franc. 25 Oct. 1826. 


| Fér. Bull. xi, 1827. 


ri eae 429, 

eb.1827. } 
13 June, ,, Tbid. xii. 233. 
12 Sept. _,, Ibid. xiii. 1828, 75,- 
23 Feb. 1828. Ibid. xiii. 1828, 418. 
LG-Aug) a 
27 Dec. ,, ; 
18 July,1629, (Tid == 97 ee 
12 Sept. mi yee 
28 Sept. ,, k~ 


} bidet. 


* > 
2 Be 
= ps a 


“y yee = 


ne 
> ao 
Ket 


6 Mar.1830 


Re ip ct elite gis, hae tea nt genre 


THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN 


PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE 


AND 


JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. 


A JOURNAL DEVOTED TQ PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS, 
CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. 


MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. 


Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following 


Briced 
The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few copies only 
on hand, wanting some plates—price on application. 


The Second Series. in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s. 
The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1882 to 1850. So ywenths 
The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. 99 en. 


Tayzor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. 


THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE 


OF 


NATURAL HISTORY, 


INCLUDING 


ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. 
MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. 


Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following 


prices :— 
The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10, 
The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. $9) el O; 
The Vhird Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. SEY Ree 
The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. gated ee 
The Jifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. BNE oF 2s 


‘laxLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. 


CONTENTS OF NUMBER 40.—Seventh Series. 

ee Aes Page 
XL. On the Mutual Relations of the Arctic and the Antarctic 
Faunas. A Lecture by Professor Dr. Grore Prerrer, Custos of the 
Mpgeuny tn: eam DUE oss os aah s wicca ie Ria OG ae ee 301 


XLI. On a Collection of Spiders from the Bahama Islands made 
by J. L. Bonhote, Esq.; with Characters of a new Genus and Species 
of Mygalomorphe. By ¥. O. Pickarp Camsriper, B.A. (Plate VII.) 322 


XLII. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.— 
XI. New and little-known Insects from New Mexico. by T. D. A. 
CocKERELL 


XLII. Diagnoses of some new Species of Spiders from Mzashona- 
land.” By Rid, Pocoex sia regres Pin ctelemnar ger Vad BE EA 8 337 


XLIV. Note on the EKliomys of Sardinia. By G. EK, H. Barrerr- 
HaMiLTON 


XLV. On the Martens of the Mustela flavigula Group. By J. L. 
avy UR Coe: in eae oo AMINA MG RY anes CREM OES iy oe AAs BES it 342 


XLVi. Descriptions of Genera and Species of Coleoptera from 
South Africa. By H. 8. Gormam, F.Z.5. &. 


XLVIL. New Species of Saccopterya, Scourus, Rhipidumys, and 
Tatu from South America. By Oxprrutp Taomas 


XLVIIL. On a new “ Bipolar” Schizopod. By Axrr Ontin, 
eee aeaverntty Of Gin chi yee Sa chdey elctes thre) ye Saar 371 


XLIX. Descriptions of Seventeen new Genera of Ichneumonide 
trom India and One from Australia. By P. Cameron 


L. On the supposed Rediscovery of ‘‘ Voseleya” in Torres Straits. 
By 8. Pacer, F.Z.8. &e. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICKS. 
Die Mimik des Menschen. By Henry Hugues ................ 387 


‘The Birds of Ireland. By Ricuarp Ussuzr and Ropert Warren .. 388 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


Notes on the Dates of Publication of the Natural History portions of 
some French Voyages.— Part I. ‘ Amérique méridionale ’ ; ‘ Indes 
orientales’; ‘ Pole Sud’ (‘ Astrolabe’ and ‘ Zélée’) ; ‘ La Bonite’; 
‘ La Coquille’; and ‘L’Uranie et Physicienne.’ By C. Davis 
Suereorn, F.Z.8. &e., and B. B. Woonowarp, F.LS. &e. 


*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, 
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, 
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. . 


Vol. 7. SEVENTH SERIES. No. 41, 


i 
| 


a 


| Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére, 


THE ANNALS a 
AND 
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, | 
INCLUDING 

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, axyp GEOLOGY. — ' 

! 


CONDUCTED BY 
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., 
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.5,, 


| 
AND } 
WILLIAM FRANCIS, guy., F.1.S. | 


BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH 
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


’ | 


WITH ONE PLATE, 
Illustrative of Mr. R. Kirkpatrick’s Paper on a new Hexactinellid Sponge H 
from South Africa. 


LONDON: | 
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEE? STREET, 


Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, 
Berlin. 


From JOHN C. NIMMO’S. List 
IMPORTANT WORK ON BRITISH BIRDS 


NOW READY. 


One Volume, Demy 8vo, buckram cloth, gilt top, with 
' Thirty-five Coloured Plates, price £2 2s. net. 


A Handbook of British Birds 


SHOWING THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE RESIDENT AND 
MIGRATORY SPECIES IN THE BRITISH ISLANDS, WITH 
AN INDEX TO THE RECORDS OF THE RARER VISITANTS. 


BY 
J. Ee REN Ge Peo RLS 
-' ‘Memper or tae Britisn Orntrnonoaists’ Union. 
i NEW AND REVISED EDITION, 


Wirt 35 CoLourep Piarus CAREFULLY REPRODUCED FROM 
Original DRAWINGS BY THE LATH PROFESSOR SCHLEGEL. 


Over 


Extract from Author's Introduction. 


Fo.Lowin@ upon the daily exigencies of official work, the preparation of this 
volume, has occupied the leisure hours of many years, and as an attempt to 
show in one volume the precise status of every so-called British bid, 
distinguishing the rare and accidental visitants from the residents and annual 
migrants, it conveys information of a kind which is not to be found in any other 
work on British birds. 

Divided into two parts, the first portion deals with “ British Birds properly 
so called, being residents, periodical migrants, and annual visitants”; the 
second portion includes the “Rare and accidental visitants,” and a special 
feature of the book is that in the case of every rare bird a list of occurrences is 
given, from the publication of the earliest records (so far as has been ascertained) 
down to the end of the year 1900. The reader is thereby enabled to estimate 
at a glance the precise nature of the claim which any given species has to be 
considered “ British.” Some notion of the labour entailed may be formed 
when, it is stated that the number of references in Part I. amounts to 1500, 
in Part IL. to 2325, and in the whole work to 3825 or thereabouts. 

The measurements of every species are given in four dimensions, namely, the 
length from tip of bill to end of tail; length of bill; length of wing from carpal 
joint to end of longest primary; and length of leg, or rather the exposed 
portion of it (the tarsus) which is most readily seen. 

The Publisher has illustrated the volume by a series of thirty-five plates in 

‘ colour,’ reproduced from original drawings by the late Professor Schlegel, 
representing the heads of two hundred and sixty-two species (in all four 
hundred and seventy-seven figures), showing the plumage of both sexes, as well 
as old and young when necessary, with a fidelity which he ventures to think 
has never been hitherto approached in a work at the price of this volume, and 
which are so accurate as to enable an observer to immediately identify a bird 
by their aid, They have been executed in response toa repeated demand for a 
book ou British birds with accurately coloured plates in one volume. ‘This the 
booksellers have been hithertp unable to supply, the'expensively coloured works 
ot Gould and the late Lord Lilford, each costing not less than fcrty guineas, 

being altogether beyond the reach of those who cannot afford to pay more than 
‘forty shillings for their desideratum. . ‘1 


London: JOHN C. NIMMO, 14 King William Street, Strand. 


THE ANNALS 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 
(SEVENTH SERIES. ] 
No. 41. MAY 1901. 


> -— —— 


LI.—Remarks on Secondary Sexual Differences tr Rutelid 
Coleoptera, with Descriptions of some new Forms. By 
GiLBerT J. ARROW. 


THE sexual differences of the Adorete have as yet received no 
attention, although the neglect of them has added to the diffi- 
culty of establishing order in the nomenclature of this much- 
confused group of Rutelidee. ‘There are a number of extremely 
similar African species of Adoretus, characterized by a broad 
clypeus and close grey pubescence, amongst which are a few 
erect sete. The separation of these has been found a matter 
of the greatest difficulty, but there is a structure found in the 
males attention to which will, at any rate, very considerably 
obviate this. The male of Adoretus vanthochrous, Har. (testa- 
ceus, Fahr.), found in Natal, has the hind trochanters_pro- 
duced into a long spine, which has been described as a specific 
character. It seems to have been overlooked that it occurs in 
only one sex. 

The male of the West-African A. hirtellus, Lap., has a 
similar long spine, but consisting in this case of a sharp pro- 
jection from the femur. It is represented in the female by a 
slight and not acute prominence. 

In A. vestitus, Reiche (Abyssinia), this sexual structure 
iS represented by a triangular plate which occupies the 

Ann. &: Mag: N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 28 


< 


394 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Rutelid Coleoptera. 


same position. These two species are otherwise scarcely 
distinguishable. 

The Kast-African A. punctipennis, Fahr., another species 
of almost identical appearance, may be distinguished from 
those just referred to by the entire absence in both sexes of 
any armature of this kind. In a former paper dealing with 
Rutelid Coleoptera from the Transvaal (Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. (7) iv. p. 120), regarding all the unarmed specimens 
as females, I failed to distinguish these two species, and 
referred a specimen of A. punctipennis to the West-African 
species. The range of these insects is therefore still less 
wide than I there stated. dA. punctipennis, Fahr., though 
distinct from A. hirtellus, Lap. (=cinerarius, Burm.), is, I 
believe, identical with A. cephalotes, Gerst. 

In all these forms the two sexes are closely similar and the 
appearance of both that of typical Adoret’; but there are 
members of the group in which the male characters are 
greatly exaggerated, the hind legs being of enormous size 
and the characteristic appearance of the true Adoretus almost 
lost. One of these is A. albosetosus, Waterh. (which has been 
twice redescribed by M. Fairmaire under the names of a/bo- 
hispidus and hystrix). For this a new genus will have ulti- 
mately to be formed, but I do not propose to do this at present, 
as I have not yet been able to see the female, which appears 
to be much rarer than the male. 

An East-African insect not very distantly related to the 
last has been described by Herr Brenske under the name of 
Trigonochilus coriaceus. ‘The author was evidently not 
acquainted with the nearest allies of this remarkable beetle, 
for he has formed a new subfamily for it. Had the female 
only been known, however, the species would no doubt have 
been placed in the genus Adoretus, the peculiarities which 
have induced its separation virtually all resulting from the 
great developments peculiar to the male. Here again there 
is a strong spine upon the lower edge of the hind femur, 
which, with the tibia, is greatly enlarged, asin A. albosetosus. 

In the British Museum is an undescribed species from 
Angola, which, although differing considerably in general 
appearance from J’, cortzaceus, may well be placed in the same 
genus. The two sexes of this show similar remarkable 
differences. 


Trigonochilus politus, sp. n. 


Breviter ovatus, nitidus, rufo-testaceus; capite rugoso-punctato ; 
prothorace parvo, lateribus valde arcuatis, longe flavo-hirtis, 
marginibus reflexis, angulis posticis rotundatis, disco fere polito ; 


Mr. G. J. Arrow on Rutelid Coleoptera. 395 


scutello flavo-setoso, cordiformi; elytris leviter parum dense 
punctatis; pygidio cum abdominis dorso flavo-pubescentibus ; 
corpore subtus fere nudo, cum pedibus ferrugineis. 

Long. 10:5-12°5 mm. 

3, elytris basi vage infuscatis, subtilissime punctatis, pilis brunneis 
longissimis parce hirtis; pedibus postice valde incrassatis, femoribus 
dilatatis spina longa recta munitis, tibiis curvatis, apice intus 
longissime et acute productis, tarsis quam tibiis paulo brevioribus, 

2, thorace basi fortius contracto, punctis disco nonnullis magnis; 
elytris magis punctatis, minute et parcissime flavo-sctosis, pone 
medium maculis parvis + prope margines formantibus. 


Hab. Angola. 

This species is of a shorter and more oval form than 
T. cortaceus and of a brick-red colour. The upper surface in 
the female is decorated with minute scaly sete, collecting on 
the posterior half of the elytra into rather indefinite yellow 
spots. In the male these seta are replaced by very long 


(ed 


Hind legs of males of (a) Tregonochilus coriaceus, Brenske, 
(6) T. politus, Arrow. Twice natural size. 


hairs thinly scattered over the prothorax and elytra. In the 
female the hairs are much shorter and confined to the margins. 
The prothorax of the male is flatter and less narrowed behind 
than in the other sex and the elytra are darker at the base. 
The hind legs show a similar development to those of 
A, coriaceus, but the femoral spine is straight, the tibia is 
produced at the extremity into a very long spur, and the tarsus 
is scarcely as long as the tibia. 

I have sketched the hind legs of the males of these two 
species for the sake of comparison. Herr Brenske’s figure 
of the type species gives a scarcely correct impression of 
its appearance, as was almost inevitable, since the artist did 
not see the insect. 


A little more attention given to the sexual characters of the 
genus Anoplognathus would have rendered the identification 
and classification of these beetles much simpler. Some of the 


28* 


396 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Rutelid Coleoptera. 


species are unrecognizable from description owing to uncer- 
tainty as to the sex of the type, a point which can always be 
ascertained with very little trouble. These characters also 
form a more natural and useful basis of subdivision than 
those which have been employed. 

The proper allocation of the species between the genera 
Calloodes and Anoplognathus las vexed the minds of all who 
have dealt with these insects, partly owing to the rarity of the 
type species of the former genus, but also through oversight 
of the sexual differences, which has led to forms of very varied 
type being assigned to it by different authors. Hxamination 
of both sexes of Calloodes grayanus, White, shows it to 
possess, in common with its immediate allies, peculiarities in 
the form of clypeus and tibia which quite clearly separate them 
from all other forms. 

To set this matter at rest I shall for the first time formally 
characterize this genus, drawing up the diagnosis from White’s 
type (which is a female) and a male of the same species. 


CALLOODES. 


Regulariter ovatus, subdepressus. Clypeus utroque sexu brevis 
recte truncatus, margine reflexa; maris angulis minus rotundatis, 
margine magis reflexa. Prothoracis margo postica ante scutellum 
profunde excisa, ad emarginationis latera acute angulata. Tibi 
antic edentate, latere externo maris recto, femine leviter bi- 
sinuato. Processus mesosternalis longus, validus, fere rectus. 


The known species of this genus are grayanus, White, 
Rayneri, McLeay, and Atkinsoni, Waterhouse, all others 
assigned to it being entirely different in essential characters. 
Mr. Blackburn, who last attempted to define the genus, 
although believing he knew all the species, had evidently 
seen none of these three, for he finds the principal generic 
characteristic to be the possession of ‘‘ genuinely metallic” 
colours, whereas all are unmetallic green. 

] may note that C. grayanus has a cleft claw to the front 


tarsus in the female, while in the other species all claws are 
undivided in both sexes. 


The following new species of Anoplognathus may be 
described here :— 


Anoplognathus luridus, sp. 0. 


Breviter ovatus, brunneus; capite, prothorace, scutello, pygidio, 
femoribus tibiisque igneo-metallicis, corpore subtus metallico- 
nigro, tarsis nigro-viridibus; clypeo brevi, cum fronte paulo 


Mr. G, J. Arrow on Rutelid Coleoptera. 397 


punctato, nitido, maris parte media nonnihil producta, reflexa ; 
prothorace nitido, vix punctato, lateribus paulo arcuatis, angulis 
anticis acutis, posticis fere rectis, marginis anticw medio sat pro- 
funde ante scutellum exciso, angulis rotundatis; elytris subdense 
non confluenter punctatis, punctis majoribus seriato-ordinatis 
interpositis, apicibus paulo productis, subtiliter rotundatis ; 
pygidio fere levi, punctis magnis setisque nonnullis; corpore 
subtus fere nudo, processu mesosternali longo, acuto, tibiis anticis 
3-dentatis. 

Long. 22 mm. 


Hab. New South Wales. 

This insect is intermediate between A. rugosus, Kirby, and 
A, chloropyrus, Drap., its colouring being almost that of the 
former and its form and sculpture more those of the latter, 
but showing an approximation to 4. rugosus. The clypeus is 
as in A. chloropyrus, but the sternal process is stronger, there 
is no definite striation upon the elytra, of which the sutural 
angles are slightly produced and not squarely truncate, and 
the sculpturing of the pygidium is only incipient. 


Anoplognathus explanatus, sp. n. 


Ovoidalis, depressus, postice latus, brunneo-testaceus, levissime 
purpureo-nitens ; capite, prothorace scutelloque paulo seneis, 
pygidio fusco-viridi, corpore subtus nigro, femoribus tibiisque 
rufis, tarsis pigro-viridibus, capite, prothorace, scutello suturaque 
anguste nigro-marginatis; capite punctato-rugoso, clypeo maris 
producto, quadrato, hirto, margine antica tota reflexa, feminee 
semicireulari; prothorace transyerso, maris paulo angustiore, 
leviter punctato, angulis anticis crebrius, his flavo-hirtis, acutis, 
angulis posticis fere rectis, lateribus angulatis vix arcuatis, mar- 
gine postica ante scutellum leviter excisa; scutello subtiliter 
punctato; elytris sublineato-punctatis, ad humeros prothoracis 
latitudine, deinde ad post medium valde dilatantibus (maris paulo 
minus), costa laterali ad marginem parallela, angulis suturalibus 
separatim sat minute rotundatis; pygidio rugoso, parce flayo- 
hirto; corpore subtus (abdominis medio excepto), femoribus 
tibiisque intus flavo-hirtis, mesosterno crebre punctato, breviter 
acuto, tibiis anticis 3-dentatis. 

Long. 23 mm. 


Hab. New South Wales. 

This isa member of the section represented by A. suturalis, 
Boisd., and A. hirsutus, Burm., as indicated by the hairy 
squarely-produced clypeus of the male. It is readily distin- 
guished, however, from these, as from all other described 
species, by its peculiar pear-shaped outline and the prominent 
costa running near and parallel to the margin of each elytron. 


398 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Rutelid Coleoptera. 


The purplish lustre characterizing all the specimens I have 
seen may, perhaps, not be absolutely constant, but another 
feature distinguishing this species from the two just mentioned 
is presented by the apices of the elytra, which are separately 
rounded. 

Although these three insects are the only described species 
of this section of the genus, it consists of a number of closely 
related forms. As I am not able to decide with certainty 
which of these is Burmeister’s species, it would be unwise to 
attempt at present to name the other nondescripts. 


Another beautiful Australian Rutelid, also sexually di- 
morphic, requires further description. This is the Popitlia 
flavomaculata of McLeay, a species probably described froma 
single specimen and quite erroneously placed. Specimens of 
this insect have lately been brought from Mount Bellenden 
Ker, in North Queensland, and it was only by an accident 
that I was led to consult McLeay’s description, for neither in 
form nor structure has the species any resemblance to Popdllia, 
a genus which is not known in Australia. The rather de- 
pressed and elliptical form and pubescent surface of flavo- 
maculata distinctly suggest Adoretus, but its mouth-parts dis- 
proveanysuch affinity. The flat prosternal process upstanding 
behind the coxz is known elsewhere among Rutelidee only in 
the genus A/imela, but the ten-jointed antenne, as well as its 
entire aspect, seem to exclude this insect from the Anoma- 
line. Although I am unable to pronounce upon the true 
place of this new genus in the family, its remarkable combi- 
nation of characters, together with the peculiar beauty of its 
colour and marking, will make it quite easy of identification 
when rescued from the obscurity of a great genus to which it 
does not belong. 


MIMADORETUS, gen. nov. 


Ellipticus, subdepressus. Clypeus subquadratus, transversus. La- 
brum simplex, late emarginatum. Mavxille 3-dentate, palporum 
articulo ultimo grandi, fusiformi, longitudine ad reliquos squali. 
Labium latum, margine paulo concava. Antenne 10-articulate, 
clava triphylla, parum elongata. Prosternum post coxas promi- 
nens, cuneiforme. Metasternum inter coxas medias acutum, non 
productum. Pedes omnes robusti. Tibise anticee fortiter biden- 
tate. Maris ungues integri, femine pedis antici externus fissus. 


The type of Mimadoretus flavomaculatus is evidently a 
female, in which sex the upper surface is of a light mahogany- 
colour, with a metallic lustre, especially upon ‘the prothorax. 


Mr. G. J. Arrow on Rutelid Coleoptera. 399 


In the male, however, the elytra are almost black, shining 
but quite unmetallic. In both there is a similar pattern of 
yellow scaly hairs which cover the pygidium and under 
surface. It is quite a small beetle, about 8 millimetres long. 


The following two new species of Pseudosinghala are 
remarkable for colour-differences between the two sexes. 
These are of the nature which J have previously described as 
general in the Anomaline, viz. the males are invested with a 
hue superimposed upon that of the females. 


Pseudosinghala regalis, sp. n. 


Curta, robusta, testacea; corpore antice et subtus brunneo, tibiis 
tarsisque fere nigris, maris capite, prothorace, scutello, pygidio, 
corpore subtus femoribusque igneo-metallicis, feminze corpore 
subtus femoribusque solum leviter eneis; capite dense rugoso, 
clypeo late arcuato ; prothorace valde convexo, grosse punctato, 
postice sat disperse, lateribus margineque postica fortiter ac 
equaliter arcuatis, hac utrinque impressa, angulis anticis acutis, 
posticis valde obtusis; scutello late cordiformi, vix punctato ; 
elytris brevibus, testaceis, grosse lineato-punctatis, punctis ocel- 
latis, macula transversa basali, scutellum amplectente, sutura, 
plagisque humerali et postica obliqua nigris, punctis flavis duobus 
(nonnunquam bisectis) parvis ad suturam ante medium; pygidio 
magno, grosse punctato; tibiis anticis fortiter bidentatis, pedum 
4 anteriorum unguibus externis fissis; corporis subtus lateribus 
parce pilosis. 

Long. 85-10 mm. 


Hab. Penang. 

This is the largest Pseudosinghala yet known. It is stout 
and globular, with the sides of the thorax more strongly 
curved than in any other species known to me. The elytra 
in both sexes are of a rich testaceous colour, with a small 
yellow spot (sometimes divided) on each side of the suture 
before the middle, and nearly the entire margin black, to- 
gether with a transverse patch round the scutellum, which 
may extend right across the elytra. ‘The difference between 
the sexes is that, while in the female the head, thorax, and 
scutellum are of a very dark brown colour, in the male they 
are suffused with a brilliant fiery lustre. The pygidium of 
the latter also has a similar lustre, whereas in the female it 
is, with the rest of the abdomen, unmetallic red. 

A series of specimens in the British Museum were collected 
by the late Mr. Lamb, and the species is also in Mons. R. 


Oberthiir’s collection. 


400 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Rutelid Coleoptera. 


Pseudosinghala conjuga, sp. 0. 


Breviter cylindrica, pallide testacea, ubique metallico-nitens; pro- 
thorace (lateribus exceptis), scutello, elytrorum sutura (antice et 
postice latius), abdominis medio, tibiis tarsisque maris nigro-eneis, 
femine rufo-testaceis; capite rugoso, clypeo late arcuato; pro- 
thorace valde convexo, subtiliter punctato, margine postica regu- 
lariter arcuata, lateribus fortiter arcuatis, angulis anticis acutis, 
posticis valde obtusis ; scutello fere equaliter trilaterali, vix punc- 
tato; elytris fortiter punctato-striatis, macula lata suturali vix 
ad margines anticam et posticam attingente medio utrinque 
abrupte interrupta; pygidio disperse punctato, cum pectoris et 
abdominis lateribus femoribusque pallidis; corpore toto nudo ; 
tibiis anticis fortiter bidentatis, tarsorum 4 anteriorum unguibus 
externis fissis. 

Long. 6 mm. 


Hab. §. India, Nilgiri Hills. 

In this species there is a slight metallic gloss over the 
entire surface, but the dark markings are in the male deep 
blackish bronze and in the female reddish, becoming in the 
latter regularly paler from the head backwards, until the 
posterior division of the broad sutural mark becomes indis- 
tinguishable from the testaceous ground-colour. ‘The femora 
in both sexes are pale and the tibie and tarsi of the colour of 


the dorsal markings according to the sex. 


As the result of a study of further examples I have to 
confess to having, in the case of Hylamorpha rufimana, 
Arrow, fallen into the trap against which | have warned 
others, this being nothing but a sexual form—the female of 
HI, elegans, Burm, My error is due to the fact that the two 
specimens from which my description was drawn up were 
from a separate collection, and the only two females in the 
British Museum collection, as compared with a large series of 
the other sex. This is very strange, especially as ina collec- 
tion lent to me by Mr. H. 8. Gorham, which I have recently 
examined, the males are less than twice as numerous as the 
females. Burmeister apparently did not know the latter, for 
he has described the sexes as “@ bright green; ¢ with legs 
and elytra olivaceous,” which is quite wrong, the discoloured 
forms occurring equally in both sexes. The real distinction 
consists in the front legs of the female being of a castaneous 
colour and the middle and hind tibiz brilliant golden green. 
The front tibiz are also shorter and more strongly toothed in 
this sex, the third tooth being past the middle. In the male 


On Coleoptera from South Africa. 401 


all the legs are unmetallic green and the front tibie slightly 
toothed on the distal half only. 

The discoloration regarded by Burmeister as a sexual pecu- 
liarity may possibly be due to immaturity or to the action of 
preservatives. I have scen it in all stages, and it appears to 
be one of these imperfect specimens which has been honoured 
with specific rank by Herr Nonfried, under the name of 
Sulctpalpus subviolaceus. 


Dr. Ohaus has kindly pointed out to me that a name— 
Anomala solida—used by me in a previous paper (Trans. Ent. 
Soc. Lond. 1899, p. 257) dealing with sexual dimorphism in 
the Rutelidw is occupied by a species of Erichson’s placed as 
synonymous with A. enea by Gemminger and Harold, but 
regarded as distinct by Dr. Ganglbauer. I therefore rename 
my species Anomala mutata. 


Ll1.—Descriptions of Genera and Species of Coleoptera from 
South Africa. By H. 8S. Goruam, F.Z.S. &e. 


[Concluded from p. 366.) 


Fam, Endomychide. 
Ancylopus bisignatus, Gerst. Mon. Endom. p. 192. 


Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury, in marsh-rubbish (Jfarshall). 
Three males. 

These seem to differ a little from Senegal specimens by 
their darker red colour and by the base of the elytra being 
narrowly and indeterminately black. The legs are also very 
dark. Gerstaecker, by an error, says the mdddle tibie in the 
male are toothed; it is, of course, the front tibia, and the 
middle pair only, as he afterwards says, bent near their 
apices. 


Ancylopus unicolor, Gerst. Mon. Endom. p. 194. 


A single male specimen without the locality, but I believe 
from Salisbury with the preceding. ‘he front and middle 
tibia are both toothed, as they are in A. melanocephalus . 


Gdiurthrus natalensis, Gerst. Mon, Endom. p. 346, t. iii. 
fig. 5. 
Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury, “ina swamp” (Marshall). 


402 Rev. H. S. Gorham on 


Gerstaecker seems to have considered both sexes to have 
the enlarged ninth joint of the antenne; in one of the two 
examples sent by Mr. Marshall it is not so, and I have 
observed the same in other examples. It appears to be the 
sexual character of the male, as the legs have the tibiz more 
bent in the example with a swollen joint. I have an example 
of a Danaé from Zanzibar with black antenne, without an 
enlarged joint, which seems to be very near, if not identical 
with, Gdiarthrus senegalensis. I have seen so very few 
Danaé rufula from Abyssinia, and what I have seen were so 
ill-preserved, that I think it will be better to adhere to Ger- 
staecker’s genus for the Natal insect. The figurein Gerstaecker 
does not represent the flattened margin like that of Steno- 
tarsus, which, nevertheless, he mentions, and the thorax is 
shown as much narrower than it is in our insect. 


Fam. Coccinellide. 


Lioadalia flavomaculata, De Geer, Crotch, Rev. Coccin. p. 103 
(1874). 
Hab. Natal, Estcourt (Marshall). 


Lioadalia intermedia, Crotch, tom. cit. p. 103. 
Hab. Natal, Frere (Marshall). 


Halyzia exiguenotata, sp. n. 
Hab. Natal, Umfuli River; Mashonaland, Salisbury, on 
Brachystegia (Marshall). 


Thea variegata, Fabr., Muls., Crotch, tom. cit. p. 134. 
Hab. Natal, Estcourt (Marshall). 


Var. maculis brunneis. 


Hab. Natal, Malvern (Marshall). 


Dysis Marshalli, sp. n. 
Hab. Delagoa Bay (Marshall). 


Dysis rufocincta, sp. n. 


Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall). 


Dysis orientalis, Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeits. 1900, Heft i. 
p-- 120; 
“ Rotundata, convexiuscula, dilute testaceo-flava, nitida; pro- 
thorace subtiliter alutaceo et punctulato, elytris punctulatis. 
“ Long. 3°8 millim.” 


Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall). 


Coleoptera from South Africa. 403 


Of this recently described species three examples have been 
sent me by Mr. G. Marshall. It was described from N’Guelo, 
German Kast Africa. 


Caria Welwitschit, Crotch, Rev. Coccin. p. 171 (1874). 


flab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall). 

The black dots on the elytra seem liable to disappear; in 
our examples (two in number) the humeral one and that near 
the suture before the middle alone persist. I have two from 
Zululand (probably) in which the other spots, or at least a 
small sutural one, are faintly indicated. 


Micraspis bidentata, Muls. (Alesta), Crotch, tom. cit. p. 173. 
Hab. Natal, Frere (Marshall). 


Micraspis inclusa, Muls. (Alesta), Crotch, tom. cit. p. 174. 
Hab. Natal, Estcourt. 
Micraspis frerensis, sp. n. 
Hab. Natal, Frere (Marshall). 
Micraspis striata, Fabr., Muls. (Alesta), Crotch, tom. cit. 
p. 174. 
Hab. Natal, Malvern (Marshall). 
Chilomenes quadrilineata, Muls. (Cydonia), Crotch, tom. 
Cit. pe 119. 
Hab. Natal, Weenen, Estcourt (Marsha/l). 
A very common species and widely distributed in South 
Africa. 
Chilomenes lunata, Fabr. 
Hab, Natal, Mashonaland, Salisbury. 


Chilomenes Weise?, sp. n. 
Hab. Natal, Umkomaas River (Marshall). 


Chilomenes picticollis, sp. n. 


Hab. Natal, Estcourt (Marshall). 


Chilomenes geisha, sp. n. 
Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury Pts oa) Var. Delagoa 
Bay (Marshall). 
Exochomus nigromaculatus, Goeze ees, Crotch, tom 
cit. p. 192. 
Exochomus auritus, Seriba, Muls. 


Hab, Natal, Frere, Estcourt (Marshall). 


404 Rev. H. S. Gorham on 


Exochomus justitie, sp. n. 


Hab. Natal, Malvern, on Justicia (Marshall). 


Chilocorus distigma, Klug (Cocernella), Crotch, tom. cit. 
p. 184. 


Hab. Natal, Estcourt ; Mashonaland, Salisbury, on Acacia 
horrida and various plants and flowers (Warshall). 


Var. elytris impunctatis. 

Crotch mentions the variety without a red spot from 
Angola. I can only refer a very small example with red 
spots to this name. 


Chilocorus cruentus, sp. n. 


FHlab. Mashonaland, Lesapi River (Marsha//). 


Chilocorus Marshalli, sp. n. 
Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Jarshall). 


Found feeding on scale-insects on Port Jackson willow. 


Platynaspis cupicola, Crotch, tom. cet. p. 197 (¢ only). 
Mas, capite prothoracisque angulis anticis lete aurantiacis. 
Femina, capite nigro. 
Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury, on Lantana (Marshall). 
Three examples (two male, one female) sent. 


Platynaspis obscura, sp. n. 
Hab. Natal, Malvern, Isipingo, Umkomaas River (Mar- 
shall). 


Lotis bipunctiger, sp. n. 
Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury. 


Hyperaspis hottentotta, Muls.? Spec. Col. Trim. p. 645. 


Hab. Natal, Frere (Marshall), on Acacia. 

I am not able to identify this certainly, and think it best 
to record the Natal insect under this name with doubt. The 
three examples have black heads and are probably females. 


Hyperaspis delicatula, Muls. Spec. Col. Trim. p. 693; 
Crotch, Rev. Coccin. p. 236. 
Hab. Natal, Frere, on flowers of Acacia horrida (Marshall). 
I have received three examples of a Hyperaspis narrower 
than the one recorded above, but more distinctly punctured, 
and all with red heads. One of these I sent to Herr Weise, 
who remarks:— Durch die schlanke Form von delicatula 
Muls. verschieden.”” Crotch (/oc. cet.) evidently thought it 


Coleoptera from South Africa. 405 


the male of H. hottentotta, and I should be sorry to describe 
the insect till the point is cleared up. Certainly I see no 
reason why they should not be the males of the species I 
regard as H. hottentotta, Muls. There is in these males, 
however, no humeral spot. 


Epilachna chrysomelina, Fabr. (Coccinella), Muls., Crotch, 
Rev. Coccin, p. 71. 

Hab. Natal, Tugela River, Weenen, Estcourt. 

The form met with in Natal and in the Cape Colony 
pertains to the var. difasciata, Fabr. (Cocetnella), in which 
the black spots have become very large, so that often the two 
basal ones, and sometimes the two middle ones, are trans- 
versely united ; but they vary excessively, and no permanent 
distinction appears to exist except that the examples are 
larger than those from the Mediterranean district. 


Epilachna infirma, Muls., Crotch, tom. cit. p. 72. 
Hab. Natal, Karkloof (Marshall). 


Epilachna Paykullt, Muls., Crotch, tom. ett. p. 77. 
Hab. Natal, Estcourt, on potato &e. (Marshall) ; Tugela 
River, Weenen; Karkloof. 


I have examples from Barberton in the Transvaal. 


Epilachna hirta, Thunb., Muls., Crotch, tom. cit. p. 69. 


Hab. Natal, Estcourt, on Solanaceee (Marshall). 

One of the most widely spread and most variable species. 

“Tt occurs over the whole of Africa” (Crotch). 

The examples from Estcourt are of the var. Z. insidiosa, 
in which there are three black fascia, the two posterior being 
joined in the middle; the thorax is red, and it is longer than 
the Cape examples in my collection ; it is possibly distinct. 


Epilachna canina, Fabr. (Coccinella), Muls., Crotch, tom. 
cut. p. 68. 
Hab. Natal, Tafel Kop, Ulundi; Malvern ; 
Salisbury (Marshall). 
A very widely spread variable species, which has been 
described under several names when coming from different 
parts of the African continent. The Natal form with the 


thorax pale yellow, and to which the Salisbury examples also 
pertain, is #, Dreget, Mulsant. 


Mashonaland, 


Epilachna cupicola, Muls., Crotch, tom. cit. p. 71. 
Hab. Natal, Estcourt, Isipingo (Marshall), 


Several 
examples. 


406 Rev. H. S. Gorham on 


Epilachna punctipennis, Muls., Crotch, tom. cit. p. 76. 
Hab, Natal, Isipingo. 
Occurs also at Zanzibar, Abyssinia, and the West Coast. 
Epilachna Godarti, Muls., Crotch, tom. cit. p. 76. 
Hab. Natal; Mashonaland, Salisbury (Jarshall). 


Chnootriba similis, Thunb. ( Coccinella), Muls., Crotch, tom. 
cut. p. V7. 
Hab. Natal, Estcourt; occurs abundantly from Abyssinia 
to the Cape; on flowers of Acacia horrida (Marshall). 


Chnootriba assimilis, Muls. Spec. Trim. p. 699; Crotch, 


tom. cit. p. 77. 
flab. Natal, Umkomaas River. 


Scymnus Rosenhaueri, Muls. Spec. Col. Trim. p. 966; Crotch, 
tom. cit. p. 208. 


Hab. Natal, 81 (Marshall). 


Scymnus Morellet’, Muls. Spec. Col. Trim. p. 973; Crotch, 
tom, cit. p. 208. 


Hab. Natal, 72, 73 (Marshall). 


Scymnus Castroemt, Muls. Spec. Col. Trim. p. 978, var. ; 
Crotch, tom. cit. p. 258. 
Hab. Natal, 174, 196 (Marshall). 


Scymnus binevatus, Muls. Spec. Col. Trim. p. 975?; Crotch, 
tom. cit. p. 258. 


Hab. Natal, 170, 171 (Marshalt). 


Scymnus (Sidis?) sp. 
Hab. Natal, Frere, on flowers of the wattle (Acacia mollis- 
sima) (Marshall). 


Ortalia pallens, var. O. Guillebeaut, Muls. 

This differs from typical O. pallens only in having the 
head and limb of the elytra black; but as we have a specimen 
from Estcourt in which the margin of the elytra is black 
while the head is orange, I think Crotch is right in referring 
them to one species. The specimens from Malvern and Um- 
komaas in Natal belong to O. Guillebeaut, while those from 
Salisbury are entirely yellow. 


Ortalia fluveola, Klug, Muls. Spec. Coll. Trim. p. 895 ? 
Hab. Mashonaland, Lesapi River (Jarshall). 


Coleoptera from South Africa. 407 


The determination of this insect is somewhat doubtful. 
The type is from Madagascar, and Mulsant was inclined to 
consider it merely a small form of O. calliops. ‘The larger of 
our two examples is only 4 millimetres in length. 

Ortalia variata, Muls., Crotch, Rev. Coccin. p. 275. 

flab. Mashonaland, Salisbury; Marandello, Headlands 
(Marshall). 

Ortalia pallens, Muls., Crotch, tom. cit. p. 275. 

Hab. Natal, Estcourt; Umkomaas River, Malvern; on 
Acacia giraffe (Marshall) ; Mashonaland, Salisbury. 
Ortalia calliops, Guér., Muls., Crotch, tom. cit. p. 275 ? 

Hab. Mashonaland, Umfuli River (Marshall). 

Three examples, excessively like and hardly to be separated 
from O. Méklint, Muls., may possibly belong to this Mada- 
gascar species. 

Rodolia? (Endochilus, Weise ?). 
Hab. Natal, Isipingo (Marshall) ; Zanzibar. 


Aulis annexa, Muls., Crotch, tom. cit. p. 294. 

Flab. Mashonaland, Salisbury, Lesapi River. 

Six examples obtained by beating the ‘‘ mosasa’’ tree or 
Acacia are probably to be referred to this species ; but they 
differ from a specimen in the Cambridge Museum by the red 
spots not being so confluent. 

Aulis sp.? 


Hab. Natal, Frere ?, 166 (Marshall). 
A single specimen of the size of A. annexa, but with the 


red spots differently arranged, and densely clothed with grey 
pubescence. 


Cyrtaulis sellata, sp. n. 
Hab. Natal, Malvern (Marshall). 


Cyrtaulis sexpustulata, sp. n. 
Hab. Natal, Frere, Estcourt (Marshall). 
Cyrtaulis tristis, sp. n. 


Hab. Natal, Frere (Marshall). 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 
Halyzia exiguenotata, sp. n. 


Breyiter oblonga, suborbiculata, sordide pallide flava; prothorace 


408 Rev. H. S. Gorham on 


transverso, angulis anticis prominulis vix acutis, margine antico 
translucido, oculos subtegente ; puncto parvo utrinque, et quatuor 
aliis cum nota fulva M egre signantibus, his seepe deeuntibus. 
Elytris punctis nigris, quasi 12-13 in singulis, notatis, quatuor 
basalibus (humerali per strigam cum basi interdum conjuncto) ; 
quatuor in fascliam medianam irregulariter digestis ; tribus sub- 
apicalibus; duobus in lituram apicalem szepe conjunctis. Punctis 
pallido cinctis; antennis, palpis pedibusque pallide testaceis, 
Punctura thoracis distincta, sed creberrima per minuta et seepe 
confluens ; elytrorum minus regulariter et inaqualiter crebre sed 
obsolete impressa. 

Long. 6°5 millim. 
Hab. Natal, Umfuli River; Mashonaland, Salisbury, on 

Brachystegia ( Marshal’), 


Dysts Marshall’, sp. n. 


Suborbicularis, parum oblonga, testacea, nitida, minute vix visibiliter 
punctata ; prothorace sanguineo, margine antico et laterali tenuiter 
flavo-limbato, medio late nigro vittato; elytris nigris, late equaliter 
sanguineo-marginatis, singulis maculis duabus subquadratis flavis, 
una basi ligata, suturam nigram fere attingente, altera nec 
suturam nec marginem rufum attingente; corpore subtus cum 
pedibus aurantiaco. 

Long. vix ultra 4 millim. 


Hab. Delagoa Bay (G@. A. K. Marshall). 

Slightly oblong-ovate ; thorax nearly as wide as the elytra 
at the base, quite three times as wide as long. Head with 
the trophi yellow, eyes finely granulate. Thorax more than 
twice and a half times as wide as long; front angles acute ; 
sides widening to about the middle, much rounded, not ex~- 
panded, but the extreme limb narrowly reflexed; base not 
margined ; the surface even and not impressed ; deep orange- 
red, with the front and side-margins narrowly yellow; the 

unctuation is very close and very fine. Scutellum black. 
Elytra with four large yellow spots, two on each almost in a 
square, but the anterior pair are scarcely separated by the 
very narrow black edge of the suture, while the posterior ones 
are more widely divided ; the transverse black fascia widens 
out on the margin of the disk; the whole lateral margin, 
including the shoulders and apex, is bordered with a deep 
orange margin of equal width; the whole underside, legs, and 
mouth-organs are orange-yellow. ‘The epipleure are very 
concave, but not fossulate nor expanded, and terminate before 
the apex. 

JT'wo examples of this very pretty species were sent. It is 
very like D. decora, Muls., a species from Senegal, of which 


Coleoptera from South Africa. 409 


I have seen the type in the British Museum, but differs in 
several points, particularly in having the scutellum black and 
in the elytral spots not having an irregular outline. 

I am obliged to Herr J. Weise for having examined this 
insect and for pointing out its affinities. It was unknown to 


him as to me. 
Dysis rufocineta, sp. n. 


D, Marshalli affinis, quoad formam et puncturam simillima, paullu- 
lum major, supra sanguineo-rufa ; capite et subtus cum pedibus 
flava ; elytris nigris, basi et lateribus late wqualiter sanguineo 
marginatis, elytris crebre ac distincte punctatis. 

Long. 4 millim. 


Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall, at light). 

Very like D. Marshalli, most of the description of which 
will apply, with the exception of the four yellow spots, 
of which no trace is here visible. The disk of the elytra 
being deep black, the base, which in that species is occupied 
by the basal yellow spot, is here margined with red like the 
rest of the margin, and this colour even extends down the 
suture in an indistinct manner. The scutellum is black, but 
the thorax in both examples wants the black vitta or any 
basal indication of it. The front angles and sides are 
narrowly edged with yellow, this colour ceasing before the 
hind angles are reached. J think with Herr Weise, to whom 
I sent one of the two examples, that this is a distinct species 
from D, Marshall, and it was found at a very distant locality. 


Chilomenes Weitsed, sp. n 
Orbicularis, testacea ; thorace parvo, brevi, quam elytra multo angus- 
tiore, basi punctisque duobus nigris, sutura tenuissime nigra ; 
corpore subtus piceo; pedibus rufo-testaceis. 
Long. 5-6 millim. 

Hab. Natal, Umkomaas River (Marshall). 

Orbicular, as wide as, or wider than, long, the thorax very 
small for the insect, the elytra very much inclined, with 
extremely wide epipleure ; ; the pattern of the thorax is very 
simple, consisting of two dots, somewhat triangular, and a 
plain unindented “black basal margin terminating before the 
hind angles. Owing to the inclination of the elytra, the base 
of the thorax is widely V-shaped. Iilytra nearly hemi- 
spherical, their margins a little expanded, punctuation scarcely 
visible, testaceous, their suture narrowly and the scutellum 
black; at their base they are very much wider than the small 
thorax, so that the humeral angles are quite outside the sides 
of the thorax. four examples are before me. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 29 


410 Rev. H. S. Gorham on 


Chilomenes picticollis, sp. n. 

Orbicularis, fere hemispherica, nigra, fere levis; capite pro- 
thoraceque albidis, hoc maculis duabus triquetris discoidalibus, 
basi tenuiter (utrinque angulariter) dilatato, punctisque duobus 
oblongis sublateralibus, interdum cum basi ligatis nigris; elytris 
testaceis, sutura, margineque tenui, et scutello nigris; pedibus 
nigris ; tibiis, tarsis, femorumque apicibus testaceis. 

Long. 4:5-5 millim. 

Hab. Natal, Estcourt (Marshall). 

Orbicular, the width equal to the length ; thorax twice and 
a half or three times as wide as long, front angles acute and 
depressed, their margins with those of the sides very narrowly 
reflexed and black. The markings are:—two triangular 
spots on each side of the middle; their longest axis is trans- 
verse and their bases are opposed; two oblong spots near 
each side, in one of two examples sent united to the narrow 
black base; the basal black line widens into an angular 
denticulation on each side. The elytra are very obsoletely 
punctured ; their black margin commences a little before the 
shoulders, and occupies the slightly expanded margin, 
becoming very narrow at the apex, the suture very finely 
margined with black, ‘The scutellum is black and impune- 
tate. The body beneath is black, but each abdcminal segment 
has a small yellow spot on each side ; the legs are black, with 
yellow tibie and tarsi; the tips of the femora and the 
trochanters are also yellowish. 

This insect has the appearance at first sight of many 
South-African Coccinellidee ; in particular it resembies 
Ganopia cinctella, Muls., though the orbicular shape and the 
smaller size are different, the latter being an oblong insect of 
6 millim. which occurs at the Cape (Stellenbosch). It is also, 
as Herr Weise, to whom I sent one, remarks, distinct by the 
remarkable pattern of the thorax. 


Chilomenes geisha, sp. n. 
Oblongo-orbicularis, testacea; capite albo, prothorace nigro, angulis 
anticis macula subquadrata, ad angulos posticos provecta, mar- 
gineque antica albis; elytris rufo-testaceis, sutura margine tenui 
et scutello nigris; corpore subtus nigro-piceo ; abdominis lateribus 
flavis. 
Long. 4:5 millim. 


Fab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Jarshall). 
Var.? minor, prothoracis basi latius nigra, elytris testaccis, 


flab. Delagoa Bay (ALarshall). 


Coleoptera from South Africa. 411 


In the typical example of this species the head and thorax 
are white, the latter having a broad central vitta and a line 
along the base black, leaving the front margin and a squarish 
spot occupying the whole side and front angle white. The 
elytra are of a fine orange-yellow, slightly clouded on their 
disk, with the suture and the margins (except at the base) 
narrowly black. The punctuation is fine and close. ‘The 
thorax is transverse, not so wide as the elytra, but still 
almost forming a continuous outline with them, its base much 
rounded and continuous with the rounded sides, so that there 
is no hind angle. 

Herr Weise, to whom I sent the typical example, remarks 
that it must stand near Cydonia circumelusa, Muls. ‘That 
insect was described from a single female example from 
Benin, West Africa, and Crotch, who had seen it, considered 
it a small example of C. dorsalis, Oliv. The Delagoa Bay 
insect has much the appearance of a Veranda, e. g. it is almost 
marked exactly as the var. of V. discolor recorded by me as 
bifurcata from Birma. 

The specimens from Delagoa Bay are rather smaller than 
the single type, and have the black vitta confused in the more 
extended black of the base. At the same time their colour 
is not so rosy. 

Exochomus ? Justitia, sp. 0. 

Orbicularis, nigro-piceus ; elytris sanguineis, macula magna trans- 
versa postmediana communi, postice indentata nigra, margine 
subexplanata nigrescente ; pube pruinosa grisea vestitus. 

Long. 3°5 millim. 

Hab. Natal, Malvern (AZarshall). 

Thorax transverse, with the front angles very much 
deflexed (as in Chilocorus), the sides straight, the angles them- 
selves acute ; the excavation for the head has the angles nearly 
square, being straight at the base. The punctuation of the 
thorax is only just visible on the disk, but is stronger at the 
sides. ‘The head is much deflexed (as in Cryptognatha) in 
the single example before me; both it and the thorax are 

itchy black, with the sides of the thorax becoming reddish. 

he elytra are of a rich blood-red, with a black mark very 
similar to that of Cyrtaulis sellata. his mark is produced 
backwards on the suture and somewhat obliquely at its sides 
without reaching either the apex or the margins. ‘lhe punce- 
tuation is distinct and thick at the humeral angles and along 
the blackish sides, but is very minute on the disk, although 
very close and obsolete. ‘lhe scutellum, legs, and body are 
black. ‘The whole insect above is pubescent. 


412 Rev. H. 8. Gorham on 


This insect is almost a mimic of Cyrtaulis sellata, described 
in the present paper, and is, it will be observed, from the same 
locality (Malvern). Although I am not sure that it is 
correctly referred by me to Hwochomus, and Crotch has 
referred another species (1. wropygialis, Muls.) to Brumus 
expressly on the ground of its pubescence, I do not think 
that character alone sufficient to cause their exclusion. 

The single example sent was found on Justicia origanoides, 
a plant of the natural order Acanthacex ; and it would be 
interesting to know whether it feeds on scale or aphis and 
whether in company with the Cyrtaulis. 


Lotis bipunctiger, sp. n. 


Orbicularis, niger fere glaber; elytrorum margine modice expanso, 
disco puncto flayo mediano, ad marginem duplo magis quam ad 
suturam approximato, 

Long, 2 millim. 


Hab, Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall). 

The colour of this little insect is jetty black, excepting the 
red spot on each elytron, which is placed at one third of the 
width of the disk from the margin. ‘he thorax is transverse, 
its base inclined on each side as in Chilocorus; a very fine 
warginal line in its middle; a depression runs across from 
the corner of the frontal excavation, and is represented on the 
elytra by a small and vague fossa. ‘The angles and sides of 
the thorax appear to be finely coriaceous and subpubescent. 


Platynaspis obscura, sp. n. 


Fere hemispherica, nigra, breviter densius cinereo-pubescens ; 
elytris rufo-brunneis, apicem versus nigricantibus, nitidis. 

Long. 3°5 millim. 

Mas, capite angulisque anticis prothoracis aurantiacis. 

Femina, capite prothoraceque nigris. 


Hab. Natal, Malvern, Isipingo, Umkomaas River (J/ar- 
shall), 

The punctuation of this species is very fine, close, and 
obsolete; that on the head and thorax is just visible under a 
Coddington lens. It is black, with red legs and red elytra, 
which become suffused with black towards the apex; in some 
specimens this is only visible as a small cloud towards and 
before the apex, while in others the whole apex is blackish. 
‘The pubescence is short and -pruinose. The thorax is of 
uearly continuous outline with the elytra, transverse, its 
front angles much depressed and its base with an exceedingly 


Coleoptera from South Africa. 413 


fine marginal line. The scutellum obscurely red. The legs 
are blackish, with red tibiz and tarsi. The abdomen is red, 
excepting in the middle and at the base. Herr Weise, to 
whom | sent this with an example of P. rufipennis, Gerst., 
from Zanzibar, has had the kindness to examine it, and 
considers it distinct from the latter, which it very closely 
resembles, but which does not show the black cloud at the 
apex. 

Four specimens are before me—two males (with red heads 
and red angles to the thorax), one of these is from Isipingo 
and one from Malvern; and two females ?, one from Isipingo 
and the other from the Umkomaas River. 


Chilocorus cruentus, sp. n. 


Orbicularis, saturate sanguineo-rufus ; elytris nigris, singulis plagia 
magna, e maculis duabus (anteriore multo majore) formata, 
sanguinea, 

Long. 5°5 millim. 


Hab, Mashonaland, Salisbury, Lesapi River (J/arshall). 

This Chilocorus comes in the same section as C. Marshall: ; 
the head, thorax, underside, and legs are of a fine blood-red ; 
punctuation hardly exists except on the sides of the elytra ; 
the latter are deep shining black, with a large blood-red mark 
on each, evidently formed from two united spots, of which 
the anterior is much the larger; these spots may be possibly 
quite disunited in some varieties, as in the only two examples 
before me they are nearly so. Both examples were found in 
November, one in 1897, the other in 1899. 

I do not know any Chilocorus which approaches very near 
to this. 

The form of this species is oblong-ovate and rather convex, 
the colour pale straw-yellow, clouded with brown in places. 
The numerous black markings are very small and usually 
surrounded on the elytra with pale rings; they are very 
frequently absent more or less. ‘lhe thorax has an indistinct 
M, the upper and lower extremities of which are sometimes 
black-dotted, but the greater part is simply brown; there is 
in addition a black dot on each side, all of which may be 
absent. It is twice as wide as long, the sides much rounded, 
their margin reflexed. The front margin half covers the 
edges, but they are quite visible through it. 

The elytra are wider at the base than the thorax, the 
humerus raised as a small tubercle, the black linear dot on 
which is on the inner side, and, except when it forms a line 
to the base, is little visible. ‘There is a linear dot on each 


414 Rev. H. S. Gorham on 


elytron just below the scutellum, and one outside this with 
two near the suture on each form a curved longitudinal row, 
and seem more persistent than the rest. The apex itself is 
surrounded by a thin angular C-like mark, but this is usually 
reduced to two points at its extremities. 

The antenne in this species are short for an Halyzia, not 
being so long as would reach to the base of the thorax. 

Five specimens. 


Chilocorus Marshalli, sp. n. 


Orbicularis, convexus, fere impunctatus, sanguineo-rufus ; elytrorum 
sutura ad basin late ad apicem tenuiter nigra, margine ab angulo 
basali pone medium cum plagia submarginali, ante apicem desi- 
nente, in medio plerumque conjuncto nigro. 

Long. 6 millim. 


Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury. 


Var. Niger, capite prothoraceque rufis, hoc late nigro-vittato, 
punctoque subapicali rufo, 


Hab. Mashonaland, Salsbury (Marshall). 

This beautiful Chilocorus comes into Crotch’s Section B, 
with the “thorax reddish orange,” but there is nothing like 
it known tome. Both the type form and the variety were 
found by Mr. Marshall feeding on scale-insects on the “ Port 


Jackson willow ” in October 1899. 


Cyrtaulis sellata, sp. n. 


Orbicularis, fere hemispheerica, nigra, parum nitida, densius griseo- 
pubescens; capite prothoraceque subtilissime, elytris distincte 
crebre punctatis, his sanguineis, fascia transversa cum sutura in 
tertia parte subapicali maculam nigram cruciformem prebente. 
Thorax transyersus, angulis anticis haud prominulis, obscure 
rufescentibus, lateribus subrectis. 

Long. 4 millim. 


Flab. Natal, Malvern (Marshall). 

Almost hemispherical, slightly gibbous, the apex a little 
retuse; the general colour is pitehy black, the elytra being 
of a fine blood-red with a cruciform marking, and the fascia 
forming the arms is a rather broad common band, of which 
the front angles on each side are cut off a little, so as to 
make them appear to bend backwards; this fascia is nearer 
the apex than the base; the sutural part of the cross does 
not commence for one third from the base and the posterior 


Coleoptera from South Africa. 415 


part is longer and more distinct than the anterior and does 
not reach the apex. The legs and underside are black, in 
parts pitchy; the scutellum is black. While the head and 
thorax scarcely exhibit punctuation, what there is being hidden 
by pubescence, the elytra are deeply, thickly, and evenly 
punctate, the punctures often confluent in short transverse 
rows; their margins are not expanded nor reflexed, but 
extremely finely margined. 

This insect rather remarkably resembles the species described 
here as Hvochomus justitiv, taken at the same time and place, 
viz. Malvern, in June 1897. 


One specimen is all I have seen. 


Cyrtaulis sexpustulata, sp. n. 


Statura et forma C. sellate similis at paullo longior, nigra, brunneo- 
pubescens ; ore, pedibus, thoracis linea utrinque, et elytrorum 
punctis tribus in singulo, duobus ante medium transversim, uno 
ante apicem sitis, sanguineis. 

Long. 4°5 millim. 


Hab. Natal, Frere, Estcourt (Marshall). 

‘lwo specimens of this pretty species, one from each of the 
localities, were sent; they were found on the Acacia horrida 
in November 1892. 


Cyrtaulis tristis, sp. n. 


C. sexpustulate similis et affinis, et exemplo majori statura equalis, 
sordide nigra, breviter pubescens; subtus cum pedibus, capite 
prothoracisque margine antico obscure rufis. 

Long. 4°75 millim. 


fab. Natal, Frere (Marshall). 

The form, size, pubescence, and sculpture of this insect are 
so similar to that of C. sexpustulata, that it is sufficient to 
note the absence of the red spots on the elytra and of the red 
line on the thorax; the entire side, front angles, and margin 
of the thorax are pitchy red, to ‘which colour the general 
dark colour shades in a quite indefinite manner. The under- 
side and legs are of the same obscure dark red colour. 

There being but one example, it is only possible to say 
that this insect appears to represent a different species from 
the preceding. 


416 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreidee. 


LILI.—Rhynchotal Notes—IX. Heteroptera: Ham, Coreide. 
By W. L. Disrant. 


THIS instalment, with the preceding Parts VII. and VIIL., 
completes the examination of the Coreide in Walker’s Cata- 
logues of Heteroptera, vols.iv. and v. (part.). It also contains 
the descriptions of some new species added to the National 
Collection since those catalogues were written. 


Mrcrrna. 
Genus MOLCHINA. 


Molchina, Amyot et Serv. Hém. p. 188 (1843). 
Euplatycoris, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 108 (1871). 


Molchina granulata. 

Molchina granulata, Stal, En. Hem, i. p. 131 (1870). 

Euplatycoris bellicornis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 104. n. 1 (1871). 

Walker’s description is painfully short, incomplete, and 
incorrect. The second and third joints of the antenne are 
not ‘‘ white for more than half the length from the base,” but 
yellow for this distance. ‘The wings are dark violaceous, not 
* blackish.” 


Genus ARCHIMERUS. 


Archimerus pallens. 


Physomerus pallens, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 412. n, 8 (1852), 
Piezogaster pallens, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 58. n. 4 (187 iL), 
Archimerus calearator, Fabr., var. ? 


Genus SAGUNTUS. 
Saguntus lobuiatus. 


Saguntus lobulatus, Stal, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1865, p. 176. 
Hypselonotus crassifemur, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 143, n, 22 (1871). 


Walker probably missed, as he did not describe, the poste- 
rior lobately produced angles of the pronotum. 


Genus QUINTIUS. 
Quintius pallens. 
Hirileus pallens, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 78. n. 7 (1871). 
Hirileus pallidus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 74. n. 8. 
Genus NEMATOPUS. 
Nematopus fasciatus. 


Nematopus fasciatus, Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 14 (1842). 
Hypselonotus fascicollis, Walk. Cat, Het. iv. p. 143, n. 21 (1871), 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. AN 


Nematopus ruficrus. 


Anisoscelis ruficrus, Perty, Del. An. p. 171, pl. xxxiv. fig. 4 (1830) 
Hypselonotus ventralis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 140. n. 15 (1871). 


Nematopus indus. 


Cimex indus, Linn, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, i. p. 447 (1758). a 
Typselonotus pectoralis, Walk. Cat. Het. iy. p. 141. n. 16 (1871). 


Nematopus lepidus. 


Nematopus lepidus, Stal, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxiii. p. 298 (1862). 

Hypselonotus armatus, Walk, Cat. Het. iy. p. 144. n, 23 (1871). 

Walker founded his description on a single specimen 
without the abdomen. It is undoubtedly the WV. lepidus, 
Stal, but a pale example. 


Genus ZOREVA. 
Zoreva marginalis. 
Hypselonotus marginalis, Walk. Cat, Het. iv. p. 140. n. 13 (1871). 


Agreeing generally with the description of Z%. spini/era, 
Stal, save in the colour of the legs. 


A NISOCELIN2:. 


Genus LEPTOGLOSSUS. 


Leptoglossus balteatus. 


Cimex balteatus, Linn. Mant. Plant. ed. alt. p. 534 (1771). 
Leptoglossus balteatus, Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1893, p. 705, 
Leptoglossus zonatus, Uhler, loc. cit, 1894, p. 178. 

Mr. Uhler recorded ZL. zonatus as collected by Mr. Herbert 
Smith on the island of Grenada, and L. balteatus as received 
through the same collector from the island of St. Vincent. 
The specimens under the two names, now in the possession 
of the British Museum, however, both pertain to the species 
of Linneus, and L. zonatus still requires to be authenticated 
as belonging to the Antillean fauna. 


Leptoglossus gonagra. 


pda dat 


Cimex gonagra, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 708, 57 (1775). 

Anisoscelis precipua, Walk, Cat. Het. iv. p. 128, n. 25 (1871). 
? Leptoglossus rubrescens. 

Malvana rubrescens, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 134, n. 2 (1871). 


Walker’s type is a unique specimen wanting the posterior 


418 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 


legs. It certainly does not belong to the genus Malvana, 
and has all the characters of Leptoglossus, though the posterior 
tibia are not in evidence. 


LEPTOSCELINE. 
Genus LEPTOSCELIS. 


Leptoscelis fasctifera. 


Leptoscelis fasciifera, Stil, Ann, Soe. Ent. Fr. 1865, p. 182. 
Leptoscelis hypselonotoides, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 134. n. 10 (1871). 


Leptoscel és centralis. 


Malvana centralis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 185, n. 3 (1871). 


Leptoscelis militaris, sp. n. 


Pronotum, scutellum, and sternum pale castaneous; head, 
antenng, corium, membrane, abdomen, legs, rostrum, and 
central area to sternum black ; apical joint of antenne (ex- 
cluding base) and apical margins to corium and_ clavus 
luteous ; the margin to corium is broad and inwardly angu- 
lated, that to clavus is narrow and almost straight. 

Antenne with the first and second joints about subequal in 
length, third joint shorter than second, a little longer than 
fourth; pronotum rugulose, very coarsely punctate, the 
lateral angles subacutely produced, with their apices slightly 
directed backward; a distinct transverse ridge in front of 
base ; corium coarsely punctate except on the luteous apical 
margin; posterior femora in male spined beneath, spines 
increasing in length towards apex; rostrum passing the 
posterior coxe. 

Long. 21-22 millim.; exp. pronot. ang]. 8-9 millim. 

Hab. Keuador, Cachabé, Paramba (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.) ; 
Colombia, Cali (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.). 

Allied to L. tricolor, Westw. 


Leptoscelis obscura. 
Leptoscelis obscura, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 458. n. 9 (1852). 


Stal (En. Hem. i. p. 171, 1870), by an unaccountable slip 
on his part, placed this species as a synonym of Phthia picta, 
Dru., with which it has nothing in common, This has been 
accepted and followed by other writers—Distant (Biol. Centr.- 
Am.) and Lethierry & Severin (Cat. Gén. Hém. t. ii. p. 52). 

Leptoscelis obscura, Dall., is allied to L. elongator, Fabr., 
and L. guttula, H.-S. 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 419 
Leptoscelis egregia. 
Hypselonotus luteiceps, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 189, n, 12 (1871). 


Genus MALVANA. 
Malvana minax. 


Hypselonotus minax, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 139. n. 11 (1871). 


Genus PHTHIA. 
Phthia smaragdina. 
Sphictyrtus smaragdinus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 187. n. 7 (1871). 


The unique type of Walker is a specimen without legs 
and with a much damaged abdomen. Nevertheless it is 
doubtless a species of Phthia and allied to P. cantharidina, 
Bergr., with which it agrees in its unicolorous hue above, 
but differs in its unicolorous sternum. 


Phthia affinis, sp. n. 


Above olivaceous green; head, anterior area of pronotum, 
and body beneath bright metallic green; a transverse arcuated 
fascia to pronotum, a broad transverse fascia to corium (nar- 
rowing inwardly), a large subtriangular spot on each lateral 
area of the prosternum, central area of sternum from anterior 
coxe, and first, second, and third abdominal segments, poste- 
rior margins of fourth and fifth segments, coxe, trochanters, 
femora, and extreme bases of tibiae, ochraceous ; rostrum 
ochraceous, the basal joint green, the fourth joint fuscous 
beneath. 

Pronotum with the lateral angles acutely produced, the 
lateral margins moderately convex and distinctly pilose ; 
pronotum, scutellum, and corium somewhat coarsely punc- 
tate ; abdomen globular and somewhat inflated beneath, 

Long. 20 millim.; exp. pronot. ang]. 64 millim. 

flab. Ecuador, Cachabé (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.). 

Allied to P. ventralis, Guér., and P. decorata, Stal. 


SPARTOCERINA. 


Genus SPARTOCERA. 
Spartocera pantomima. 


Sephina pantomima, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 293, 
Spartocera ortonedat, Montand. Bull. Soc, Bucarest, 1897, n, 3, p. 6, 


420 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 


Spartocera fusca. 

Cimex fuscus, Thunb, Nov. Ins. Sp. ii. p. 44 (1788). 

Spartocerus diffusus, Uhler (Say F), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 705. 

Is the S. diffusa, Say, a synonym of this species? I have 
certainly seen three specimens of S. fusca from Florida 
transmitted as Say’s species. The West-Indian specimens 
returned to the British Museum by Mr. Uhler are certainly 
S. fusca, Thunb. 


Spartocera batatas. 


Lygeus batatas, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 540 (1798). 
Spartocera fusca, Uhler (nec Thunb.), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, 
p. 705; ibid. 1894, p. 178. 


S. batatas, Fabr., has been previously recorded from Cuba. 


Spartocera rubicunda. 
Spartocera rubicunda, Spin. in Gay, Hist. de Chile, Zool. vii. p. 177 
(1852). 
Spartocera chilensis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 6. n. 11 (1871). 


Spartocera grandis, sp. n. 

Reddish ochraceous; scutellum, corium, and membrane 
pale ochraceous ; antennee, apices of lateral lobes to head, 
anterior area and anterior lateral margins to pronotum, basal 
margin and a broad central fascia to scutellum, base of lateral 
margins to corium, extreme lateral margin to connexivum, 
head beneath (excluding margins of eyes), rostrum, sternum 
(excluding costal spots and area of prosternal angles), legs, 
and stigmatal spots black. 

Antenne pilose, with the first, second, and third joints 
subequal in length, fourth shortest; pronotum rugose and 
coarsely punctate, its black anterior area levigate, the lateral 
angles well developed, convex anteriorly, oblique posteriorly, 
apices subacute; scutellum transversely striate; corium 
thickly and finely punctate; connexivum_ longitudinally 
striate ; prosternum and coxal areas very coarsely punctate. 

Long. 29 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 10 millim. 

Hab, Colombia, Cali (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.). 

Allied to S. gigantea, Dist. 


Genus SEPHINA. 


Sephina humeralis, sp. n. 


Ochraceous; antennae, apex of head, basal, apical, and 
lateral margins, a central fascia (not reaching base), and a 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. APL 


wedge-shaped spot on anterior area and connected with each 
lateral margin of pronotum, basal angles and apex of seutellum, 
a rounded discal spot to corium, rostrum, legs, margins of 
pro-, meso-, and metasternum (broadly), margins of abdo- 
minal segments, a central and four lateral macular fascie 
(two on each side) to abdomen, and subquadratz spots to 
connexivum (above and beneath) black; membrane pale 
stramineous. 


First and second joints of antennz longest and subequal in 
length, third and fourth shortest, third slightly longer than 
fourth. Pronotum rugulose and coarsely punctate, the lateral 
angles produced into broad flat processes with convex apices, 
lateral margins rounded, two levigate spots on anterior area ; 
scutellum and corium very finely punctate; rostrum passing 
the anterior coxe; lateral margins of the metasternum ob- 
liquely straight. 

Long. 22 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 9 millim. 

Hab, Ecuador, Porvenir (P. O. Simons, Brit. Mus.). 

A species rendered very distinct by the much produced 
pronotal angles. 


PHYSOMERIN-.E. 
Genus Ruyricoris. 
Lhyticoris spinipes. 
Lygeus spinipes, Pal. Beauv. Ins, p. 203; Hém. pl. xii. fig. 5 (1805), 
Prezogaster patulus, Walk. Cat. Hem. Het. iv. p. 57. n. 8 (1871). 
Genus PHYSOMERUS. 
Physomerus grossipes. 
Lygeus grossipes, Fabry. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 135 (1794). 
Physomerus delineatus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 59. n. 5 (1871). 
Genus ACANTHOCORIS. 
Acanthocoris obscuricornis. 


Acanthocoris obscuricornis, Dall, List Hem, ii. p. 516. n. 4 (1852). 
Acanthocoris tarsalis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 117. n. 8 (1871). 


Acanthocoris esau, sp. 1. 


Body above and beneath, anterior femora, and posterior 
femora and tibiz dull brownish ochraceous, thickly and longly 
pilose; anterior and intermediate tibia brownish, anterior 
tibiae with a broad ochraceous annulation near base; con- 
nexivum with obscure ochraceous spots; membrane piceous 
black at basal angle. ; 


422 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 


Antenne with the first, second, and third joints piceous 
and longly pilose, fourth joiat and extreme base of third joint 
dull ochraceous ; first, second, and third joints almost sub- 
equal in length, fourth joint short, cylindrical, and only 
moderately pilose ; pronotal lateral angles produced in long 
acute spines, their apices slightly or scarcely recurved ; 
corium with the basal area of lateral margins distinctly 
spinous ; rostrum Just passing the intermediate coxe, its apex 
black. 

Long. 15 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 6 millim. 

Hab. 8.E. Borneo (Doherty, Coll. Dist.) ; Mount Ophir 
(Brit. Mus.). 

This species is to be recognized by the acutely produced 
lateral angles of the pronotum. A damaged specimen from 
Mount Ophir in the British Museum was labelled by Stal 
‘¢ A. acutus?,”’ and was incorporated under that name by 


Walker. 


G ONOCERINA, 


Genus PLINACTHUS. 

Plinacthus dubctus. 

Gonocerus dubius, Herr.-Schatt. Wanz. Ins. vi. p. 9, fig. 565 (1842). 

Cletus clarus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 190. n. 15 (1871). 
Plinacthus pungens. 

Cimex pungens, Thunb. Noy. Ins. Spee. ii. p. 36 (1783). 

Gonocerus luridus, Dall. List Hem. Ins. ii. p. 495. un. 1 (1852), 
Plinacthus spinosus. 

Plinacthus spinosus, Stal, CEfv. Vet.-Ak. Forh, 1859, p. 470. n. 3. 

Cletus mundus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 191. n. 17 (1871). 
Plinacthus acicularis. 


Alydus acicularis, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 251 (1803). 
Cletus conspicuus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 198. n. 47 (1871). 


Genus CLETUS. 
Oletus punctulatus. 
Coreus punctulatus, Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 25 (1842). 
Cletus femoralis, Kirby, Joun, Linn, Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 94 (1891). 
There seems considerable doubt whether Mr. Kirby’s type 
is a Ceylon specimen. The locality “ Mungphe” should be 
probably “ Mungphu,” a locality in Northern India. 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 423 


Cletus bipunctatus. 

Coreus bipunctatus, Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 25 (1842). 

Cletus siynatus, Walk. (part.), Cat. Het. iv. p. 194. n. 39 (1871). 
Cletus rubidiventris. 

Coreus rubidiventris, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 25 (1842). 

Cletus signatus, Walk. (part.), Cat. Het. iv. p. 194. n. 39 (1871). 

Cletus pallescens, Walk. foc, cit. p. 195. n. 40, 

Cletus inconspicuus. 

Cletus inconspicuus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 195. n. 42 (1871). 

The unique type is in poor condition. Abdomen black, 
apex and connexivum Juteous; lateral angles of pronotum 
with their posterior margins very coarsely dentate. 

Exp. pronot. angl. 4 millim, 


Cletus punctiger. 


Gonocerus punctiger, Dall, List Hem. ii. p. 494. n. 8 (1852), 
Homeocerus minax, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 99. n. 26 (1871). 


Spectes erroneously included in the Genus Cletus. 
Colpura inermis. 
Cletus? inermis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 198. n. 48 (1871). 


Hab, Singapore (nec Santarem). 
Walker erroneously copied the locality of this species. 


Genus CLETOMORPHA, 


Cletomorpha Walkeri. 


Cletomorpha Walkert, Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 96 (1891). 
Cletomorpha benita, Wirby, loc. cvt. p. 97. 


Cletomorpha Kirby?. 


Cletomorpha denticulata, Kirby, Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 95 
(1891), nom. preeoce. 


Cletomorpha raja, sp. n. 

Ochraceous ; posterior area of pronotum from between the 
lateral angles, scutellum, and corium thickly fusco-punctate ; 
corium with the lateral margins (obsolete towards apex) and 
a transverse, sometimes maculate, fascia about one third from 
apex luteous; membrane pale fuscous, with the margins 
paler ; sternum and abdomen beneath with a number of small 
discal black spots; antennze fuscous, with the apical joint 
ochraceous, 


424 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 


Antenne with the first and second joints almost subequal 
in length, third shorter, but longer than fourth; pronotal 
angles acutely produced, with their apices distinctly recurved ; 
sternum somewhat coarsely punctate. Abdomen above pale 
reddish ochraceous; connexivum spotted with black, the 
largest spot a short distance from base, followed by a smaller 
spot, and a still smaller spot at apex. 

Long. 9 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 4 millim. 

Hab, Brit. India; Sikkim, Assam, Mungphu (Atkinson, 
Brit. Mus.). 


CENTROSCELINZ. 
Genus ACIDOMERIA. 
Acidomeria strigata. 
Gonocerus strigatus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 187. n. 18 (1871). 


Genus MARrGUS. 

Margus obscurator. 

Coreus obscurator, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 200 (1805). 

Margus tnornatus, Uhler (nec Dist.), Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 179. 

Although Prof. Uhler refers to my figure of J/. tnornatus 
(Biol. Centr.-Am., Hem.-Heter. i. pp. 137, 365, t. xii. fig. 18), 
the two specimens he has thus identified are typical J/. obscu- 
rator, Faby. Uhler has also given my name as the describer 
of M. ¢nornatus, which is one of Stal’s species, and must for 
the present be eliminated from the Rhynchotal fauna of the 
Antilles. J. obscurator, Fabr., which stands in its stead, is 
a very widely distributed Neotropical species. 


Genus NAMACUS. 
Namacus annulicornts. 
Namacus annulicornis, Stal, En. Hem. i. p. 186 (1870). 
Namacus rufescens, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 1. n. 2 (1872). 


Genus CATORHINTHA. 
fatorhintha guttula. 
Lygeus guttula, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 162 (1794). 
Catorhintha selector, Uhler (nec Stal), Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 179. 
C. guttula, Fabr., has been previously recorded from the 
Antilles, and Prof. Uhler’s report on C. selector, Stal, being 
found there must be disregarded, as the British Museum now 
contains the specimens he thus identified. 


Catorhintha semialba. 


Namacus semialbus, Walk. Cat. Het, v. p. 2. n. 5 (1872). 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 42:7 


Genus HyPpsELONOTUS. 


Hypselonotus interruptus. 


HHypselonotus interruptus, Hahn, Wanz. Ins. i. p. 187, fig. 96 (1831). 
Jadera subvittata, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 145, n. 5 (1871), 


Genus PARYPHES. 
Paryphes festivus. 
Paryphes festivus, Costa, Rendic. Accad, Napol. ii. p. 259 (1863). 
Paryphes gloriosus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 88. n. 12 (1871). 


Costa gives the dimensions of his species as “ Long. mill. 10; 
lat. mill. 63.” The length given is evidently an error ; the 
British Museum possesses five specimens from the Amazons, 
and they average from 20-23 millim. The ‘ lat.”’ as given 
by Costa applies to these specimens. 


DISCOGASTRINZE. 


Genus CNEMOMIS. 


Cnemomis dubia. 


Paryphes? dubius, Dall. List Hem. ii. p, 440, n. 6 (1852), 
Hypselonotus mundus, Walk, Cat. Het. iv. p. 142. n, 19 (1871), 


Cnemom is cognata . 


Cnemomis cognata, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1865, p. 186. 
Hypselonotus signatus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 141. n. 17 (1871). 


Genus SCAMURIUS. 


Scamurtus amabilis. 
Paryphes amabilis, Stal, Gifv. Vet.-Ak, Férh. 1855, p. 184, 
Scamurius amabilis, Stal, loe. evt. 1859, p. 471. 
Homeoceroides incongruus, Walk, Cat. Het. iv. p. 103, n. 2 (1871), 
Scamurius scutellaris. 
Hypselonotus scutellaris, Walk. Cat. Het. iv, p. 142, n, 20 (1871). 


Genus SAVIUS. 


Savius, Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. ii. p. 58 (1862). 
Homeoceroides, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 103 (1871).—Type Homeocerus 
diversicornis, Westw. 


Genus DISCOGASTER. 


Discogaster, Burmeister, Handb, 11. 1, p. 315 (1835), 
Leptornytus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv, p. 102 (1871). 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 30 


+26 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 


Discogaster rufocornis. 
Leptornytus rufocornis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 102. n. 1 (1871). 
A species apparently closely allied to D. Drewsent, Stal. 


PsevpoPHL@INA. 
Genus CLAVIGRALLA. 
Clavigralla acantharis. 


Lyge@us acantharis, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 206. 16 (1803). 
Clavigralla acantharis, Stal, Hem. Fabr. i. p. 67 (1868). 
Clavigralla tuberculata, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 513. n. 5 (1852), 


Clavigralla aliena. 
Cletus alienus, Walk, Cat. Het. iv. p. 199, n. 49 (1871). 


Walker describes the lateral angles of the pronotum as 
“ younded, not prominent.” ‘This is incorrect, as they possess 
a distinct short recurved spine. Again, there is no indication 
of a broad black stripe to the head, which, however, possesses 
a very distinct longitudinal ochraceous stripe. Posterior 
femora with the apical halves castaneous; tibiee biannulated 
with ochraceous; connexivum ochraceous, with large brown 
spots; apical joint of the antenne fuscous. 


Clavigralla indecora. 
Cletus? indecorus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 197. n. 45 (1871). 


The unique type is in a very bad condition and without 
the posterior legs. It is most probably a synonym of 
C, horrens, Dohrn. 


LEPTrocorisIne®. 
Genus CURUPIRA. 
Curupira bicolor, sp. n. 


Ochraceous ; anterior third of pronotum, base of scutellum, 
sternum, and sometimes inner margins of lateral lobes of head, 
plumbageous ; posterior angles of prosternum broadly ochra- 
ceous ; abdomen beneath reddish ochraceous, with its lateral 
margins luteous ; eyes castaneous. Pronotum, scutellum, and 
sternum thickly and coarsely punctate; second and third 
joints of antenne subequal in length, fourth longest ; spine to 
scutellum long and obliquely ascendant. 

Long. 7-9 millim, 

Hab. Malay Peninsula; Singapore (2idley, Brit. Mus.) ; 
Malay Archipelago; New Guinea, Dory (Wallace, Brit. 
Mus.). 


_~ 


ee 
Mr, W. L. Distant on Coreide. 427 


This genus, which I originally proposed for the reception 
of a Neotropical species, is now found, like Leptocorisa and 
other allied genera, to be very widely distributed. 

Mr. Ridley has appended a note to his specimens—“ Ex- 
cessively common in sugar-field.” 


Curupira distincta, sp. n. 


Ochraceous; anterior third of pronotum and the sternum 
plumbageous; basal two thirds of pronotum, posterior angles 
of prosternum, base of scutellum, and inner margins of lateral 
lobes to head purplish black ; abdomen beneath reddish ochra- 
ceous, its base plumbageous and its lateral margins luteous. 

Pronotum, sternum, and scutellum thickly and coarsely 
punctate; second joint of the antenne distinctly shorter than 
the third; spine to scutellum long and obliquely ascendant. 

Long. 85 millim. 

Hab. Malay Archipelago, Ceram (Brit. Mus.). 


Genus LEPTOCORISA. 


Leptocorisa costalis. 


Myodochus costalis, Herr.-Schaff. Wanz. Ins. viil. p. 96, fig. 864 (1848), 
Leptocorisa biguttata, Walk, Cat. Het. iv. p. 174. n. 11 (1871). 


ALYDIN#:. 
Genus MEGALOTOMUS. 


Megalotomus rufipes. 


Alydus rufipes, Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 19 (1842). 
Alydus debilis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 160. n. 12 (1871). 


Meqalotomus jamaicensis, sp. n. 
g ) 


Head, pronotum, scutellum, and body beneath piceous ; 
pronotum with a broad, transverse, ochraceous fascia ; eyes, 
ocelli, and apex of central lobe to head castaneous ; antenne 
with the first and fourth joints castaneous, the second and 
third joints ochraceous, apex of second joint castaneous ; 
corium castaneous, very finely speckled with ochraceous ; 
femora piceous, the intermediate and posterior femora with 
their bases paler; tarsi ochraceous, finely speckled with 
brownish. 

Head with an obscure central carination; pronotum coarsely 
punctate, with a central suleation and with the lateral angles 
acutely produced and directed backwards. 

Long. 11 millim. 


Hab. Jamaica (Mrs. Swainson, Brit. Mus.). 


i 
y 


428 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 


Genus TUPALUS. 
Tupalus maculatus, sp. n. 


Head, pronctam, scutellum, body beneath, rostrum, and 
posterior legs dark castaneous ; apex of central lobe to head, 
a discal arcuated series of four spots to pronotum, central 
disk of fourth abdominal segment, and a rounded spot on 
each lateral area of fourth, fifth, and sixth segments, a lateral 
abdominal marginal series of small elongate spots, anterior 
and intermediate legs, and about basal third of posterior 
femora, ochraceous ; antenne black, apical joint and base of 
third joint castaneous ; corium brownish ochraceous. 

Posterior femora incrassated, with about six robust spines 
on apical half of interior margin ; rostrum passing the inter- 
mediate coxe. 

Long. 15 millim. 


Hab. Sierra Leone (W. G. Clements, Brit. Mus.). 


Genus RIPTORTUS. 
Riptortus decisus. 

Camptopus decisus, Walk, Cat. Het. iv. p. 165, n. 80 (1871). 
Liptortus longtpes. 

Alydus longipes, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 473 (1852), 

Alydus flavo-vittatus, Stal, ify. Vet.-Ak. Forh, 1855, p. 30. 2. 

Dallas gave Brazil as the habitat of his species, and this 
locality was clearly erroneous, as pointed out by Stal (En. 
Hem, i. p. 95, 1873) ; 1 possess specimens from East Atrica 
which agree with both the type of Dallas and the description 
of Stal. 

Riptortus serripes. 

Cimex serripes, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 709 (1775). 

Alydus robustus, Dall. List Hem, ii. p. 473, n. 18 (1852), 

Camptotus sordidus, Walk, Cat. Het. iv. p. 167. n, 40 (1871). 

The type of Fabricius is in the Banksian Collection con- 
tained in the British Museum. The species identified by 
Dallas as Alydus serripes (List Hem. ii. p. 474. n. 15, 1852) 
is not conspecific. 


CorizInz. 
Genus SERINETHA, 
Serinetha abdominalis. 


Lygeus abdominalis, Faby, Syst. Rhyng. p. 226 (1808). 
Var. Sertnetha taprobanensis, Dall. List Hem. ii, p. 461. n. 6 (1852), 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 


429 
The variety described by Dallas is the yellow form of the 


species, a form which seems to be constant in Ceylon, but 
which is also found in Southern India. 


Serinetha vicina. 


Serinetha vicina, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 460. n. 5 (1852). 
Astacops nigricornis, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 36. n. 12 (1872). 


ae : V (1872) 
Serinetha covals, Kirby, Journ, Linn, Soc., Zool, xxiv. p. 95 (1891). 
Serinetha lurida. 

Serinetha lurida, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 461. n. 8 (1852). 


The type of Dallas is without locality. 


I possess a series 
of specimens collected by J. C. van Hasselt at Bankala, 
Celebes. 


Serinetha ethiops, sp. n. 
Serinetha fraterna, Dall. (nec Westw.), var., List Hem, ii, p. 462. n, 9 
(1852); St&l, Hem. Afr. ii. p. 112. n. 1 (1865). 


and the ochraceous pronotum. The pronotum is also finely 
wrinkled and much more coarsely punctate. 


Hab. West Africa, Sierra Leone (Brit. Mus.), Calabar 
(Rutherford, Coll. Dist.). 


Differs from S. fraterna, Westw., by the black corium 


Genus JADERA. 
Jadera sanguinolenta. 


Cimex sanguinolentus, Faby. Syst. Ent. p. 721 (1775). 
Lygeus anticus, Walk. (part.) Cat. Het. v. p. 46. n. 51 (1872), part. 
“en, St. Thomas.” 
Lygeus rufoculis, Kirby, Journ, Linn, Soe., Zool. vol. xx. p, 546, n. 51 
(1890). 
Jadera antica. 

Lygeus anticus, Walk. (part.) Cat. Het. v. p. 46, n. 51 (1872), part 
*“a—-b, St. Domingo.” 

Jadera sanguinolenta, vay. ? 


Jadera cola. 


Serinetha @ola, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 463 (1852), 
Lygeus conspersus, Walk. Cat. Het. y. p. 47. n. 57 (1872). 


BEryrinz. 


Genus METACANTHUS. 
Metacanthus, Costa, Atti Ac. Nap. 1848, p. 258. 
Protacanthus, Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 707. 


430 Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreide. 


Metacanthus decorus. 


Protacanthus decorus, Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1898, p. 708. 
Metacanthus capitatus, Uhler, loc. cit. 1894, p. 181. 


The British Museum possesses the type of both these species 
as forwarded by Prof. Uhler. They are absolutely identical, 
and as Uhler described his second proposed species under the 
genus J/etacanthus, he will probably agree with the present 
synonymical disposition of Protacanthus. 


Summarized Disposition of Walker's Genera and Spectes 
(concluding the am. Coreide). 


Genera treated as synonymic, 


Leptornytus, Walk, Cat. Het. iy. p. 102 (1871),=Gen. Discogaster, Burm, 
Homeoceroides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 108 (type), =Gen. Savins, Stal. 
Huplatycoris, Walk. loc. cit., =Gen. Molchina, A. & 8. 


Genus treated as valid, 


Uranocoris, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 152 (1871). 


Species considered valid and described under correct Genera. 


Menenotus diminutus, Walk, Cat. Het. iv. p. 7. n. 3 (1871). 
Derepteryx truncata, Walk, loc, cit, p. 11. n. 4. 
Physomerus subargenteus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 60. n. 6. 
Acanthocoris anticus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 118. n. 15, 
Leptoscelis varipes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 185, n. 8, 

—— venosa, Walk. loc. cit. n. 9. 

Hypselonotus lanceolatus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 140. n. 14. 
Uranocoris suavis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 153. n. 1, 

Leptocorisa diseoidalis, Walk. loc, cit. p. 173. n. 10. 
Noliphus annulipes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 176. n. 4. 

Cletus fuscescens, Walk. loc, cit. p. 190. n. 16. 

subnotatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 191. n. 21. 

inconspicuus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 195. n. 42, 


Species considered valid, but requiring generic revision. 
HMirileus pallens, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 73, n, 7 (1871), belongs to 


ne gen. 
Quintius. e 
Leptornytus rufocornis, Walk. loc, cit. p. 102. n. 1, belongs to gen, 
Discogaster. - 
. an re 8 ‘ Ti ~ 2 ni ‘aes Oe 
Anisos¢ ie santarema, Walk. loc. cit. p. 127. n. 23, belongs to gen, Lepto- 
glossus. 


— selecta, Walk. loc. cit. n, 24, belongs to gen. Leptoglossus. 
concolor, Walk. loc. eit. p. 128. n. 26, belongs to gen. Leptoglossus 
alata, Walk. doc. cit. p. 129, n. 27, belongs to gen, Leptoglossus - 
Malvana rubrescens, Walk. loc. eit. p. 184. n. 2, belongs to gen. Lepto- 
glossus ? : aoa 


—— centralis, Walk, loc, ett. p, 185. n. 3, belongs to gen. Leptoscelis, 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Coreidee. 431 


Sphictyrtus smaragdinus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 187. n, 7, belongs to gen. 
Phthia. 

Hypselonotus minax, Walk. loc. cit. p. 189, n. 11, belongs to gen. Malvana, 

marginalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 140. n. 13, belongs to gen. Zoreva. 

scutellaris, Walk. loc. cit, p. 142. n. 20, belongs to gen. Scamurius. 

Camptopus decisus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 165. n. 80, belongs to gen, Riptortus. 

Gonocerus strigatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 187. n. 18, belongs to gen. Aczdo- 
merida. 

Cletus inermis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 198. n. 48, belongs to gen. Colpura, 

alienus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 199. n, 49, belongs to gen. Clavigralla. 

Namacus semialbus, Walk. loc. cit. v. p. 2. n. 3 (1872), belongs to gen. 
Catorhintha. 


Species treated as synonymic. 

Sephina atra, Walk, Cat. Het. iv. p. 4. n. 7 (1871),=Sephina limbata, 
Stal. 

Spartocera chilensis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 6. nu. 11,= Spartocera rubicunda, 

Spin. 

lumpyroides, Walk. loc. cit. n. 12,=Sephina vinula, Stal. 

Piezogaster patulus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 67. nu. 3,= Rhyticoris spinipes, 
Pal. Beauv. 

Physomerus delineatus, Walk, loc, cit, p. 59. n. 5,= Physomerus grossipes, 
Fabr. 

Hirileus pallidus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 74. n. 8,= Quintius pallens, Walk. 

Paryphes gloriosus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 88. n. 11,= Paryphes festivus, Costa, 

Homaoceroides incongruus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 103. n. 2,=Scamurius 
amabilis, Stal. 

Euplatycoris bellicornis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 104. n. 1,= Molehina granu- 
lata, Stal. 

Acanthocoris tarsalis, Walk, loc. cit. p. 117, n. 8,=Acanthocoris obscuri- 
cornis, Dall. 

Anisoscelis precipua, Walk. loc, cit. p. 128. n, 25,= Leptoglossus gonagra, 
Fabr. 

Phthia concinna, Walk. loc, eit. p. 152. n. 10, = Phthia lunata, Fabry. 

Leptoscelis hypselonotoides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 184. n. 10,= Leptoscelis 
fasciifera, Stal. 

Hypselonotus luteiceps, Walk. loc. cit. p. 139. n. 12,= Leptoscelis egregia, 
Stal. 


ventralis, Walk. loc, cit. p. 140. n. 15, = Nematopus ruficrus, Perty. 

pectoralis, Walk. loc. eit. p. 141. n. 16, = Nematopus indus, Linn. 

signatus, Walk. loc, cit. n. 17,= Cnemomis cognata, Stal. 

propinquus, Walk, loc, cit, p. 142. n, 18,= Hypselonotus concinnus, 

Dall. 

—— mundus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 19, = Cnemomis dubia, Dall. 

fascicollis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 143. n, 21,= Nematopus fasciatus, Westw, 

crassifemur, Walk. loc, cit. n. 22,=Saguntus lobulatus, Stal. 

armatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 144. n. 23, = Nematopus lepidus, Stal. 

Jadera subvittata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 145. n. 5,= Hypselonotus interruptus, 
Hahn. 

Hyalymenus ichneumonformis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 156. n. 4 (nom. preeoce.), 
= Hyalymenus Walkeri, L. & 8. 

Alydus debilis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 160. n. 12, = Megalotomus rufipes, Westw. 

ak a ed sordidus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 167. n. 40,= Riptortus serripes, 
Fabr. 

Leptocorisa biguttata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 174, n. 11,= Leptocorisa cos- 

talis, H.-S, 


432 Mr. H. Druce on some 


Cletus clarus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 190. n. 15,= Plinacthus dubius, H.-S. 
mundus, Wall, loc. ett. p. 191. n. 17,=Plinacthus spinosus, Stal. 
—— signatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 194. n. 39,= Cletus bipunctatus, Westw. 
—— pallescens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 195. n. 40,= Cletus rubidiventris, Westw. 
—— ?Pindecorus, Walk, loc. cit. p. 197. n. 45, = Claviyralla horrens, 
Dohrn? 
conspicuus, Walk, loc. cit. p. 198. n. 47,= Plinacthus acicularis, Fabr. 
Jamacus rufescens, Walk. loc, cit. v. p. 1. n. 2 (1872), = Namacus annult- 
corms, Stal. 


To be treated as non-existent. 
Species the types of which are not now to.be found in the British Museum. 


Paryphes viridipes, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 88. n. 15 (1871). 
Jadera abdominals, Walk. loc. cit. p. 145. n. 6, 

Cletus apicifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 195. n. 41. 

Clavigralla spinigera, Walk. loc. cit. v. p. 6, n, 22 (1872). 
— dispar, Walk. loc, cit. n, 23. 


Wrongly included in the Coreide. 


Serinetha antica, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 147 (1871), belongs to gen. Asta- 
cops (Lygeide). 

— spurcata, Walk. loc. cit., belongs to gen. Astacops (Lyyeide). 

fascicollis, Walk. loe. cit., i 5 ‘5 

turbata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 148, ,, 3 s 

—— immunis, Walk. loc. cit., a “ y 

Dulichius? clavifer, Walk. loc. ett. p. 170. n, 2, belongs to gen. Helopeltis 
(Capside). 

Noliphus? ruficolis, Walk. loc, cit. iv. p. 176, n. 5 (1871), belongs to 
fam. Capside. 

— ? distinctus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 6, belongs to fam. Lygeide. 

— ? biplagiatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 177. n. 7, ‘3 re 


Verlusia rhombea, Kirby (nec Linn.), Journ. Linn. Soc., 
Zool. xxiv. p. 92 (1894). 

Mr. Kirby included a “ single immature specimen” from 

Ceylon as ‘‘ apparently belonging to this common European 

species.” It must, however, be placed in the family 


Phymatide. 


LIV.—Descriptions of some new Species of Lepidoptera from 
East Africa and Tropical America. By HEersert Druce, 
F.L.S. &e. 

Fain. Hesperiidae. 
Parosmodes numa, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen on the upper- 
side black ; underside of the thorax, abdomen, and legs 


new Species of Lepidoptera. 433 


greyish brown. Primaries black; a yellowish-brown spot at 
the end of the cell, one beyond on the costal margin from 
which a series of small spots extends across the wing to the 
inner margin ; the fringe yellowish brown : secondaries black ; 
a small yellowish-brown spot at the end of the cell, below 
which a wide yellowish-brown band crosses the wing from 
the anal angle almost to the inner margin; the fringe yellow. 
Underside: primaries very similar to the upperside, but 
much browner in colour: secondaries reddish brown, crossed 
from the costal to the inner margin by two very indistinct 
redder brown bands, the wing slightly irrorated with small 
reddish spots.—/emale very similar to the male, but blacker. 

Eixpanse, ¢ 2, 1/5 inch. 

Hab. East Africa, Dar-es-Salaam (Mus. Druce) 

This species is allied to Parosmodes icteria, Mab. 


Fam. Agaristide. 


Xanthospilopteryx melanosoma, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen 
black ; the collar and thorax spotted with white; a tuft of 
yellow hair at the base of the abdomen; a row of white spots 
down the middle and on each side of the abdomen; the legs 
black, banded with orange and white. Primaries black, with 
three small bluish-white dots on the costal margin close to 
the base; two yellow spots nearest the base, one at the end 
of the cell and one below extending almost to the anal angle, 
above which a curved yellow band, becoming narrow near 
the costal margin; the veins crossing the band are black : 
secondaries orange-red, darkest from the middle to the inner 
margin; the apex and outer margin bordered with black 
nearly to the anal angle. Underside: primaries bright 
yellow, the costal margin, apex, and outer margin black; a 
large black mark at the end of cell, a round black spot in the 
cell, and an indistinct black spot below the cell: secondaries 
very similar to the upperside, but paler in colour. 

Expanse 2? inches. 


Hab. East Africa (Mus. Druce). 


Fam. Arctiide. 


Eucyane hermea, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, palpi, antenne, collar, tegule, and thorax 
black, the collar and tegule irrorated with metallic-green 
scales; abdomen above blue, dark brown on the underside, 


A434 Mr. H. Drnee on some 


banded with red. Primaries very similar to those of #. ex- 
cellens, Walk., but greener, the white band narrower and 
without any red spot at the anal angle; the fringe not white 
at the apex: secondaries darker blue than in £. ewxcellens and 
without the red spot on the costal margin.—Female very 
similar to the male, but rather larger. 

Expanse, ¢ 2?, ? 3 inches. 

Hab. Venezuela, Bolivia (Mus. Druce). 


Eucyrta lucens, sp. n. 


Head and collar yellow ; tegulie white, edged with yellow at 
the base; thorax white, spotted with black ; antennee black ; 
abdomen above bright red; the underside, anus, and legs 
white; a row of white spots extends from the base of the 
abdomen to the anus. Primaries and secondaries pure white ; 
a black spot at the end of the cell on the costal margin, two 
close to the apex, and two at the anal angle. 

Eixpanse 13 inch. 

flab, Colombia, Don Amo (Mus. Druce). 

This species is allied to #. daga, Dogn. 


Neritos blanda, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, and thorax pinkish 
fawn-colour; abdomen above bright red, the underside, legs, 
and anus white. Primaries pinkish fawn-colour, crossed 
about the middle from the costal to the inner margin by a 
curved indistinct brown band; a small pink spot on the brown 
band close to the inner margin, a small black dot close to the 
base, the apex, outer and inner margin partly edged with 

ink : secondaries semihyaline bright pink, the fringe white. 

Expanse 1,%, inch. 

Hab. Colombia, Don Amo (Mus. Druce). 

This species is allied to N. asana, Druce. 


Elysus chrysellus, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, collar, and thorax chrome-yellow, tegule 
brown, antennee dark brown, abdomen and legs reddish brown, 
anus yellow. Primaries chrome-yellow, the veins and a 
number of small spots at the base and at the end of the cell 
bright red; a brownish-red band crosses the wing near the 
base, and a submarginal brown band edged with red extends 
from close to the apex to the anal angle; the fringe alter- 
nately yellow and brown: secondaries pinkish yellow, the 
fringe yellow. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab, Colombia, Don Amo (Mus. Druce). 


new Species of Lepidoptera. 35 


Fam. Limacodide. 


Dalcera necoda, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antennex, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, 
and legs yellowish white. Primaries ’ pale fawn-colour, 
darkest at the apex and round the outer margin; a reddish 
fawn-coloured spot at the end of the cell, from ‘which two 
faint brown lines extend nearly to the anal angle; a minute 
black dot about the middle of the inner margin: secondaries 
pale fawn-colour, palest at the base, the fringe whitish.— 
female very similar to the male, but larger and almost white. 

Expanse, ¢ 3, 2 1,3; inch. 

Hab. Colombia, Don Amo (Mus. Druce). 

This species 1s allied to D. ampela, Druce. 


Euclea (?) punctata, sp.1 


Male.—Head, antenne, and collar a brown; thorax, 
abdomen, and legs white. Primaries white, the pee costal 
margin, and inner half of the wing thickly spotted with pale 
brown; the fringe alternately brown and white: secondaries 
pure white, the fringe white. 

Eixpanse 1 inch. 

flab, Colombia, Bonda (Mus. Druce). 


Fam. Cosside. 


Duomitus daphne, sp. n, 


Male.—Head and antenne dark brown; collar, tegule, 
and thorax greyish brown; abdomen and legs dark brown. 
Primaries pale greyish brown, thickly mottled with dark 
brown ; a dark brown spot in ‘the cell, three below the cell, 
and two close to the apex; the marginal line dark brown: 
secondaries dark greyish brown. 

Expanse 1? inch. 


Hab. Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce). 


Duomitus striatus, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, collar, tegule, and thorax blackish grey 
antenne yellow ; ehdonion grey-black, paler at the base aaa 
anus. Primaries dark grey, darkest at the base and along 
the costal margin: secondaries dark grey; both wings are 
thickly striated “with very fine dark grey lines. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Colombia, Cacagualito (Mus. Druce). 


436 Mr. H. Druce on some 


Langsdorfia Buckley?, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs 
dark brown; cee blackish or Primaries dark 
DOWD 5 a large reddish-brown broken band crosses the wing 
near the base ; a large metallic gold spot just above the inner 
margin; a square- shaped reddish-brown spot below the cell; 
a dark brown spot edged with white close to the apex ; some 
fine white lines along the outer margin; the fringe dark 
brown: secondaries dark brown, very mottled on the under- 
side with darker brown. 

Iixpanse 2 inches. 


Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Mus. Druce). 


Langsdorfia rufescens, sp. u. 


Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, 
and legs reddish brown. Primaries reddish brown, crossed 
about the middle from the costal to the inner margin by a 
narrow white line, the outer edge of the white line bordered 
with a dark reddish-brown band ; the wing above the anal 
angle greyish : secondaries reddish brown. 

Expanse 1} inch. 


Hab, Colombia, Bonda (Mus. Druce). 


Zeuzera wetes, sp. n. 
) 


Male.— Antenne yellow; head, collar, underside of the 
thorax, legs, and underside of the abdomen dark brown; 
tegule and thorax white ; abdomen pale brown. Primaries : 
the costal half of the wing pale brown, the costal margin dark 
brown ; the inner half of the wing white, striated with fine 
dark brown lines; a rather wide short brown streak below 
the cell: secondaries white. 

Exxpanse 2 inches. 


Hab. Colombia, Bonda (Mus. Druce). 


Fam. Hepialide. 
Hepialus prosopus, sp. 0. 


Head, antenna, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs 
reddish brown, the abdomen paler above. Primaries pale 
reddish fawn-colour, mottled with darker brown, the inner 
part of the wing near the base pinkish; three broken greyish 
bands cross the wing beyond the middle from the costal to 


new Species of Lepidoptera. 437 


the inner margin; the fringe dark brown: secondaries pale 
pinkish brown. 

Expanse 3 inches. 

Hab. Colombia, Bonda (Ilus. Druce). 

Allied to H/. momus, Druce. 


Dolaca thisbe, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen 
dark brown; the underside of the abdomen yellowish brown ; 
the legs dark brown. Primaries yellowish brown, darkest 
along the costal margin ; a metallic gold spot on the inner 
margin near the base; a row of metallic gold spots crosses the 
wing beyond the middle from near the costa to the inner 
margin; two gold spots beyond the cell, and a marginal row 
of gold dots extend from the apex to the anal angle; the 
fringe brown: secondaries uniformly pale brown. 

Expanse 14 inch. 


Hab. Colombia, Don Amo (Mus. Druce). 


Fam. Notodontide. 


Rifargia nubila, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen 
pale greyish brown ; the underside of the thorax, abdomen, 
and legs cream-colour. Primaries very pale brown, crossed 
near the base from the costal to the inner margin by a rather 
wide greyish-brown band ; a dark brown spot close to the 
base and a larger round dark brown spot at the end of the 
cell, above which is a smaller spot of the same colour ; a sub- 
marginal brown line extending from the apex to the anal 
angle: secondaries brownish white, the outer margin bordered 
with brown from the apex to the anal angle-—Female very 
similar to the male, but darker in colour; the secondaries 
dark reddish brown, with the fringe yellowish ; the underside 
is also very much darker than in the male. 

Eixpanse, ¢ 1, 2 14 inch. 

Hab. Colombia, Don Amo (Mus. Druce). 


Heterocampa corda, sp. n. 


Male.—Head and antenne pale brown ; collar and tegule 
dark brown; thorax silvery grey ; abdomen brown, slightly 
yellowish at the base, the anal segments grey. Primaries 
silvery grey, thickly irrorated with brown; two black dots 
at the end of the cell and two below the cell; a wide waved 


438 Mr. H. Druce on some 


brown submarginal band edged with white crosses the wing 
from the costal margin near the apex to the anal angle; 
fringe grey: secondaries dark brown, the fringe alternately 
grey and brown. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Colombia (Mus. Druce). 


Subfam. Svreroprerin ae. 
Stictoptera creta, sp. n. 


Male.— Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen 
pale brown; legs brown. Primaries pale brown, crossed 
from the costal to the inner margin by very fine greyish- 
white lines; a wide black band edged with white on the inner 
side crosses the wing about the middle from the costal to the 
inner margin, where it is slightly wider: secondaries pure 
white, broadly bordered with pale brown. 

Expanse 14 inch, 


Hab. Colombia, Don Amo (Mus. Druce). 


Fam. Deltoide. 


Hypena divergens, sp. ns 


Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, thorax, abdomen, and legs 
black. Primaries black; a narrow pale yellow band crosses 
the wing from the middle of the costal margin to the anal 
angle: secondaries black, the costal margin edged with 
yellow, the fringe black. Underside similar to the upperside, 
but much browner, and the yellow band on the primaries 
three times as wide. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab, Bolivia (Garlepp, Mus. Druce). 


Hypena vitula, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, anteune, palpi, thorax, and abdomen brown. 
Primaries dark brown ; a pale brown indistinct waved line 
crosses the wing at the end of the cell from the costal to the 
inner margin; two black dots edged with white in the cell ; 
a submarginal row of indistinct greyish dots extends from 
the apex to the anal angle; a marginal row of pale brown 
points; the fringe dark brown: secondaries white, clouded 
with brown from the apex to the anal angle and along the 
inner margin; the fringe dark brown. Underside: primaries 
very similar to the upperside, but rather paler in colour ; 


new Species of Lepidoptera. 439 


secondaries dark brown, with a central brown band and a 
black spot in the cell. 
Expanse 1? inch. 


Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce). 


Flypena leucoptera, Sp. De 


Male.—Head, palpi, and thorax pale brown ; antennz and 
abdomen dark brown. Primaries dark brown, the base, inner 
margin, and a rather wide band crossing the wing to the inner 
margin all pale pinkish brown: secondaries white, broadly 
bordered with dark brown from the apex to the anal angle. 
Underside of the primaries pale brown, with a small white 
spot close to the anal angle. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Peru (Mus. Druce). 


Hy pena lyse, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, thorax, and abdomen pale 
brown. Primaries pale brown, with a large central brown 
mark, edged with a fine yellowish-brown line, much dentated 
on the outer side; a submarginal row of very indistinct dark 
brown spots crosses the wing from the apex to the anal angle ; 
the fringe dark brown: secondaries white, the apex, outer and 
inner margin broadly bordered with dark brown, 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab, Ecuador, Chiguenda (Buckley, Mus. Druce). 


Fypena melaleuca, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, thorax, and abdomen pale 
brown. Primaries pale brown, crossed from the costal to the 
inner margin by several very indistinct, narrow, waved, darker 
brown lines; a very dark brown band extends from the base 
to the anal angle; two small white dots close to the apex ; the 
fringe dark brown: secondaries white, broadly bordered with 
black from the apex to the angle, the inner margin slightly 
black. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Bolivia (Garlepp, Mus. Druce). 


Fam. Tortricide. 


Atteria Buckleyt, sp. n. 


Male.— Head, antenne, palpi, collar, thorax, abdomen, and 
legs black; tegule black, edged with yellow. Primaries 


440 Mr. H. Druce on some 


dark blue, the costal, outer, and inner margins streaked with 
orange-yellow ; a row of orange-yellow spots down the middle 
of the wing; the fringe alternately dark blue and orange- 
yellow: secondaries brownish black, crossed from the costal 
margin by four rows of orange-yellow spots; the fringe 
black. 

Expanse 13 inch. 


Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. Druce). 


Aitteria maon, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenna, thorax, and abdomen black ; collar 
and tegule yellow; palpi yellow, the third joint black ; legs 
black, banded with yellow. Primaries chrome-yellow, crossed 
from tle costal to the inner margin by bands of dark blue 
spots, the outer margin streaked with dark blue ; the fringe 
black : secondaries chrome-yellow, thickly spotted with dark 
blue; the fringe black. 

Expanse 1 inch. 


Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. Druce). 


Atteria splendens, sp. n. 


Male.— Head orange, palpi and antenne black, collar orange, 
tegulz orange spotted with black ; thorax, abdomen, and legs 
orange, the anal segment of the abdomen black. Primaries 
orange-red; the costal margin and the outer half of the wing 
creamy white, broadly banded with black; the fringe alter- 
nately black and white: secondaries orange-red, the apex 
broadly black ; two black spots on the outer margin. 

Expanse 1,35 inch. 

Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce). 

Allied to A. mimica, Feld. & Rog., and A. voleanica, 
Butler. 


Atteria lydia, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, 
and legs black; palpi, the first and third joints black, the 
second joint orange-yellow. Primaries very dark blue, 
crossed trom the costal to the inner margin before the end of 
the cell by three waved orange-yellow bands; around orange- 
yellow spot at the end of the cell, beyond which is a curved 
orange submarginal line; the apex and outer margin streaked 
with orange-yellow; the fringe dark brownish yellow: 
secondaries brown, the costal margin yellow; a black spot at 
the end of the cell. 

Expanse | inch. 


Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley, Mus. Druce). 


new Species of Lepidoptera. 441 


Fam. Tineide. 
Subfam, Awopzorrm2. 
Ankistrophorus giganteus, sp. n. 

Female.—Head, antennz, palpi, and thorax reddish brown ; 
abdomen darker brown; legs brown. Primaries reddish 
brown, irrorated with darker brown streaks along the costal 
margin and the outer half of the wing; the fringe reddish 
brown : secondaries very similar to the primaries in colour 
but slightly darker, the fringe pale reddish brown. 3 

Expanse 2,°5 inches. 


Hab, Mexico, Orizaba (Boucard, Mus. Druce). 


Thysanosedes Salvini, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, palpi, thorax, abdomen, and legs very pale 
fawn-colour ; antenne yellow. Primaries pale fawn-colour, 
slightly irrorated along the costal margin and at the apex 
with a few brown scales: secondaries pale fawn-colour ; the 
fringes of both wings pale fawn-colour.—/emale darker than 
the male, but in all other respects very similar. 

Eixpanse, g 1, 2 1,3, inch. 

Hab, Panama, Obispo (Salvin, Mus. Druce). 


Acrolophus linus, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen dark brown ; 
palpi dark brown, paler on the inner side; legs pale brown. 
Primaries dark brown, irrorated with greyish scales; a dark 
brown mark about the middle of the wing; the outer margin 
pale brown; the fringe dark brown: secondaries pale whitish 
brown. 


Expanse 1 inch. 
Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Boucard, Mus. Druce). 


Acrolophus Boucard?, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs pale 
brown; palpi greyish brown. Primaries dark brown, striated 
along the costal margin with pinkish brown; the base of the 
wing and two large spots on the inner margin pinkish brown, 
the outer margin pale brown ; the fringe alternately dark and 
light brown: secondaries pale brown; the fringe yellowish 
brown.—emale very similar to the male, but altogether 
much greyer. 

Expanse, ¢ 14, 2 1;% inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Orizaba (Boucard, Mus. Druce). 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol, vii. 31 


442 Mr. H. Druce on some 


Acrolophus (?) Underwoodi, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, and thorax dark brown; 
abdomen pale greyish brown. Primaries brown, with a 
blackish-brown streak from the base of the wing to beyond 
the middle ; the costal margin clouded with blackish brown ; 
a submarginal row of dark brown dots extends from the apex 
to the inner margin close to the anal angle; the marginal 
line black ; the fringe brown: secondaries pale brownish 
white, palest at the base and along the costal margin; the 
fringe greyish brown. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Costa Rica, Candelaria Mts. (Underwood, Mus. 
Druce). 


Anaphora numidia, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, and thorax very dark brown, 
almost black; abdomen and legs pale brown. Primaries 
dark brown, lightest near the apex; a triangular-shaped 
black spot about the middle of the inner margin, above and 
beyond a square-shaped black spot, the costal margin striated 
with black lines; the fringe dark brown: secondaries reddish 
brown. 

Eixpanse 14 inch. 

Fab. Mexico, Orizaba (Boucard); Guatemala (Boucard, 
Mus. Druce). 


Anaphora Arcéi, sp. u. 


Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, and thorax reddish brown ; 
abdomen blackish brown. Primaries dark reddish brown, the 
inner margin fawn-colour ; a fawn-coloured streak extends 
from the apex to the middle of the wing; the fringe dark 
brown: secondaries pale reddish brown.—The female differs 
from the male in not having any of the pale markings on the 
primaries. 

Expanse, ¢ 14, 2 I inch. 

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Arcé, Mus. Druce). 


Anaphora libitina, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, thorax, and abdomen cream- 
colour. Primaries cream-colour, clouded about the middle 
with dark brown; a few dark brown scales near the apex: 
secondaries cream-colour, the fringe brownish.—Female very 
similar to the male, but the secondaries darker brown. 

Expanse, ¢ 1, 2 14 inch. 

Hab, Guatemala, 5000 feet (Salvin, Mus. Druce). 


new Species of Lepidoptera. 443 


Anaphora punctata, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, thorax, and abdomen pale 
brown ; legs brownish white. Primaries pale brown, thickly 
irrorated with dark brown scales; a black dot at the end of 
the cell and a curved line of black spots from the apex to the 
base of the wing, the spots near the base are the largest ; 
fringe dark brown: secondaries reddish brown, the fringe 
rather darker. 

Expanse 1,), inch. 

Hab. Costa Rica (Van Patten) ; Candelaria Mts. (Under- 
wood, Mus. Druce). 


Anaphora Whitely?, sp. n. 

Male.—Head, thorax, and abdomen pale brown; antennz 
and palpi yellowish brown, Primaries yellowish brown, with 
a large, central, V -shaped, reddish-brown mark extending 
across the middle of the wing from the costal to the inner 
margin ; the costal margin and the outer margin are striated 
with reddish brown; a reddish-brown dot on the inner margin 
close to the base: secondaries blackish brown. 

Eixpanse 1 inch. 

Hab. British Guiana, Essequibo River (Whitely, Mus. 
Druce). 


Anaphora Perrenst, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, thorax, and abdomen pale 
brown, the palpi slightly lighter on the inner side. Primaries 
pale reddish brown, with a central dark brown streak ex- 
tending from the base to about the middle of the wing; a 
curved brown line extends from the costal margin to the anal 
angle, the apical part of the wing being the palest in colour: 
secondaries pale reddish brown.—The female very similar to 
the male, but darker in colour. 

Eixpanse, ¢ 2, 2 1} inch. 

Hab. Brazil, Goya (Perrens, Mus. Druce). 


Felderia echinon, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, thorax, palpi, and abdomen dark brown, 
palpi tipped with white; antenne yellowish brown ; the anus 
pale brown. Primaries pale brown, the veins all dark 
brown ; two greyish-white spots above the inner margin; the 
fringe pale brown: secondaries very pale brown, the inner 
margin slightly darker. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab, Mexico, Orizaba (Boucard, Mus. Druce). 


31% 


444 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on 


Felderia Garleppt, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown ; antenne 
pale yellowish brown; palpi dark brown, pale on the inner 
side. Primaries pale brown, with an indistinct paler band 
crossing the wing from the apex to the middle of the inner 
margin ; the costal margin striated with dark brown; a long 
black streak at the end of the cell and one below nearer the 
base of the wing: secondaries dark blackish brown. 

Expanse 145 inch. 


HTab. Bolivia (Garlepp, Mus. Druce). 


LV.—On Sciurus notatus and allied Species. 
sy J. L. Bonnore, B.A. 


Tris group of laterally lneated squirrels is one in which 
considerable confusion exists. The confusion has been 
augmented by the existence of two forms, the one having 
red or yellow underparts, and the other grey underparts ; 
they are frequently found in the same localities, and have 
generally been regarded as dimorphic forms of a single 
species. 

The name S. notatus, which was applied by Boddaert in 
his ‘Elenchus Animalium’ to Pennant’s description of the 
“Plantane Squirrel,” has to be restricted to a small and 
light-coloured species inhabiting Java and Sumatra. Raffles’s 
name S, vittatus belongs to a very variable species found in 
Sumatra, the Malay Peninsula, and Borneo ; while to the form 
with grey underparts, hitherto considered specifically identical 
with the above, and which is found in Java, Sumatra, the 
Malay Peninsula, and Borneo, Horsfield’s name of S. nigro- 
vittatus should be applied. 


The following is a list of the species and subspecies of this 
eroup :— 


China Sea. 
— dulitensis . . . Borneo. 


Ilab. 
Sciurus notatus typicus . . Java. 
— albescens . . . Acheen, Sumatra. 
—— vittatus typicus . . . Sumatraand Malay Peninsula. 
ee tenuirostris . . ‘Tioman Island, off Malay 
Peninsuia. 
—— —— anambensits . . Anambas Islands. 
—— —— Abbotti . . . Big Tambelan Island, South 


Sciurus notatus and allied Species. 445 
Scturus nigrovittatus typicus. Java, Sumatra, and Malay 
Peninsula. 
— orestes ..' ... “.. Borneo. 


Kaju Ara Island or Saddle 


— —-Klossti. . . . 
Island, Tambelan Group. 


Key to the Species. 


A. Underparts not blue or grey. 
a, Underparts yellow (butf-yellow, Ride.). 


a‘. Dark stripe narrow (about 6 mm.) and 
S. notatus typicus, 


GLITZ CU aster Aen eink) SRI ee are 
b'. Dark stripe broad (about 15mm.) and black, 
but suffused with white hairs .......... S, 2, albescens, 
b, Underparts red or fulvous (orange-bull, Ridg.), 
(rs, FROG MELD tO TAME Sot toy bales 0:5 aces S. vittatus typicus. 
6+. "No red tip to taili{’ 723... Teva ey teeoek Sag S. v, dulitensis. 


iB: Papua pes blue. 


aay and sides of face ochraceous. [cus. 


. Light stripe lighter than cheeks ........ S. nigrovittatus typi- 
i. Light stripe of same colour as cheeks Sn. Klossit, 
6. Chin and sides of face pale fulvous.......... S. x. orestes, 


Sciurus notatus typicus, Bodd. 


Plantane Squirrel, Penn. Hist. Quad. Ist ed. ii, p. 416 (1781), 2nd ed. 
ii. p. 151 (1792). 
Sciurus notatus, Bodd. Elench, Anim. p. 119 (1785), 


Serurus badging, Kerr, An. King. p. 262 (1792). 
Sciurus plantani, S.J, Liung, Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. vol, xxii. 


p. 99, pl. i. (1801); Horsf. Zool. Res. Java (1824). 
Scrurus gingianus, § Shaw, Gen. Zool. vol, ii. pl. i. p. 147 (1801). 
Sciurus bilineatus, Desm, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. x. p. 106 (1817). 


General colour of the upper parts, including the top of the 
head and outer sides of the limbs and feet, dark grey, 
minutely punctuated with pale buff, each hair having two 
or more pale buff annulations. ‘The cheeks and face are pale 
yellowish buff (buff-yellow, Ridg.) {; the underparts and 
inner sides of the limbs being of a precisely similar colour. 
Along either side of the body, between the fore and hind 
limbs, runs a narrow line of pale buff, succeeded below by a 
narrow grizzled stripe similar in colour to the upper parts. 
The ears are covered with short hair of the same colour 
as the cheeks, and immediately behind them is a small patch 


* Two other races, described by Mr. G. Miller, Jun., under the names 
S. anambensis and S, Abbotti, would come under this heading ; but without 
specimens Tam unable to distinguish them further, A “description is 


given in the text. 
t+ Another race, 8. tenwirostris, also described by Mr. Miller, should he 


included under this heading. 
{ Ridgway, ‘ Nomenclature of Colours’: Boston, 1886, 


446 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on 


of pale buff. The tail on its upperside is of the same 
colour as the back, while on the underside the buff annula- 
tions are larger and more prominent, causing that colour to 
predominate. 

The only skull available is unfortunately not quite adult 
and in a somewhat fragmentary condition, but is considerably 
smaller and narrower than in Se. vittatus. The rostrum is 
very narrow, especially at its base, and in consequence of this 
the nasals are rather broad anteriorly in proportion to their 
width behind. The postorbital processes are short and the 
zygomata are moderately straight and bulge out but slightly ; 
this latter character is, however, doubtless due to immaturity. 

Dimensions (from skin) :—Head and body 213 millim. 
(approx.) ; tail 175; hind foot 38. 

Skull: greatest length 45 (approx.) ; length of palate 21; 
zygomatic breadth 24; interorbital breadth 15; length of 
nasals 13°25 breadth of nasals, ant. 8, post. 3°5. 

Hab. Java. 

In writing the above description I have had before me one 
of Dr. Horsfield’s specimens on which his remarks under 
S. plantani in the Zool. Res. Java were based. 

The general light colour of this squirrel and the absence 


of a black lateral stripe enable this species to be easily 
distinguished. 


Scturus notatus albescens, subsp. n. 


General colour above similar to Sc. notatus typicus, except 
that the buff annulations are rather more inclined to fulvous, 
especially on the limbs and feet. There are also many long 
pure white hairs scattered over the upper parts, but not in 
sufficient quantity to have any effect on the general colour. 
The cheeks and sides of the face resemble the foregoing 
species, except that the colour is not quite so pure, being 
interspersed with a few greyish hairs. The underparts and 
inner sides of the limbs are pinkish buff, some of the hairs 
being pure white and some having a distinctly rufous tinge. 
The light lateral stripe is pale buff, and it is succeeded below 
by a broad darkish area whose width varies from 5 millim. at 
the posterior end to 15 millim., in its anterior portion. This 
area is composed of hairs of two kinds, viz. pure white and 
white hairs with black tips so arranged as to appear like a 
black line washed over with a thin film of white. The ears 
the light patch behind these, and the tail resemble those parts 


in Se. notatus, except that the buff on the tail is rather more 
rufous. 


Sciurus notatus and allied Species. 447 


Skull—Owing to the skull being very fragmentary, I am 
unable to give a “description. 

Dimensions (from skin):—Head and body 187 millim. ; 
tail 150; hind foot 37. 

Hab. Acheen, Sumatra. 

Type B.M. 85. 8.1. 235. Collected on Ist February, 1873, 
by Mr. W. Davison, and presented by Mr. A. O, Hume. 


Sciurus vittatus typtcus, Rafiles. 
Seiurus vittatus, Rafles, Trans, Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 259 (1822) ; Cantor, 
J. A. S. B. xv. p. 250 (1846); Blyth, op. czt. xvi. p. 872 (1847) ; 
Horsf. Cat. Ind. Mus. p. 152 (1851); Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xxiv. p. 476 


(1856). 
Sciurus badging, Kerr, Thomas, WP. Z. 5; 1886, p.. 763: W...Sclater, 


Cat. Mamm. Cale. Mus. ii. p- (1891). 

Seturus notatus, Bodd., Thos. P. T. S. 1886, p. 77 (partim). 

Sciurus bivittatus, Desm. Mamm., Suppl. p. 548 (1822). 

Macroaus vittatus, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. pl. cexxxiv. (Oct. 1824). 

Macrozus toupa’, Lesson, Man. de Zool. p. 238 (1827). 

Sciurus notatus miniatus, G. Miller, Jr., Proc. Wash. Acad. Sei. i. p. 79 

(1900), 

General colour above, including the crown of the head, the 
outer sides of the limbs, and feet, black, minutely and pro- 
fusely speckled with fulvous (wood-brown, Ridg.). The 
fulvous is everywhere in excess of the darker colour, but more 
especially so on the head and feet. Hach hair is greyish at 
its base, shading into black at its tip, and carries two or three 
fulvous annulations, which are about equal in breadth to the 
intervening portions. The cheeks, face, and chin are of a 
erizzled rufous (ochraceous buff, Ridg.) ; on the muzzle and 
a ring round the eye the colour is pure. ‘I'he underparts and 
the inner sides of the limbs vary from a deep chestnut to a 
very pale orange (ochraceous rufous to orange-buff, Ridg.), 
individuals being found of all shades within these limits. 
The light lateral ; stripe which borders the grizzled colour of 
the back is pale buff (buff, Ridg.), and is succeeded below by 
: oy black stripe, which is usually rather broader. ‘The 

‘eadth varies from 5 millim. to 10 millim., but this variation 
is Heesiate partly due to the different ways in which the 
skins are made up. ‘The ears are covered with short rufous 
hairs, similar in colour to those on the muzzle; there is no 
conspicuous light patch behind the ear, although in a few 
cases a slig ehtly lighter tinge may be observed by pulling the 
ear forward, but in most cases it is entirely absent. ‘The tail 
on its upper part is similar in colour to the back, but the 
annulations are rather broader; below the fulvous so greatly 
predominates as to almost entirely obscure the darker colour ; 


448 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on 


towards the tip, and in some cases throughout nearly its 
entire length, it becomes of the same rufous colour as the 
underparts. 

The skulls of this species at my disposal are, I regret to 
say, so imperfect that it is impossible to give a very accurate 
description. It is a typical Sccwrus skull of moderate dimen- 
sions and presenting no especially salient features. The 
nasals are of moderate length and taper considerably towards 
their posterior margin, which is in most cases considerably 
anterior to the posterior margin of the premaxille. The 
interorbital region is broad and the postorbital processes well 
developed and turning considerably downwards. The brain- 
case is rather narrow and short. 

Dimensions (from skin):—Head and body 237 millim. ; 
tail 190; hind foot 45. 

Skull: greatest length 52; length of palate from henselion 
23; zygomatic breadth 32 ; interorbital breadth 19°5; length 
of nasals 15; breadth of nasals, ant. 8, post. 5. 

Hab. Sumatra and Malay Peninsula. 

Co-types B.M. 79. 11. 21. 580-1. Bencoolen, Sumatra, 
Received from the Indian Museum, ex coll. Sir 8. Rafiles 
(69 a, 6. Bencoolen, Sumatra. Presented by Lady Raffles). 

In making out the characters of this species I have ex- 
amined the above-mentioned types as well as a large series 
from the Malay Peninsula. Within certain limits it 1s very 
variable, most especially in the colour of its underparts ; 
but nevertheless, when once allowance has been made for 
these variations, it forms an easily recognizable and distinct 
form, the red tip to the tail being a conspicuous and constant 
mark. Iam unable to agree with Mr. G. Miller, Jr., who, 
in a recent paper, has separated the Northern Malay form 
from those found in the south of the peninsula. ‘The point 
of difference seems to be, according to Mr. Miller, in the 
colour of the underparts, which he states to be much deeper 
and darker in the northern form. From the series of 
specimens I have examined, those with the lightest underparts 
are certainly from the south; but I am able to match very 
deep-coloured specimens from Perak with individuals from 
both Johore and Singapore. 


Sciurus vittatus tenutrostris, Miller. 
Sciurus tenuirostris, Miller, Proc. Wash. Acad, Sci. p. 221 (1900). 
This form, which has recently been described by Mr. Miller, 


may be distinguished from the Sumatran form by the absence 
of the red tip to the tail and the skull having the “ rostral 


Sciurus notatus and allied Species. 449 


portion more slender and lightly built.’ In other respects it 
resembles S. vittatus from Singapore. ‘The colour of the 
underparts is orange-rufous. 

Dimensions (flesh) :—Head and body 191 millim. ; tail- 
vertebree 165; pencil 50; hind foot 42. 

Skull: greatest length 50; palatal length 21°6; zygomatic 
breadth 28; interorbital breadth 17-4; length of nasals 15°6 ; 
breadth of nasals, ant. 6, post. 3. 

Hab. Tioman Island, off the east coast of the Malay 
Peninsula. 

Type no. 101753 United States National Museum. Col- 
lected by Dr. W. L. Abbott. 

Not having had an opportunity of examining examples of 
this and the two following races, the particulars have been 
taken from Mr. Miller’s paper. 


Sciurus vittatus anambensis, Miller. 
Sceiurus anambensis, Miller, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. p. 223 (1900). 


Resembles S. vittatus typicus, but is slightly smaller, of a 
paler colour, and has no red tip to the tail. 

Skull as in the typical race, except that the palate is 
narrower and the audital bulle slightly larger. 

Dimensions (in flesh) :—Head and body 191 millim.; tail- 
vertebree 178; pencil 70; hind foot 44. 

Skull: greatest length 49°6; palatal length 21:4; zygo- 
matic breadth 29 ; interorbital breadth 17°4; length of nasals 
14:4; breadth of nasals, ant. 7, post. 4°2. 

flab. Islands of the Anambas group. 

Type no. 101686 United States National Museum. 


Sciurus vittatus Abbotti, Miller. 

Sciurus Abbottit, Miller, Proc. Wash, Acad. Sci. p, 224 (1900). 

Similar to S. v. anambensis in colour, “ but the skull with 
more slender rostrum and smaller, less inflated audital bullae.” 

Dimensions (in flesh) :—Head and body 197 millim.; tail- 
vertebre 178; pencil 60; hind foot 46. 

Skull: greatest length 49; length of nasals 16; greatest 
breadth of nasals 6:6. 

Hab. Big 'Tambelan Island and Pulo Bunoa, South China 
pea. 

Type no. 101662 United States National Museum. 

‘lhe inclusion of this and the two preceding races in this 
paper does not imply that | am convinced of their validity, 
I have not seen any specimens, and with regard to the first 


450 ~ Mr. J. L. Bonhote on 


two am in no position to give a definite opinion; they are 
merely included to show in what relationship they stand to 
the group as a whole, and in order that any future worker 
may bear them in mind when studying this group. On this 
last race, however, I feel compelled to make a few remarks, 
Mr. Miller starts his description by giving as its distinctive 
characters, ‘‘ Skull with more slender rostrum and smaller, less 
inflated audital bulle,” both characters being comparative. 
In the study of comparative characters one naturally looks at 
the dimensions, in order to get some idea of the amount of 
the difference between the two forms; and in this case we are 
met with the announcement that “ The skull is so nearly 
alike that of S. anambensis in size, that it is unnecessary to 
give detailed cranial measurements.’ In other words, were 
it not for a description of the audital bulle we should have a 
species characterized by comparative features of size alone, 
which are incapable of being demonstrated on paper by 
measurements. It will, perhaps, make my meaning clearer 
if I quote Mr. Miller’s description in full:—‘ Skull much 
like that of S. anambensis in size and general form. ‘The 
rostrum is more slender, particularly when viewed from 
below, and the audital bullee are noticeably different in 
form. ‘The bulle are so flattened that when viewed from 
behind (the skull held upside down) they appear to rise 
scarcely above the level of tips of hamulars. Hach is con- 
stricted near the middle by a groove extending from just 
behind the lateral process of basioccipital over the ventral 
ridge of the bulla and disappearing on the outer side. ‘This 
groove, faintly indicated in the related species, is here so 
greatly developed as strongly to affect the shape of the bulla, 
articularly when viewed from the side.” 

The distinction of the groove on the bulla, although more 
pronounced in Mr. Miller’s specimens, is, judging trom the 
analogy of the skulls of other races of S. vittatus, a very 
variable feature, two skulls from the same locality in Borneo 
showing varying degrees of constriction. The only charac- 
teristic of this species left, therefore, is that the bulls are so 
flattened that ‘‘when viewed from behind (the skull held 
upside down) they appear to rise scarcely above the level of 
tips of hamulars.” | 

T should be the last to maintain that such small differences 
where they exist should be disregarded, and, in fact, the less 
obvious they are the more interesting are they likely to prove 
in future ages, as showing what may be the first incipient 
beginnings of a definite species; but when these differences 
are so minute as to be incapable of being definitely expressed, 


Sciurus notatus and allied Species. 451 


the race should not be given a separate name, but noted 
under the name of the species from which they are as yet 
but imperfectly defined. 

Mr. Miller took this view with regard to a specimen from 
Pulo Riabu when dealing with S. anambensis, and, as far as 
i am able to judge without seeing the actual specimens, it 
seems a pity that he did not act likewise with regard to 


S. Abbotte. 


Scturus vittatus dulitensts, subsp. n. 
Sciurus notatus, Bodd., Hose, Mamm. Borneo, p. 46 (1893). 
General colour throughout as in Sciurus vittatus typicus, 


with the following exceptions :—The tail is always annulated 


right to the end and has no red pencil, though in some cases 


it has a slight tinge of rufous near the tip, but the annulations 
are always visible. ‘The lateral light stripe is duller and less 


buffy in tint, being cream-buff *, as compared with buff * in 
the typical form. The colour of the underparts is pale orange 
(orange-buff *). 

The skull shows hardly any difference except in being 
- slightly narrower. 

Dimensions (from skin) :—ILead and body 213 millim. ; 
tail 200; hind foot 44. 

Skull (another specimen): greatest length 51 millim.; 
length of palate from henselion 21; zygomatic breadth 30; 
interorbital breadth 17; length of nasals 14; breadth of 
nasals, ant. 7, post. 4. 

Hab. Borneo. 

Type B.M. 94. 6. 2.21, g ad. Mount Dulit, 1000 feet. 
Collected and presented by Messrs. Charles and Ernest Hose. 

The colour of the underparts of this form appears to vary 
between the same limits as in the typical race, but whereas in 
Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula the dark form seems to 
predominate, in Borneo the converse is the case. The absence 
of the bright red pencil to the tail forms the best-marked 
character by which this species may be distinguished. 

When the underparts of this species are deep chestnut it 
somewhat resembles S$. baluensis, which I described in a 
recent paper, when dealing with the various forms of 
S. Prevostii, SS. baluensis is easily recognizabie by its 
much larger size and darker colour of the upper parts. 


* Ridgway, ‘ Nomenclature of Colours.’ 


452 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on 


Sciurus nigrovittatus, Horsf. 


Sciurus nigrovittatus, Horsfield, Zool. Res. Java (1824); Cantor, 
J. A.S.B. xv. p. 250; Blyth, op. cit. xvi. p. 8723 id. op. cit, xxiv. 
p. 476, 


General colour of the upper parts, including the top of the 
head and outer sides of the limbs and feet, black, profusely 
speckled with fulvous, which is everywhere in excess of the 
darker colour, each hair being grey at its base, shading to 
black at the tip, and having two or three buff annulations. 
The cheeks, face, and chin, including a ring round the eye, 
are of a light rufous brown (tawny ochraceous, Ridg.). The 
extent of this colour on the chin is very variable ; in some 
cases it covers the whole of the underpart of the neck, but in 
the majority of cases it is confined to the tip of the chin, and 
may be traced back along the sides of the neck nearly as far 


5 
as the shoulder, becoming gradually more and more grizzled, 


(oo) 
till it loses itself in the colour of the upper parts. 

The whole of the underparts and inner sides of the limbs are 
of a pale bluish grey (smoke-grey, Ridg.), each hair being 
dark at its base, with a hoary tip; the colour is rather lighter 
on the fore-chest, and in some specimens there is a tendency 
to a darker stripe along the middle line, The light lateral 
line has a tendency to be short and narrow and is very 
yellowish in tint (buff-yellow, Ridg.). The dark stripe is of 
similar dimensions and pure black. The ears do not differ 
from the colour of the back, and there is a distinct patch of 
lighter colour behind them, The tail is of the same colour 
as the back, but the annulations being considerably broader, 
it has sometimes the appearance of being ringed; on the 
underside it has a rather more fulvous tint, but the tip does 
not differ from the rest. 

Skull—From the somewhat imperfect series of skulls at 
my disposal I am unable to notice any characters by which 
the skull of this species may be distinguished. — It is generally 
a trifle smaller and is somewhat narrower. 

Dimensions (from skin):—Head and body 203 millim. 
(approx.) ; tail 193 (approx.) ; hind foot 40. 

Skull: greatest length 48; zygomatic breadth 31; inter- 
orbital breadth 18°6; length of nasals 14; width of nasals, 
ant. 7, post. d. . 

Hab. Java, Sumatra, and Malay Peninsula. 

Co-type BM. 73.4, 8. Java (Horsfield), trom the Kast 
India Company’s Museum. 

I have examined specimens from Java, Sumatra, and the 


Sciurus notatus and allied Species. 453 


Malay Peninsula, and can find no characters which would 
justify their division into geographical races. 

With regard to considering this form as a distinct species, 
a few words may not be out of place. As it occurs in so 
many places in company with S, vittatus, it must clearly be 
considered either a dimorphic form or a separate species. 
Although in S. vittatus all shades of rufous colour may be 
found, in S. nigrovittatus the colour is always constant, and 
there are no intermediate forms between the two species as 
one would expect were it a dimorphic form or geographic 
race. ‘The next point to be noticed is that its distribution is 
not the same; it occurs in Java, where the red-bellied form 
is unknown, and this is also the case, as Mr. Miller has 
shown, on an island in the South China Sea. This last 
instance also tends to disprove the supposition that S. nigvo- 
vittatus 1s a mountain form, as none of the China Sea islands 
rise to any great height; and in furtherance of this statement 
it may be noticed that the red-bellied species occurs at a 
considerable height on the mountains of Perak. 


Sciurus nigrovittatus orestes, Thos. 
Sciurus notatus orestes, Thos. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv. 
p. 529 (1895). 

Differs from S. nigrovittatus typicus in its smaller size, 
more rufous coloration on the back, absence of the brown 
colour on the cheeks and chin, and in the tail being thinner 
and more sparsely clad and ending in a black pencil. ‘The 
general colour of the back and upper parts is as in S. nigro- 
vittatus, but the annulations are much broader and more 
rufous (ochraceous rufous, Ridg.). The cheeks and sides of 
the face are very pale fulvous tinged with grey; the chin is 
bluish grey like the underparts, but with slight traces of 
fulvous. ‘There is a tendency to a fulvous ring roand the 
eye, and the light patch behind the ears is conspicuous. 
The tail resembles the back, but the annulations are light 
and conspicuous; the tip is black. 

Skull—Except in size the skull presents no marked 
features by which it might be distinguished trom the typical 
race. ‘lhe rostrum is slightly broader in proportion and the 
nasals do not taper quite so much posteriorly. 

Dimensions (type, after Thomas) :—Head and body 196 
millim.; tail 144; hind foot 33°3. 

Skull: greatest length 39:7 ; zygomatic breadth 25 ; inter- 
orbital breadth 14°7 ; length of nasals 11; greatest breadth 
of nasals 5°9, post. 4°2, 


. 


454 On Sciurus notatus and allied Species. 


!Tab. Mountains of Borneo. 

Type B.M. 94. 6. 2. 24, 2. Mount Dulit, 4000 feet. 
Collected January 1892, and presented to the Museum by 
Messrs. Charles and Ernest Hose. 


Sciurus nigrovittatus Klossiv, Miller. 
Sciurus Klossii, Miller, Proc. Wash. Acad, Sci. p. 225 (1900). 


This is apparently an easily recognizable local race rather 
intermediate between the two preceding. In size it is 
practically the same as S. n. orestes, while it differs from it 
in the absence of the light patch behind the ear and in the 
dull ochraceous of the cheeks, chin, muzzle, and sides of the 
neck, approaching very closely in these last two characters 
the typical race. 

The skull apparently differs in no way from that of 
S. n. orestes. 

Dimensions :—Head and body 171 millim.; tail-vertebre 
152; hind foot 41. 

Skull: greatest length 42; palatal length 17°43; zygo- 
matic breadth 26°6; interorbital breadth 16; length of nasals 
12; breadth of nasals, ant. 6, post. 3. 

flab, Saddle Island, 'Tambelan Group. 

Type 8, no. 101678 United States National Museum. 
Collected August 15th, 1899. 


Note. 


Since the above paper has been in the press Mr. Miller * 
has published a list of the “* Mammals of the Natuna Islands,” 
in which he describes five new forms of this group. They 
are as follows :— | 


(1) Sccurus lutescens.—Sirhassen Island. “ Allied to the 
S. notatus from Borneo (8, vitt. dulitensis, J. L. B.), 
but considerably smaller. Colours very pale, under- 
parts buff or cream-buff.” 

(2) Scturus seraie.—Pulo Serai, S. Natunas. “ Most 
nearly allied to S. dutescens, but the upper parts 
slightly less pale and the underparts and pale side- 


stripe buff-yellow, the former without admixture of 
grey.” 

(3) Sedurus rutdliventr?s—Pulo Midei, 8. Natunas. “Size 
slightly greater than S. dutescens and S. seraie, but 
not equal to that of the Bornean or Bunguran 
representatives of S. notatus |S, vittatus, J. L. B.]. 


* Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. vol. iii, pp. 124-129, March 1901, 


On Two new Species of Squirrels. 455 


Colour above as in & serate. Underparts bright 
clear orange-rufous.” 

(4) Scturus rubidiventris.—Size and general appearance 
above and below as in S. notatus from Borneo, but 
red of underparts brighter and cheeks and chin 
distinctly less fulvous than surrounding parts. 
Skull with broader, deeper brain-case than in 
Bornean animal. 

(5) Securus lautensis.—Pulo Laut, North Natunas. ‘Size 
slightly less than that of S. rubidiventris and colour 
conspicuously pallid. Upper parts as in S, dutescens ; 
lower parts nearly as in S. serate, but rather less 
dull; pale side-stripe much less yellow than belly. 
Skull as in S. rubidiventris.” 


LVI.—On Two new Species of Squirrels from the East 
Indies. By J. L. Bonnore, B.A. 


WHILE working at the squirrels in the National Collection I 
have come across two specimens each of which seems to 
belong to a hitherto undescribed species. The first was 
collected at Klong Morn, Siam, by Mr. 8. 8. Flower, and I 
propose for it the name 


Sciurus Flowert, sp. n, 


General colour above greyish brown, rather more rufous 
along the middle of the back, the colour being most intense 
on the head and snout. Hach hair is dark grey at its base, 
having a tip of rufous or pale ashy according to its position on 
the body, and also one or two annulations of a similar colour. 
These annulations are darkest along the middle line, lighter 
at the sides, and on the feet and limbs the colour is very pale, 
The ears and the parts immediately surrounding the mouth are 
deep rufous. ‘Ihe underparts and inner sides of the limbs are 
pure white, interspersed here and there with a few black and 
chestnut hairs, but not in sufficient numbers to in any wa 
influence the general appearance, which is pure white. The 
white extends slightly on the cheeks and there is a tendency 
to a white ring round the eye. ‘The tail is about equal in 
leneth to the body and moderately bushy ; the hairs are jet- 
black, annulated with fulvous, and ending in a fulvous tip, 

The skull in its general shape is rather short and stout; 
the rostrum tapering and short. The auditory bulle are 
moderately long and laterally flattened. It most nearly 


456 On Two new Species of Squirrels. 


resembles the skull of Sc. Finlaysoni, but is much smaller ; 
the rostrum is narrower and the brain-case rather rounder and 
broader. 

Dimensions (in flesh) :—Head and body 190 millim. ; 
tail 170; hind foot 42; ear 18. 

Skull: tip of nasals to occipital ridge 44; henselion to 
hinder margin of palate 19; zygomatic breadth 28; breadth 
of skull immediately behind roots of zygoma 23 ; breadth at 
postorbital constriction 17; length of nasals 13; greatest 
breadth of nasals, ant. 7, post. 4; length of tooth-series 10. 

Hab. Klong Morn, near Bankok, Siam. 

Type B.M. 99. 2.7.1, @ ad. 13th August, 1898. Col- 
lected by Mr. 8S. S. Flower. 

The affinities of this species are not very clear. It does 
not resemble any of the hitherto described forms. The skull 
seems to approach that of S. /tnlayson? more closely perhaps 
than that of other species, while from the general external 
appearance it appears to be more closely related to S. ery. 
threus. Further material is, however, necessary before 
pronouncing a definite opinion, 


The other species comes from Java, and for it I propose 
the name 


Sciurus Andrewsti, sp. n. 


General colour of the upper parts, including the top of the 
head and outer sides of the limbs, black, profusely grizzled 
with fulvous (buff-yellow, Ridg.*). Hach hair is very dark 
grey at the base, shading to black at the tip, having several 
fulvous annulations, which greatly predominate over the 
darker colour, The cheeks and face are of a very pale grizzled 
fulvous, each hair having a dark base and a fulvous tip; on 
the chin and underside of the neck the fulvous tip becomes 
eradually lighter, until its colour is pale greyish white. This 
colour extends over the underparts, inner sides of the limbs, 
and surface of the feet. There is a fair-sized patch of pale 
orange (orange-buff, Ridg.) at the base of each limb. At 
the base of the hind limbs these patches join in the middle 
line and spread backwards to the root of the tail. There is a 
very short but distinct stripe of pale buff (buff-yellow, Ridge.) 
running along either side between the limbs, and this is 
succeeded below by a still shorter stripe the colour of the 
back. ‘he ears are precisely similar in colour to the back. 
The tail is short, bushy, and distichous ; in colour it resembles 


* Ridgway, ‘ Nomenclature of Colours,’ 


On a new Sponge from South Africa. 457 


the back, except that the annulations are broader; the under- 
side is suffused with yellowish, the tip is black. 

The skull is very long and narrow, and although undoubtedly 
that of a true Sevurus, in its restricted sense *, it shows con- 
siderable resemblance to the skull of a Funambulus. 

In size it is nearly equal to that of Funambulus Berdmoret, 
The nasals are intermediate, and while being flattened as in 
Sciurus, in length and proportions they resemble those of a 
Funambulus. The interorbital region and anterior end of the 
brain-case is bold, swollen, and rather broad in proportion to 
the general build of the skull. The postorbital processes are 
of moderate length and jut outwards more than in /. Berd- 
moret. ‘The zygomata are moderately straight and do not 
jut out, especially anteriorly, so much as is usually the case 
in Seturus. The brain-case, which reaches its maximum 
height at the level of the postorbital processes, falls away 
rapidly behind. ‘The teeth are of the ordinary Sciurine form 
and the auditory bulla rather small. 

Dimensions (from flesh):—Head and body 178 millim. ; 
tail 172; hind foot 40. 

Skull: greatest length 50; basal length 38; palatal length 
20°5; zygomatic breadth 27; interorbital breadth 15°5; 
length of nasals 15; breadth of nasals, ant. 6°7, post. 4. 

Hab. Vjigombong, Java. 

Type B.M. 99. 8. 6. 49. Tjigombong, Java, 28th June, 
1897. Collected by Mr. C. W. Andrews. 

The skull of this species is so distinct as to prevent any 
confusion with the existing species. Its nearest ally is most 
probably S. notatus, but its grey feet, the colour of the under- 
parts, and the patches of colour at the base of the limbs render 
its identification a matter of no difficulty. 


LVIL.—Description of a new Hewactinellid Sponge from South 
Africa. By R. Kirkpatrick, Assistant in the British 
Museum (Natural History). 


(Plate VIII] 


THE two specimens described below, which represent a new 
species of the Rossellid genus Rhabdocalyptus, were sent to 
the Museum by Dr. J. D. F. Gilchrist, of the Department of 
Agriculture, Cape Town, who obtained them by dredging 


* Thos. P. Z. S. 1897, p. 933. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 32 


458 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on a new 


from depths of 140 and 154 fathoms, about 70 miles north of 
Lion’s Head, South Africa. 


Family Rossellide. 
Subfamily Acawruascryz, F. KE. Schulze, [1] p. 348. 
Genus RHABDOCALYPTUS, F. E. Schulze, [2] p. 155. 
Rhabdocalyptus lophodigitatus, sp. n. (PI. VIII.) 


Sponge in form of a thick-walled subglobular cup, from the 
base of which proceed solid digitate processes provided with 
tufts of basalia, forming in the fully grown condition a dense 
root-tuft ; tufts of basalia also originating from the general 
basal surface of the sponge. Outer surface provided with 
small conical papilla, from which bundles of pentact pleuralia 
project radially, the paratangential rays of the spicules forming 
a veil about 15 centim. from the surface. Orifice subcircular, 
with thin naked edge. Cavity of cup shallow, with smooth 
walls, and with very large openings at the lower part leading 
into wide cavernous efferent canals. 

Skeleton. —Purenchymalia long diacts, wholly smooth or 
roughened towards the ends, the more slender in bundles and 
the thicker isolated, those in the digitate basal processes 
being stouter and more spinous than those in the body-wall. 

Autodermalia finely spined diacts, 600-1000 yx 10-15 p, 
often with two or four central knobs. 

Hypodermalia oxypentacts with the paratangential rays 
paratropal, the two external often forming an angle of 180°, 
more or less curved, smooth, or finely shagreened, or sha- 
greened and provided with irregularly distributed thorns, 
sharp in young, but blunt and occasionally branched in older 
spicules. 

Basalia long oxypentacts with short orthotropal or para- 
tropal paratangentials, slightly curved, shagreened, and occa- 
sionally with small spines; the outer end of the proximal 
ray often shagreened. Diact basalia apparently absent. 

Autogristralia spinous diacts similar to the autodermalia. 

Microscleres.—1, Discoctasters : a, large kind, 1380-160 pw 
in diameter, knobbed centrum 12-14 yw, principal rays 18 yp, 
terminal rays 48-60 pw. 

Principal rays appearing to split up by fission at different 
levels into 6-8 terminal rays, the latter being slightly curved 
and divergent, and provided with fine spines pointing back- 
wards and a 4- to 8-toothed disk. 

b, small kind, 60 w in diameter, with secondary rays more 
divergent than in the large discoctasters. 


Hexactinellid Sponge from South Africa. 459 


2. Oxyhexasters, 90-100 w in diameter, with usually bi- 
furcate, but occasionally single, roughened rays. 

Of the two specimens, the smaller, which is almost globular, 
has only a slightly developed root-tuft ; the larger has several 
long digitate processes about 9 centim. long by 1 centim. 
thick, provided with tufts of long pentact basalia, forming a 
dense root-tuft. The total length of the large specimen is 
23 centim., the breadth at the base 18 centim., length of 
body 13 centim., of root-tuft 10 centim. ; diameter of orifice 
7X6 centim.; depth of gastral cavity about 6 centim. It 
should be remarked that the specimens have probably been 
considerably distorted by compression, as the outer veil is 
only intact over a small area of the smaller specimen. 

The dimensions of the smaller specimen are:—Length 
13 centim., with three digitate processes 2°5 centim. in length ; 
breadth 13 centim.; orifice 4centim. ; depth of gastral cavity 
about 4 centim. 

Diact basalia are apparently absent, though very numerous 
long spicules occur which are broken at the end. All the 
young complete spicules are pentactine, and [ have been 
unable to find among them any diacts. In addition to the 
shape of the sponge and the fissile character of the principal 
rays of the discoctasters, the occurrence of spined diacts in the 
gastral membrane characterizes the new species; in all of 
the eight previously described species, [8] p. 105, of this 
genus the autogastralia are hexactine or hexactine and pent- 
actine. In a species of a closely allied genus, Staurocalyptus 
pleorhaphides, Ijima, [4] p. 58, both the dermal and gastral 
membranes are supported by spinous diactines. 

Locality. Large specimen, 73 miles north and 28 miles east 
of Lion’s Head, 140 fath., Cape Colony: small specimen, 
63 miles north and 34 miles east of Lion’s Head, 154 fath. 
Both specimens obtained by shrimp-trawl. 


(1] Scuvuuze, F. E. “Revision des Systems der Asconematiden und 
Rosselliden,” Sitzungsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1897. 

[2} ‘Challenver’ Hexactinellida, 1887, p. 155. 

[8] ——. ‘Amerikanische Hexactinelliden nach dem Materiale der 
Albatross-Expedition,’ 1899. 

[4] Isrma, I. “ Revision of Hexactinellids with Discoctasters, with 
Descriptions of Five new Species,” Annotationes zoologicw 
Japonenses, 1897, vol. i. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. 


Fig. 1. Rhabdocalyptus lophodigitatus, sp. 0., large specimen, reduced to 
one third natural size. The figure has been slightly idealized, 
in order to show the gastral orifice, the basal digitate processes, 


460 Mr. O. Thomas on a new 


and veil of pentacts, the two former features not being so plainly 
visible from one and the same aspect. 
Fig. 2. Pentactine spicule (pleural prostalia), x 68. 
Tig. 8. Autogastral diact, x 225, 
Fig. 4. Large discoctaster, x 300, 
Fig. 5. Small discoctaster, x 300. 
ig. 6. Oxyhexaster, X 300. 


LVILI.— On a new Genus and Species of Vespertilionine Bat 
Jrom East Africa. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. 


Harpy had my description of Scotecus Hindei * been pub- 
lished than the Museum received from Dr. Hinde a second 
new bat, so distinct from all previously known as to require 
the formation of a new genus for its reception. 

It is the analogue of the South-American Histiotus in 
Africa, and may be called by a name having a similar 
meaning to that word— 


L2PHOTIS +, gen. nov. 


Most nearly allied to Vespertil’o, but the ear and tragus 
enlarged as in L/istiotus. 

Skull, as compared with that of the allied form, long and 
narrow, flattened above, very smooth and little ridged, the 
crests scarcely perceptible. Palate narrow, its posterior part 
unusually produced backward. Bulle rather large. 

Dental formula as in Vespertilo. 

Upper incisors close to canines, instead of being well sepa- 
rated from them, the tip of the lower canine biting on to the 
top of, or outside, the outer incisor, instead of between it and 
the upper canine. In correlation with this the lower canine 
is unusually short and feeble, its length from cingulum to tip 
not exceeding the outer horizontal length of m.'. Detailed 
proportions of teeth as described below. 

Type and only species 


Lephotis Wintont, sp. n. 


Size ratber less than in Histiotus velatus ; general appear- 
ance very much as in that species, although the ears are not 
so large. Fur close and fine, the hairs of the back about 
6-7 millim. in length. General colour above coppery brown, 
the basal halves of the hairs sooty, the terminal halves clear 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii. p. 263 (1901). 
+ Aatdos, a sail. 


Vespertilionine Bat from East Africa. 461 


coppery or cinnamon (Dr. Hinde speaks of the colour as 
“‘bronze’’). Under surface paler brown, the tips of the hairs 
becoming almost white in the pubic region. 

Fur above not extending on to arms or wing-membranes, 
though there are a few fine hairs on the thumbs; but the 
legs are clothed as far as the knee, the backs of the feet are 
finely hairy, and the basal half of the interfemoral is thinly 
covered with fine and inconspicuous hairs. Below the wing- 
membranes are finely clothed nearly as far outwards as a line 
from the elbow to the knee, but the interfemoral membrane 1s 
more nearly naked than above. No trace of an interfemoral 
fringe. 

Kars large, much larger than in Vesperé¢lio, but not so large 
as in Plecotus, Otonycteris, or Histtotus ; not connected across 
the forehead with each other. Inner margin with a distinct 
basal fold, ending below in a narrow lobe; its basal third is 
strongly convex forward, so that the basal line is at right 
angles to the upper two thirds, which are very slightly con- 
vex and pass gradually into the rounded tip; outer margin 
nearly straight above, slightly convex below; antitragus low, 
half-oval, marked by a distinct notch behind. Tragus un- 
fortunately damaged in the type on both sides, but enough is 
left to show that it is long, broad at base, with a slightly 
concave inner margin and a broadly rounded tip. 

Wings of normal Vespertilionine proportions, the meta- 
carpals of the third, fourth, and fifth digits approximately 
equal in length. Insertion of wing-membrane at base of the 
digits, so far as can be made out in the dry skin. Calcar 
reaching about halfway towards the tip of the tail; post- 
calcaneal lobule present, but very narrow. ‘lip of fourth 
finger T-shaped, or even slightly spatulate. Membranes and 
ears uniformly brownish grey, except that the wing-membrane 
from the tip of the fifth finger to the ankle is edged with 
whitish. 

Skull very thin and papery, long and narrow, low, smooth, 
and scarcely ridged at all. Nasal notch comparatively 
shallow. Intertemporal region not strongly constricted, the 
intertemporal but little less than the interorbital breadth. 
Palatal notch penetrating to the level of the middle of the 
canines. Palate narrow, the greatest breadth across the outer 
corners of m.’ going nearly three times in the total length of 
the skull; its posterior part produced behind the molars a 
distance equal to the combined lengths of p.* and m.'. 

Upper incisors slightly convergent, of about the same 
relative proportions as in the Serotine, the inner one long, 
with a secondary postero-external cusp near its tip and a small 


462 On a new Bat from East Africa. 


postero-internal cingular cusp at its base; outer incisor quite 
small, its main cusp about half the height of the inner incisor, 
also with a small internal basal cusp. Large premolar 
pressed close up against the back of the canine; last upper 
molar triangular, with a well-developed posterior lobe, in 
correspondence with which the talon of the last lower molar 
is large and tricuspid. Lower incisors trifid, overlapping ; 
anterior lower premolar about one half the height and one 
fourth the area in cross-section of the posterior one. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— 

Forearm 37 millim. 

Head and body (approximate) 50; ear (dry and no doubt 
contracted) 21; tragus, length on inner edge 6°3, breadth 
Lasally 3:5; metacarpus of third finger 35; first phalanx 13; 
tibia 13°5 ; hind foot, s.u. 7, c. u. 7°7; calear (c.) 15. 

Skull: greatest length 15°7; basipalatal length in middle 
line 12°8; interorbital breadth 5; intertemporal breadth 3°6 ; 
breadth of brain-case 7°8; palate length 6°6. Front of lower 
canine to back of m.3 5:6. 

Hab. Kitui, British East Africa. Altitude about 3500 feet. 

Type. Male. Original number 64. Collected 7th January, 
1901, by Dr. S..L. Hinde. 

I have ventured to name this interesting bat in honour of 
my friend Mr. W. E. de Winton, to whose labours on the 
small mammals of Africa all naturalists, and I especially, have 
been so constantly indebted for assistance. 


In working out Lephotis I have had occasion to investigate 
the question as to the generic separation of the Serotine group 
from the other species of Vespertilio, as advocated in 
Prof. Méhely’s admirable work on the bats of Hungary. No 
doubt the species examined by him, V. murt¢nus and Ni/ssont 
on the one hand and V. serotenus on the other, are fairly far 
apart; but in my opinion the exotic species seem to render the 
separation of “‘Hptesicus”’ from the rest quite impossible, such 
species as V. megalurus, Innesi, capensis, and minutus by no 
means falling naturally into one or other of the two groups. 
The characters drawn by Prof. Méhely from the cranial crests, 
the shape of the tragus, and the insertion of the wing-mem- 
branes do not by any means run parallel throughout the series, 
and I am convinced that it is better for the present not to 
recognize Eptesicus as distinct from Vespertilio. 


On new Eastern and Australian Moths. AG3 


LIX.—New Genera and Species of Eastern and Australian 
Moths. By Colonel C. SwinHos, M.A.; F.L.S., &e. 


Family Boarmiida. 
Subfam. Apraxiv2, 


Abraxas latifasciata, nov. 


@. Wings above and below black, with a very broad 
white medial band, not quite touching the costa on either 
wing, constricted in the middle in the fore wings, broader and 
nearly of even breadth throughout in the hind wings; head 
and body black, with yellow markings, as in the allied forms 
of A. munda, Walker. 

Expanse of wings 2°; inches. 

Fergusson Island. 

Nearest to A. (Craspedosis) sibilla, Warren, Nov. Zool. vi. 
p. 345, from Halmahera, and to some of the forms of munda, 
Walker; these do not belong to the genus Craspedosis, but 
come into the Potera group of the genus Abravxas; there is 
no fovea in the male, as in Craspedosis proper. 


Family Limacodida. 


Susica sinensis. 
Tadema sinensis, Walker, vii. p. 1759 (1856). 


The type came from Shanghai and is a male. I have both 
sexes from Sarawak, and as the female has been hitherto 
unknown, I describe it. 

¢. Of a uniform glossy ochreous fawn-colour : fore wings 
sparsely irrorated with black atoms ; a brown spot at the end 
of cell ; indications of interior and exterior bands, the latter 
containing a brown faint patch in the middle of the disc; 
hind wings slightly paler and without markings; cilia of 
both wings dark brown, with pale basal line: underside 
coloured like the upperside; wings without gloss; both 
wings covered with black irrorations ; cilia concolorous with 
the wings. 

Expanse of wings 1,5, inch. 


Thosea bhaga, nov. 


$. Top of head and band behind collar yellow, as is also 
the abdominal tuft, the rest of the body dark red-brown : 
fore wings pale red-brown, the basal third dark brown like 


464 Col. C. Swinhoe on new 


the body, the outer edge nearly straight and pale; a small 
patch of dark brown on outer margin below apex: hind wings 
paler than the fore wings and without markings ; cilia of both 
wings concolorous with the wings, with a whitish basal line: 
underside pale uniform reddish grey, without markings. 
Expanse of wings 75 inch. 
Sarawak, Borneo. 


Contheyla chara, nov. 


3. Antenne, palpi, head, and abdomen ochreous red; 
thorax and fore wings dull dark red; a large yellowish-white 
apical space with a rounded inner margin, with some slight 
reddish suffusion inside it in some examples, in others it is 
quite clear; in some examples the dull red surface of the fore 
wings is without any markings, but generally there is a brown 
discal spot and some brown blotches and indications of a 
brown, outwardly curved, discal fascia: the hind wings vary 
from ochreous grey to pale brown, without markings ; cilia of 
both wings ochreous white: underside, body and legs ochreous 
red ; wings nearly white, unmarked. 

Expanse of wings 58) inch. 

Sarawak, Borneo. 

In the B. M. there are several examples of this species 
unnamed—two from Singapore, one from Kuching, one from 
S.E. Borneo, and two from Sandakan; one of these ex- 
amples has a blackish-brown patch on costa of fore wings on 
the inner side of the whitish apical spot, this patch occupying 
the upper half of the wing, and from it two brown lines run 
down to the hinder margin of the wing, one before the middle 
and the other at the angle. 


Miresa sola, nov. 


6. Chocolate-brown: fore wing with a space at the base 
of a golden tinge, limited by a dull pale line from the middle 
of the costa to the hinder angle, where it joins a brown sub- 
marginal band which throws shoots out to the margin, the 
band and shoots also being tinged with golden; cell-spot 
brown: hind wings dark brown; frons and head orange: 
underside of a uniform dark chocolate-brown, without 
markings. 

Expanse of wings 7° inch. 

Sarawak, Borneo. 

There are two examples from Borneo in the B. M. mixed 
up with MM, scotop¢pla, Hmpsn., from Sikkim (Limacodide, 
drawer no. 6), and another under the genus Belippa in 


Eastern and Australian Moths. 465 


drawer no. 18; it is, however, differently shaped, and has an 
orange instead of brown head, and the markings are of 
an entirely different character. 


Narosa concinna, nov. 


3g. Greyish orange; palpi black at the sides ; frons and a 
stripe behind the collar white; thorax red, with white stripes : 
fore wing with the costal and cell portions mostly yellowish 
white, the lower portion of the wing with many sinuous and 
outwardly curved short red bands, with yellowish-white 
bands between them ; outer third of the wing with the veins 
red and prominent, intersected by a pale band which curves 
inwards and makes two red bands on the upper disc: hind 
wings yellowish white without markings: underside ochreous 
grey, with the veins pale and distinct, the hind wings slightly 
the paler. 

Expanse of wings 1 inch. 

Sarawak, Borneo. 


Allied to N. conspersa, Walker. 


Family Lymantriide. 
Euproctis flavociliata, nov. 


?. Head and collar dull ochreous; thorax brown, with 
some ochreous hairs in front and at the sides: fore wings 
purplish brown, with an ochreous tinge, the ground-colour 
being ochreous, thickly irrorated with minute purple-brown 
atoms: hind wings purplish brown without the ochreous 
tinge, consequently rather darker and duller in colour ; both 
wings without any markings ; cilia long and bright ochreous ; 
abdomen brown, abdominal tuft ochreous white, silky : under- 
side with the pectus and legs ochreous ; body and wings of a 
uniform purple-brown, except for some ochreous hairs at the 


base; costal line of fore wings and cilia of both wings 
ochreous. 


Iixpanse of wings 2 inches. 

Perak. 

Allied to EL. conspersa, Felder, but browner and with the 
irrorations very minute, and not coarse and black as in that 
species, the fringes distiuctly yellow, which is not the case in 
Ee. conspersa. 

Family Arctiidae. 
Subfamily Axor. 
Tthodogastria jumida, nov. 


d+ Palpi crimson; antenne brown, crimson at the base; 


466 Col. C. Swinhoe on new 


frons, head, and thorax white, tinged with crimson ; ablomen 
crimson, without markings; a black spot on the head and 
one on each tegula: wings pale smoky brown; fore wings 
with a white hyaline streak nearly filling outer upper half of 
cell, a white hyaline band beyond, divided into three by the 
veins, the lowest spot the largest: hind wings with some 
whitish scales on basal half of costa, and also some in the 
cell: underside with the colour of the wings paler; fore 
wings with markings as above; hind wings with the entire 
cell whitish ; body and legs crimson; abdomen with some 
black spots on the sides. 
Expanse of wings 2 inches. 


Gilolo (Doherty). 


Subfamily Nyoreuerinz. 
Nyctemera onetha, nov. 


¢ ¢. Frons ochreous; thorax black, with white stripes ; 
abdomen black, with white segmental bands and ochreous 
tuft; head black: fore wings black, a white club-shaped 
stripe from the base, commencing very narrowly, then broad- 
ening out and extending to the middle of the wing, with a 
dent in its otherwise rounded end, its upperside running 
along the costal vein, its lower a little above the hinder 
margin of the wing, a small white spot just above the end of 
the stripe ; a broad distorted white discal band, not touching 
either costa or hinder angle, slightly irregularly sinuous on 
its outer side, indented in three places on the inner side, 
deeply so in the middle; a short white line on the hinder 
margin at the base: hind wings white, with the usual broad 
black marginal border, its inner margin somewhat sinuous 
and excavated in the middle: underside, legs black above, 
ochreous beneath; thorax black, with ochreous bands; abdo- 
men black beneath, with ochreous bands, bright. ochreous at 
the sides, with black spots. 

Expanse of wings 1$ inch. 

New Britain. 

Differs from N. crescens, Walk.=V. luctuosum, Voll., in 
the basal stripe not having irregular margins and in the 
absence of the basal white streak on the basal half of the 
hinder margin. 


Subfamily Lrrvosirwz. 


Genus MonosyNTAXIS, nom. nov. 
Monotaais, Hmpsn, Cat, Lep. Phal. B. M. ii. p. 181 (1900) (praeoce.), 


Eastern and Australian Moths. 467 


Monosyntaxis trimaculata. 
Monotaxis trimaculata, Hmpsn. l. ¢. p. 182, 


Perak. 

Hampson’s type came from Borneo ; his generic name must 
go, because it has been used by Hulst for a North-American 
Geometer in the ‘ Canadian Entomologist,’ vol. xxx. p. 120 


(1898). 
Pseudoblabes ? dona, nov. 


3d. Head and thorax ochreous ; abdomen ochreous grey: 
fore wing purplish brown, a yellow space at the base, a yellow 
angular space at middle of costa, and apical margin yellow : 
hind wings with the basal half whitish, the outer half purplish 
brown: underside as above, but paler; body and legs yellow. 

Expanse of wings 7/5 inch. 

Coomoo, Queensland. 

Somewhat resembling P. oophora, Zeller. 


Pseudoblabes ? nigrisquamata, nov. 


g. Head and thorax ochreous: wings above ochreous 
grey, uniform in colour and without markings, the outer ends 
of the veins prominent through want of scaling: underside 
paler, a black smear beneath the basal half of costa of fore 
wings; a very broad grey marginal band on both wings, with 
well-defined and even inner edge occupying nearly half the 
wings; legs and body dull yellow. 

Expanse of wings j% inch. 

Coomoo, Queensland. 


Lyclene obliquilinea, nov. 


3 ¢. Head, body, and fore wings rather bright yellow ; 
palpi outwardly edged with black; fore legs with black 
bands: fore wings with blackish-brown bands, two irregular 
outwardly curved interior lines and a basal spot, middle line 
outwardly oblique, nearly straight from costa to near hinder 
margin, where it curves inwards, then outwards on to the 
margin, discal line also outwardly oblique, corresponding to 
the very oblique outer margin, and entirely composed of very 
acute angles, with the spear-points outwards, the centre one 
longer than the rest and coming close to the submarginal row 
of spots, which seem to be broken continuations of the points : 
hind wings nearly white, without markings. 

Expanse of wings 1 inch. 

Jaintia Hills, Assam, 


468 Col. C. Swinhoe on new 


Intermediate between 1. undulosa, Walker, from India, and 
L. cuneigera, Walker, from Borneo; the outwardly oblique 
median line is characteristic and as oblique as in ZL. ¢ncon- 
spicua, Moore; but the other markings of that species are 
quite different. 


Lyclene eldola, nov. 


&. Pale yellow, with a slight ochreous tinge ; palpi black ; 
head and thorax more ochreous than the wings: fore wings 
with five transverse brown bands, all more or less sinuous, 
first basal, second and third bent toward each other in the 
centre and almost connected, their ends curved inwards on the 
hinder margin, fourth recurved outwards above the middle; a 
prominent brown spot in the upper dise between the third 
and fourth bands; fifth band submarginal, acutely angled 
twice into spear-shaped marks with their points close to the 
outer margin; in one example there is some brown suffusion 
between the third and fourth bands: hind wings nearly 
white, without markings. 

Expanse of wings 4% inch. 

Coomoo, Queensland. 

Allied to LZ. senara, Moore, from Java, also to L. flavida, 
Butler, from the Solomons. 


Miltochrista sullia, nov. 


¢. Head, thorax, and fore wings bright ochreous yellow, 
thorax with crimson markings: fore wings with crimson on 
base of costa and double crimson cross-lines disposed so as to 
border and enclose two pale purple transverse bands, the first 
from hinder margin one third from base straight to middle of 
costa, the other from hinder margin one third from the angle 
to near costa before apex, where it is broken, and the division 
also banded with crimson, as is also the outer half of costa 
and the outer margin ; between the latter and the outer purple 
band are some crimson streaks, and there is a crimson angle 
on middle of hinder margin; these markings are so disposed 
as to leave a clear diamond-shaped space a little beyond the 
middle of the wing, in the centre of which is a crimson spot; 
abdomen and hind wings pale yellow: underside, fore wings 
uniform pale crimson, with a dark cell-spot ; hind wings and 
legs yellow, fore and mid legs with crimson bands. 

Expanse of wings ,%5 inch. 

Sarawak, Borneo. 

Somewhat resembling M. chypsilon, Semper, from the 
Philippines, but quite distinct. 


Eastern and Australian Moths. 469 


Tamily Cosside. 
Arbela disciplaga, nov. 


g %. Antenne yellowish; head, thorax, and fore wings 
greyish white ; thorax with some dark red spots: fore wings 
irrorated with red and reddish-grey atoms, forming many 
indistinct transverse bands, an elongated dark red spot at the 
base, and another in the upper disc, its inner edge lobed: 
hind wings and abdomen pure white. The female only 
differs from the male in its larger size and in the absence of 
the basal spot. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 15, ? 1,% inch. 

Sarawak, Borneo. ¢ type in B.M. 

Singapore. @ type in B.M. 

I have a male in poor condition from Singapore identical 
with the male from Sarawak. 


Family Hepialida. 
Phassus sericeus, nov. 


3. Head and body brown: fore wings pale chocolate-grey, 
costa marked throughout with chocolate-brown spots in pairs ; 
a white dot at the end of the cell; a broad brown patch 
which fills the cell is excavated above, leaving a pale space 
below the costa, and is diffusely extended hindwards below 
vein 2; two brown macular bands before the outer margin, 
meeting together on the hinder margin before the angle: hind 
wings grey, without markings: underside grey, without 
markings, except for a few brown spots in the middle of the 
costa of the fore wings. 

Expanse of wings 2,°5 inches. 

Malang, Java. 

Closely allied to P. stnensts, Moore, from China, but can be 
distinguished by the absence of the short white streak on the 
inner side of the white cell-spot and by the absence of the 
white spot near base of cell. 


Family Acontiide. 


Genus CopHANnta, Walker. 


Cophanta, Walker, xxx, 964 (1864). 
Toxophleps, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. B. M. ix. p. 124 (1893). 


Cophanta funestalis, 
Cophanta funestalis, Walker, /. c. 


Sarawak, 


470 Col. C. Swinhoe on new 


Cophanta optiva. 


Tarache optiva, Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 224. 

Toxophleps optiva, Hmpsn. /. ¢. pl. elxvil. fig. 26; Moths Ind. ii. p. 307. 

Rangoon, Ceylon, Calcutta, Deesa. 

The two species are similarly coloured, but there are no 
markings apparent in the freshest of specimens of funestalis, 
but they are undoubtedly congeneric. Towophleps might 
stand as a subgeneric name for trilatalis, Walker, which Sir 
George Hampson has put into his second section—vein 10 of 
fore wings present, and 7, 8, and 9 not distorted. 


AXanthoptera nicea, nov. 


3 ¢. Pinkish grey, irrorated in parts with brown atoms ; 
palpi dark brown at the sides: fore wings with the orbicular 
small, reniform very large and ear-shaped, both ringed with 
brown ; costa with many brown patches, like the commence- 
ment of bands, which in some specimens are more or less 
indicated across the wings; a discal duplex pale sinuous line, 
rather close to the margin, the apical space pale, and a pale 
band running down the outer side of the duplex line; in some 
examples this band is dark, in one example the lower outer 
space and the whole lower area of the wing is dark pink- 
brown: hind wings pink-brown, without markings; cilia of 
both wings ochreous, on the fore wings with brown patches: 
underside ochreous grey, shining; hind wings with a brown 
cell-spot and thin brown discal band. The female differs 
from the male in the only two specimens [ possess in being 
darker and in having a large blackish-brown patch which 
occupies two thirds of the costal portion and is limited out- 
wardly by the duplex discal line. 

Expanse of wings 1,3, inch. 

Port Blair, Andaman Islands, and one example from the 
Great Nikobars. 

Very variable in shades of colour, hardly two specimens 
being alike. 

Xanthoptera rectivitta. 
Orthosia rectivitta, Moore, P, Z. 8. 1881, p. 353. 
Polydesma rectivitta, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. 11. p. 469 (1894). 

The type came from Danjiling and is a female. I have 
now both sexes; the male proves it to be an Acontid of the 
genus Xanthoptera; it does not differ from the female in 
colour or markings, but the outer margin of the fore wings is 
prominently crenulate. 

Expanse of wings 1,85 inch. 


Jaintia Hills. 


Eastern and Australian Moths. ATL 


Metachrostis caenia, nov. 


¢. Palpi ochreous, brown above; head, body, and wings 
greyish white, irrorated with grey ; a broad antemedial trans- 
verse band, elbowed outwardly in the middle, the inner part 
of the wing suffused in parts with grey, as is also the lower 
part of the band; a thin white discal band, sinuous and out- 
wardly curved, a white submarginal band even with the 
margin; a large blackish patch, which on the costa extends 
from the inner band to the apex, is angled downwards to the 
elbow of the inner band, and is continued as a narrow and 
valer-coloured band to the hinder margin running alongside 
the white band; two spear-shaped black submarginal streaks 
below the middle: hind wings greyish white, with some grey 
irrorations on the outer and abdominal margins, a brown spot 
at end of cell: underside greyish white ; fore wings with the 
inner and outer areas grey; hind wings with a brown cell- 
spot, a grey sinuous discal line, and marginal grey irrorations. 

Expanse of wings 1 inch. 

Jaintia Hills. 

There is a female of this species from the Khasia Hills and 
another from Sikkim unnamed in the B. M. (‘Trifidee, drawer 
no. 206). 


Rivula everta, nov. 


36. Head, body, and fore wings dark ochreous ; two white 
spots, each with a black dot in it, at end of cell; antemedial 
and discal rows of small white spots, the last curving out- 
wards towards apex ; several white spots on costal margin and 
a row of them on the outer margin: hind wings paler, whitish 
towards base: underside, body, and legs uniform ochreous, 
without markings. 

Expanse of wings 4% inch. 

Coomoo, Queensland. 

The body is more robust than is usual in this genus. 


Eublemma nigridiscata, nov. 


6. Grey, very thinly irrorated with reddish-grey atoms : 
fore wings with the costa dark grey ; a broad brownish-grey 
middle band, limited on its inner side by a blackish edge or 
thin band running from hinder margin before the middle to 
the median vein, and on its outer side by a thin blackish band 
edged outwardly with white from the hinder margin beyond 
the middle to the costa one third from apex ; orbicular repre- 
sented by a minute black dot, and the reniform, which is well 
within the band, by a black cruciform spot; hind wings 


472 Col. C. Swinhoe on new 


without markings, except for a grey lunular mark at the end 
of cell: underside grey, uniform in colour, with dark grey 
cell-spots on all the wings. 

Exxpanse of wings 4 inch. 

Coomoo, Queensland. 


Eublemma demba, nov. 


$. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings white, the latter 
tinged with grey in parts and with four indistinct ochreous- 
grey transverse bands, the first basal; all the bands most 
apparent on the costa, except the discal band, which is com- 
plete and is angled outwardly in its centre; a prominent dark 
blackish-brown patch on the outer margin at the apex: hind 
wings white, with indications (very faint) of two grey trans- 
verse bands; cilia of both wings pure white: underside 
white; fore wings suffused in parts with grey ; hind wings 
with the grey bands more distinct. 

Expanse of wings j/ inch. 

Sarawak, Borneo. 


Eublemma radda, nov. 


3 @. Dull red, with a slight pinkish tinge, very uniform 
in colour, irrorated with brownish-red atoms: fore wings with 
a brown spot in the cell, a lunule at the end, bands thin and 
indistinct, slightly darker than the ground colour, indications 
of one near the base, another from centre of hinder margin 
straight to beyond end of cell, then acutely angled inwards to 
the costa a little beyond the middle; indications of another 
similar band close to it, but continued further towards apex, 
and bent round on to the costa about one fourth from apex ; 
indications of a double row of discal points on both wings and 
of a double band in centre of hind wings: underside paler, 
more red; black spot in cell on fore wings, another at the end ; 
a cell-lunule on hind wings, medial and discal bands on both 
wings. 

Expanse of wings 4% inch. 

Sarawak, Borneo. 


Cerynea morma, nov. 


$ %. Palpi, head, collar, fore part of thorax, and abdomen 
(except first segment) dark purple-chocolate, remainder of 
thorax and first segment of abdomen ochreous yellow, corre- 
sponding to a broad ochreous-yellow stripe across the fore 
wings, occupying nearly half the upper portion, gradually 
widening from the apex, with its inner side quite straight 


Eastern and Australian Moths. AT3 


and even, and extending across the base of the hind wings ; 
the remaining portion of both the wings is dark chocolate, 
the ochreous band is slightly irrorated in parts with fine 
chocolate-brown irrorations, more so in some examples than 
in others; on the fore wings there is an ochreous, slightly 
sinuous, duplex line or thin band from the hinder margin one 
third from the hinder angle up to the apex of the wing, an 
indistinct somewhat similar submarginal band, and some pale 
markings between the two bands and some pale dots on the 
costa: hind wing with very indistinct antemedial and sub- 
marginal sinuous lines, marked outwardly here and there with 
ochreous ; cilia of both wings ochreous, with brown patches : 
underside uniform chocolate-brown, with ochreous dots on 
costa of fore wings. 

Eixpanse of wings 75 inch. 

Sarawak, Borneo. 

Very similar in appearance to Cerynea semilux, Walker, 
but is easily distinguishable by the transverse discal duplex 
ochreous band. 

This is the species referred to by Herr Semper in Schmett. 
Philipp. Het. p. 524 (1900), from Luzon, an example of 


which he was good enough to send me for examination, 


Oruza astona, nov. 


gS %. Ochreous grey, with very minute ochreous-brown 
irorations: fore wings with a longitudinal row of four black 
spots in the middle, some black dots on costa near apex, sub- 
marginal and marginal rows of black lunular spots on a 
darker eo and a dark short apical streak: hind wings 
with a dark cell-spot ; a medial transverse, white, narrow, and 
even band, thickly edged with dark brown on the inner side, 
the brown edging slight on the outer side; submarginal and 
marginal black lunules, a largish brown spot in upper portion 
of the space below the middle band, the remaining portion 
filled in with indistinct grey markings : on the underside the 
hind wings are mostly white ; two black spots in middle of 
fore wing; medial and submarginal blackish bands on hind 
wing, the first being continued a short distance near hinder 
angle of fore wing; lunule at end of cell and marginal black 
points. 

Ixpanse of wings 4% inch. 

Sarawak, Borneo. 

Allied to OU. hydrocampata, Guen., but is at once distin- 
guishable by the longitudinal row of four black spots on the 
fore wing. 

_To be continued. | 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. BE 


Wo 


474 Mr. C. Meresehkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 


LX.—A List of Californian Diatoms. 
By C. MrRuscuHKOWSKY. 


[Continued from p, 800. } 
10 


—_ 


. Nitzschia angularis, W. Sm. Santa Monica, amongst 

Macrocystis, not rare. [M.] 

105. Nitzschia bilobata, W. Sm. Santa Monica, amongst 
Macrocystis, not rare. [M.] 

106. Nitzschia circumsuta (Bail.), Grun. San Pedro, marine, 
rather rare. [M.] 

Length: 0°252 0°311 
Breadth : 0°070 0-069" 

107. Nitzschia distans, Greg. San Pedro; Santa Monica, 
amongst Macrocystis, not rare; Northern California, 
rare. [M.] 

108. Nitzschia fraudulenta, Cl. San Pedro, rare. [M.] 

I have seen only one short chain composed of four indi- 
viduals united by their ends. Length 0°035 mm. Endo- 
chrome composed of two plates. 


109. Nitzschia granulata, Grun. San Pedro, rather common. 
[M.] 

110. Nitzschiaincolor, Mer. San Pedro, very cominon. [M.] 

This species, which I have described in my paper on the 

Diatoms of the Black Sea, is remarkable for the complete 

absence of chromatophores, of which there is not the slightest 

trace, the frustules being absolutely colourless. It is also 
very common in the Mediterranean Sea (Villefranche). 

111. Nitzschia insignis, var. Smithii, Ralfs. Santa Monica, 
amongst Mucrocystis; Northern California, not rare. 
[M.] 

112. Nitzschia obtusa, var. scalpelliformis, Grun. San 
Pedro, not common. [M.] 


113. Nitzschia palea, var. subtilis, Grun. San Pedro, rather 
rare. [/M.| 

114. Nitzschia paradoxa (Gmel.), Grun. San Pedro, common. 
[M.] 

115. Nitzschia sigma, var.intercedens, Grun. Santa Monica, 
marine, not rare. [M.] 

Length 0°262 mm. Usually to be found in brackish 
water. 


Mr. C, Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 475 


116. Nitzschia spathulata, var. hyalina, Greg. San Pedro, 
not common. [M.] 


Length 00438 mm. Endochrome composed of two plates. 


117. Nitzschia spiralis, sp. n. (Pl. V. figs. 18-20.) San 
Pedro, rather rare. [M.] 

Valve narrow, linear lanceolate, with rounded ends ; girdle- 
face narrow, linear, slightly attenuated towards the ends ; 
carinal dots elongated, not accompanied by lines, 9 in 0-01 mm. 
Frustule arcuate and twisted near one of the ends, where the 
keels cross one another, passing from one side of the frustule 
to the other. Length 0:140-0°175 mm., breadth of the 
girdle-face 0-007-0:008 mm. 

This curious form has a very different appearance according 
to the position of the frustule, as can be seen from the three 
figures, 18-20, representing the same individual—fiz, 18 
showing it in an almost quite horizontal position, fig. 19 
when slightly turned around its axis to the left, and fig. 20 
when still more turned in the same direction. In fig. 19 the 
uj per end is elevated and the lower turned down; in fig. 20 
the lower end is horizontal, while the upper one is turned 
upwards, 

The structure of this diatom can be easily 
understood if we imagine a frustule having 
the form of Niieschia sigma, in which one end 
(the inferior) has been twisted to the right 
side at an angle of about 180°: the accom- 
panying diagram shows how by such a 
process a fiustule of NV. spzralis would be 
formed; and as a consequence of this 
the lower part of the left keel ad would 
change its place from the left to the right 
side of the frustule (a c), while the other keel 
on the opposite side of the frustule would 
naturally take the opposite place, thus 
producing a crossing of both keels. The 
upper end is also slightly twisted, but in a 
much less degree than the lower one. 
The endochrome seems to be composed of 
six granules; but this requires further ex- 
amination, as the material was not in a very fresh con- 


dition. 


Cc 


118. Nitzschiella Lorenziana (var. incurva?), Grun, San 
Pedro, rather rare. [M.] 


476 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 


119. Nitzschiella longissima (Bréb.), Ralfs. San Pedro, not 
very common. [M.] 


120. Nitzschiella biplacata, var. pacifica, nov. var. (Pl. IV. 
figs. 15-17.) San Pedro, very common. [M.] 


In the Black Sea I have repeatedly observed a form greatly 
resembling N. /ongissima, but much smaller and more delicate, 
varying in length from 0-060 mm. to 0°175 mm., while 
N, longissima varies from 0°162 to 0-483 mm. The main 
difference between these two forms consists, however, in the 
endochrome, which in JV. longiss¢ma is composed of numerous 
elongated bacilliform granules, while in the small form there 
are two plates, a difference which shows that they are speci- 
fically different. This smaller species, which I have named 
N. biplacata*, is the same which Van Heurck, not knowing 
of the difference existing in the endochrome, has mentioned 
in his treatise on the Diatomacee (p. 404) simply as a form 
(forma parva) of N. longissima. 

In the Pacific I have found a variety of N. biplacata which 
is smaller and has a much broader girdle-face (fig. 16); the 
latter has a very different appearance from the vale: face 
(figs. 15,17). ‘he rostra are usually quite straight, their 
apices sometimes inflated, sometimes not. Endochrome com- 
posed of two plates. While moving the frustule does not 
turn around its longitudinal axis. Length 0°056-0:098 mm., 
breadth of the valve 0:006-0:0065 mm., of the girdle-face in 
the middle 0-0U58-0'0L mm. (usually 0-01), at the apices 
0:003-0°0055 mm. 


121. Nitzschiella tenuirostris, Mer. (PI. IV. figs. 1-3.) San 
Pedro, common. [M.] 


Under the name of JV. clostertum there have been con- 
founded a number of forms belonging partly to 1. tenud- 
rostris, partly to another species (N. gracilis, Mer.) ; and as 
it is impossible to know what the different authors meant by 
this name, I proposed in my paper on the Diatoms of the 
Black Sea a new arrangement of the various forms belonging 
to this group, in which, i in order to avoid confusion, [I aban- 
doned the old name closter’um. Under the name N. tenut- 
rostris 1 understand the following form :— 

Valve fusiform, abruptly terminating in long very fine 
rostra, slightly curved on the same side, the whole frustule 
being arcuate. Stria and carinal dots invisible. Girdle-face 
not differing from the valve-face. Endochrome composed of 
two plates. General length 0082-0180 mm. (usually 


* See my paper on the Diatoms of the Black Sea. 


Mr. C, Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 477 


0°120-0°150 mm.), length of the body 0°028-0°042 mm., 
breadth of the valve 0°003-0 008 mm. 

This I consider now as the type species, the var. genuina, 
which I formerly thought to represent the type, having proved 
to be much rarer. 

It is a very delicate, almost membranaceous diatom ; the 
rostra are very fine, flexible, usually slightly inflated at the 
apices; While moving, the frustule is constantly turning 
around its longitudinal axis in the same way as in Cylindro- 
theca. ‘Vhe girdle-face does not differ from the valve aspect 
as it does in WV. gracilis, N. biplavata, NV. acicularis, N. lon- 
gissima, &e., the rostra being cylindrical, not flattened as in 
the above-mentioned species, and the inflated lanceolate part 
ot the frustule or “ body ” being as distinctly separated from 
the rostra in the valve- as in the girdle-face (compare a and 
6 in fig. 2). A form with straight rostra can be distin- 
guished from the type species as 


Forma directa. (PI. LV. figs. 4,5.) San Pedro, very common. 
[M.] 

General length 0:098-0°166 mm., length of the body 
0:020-0:038 mm., breadth of the valve 0:003-0°0075 mm. 

Although I have occasionally seen such forms in other 
localities (Black Sea, Villetranche), it is only in California 
(San Pedro) that I have met with it in great abundance, 
always, however, in company with the type. I do not think 
it advisable to consider such forms as a variety unless they 
are found in unmixed assemblages. 


122. Nitzschiella tenuirostris, var. parva, Mer. (PI. IV. 
figs. 8-10.) San Pedro, not rare. [M.] 

Differs from the type only by its smaller siz2, being about 
0:055 mm. in length. 

In my paper on the Diatoms of the Black Sea I did not 
separate this smaller form from the larger ones which I now 
consider as the type species, and I would not do it even now, 
preferring to consider the small forms merely as reduced 
individuals of the type; but since then I have examined a 
gathering from ‘Theodosia (Crimea) in which this small form 
is extremely abundant and in a perfectly pure condition, all 
the individuals having the same aspect and never attaining 
the size of the type species. This fact compels me (L must 
confess against my will) to regard it as a distinct variety. 

The same form is not rare im San Pedro, although mixed 
with the larger type species. 


478 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 


A still smaller form, 0°035-040 mm. in length, with very 
short rostra, can be distinguished as 


Forma minutissima. (PI. IV. fig. 11.) San Pedro, rather 
rare. [M.] 

The forma semictreularts and varietas arcus, Mer. (the 
latter attaining 0°364 mm. in length), belonging to the same 
group, are mentioned in my paper on the Diatoms of the 
Black Sea. I have not seen them in the Pacific. 


125. Nitzschiella tenuirostris, var. hamulifera, Mer. (N. tens7- 
rostris, var, genuina, Mer. Diat. Black Sea). (PI. LV. 
figs. 6, 7.) San Pedro, rare. [M.] 

Differs iy the very thin elongated rostra, which are straight, 
becoming curved and spirally twisted at the ie only, 
where they form a hook. General length 0°140-0°194 mm., 
length of the body 0-045 mm., breadth of the valve 0°006 mm. 

This variety is very frequent in some localities of the 
Black Sea. I have found it also in the Mediterranean (Ville- 
franche). The hooks are not always so distinct as repre- 
sented in fig. 6. 


124. Nitzschiella gracilis, Mer. (PI. IV. figs. 12,13.) San 
Pedro, rare. [M.] 

This is quite a distinct species, differing from WN. tenu7- 
rostris by the more robust frustule, the rostra being broader, 
straight, curved in the same direction at the ends only ; they 
are flattened, especially at the apices, which makes them 
appear Greaden and more hyaline at the girdle-face. Hndo- 
chrome composed of two plates. While moving, the frustul; 
does not turn around its longitudinal axis. Length 0°126- 
0°165 muwn., attaining 0°-245 mm., breadth of the valve 0:0052- 
0-008 mm, 


125. Nitzschiella gracilis, var. reversa, Mer. (PL IV. fig. 14.) 
San Pedro, very common. [M.] 

Rostra curved in opposite directions, General length 
0-1-0°175 mm., length of the body about 0°05 mm.. breadth 
of the valve 0°008-0-009 mm. Very common in San Pedro, 
Ww here the type species 1s very rare ; the opposite is tlie case 
in Villefranche (Mediterranean) and the Black Sea. Var. 
reversa 18 also frequent in fresh water, California (Los 


Angeles). 


The following table will facilitate the distinction between 


Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 479 


all these forms which have been confounded under the name 
of N. closterium * :— 


I. Girdle-face not differing from the valve- 
face, 
A. Length over 0-06 mm. 
a. Frustule arcuate. 
aa. Both or one end curved back- 
wards ; very large forms, attain- 


TNO OSMN IAs, «5c cos cinre sie sae et N. tenuirostris, var. arcus. 
bb. Ends not curved backwards. 
Frustule gently arcuate........ NV, tenuirostris (typica). 
Frustule soe arcuate, semi- 
circular. bee ates shee si NV. tenurrostris, forma 
b. Frustule straight, [semicircularis, 
Ends forming’a hook. os... 604 NV, tenuirostris, var. 
(hamulifera, 
Not forming a hook ........ .... LV. tenuirostris, forma 
B. Length 0:06 mm. or less. [ directa. 
Length about 0-05 mm. ...........- N, tenwrostris, var. parva. 
Length about 0-035 mm. ........ .. Nt. var. parva, forma 
Il. Girdle-face differing from the valve- “face. [minutissima, 
Rostra curved on the same side ...... N, gracilis. 


Rostra curved in contrary directions .. NV. gracilis, var. reversa. 


126. Nitzschiella californica, sp. n. (PI. IV. figs. 18-20.) 
Redondo Beach, common. [M.] 


Valve fusiform, abruptly terminating in straight rostra 
(fig. 18). Girdle-face (figs. 19, 20) asymmetrical, with one 
side straight and the other convex; rostra forming a knee- 
like curve at their junction with the body, thus being carried 
to one side. Hndochrome composed of two plates. General 
length 0-056—0-063 mm., length of the body 0°023-0-029 mm., 
breadth 0°0085-0°0055 mm. 


127. Cylindrotheca gracilis (Bréb.), Grun, (PI. IV. fig. 21.) 
San Pedro, rather common. [M.] 

I first observed this freshwater diatom in the Mediter- 
ranean (Villefranche) in purely mariue water, and now I have 
met with it again in San Pedro, in marine : ater too and i 
great abundance. The size is extremely variable, from 0°035— 
0:224 mm., breadth from 0°015-0:008 mm. The frustule is 
sometimes arcuate, especially in small individuals. The 
endochrome is composed of 2 to 36 rounded or elliptic granules 
arranged in a spiral along the umer walls of the frustule, 


128. Cymatopleura angulata, Grev. Calif. guano. [Gv.] 


* Small individuals of NM. diplacata have heen probably also confounded 
under this name. 


480 Mr, P. Cameron on 

129. Surirella fastuosa, var. lata, W. Sm. Monterey, rare. 
[M.] 

150. Campylodiscus echeneis, Ehr. San Pedro, rare. [M.] 

131, Campylodiscus marginatus, C. Johnston *. Calif. guano. 


[Gv.] 
132, Campylodiscus stellatus, Grev.f Calif. guano. [Gv. | 
[To be continued. | & SY ya 


LX I.— Descriptions of Seventeen new Genera of Ichneumonidee 
Jrom India and One from Australia. By P. CAMERON. 


[Continued from p. 585.] 


MAGRETTIA, gen. nov, 


Head large, cubital, largely developed behind the eyes, 
which are large, parallel, ‘and distinctly distant from the 
base of the mandibles. Occiput not margined. Clypeus not 
distinctly separated, its apex margined, foveate laterally. 
Mandibles bidentate at the apex. Mesonotum not lobate. 
Scutellum flat, its sides stoutly carinate to near the apex, 
which is incised. Median segment with the basal area indi- 
cated ; its spiracles large, about four times longer than broad 
and placed near the base. Legs stout; the hinder coxe 
stout, not elongate; their lower inner side armed with a stout 
tooth; the claws simple. Areolet slightly oblique, triangular, 
the transverse cubital nervures uniting at the top; the re- 
current nervure with a short branch issuing from its middle. 
Petiole dilated at the apex, its spiracles placed near the apex, 
oblique, about three times longer than broad. Gastroceeli 
deep, narrowed, 

This genus has the petiole widely dilated at the apex, as it 
is in the Platyur?, the postpetiole being widely separated. 
Its distinctive features are the large head, well developed 
behind the eyes, the toothed hinder coxe, the stoutly keeled 
scutellum, incised at the apex, and the fapueibies with a long 
sharp apical tooth, and a blunt, short, hardly projecting sub- 
apical one. Characteristic is the pronotum, which is roundly 
incised near the apex; the mesonotum is broadly raised in 
front of the scutellar keels ; the supramedian area is distinctly 
defined, as is also the posterior median, the two lateral and 

* ¢Diatomeentafeln zusammengestellt fur einige Freunde,’ pl. xxvii. 
hg. 11, plexxex. fig. 2. 

fo. ee pl. sex, tee, 


new Genera of Ichneumonide. 481 


the spiracular aree. The mesopleural tubercles are elongate 
and project largely. The antennae are long and dilated 
beyond the middle in the female, in the male they are longer 
and serrate. ‘Ihe hinder femora reach to the middle of the 
third seement. The base of the median segment is not ob- 
liquely depressed as in typical Joppina; the metathoracic are, 
too, are more regularly defined than they are in that group. 


Magrettia crassispina, sp. 0. 

Nigra, thorace albo-maculato ; mesonoto reticulato; scutello cari- 
nato; basi petioh alba; pedibus rufis; coxis posticis, apice 
femorum basique tibiarum nigris ; tarsis posticis albis. @. 

Long. 13-14 mm. 


Antenne stout, longish, dilated (but not conspicuously so) 
beyond the middle and before the apex, black, the eighth to 
twentieth joints whitish, the eighth to fourteenth entirely SO; 
the scape on the underside thickly covered with white pubes- 
cence. Head large, largely developed behind the eyes, 
black ; the face and clypeus, the inner orbits narrowly, and 
the outer broadly below, yellowish white, the face black in 
the middle, the mark rounded at the top and of nearly equal 
width, punctured, but not strongly, except on the black spot ; 
the labrum black, shghtly dilated in the middle at the apex. 
Mandibles yellow, the teeth black, rufous at the base; the 
palpi long, yellow. ‘Thorax black, a broad line on the pro- 
notum extending from near the base to the apex, the base of 
the tegule, a mark, longer than broad, on the lateral lobe of 
the mesonotum, opposite the apex and shortly behind them, 
the scutellum behind and broadly in the middle at the base. 
the postscutellum, two large marks on the apex of the median 
segment, dilated inw ardly < on the upperside, narrowed towards 
the apex, the lower two thirds of the propleure at the base, 
the tubercles, the lower side of the mesopleure broadly, the 
edge of the mesopleure above (narrowed below), yellow. 
The mesonotum wants the parapsidal furrows, coarsely longi- 
tudinally reticulated, the base and sides almost smooth, the 
sides on the yellow part near the tegule raised. The scutel- 
lum is stoutly obliquely keeled to near the apex on the sides ; 
the basa] depression is narrow, deep, slightly curved ; on the 
sides near the base are two stout transverse keels; the base 
depressed ; the centre with some large deep punctures ; at its 
apex, between it and the postscutellum, is a stout short pro- 
jection, roundly narrowed in the middle. Postscutellum 
large, smooth, foveate in the middle, the sides depressed, the 
whole base being obliquely depressed, At the base of the 
median segment, touching the postscutellum, is a large area 


482 Mr. P. Cameron on 


wider than long, slightly wider at the apex than at the base, 
and open at the apex; on either side of this is a slightly 
smaller area; the central area is coarsely, longitudinally, ru- 
gosely reticulated ; the lateral more closely-and not so strongly 
rugose ; the apex ‘is coarsely, transversely, rugosely striated ; 

there are no teeth and the e posterior median area is not clearly 
separated. The propleure at the base smooth, the middle 
above sparsely covered with large punctures; the apex 
stoutly striated, the strig stout, especially the lower; the 
upper curved. The base of the mesopleuree punctured and 
with a few striew; the middle smooth, striated under the 
tubercles ; the lower (and yellow) part strongly punctured ; 
the metapleuree coarsely, closely, rugosely punctured; the 
lower side striated. Mesosternum closely and strongly punc- 
tured, the middle deeply furrowed; on the apex are two large 
yellow marks. The four anterior legs fulvous; the coxe and 
trochanters yellow; the hinder are black, the base above 
and the apex on the lower side, the basal joint of the tro- 
chanters, the apex of the femora, the base of the tibia more 
narrowly and its apex more broadly, black; the rest of the 
femora and the tibia rufous; the hinder tarsi yellowish, 
closely spined beneath. Wings hyaline, the nervures and 
stigma black. ‘The basal half of the petiole lemon-yellow ; 
the postpetiole broadly dilated, black; the apex ‘yellow, 

strongly punctured at the apex of the black and the ‘base of 
the le. the second and third segments are closely punc- 
tured; the gastrocceli yellow, not very deep, and bearing 
stout curved keels; the part between them strongly longitu. 
dinally striated; the apices of the segments yellow. 


LAMPROJOPPA, gen. nov. 


Antenne, if anything, longer than the body, flattened and 
compressed beyond the middle. Areolet 4-angled, or the 
transverse cubits] nervures may be united above; the trans- 
verse basal nervure is interstitial. Labrum roundly pro- 
jecting. Apex of mandibles with one large apical and a 
small subapical tooth. Scutellam roundly convex, its ate 
stoutly keeled from the base to the apex; postscutellum 
Jarge, roundly convex. Median segment with three central 
and two lateral aree; tle teeth large, stout. Legs stout. 
Abdomen short, the petiole longish and slender, the segments 
closely punctured and seven in number; there is a broad 
ventral fold. 

The areolet may be shortly appendiculated ; the median 
seginert is reticulated and transversely striated; the head is 


— 


new Genera of Ichneumonide. 483 


obliquely narrowed behind the eyes; the occiput is margined ; 
the gastrocoeli are large and deep ;_ the antenne are Jonger 

than usual; the head is obliquely narrowed behind the eyes ; 

the hind legs are longish ; the femora reach beyond the third 
abdominal segment. 


Lamprojoppa cerulea, sp. n. 


Cerulea, scapo antennarum nigro; alis fere hyalinis, nervis stigmate- 

quenigris. 2. 

Long. 12 mm. 

Antenne as long as the body, thickened and compressed 
beyond the middle, the apex attenuated; the scape and the 
base of the flagellum blue. Head above the antenna blue, 
with slight brassy tints; below the antenne in front black, 
the inner orbits from shortly above the antenne yellow. The 
vertex behind the ocelli transversely punctured, running into 
strie in parts; behind the eyes closely and finely obliquely 
striated ; the ocellar region closely end eeenotly punctured. 
The front in the middle is roundly depressed, the depression 
transversely striated, the sides above punctured, below smooth. 
The face in the middle is irregularly reticulated, its sides 
depressed and closely punctured. Clypeus roundly convex, 
black, closely and distinctly punctured. The white line 
extends from shortly above the insertion of the antenne to 
the base of the mandibles, which are black, as are also the 
lower outer orbits and the palpi. Mesonotum closely punc- 
tured, the middle slightly raised at the base. Scutellum with 
the lateral keels and its centre almost smooth, the sides with 
scattered punctures and with some transverse keels on the 
outer side. Postscutellum finely longitudinally striated, 
Median segment irregularly transversely striated, most closely 
at the base; there are three central are, the middle one has 
a stout keel down the middle; the teeth are large. Pro- 
pleurz closely and minutely punctured at the base below, the 
upper part more strongly punctured, below and at the apex 
striated. 

May be known from L. fuscinerva by the wings being more 
iridescent and with the stigma and nervures deep blue-black, 
by the supramedian area not being reticulated laterally, 
having only one central Be by the darker antenne, which 
have a distinct bluish tint ; ate recurrent nervure is reece 
behind the middle of the areolet; the abdomen is not so 
strongly punctured. 


SETANTA, gen. nov. 


Mandibles with only a very minute tooth on the upperside. 


484 Mr. P. Cameron on 


Clypeus with a deep fovea on either side at the base and not 
separated from the face, its apex transverse; labrum pro- 
jecting, its apex rounded, Occiput sharply margined. Scu- 
tellum flat, not margined; postscutellum bifoveate at the 
base. Median segment areolated, its spiracles linear. Areolet 
narrowed at top, not quite one half the length of the lower 
side; the recurrent nervure is received in the middle; the 
transverse median nervure is received in front of the trans- 
verse basal. Antenne thickened beyond the middle, the apex 
attenuated. Legs stout, the tarsi spinose, the claws simple. 
‘The spiracles on the petiole are placed near the base of the 
postpetiole ; the gastroceeli large, deep; there are seven 
segments, the ventral keel is only on the second and third ; 
the ovipositor is short; the hypopygium is large, broad, 
rounded at the apex; the apical segment is larger than usual 
compared to the penultimate. 

Belongs by the form of the petiole to the Platyurd. It has 
the bluntly pointed abdomen of Amblyteles, with which it 
also agrees in the apical ventral segments not being retracted. 
Characteristic is the form of the mandibles, which have only 
one very small, almost obsolete tooth on the upperside. ‘The 
three central are on the median segment are clearly defined, 
the others are obsolete, but the keel on either side of the 
spiracles is distinct; the basal joints of the flagellum are 
elongated; the apex of the abdomen is broad and bluntly 
pointed; the face is flat; the occiput roundly concave ; the 
two abscisse of the basal part of the cubitus are straight and 
oblique ; a short nervule issues from the middle, 


Setanta rufipes, sp. n. 

Nigra, flavo-maculata; pedibus rufis, coxis trochanteribusque ante- 
rioribus flayis, coxis posticis nigris; alis hyalinis, stigmate 
fusco. 2. 

Long. 10-12 mm. 

Antenne black, a line in the middle of the scape and the 
eighth to fourteenth joints (except above) white; they are 
stout, flattened and dilated beyond the middle, attenuated 
towards the apex. Head black, the inner orbits, and the 
outer more broadly on the lower half, yellow; there is a 
broad mark on the lower side of the face, extending to and 
enclosing the foveee; above it is obliquely narrowed from the 
sides to the centre ; on the middle otf the elypeus is a large 
black mark, which is also obliquely narrowed above. Man- 
dibles yellow, their apex narrowly black; palpi yellow. 
Thorax black; a narrow curved line on the pronotum, 
reaching from near the base to the apex, two short lines near 


~ 


new Genera of Ichneumonide. 485 


the middle of the mesonotum, scutellum, postscutellum, a 
large mark, rounded on the outer side, straight on the inner 
side, on the apex of the median segment, a line on the lower 
edge of the propleure, the tubercles, a large elongated mark 
of almost equal width on the lower side of the mesopleure, 
and a small mark under the hind wings, yellow. Mesonotum 
shagreened ; the scutellum sparsely punctured. ‘I'he centre 
of the median segment is smooth at the base; the supra- 
median area is longer than broad, bulges out below the middle, 
inside it is finely irregularly striated ; the posterior median 
area is stoutly transversely striated ; the others are strongly 
punctured, except the inner side of the outer lateral, which 
is transversely finely striated. Propleuree shining, the lower 
apical part striated. Mesopleuree closely but not strongly 
punctured; the apex on the lower side is depressed, the 
depression with some stout keels. Metapleuree more closely 
and strongly punctured; behind the curved keel striated. 
Mesosternum closely punctured, the furrow triangularly 
widened at the apex and crenulated. Legs rufous, the four 
anterior cox and trochanters yellow ; the hinder coxe black, 
as are also the basal joint of the trochanters, the apices of 
the tibia and femora, and the apex ot the second joint and 
the whole of the apical three joints of the hinder tarsi, this 
being also the case with the four front tarsi; the claws are 
rufous. Wings hyaline; the stigma fuscous, the nervures 
paler; the areolet at the top is hardly one half the length 
of its lower side; the recurrent nervure is received in the 
middle. Abdomen black; all the segments marked with 
pale yellow laterally at the apex; the yellow mark on the 
petiole is large, dilated at the apex on the outer side, and these 
maiks are united at the apex by a narrow line; the marks on 
the second segments are large, broad, on the third narrower 
and longer; on the other segments they are continuous ; the 


enieliold is yellow. 


GYRODONTA, gen. nov. 


Mandibles short, broad, their apices bluntly rounded, 
without teeth, the lower side at the base projecting down- 
ward and clearly separated. Head large, broad, largely 
developed behind the eyes, and almost transverse behind. 
Eyes parallel, widely distaut from the base of the mandibles 
above, if anything reaching above to the level of the vertex ; 
the lower edges are sharply keeled. Clypeus not separated 
by a distinct suture from the face, its foveee distinct, its apex 
bluntly rounded. Labrum projecting, distinct. Antenne 
thicker than usual; the apical joints of the flagellum longer 


486 Mr. P. Cameron on 


than broad. Areolet 5-angled, narrowed above; the trans- 
verse basal nervure is interstitial. Scutellum flat. Median 
segment not completely areolated; it is longish, its apex has 
an Y abrupt oblique slope ; spiracles long, curved, rounded at 
the top and bottom. Legs short, stout; the hinder coxa 
large, roundly produced backward ; the tarsi spinose; the 
middle joints on the front pair narrowed at the base; the 
basal joint incised at the base; the apex of the tibiae spinose ; 
the claws are large, curved, bare. Abdomen with seven 
segments, its apex bluntly pointed; the last segment well 
dev eloped all round; the ventral fold reaches to the base of 
the ovipositor; the cenchri are stout. 

The median segment is less distinctly areolated than in the 
Ichneumonini 5 the hinder cox project backward more than 
usual ; there 1 is a short nervure on the cubital nervure, as in 
Ichneumon, and another on the outer side of the recurrent 
nervure, this latter being a somewhat uncommon feature. 
‘lhe median segment is also rather more elongated than 
usual. The mandibles, when they touch at their apices, 
leave an open space between themand the labrum, as in the 
division Cyclostomi of the Braconide; the apices of joints 
1-4 of the tarsi bear long stout spines. The thorax, com- 
pared with the abdomen, is rather longer than usual ; the apex 
of the hinder femora reaches to the end of the fourth abdo- 
minal segment. There can hardly be said to be teeth on the 
median secment, but the lateral keels are dilated on the top 
of the apical slope. Gastroceeli indistinct. 

This genus does not fit into any of the tribes as defined by 
Foerster and Ashmead. The edentate mandibles might 
place it with the Heresiarchini, but in that group they are 
acute at the apex, not bioad and blunt as in this genus, 
‘The mandibles are so different from anything hitherto known, 
and form such a distinctive mark, that the genus might well 
form the type of a new tribe, w hich is readily separated from 
all others by the short, curved, broad, edentate, and (at the 
apex) broadly rounded mandibles, which are also broadly 
hollowed at the base on the outer side. The eyes are small 
and appear more widely separated from the base of the 
mandibles than usual. ‘The antenne are thicker than in the 
Ichneumonini. ‘The bluntly pointed apex of the abdomen, 
with the well-developed last segment and ventral fold, refer 
it to the division Amblypygi. The sheaths of the ovipositor 


project largely. 


Gyrodonta flluvomaculata, sp. n. 


Rufa, flavo-maculata, abdominis apice nigro; pedibus rufis, coxis 


new Genera of Ichneumonidae. 487 


trochanteribusque anterioribus flavis; alis hyalinis, stigmate 
rufo. 9. 
Long. 15 mm. 


Antenne stout, thickly covered with short fulvous hair ; 
in the middle isa broad pale yellow band; the apical portion 
is darker than the basal, almost black. Head rufous, the 
inner orbits broadly, the outer more narrowly ; the part below 
the eyes broadly, and below the antennee, lemon- yellow. 
The projecting tace is thickly covered with white hair and is 
sparsely punctured ; the clypeus smooth and shining, its outer 
edge yellowish. Mandibles shining, impunctate, rufous, 
black ‘round the edges; the palpi “pale yellow. Thorax 
rufous, the edge of the pronotum above, the apical two thirds 
of the scutellum, the postscutellum, the apex of the median 
segment largely on the sides, the lower part of the propleure, 
the greater part of the lower half of the mesopleura, the 
tubercles, and a spot under the hind wings, lemon-yellow. 
Mesonotum closely punctured, thickly covered with short 
white pubescence ; the scutellum is more sparsely and strongly 
punctured, ‘The middle basal area of the median segment is 
strongly but not very closely punctured, and is not separated 
from the central, which is irregularly longitudinally striated ; 
the outer basal arew are strongly punctured, the middle 
strongly, irregularly, obliquely striated; the posterior median 
area is strongly transversely striated, the outer strongly punc- 


tured; the tooth is broad; the spiracular area 1s punctured 


\*. 


at the base, obliquely striated beyond the spiracles. The 
middle of the propleure is striated towards the apex; the 
meso- and metapleure are closely punctured and are thickly 
covered with white hair. Legs stout, rufous, the four front 
coxee and trochanters lemon-yellow ; there is a lemon-yellow 
mark on the upperside of the hinder coxe at the base; the 
hair on the tibiz is thick and fulvous; the tarsi are thickly 
and stoutly spinose. ‘The wings have a slight fulvous tinge ; 

the areolet at the top is about one half the length of the 
space boundcd by the recurrent and the cubital nervures ; the 
recurrent nervure is received in the middle, it is bent out- 
wardly above the middle, and a short nervure issues from 
the middle of the angle. Abdomen shining; the petiole 
sparsely punctured; the third and the following segments are 
black above ; the third and fourth are narrowly rufous at the 
base, the others more narrowly at the apex ; the projecting 
sheath is rufous and is thickly covered with long fulvous hair ; 
the ventral keel is pale testaceous. 


[To be continued. } 


488 Miscellaneous. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
On the Anatomy of certain Agnrathous Pulmonate Mollusks. 
To the Editors of the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’ 


GrntLEMEN,—In the ‘ Annals’ for January 1901 isapaper by Mr. W.E. 
Collinge with the above title. The author says “ he is unable to con- 
firm many of my statements ” published in the ‘ Proceedings of the 
Malacological Society of London,’ vol. i. (1893). I think, however, 
two errors into which I was led can be explained. The drawings 
on pl. i. figs. 10 & 12 represent parts magnified, and drawn, with 
the aid of a camera lucida, as presented to me. The vas deferens 
joined the penis where I have shown it, and is free from that 
point ; so far that drawing is not incorrect, for there was nothing to 
indicate that it continued, hidden by tissue, to the distal end of 
the penis*. The specimen is in the Natural History Museum ; 
with more material and in better condition I might possibly have 
detected what Mr. Collinge was enabled to do, Next, as to 
the “ knob-like process” and “ nipple-like crenulations”: here I was 
certainly deceived by appearances caused by myself during dissection, 
On slitting up the more open part of the penis-tube as far as it was 
possible, and turning back the severed sides, a solid end was pre- 
sented (fig. 12), and the nipple-like crenulations I saw were, no 
doubt, I think now, nothing more than the broken ends of the 
rugose lining of the organ meeting together where the tube became 
closely contracted, This certainly did not strike me at the time, 
and it is evident they have no structural existence as papillate 
growths round a central main papillay. It is satisfactory to find 
these points of detail more clearly iia by Mr. Collinge: the only 
way in which science can advance is to frankly compare and criticize 
one another’s results. We are all liable to make mistakes—more 
liable to make false deductions—and the sooner they are put right 
the better. I must, however, take exception to the following sen- 
tence :—‘ On the supposition that the vas deferens in this species 
was very short &¢., Godwin-Austen proposed to place the genera 
Par yphanta, Alea, and Schizoglossa in a new subfamily.” This is 
not exactly what it said. I did not single out any particular or 
or specify any minor details of the anatomy. I came to my con- 
clusion on the broad grounds of general structure of an Agnathous 
group, and more particularly mentioned the more or less perfect 
shell-bearing and slug-like species occurring in the families and 
subfamilies referred to. 
Yours &c¢., 

Nore, Godalming, H,. H. Gopwin-Ac-- 

15th April, 1901, 

* This is a character in itself. 


+ Nothing at all like this, in fact, is found which my drawing would 
indicate, 


WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. 


The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. 
Monthly. 28. 6d, 
The Annais and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d, 
The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. ls, 
_Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d. 
“Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s. 
_ Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. Il. 15, 
Baird’s (Major) Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d. 
Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. 1s. 
Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s... 
Chimmo’s (Capt.) Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. bs. 
Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s. 
Davis's (J. B.) Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Pd ee, aC 
Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s. 
Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d. 
- English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d. t 
Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicioag: and 
Surgeons. 6d. 

Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d, 5 
Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. lbs. 
Fauna of British india. Edited by W. I’. BLanrorp, F.R.S, 

Mammalia. 20s. Fishes. 2 vols. 208. each. 

Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vols. II., IIL, and LV. 15s. each. 

Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s. 

Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each, 

Hymenoptera. Vol. 1. Wasps and Bees. 20s. 

Arachnida. 10s. 

Geological Record. 1874-1884. 8vols. 20s. net. 
Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, Is. 6d. 
Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d. 
Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each, 
Hopkins’s |B.) Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8vo. Cloth. 16s, 
Ditto. lllustrated introduction to. 8yo. Cloth. 4s, 
Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. IL. 12s. 
Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea, 
10s. Gd. Forms for ditto. Sun, ls. Srans, 1s. 
Kennedy, C. A few Chapters in Astronomy. 3s. 6d. 
Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. Qs. 6d. 
Lewis's | G. ) Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 38. 6d. 
London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. (7s. Gd. net. 
M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 2s. 
Merington’s French Primer, 2s. 6d. English Primer, Is. 
Merington’s French Pronunciation. 2s. bu. 
Merington’s Latin First Course, with Key. 3s. Gd. 
Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s. 
Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s. ts 
Part IL. 7s. 6d., Part LIT. 6s. 
' Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s, 
Royal College of Surgeons : 
Calendar. ls, net. 
Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebra 
Animaisin Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s. net. 

Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. net. 

Dermatological Collection. srded. 4s. net. 

Physiological Series. Vol. I. 2nded. 12s. net, 

Appendices 5, 6,7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive 

Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s. each. 

Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental 

Surgery. 6d... 

Sharp’s ‘Dr. D.) Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. ie 

Taylor's Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s. 

Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1 
10 3, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d. 

Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. Gd, 

Wheatstone’s (Sir C.) Scientific Papers. las. 

W ollaston’s Notes on Lepidoptera of St Helena. 3s. Gd. 


RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, EC. 


CONTENTS OF NUMBER 41.—Seventh Series. 


Page 
LI. Remarks on Secondary Sexual Differences in Rutelid Celeo- 


ptera, with Descriptions of some new Forms. By GiizertJ. Arrow. 393 


LII. Descriptions of Genera and Species of Coleoptera from 
South Africa.’ By di: Gommane, TZ S ogee i. eee ocean 401 


LIII. Rhynchotal Notes—IX. Heteroptera: Fam. Coreide. By 
Was DIstANm she we gtaiole wie histae as Oatav Me ghey wsoieee 456 


LIV. Descriptions of some new Species of Lepidoptera from 
East Africa and Tropical America. By Herserr Drucez, F.LS. &e... 432 


LV. On Sciurus notatus and allied Species. By J. L. Bonnorr, 
BAAS sii seine sia ae duskenttin ity hake cae Seana ee eee GG 444 


LVI. On Two new Species of Syuirrels from the East Indies. By 
J. L. Bonnote, B.A. 455 


Ce, ee i er rr er | 


LVII. Description of a new Hexactinellid Sponge from South 
Africa. By R. Krrxparricx, Assistant in the British Museum 
(hatiral History). (Plate: VLE) aa cca aaees Y Oha: 457 


LVIII. On a new Genus and Species of Vespertilionime Bat from 


Fast Africa. By Ocprrenp: Toss oe ea nes elder ee 460 
LIX. New Genera and Species of Eastern and Australian Moths. 
By Colonel CaSwinnor, Moa; BLA Se. oi oo Sale koe eae evaero nies 463° 


LX. A List of Californian Diatoms. By C. Muruscnxowsky .... 474 


LXI. Descriptions of Seventeen new Genera of Ichneumonide 


from India and One from Australia. By P. Cammron ............ 480 
MISCELLANEOUS. 
On the Anatomy of certain Agnathous Pulmonate Mollusks. By 
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwiy-Avsren, F.R.S. &. 2. ...2..0.. ees NOR 


*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Woxk may be addressed, 
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, 
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. 


Vol. 7. SEVENTH SERIES. No. 42. 


| 
\| 


a 


MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” 


BHE ANNALS 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


INCLUDING 
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY. 


CONDUCTED BY 
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., PH.D., F.R.S., 
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., 
AND 


WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S. 


BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ANNALS” COMBINED WITH 


WITH ONE PLATE. 


Illustrative of Mr. J. C. Melyill’s Paper on the Erythrean Molluscan | 
Fauna. | 


LONDON: 
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION OOURT, FLEET STREET, 


a 


Bi: se Nate ursees : ooo —— “KE 


BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. 


Edited by F. D. GODMAN. 


% 
SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS. 
ZOOLOGY. 


Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i.-xxxyv., 
Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II, (Pp. 1-598, pls. xxxvi—lx., Temporary Title- 
page.) Vol. III. (Pp. 1-152, pls. 1xi.-lxvi.) 

Reptilia and Batrachia. bv A. GUNTHER. (Pp. 1-260, pls. i.—lxx.) 

Arachnida Araneidea. Vol. I. By O. Prckarp CAMBRIDGE. (Pp. 1-304, 
pls. i.-xxxvi.) 

Arachnida Araneidea. Vol.II. By F.O.Pickarp Campriner. (Pp. |- 
240, pls. 1.—xx.) 

Chilopoda. By R. I. Pocock. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i111.) 

Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PseLapnip x &c.). By D. Sapp, A. 
Martruews, and G, Lewis. (Pp. 1-624, pls. i.-xviii.) 

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyNcHoPHORA). By D. SHarp. (Pp. 1- 
168, pls. i.-vi.) 

dolscuters Vol. IV. part 6 (RaYNCHOPHORA, continued). By D. SHarp 
and W. !'. H. Branprorp. (Pp. 1-224, pls. i—vi.) 

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F. D. Gopman and O. Sarvin. 
(Pp. 1-487, pls. 1.—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-668, pls. xlviii.— 
cy.) 

Rhynchota Heteroptera. Vol. I. By G. C. Cuampron. (Pp. 1-384, 
pls. 1.-xxi1,) 

: Rhynchota Homoptera, Vol. I. By W. L. Distant and W. W. Fow ter. 
(Pp. 1-76, pls. i.-viil.) 

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fowrer. (Pp. 1-202, 
pls, 1.—xix.) 

Rhynchota Bing Loe abe Vol. II. part 2. By T. D. A, CockERE LL. 
Pp. 1-35. 

Petra. Vol. I. By Baron C. R. Osten Sacken and 8. W. WILLIsTON. 
(Pp. 1-272, pls. i.—iv. } 

Diptera. Vol. I]. By F. M. van per Wo tp. (Pp. 1-428, pls. i—xii.) 

Diptera. Vol. III. By S. W. Wixurston. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 1., ii.) 

Neuroptera. By A. E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. 1.) 

Orthoptera. Vol. II. By L. Bruner and mn P. Morse. (Pp. 1-16.) 

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s. 


ARCH AOLOGY. 


By A. P. Maupszay. (Vol. I. pp. 1-64, pls. i-xcix. Vol. II. pp. 1-89, 
pls. iIxxv. Vol. IIT. pp. 1-43, pls. i—li. Vol. IV. pp. 1-388, pls. i.—xciii.) 
By J.T. GoopMAN. (Appendix : The Archaic Maya Inscriptions. Pp. i-xii, 
1-150.) 
London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porrrr, 7 Princes Street, 
Cavendish Sq., W., and DuLau & Co., Soho Sq., W. 


Second edition, Vol. 1. Royal 8vo, price 12s, net. 
CATALOGUE 
OF THE 


PHYSIOLOGICAL SERIES OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY 


IN THE 
MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGECNS OF ENGLAND. 
By Pror. C. STEWART, LL.D., F.B.S., &. 


TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


2 (SEVENTH SERIES. ] 


No. 42. JUNE 1901. 
oa 
bs 


LXII.—WNew Genera and Species of Eastern and Australian 
Moths. By Colonel C. Swinuoe, M.A., F.L.8., &e. 


(Continued from p. 475. ] 


Family Sarothripide. 
Gadirtha sara, nov. 


3. Palpi ochreous white, brown at the sides, terminal 
joint speckled with brown and with a brown band at the 
tip ; head, body, and fore wings pinkish grey, irrorated with 
brown atoms, the irrorations on the fore wings very dense in 
parts, forming brown indistinct patches, making the wing 
look variegated ; a very indistinct interior line, of which only 
a very acute angle near the hinder margin is distinct, the 
orbicular represented by a black spot, the reniform a brown 
ring with a small pale ringed spot in its centre; an outwardly 
rounded double discal brown line with pale centre, the outer 
one with three or four teeth; a whitish smear at the apex, 
bordered by a blackish dentate line; a pale submarginal line, 
dividing the black veins, a black marginal line, and ochreous 
cilia, interlined with brown: hind wings with broad brown 
marginal border and ochreous cilia: underside whitish, fore 
wings with broad marginal border suffused greyish. 

Expanse of wings 1)%g inch. 

Valaut (Doherty). 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 34 


490 Col. C. Swinhoe on new 


Blenina effusa, nov. 


9. Body and fore wings pinkish grey, smeared with grey ; 
a brown, highly sinuous, thick line from costa before the 
middle to hinder margin beyond the middle, a black spot at 
end of cell, and some blackish markings near its inner side ; 
a similar line from costa beyond the middle to the hinder 
margin close to the first line, sinuous and well curved out- 
wardly ; two indistinct sinuous lines between this and the 
margin, the outer one with some blackish spear-shaped marks ; 
cilia yellow, with brown patches opposite the veins; hind 
wings pale pink, cilia yellow: underside, fore wings pale 
pink, hind wings pale ochreous, nearly white, without markings 
except for some yellow and brown suffused patches on costa and 
apical portions of fore wings; cilia as above. 

Expanse of wings 1 inch. 

Pulo Laut (Dohert, ty), Lewas (Everett). 


Clettharra iphida, nov. 


S$. Head, thorax, and fore wings dark pink-brown; a 
broad nearly white band along the costa, containing blackish 
streaks and marks on the pier half; a conten band on the 
hinder margin from base to one fined from the angle ; cilia 
white, with brown patches ; abdomen and hind wings whites : 
adeicide white ; fore wings suffused with grey ; some small 
blackish-brown marks on Conta near apex. 

Expanse of wings 4°5 inch. 

Jaintia Hills. 

Allied to C. albonotata, Hmpsn., but that species has white 
spots on the outer margin. 


Clettharra flocerfera. 


Clettharra floceifera, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. il. p. 386, 3 (1894). 

Clettharra valida, Hmpsn. (nec Walker), d. ¢. iv. p. 528 (1896). 

The types of C. floccifera, Hmpsn., trom Tenasserim and 
the Nagas, are males; the type of CU. valida, Walker, from 
Sarawak, is a female; and Sir George Hampson very natu- 
rally came to the conclusion that they were sexes of the same 
species ; but I have in my collection males of both forms and 
a female of C. floce’fera ; the sexes are alike; the two forms 
are undoubtedly quite distinct. 

Tenasserim, Nagas, Khasia Hills. 


Sarothripa morena, nov. 


¢. Frons and palpi white, last joint brown; head, body, 


Eastern and Australian Moths. 491 


and fore wings dark purple-grey ; a small pale pinkish space 
at end of cell ; a whitish patch in the middle of hinder margin, 
somewhat triang ular, with the point inwards ; the entire wing 
of different shades of grey ; a black dot in the cell, another at 
the end, two beyond it, included in a circular row ‘of whitish 
points which extend from the costa, round the cell, nearly to 
the whitish patch on the hinder margin ; some ite points 
on costa near apex; a row of submarginal black points and 
marginal whitish points: hind wings grey; cilia of both 
wings whitish grey: underside uniform pale grey, without 
markings. 

Expanse of wings 1 inch. 

Sarawak, Borneo. 

Allied to S. chlorana, Hmpsn., from Sikkim and the 
Khasia Hills; there is one example from Borneo in the B. M. 
amongst the Séectoptera, in Quadrifide, drawer no. 206, and 
another from Perak with Plotheta metaspilella. 


Family Stictopteride. 


Genus VIZAGA, nov. 


Palpi upturned, smooth, third joint two thirds length of 
second; abdomen smooth, extending a little beyond the hind 
wings; antenne in the male very minutely ciliated, about 
two thirds the length of the body; mid tibize with one long 
and one short terminal spur, hind tibia with two pairs, the 
outer ones short: fore wings increasing in width to outer 
margin, apex blunt, hind margin nearly ¢ as long as the costal 
margin, the wing rather short, no raised tufts, retinaculuin 
bar-shaped; the end of the cell in the male rather distorted, 
with two patches of rubbed membrane on the underside, indi- 
cated above by two short semihyaline streaks, the lower 
portion of the discoidal vein produced into an ee angle, its 
middle portion concave, vein 2 from close to lower end, 3 Font 
the end, 4 and 5 commence close together from the produced 
angle, 6 and 7 from upper end of cell, the latter bent and 
fort ming the lower side of a six- -sided areole, 8 and 9 ona 
stalk from the outer angle of the areole, 10 from two thirds, 
forming the upperside of the areole: hind wings with veins 3 
and 4 stalked, 5 from near lower end of cell. 

Type V. (Ophiusa ?) cyanea, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. 
xxiv. p. 129, pl. xiv. fig. 2 (1881). Type ¢, Luzon. 

I have the temale also from Malang, Java; and the Hon. 
Walter Rothschild has very kindly lent me a male from 
Sumba. It has many affinities to the genus ALuceda, Walker. 


34% 


492 Col. C. Swinhoe on new 


Gy rtona nama, NOV. 


6. Palpi dark brown, with white tips; head, body, and 
fore wings dark brown, with a greyish tinge; a white streak 
between the antennz and along the frontal tuft; some white 
scales on the thorax: fore wings with indications of many 
very indistinct and very fine sinuous transverse lines, the 
reniform dotted with white; a black spot below the middle of 
cell; a band composed of two lines rather close together from 
the costa near apex, which bends abruptly opposite end of 
cell, and then runs nearly straight to hinder margin beyond 
the ‘middle ; the inner side of this band is marked with deep 
black spots above the bend and on its outer side with two 
white lunules and a white spot; at the apex of the wing is a 
white streak edged with deep black, composed of three con- 
joined elongated spots; a deep black spot on the grey cilia 
below the apex, three white costal subapical dots and white 
marginal points: hind wings grey, with broad brown mar- 
ginal border; cilia of both wings interlined, on the hind 
wings tipped with white. 

Expanse of wings 1, inch. 

Jaintia Hills. 

There is an example of this species in the B. M. from 
Bhutan mixed up with Stictoptera albodentata, Moore. 


Family Gonopteride. 
Capotena elaina, nov. 


d ?. Head, thorax, and fore wings chestnut-red, more or 
less suffused with brown; two pale transverse lines—first 
from costa near base, straight to middle of hinder margin, 
the other from costa one third from apex to the hinder margin, 
eurving slightly outwards; a pale line at base of cilia: hind 
wings white, sometimes with blackish suffusions, otherwise 
without markings; abdomen brown, so thickly covered with 
white pile in the female as to make it look white, with an 
orange-grey apical tuft in the male: underside, fore wings 
pale red, white at base of costa and broadly so on hinder 
margin; pectus, body, and legs white, covered with thick 
white hairs. 

Expanse of wings 1, inch. 

(ucensland, 


Carea tartka, nov. 


g. Head, body, and fore wings dark pinkish grey, irro- 


rated with rede brown; some brown dots at base, one in the 


Eastern and Australian Moths. 493 


cell, and a brown spot at the end; some brown marks at the 
base, a broad antemedial brown band with tregular edges 
from costa before the middle to the centre of binder margin, 
a marginal pinkish-white band with sinuous inner margin; 
on the inner side of this band on the costa near the apex is a 
broad brown patch which diffusedly narrows downwards ; 
eilia dark brown: hind wings orange, whitish on costa, 
without markings; cilia concolorous : underside, body, lees, 
and wings uniform dull orange, suffused slightly in parts with 
grey ; a whitish splgeie costal patch on fore wings. 
Exxpanse of wings 174 inch. 
Gilolo (Doher ty). 
Intermediate between C. ocyra, Swinh., from Singapore, 
and C. nitida, Hmpsn. 


Genus ErizaApa, Walker. 


Evizada, Walker, xxxii. p. 506 (1865). 
Tinosoma, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. ii. p. 426 (1894). 


Erizada semifervens. 


Gadirtha (? ) semefervens, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vil. p. 163 (1864). 
Wrizada lichenaria, Walker, xxxii, 506 (1865). 
Tinosoma hyper -ythr um, Hmpsn. J. e. 


Andaman Islands. 
Also from the Naga Hills and from Sarawak, Borneo. 


T'amily Trifide. 
Aucha vesta, nov. 


gd. Antennee dull red; palpi dark brown; head, thorax, 
and fore wings olive-grey, tinged with ochreous ; onbiedlan 
represented by a black spot anal the reniform by two black 
spots, one above the other, both ringed with grey ; a sub- 
marginal sinuous grey thin band ; a similar antemedial band 
running close on the inner side a the orbicular; the bands 
are erect and the latter is more than sinuous, Anan dentated ; 
then follows a broad dark brown band, its anes edge running 
through the reniform; the inner portions of fies wing are 
Alot as dark as the Brow n band, the outer portions Sanh 
lighter, almost grey ; with several pupdeneate pale grey thin 
bands and a submarginal dark brown band, the inner edge of 
which is diffuse, the outer edge Peothien throughout, the 
largest teeth being a little below the costa and in the maddiee : 
hind wings with two broad orange-ochreous longitudinal 
interior streaks, the costa and outer margin broadly ‘blackish 


494 Col. C. Swinhoe on new 


brown, the abdominal marginal space ochreous, clouded with 
brown ; a brown spot at the end of cell; cilia bright orange- 
yellow: underside dull brownish grey ; fore wings with the 
hinder margin ochreous; hind wings with the inner streaks 
and abdominal space dull ochreous. 

Expanse of wings 1,45 inch. 

Coomoo, Queensland. 

In one example the broad central brown band on the fore 


wing stops halfway and leaves an ochreous space on the costa. 


Hadena amanda, nov. 


3. Head, thorax, and fore wings dark olive-brown ; palpi 
black at the outer sides: fore wings with some pale pinkish 
dots on the costa towards the apex; three very indistinct 
sinuous transverse bands, brown, with pale pinkish inner 
edges; orbicular large, indistinct ; reniform large, ear-shaped, 
and nearly white, with brown interlining, two pale pinkish 
spots just beyond it: hind wings grey, pale in the interior 
and whitish towards base; abdomen grey; apical tuft dull 
red, 

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch. 

Perak. 

Easily distinguishable by the double pinkish spots beyond 


the stigma. 


Semiophora ertza, nov. 


@. Of a uniform ochreous grey, slightly tinged with pink : 
fore wings with orbicular indicated by a black oblique spot, 
the reniform by a black V-shaped mark; a discal submar- 
ginal pale line, rather far from the margin, slightly sinuous 
and marked and spotted in places with black; grey marginal 
dots: hind wings unmarked ; cilia of both wings with a pale 
basal line: underside paler; hind wings whitish; a brown 
diseal dot. 

Expanse of wings 14% inch. 

Kulu (Graham Young). 

Allied to S. carnipennis, Butler, from Japan. 


Elusa semipecten, nov. 


3 ¢. Palpi with the second joint brown, the third paler 
and ochreous red ; head, bedy, and fore wings dark brown, 
with a bronzy gloss; orbicular represented by a white dot 
ringed with black, the reniform by two spots, one above the 
other, also ringed with black ; these spots in some specimens 


are snow-white, in others brown; indications of three trans- 


Eastern and Australian Moths. 495 


verse, outwardly curved, sinuous brown lines—antemedial, 
postmedial, and submarginal—the last in some examples with 
two or three black dots towards costa: hind wings brown, 
with a whitish cilia: underside pale brown; hind wings with 
a cell-spot and pale internally; body and legs with a red 
tinge. 

Expanse of wings 35 inch. 

(Queensland. 

Superticially like Penza puncticeps, Wlk. The type of the 
genus Hlusa is wneusalis, Wlk., from Sarawak, which has a 
large boss of black scales at the bend in the antenne of the 
male, beyond which the antenne are unipectinate; H. bipars, 
Moore, and £. antennata, Moore, agree therein; Penza puncti- 
ceps, Walker, from Borneo, has shortly bipectinate antenna 
in the male from base onwards; in the male antennew L. semi- 
pecten agrees with typical Hlusa, except that the boss of scales 
is wanting, there being merely a thickening at the bend. 


Caradrina hennta, nov. 


3 ¢. Head, body, and fore wings fawn-colour, some white 
scales on the head at the base of the antenne; a white line 
at the base of the cilia, otherwise absolutely without markings : 
hind wings white, slightly tinged with reddish grey on costal 
and outer margins; a white line at base of cilia, as in fore 
wings: underside paler; hind wings with silvery scales. 

Expanse of wings 3°5 inch. 

Sarawak, Borneo. 

In the B. M. unnamed. I have it also from Calcutta. 


Family Quadrifida. 
Subfamily Porypesurmz. 


Pandesma pagana, nov. 


gd. Palpi dark brown ; body and wings of a uniform pale 
purplish brown, with a slight ochreous suffusion : fore wings 
with a black suffused basal patch, a large blackish, almost 
square patch on middle of costa, and another with rounded 
lower edge before the apex ; the whole costal margin marked 
and spotted with black; a very indistinct sinuous, transverse, 
brown medial line in continuation of the outer edge of the 
medial patch, and another similar line just beyond it: hind 
wings pale at the base, with a large blackish patch in the 
centre before the middle and traces of an indistinct sinuous 
discal line; marginal festoon of both wings brown, with 
brown points: underside brownish grey; fore wings with a 


496 Col. C. Swinhoe on new 


brown lunule at end of cell; hind wings with a similar 
lunular mark and a spot below it. 

Expanse of wings 1, inch. 

Jaintia Hills. 

Belongs to Hampson’s Section 1 A. 6, mid legs with a tuft 
of long hair from the femoro-tibial joint, and is allied to 
P. costalis, Moore. 

There is an example from Sikkim in the B. M. without 
name (Quadrifide, drawer no. 226). 


Subfamily Orurvsiwz, 
Bocula erota, nov. 

9. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings dark yellow, tinged 
with bronze, and irrorated with very minute grey atoms; a 
prominent blackish spot at end of cell; a very broad brownish- 
black marginal band, its inner edge running straight up from 
the hinder margin near the angle, ending opposite the upper 
angle of the cell, where it abruptly bends and is irregularly 
sinuous to the apex of the wing ; an indication of a thin grey 
band in the disc, close to the inner side of the broad marginal 
band ; marginal points black, with yellow dots: hind wings 
dark ochreous brown, without markings: underside uniform 
dark grey-brown; hind wings with a cell-spot; both wings 
with marginal ochreous points. 

Expanse of wings 1,3) inch. 

Port Blair, Andamans, 

Allied to B. punetilineata, Umpsn.; the marginal band is 
much broader and differently shaped and the discal row of 
black dots is wanting. I have received several examples, 
all females. 


Afotina shumara, nov. 

3 @. Pale ochreous pink; palpi dark red below: fore 
wings irrorated with red, a brown cell-spot, and crossed by 
many straight red-grey bands, two antemedial indistinct, 
two postmedial, both rather close together ; several before the 
margin very close together, broadly shading the marginal 
space: hind wings paler, with three indistinct discal bands, 
most apparent towards the abdominal margin; both wings 
with minute black marginal lunules and pale-tipped reddish 
cilia: underside pale pinkish, without any markings. 

E.xpanse of wings 59, inch. 

Sarawak, Borneo. 

Hardly any variation in the long series before me; there 
are two examples from Borneo in the B. M. unnamed 
(Quadrifide, drawer no. 127). 


Eastern and Australian Moths. 497 


Genus TIRUVACA, nov. 


g. Fore wings narrower than hind wings, of uniform 
width throughout ; costa straight, becoming « convex shortly 
before apex, which is slightly subfaleate ; outer margin 
oblique, subsinuous, hinder angle obtuse; hinder margin 
strongly convex on basal half: hind wings ample, outer 
margin well rounded; apical and anal angles both well 
marked; antenna slender , minutely subserrate ‘and pubescent ; 
palpi with second and third joints erect in front of face, 
Jaterally flattened, the second joint with a tuft of hairs at 
apex on upperside projecting over the third; tongue and 
frenulum present; femora and tibie densely hairy ; hind 
tibies with four long sharp spurs. 

Fore wing with the cell half as long as the wing; disco- 
cellular concave; veins 1 to 5, the median vein itself, and the 
submedian fold all distorted and sinuous ; vein 2 from just 
beyond middle of cell, bent downwards and closely approxi- 
mated to submedian fold in its outer half; vein 3 from three 
fourths of cell, approximated at first to the median, then 
curved downwards; veins 4 and 5 from lower end of cell, 
co-sinuous at first, then divergent; the median vein itself 
thickened and bent downwards before end of cell; 6 from upper 
angle, 7 and 8 stalked from upper angle, 9 and 10 stalked 
from three fourths, 9 soon anastomosing with 7 and 8; 11 
free, but closely approximated to 10; basal half of cell 
clothed with downy hairs; wing- -membrane between median 
vein and submedian fold fluted and without scales. 

Hind wing with the cell short; costal well separated from 
subcostal; veins 6 and 7 from upper angle of cell; 3, 4, and 
5 close rece from lower angle. 

?. With the fore wings triangular and the veins normal. 
The male is coloured and marked like the female, but the apex 
of the fore wing is more produced, 

Type Ztruvaca (Thermesia) subcostalis, Walker, xxxiii. 

. LU59. 

The type specimen (a female) came from Moulmein. 

Kiriwini, '‘lTrobriand Island. 


Platyja minutipuncta, nov. 
& ¢. Dark olive-brown ; palpi nearly black, with yellow 


tips; antenne yellow at the base ; spots and dots on the 
wings pale grey : fore wings with a subcostal round spot a 
little beyond the middle, a large spot in the lower disc, several 
dots in the interior, a discal row of dots across both wings, 
obsolete towards costa of hind wings, and a marginal row of 


498 Col. C. Swinhoe on new 


grey points; cilia white: the underside is browner and less 
olive, the wings without markings except for the discal row 
of dots, obsolete on the fore wings in the male, distinct and 
complete on both wings in the female. 

Expanse of wings 2,4 inches. 

. 
3. Singapore. In B. M. 
9. Jaintia Hills. 


Family Focillide. 
Zethes multiplaga, nov. 


?. Of a uniform ochreous grey, with brown irrorations ; 
last joint of palpi with a black band at the tip: fore wing 
with two large green-black spots—first at costal fifth, with 
some red-brown scales beneath it, a sinuous pale line on each 
side, which circles round the spot at the costal edge, forming 
all together a subbasal band ; the second is at the end of cell, 
a black dot in the middle, a pale medial red-brown band, 
more or less double, straight across the wing, except where it 
courses round the large cell-spot; a discal straight band, 
which is green-black, from below the costa to vein 5, crossed 
by the whitish veins, and a whitish transverse line down the 
black centre, some black and white costal marks: hind wing 
with a large green-black spot at lower end of cell, two near 
anal angle, and a medial double grey line touching the inner 
side of the large cell-spot; both wings with a submarginal 
highly sinuous band, the space from this to the outer margin 
darker than the rest of the wings; small black lunules close 
to the margin and grey cilia with pale basal line: underside 
grey; fore wings tinged with pale red, small cell-spots; a 
medial sinuous reddish line across both wings; a broad 
blackish band, smeared with greyish, and black lunules near 
outer margin as above. 

Expanse of wings 14 inch. 


Jaintia Hills. 


Egnasia costalis. 
Acharya costalis, Moore, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 28, pl. vi. fig. 10, 3. 


The type specimen is a male from the Andamans. I have 
now the other sex; it is in general coloration and in the 
disposition of the markings similar to the male, but the costal 
band of fore wings and the discal line of both wings are 
purplish black, instead of being ochreous white as in the male. 

Port Blair, Andaman Island. 


Eastern and Australian Moths. 499 


Diomea diffustifascia, nov. 


&. Palpi dark blackish brown, ochreous on the inner sides 
and at the tips of terminal joints; head, body, and wings of a 
uniform dark blackish brown, tinged with pink; some white 
marks on costa; four white points towards apex; a broad 
pinkish-grey diffused band, narrow towards costa, broadening 
downward to the hinder angle, covering nearly its outer half, 
the band containing a whitish angulated transverse line and 
many brownish marks and suffusions ; some grey marks near 
apex, indicating a submarginal band, also slightly indicated 
on the hind wings, which are otherwise without markings ; 
both wings with black marginal spots and black marginal 
line; cilia of fore wings brown with ochreous spots, of hind 
wings brown with ochreous tips: underside nearly black ; 
fore wings with the discal band white and pure; apical 
portion blackish grey. 

Expanse of wings 1,!5 inch. 

Sarawak, Borneo. 

There is an example of this species in the B. M. from 
Borneo unnamed. 


Diomea almana, nov. 


9. Palpi ochreous, a black band above at end of second 
joint, a black stripe above along terminal joint; head, thorax, 
and abdomen pinkish brown, with grey markings: fore wings 
with nearly the entire inner space smeared with pinkish grey, 
due to the thinness of the scaling; thicker scales at the base, 
along the costal apex and outer marginal portions dark pink- 
brown, forming the commencement of transverse bands divided 
by pinkish-grey lines, and the commencement of two white 
bands indicated on the costal third and two thirds by white 


. 


marks; marginal line black, slightly running in on the veins : 
hind wings pink-brown, with several blackish-brown transverse 
bands; a black central angulated line, broadly suffused with 
white on the outer side; a blackish marginal band, with a 
broad white suffusion running through it; a marginal black 
festoon ; cilia of both wings ochreous, with brown patches : 
underside uniform pale grey, with indications of a central 
transverse band. 

=e BE we te 

Expanse of wings 1,2, inch. 

Sarawak, Borneo. 

Diomea lichenosa, Hmpsn., has a similarly smeared space 
on fore wings, but the markings are quite different. 


500 On new Eastern and Australian Moths. 


Genus RHESALA, Walker. 
Rhesala, Walker, xv. p. 1776 (1858). 
Enea, Walker, Journ, Linn. Soe. vii. p. 65 (1864). 
Daona, Walker, ibid. p. 190. 
Vescisa, Walker, ibid. p. 191. 
Raparna, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk. p. 177 (1882). 
Hingula, Moore, ibid. p. 180. 
Byturna, Moore, P. Z. 8, 1833, p. 28. 


Rhesala mansueta. 
Daona mansueta, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vii. p. 190. 
Byturna rufifascia, Ampsn. Il. Het. B, M. viii. p. 100, pl. exlviii. fig. 6 
(1892). 

Raparna digramma, Umpsn. Moths Ind. ii. p. 24 (1895). 

Xuanthoptera mansueta, Swinh, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon, ii. p. 57 (1900). 

Sarawak, Borneo. Also from the Nilgiri Hills. 

Sir George Hampson has put this form as one of the 
synonyms of the common Indian Rhesala digramma, Walker ; 
but it is a good form and very constant. I have some fine 
specimens now from Sarawak, and am able to properly 
determine it; the type specimen is old and badly set, and 
would not bear much handling. I have three examples from 
the Nilgiri Hills; they are slightly larger, but otherwise 
identical. 

Rhesala asphalta, nov. 


g. Ochreous brown, both wings crossed by many very fine 
brown striations ; orbicular round, reniforin ear-shaped, both 
pale-ringed; transverse lines dark brown, indistinet—first 
antemedial, nearly erect ; second postmedial, from centre of 
hinder margin, outwardly oblique and sinuous, curving round 
the reniform to the costa; third submarginal and sinuous ; 
costal margin with some pale points towards apex; one 
example has a deep black band filling up the inner space 
caused by the curve of the second line: hind wings with two 
indistinct pale discal lines, marked with brown on their inner 
sides towards the abdominal margin; both wings with black 
marginal lunules: underside uniform dark grey, pale points 
on costa of fore wings; black lunules on outer margins of 
both wings. 

Expanse of wings 4% inch. 

Dawson, Queensland. 

Allied to &. imparata, Walker, but that species has a dark 
brown band behind the collar. 


Ihesala tada, nov. 


. Head, thorax, and fore wings bright orange-yellow 
B) ? ron) § fo) MM B) 


On the Protrusion of the Tongue of the Anura. 501 


irrorated with red, the thickness of the irrorations giving a 
dark shade to the costa, and broadly so to the outer marginal 
border; a black dot at the end of cell; antemedial and post- 
medial transverse brown To or thin bands, nearly erect but 
very sinuous, almost zigzag; the disc with three rows of very 
fine black points, not oe visible to the naked eye: hind 
wings ochreous grey, outer margin broadly smeared with dark 
red-grey ; an indistinct sinuous medial brownish line; cilia of 
both wings with the inner half orange, the outer half white, 
divided by a brown line: underside “brownish grey, whitish 
on the hinder border of fore wings; a sinuous, indistinct, 
brownish discal line across both wings. 

Expanse of wings 48, inch. 

Sarawak, Borneo. 

Rather variable in shades of colour; some of my very 
long series are much paler and yellowish, nearly all the 
females are paler and more yellow than the males. 

There is one example in the B. M. from Borneo unnamed. 

Allied to &. ochretpennis, Moore, and £&. transversa, Moore. 


Rhesala levis, nov. 

o. Pectus white; top of head and fore part of thorax 
whitish, rest of thorax and fore wings shining pink-grey, with 
an ochreous tinge, with sparse grey irrorations; a black dot 
at the end of cell; two indistinct blackish transverse discal 
lines, with some black dots on them; blackish points also 
close on the veins to the outer margin; cilia ochreous grey, 
with pale ends: hind wings pale ochreous grey, darkest on 
the outer half; cilia pale pink, with white ends: underside 
of a uniform pale ochreous grey, shining, without any 
inarkings. 

Expanse of wings IL inch. 

Coomoo, Queensland. 

‘There is an example of this species unnamed in the B. M, 
from West Australia (Quadrifide, drawer 224). 


[To be continued. ] 


LXIITI.— The Mechanism of the Protrusion of the Tongue of the 


Eee eT LE Note. By Prof. Marcus Hartoe, 
NIAC Lc. sull danse: 


For an explanation of the mechanism whereby the Anurous 
Batrachia protrude and reverse their tongue one may seek in 

* Translated by the Author and slightly modified. Irom the ‘ Comptes 
Rendus de l’Académie des Sciences,’ March 4, 1901. 


502 On the Protrusion of the Tongue of the Anura. 


vain in general textbooks of zoology and in special mono- 
graphs. Almost all authors have been content to repeat 
after Fixsen that the genioglossus muscles are the “ pro- 
tractors ” and the hyoglossus muscles the “ retractors,” though 
the frog has served as the object for the initiation of the 
student into the problems of anatomy and physiology for over 
forty years. As my own annual course begins with the study 
of the frog, this gap in our knowledge had long preoccupied 
me. <A very simple experiment has sufficed to fill this gap 
and to demonstrate how the frog throws forth its tongue and 
turns it through an angle of 180°. 

If we expose the tongue by removing the upper jaw and 
front of the skull (cutting straight across behind the eyes 
with a pair of stout scissors), remove the skin of the lower 
jaw, and then inject air or liquid through a smali hole in the 
mylohyoid (mandibular) muscle, the tongue rises up and 
springs forward, especially if, at the same time, we draw 
forward the hyoid bone. Again, if we inject with melted 
cocoa-butter coloured with carmine or alkanet, and keep up the 
pressure till the mass sets, we find that it fills an enormous 
lymph-sac between the muscle and the body of the hyoid, 
extending through a median intermuscular fissure into the 
tongue itself, sending branches between the fan-shaped rami- 
fication of the intrinsic muscles at the edges of the tongue 
and into its terminal dilatations. 

The whole mechanism is now obvious. The petroliyoids 
raise the hyoid bone and commence its protraction, an action 
continued by the geniohyoids. ‘The genioglossi and hyoglossi 
may co-operate to some extent at first, shortening the tongue, 
and so expanding its cavity ; but it is the MYLOHYOID which 
by its contraction expels the lymph of the subhyoid space 
into the tongue, and is the true ‘‘ protrusor lingue ”’ muscle. 
In retraction the intrinsic muscles pull the tip of the tongue 
backwards, and the median portion of the genioglossi espe- 
cially pull its base downwards and inwards. ‘lhe sterno- 
hyoids and omohyoids retract the body of the hyoid bone, 
with its attachments to the tongue, and the closure of the 
mouth by the levators of the mandible presses the tongue 
against the roof of the mouth, and so expels the lymph from 
its cavity. Clearly this sudden propulsion of the tongue of 
the Anura is an erection, and is thus comparable with the 
sluggish protrusion of the foot in Lamellibranchs, also too often 
miscalled a ‘ protraction.” 

Silvestro Baglioni, in his recent remarkable solution of the 
problem of the respiration of the frog *, hitherto misunderstood, 


* In Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol, Physiol. Abth, 1900, Suppl. Bd. p. 36. 


Curious Markings on a Dolphin. 503 


has noted that during the contraction of the mylohyoid the 
tongue “ wird nach vorn und oben gezogen.”’ For the further 
development of this movement into the protrusion of the 
tongue all that is required is the further simultaneous advance 
of the hyoid bone and a more complete contraction of the 
mylohyoid muscle. 

I propose completing this study with a detailed account of 
the dissection of the structures involved, for which [ am 
awaiting the supply of larger objects than the common grass- 
frog, which is alone at my disposal at Cork. 


“LXIV.—Note on a Dolphin showing traces of an Encounter 


with a Cuttlefish. By Professor D’Arcy W. THOMPSON, 
CB: 


A SPECIMEN of Grampus griseus which I obtained last 
Christmas at Galway set me thinking of the curious markings 
which have been often described as present on this species, 
though I did not find them on this particular specimen. 
These markings are well figured in Flower’s paper in the 
‘Transactions of the Zoological Society’ (vol. viii. pl. i.) ; 
and the suggestion first made by Capt. Chaves, of Ponta 
Delgada *, that they are the traces of encounters with large 
cuttlefishes is now well known and generally accepted. The 
purpose of this note is to call attention to a very much older 
figure of a dolphin on which a great cuttlefish has left his 
unmistakable marks, 

The annexed figure is a copy of that on pl. xxviii. (Mam- 
miléres) fig. 2, of the ‘ Voyage de |’Astrolabe,’ and represents 
the lower surface of the head of Delphinus nove-zelandic, 
Q. et G., a somewhat doubtful species very closely resembling 
D. delphis. On p. 160 of the text the authors say :—“ On 
remarque sous la machoire inférieure des pores formant de 
petits anneaux ; et sur le corps, de petites plaques de stries 
blanches assez réguligrement contournées.” ‘This statement 
appears again in Gray’ s ‘Catalogue of Seals and Whales,’ 
p- 246. A glance at the figure ‘will show that the so-called 
pores are the clear impressions of the suckers of a cuttlefish. 
The dolphin itself was 5 feet 10 inches long, and we may 
judge from the figures that the sucker-rings were about, or 
very nearly, an inch in diameter. We may, perhaps, goa 


* In Girard’s “ Céphalopodes des iles Agores,” Jorn. Sc, math. phys. e 
natur., Lisboa, (2) 1. 1892. Cf also Richard et Neuville, Mém. Soc. 
Zool., Paris, vol. x. p. 102 (1897). 


504 Curious Markings on a Dolphin. 


little further, and surmise that while these impressions were 


left by the suckers, the patches of ‘ striae ’’ were produced by 


tentacular hooks—in short, that the cuttlefish which made 
both was a giant Onychoteuthis. And on closer inspection of 


Flower’s figure (alread uoted), we seem to see there also 
te] ) 


Spey 


popes 


see! 


SEN We 


both the rounded impressions of suckers and the deeper longi- 
tudinal scores of hooks. MM. Richard and Neuville, in the 
case of the grampus they describe, are inclined to ascribe both 
sets of markings to the action of suckers, and suppose them 
to have been made by an Architeuthis. 

I am inclined to ascribe to a similar origin certain markings 
that various other authors have described without venturing 
to attribute them toa definite cause. Prof. Van Bambeke, 
in a paper on the hair-follicles of the upper jaw in Tursiops 
(Bull, Acad, Roy. Belg. 1888), has quoted certain of these 


Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 505 


observations, pointing out that some, but not all, are to be 
looked upon as the traces of rudimentary hairs. For instance, 
Dr. A. Fjelstrup, of Copenhagen (Zool. Anz. xi. p. 14, 1888), 
writes as follows :—“ Bei den meisten in Midvag get6 Iteten 
Globiocephalen zeigte die Haut, zumal in der Unter- und 
Oberkieferregion, eine Menge kreisférmiger Porenfiguren, in 
Grosse und Anordnung individuell sehr verschieden. Die 
Kreise haben meistens einen Diameter von *5—1 cm., einzelne 
bis tiber 1-5 em. Die Anzahl der Poren in jedem Kreise variirt 
der Grésse gemiiss von etwa 20-50; ihr Diameter ist durch- 
schnittlich -16 mm. Hs finden sich sowohl unvollstindige, 
sich schneidende oder beinahe concentrische Kreise als verein- 
zelte Poren.” The general description of these structures, 
their size, the manner in which the circles intersect or overlap, 
their irregular arrangement, in various parts and on some 
individuals only, and the further statement that no sign of 
them is visible in the foetus, all incline me to think that here 
also we have to do with scars left by a cuttlefish. Similar 
structures have evidently been observed in Globiocephalus by 
Bennett, quoted by Eschricht and again by Fyelstrup :— 
“On the head, and chiefly around the lips, the skin is marked 
with many scattered circles, each the size of a sixpence, and 
composed of a single row of small depressed dots, which 
would appear to mark a disposition to the formation of 
vibrisse or whiskers.” I need hardly repeat that I do not 
agree with this interpretation of their cause. 


LXV.—A List of Californian Diatoms. 
By C. MERESCHKOWSKY. 


{Concluded from p, 480. | 


133. Campylodiscus Thuretii, Bréb. San Pedro, Monterey, 
not rare. [M.] 
134. Striatella unipunctata, Agardh. San Pedro, Monterey, 
not rare. [M.] 
135. Rhabdonema lineare, Mer. Common in Northern Cali- 
fornia ; Monterey, rare; San Pedro, very rare. [M.] 
This species has been described and figured in my paper 
“On Polynesian Diatoms”’ (see chapter iv.). 
136. Rhabdonema, sp.? (Pl. V. figs. 21, 22.) Northern 
California, rather rare. [M. } 
Valve linear-rhombie or rhombic, strongly gibbous in the 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol, vii. 35 


506 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 


middle, with rounded ends; length 0°04-0:'140 mm., breadth 
0:022-0:028 mm. Structure composed of coste, which, 
however, are very indistinct, almost invisible with an ordinary 
magnifying-power, the intercostal alveoli forming parallel 
strie becoming radiate near the ends, which are smooth. 
Pseudoraphe very narrow, sometimes indistinct. Number of 
strie 5°5-6°5 in O'OL mm. Number of puncta 8 in 0°OL mm. 
Girdle-face as in 2. arcuatum, but with finer transverse coste, 
usually 8 (from 6 to 10) in 0-OL mm. 

Fig. 21 shows a valve as it appears under an ordinary 
magnifying-power, the costa not being seen and the rows of 
puncta resembling those of Achnanthidium brevipes; fig. 22 
is a part of the valve under a greater magnifying-power. 

This species, which has probably already been described *, 
but which for lack of necessary books I am unable to deter- 
mine, is very frequent in the Aleutian Islands, and I possess 
it also in a slide labelled “ California,” without further indi- 
cation of locality. Other species which this slide contains 
indicate that it comes from Northern California. 


137. Entopyla incurvata (Arn.), Grun. Not rare in Southern 
Calitornia (Catalina ; Clemente Islands and the coast, 
Haliotus washings) ; Californian guano. [M.] 

Length 0°121-0-217 mm. ; girdle-face of a large specimen 

0-01 mm.; distance between two coste 0°007 mm. 


138. Gephyria media, Arn. Jtedondo Beach, not rare ; Mon- 
terey, rare. [M.] 
Length 0:196 mm., breadth of the girdle-face attaining 


0057 mm.; strie 5 in 0'OL mm. Endochrome granular, 
composed of 30-40 large granules. 


139. Grammatophora angulosa, Ehr. San Pedro, very rare. 
[M.] 


140. Grammatophora angulosa, var. hamulifera, Kiitz. San 
Pedro, Monterey, very rare. [M.] 


141. Grammatophora arctica, Cl. Not rare in Monterey and 
in Northern California, rare in Southern (/laliotus 
washings). [M.] 

Valve linear, very slightly attenuated towards the apices, 
breadth 0-007 mm.; striz distinct, 12 in 0-01 mm., com- 
posed of distinct puncta; length of the frastule O-028- 
0-054 mm., breadth 0°01d-0°021 mm. ; septa forming two or 


* If not, its proper name would be R&. gibboswn. 


Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms, 507 


three undulations, upper end bent in a hook as in Gr. angu- 
losa. 


142. Grammatophora costata, Mer., sp.n. (PI. V. figs. 15, 
16.) Monterey, very rare. [M.] 

Valve somewhat broad, perfectly linear, with broadly 
rounded apices; structure composed of costz 8°5 to 9 in 
0°01 mm.; intercostal spaces with a double row of small but 
distinct puncta forming decussating rows, pseudoraphe rather 
indistinct. Length 0°0417—0:0565 mm., breadth of the valve 
0:0115-0:0133 mm.; diameter of the openings 0:0076- 
0:013 mm. 

I have seen only three valves of this species, which has 
the same structure of the valves as in Achnanthes longipes or 
Diploneis Smithit. The septa, as can easily be seen from 
fig. 16, form more than one undulation (probably two or 
three) ; the openings of the septa are quadrangular, in small 
specimens they are rounded. 


143. Grammatophora decussata, Mer. Monterey, very rare. 
[ M.] 
For the description of this species see my paper ‘‘ On Poly- 
nesian Diatoms.”’ 


144. Grammatophora marina, var. communis, Grun. San 
Pedro, Redondo, common; Monterey, not rare. [M.] 


145. Grammatophora marina, var. hawaiensis, Mer. Mon- 
terey, rare. [M.] 

Length 0:065 mm., breadth of the girdle-face 0-024 mm., 

diameter of openings 0:0065 mm. Described and figured in 
“ Polynesian Diatoms.” 


146. Grammatophora marina, var. macilenta, W. Sm. San 
Pedro. [M.] 
147. Grammatophora maxima, Grun. San Pedro, very rare. 
(M.] 
This might be the G. robusta, Dippel. I do not understand 
the difference existing between the latter and G. maxima. 
There are a number of other species and varieties of 
Grammatophora to be found in California, which, however, 
require further examination and a careful comparison with 
similar forms from other localities. 
148. Plagiogramma californicum, Grev. San Pedro, very 
rare; Calif. guano. [Gv., M.] 
Occurs in Californian guano. Plagiogramma tnequale, 


Greville, seems to me to be the same as this species. 
d5* 


508 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 


149. Plagiogramma pulchellum, Grev. Californian guano. 
[Gv. ] 


150. Plagiogramma pulchellum, var. ornata, Grev. Cali- 
fornian guano. [Gv.] 


151. Plagiogramma validum, Grev. Californian guano. [Gv.] 
152. Climacosphenia pacifica, Mer. San Pedro, very common. 


[M.] 


This species has been described and figured in my paper 
“On Polynesian Diatoms.”” ‘The stypes are broad, clongated, 
and always contain in great number a small parasitic J Navicula, 
so that at first glance the frustules of Climacosphenia appear 
to be sessile and fixed on some Schyzonema. 


153. Liemophora californica, Grun. San Pedro, very com- 
mon; Catalina Island, common; Redondo Beach, com- 
mon; Monterey, rare. [G., M.] 


Endochrome composed of numerous rounded granules. 
Stypes short, structureless, with dichotomic ramification, 
colonies small. 


154, Licmophora capensis, Grun. Rather rare. [G., M.] 
A sessile form, 


155. Licmophora debilis (Kiitz.), Grun. San Pedro, com- 
mon; Catalina Island, very common on Macrocystis. 


[M.] 


156. Licmophora dubia, Grun. San Pedro, very common; 
Catalina Island, rare; Monterey, rare. [M.] 


Grunow considers this Liemophora as being a variety of 
L, Jiirgensit, from which it differs by the strictly superficial 
septa, with septal puncta disposed on the extreme upper 
margin of the frustule. This characteristic, as well as a few 
others , being very constant in L. dubia, I prefer to regard 
it asa separate species, the more so as i Siirgensit does not 
occur in the Pacific Ocean, while L. dubia is very common. 
This species seems to be a widely distributed one, reaching 
even the Indian Ocean (Sumatra). 

In California the frustules are always sessile, while in the 
Black Sea they are fixed on somewhat elongated structureless 
stypes. 


157, Licmophora dubia, var. latior, Mer. (PI. V. figs. 10, 11.) 
Catalina Island, on Macr ocystis, common. [M. | 


Valve rather broad, cuneate, or elongated-ovoid, slightly 
and gradually attenuated from the ‘summit to the inferior 


Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 509 


apex, which is broad and rounded * ; margins straight, superior 
apex broadly rounded. Pseudoraphe indefinite; strive very 
fine, not less than 24-25 in 0°01 mm. Girdle-face narrow, 
cuneate, with rather delicate margins, upper angles rounded. 
Septa superficial, very thin, straight, septal puncta small, 
strongly marginal. Endochrome granular. Length 0:031- 
0-041 mm., breadth of the girdle-face 0°0077-0:0125 mm., 
breadth of the valve 0:010-0:011 mm. 

This variety differs from the type species, into which it 
gradually passes, by its broader valves and the more delicate 
appearance of the frustule. The breadth of the valves of 
L. dubia is about 0:009 mm., sometimes only 0:006 mm, 
{and even 0:0053 mm.), while here they are never below 
0-OL mm., and their form is somewhat different, being more 
ovoid. 


158. Licmophora flabellata (Carm.), Agardh. Common. [M.] 


159. Licmophora flabellata, var. parva, Mer. (Pl. V. 
figs. 12-14.) San Pedro, not rare; Monterey, very 
common. [M.] 

I have quite a number of slides containing L. flabellata 
from the Black Sea, the Adriatic, the Mediterranean, the 
Californian coast, &c., in which this species, although 
greatly varying in size, is never represented by specimens 
below 07117 mm., varying from 0°117 to 0-437 mm. In one 
gathering from Monterey, however, I found in great number 
a small form varying from 0:064 to 0°146 mm., usually being 
about 0°075-0°1 mm., in which larger individuals are very 
scarce, and this same form frequently occurs also in several 
gatherings from San Pedro and in one from Sumatra. ‘These 
facts prove undoubtedly that such forms cannot be considered 
merely as small-sized individuals of L. flabellata, but rather 
represent a separate variety, peculiar as it seems to the Pacific 
and Indian Oceans. 

The form of the valve, in the smaller specimens at least, 
is also somewhat different and the girdle-face is broader 
and more cuneate. I give here a series of individual 
measurements :— 

Length : 0:064 0:068 0:068 0:072 0-082 0-083 0:090 

Breadth of the frust.: 0:020 0°025 0°031 x 0-019 0:024 0:027 

0:094 0:098 0:100 0:127 0-146 
0-021 0-020 0-031 x — 0-020" 

Breadth of the valve 0°007-0:008 mm. 

* Fig. 10 has been represented by the engraver as being slightly asym- 
metrical, which is not the case. The upper margin of fig. 11 ought to be 
straight. 


510 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 


160. Licmophora lata, Mer. (PI. V. figs. 1-3.) San Pedro, 
Redondo Beach, very common ; Monterey, common. [M.] 


Valve broad, bottle-shaped, upper part somewhat linear or 
slightly attenuated to the summit, abruptly attenuated towards 
the lower third or fourth, becoming conical ; lower apex some- 
what narrow, rounded, upper broadly rounded. Pseudoraphe 
rather broad, very distinct, striae very fine. Girdle-face 
moderately broad, cuneate, upper angles subrounded, upper 
margin convex; septa very deep, 0°012 mm. in average, 
arcuate ; septal puncta distinct, round. Endochrome granular, 
Forming numerous colonies on long stypes composed of two 
layers, an external and a thinner but denser inner one; mode 
of ramification the same as in L. dalmatica, L. gracilis, and 
L. paradoxa, Length 0:055-0:077 mm., breadth of the 
girdle-face 0°028-0'041 mm., breadth of the valve 0-014- 
0-020 mm. 

This species is nearly allied to L. paradowa, from which it 
differs by the much broader valves of a somewhat different 
shape; the granules of the endochrome are rounded, while in 
L. paradowxa they are usually elongated, bacilliform, and the 
colonies are symmetrical, while in L. paradoxa one side of 
the colony is always more developed than the other. 


161. Licmophora Monksii, Mer. (Pl. V. figs. 8, 9.) San 
Pedro, common; Redondo Beach, not rare. [M.] 


Valve broad in the middle, slightly attenuated towards the 
superior apex, which is truncate, sometimes broadly rounded, 
more considerably attenuated towards the lower end, which is 
narrow ; lower part forming an elongated cone with usually 
straight margins. Strie fine, except at the lower end, where 
they are distinct under an ordinary magnifying-power, about 
12-13 in 0°01 mm. Girdle-face (fig. 9) cup-shaped, with 
more or less convex margins, upper angles rounded. Septa 
very deep (average 0:°007 mm.), very fine, almost straight 
and parallel, somewhat divergent above the septal puncta, the 
latter small, round, very distinct ; secondary puncta large, 
adjoining the septa. Hndochrome granular. Forming small 
colonies on short structureless stypes. Length 0:017-0-043 
mm. (usually 0°025-0°035 mm.), breadth of the girdle-face 
0-012-0°021 mm., breadth of the valve 0:007-0:008 mm, 

‘The cup-shaped girdle-face of this species is a very peculiar 
character, not to be found in any other species. The secondary 
septal puncta (a, a in fig. 9), which usually are situated in- 
wards of the septa, are here so close to the latter that, if not 
carefully examined, they can easily be mistaken for the septal 


Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Calijornian Diatoms. 511 


puncta themselves, the more so as they are larger than these 
latter. ‘The deepness of the septa and their parallelism below 
the puncta, as well as the distinct stria at the lower part of 
the frustule, contribute to make out of this species a very 
peculiar one. It has some relation only to LZ. profunde- 
septata, Mer., from the Mediterranean. 


162. Licmophora montereyana, Mer. (PI. V. fig. 6.) Mon- 
terey, very rare. [M.]| 

Valve narrow, linear in its upper half, abruptly attenuated 
in the middle, becoming again linear and very narrow in the 
lower quarter ; superior apex broadly rounded, inferior in- 
flated. Pseudoraphe invisible; striw very fine, about 23 or 
more in 0°01 mm. Septa deep (0°0175 mm.). Length 
0-119 mm., breadth of the valve 6 0U8 mm. 

The valve of this species has a form similar to that of 
L. remuloides, Mer., from the Black Sea, but it is a very 
distinct species, the septa being deep and the lower apex in- 
flated. It differs from ZL. grandis by the indefinite pseudo- 
raphe, which is very distinct in the latter ; the valve is also 
different. It has no close relation to any other species. 


163. Licmophora pacifica, Mer. (PI. V. figs. 4, 5.) San 
Pedro, not rare. [M.] 

Valve broad, cuneate, ovoid in small individuals, sometimes 
slightly attenuated towards the summit, gradually tapering 
from the summit, which is broadly rounded, towards the 
narrow and subacute inferior apex ; margins. straight. 
Pseudoraphe and striz distinct, the latter about 11-12 in 
0-01 mm. Girdle-face broadly cuneate, with upper angles 
rounded, walls thick, inferior apex broad. Septa compara- 
tively deep (average 0°0053 mm.), moderately arcuate ; 
septal puncta round, very distinct. Endochrome granular. 
Sessiliform. Length 0-028-0046 mm., breadth of the 
girdle-face 0°028-0°036 mm., breadth of the valve 0-0085- 
0:01 mm. 

This species has a certain resemblance to ZL. Lyngbyet, to 
which it seems to be allied; it differs by the valves being 
sometimes ovoid, by the septa, which are not so deep, and 
the absence of stypes. The valves of larger specimens 
resemble somewhat those of L. capensis, Grun., but the septa 
are much deeper than in the latter. 


164. Licmophora paradoxa, var. San Pedro,common. [M.] 
This is not the type species, as represented by a form 
which is extremely abundant in Villefranche (Mediterranean) ; 


512 Mr. CG. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 


the Californian form differs from the latter by its greater 
size, attaining O°l mm., usually 0-07-0'085 mm. (the type 
varies from 0:035-0:088 mm., average of thirty-three cases 
0:054 mm.), and by the eudochrome, which is always com- 
posed of numerous moderately elongate elliptic granules, 
while in the Mediterranean form they are usually very elon- 
gate, bacilliform, and not numerous. I give no name to 
this variety, as it requires further examination. 


165. Licmophora Thumii, Mer. (PI. V. fig. 7.) Monterey, 
common. [M.] 


Valve of medium breadth, strongly clavate, slightly ar- 
cuate and asymmetrical, rarely symmetrical; upper part 
inflated, attenuated towards the superior apex, which is broad, 
truncate, abruptly attenuated at the superior quarter, be- 
coming narrow and almost linear, inferior apex slightly 
inflated. Pseudoraphe broad, very distinct; striz 16-17 in 
0-01 mm., at the lower end as well as in the middle. Girdle- 
face cuneate, with rather thick outlines, upper angles sub- 
acute. Septa deep (average 0016 mm.), slightly arcuate, thin 
below the septal puncta, thick above them. Length 0:098- 
0°188 mm., breadth of the valve 0'0115-0:0180 mm. 

It is to Mr. Ed. Thum of Leipzig, the celebrated mounter 
of diatoms, who on many occasions assisted mein my studies, 
that I dedicate this species. It has no close relation te any 
other. 


166. Eunotogramma, sp.? (PI. V. figs. 24-27.) San Pedro, 
rare; Hawaii, rare. [M.] 

I give the figures of a species of Hunotogramma which I 
have met many times, and which, for lack of necessary books, 
Iam unable to determine. The strize are sometimes fine, 
invisible with an ordinary magnitying-power (figs. 26, 27), 
sometimes distinct (figs. 24, 25), about 9 or 10 in 0:01 mm. 
Length 0:0175-0:023 mm., breadth of the girdle-face 0-011- 
0°013 mm., breadth of the valve about 0-007-0:008 mm. 


167. Raphoneis amphiceros, var. rhombica, Grun. San Pedro, 
rare. [M.] 


168. Opephora pacifica (Grun.), Petit. San Pedro, Mon- 
tcrey, common. [M.] 


169. Clavicula recens, Mer. Northern California, very rare. 
[M.] 


See my paper “ On Polynesian Diatoms,” chapter iv. 


170. Fragilaria (striatula, var. ?) californica, Grun. [G.] 


Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 518 


171. Fragilaria coccochroma, Mer. San Pedro, rare. [M.] 
See my paper on the Diatoms of the Black Sea. 
172. Fragilaria hyalina (Kiitz.), Grun. San Pedro, rare. 
M. 


173. Fragilaria spicula, Mer.,sp.n. (PI. V. fig.17.) Santa 
Monica, rare. [M.] 

Valve very narrow, lanceolate, with ends acute, length 
about 0°01 mm., strie invisible. Girdle-face very narrow, 
linear-lanceolate, with ends truncate. Forming small colonies 
in zigzag on very short narrow stypes, parasitic on Nitzschia. 
Endochrome composed of two narrow elongated plates asym- 
metrically disposed—one plate nearer to one end of the frustule, 
the second plate to the other end. 

174. Synedra affinis, Kiitz. San Pedro, not rare. [M.] 
175. Synedra affinis, var. parva, Ktitz. San Pedro, some- 
what rare. [M.] 
176. Synedra grandis, Mer. Monterey, common. [M.] 
See my paper on the Diatoms of the Sea of Azof. 


177. Synedra investiens, W. Sm. Santa Monica, on Macro- 
cystis, very common. [M.] 


178. Synedra kamtschatica,Grun. Monterey, common. [M.] 
179. Synedra minuta, Mer. San Pedro, not rare. [M.] 
See my paper on the Diatoms of the Black Sea, parts 1. 
& il. 
180. Synedra nitzschioides, Grun. San Pedro, not common. 
[M.] 
A small form 0°053-0:056 mm. in length. Girdle-face 
quite straight. Endochrome granular. 
181. Synedra undulata (Bail.), Greg. San Pedro, somewhat 
rare. [M.] 
182. Asterionella formosa, Harr. (var.?). Northern Cali- 
fornia. [M.] 
183. Chetoceros californicus, Grun. (fossil?). From Wolle, 
Diat. Amer. pl. lxv. fig. B. 
184. Chetoceros diadema (Khr.),Grun. San Pedro; Northern 
California. [M.] 
185. Chetoceros incurvus, var. angusta, Mer. (PI. V. fig. 23.) 
San Pedro, very rare. [M.] 
Amongst the many endocysts of Ch. tncurvus which I 


514 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 


have observed * I have never seen such narrow elongated 
valves as represented in fig. 23. It seems therefore advisable 
to distinguish it as a separate variety. The puncta of the 
valve are also much larger, and there is a punctum to be seen 
at the bifurcation of the awns which does not exist in the 
type species. General length 0°031 mm., length of the body 
0°018 mm., breadth 0°007 mm. 


186. Chatoceros lyra, Mer. Northern California, very rare. 


[M.] 


See my paper ‘f On Polynesian Diatoms,” chapter iv. 


187. Rhizosolenia setigera, Brightw. San Pedro, rare. [M.] 

Bristles very long, straight or arcuate, with a small bright 
punctum at the summit of the calyptra, or without it. Length 
of the frustule (without the bristles) 0°l mm. 


188. Rhizosolenia Stolterfothii, Per. San Pedro, rare. [M.] 


189. Rhizosolenia styliformis, Brightw. San Pedro, rare. 
[M.] 

190. Skeletonema costatum (Grev.), Cl. San Pedro, not 
rare. [M.] 

191, Stephanopyxis ferox, Grev. San Pedro, rare; Calif. 
guano. ([Gv., M.] 

192. Stephanopyxis turgida, Grev. Calif. guano. [Gv.] 

193. Anaulus birostratus, Grun. [V. H.] 


194. Biddulphia (Triceratium) alternans, var. tenuipunctata, 
Mer. Northern California, very rare. [M.] 
See my paper “ On Polynesian Diatoms,” chapter iv. 


195. Biddulphia (Triceratium) antediluviana (Ihr.), V. H. 
San Pedro, very rare. [M.] 

| have seen only one specimen, which was almost identical 
with the figure of Brightwell representing Ampjitetras tessel- 
lata +, and could therefore be determined as well as B. tesse/- 
lata. I fail, however, to see any difference between this latter 
species and B. antediluviana, except in the alveoli of the first 
species being less coarse (which is also the case in the specimen 
from San Pedro) and the marginsof the valve less concave than 
in the second one, although in this regard B. antediluviana 


* 1 have given a figure of Ch. tmewrvus in my paper “ Note on 
Diatoms from Chincha Guano,” in Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., November 
1900. 

+ ‘Diatomeentafeln zusammengestellt fiir einige Freunde,’ pl. ili. 
fig. 11. 


Mr. C, Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 515 


varies greatly. If the lesser coarseness should prove to be a 
constant character, then, of course, a separate variety—var. 
tessellata—could be established, as the true B. antediluviana 
of Europe has invariably very coarse alveoli; but having 
seen only one individual of that kind, I regard this case as an 
accidental one. Therefore the best would be, in my opinion, 
to unite B, tessellata and B. antediluviana in one species. 


196. Biddulphia (Triceratium) arctica, Brightw. Northern 
California; Monterey, not rare. [G., M.] 

197. Biddulphia (Triceratium) arctica, var. tetragona, Grun. 
Northern California, common ; Monterey, rather rare. 


(G] 


198. Biddulphia (Triceratium) montereyi, Brightw.* San 
Pedro, rare; Northern California. [G., M.] 


199. Biddulphia (Triceratium) sanpedroana, Mer., sp. n. 
(BIA «ig. 27.) ‘San-Pedro, not rare. -_[.M.] 


Differs from B. (Amphitetras) punctata, Grev.t, which is 
found in Ceylon, by the puncta or alveoli being more rounded 
and not so closely disposed, the margins of the valve not so 
deeply concave, and the processes less elongated, broader, and 
more rounded. There seems to be a difference also in the 
central part of the valve, which in B. punctata shows a well- 
defined central area with a few scattered granules. 

‘The puncta are sometimes a little larger than represented 
in my figure, sometimes they are smaller and more distant, 
but the valve has always about the same shape, its processes 
never being so prominent and acute as in the type species. 
The central part of the valve is concave and the concavity 
has sometimes a quadrangular form with angles opposite to 
the middle part of the concave margins ; if in such individuals 
the puncta are at the same time very small, they greatly 
resemble B, elegans, Grev. B. (Triceratium) sanpedroana is 
no doubt nearly allied to B. (Triceratium) antediluviana. 

Number of puncta usually 3°5 in 0-01 mm. (from 8 to 4), 
greatest diameter (along a diagonal) 0-063-0'119 mm., smallest 
diameter 0°049-0:091 mm. 

This diatom is widely distributed all over the Pacific Ocean. 
I have found it also in the fossil deposit of Redondo (Cali- 
fornia). 


200. Biddulphia (Triceratium) uncinnata, Grun. (See Wolle, 
Diat. Amer. pl. cil. fig. 12.) 


* Loe, cit. pl. i. fig. 18. Tt Loe. cit. pl. xiii, fiz. 8. 


516 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 


201. Biddulphia aurita (Lyngb.), Bréb. San Pedro, rare; 
Monterey, common. [M. 


202. Biddulphia Baileyi, W. Sm. San Pedro, rare. [M.] 
203. Biddulphia Edwardsii, Febiger. Northern California, 
common. [G., M.] 

Usually with 2-4 very robust spines. 

204. Biddulphia levis, var. minor. San Pedro, common; 
Northern California, rare. [M.] 

Diameter attaining 0°112 mm. 

205. Biddulphia longicrucis, Grev. (Diatomeentaf. zus. f. e. 
Fr. pl. xxi. fig. 10). Calif. guano. [Gv.] 

206. Biddulphia pulchella, Gray. San Pedro, very common. 
[M.] 

207. Biddulphia reticulata, Roper. San Pedro, somewhat 
rare. [M.] 

208. Biddulphia reticulata, var. rhombica, Mer. Northern 
California, very rare. [M.] 

209. Biddulphia Roperiana, Grev. San Pedro, not very rare; 
Calif. guano. [Gv., M.] 

210. Biddulphia simplex, Mer., sp.n. (PI. IV. figs. 28-30.) 
San Pedro, rare. [M.] 

Valve delicate, membranaceous, elliptic-lanceolate, with 
ends acute, without spines or any visible structure. Grrdle- 
face with lateral margins straight (fig. 29) or with valves 
being separated by only a very slight concavity (fig. 30, a, a) 
from the connecting membrane ; processes short, acute, middle 
part of the valve slightly convex, showing two concave 
arcuate lines uniting in the centre. Length of the valve 


0:042 mm., breadth 0-018 mm. 

211. Biddulphia tumida, Roper. (Diatomeent. zusamm. f. e. 
Fr. pl. xxvi. figs. 18,19). Calif. guano. [Gv.] 

212. Biddulphia Tuomeyi, Bail. Calif. guano; San Pedro, 
rare. [Gv., M.] 

In San Pedro I have seen a narrow valve 0°187 mm. in 
length and 0°042 mm. in breadth, probably belonging to a 
variety of this species. 

213. Biddulphia (Cerataulus) turgida, W. Sm. San Pedro, 
rare. [M.] 

214. Porpeia quadrata, Grev. (Diatomeentaf. zus. f. e. Fr. 
pl. Ixvii. fig. 20). San Pedro, very rare. [M.] 


Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms, 517 


215. Isthmia nervosa, Kiitz. Monterey, Santa Barbara, very 
common; San Pedro, very rare. {M.] 


216. Melosira Borreri,Grev. San Pedro, verycommon. [M.] 

217. Melosira Jurgensii, Ag. San Pedro, rare. [M.] 

218. Melosira nummuloides (Bory), Ag. San Pedro, rare. 
[M]. 


219. Melosira sol, Kiitz. (Cyclotella radiata, Br. Dia- 
tomeent. zus. f. ein. Fr. pl. xxix. fig. 11.) San Pedro, 
common; Monterey, somewhat rare. [M.] 


220. Podosira Febigerii, Grun. (Arct. Diat. p. 119). [G.] 
221. Podosira fusca, Mer. San Pedro, rather rare. [M.] 
See my paper on the Diatoms of the Black Sea. 

222. Podosira maxima, var. californica, Grun. (Arct. Diat. 
pam) hes 

223. Hyalodiscus subtilis, Bail. Northern California, very 
common; San Pedro, not rare. [G., M.] 

224. Hyalodiscus subtilis, var. scotica (Kiitz.), Grun. San 
Pedro, not very rare. [M.] 

225. Eupodiscus californicus, Grun. (V. Heurck, Synops. 
pl. exviil. fig. 8). Gulf of California. [V. H.] 

226. Aulacodiscus circumdatus, A. 8. (A. 8., Atlas, pl. xxxv. 
fgso; Wolle, Am: Diat.pl. lvui. fe. 7). [A. 8.] 
227. Aulacodiscus Kittonii, Arn. San Pedro, very common. 

[M.] 
228. Aulacodiscus oregonus, Grev. San Pedro and Northern 
California, common. [V. H., M.] 

229. Aulacodiscus orientalis,Grev. San Pedro and Northern 
California, very rare and somewhat doubtful. [M.] 
230. Auliscus sculptus, var. celata, Bail. San Pedro, not 

rare; Northern California. [M.] 
231. Auliscus sculptus, var. punctulata, Mer. Northern 
Calitornia, not very rare. [M.] 
See my paper “On Polynesian Diatoms,” chapter iv. 
232. Actinoptychus heliopelta,Grun. San Pedro, rare. [M.] 
233. Actinoptychus splendens (Schadb.), Ralfs. San Pedro, 
not very rare. [M.] 


234. Actinoptychus undulatus, Hhr. San Pedro, not rare. 


\/ 
at . 


518 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. - 
235. Asteromphalus elegans, Grev. (Diatomeentaf. pl. xxi. 
fig. 6). Calif. guano. [Gv.] 


236. Asteromphalus flabellatus, Grev. (Diatomeentaf. pl. xxi. 
figs. 4,5). Calif. guano. [Gv.] 


237. Asteromphalus heptactis (Bréb.), Ralfs (Spatangidium 
Ralfsianum). Calif. guano. [Gv.] 


238, Arachnoidiscus Ehrenbergii, Bail. San Pedro, rather 
rare; Northern California, common. [M.] 


239. Arachnoidiscus ornatus, Ehr. San Pedro, rather com- 
mon. [M.] 


240. Stictodiscus californicus, Grev. Calif. guano; San 
Pedro, not rare. [Gv., M.] 


241. Actinocyclus Ehrenbergii, Ralfs. San Pedro, rare. [M.] 


242. Actinocyclus subtilis (Greg.), Ralfs. Monterey, com- 
mon. [M.] 


243. Coscinodiscus curvatulus, Grun. Northern California, 
not very rare. [M.] 


244. Coscinodiscus excentricus, Ehr. Northern Pacific, rather 
rare... [A.,,.M.] 


245. Coscinodiscus gigas, Ehr. San Pedro, rare; Northern 
California, very common. [M.] 


246. Coscinodiscus lineatus, var. leptopus,Grun. San Pedro, 
rare; Northern California, rather rare. [M.] 


247. Coscinodiscus nitidus, Greg. San Pedro, rare. [M.] 


248. Coscinodiscus nitidus, var. radiata, Mer. San Pedro, 
rare. [M.] 

249, Coscinodiscus radiatus, Hhr. San Pedro, very common ; 
Northern California, not rare. [M.] 

250. Coscinodiscus radiatus, var. centralis (Hhr.), Rattr. San 
Pedro, rare. [M.] 

251. Coscinodiscus radiatus, var. concinna, W. Sm. Northern 
California, rather rare. [M.] 

252. Coscinodiscus radiatus, var. oculus iridis, Khr. San 
Pedro, rare; Northern California, not rare. [M.] 


253. Coscinodiscus subtilis (Hhr.?), Grun. San Pedro, not 
rare ; Northern California, rather common. [M.] 


Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Californian Diatoms. 519 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


PrarE LV: 
Fig. 1. Nitzschiella tenuirostris, Mer. (typica). San Pedro. -. 
Fig. 2. Ditto. a, valve; 0, girdle-face. San Pedro. ae 
Fug. 3. Ditto. San Pedro. ”. 
4,5. WN. tenuirostris, forma directa. San Pedro. se 


Tr 
Tig. 6, N. tenuirostris, var. hamulifera, Mer. Mediterranean (Ville- 
300 
franche). > 
Fig. 7. Ditto. Diagram showing the spiral torsion of the ends. 


Fiy. 8, N. tenuirostris, var. parva, Mer. Valve. Black Sea (Theo- 


. . () 
dosia, Crimea). = 


Fig. 9. Ditto. Girdle-face of the same individual. 
Fig. 10. Ditto. San Pedro, °. 
Fig. 11. N. tenucrostris, forma minutissima. San Pedro. ae 
Fig. 12. Nitzschiella gracilis, Mer. (typica). Valve. San Pedro. a 
Fig. 13. Ditto. Girdle-face of the same individual. 


1g. 14. N. gracilis, var. reversa, Mer. San Pedro. .. 
Figs. 15-17. Nitzschiella biplacata, var. pacifica, Mer. Figs. 15 & 17, 
valves ; fig. 16, girdle-face. San Pedro. ~~ 
Figs. 18-20. Nitzschiella californica, Mer. Fig. 18, valve; figs. 19 & 20, 
girdle-faces. Redondo, California, 
Fig. 21. Cylindrotheca gracilis (Bréb.), Grun. San Pedro. = 
Figs. 22, 23. Mastoglova (Orthoneis) Wrightii, O'Meara. Northern Cali- 


: 00 
fornia. STi 


Fig. 24. Optical section through a frustule of Navicula forcipata, 
Grey. = : 

Fig. 25. Navicula (Rhoiconeis) genuflera, Kiitz., with cell-contents, San 
Pedro. 


Fig. 26. Diploneis papula, A. S., with cell-contents. San Pedro. 


Fg. 27. Biddulphia (Triceratium) sanpedroana, Mer. San Pedro. “ 
Figs. 28-80. Biddulphia simplex, Mer. San Pedro. Figs. 28 & 29 - : 


PuaTE V. 
Figs. 1-8. Liemophora lata, Mer. San Pedro. * 


Figs. 4, 5. Licmophora pacifica, Mer. In fig. 4 the striz are not repre- 


600 
sented. San Pedro. —. 
: : 600 
Fig. 6. Licmophora montereyana, Mer, Monterey. —-. 


Fig. 7. Licmophora Thumii, Mer. Monterey. se: 


Figs. 8, 9. Liemophora Monks, Mer. San Pedro, ae 


520 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on 


Figs. 10, 11. Licmophora dubia, var. latior, Mer. Santa Catalina 
Island. “Y°, 
Figs. 12-14. Liemophora flabellata, var. parva, Mer. Figs. 12 & 13, San 


600 
Pedro; fig. 14, Monterey. =. 


600 
Figs. 15, 16. Grammatophora costata, Mer. Monterey. {- 


‘ SA O00 
Fig. 17. Fragilaria spicula, Mer., fixed on a Nitzschia. Santa Monico. ->. 


Figs. 18-20. Nitzschia spiralis, Mer.; the same frustule in three dilferent 

positions. San Pedro. ae 
Fig. 21. Rhabdonema, sp. Northern California. .. 
Fig. 22. Ditto. Part of a valve at 7 


: ; 600 
Fig. 23. Chetoceros incurvus, var. angusta, Mer. San Pedro. -—-. 
900 


Figs. 24-27. Eunotogramma, sp. San Pedro. +: 


LXVI.—Two new Genera of Coleoptera belonging to the 
Cupeside and Prionide. By CHas. O. WATERHOUSE, 
F.E.S. 


THe British Museum has lately received a small collection 
of Coleoptera from Rio Janeiro. It contained two remark- 
able genera, which I have no hesitation in describing as new. 
One belongs to the Cupeside, but differs from all known 
species in the form of the head and in having smooth an- 
tenne; the other to the aberrant Prionidx, and is allied to 
Mysteria. 
Cupeside. 
'TETRAPHALERUS, gen. nov. 


General form and characters of Cupes. Head elongate 
narrowed anteriorly. Hyes somewhat prominent. Anitcane 
smooth and shining, nearly as long as the head and thorax 
taken together, widely separated, placed in a deep impression 
near the base of the mandible, the impression continued poste- 
riorly beneath the head close to the eye and forming a deep 
channel, so that the antenna can lie in it when at rest. The 
two grooves are rather wider posteriorly, so that the flat 
under surface of the head between them is narrower behind 
than in front. ‘The mentum is small, concave, longer than 
broad, obliquely narrowed in front, rectilinear at the sides. 
[The palpi are wanting.] The maxillary palpi have the 
apical joint fusiform, rather more narrowed at the base 
than at the apex. Mandibles very prominent, incurved and 
enlarged at the apex, where they are bisinuate. Thorax a 


Two new Genera of Coleoptera. 521 


little narrower than the head, arcuately narrowed in front, a 
little longer than broad, margined. Scutellum small, rounded 
posteriorly. Elytra elongate, gradually widened posteriorly 
and then arcuately acuminate. Metasternum large, rather 
flat; the episterna wide, a trifle narrower posteriorly than 
in front. Anterior coxe subglobose, moderately prominent. 
Intermediate coxe contiguous, gently convex, parallel, longer 
than broad. Posterior coxe triangularly enlarged interiorly, 
attenuate towards the sides. ‘larsi rather long, hairy beneath, 
five-jointed, the posterior pair with the basal joint as long as 
the three following taken together; the second and third 
joints rather broad, crescent-shaped, with the apical angles 
produced ; the fourth joint somewhat similar, but smaller and 
narrower. ‘The abdomen is very gently convex, even, not 
transversely folded. Body clothed with scales. 

This remarkable insect is closely related to Cupes, but 
differs in the extraordinary form of the head. The antenna 
are smooth and shining, and when at rest lodge in two deep 
grooves on the underside of the head. ‘The structure of the 


tarsi is also different, and they are more hairy beneath. 
Tetraphalerus Wagner’, sp. n. 


Elongatus, griseo-fuscus, opacus; capite elongato, pone oculos 
quadricristato ; antennis piceis, nitidis ; thorace elongato, antice 
arcuatim angustato, supra tuberculis nonnullis piceis ornato, 
marginibus cariniformibus, obtuse serrulatis; elytris carinatis. 


Long. 15 mm. 


Hab. Rio Janeiro, Cerra das Organas (/. R. Wagner). 
The head in front of the eyes is slightly narrowed, flat- 
tened above, truncate in front; behind the eyes it is wider, 
longitudinally impressed between the posterior crests. Above 
each eye there is a short transverse crest, and at the back of 
the head on each side a longer, slightly curved, oblique crest. 
The antennal grooves beneath are very strong and have on 
the outer angle of the posterior opening a somewhat triangular 
prominence, which is visible when looking at the insect from 
above. The mandibles are very prominent, vertically com- 
ressed and dilated, bisinuate at the apex. The antenne are 
scarcely so long as the head and thorax together, slender, 
smooth ; the basal joint is not very large, the second smaller, 
the third and fourth slightly elongate, the following joints 
longer, the terminal one somewhat acuminate. The thorax 
is a little narrower than the head, longer than broad, arcuately 
narrowed in front, gently convex, clothed with grey scales, 
with a few scattered pale sandy scales; the sides posteriorly 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser 7. Vol. vii. 36 


522 On Two new Genera of Coleoptera. 


subparallel, with a serrulate margin. The front margin has 
two dark lamelliform tubercles ; there are two smaller ones in 
the middle of the base; and the front half of the disk has two 
converging lines of small tubercles, with three dark ones on 
each side. he elytra are one and three quarters the length 
of the thorax and head taken together, clothed with fuscous 
scales, with a few sandy-coloured ones here and there on the 
coste and at the sides. The suture is raised and it projects 
slightly at the apex. Each elytron has three marked coste, 
the one arising from the shoulder not so distinct as the others. 


Prionide (aberrant). 
PATHOCERUS, gen. nov. 


Head rather small. Eyes slightly separated above, nearly 
touching each other below. Antenne the length of the 
elytra, the third to tenth joints emitting a long branch. 
Labial palpi with the basal joint very small, the second very 
long; the third a little shorter than the second, slightly 
enlarged towards the apex. ‘The maxillary palpi very long: 
the basal joint short; the second very long, at least as long as 
the two following joints taken together, rather slender; the 
third and fourth joints subequal; the apical joint widened 
moderately at the apex, which is arcuately rounded. Man- 
dibles very prominent, falcate, strongly angular about the 
middle on the outer side (the right mandible with a triangular 
expansion), the apices acute, the inner edge bidentate. The 
epistome acuminate. ‘l'horax rather small, rather flat, a little 
broader than long, broadest a little in front of the middle, 
obliquely narrowed in front, slightly narrowed posteriorly, 
the anterior part of the margin reflexed. Scutellum obtuse at 
the apex, almost truncate. Hlytra three times the length of 
the head and thorax taken together, at the base much broader 
than the thorax, narrowed towards the apex; each elytron 
with four slightly raised coste. Prosternal process rather 
narrow, grooved, curved down posteriorly. Metasternum 
rather large, the episterna broad at the base, acuminate poste- 
riorly. Legs long and slender. ‘T'arsi slender, the middle 
pair a little longer than the tibie, the posterior pair a little 
shorter than the tibiz; the first and second joints elongate, 
narrow, the second a little shorter than the first; the third 
shorter, elongate-triangular, emarginate at the apex; the 
fourth very small, but distinct. 

This genus is closely allied to Mysteria; it differs chiefly 
in having the antenne branching, and in the form of the 


palpi. 


On new Genera of Ichneumonide. 523 


Pathocerus Wagneri, sp. n. 


Elongatus, pallide piceus, nitidus; thorace disco sat planato, sat 
crebre evidenter punctato, lateribus impressis, confertim subtilius 
punctatis ; elytris crebre sat fortiter punctatis, quadricostatis, 
singulo ad apicem spina brevi armato; pectore fulvo-pubescenti. 

Long. 30 mm. 


Hab. Rio Janeiro, Cerra das Organas (4. 2. Wagner). 

The antenn have the two basal joints shining, the rest 
are entirely dull; the eleventh joint is one third the length of 
the whole antenna, compressed, curved ; the branches of the 
preceding joints resemble the eleventh joint in form, but 
diminish. gradually in length from the ninth to the third. 
The thorax is rather flat on the disk, impressed at the base, 
moderately closely punctured; the sides slope away from the 
disk and are densely and more finely punctured ; the reflexed 
margins, however, are smooth. ‘The elytra are slightly 
dilated below the shoulders, rather closely and strongly 


punctured, and towards the sides and apex obliquely rugulose. 


LXVII.— Descriptions of Seventeen new Genera of Ichneu- 
monide from India and One from Australia. By P. 
CAMERON. 


[Concluded from p. 487. ] 


MYERMO, gen. nov. 


Hind coxe with a stout tooth on the underside at the apex. 
Mandibles with one longish apical tooth. Clypeus convex 
separated from the face. Antenne slightly dilated towards 
the apex. Scutellum flat. Median segment completely 
areolated, its spiracles linear, not greatly elongated. Areolet 
large, 5- angled, wide at the top. Legs of normal size, the 
tarsi thickly spinose. Abdomen with seven segments, the 
apical large, uniformly projecting above and at the sides, its 
apex sharply pointed; the petiolar spiracles placed on the 
middle of the postpetiole; the ventral keel on the second and 
third segments only. 

The suture separating the clypeus from the face is wide 
and shallow ; the labrum is hidden, the occiput is margined, 
Legs stout; the tarsi spinose ; the tooth on the hinder cox 


is large, 1s placed on the apex, and is rounded behind on the 
36* 


524 Mr, P. Cameron on 


side nearest the trochanters. The postpetiole is broad, some- 
what as in the Platyuri; the apical segment of the abdomen 
is not quite so bluntly pointed as in the Amblypyg?, bat 
blunter than in the Oxpyg?; it is large, fully two thirds 
the length of the penultimate ; the ovipositor projects. 

This genus seems to be intermediate in some respects 
between the Amblypygt and the Owypygi; the apex of the 
abdomen is not quite so bluntly pointed as in the typical 
Amblyteles, but it is fully developed as in that genus; the 
antenne are pretty much as in the Joppina. Its nearest ally 
is perhaps Setanta of the genera having the mandibles with 
only one apical tooth. Setanta may be known from it by the 
labrum being visible, by the apex of the mandibles being 
blunter, by the occiput not being so deeply excavated; the 
abdomen is longer, being fully twice the length of the thorax, 
whereas in Setanta it is not much longer than it; the apex 
of the femora does not reach to the apex of the third segment, 
while in Setanta the femora reach beyond the sixth. 

Of the four Nearctic and Palearctic genera of Heresiarchini, 
Plagiotrypes, Ashm., may be known from it by the large 
head, strongly concave behind the temples, the “ cheeks 
full, buccate,” and the metathorax bidentate ; Herestarches 
has the metathoracic areola semicircular, smooth, and shining, 
and the gastrocceli are linear and placed longitudinally ; 
Rheawidermus has the scutellum margined laterally to beyond 
the middle, and the thyridia occupy the entire breadth; and 
Stenodontus has the metathoracie, basal, and lateral arez con- 
fluent. Characteristic is the stout tooth on the posterior coxe. 


Myermo rufipes, sp. n. 


Niger, albo-maculatus; pedibus ferrugineis, coxis, trochanteribus 
tarsisque nigris, basi coxarum alba; alis fere hyalinis, stigmate 
testaceo, nervis fuscis. @. 

Long. 13 mm. 


Antenne black, the seventh to eighteenth joints of the 
flagellum white, the apex of the flagellum fuscous, slightly 
compressed, and distinctly narrowed. Head black ; the sides 
of the clypeus, the inner orbits (broader below than above), 
and the lower third of the outer broadly yellow. lace and 
clypeus closely and somewhat strongly punctured, the clypeus 
thickly covered with short silvery pubescence; the lateral 
fovex large; the apex rufous; palpi yellowish, darker at the 
base. Thorax closely punctured; a line on the pronotum, 
extending from near the base to the apex, two small some- 
what ovate marks in the middle of the mesonotum, the 


new Genera of Ichneumonide. 525 


scutellum, postscutellum, a large mark on the metapleurve 
behind the spiracles and reaching to and enclosing the spines, 
the tubercles, and a square mark (smaller than the one on the 
metapleure) on the base of the mesopleure on the lower side, 
yellow; the apex of the propleure closely longitudinally 
striated in the middle; the metanotum closely rugosely punc- 
tured; the sides on the apical slope stoutly irregularly reticu- 
lated; the supramedian area is large, wider than long; the 
sides at the base rounded, the apex transverse; the base of 
the posterior median area is closely reticulated, the apex more 
strongly, irregularly, transversely striated. Legs rufous; 
the coxe and trochanters black; the knees are black and the 
tarsi also, except the anterior at the base; the anterior femora 
and tibie are tinged with yellow in front; the calcaria dark 
rufous. Wings hyaline, their basal half with a distinct 
fulvous tinge; the stigma and nervures testaceous; the areolet 
5-angled, at the top it is one third the length of the bottom ; 
the recurrent nervure is received shortly beyond the middle. 
Abdomen black, the apex of the petiole and a large mark on 
the sides of all the segments at the apex yellow; petiole 
smooth and shining, except a shagreened space on the base 
of the postpetiole ; the second and third segments are minutely 
and closely punctured; the basal slope of the gastrocceli bears 
stout curved strie. 


FILEANTA, gen. nov. 


Mandibles without teeth, becoming gradually narrowed to 
the apex, which is rounded. Clypeus not separated by a 
suture from the face, which is flat; the apex of the clypeus 
transverse, foveate at the sides above. Occiput sharply 
margined. Scutellum roundly convex, not carinate. Median 
segment completely areolated. Spiracles linear, Abdomen 
bluntly rounded at the apex, the ventral keel extending to the 
apex of the fourth segment; there are seven segments. Legs, 
and especially the posterior, long, the tarsi spinose. Wings 
as in Ichneumon. Antenne long, serrate towards the apex. 
Labrum hidden. Grastrocceli shallow. Head largely deve- 
loped behind the eyes and sharply and obliquely narrowed 
there. 

The legs, and especially the hinder pair, are longer than 
usual; the apex of the hinder femora reaches to the end of 
the third segment ; the claws are long. ‘The postscutellum is 
not depressed laterally at the base. 

I unfortunately only know the male of this genus. In the 
mandibles having no teeth it agrees with the Heresiarchini. 


526 Mr. P. Cameron on 


From Myermo it may be known by the convex scutellum, by 
the hinder coxe having no tooth, the head is less strongly 
developed behind, and the gastrocceli are smaller and shallower. 
The nervure on the cubital discoidal nervure is distinct; the 
transverse basal nervure is not interstitial; the areolet is 
5-angled and narrowed at the top; the last ventral segment 
is nearly as long as the penultimate and is well developed all 
round; the areola on the metathorax is wider than long, is 
rugose and angled where the keels are received; all the arex 
are clearly separated and there is no lateral tooth. The 
occiput is transverse, in which respect it differs from Myermo ; 
the ocelli are placed well back, the hinder behind the eyes. 


Fileanta balteata, sp. n. 


Nigra ; antennis fulvis, ore, facie, mandibulis, palpis, linea pronoti, 
scutello, pedibus anterioribus, abdominisque segmentis late, flavis ; 
femoribus tibiisque posticis rufis; alis fulvo-hyalinis, stigmate 
testaceo. o. 

Long. 15 mm. 


Fab. Simla. 


Antenne fulvous, distinctly tapering and darker towards 
the apex; the scape yellow, closely punctured. Face and 
clypeus strongly punctured, sparsely haired; the apex of the 
clypeus smooth, transverse, the sides rounded ; the labrum not 
visible. Mandibles and palpi yellow, the base of the man- 
dibles punctured; the apex black, indistinctly bidentate ; the 
lower part of the head next to the mandibles with a distinct 
leaf-like projecting border and clearly separated from and at 
a lower level than the lower outer orbits, which are margined ; 
the vertex punctured, the front transversely striated. ‘Thorax 
black ; the edge of the pronotum, the tegule, and scutellum 
yellow. Mesonotum closely and strongly punctured, thickly 
covered with short blackish hair; the parapsidal furrows not 
indicated, the middle lobe not defined. Scutellum roundly 
raised, shining, smooth, almost glabrous, the sides not carinate, 
the depression at its base of equal width throughout, narrow, 
smooth, and shining. Postscutellum closely shining, de- 
pressed at the base, the sides of the depression keeled. 
Median segment rugosely punctured ; the basal area as long 
as the posterior median, which is ae than long ; the sides 
at the base and apex slightly and obliquely narrowed ; the 
lateral basal aree are open on the outer side and are more 
strongly and more distinctly punctured than the middle; the 
apex of the segment is transversely rugosely punctured ; the 
keels bounding the posterior median area are indistinct; the 


new Genera of Ichneumonide. D2 


tecth are blunt; the spiracular area rugosely punctured. 
The upper part of the propleure shining, bearing large 
distinctly separated punctures, the lower closely rugosely 
punctured, the lower edge yellow; there is an upper yellow 
line on the base and apex and an interrupted one in the 
centre. Mesopleura closely, strongly, and uniformly punc- 
tured ; the basal keel yellowish on the underside; the apical 
depression crenulated ; the tubercles elongate, yellow. The 
four anterior legs entirely lemon-yellow ; the hinder coxe 
black, punctured; the trochanters yellow ; the femora rufous ; 
the basal half of the tibie yellowish, the apical rufous, darker 
towards the apex; the tarsi yellowish. Wings fulvo-hyaline, 
the stigma fulvous, the nervures darker; the areolet narrowed 
at the top, being there in width not one half of the length of 
the space bounded by the first transverse cubital and the 
recurrent nervures. Petiole entirely black, the apex in the 
centre raised, shining, closely longitudinally striated, the 
depressed sides finely, closely, obliquely striated. The 
second and third segments closely punctured, the gastrocceli 
shallow except on the outer side; the base with a few stout 
keels; the second, third, and fourth segments are broadly 
yellow at the base ; the apical segments are dull ferruginous, 
the basal ventral segments yellow, the others more or less 


blackish. 
P@CILOCRYPTUS, gen. nov. 


Antenne longish, the apical third distinctly thickened ; 
the first three joints of the flagellum much lengthened. 
Parapsidal furrows distinct, reaching beyond the middle. 
Scutellum not much raised, its sides not keeled.  Post- 
scutellum largely depressed on either side at the base. 
Median segment completely areolated ; there are three rows 
of arew, the central area is square; the segment is smooth 
and shining ; the spiracles large, elliptical, behind them is a 
large curved keel which forms an area; in all there are eight 
aree on tle segment. Pterostigma large; the transverse 
basal nervure is interstitial or nearly so; the areolet is elon- 
gated, narrow, of equal width at base and apex ; the cubito- 
discal nervure is slightly angled near the middle, where there 
is an indication of a stump of a vein; the apical abscissa of 
the radius is straight and oblique; the transverse median 
nervure in the hind wings is not broken, the subdiscoidal 
nervure being entirely absent. Legs stout, rather short, the 
claws simple. Abdomen smooth and shining; the petiole is 
not much dilated towards the apex and is slightly curved ; 
the spiracles are placed shortly beyond the middle ; there are 


528 Mr. P. Cameron on 


no gastroceeli or transverse depressions; the last segment is 
largely developed all round; the ovipositor is elongate, 

‘The eyes are large and converge slightly above; the malar 
space is moderately large; the clypeus is separated from the 
face by a curved suture; the face is flat; the apex of the 
clypeus is depressed, clearly separated, and rounded., Man- 
dibles bidentate. The mesosternum is largely, deeply, and 
triangularly depressed at the apex ; there is a distinct longi- 
tudinal furrow on the lower side of the mesopleure. The 
head is narrower than the thorax; it is not much developed 
behind the eyes; the occiput is not quite transverse. ‘lhe 
Jast dorsal segment is semicircularly depressed at the base ; 
the metathorax is not produced beyond the insertion of the 
hind coxe. 

This genus is somewhat isolated and may, for the present, 
be placed in the Phygadeuonini; but it does not appear to 
have any near relationship with any known genus. — Its 
characteristic features are the long semiclavate antenne, the 
distinct parapsidal furrows, areolated metathorax, longish 
narrow areolet, and obsolete subdiscoidal nervure in hind 
wings. It has the appearance of a Zanthopimpla. The 
spiracles are placed further back (nearer the middle) than 
usual with the Cryptina, but not between the middle and the 
ase as with the Pimplides. 


Peciloeryptus nigromaculatus, sp. n. 


Fulvus, late nigro-maculatus ; pedibus flavis; coxis femoribusque 
posticis nigro-maculatis ; alis hyalinis, nervis stigmateque 
nigris. @&. 

Long. 9-10 mm. ; terebra 5-6 mm. 

Hab. Australia. 

Antenne black. Head smooth, shining, and bare; the 
centre of the face bordered by two shallow furrows. Man- 
dibular teeth black. On the basal two thirds of the middle 
of the mesonotum is a large black line, which is somewhat 
dilated at the base and apex; there is a shorter broader 
mark close to the tegule, and the apex, with the scutellar 
depression, is black. The basal three arew of the median 
segment are broadly black. Pleura smooth, bare, and 
shining; the middle of the mesopleure is roundly raised and 
bordered by shallow furrows above and below; the furrow 
over the mesosternum is wide and smooth. ‘lhe basal three 
aree on the median segment are wider than long, the middle 
three almost square; the middle apical is slightly and gradually 
narrowed towards the apex. The base of the hinder coxe is 


new Genera of Ichneumonide. 529 


marked with a roundish black spot; the hinder femora have 
a large black mark on the inner and outer sides near the 
apex. The extreme base of the petiole is black; there is a 
large mark, slightly narrowed and narrowly incised on the 
middle, on the base of the second, two large marks roundly 
narrowed on the inner side on the third and fourth, a broad 
line, somewhat interrupted in the middle, on the fifth, a 
narrower, straight, complete line on the sixth, and a mark, 
rounded at the apex, on the seventh, black. The wings are 
clear hyaline and brightly iridescent ; the stigma and nervures 
are deep black ; the recurrent nervure has a sharply oblique 
slope towards the apex of the wing, and is received near the 
apex of the basal third of the areolet. 

The recurrent nervure having an oblique slope is probably 
a characteristic feature with this genus. The radial cellule is 
deeper in the middle compared with its length than in Cryptus 


or Phygadeuon. 
The Genus Labium, Brullé. 


This genus was founded by Brullé in 1846 on a male 
insect from New Guinea (Hymén. iv. p. 316). It was placed 
by Brullé next to Zryphon, and does not appear to have been 
noticed by any subsequent author. I have in my collectiona 
male from Australia which agrees in the main with the 
generic description of the French writer. The genus cannot 
be placed in the Tryphonides; if anywhere, it should be 
placed in a tribe of the Ichneumonine either as a separate 
tribe or as an aberrant member of the Joppini. It has the 
metanotal characters of the latter, and agrees with that tribe 
more particularly in having a depression between the meta- 
notum and the postscutellum, and in the areola being confluent 
with the petiolar area, It differs, however, from the Joppini 
and from the Ichneumonini in the male antenne not being long, 
slender, and more or less serrate, but short, stout, almost clavate, 
and not like the usual male antenne atall. Noteworthy is the 
large projecting labrum; the postpetiole is not so clearly 
separated as it 1s in most Joppini, but this is a point in which 
that tribe shows some variety, ‘The spiracles are certainly 
placed nearer the middle than in Joppa. The recurrent 
nervure is peculiar from its being sharply angled backwards 
in the middle and from being interstitial. In view of so 
little being known of the genus, and as Brullé’s description 
omits many important peculiarities, | have ventured to givea 
detailed description of the genus :— 

¢. Antenne short,not much longer than theabdomen, stout, 
becoming perceptibly thickened towards the apex; the basal 


530 On new Genera of Ichneumonide. 


three joints of the flagellum elongate, distinctly longer than 
broad and becoming successively shorter, the last one is conical 
and longer than broad; the intermediate joints are short, 
broader than long. Head obliquely narrowed behind the eyes; 
the occiput margined. Eyes reaching to the clypeal fovese ; 
the malar space as long as the scape of the antennx, Face flat ; 
the clypeus is more roundly convex ; the fovex deep ; the apex 
of the clypeus is broadly rounded. Labrum largely pro- 
jecting, nearly as long as the clypeus; its apex is rounded. 
Mandibles ending in a rather large somewhat triangular 
tooth ; the subapical tooth is blunt and does not project. 
The middle of the mesonotum is raised at the base, but there 
are no parapsidal furrows. Scutellum roundly convex, large ; 
its basal depression large and deep. Postscutellum roundly 
convex. Median segment obliquely depressed at the base, so 
that there is a hollow behind the postscutellum ; it is regu- 
larly areolated, except that the basal two central arezw are 
confluent ; the spiracles are long, curved, and rounded at the 
base and apex. ‘There is no suture separating the meso- 
pleuree from the mesosternum. Legs stout; the hinder 
femora are much thicker than the others; the hinder cox 
are large, their apical half is roundly dilated; the basal joint 
of the hinder trochanters is much larger than the other and is 
almost transverse at the apex, its inner side is broadly rounded ; 
the outer joint is long and becomes gradually narrowed 
towards the base. The calearia are short ; the tarsi spinose ; 
the claws are long, bare, and curved. Areolet 4-angled, the 
top half the length of the bottom; the recurrent nervure is 
angled backwards in the middle; the upper and lower parts 
have a straight oblique slope and form a sharp angle; there 
is no stump of a nervure on the disco-cubital nervure; the 
transverse basal nervure.is interstitial; in the hind wings 
the subdiscoidal nervure issues from halfway between the 
middle and the bottom. Petiole longer than the second 
seoment; the apical part becomes obliquely and gradually 
widened towards the apex from the stigmas, which are placed 
shortly behind the middle; above it forms a broad curve. 
There are cight abdominal segments; except the basal two 
they are all broader than long ; there are no gastrocceli; the 
ventral fold is large and extends to the fifth segment; the 
last segment is short, broad, and transverse at the apex. 


Labium ferrugineum, sp. 0. 
Ferrugineum, facie, clypeo, labro, coxis trochanteribusque flavis ; 
alis hyalinis, nervis stigmateque nigris. d. 
Long. 10 mm. 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. dol 


Scape of antenne pale yellow beneath; the flagellum 
black, the apical half brownish beneath. Face, clypeus, and 
labrum smooth and shining, the middle sparsely and minutely 
punctured. Mandibles black towards the apex. Front and 
vertex smooth. Pro- and mesothorax smooth and shining ; 
the scutellum is yellow, except in the middle at the base. 
The base, upper part, and centre of the median segment 
smooth and shining, the rest rugosely punctured ;_ the posterior 
median area becomes gradually narrowed from the base to the 
apex and is keeled down the middle. Pro- and mesopleuree 
smooth and shining; the tubercles are large and pale yellow, 
and there is a yellow mark below them; the upper half of the 
metapleure is smooth, the rest closely and distinctly punc- 
tured. Legs coloured like the body, except that the four 
anterior are more or less pale yellow in front; the hinder 
tarsi are black towards the apex, as are also the hinder tibie. 
Wings clear hyaline, the stigma and nervures black. Abdo- 
men smooth and shining; the ventral fold pale yellow. 


LXVIII.—Rhynchotal Notes.—X. Heteroptera: 
Fam. Lygeide. By W. L. Distant. 


THE present contribution relates to the subfamily Lygein 
as contained in the collection of the British Museum, with 
a revision of Walker’s determinations in this group. All 
further study strengthens the opinion that when Walker’s 
types are obtainable his species (if valid) should stand; but 
his descriptions are often so imperfect—as they are especially 
in this family—that where the types are not to be found such 
descriptions should be considered as non-existent, a course 
not necessarily harsh when the vast synonymy already created 
is realized and the loose location of the species is remembered. 


Lyexine. 
Genus ASTACOPS. 
Astacops dorycus. 


Astacops dorycus, Boisd. Voy. Astrol., Ent. ii. p. 688, pl. xi. fig. 16 
(1835). 
Serinetha spurcata, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 147. n. 11 Cisz1): 


Astacops fascicollis. 


Serinetha fascicollis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 147. n. 12 (1871). 
Astacops delineatus, Walk. loc. cit. v. p- 35. n. 10 (1872), 
Astacops spinipes, Walk. loc, cit. p. 86. n. 11, 


532 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 


Astacops Fiebert. 


Astacops Fieber?, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1865, p. 187. 
Serinetha immunis, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 148. n. 14 (1871). 


Astacops anticus. 
Serinetha antica, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 147. n. 10 (1871). 


Astacops turbatus. 
Serinetha turbata, Walk, Cat. Het. iv. p. 148. n. 18 (1871). 


Astacops Walkert, n. nom. 
Astacops anticus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 35. n. 9 (1872), nom. preeoce. 


Astacops thoracicus, sp. n. 


Ochraceous; pronotum, scutellum, apical angle of corium, 
sternum, and abdomen beneath black; apex of scutellum, 
central area of prosternum, and the abdominal segmental 
margins ochraceous; rostrum ochraceous, its apex broadly 
black. 

Long. 83 millim. 

Hab. New Guinea, Dory (Brit. Mus.). 

Allied to A. villicus, Stal, differing by the unicolorous 
pronotum &c., 


Astacops abdominalis, sp. n. 


Sanguineous ; abdomen above and beneath black; sternum 
ochraceous; membrane piceous, its apical area pale bronzy. 
Antenne sanguineous, the fourth joint ochraceous and about 
equal in length to second joint; rostrum with the basal joint 
sanguineous, remaining joints piceous; the margins of the 
meso- and metasternum more or less levigate; legs san- 
guineous. 

Long. 11 millim. 

Hab. Louisiade Archipelago; St. Aignan (Basel Thomson, 
Brit. Mus.). 

A distinctly marked species belonging to the group repre- 
sented by A. Fiebert, Stal. 


Astacops malayanus, sp. n. 


Stramineous; abdomen above and beneath black; pro- 
sternum stramineous; meso- and metasternum ochraceous, 
with their margins stramineous; antenne, legs, and posterior 
margin of corium reddish ochraceous; membrane fuscous ; 
rostrum, posterior lateral margin of corium, and base of 


Ir. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 533 


membrane black; abdominal segmental margins narrowly 
and obscurely ochraceously pilose. 
Long. 11-12 millim. 
Hate “Malay Archipelago; Ké Island ( Wallace, Brit. Mus.). 
Allied to A. abdominalis, Dist. 


Genus SCOPIASTES. 
Scopiastes nigripes, sp. n. 

Sanguineous ; antenne, apex of eyes, more than basal half 
of pronotum, scutellum, posterior margin of corium, meso- 
and metasternum, posterior margin of prosternum, apical 
segment and a longitudinal fascia on each side of abdomen 
beneath black ; apex of head, rostrum, and legs dark fuscous ; 
membrane fuscous, with the i inner margins piceous. 

Posterior area oF pronotum very coarsely punctate ; apical 
joint of antennze longest and stoutest. 

Long. 6 millim. 

Hab. Australia; Queensland, Gayndah (Coll. Dist.). 

Allied to S. Degeert, Stal, but differing by the colour of 
the legs, unspotted corium, &e. 


Scopiastes affinis, sp. n. 


Sanguineous; antennee, apex of eyes, rather less than basal 
third of pronotum, scutellum, membrane, meso- and meta- 
sternum, and apex of abdomen black ; : rostrum and legs dark 
fuscous. 

Posterior area of pronotum very coarsely punctate ; apical 
joint of antennee longest and stoutest. 

Long. 5 millim. 

Hab. West Australia, Roebuck Bay (J. J. Walker, Brit. 
Mus.). 

Allied to S. ntgripes, Dist., but separable by the different 
markings to the pronotum and abdomen beneath, smaller 
size, &c. 


Scopiastes bicolor, sp. n. 


Black ; eyes (excluding apex), a little less than anterior 
half of pronotum, connexivum, and body beneath ochraceous ; 
a spot near intermediate coxee, a spot on each side of the 
second and third basal segments, and the whole discal area 
of the fourth, fifth, and sixth abdominal segments black, the 
last with their transverse margins ochraceous; central area of 
meso- and metasternum fuscous. 

Posterior area of pronotum very coarscly punctate; head 


534 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 


centrally sulcate; posterior tarsi with the basal joint only 
very slightly longer than the second and third joints. 

Long. 84 millim. 

Hab. Australia, Queensland (Brit. Mus.) ; Gayndah (Coll. 
Dist.). 

In form and colour much resembling Astacops Walker?, 
Dist. 

Scopiastes militaris, sp. 0. 

Dark fuscous ; about anterior third of pronotum, scutellum, 
outer median area of corium, head beneath, coxe and _ tro- 
chanters, and posterior areas of meso- and metasternum dark 
sanguineous ; abdomen beneath ochraceous; apical margins 
of membrane pale hyaline. 

Posterior area of pronotum coarsely punctate ; head cen- 
trally suleate ; posterior tarsi with the basal joint about equal 
in length to the second and third joints. 

Long. 74 millim. 

Hab, Australia, Queensland (Brit. Mus.). 

In form and _ structure allied to the preceding species, 


S. bicolor, Dist. 
Genus ONCOPELTUS. 
Oncopeltus quadriguttatus. 


Cimea 4-guttatus, Fabr. Syst. nt. p. 720. n. 116 (1775). 
Lyg@us sordidus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 686, n. 8 (1852). 
Lyyeus contiguus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 62. n. 186 (1872). 
Pyrrhobaphus contiguus, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén, Hém, t. 1. p. 150 
(1894). 
Oncopeltus jucundus. 


Lygeus jucundus, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 587 (1852). 
Transvaalia lugens, Dist. Nat. in Transvaal, Append. p. 253, pl. iii. 
fig. 12 (1892). 


Oncopeltus dispar. 

Lygeus dispar, Walk, Cat. Het. y. p. 60. n. 125 (1872). 

‘This very variable species may prove to be but forms of 
Lygeus (Oncopeltus?) amboinensis, Mayr., while O. rubricatus, 
Stal, may possibly prove to be another variety. 


Oncopeltus maoricus. 
Lygaus maoricus, Walk, Cat. Het. v. p. 64, n. 143 (1872). 


Oncopeltus caslaneéipes. 


Lygeus castaneipes, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 586, n. 10 (1802). 
Tyyaus innotatus, Dall. loc. cit. p. 587. n, 12. 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 535 


Oncopeltus purpurascens, sp. Nn. 


Ochraceous ; head, antenne, anterior area of pronotum 
(sometimes connected by a central line with a basal spot), 
base of scutellum, a broad medial fascia across corium, legs, 
margins of sternal incisures, and apical area of abdomen 
beneath purplish brown ; membrane dark fuscous, the inner 
angle and a transverse discal spot creamy white. 

Pronotum and scutellum with a distinct central longitudinal 
ridge; apex of head, lateral margins of pronotum, basal 
lateral margins of corium, and the tibize rather longly pilose. 

Long. 74-8 millim. 

Hab. Baudin Island, N.W. Australia (J. J. Walker, Brit. 
Mus.). 


Genus Ly@aus. 
Lygeus xanthostaurus. 
Lygeus vanthostaurus, Werr.-Schatt. Wanz. Ins. viii. p. 104, fig. 874 
(1848). 
Lygeus maurus (nec Stal), Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 48. n. 68 (1872). 


Lygeus furcatus. 


Cimex furcatus, Fabr. Mant. 11. p. 8301 (1787), 
Lygeus angulifer, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 55, n, 103 (1872). 


Lyge us concinnus. 


Lygeus concinnus, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 542 (1852). 
Var. Lygeus campestris, Dist. Nat. in Transvaal, Append. p. 252, pl. iii, 
fie. 10 (1892). 


Lygeus analis. 

Lygeus analis, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 540. n. 25 (1852), 

Lygeus ruficeps, Stal, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxiii. p. 309. 198 (1862). 

In Biol, Centr.-Amer., Rhynch. vol. i. p. 179 (1332) 5 5 
stated that the type of Dallas was not in its place in the 
National Collection and that it probably represented the 
species described by Stal. I have now discovered the type of 
L. analis, and found that my supposition was correct. 


Lygeus inequalis. 


Lygeus nequalis, Walk, Cat. Het. v. p. 49. n. 70 (1872); St8l. En, — 
/ KX - V. Op. . in. < Otte n, 
Hem. iv. p. 107. n. 22 (1874). eae tga 
Stal evidently, as was sometimes his practice with Walker’s 
species, adopted the name, but gave his own description. 
This, however, does not justify the species standing in Stal’s 
name, as it does in Lethierry and Severin’s Cat. Gén. Hém, 


536 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 


tom. ii. p. 143, and where again Walker’s species is placed 


(p. 147) as a synonym of ZL. turcicus, Fabr. 


Lygeus biguttatus. 

Cimex biguttatus, Faby. Syst. Ent. p. 720 (1775). 

Lygeus divisus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 62, n. 138 (1872). 

The Fabrician type is in the Banksian collection contained 
in the British Museum. 


Lygeus mactans. 


Lygeus mactans, Stal, Berlin. ent. Zeit. x. p. 162 (1868). 

Lygeus ruficeps, Waik,. Cat. Het. v. p. 63, n. 139 (1872). 

Walker writes of his L. ruficeps :— The entirely red head 
of this species and the red spot on each side of the prothorax 
distinguish it from 1. mactans.” All the six specimens, 
however, which he had before him when he wrote his descrip- 
tion exhibit the apex of the central lobe to the head as black 
or fuscous, and there is also the black spot at inner margins 
of eyes, as described by Stal. ‘The red spot of Walker “ on 
each side of the hind border” of pronotum would have been 
better described as occupying the posterior lateral margins, 
and thus equal the “Jlateribus thoracis pone medium” of 


Stal. 
Lygeus Bettoni, sp. n. 


Pale ochraceous; antenne, legs, apex of head, eyes and 
oblique basal area on each side of head behind eyes, pronotum 
with the anterior area and two large discal spots not reaching 
posterior margin, connected anteriorly and with the anterior 
area, and also connected with the lateral margins by a short 
transverse fascia, scutellum (excluding apex), about apical 
half of clavus and outer claval margin, lateral margins of 
corium (not reaching apex) emitting a short central transverse 
fascia extending about half across the corium, black. Ster- 
num black, its segmental margins and the lateral margins of 
meso- and metasternum cretaceous white, with three large 
segmental spots on each side and the posterior lateral angles 
of prosternum pale ochraceous. Abdomen beneath reddish 
ochraceous, with its apex black. 

Pronotum coarsely punctate, principally on the black 
markings, and with an oblique transverse incision on each 
side of anterior area. 

Long. 9} millim. 


Hab. British East Africa (C. S. Betton, Brit. Mus.). 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 537 


Genus TROPIDOTHORAX. 


Melanospilus, Stal, Hem. Fabr. i. pp. 72 & 75 (1868), nom. praoce. 
Tropidothorax, Bergr. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxviii. p. 547 (1894), 
n, nom. 


Tropidothorax concisus. 

Lygeus concisus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 60. n. 127 (1872). 

Head black, with a lateral spot behind and in front of the 
base of the antennee and a central basal spot red ; pronotum 
reddish ochraceous, with two large rounded transverse basal 
black spots, almost reaching the basal and lateral margins, 
which are ochraceous, the spots divided centrally by a raised 
reddish-ochraceous line; apex of clavus and the corium 
ochraceous, the last with a large oblique discal black spot. 

This species is very variable in the character of the discal 
spot to the corium. ‘The one most pronounced in the 
specimens now before me is the type from Lombok ; those 
with the smallest (very small) spot are from Flores. Two 
specimens from Sumbawa in my own collection are inter- 
mediate in that respect. 


Genus GRAPTOSTETHUS. 
Graptostethus servus. 


Cimex servus, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 300 (1787). 
Lygeus inequalis, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 57. n. 116 (1872). 


Graptostethus quadratomaculatus. 
Lygeus quadratomaculatus, Kirby, Journ, Linn. Soe., Zool. xxiv. p. 98 
(1891). 


Graptostethus diffusus. 
Lygeus diffusus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 59. n. 124 (1872). 


Graptostethus maculatus. 
Lygeus maculatus, Dall. List Hem. ii. p, 546. n, 42 (1802). 


Graptostethus ? verticalis. 

Lygeus verticalis, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 548. n, 49 (1852). 

The type is in bad condition and now without rostrum, 
thus rendering its generic position doubtful. 


Graptostethus grandis, sp. n. 


Reddish ochraceous; extreme apex of head, centre of 
anterior margin, and two large basal subquadrate spots with 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 37 


538 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 


their bases almost extended to the posterior angles of the 
pronotum, basal and lateral margins of scutellum, apical 
margins of clavus, a transverse central fascia to corium, 
membrane, anterior and lateral margins of prosternum, ante- 
rior margins of meso- and metasternum, anterior margin of 
apical segment, and extreme apex of abdomen, rostrum, legs, 
and antennee, black; a spot near the lateral margins of pro- 
and mesosternum, a spot near posterior coxe, and a larger 
transverse spot on each side of metasternum deep shining 
black. 

Shape and structure of G. rufifemoratus, Dall. 

Long. 113 millim.; max, lat. 44 millim. 


Hab. Nyasaland, Fort Johnson (P. Rendall, Coll. Dist.). 


Graptostethus pictus, sp. n. 


Reddish ochraceous ; base and a central longitudinal fascia 
to head, centre of anterior margin and two large basal sub- 
quadrate spots extending to and occupying the posterior angles 
of the pronotum, scutellum (excluding apex), an elongate spot 
on posterior area of clavus, a central transverse spot joined 
to outer margin of corium, membrane, spots to connexivum, 
three lateral spots on each side of sternum, legs, antenna, and 
rostrum, black. Membrane with a central and apical white 
spot. Antenne with the second joint a little longest, third 
and fourth joints subequal in length. 

Long. 6-64 millim. 

Hab. Port Natal (Brit. Mus.) ; Transvaal, Pretoria (Coll. 
Dist:). 

Allied most closely to the Indian species G. maculatus, 
Dall. 

An apparently scarce species. The British Museum has 
long possessed one specimen from Natal, and I met with but 
one example during four years’ collecting in the Transvaal. 


Genus NICUESA. 
Nicuesa affinis, sp. n. 


Black ; pronotum, prosternum, lateral margins of the 
corium, and apical margins of the membrane (narrowly) 
stramineous. Antenne finely pilose, the second and fourth 
joints subequal in length ; pronotum reticulately carinate and 
with a short central black fascia on anterior margin. 

Long. 7 millim. 


Hab. Keuador, Paramba, 3500 feet (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.). 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 539 


Allied to WV. spectosus, Dist., from which it can be at once 
separated by the different colour of the pronotum and pro- 
sternum. 


Genus AROCATUS. 
Arocatus rusticus. 
Tetralaccus rusticus, Stal, Berl. ent. Zeit. x. p. 163 (1866). 
Astacops? caligatus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 36. n. 14 (1872). 
Lygeus subjectus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 62. n. 137. 
Lygeus ruficollis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 64. n. 142. 


Genus C£NOCORIS. 
Cenocoris Nerii. 
Lygeus Nerii, Germ. Faun. Eur. p. 24. 
Cenocoris Nerii, Fieber, Europ. Hem. p. 166 (1861). 
Lygeus semirubes, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 58. n. 117 (1872). 

I possess specimens from Sind, which may probably be the 
locality of the “E. Indian” specimens in the British Museam. 
My Sind examples are indistinguishable from others collected 
by Mr. Trovey Blackmore in Morocco. 


Genus NYSIUS. 
Nystus gamaicensis. 

Nysius jamaicensis, Dali. List Hem. ii. p. 555 (1852). 

Nysius providus, vars., Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 705. 

Nysius providus, Uhler, loc. cit. 1894, p. 182. 

Prof. Uhler enumerated the species in 1893 (supra), but 
described it in the following year (1894). The specimens he 
first denominated as providus, vars., he returned labelled 
N. scolopax, Say, var.; but Uhler remarks “ the true N. scolo- 
pa, Say, has a rostrum which reaches to the middle of the 
venter, which is not the case in the species here described.” 


Nysius scolopax. 


Lygeus scolopax, Say, New Harm. Ind., Dec. 1831; Compl. Writ. i. 
p- 330. 8 (1859). 

Belonochilus? scolopax, Stil, En. Hem. iv. p. 122 (1874); Leth. & Sey. 
Cat. Gén. Hém. t. ii. p. 156 (1894). 

Nysius scolopax, Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 182. 


Species not belonging to the Lygeide. 


Coreide. 
Serinetha subrufescens. 
Lygeus subrufescens, Kirby, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, p. 553; Monogr. 
Christmas Island, p. 128. n. 3. 


Mr. Kirby was evidently misled by the displacement of a 
SY 


540 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 


Walkerian type. He writes, “ Allied to Z. longiusculus, 
Walk.” This type is missing, and a specimen of a Serinetha 
was in its place. The figure given in the Monogr. Christ. 
Isld. pl. xv. fig. 3, by the appearance of the pronotum is of 
practically little assistance. 


Summarized Disposition of Wallzer’s Genera and Species 
belonging to the Subfam. Lygeina. 


Species considered valid and described under correct Genera, 


Astacops anticus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 35. n. 9 (1872), nom. preocce. 
(A. Walkeri, Dist., n. nom.), 

Lygeus californicus, Walk, loc. cit. p. 42. n. 25. 

—— inequalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 49. n. 70. 

incertus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 64. n. 145. 

Nysius contiguus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 69. n. 25, 


Species considered valid, but requiring generic revision. 


Lygeus anticus, Walk. (part.), Cat. Het. v. p. 46. n. 51 (1872), belongs to 
gen. Jadera, 

diffusus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 59. n. 124, belongs to gen. Graptostethus, 

dispar, Walk. loc. cit. p. 60. n. 125, yy Oncopeltus. 


concisus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 127, i; »  Lropidothorax. 
maoricus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 64. n, 148, ,, yy Oncopeltus. 


Species treated as synonymie. 
Astacops delineatus, Walk, Cat. Het. v. p. 35. n. 10 (1872),= Astacops 
Fascicollis, Walk. 
spinipes, Walk. loc. ert. p. 86. n. 11, = Astacops fascicollis, Walk. 


nigricornis, Walk. doc. cit. n. 12, =Serinetha vicina, Dall, 

? caligatus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 14, = Arocatus rusticus, Stal. 
Lygeus marginalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 45.n.45,= Jadera hematoloma, H.-S. 

dimidiatus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 46, = Lygeus bicolor, H.-S. 


anticus, Walk. (part.), doc. cit. n.51, =Jaderasanguinolenta, Fabr. 
conspersus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 47,0. 57, =Jadera eola, Dall. 
maurus, Walk. (nec Stal), Joc. cit. p. 48. n. 68,=Lygeus vantho- 
staurus, H.-S. 
—— marginifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 55, n. 102,=Lyyeus furcatus, Fabr., 
var. Hairmairei, Sign. 
angulifer, Walk. doc, eit. n. 103, =Lygeus furcatus, Fabr. 
—— inequalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 57. n. 116, = Graptostethus servus, Fabr. 
— semirubes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 58. n. 117, = Cenocoris Neri’, Germ. 
—— contiguus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 62. n. 1386, = Oncopeltus quadriguttatus, 
[Fabr., var. 
subjectus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 137, = Arocatus rusticus, Stal. 
—— divisus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 138, = Lygeus biguttatus, Fabr. 
—— ruficeps, Walk. loc. cit. p. 63. n. 189, = Lygeus mactans, Stal. 
ruficollis, Walk. loc. cit, p, 64. n. 142, = Arocatus rusticus, Stal. 
Nysius proximus, Walk, loc. cit. p. 69. n. 26, = Nysius contiyuus, Walk. 


On new Myotis &e. from Central and South America. 541 


To be treated as non-existent. 


Species the types of which are not now to be found in the British Museum. 


Lyge@us cognatus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 49. n. 69 (1872). 
Japonicus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 58. n. 118. 

longiusculus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 60. n. 126. 

singularis, Walk. loc, cit. p. 63. n, 140. 

Nystus mundus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 69. n. 27. 

subeinctus, Walk, loc. cit. p. 70, n. 31. 

pallipennis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 71. n. 82. 


LXIX.—WNew Myotis, Artibeus, Sylvilagus, and Metachirus 
from Central and South America. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS. | 


Myotis simus, sp. n. 


A small short-haired Myot’s, with very much the general 
facies of a Pipistrellus or one of the smaller Scotophilt. 

Size small. General build and appearance very different 
to those of other American species of Myotis, and more as in 
Pipistrellus or Scotophilus. Head broad and flat, muzzle 
swollen and tumid. Lars rather short, reaching when laid 
forward about halfway between the eye and the tip of the 
nose ; their inner margin evenly convex for their proximal 
three fourths, slightly concave above; tip narrow; outer 
margin concave for the upper and convex for the lower half; 
antitragal notch scarcely perceptible; basal lobe forming a 
prominent thickened point projecting forwards. Tragus 
pointed, slightly curving outwards above, its inner margin 
convex, its outer concave above, convex below; a small 
triangular lobule at the outer base. 

Wing-bones comparatively stout, as also are the tibia. 
Wings attached to the ankle. Postcalcareal lobule practi- 
cally absent. ‘[ail included in interfemoral membrane to the 
extreme tip. 

Fur of body short and sparse (hairs of back about 2°5 mm. 
in Jength), not extending on the wing-membranes, and only on 
the interfemoral for its basal third, above and below. No 
fringe on interfemoral. 

Colour above and below pale tawny brown, about as in some 
of the small pale species of Scotophilus. Wing-membranes 
darker brown, without lighter edging. 

Skull rather broader than usual, with a shorter muzzle. 
In the ordinary small American Myotis the distance across 
the palate at the outer corners of m.” is just equal to the length 


542 Mr. O. Thomas on new 


of the tooth-row from the front of the canine to the back of 
m.°, but in M. simus this breadth decidedly exceeds the same 
longitudinal dimension. Distinct sagittal and lambdoidal 
crests present. 

Upper incisors of about equal length; the inner triangular 
in section, with one longer anterior and two shorter posterior 
cusps ; outer incisor with its slanting postero-external face 
surrounded by five or six crenulations or minute cusps, but 
how far these are the result of wear I am unable to say. 
Small upper premolars drawn inwards from the tooth-row, 
the second, minute, one entirely hidden behind the anterior 
end of the large premolar. Middle lower premolar about two 
thirds the height of the anterior one, which in turn is about 
two thirds the height of the posterior. 

Dimensions of the ty pe (measured on the spirit-specimen) :— 

Forearm 36:5 millim. 

Head and body 46; tail 83; head 15°7; ear 12°5; tragus 
on inner edge 4°5; third finger, metacarpal 33, first phalanx 
10, second phalanx 11; lower leg 14°5. 

Skull: occipito-nasal length in middle line 11:9; basi- 
palatal length 10°3; interorbital breadth 4; mastoid breadth 
7°53 palate length 5:4. 

Hab, Sarayacu, Peru. 

Type. Female (in spirit), B.M. no. 81. 5.12.2. Col- 
lected in 1876 by Mr. W. Davis and presented by Messrs. 
Veitch. 

The short hair and comparatively stumpy build of this bat 
give it so different an appearance to the other members of 
Myotis that no one at first sight would suppose it to belong 
to that genus; but the detailed structure of the ears and the 
characters of the teeth are typically those of J/yotis and 
there is no reason to distinguish it generically from that 

roup. 

No described species of the genus appears to have any 
resemblance to it. 


Artibeus Watsoni, sp. n. 


Size about as in A. cznereus, dentition as in A. glaucus. 

Nose-leaf similar to that of A. glaucus, but apparently 
rather narrower. Ears higher and narrower than in that 
species ; inner margin evenly convex, tip narrowly rounded ; 
outer margin deeply concave in its upper half, then convex, 
ending below in a slightly angular antitragal lobe. Tragus 
more sharply pointed than in A. glaucus, and the projections 
on the outer margin more prominent. 

Fur close and fine, extending on the proximal half of the 


Myotis &c. from Central and South America. 543 


forearm and, very thinly, on the interfemoral membrane, 
legs, and feet. General colour, as usual in this group, very 
variable, varying from smoky greyish to buffy; Ridgway’s 
“ hair-brown”’ and “ wood-brown”’ nearly represent two of 
the phases. Individually the hairs are whitish, tipped with 
some shade of brown. Face with four fairly well-marked 
white streaks in the usual positions. 

Skull smaller, lighter, and more delicately built than in 
A. glaucus, which it resembles in its general form, narrower 
in the muzzle than in A. cinereus. 

Teeth closely similar in their proportions to those of 
A. glaucus *, the molars of the broadened shape found in that 
species, and therefore different from those of A. Rosenbergi, 
in which also m.’, both above and below, is proportionally 
very much smaller than m.'. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Forearm 38 millim. 

Skull: greatest length (approximate) 19; zygomatic 
breadth 11:7; intertemporal breadth 4°5; mastoid breadth 
9°5; palate, length 8:5, breadth across molars 8°3; front of 
upper canine to back of m.’ 6:2. 

Other dimensions of a specimen softened and placed in 
spirit :— 

4 Ear, length 15, breadth from most convex point of inner to 
most concave part of outer margin 9; third finger, meta- 
carpal 36, first phalanx 14, second phalanx 20 ; lower leg 17; 
depth of interfemoral in centre 11. 

Hab. Bogava, Chiriqui, Panama. Altitude 250 m. 

Type. Male. B.M. no. 0. 7.11.19. Original number 47. 
Collected 24th October, 1898, by Mr. H. J. Watson. Four 
specimens examined. 

By the presence of the minute posterior lower molar this 
species differs from the common Central- American A. e¢nereus 
and its allies, and resembles the larger A. glaucus of Peru. 
A, Rosenberg, of which the only known specimen has this 
tooth on one side and not on the other, may be distinguished 
by the different proportions of its molars, 


Sylvilagus surdaster, sp. n. 


A dark-coloured hare with very short blackish ears and 
minute bulle. 

Size about as in S. Grabbit, which appears to be the 
nearest ally. Fur thick, close, and rather harsh, the longer 
hairs of the back about 20 millim. in length. General colour 


* Described and figured, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 336, pl. xix. figs. 7-9. 


544 Mr. O. Thomas on new 


above dark, evenly grizzled buffy and black, the combined 
tone darker than in any of the allied species, rather paler on 
flanks. Of the longer hairs of the back, the basal fourth is 
light grey, darkening to brown on the second fourth; the 
third fourth is ochraceous buff, the end being shining black. 
The woolly underfur is greyish white basally, brown ter- 
minally. Face more ochraceous than back, owing to the 
black tips to the hairs being less prominent; sides of face 
rather paler and again darker below the eye, but no prominent 
light or dark orbital or cheek-markings are present. Lars 
remarkably short, shorter than in any known hare (except 
Romerolagus and Nesolagus) ; the anterior halves of their 
outer surface grizzled rufous just at their bases, but otherwise 
nearly wholly black; posterior halves of outer and whole of 
inner surfaces pale rufous. Nape-patch rufous, rather duller 
than Ridgway’s ‘cinnamon rufous.” Chin dull whitish, 
the hairs slaty basally. Chest grizzled grey buffy and 
blackish. Belly dull whitish or whitish buff, not sharply 
defined laterally. Fore limbs dull rufous, whitish like the 
belly on their inner side above. Long hairs of palm smoky 
brown. Hind limb grizzled like back on outer side of thigh 
and lower leg, more rufous on upper surface of foot; inner 
side whitish or buffy, almost ochraceous buffy along the edge 
of the body-colour ; long hairs of soles smoky brown. Tail 
reduced to a mere stump, barely half an inch in length, its 
upper side black, its lower buffy. 

Skull on the whole most like that of S. Gabbi. Frontal 
region low and flat. Interorbital space slightly concave. 
Postorbital processes long and broad, close to the brain-case 
and pressed against it terminally, but not anchylosed with it. 
Upper surface of brain-case unusually rough and coarsely 
pitted. Sides of muzzle fairly complete, about as in S. an- 
dinus. Palatal foramina large and widely open, compara- 
tively narrow posteriorly, broadest just behind their middle. 
Bullee exceedingly small, far smaller than in any allied species, 
so low that a line from the top of one to that of the other 
hardly clears the basioccipital. 

Enamel of incisors thin, not penetrating into the tooth 
mesially, but evenly following the line of its anterior surface. 
Front surface of anterior upper and lower premolars more or 
less coarsely fluted. 

Dimensions of the type (measured by the collector in the 
flesh) :— 

Head and body 388 millim.; tail (c.) 12; hind foot, 
S. ls. 7, C. U. Cos calea. 

Skull: greatest length 72 ; basilar length to back of ¢.' 57; 


Myotis &c. from Central and South America. 545 


greatest breadth 37; nasals 29 (diagonally) x 13°7; inter- 
orbital breadth 17, breadth of occipital shelf 9; diastema 22 ; 
length of palate 29°5; palatal foramina 17°5 xX 7:3; greatest 
antero-posterior diameter of bulla 7:3. 

Hab. Carondelet, Rio Bogoté, Province of Esmeraldas, 
N. Ecuador. Altitude 20 m. 

Type. Female. Collector’s number 94. Killed 14th Octo- 
ber, 1900. ‘Two specimens examined. 

This interesting little hare, the first described from the low 
country west of the Andes, may be readily distinguished from 
all others by its short, nearly black ears, minute bull, 
rudimentary tail, and general dark coloration. 


Metachirus nudicaudatus pheurus, subsp. n. 


Similar in general characters to the typical form, but the 
tail uniformly dark brown to the tip. 

Colour of the usual buffy grey-brown; dark dorsal area 
well marked. Supraorbital spots prominent, yellowish white. 
Middle line of face, crown, and nape blackish. Under surface 
dull buffy white, not sharply defined laterally. Upper surface 
of wrists and metacarpals brown, of hind feet greyish. ‘T'ail 
uniformly blackish brown throughout, except that there are a 
few indistinct whitish mottlings along the middle line below. 

Dimensions of the type (not fully adult, measured in the 
flesh) :— 

Head and body 214 millim.; tail 251; hind foot 39; 
ear 29. 

Skull: greatest length 52; basal length 48; zygomatic 
breadth 26°5; nasals 27:5 x 7:2 5 intertemporal breadth 8-7 ; 
breadth of brain-case on squamosals 17 ; combined length of 
three anterior molariform teeth 9. 

Hab. St. Javier, Lower Cachavi River, N.W. Ecuador. 
Altitude 20 m. 

Type. Male. B.M. no. 1. 8. 19.44. Original number 24, 
Collected 19th May, 1900. 

This form presents a remarkable parallel to J. opossum 
melanurus, Thos.*, from the same district, which, exactly as 
in the present case, agrees with its allies elsewhere in all 
respects, except that it has a wholly dark instead of a white- 
tipped tail. 

The material at my disposal is not sufficient for me to 
criticize Dr. Allen’s separation of M. Tschudi? and M. n. colom- 
bianus from the typical MW. nudicaudatus, but both, like the 
latter, have white-tipped tails. 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) iv. p. 285 (1899). 


546 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new 


LXX.—Further Descriptions of new Reptiles collected by 
Mr. P. O. Simons in Peru and Bolivia*. By G. A. 
BOULENGER, F.R.S. 


Stenocercus variabilis. 


Pterygoid teeth. Anterior border of ear denticulated. 
Upper head-scales smooth ; some of the supraoculars feebly 
enlarged transversely ; occipital not enlarged ; temporal scales 
feebly keeled. Side of neck with folds enclosing shallow 
pockets covered with granular scales; antehumeral fold very 
strong, with a serrated edge on its lower half. Body de- 
pressed. A very slight dorsal crest. Dorsal scales rather 
large, strongly imbricate, sharply keeled, shortly mucronate ; 
the keels forming continuous lines, which are parallel or 
slightly oblique on the posterior part of the back ; lateral 
scales passing gradually into the smaller smooth ventrals; 
67 to 69 scales round the middle of the body. The adpressed 
hind limb reaches the ear or a little beyond; fifth toe not 
extending as far as second. ‘l'ail about twice as long as 
head and body, tapering, scarcely compressed, the scales a 
little larger than on the body, and forming rings. Green, 
spotted with whitish on the sides, or greyish, spotted with 
black above and on the sides or on the sides only ; whitish 
beneath, throat marbled with olive; one specimen with a 
black bar across the scapular region and the throat and belly 
nearly entirely black. 


millim. 
Motallengtn: 24 sannssaeutneee oxen ca 262 
Head taccct anneal ariee nonteent 22 
Wadthtotsheaditenss nti ecice se Greta sie 16 
Body sicsthtane ews « gnc vareeke onivlersler t's cuie x 70 
Horesliim bv}, Aterens icin seaterccinteke one seems 39 
Ha ndalimb@ <vctieteccresanaciels: okeroieeveretene 65 
Parley ss ss cree eaters eres 170 


Several specimens from Palca, Bolivia, 10,000 feet. 
Closely allied to S. cupreus, Blgr., from which it differs in 
the smaller dorsal scales. 


Liolemus annectens. 


Nostril supero-lateral. Upper head-scales small, smooth ; 
two longitudinal series of scales on the frontal region ; inter- 
parietal and parietals small, subequal; three to five supra- 
oculars feebly enlarged transversely ; a single series of scales 


* Cf. ‘Annals,’ vol. vi. 1900, p. 181. 


Reptiles from Peru and Bolivia. 547 


between the labials and the subocular; anterior border of ear 
granular. Sides of neck granular, strongly folded. Dorsal 
scales rather small, rhomboidal, not longer than broad, 
weakly keeled, feebly imbricate; lateral scales a little 
smaller, smooth or feebly keeled ; ventral scales a little larger 
than dorsals, strongly imbricate, smooth, rounded ; 60 to 70 
scales round the middle of the body. The adpressed hind 
limb reaches the axil or the shoulder ; hinder side of thighs 
uniformly granular. Male with 6 or 7 anal pores. ‘Tail 
once and one fourth to once and a half as long as head and 
body ; scales about as large as those on the body. Coloration 
very variable—green, grey, or brownish above, spotted or 
marbled with blackish, or with six regular longitudinal series 
of black spots; lower parts whitish, spotted or marbled with 
olive-grey. 


millim 
Potab longer coniceaciac ven .ciue ts sta stele 196 
HCA. OMe eohr ee ee ee este oe 19 
Width ofheade ¢o teeny ee ote. 15 
oi 5 ee oe, So Oy 67 
iIRoreplimibje yar eens fete oe se ee 28 
Tid grb setemeria ete & sxe cc cos es So 46 
ARTI 235 2 crete ee Aeterna eae 110 


Several specimens from Caylloma and Sumbay, 11,300 to 
13,600 feet. 

This species is very nearly related to L. multrformis, Cope, 
from which it is to be distinguished by the larger dorsal 
scales. ‘The two species establish a passage from Liolemus 
to Ctenoblepharis, especially through C. Jamesii, Blgr. 


Liocephalus rhodogaster. 


Upper head-scales small, faintly pluricarinate; nostril 
supero-lateral ; nasal separated from the rostral by one series 
of scales; three or four supraoculars feebly enlarged trans- 
versely; parietals broken up; no distinct denticulation on 
anterior border of ear. Sides of neck slightly plicate, 
covered with small imbricate scales ; a strong fold in front of 
the shoulder. A feeble but very distinct dorsal crest. 
Dorsal scales rather small, mucronate, strongly keeled, the 
keels forming slightly oblique longitudinal lines; lateral 
scales a little smaller, strongly keeled, the keels forming 
oblique lines directed upwards; ventral scales quite as large 
as dorsals, smooth ; 73 or 75 scales round the middle of the 
body. Gular scales as large as dorsals. ‘he hind limb, 
stretched forwards, reaches the eye. ‘l'ail feebly compressed, 
crested like the back. Olive or brown above, with a dorsal 


548 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new 


series of transverse, rhomboidal, darker spots ; scapular region 
darker, with a light vertical line; a dark, light-edged, oblique 
streak on the upper lip, below the eye; male with the chin, 
the breast, the preanal region, and the lower surface of the 
limbs whitish, the throat, the flanks, and the middle line of 
the belly grey, the belly and the lower surface of the tail of a 
bright pink ; female with the throat greenish and the rest of 
the lower parts whitish. 


millim. 
Potal Leng in ars 0c) ss aes ies ase 210 
leads 5 eadhan terres cudaehs mate oeieetaterenters 20 
Wadth Of hea dicyesics ciete tere epece cietene cist: 15 
TSO Yi as reese ace tries enc tleas altro Ravots teas a 65 
OTe slim Diss esdecd pala Cees eaenene sca 39 
bred! Lismore eee ae serene are one ous 70 
Dail (reproduced) “ais ae senstscerrn see 125 


Two specimens (male and female) from Merced, Perené 
River, 3250 feet. 

Most nearly related to L. erythrogaster, Hallow., but 
distinguished by the smaller scales. 


Liocephalus scapularis. 


Upper head-scales moderately large, feebly keeled or 
striated ; nostril supero-lateral; nasal separated from the 
nostril by one series of scales; four transversely enlarged 
supraoculars, separated from the supraorbitals by one series 
and from the supraciliaries by three series of scales; a pair 
of interparietals followed by two occipitals; parietals broken 
up into small shields; a feebly serrated midge above the 
temple ; two or three teebly projecting scales on the anterior 
border of the ear. Sides of neck not folded, covered with 
small, imbricate, keeled scales. A feeble but very distinct 
dorsal crest ; a weaker lateral crest on each side of the ante- 
rior part of the back and on the sacral region. Dorsal scales 
moderately large, pointed, smooth; lateral scales smaller, 
feebly keeled; ventral scales as large as dorsals, strongly 
keeled; 57 scales round the middle of the body. Gular 
scales as large as dorsals, strongly keeled. The hind limb, 
stretched forwards, reaches the nostril. Tail scarcely com- 
pressed, with a serrated upper edge at the base. Greyish 
brown above, with a series of chevron-shaped darker markings 
pointing backwards; scapular region dark brown, sharply 
defined above and behind by an angulate white line; a large 
round dark brown spot between the shoulders; a broad dark 


Reptiles from Peru and Bolivia. 549 


brown, white-edged streak, widening beneath, extending 
obliquely backwards from the eye to the edge of the mouth ; 
greyish beneath, with white spots on the limbs; incomplete 
whitish annuli on the tail. 


millim 
otal length erm iears eels cease ots 210 
1 SILOS eat trom ae AoE RI etc Eee nee 19 
Wadthvofshead mraeenettnts s.-.tcrcha cheers 14 
Bod yitoine Sania res cea aere Atos sashes 51 
IMOVO LMI ey c.cvtte storeerrer ern e hace warns 37 
Lingerie ers canes eso nemrie 62 
1 EET Oe A A a 8) Seen aR 140 


A single specimen (probably immature), from Perené, 
2600 feet. 

This species is allied to LZ. aculeatus, O’Sh., but differs in 
the smaller head-shields, the smaller dorsal scales, and the 
interrupted lateral crest. 


Euspondylus Simonsti. 


Very closely allied to #. maculatus, Tschudi. Distinguished 
by the more slender form, the undivided transparent disk of 
the lower eyelid, the distinctly striated dorsal scales, and by 
the proportions and dispositions of some of the head-shields, 
Interparietal much larger than the frontal, in contact with an 
azygous occipital ; third pair of chin-shields widely separated 
from each other. 34 scales round the middle of the body, 
36 from occiput to base of tail. Brownish above, whitish 
beneath, dotted with greyish; a dark streak on each side of 
the head and neck ; a dark, light-edged, festooned band along 
each side of the tail. 


millim. 
Totalilenetiteree «erase cceitaten: © cle clots 113 
FL oadieepeeetrct is reer eee eal ae tere eae oho vaehone 1 
Wiadthvofeheadinry-c-rrcecteieits sone cere 5 
From end of snout to fore limb........ 16 
From end of snout to vent............ 48 
OTOMIMN Dias e sete nila aioe UP, 
lebelibiels. 6556000800 c000dC siketeta cists 16 
EU SIUMES Peele Peet oi aden 65 


A single female specimen from Puntoyacu, Perené River, 
50UU feet. 


550 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the 


LX XI.—A few further Remarks upon the Erythrean Molluscan 
Fauna, with Descriptions of Seven Species from Aden, in 
the Collection of Commander EF. R. Shopland, R.I.M. By 
James Cosmo MELVILL, M.A., F.I.S. 


(Plate IX.] 


Since the time when, about five years ago, Commander 
Shopland published * a list of the marine Mollusca noticed 
by him at or near Aden, he has received from his corre- 
spondents several further parcels, and been able to increase 
the sum total to between 720 and 750 species in all. There 
still, naturally, remained several doubtful forms, and lately 
he forwarded the whole of these to me, and many have been 
now satisfactorily determined. Deducting then various 
hardly adolescent species and several too imperfect to do 
otherwise than note their probable generic affinities, the 
following seven seem worthy of description, all coming from 
Aden, in or near the harbour. I have no particulars at what 
depth they were dredged. 

It is interesting to record at the same time that certain new 
and rare forms described during the past few years, being 
some of the results of the explorations of Mr. F. W. ‘Townsend 
in the Persian Gulf and Arabian Sea, likewise are among 
the latest acquisitions of Commander Shopland from the 
neighbourhood of Aden. Such are Strombus belutschiensis, 
Melv., Pectunculus maskatensis, Melv., Donax Townsend, 
Sowb., D. aperittus, Melv., and, above all, Conus clytospira, 
M. & 8.f, though only in juvenile condition—these, with 
several others, thus showing a very marked extension of 
range. 

It was in March 1898 ¢ that I essayed a short biblio- 
graphical résumé of the Krythrean Molluscan fauna, inclusive 
of Aden, and since that date but little seems to have been 
effected by specialists towards further elucidation of this inter- 
esting subject, if we except the excellent monograph of Dr. R. 
Sturany on the ‘ Pola’ Expedition in the Red Sea §. 

‘These dredgings were carried out by Dr. Fr. Steindachner 
and Herr Friedrich Siebenroch, only the Pelecypoda being 


* Shopland, E. R., “ List of Shells collected at Aden, 1892-96,” Journ. 
Bombay Soe. x. pp. 217-235 ; with Addendum, ¢. c. pp. 503, 504. 

+ Vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. pp. 461-468 (1899). 

t Op. cit. ser. 7, vol. i. 1898, pp. 194-206, pl. xii. 

§ “Expedition L.M. Schiff ‘ Pola’ in das Rothe Meer, 1895-96 und 
1897-98,” Zool. Ergebnisse, Lamellibranchiaten, von Dr. Rudolf Sturany : 
Wien, 1899, mit 7 Tafeln. 


Erythrean Molluscan Fauna. 551 


yet published*, with a very few Gastropoda—the genera 
Fusus and Nassa mainly. ‘This work leaves little or nothing 
to be desired for accurate elaboration of detail. 

Dr. F. Jousseaume, so well known for the close attention 
he has given to the Erythrean and Adenese Mollusca for a 
long period, in 1898 published an account of the Triforidee T of 
the Red Sea, with descriptions of many new species and like- 
wise various new genera which we have not seen, e. g. Olt- 
toma ottitoma, Issina issina }, and others. 

Two new Scalarie have been likewise lately described by 
Clessin§ from this region. Bavay has written on the 
Mollusea of the Suez Canal || and Dall on those of the Gulf 
of Aden obtained by the Field Columbian Museum Hast 
African Expedition {]. 

Dr. E. von Martens, finally, in 1899 ** described three 
new Erythrean oysters (Ostrea pectinata, dolabriformis, and 
oniscus), collected long ago (1820-25) by Hemprich and 
Ihrenberg. 

It is much to be hoped that Commander Shopland will, ere 
long, be able to issue a second edition of his invaluable cata- 
logue, which will then furnish a most complete and up-to-date 
record of what was known at the commencement of the 
twentieth century of the Adenese Molluscan fauna. I would 
just add that it is my hope to be in a position before very 
long to draw some tangible comparisons between this fauna 
and that of the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and Arabian 
Sea, as evidenced by the Townsend collections mentioned 
above; but one must wait until the residue of both these 
large gatherings has been finally worked out. 


Sistrum indigoferum, sp.n. (PI. 1X. fig. 1.) 


S. testa ovato-fusiformi, solida, brunneo-cinerea, corrugata; anfracti- 
bus 5, quorum apicales...? (in omnibus nostris speciminibus 
detriti), ceteris longitudinaliter nodulosi-costatis, costis percrassis, 


* Among the nov. sp. are 5 Cuspidaria, 1 Raéta, 1 Lyonsia, 1 Cardita, 
2 Amussium, 3 Gastrochena, 1 Diplodonta, 1 Chione, 2 Scintilla, 1 Tel- 
lina, some dredged at great depths. 
+ Bull. Soc. Philom. ix. pp. 71-77. 
{ ‘ Naturaliste,’ 1898, pp. 14 et sqq. 
§ evan and Chemnitz, System. Conch.-Cab., Scalariide, S. Clessin, 
pp: 49, 97. 
|| Bavay, A., “Note sur les Mollusques du Canal de Suez,” Bull. Soe. 
Zool. France, xxiil. pp. 161-164. 
| Field Col. Mus. Zool. i. pp. 187-189 (1898). 
** “Symbol Physice, seu Icones adhuc inedite .... qué ex itineribus 
per Libyam, gyptum,.... F. G. Hemprich et C. G. Ehrenberg, annis 
1820-25 redierunt. Zoologica. II. Mollusca.’ 


552 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the 


superne rotunde angulatis, ultimo anfractu circa novem costis 
predito, spiraliter arcte bino lirarum ordine succinctis, interstitiis 
inter costas cavernosis ; apertura ovato-oblonga, labro incrassato, 
intus 4-5-denticulato; columella fere recta, omnino cinereo- 
cerulescente, lapidis fissilis colore preesertim instar. 

Long. 18, lat. 8°50 mm. 


Though shouldered just below the sutures, the roundly 
noduled ribs of this species, thickly crossed by thin spiral 
lines, the interstices between the coste being deeply cavernous, 
amply characterize it. Indeed, we know no species nearly 
comparable ; and another very special point of distinction is 
the slate or dull indigo-coloured aperture, labial and columellar 
area, which seems constant, being present, without any 
deviation, in all the examples I have examined. The only 
Sistrum at all comparable appears to be S. anawares, Duclos, 
formerly esteemed a Purpura. 


Natica (Hunatica) tela-aranec, sp. n. 


(PI. 1X. fig. 2:) 


N. testa subperforata, ovato-conica, solida, alba, castaneo-variegata ; 
anfractibus 5, quorum apicales tres subvitrei, brunnescentes, 
nitidi, perleves, ceeteris ad suturas impressis, leevibus, infra (juxta 
suturas) spiraliter flammis castaneis decoratis, inde ad_ basin 
intricatione intertexta notata, ultimo anfractu cxeteros magnopere 
superante ; apertura lunari, albida ; peristomate albo, nitido, con- 
tinuo, subeffuso, margine columellari obliquo, albo-brunnescente, 
callo nitido brunneo; umbilicum profundum semiobtegente. 

Alt. 11, diam. 10 mm. 


Allied to N. Raynoldiana, Récluz, than which it is much 
smaller, at the same time being differently marked and 
coloured. Indeed, the pattern is intricate and somewhat 
involved—a mesh of textile network, with occasional clear 
spaces disposed spirally, giving an obscurely white-banded 
effect, notably just below the sutures. ‘The umbilicus is half 
hidden by a shining brown callus, the peristome being white, 
continuous, slightly effuse without. In the example taken as 
the type the greater part of the body-whorl is dorsally without 
the chestnut involved pattern; no doubt this is accidental. 
Another ally is N. sanctw-helene, HK. A. Sm.; both this, 
N. Traillii, Reeve, and N. buriasensis, Récluz, show slight 
yoints of relationship; the brown callus of 7’radldit is similar, 
but in all the pattern of marking is quite distinct, as also are 
the apical whorls. 


Cr 
ve 


Erythrean Molluscan Fauna. 5 


Cerithium Shoplandi, sp.n. (Pl. IX. fig. 3) ) 


O. testa elongato-fusiformi, solidula; spira supra multum attenuata, 
albo-cinerescente ; anfractibus 10, sex supernis parvis, quatuor 
ultimis longitudinaliter irregulariter costulatis et varicosis, in 
ultimo hic costis omnino evanidis, illic a medio usque ad basin, 
varicibus albescentibus, anfractibus spiraliter duplicato suleorum 
ordine preeditis, interstitiis transversim et interruptim cinereo- 
nodulosis vel lineatis, sex in ultimo anfractu, tribus in penultimo 
ordinibus ; apertura ovata, labro incrassato, intus quinque-suleato, 
suleulis rubro-tinctis; columella obliqua, alba, incrassata, brevi 
rostrata. 

Long. 18, lat. 8 mm. 


An elegant Cerithium, most nearly allied, in my opinion, to 
the larger and coarser C. moniliferum, Dufr., from the Philip- 
pines, the chief distinctive characters besides those of size 
lying in the great attenuation of the upper whorls, the distinct 
ribs, white varices, and the fine red furrowed lines just below 
the inner edge of the outer lip. 

Several examples. It gives me much pleasure to connect 


with this pretty species the name of its discoverer. 


Bittium chrysomallum*, sp.n. (Pl. IX. fiz. £.) 3 
B. testa fusiformi, solida, alba, ochraceo-variegata ; anfractibus 
decem, apicalibus ...?, caeteris apud suturas multum impressis, 
arcte longitudinaliter costatis, costis regulariter, quasi spiraliter 
nodulosis, ultimo, penultimo, et antepenultimo anfractu quatuor, 
ceteris tribus gemmarum ordinibus preeditis, in ultimo infra 
medium evanidis, inde, usque ad basin, pulchre spiraliter lirato ; 
apertura breviter ovata, intus albescente, labro paullum effuso, 
subquadrato, margine columellari obliquo, ad basin brevissime 
rostrato. 
Long. 6, lat. 2 mm. 


A very delicately variegated Bittiwm, not nearly akin to 
any species with which Iam cognizant. It is white, fusiform, 
with regular gemmate ribs, the disposition of these gemma 
giving an appearance of spirals round the whorls, so regularly 
are they disposed ; there are three rows of these in the upper 
whorls, four in the three lowest ; in the body-whorl the ribs 
disappear below the middle, whence to the base are to be 
seen spiral clear-cut lires; the mouth is somewhat compressed, 
outer lip rather effuse, beak very short, columella oblique. 
The variegation of yellow-brown and white is most proncunced 
in the last two whorls. 


* ypvodpaddos, with fleece or sheen of gold; from the pattern. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vit. 38 


554 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the 


Delphinula diplacostira*, sp. n. 
(Ll. 1X. figs. 5, 5a, 56.) 


D. testa parva, profunde sed anguste umbilicata, albo-straminea, 
solidula, supra planata; anfractibus quatuor, quorum tres planat, 
depressi, simplices, ultimo rapide accrescente, effuso, apud peri- 
pheriam acute bicarinato, carinis arcte spinicostatis, superficie 
undique longitudinaliter tenuissime squamato-lamellosa ; apertura 
rotunda; peristomate extus breviter spinoso, paullum effuso, 
margine columellari crassiusculo, nitido, albo, ad basin producto, 
basi circa umbilicum indistincte concentrico-striata, interstitiis 
undoso-gemmatis. 

Alt. 3, diam. 6 mm. 


This little species, perhaps not quite fully grown, is distinct 
from all the others of the genus known to me, in its lamellate 
longitudinal striz, double peripherial carinations, the upper 
keel possessing twelve, the lower seventeen coronals of short 
spines. The umbilicus is very deep and narrow, the con- 
centric sulcation and waved gemme interposing at the base 
are characteristic, the columellar extension towards the base 
recalling other De/phinule. The colour is throughout pale 
stramineous. J). stellaris, Ad. & Reeve, is perhaps the 
nearest species in affinity. 


Donax (Serrula) epularis }, sp. n. 
(Pl. x tos. 'a.) 


D. testa subtrigonal, equivalvi, inequilaterali, alba; umbonibus 
parvis, seepe violaceis, incurvis, approximatis; margine dorsali 
antice obliquato, extenso, postice multum abbieviato, ventrali 
subrotundato, conspicue multidenticulato, superficie omni arcte et 
pulcherrime decussata, costis longitudinalibus latus versus posti- 
cum magis conspicuis, sed antice nequaquam evanidis, sulcis 
spiraliter distinctis praedita, postico latere pulchre sulcifero et 
costato, costis breviter spiniferis, ad marginem bino spinarum 
longiorum ordine decorato, intus pagina nitida violaceo-tincta, 
postice radio nigro-violaceo magis conspicuo, sinu palliali in- 
definito. 

Alt. 5:50, lat. 8°50, diam. 4 mm. (sp. maj.). 


An exceedingly highly decorated species, though it must 
be examined with a lens before its characters are very per- 
ceptible. All the specimens are small, and they have in all 
probability not yet attained their full growth ; but the sculp- 
ture is unmistakable and more elaborate than in the other 
species of this large genus that are comparable with it. 

* Oindag otetpa, with double keel. 


1 


} Lpularis, sumptuous. 


Erythrean Molluscan Fauna. 550 


D. spinosus, Chem., itself a delicately chased little shell, 
takes second rank without doubt; D. obesus, d’Orb., a finely 
decussate species, is also eclipsed ; D. semisulcatus, Hanley, 
from the Indian Ocean, posteriorly similar in its sculpture, 
is anteriorly almost plain, the whole of the surface of our 
species being closely ribbed and spirally sharply sulcate, 
which gives a clear-cut character to the sculpture. The 
ventral margin is beautifully multidenticulate. Posteriorly, 
when the two closed valves are viewed laterally, the double 
row of long spined convergent ribs, with the inner ranks of 
cost armed with shorter spines, form a beautiful heart-shaped 
surface, recalling Cardium (Ctenocardia) hystrix, Wood, in 
miniature. Indeed, after a minute comparison of the other 
species of the genus, to some of which allusion has just been 
made, D. cluthratus, Desh. 1859 (cf Reeve, Conch. Icon., 
Donaa, t. 57), perhaps is the nearest ally; but the character 
of the decussating sculpture is seen, with a lens, to be of 
a different character, and it is more isosceles-shaped than our 


new form. 


Cumingia occatilla*, sp.n. (PI. IX. figs. 7, 7 a.) 


C. testa insequilaterali, protea, ovato-oblonga vel fere rotunda, 
hic postice abbreviata, illic subquadrata, alba, delicata; um- 
bonibus haud prominulis, contiguis, obliquatis, superficie 
omni concentrice tenui-lamellata, lamellis marginem apud ven- 
tralem seepius condensatis, irregularibus, in medio regulariter 
dispositis, interstitiis longitudinaliter delicatissime et arcte 
striatis, speciminibus vetustis spe evanidis, postice compressis, 
intus pagina alba, nitida, margine antico simul ac ventrali pallide 
puniceo hie illic variegato, sinu palliali ad medium ascendente, 
ligamento interno, valvis ambabus dente uno cardinali, simul ac 
fossa elongata, oblique cochleari, prieditis, in dextra quoque 
duobus dentibus lateralibus fortiter instructa. 

Alt. 14, lat. 16, diam. 10 mm. (sp. max.). 


This mollusk doubtless, in common with many other Lep- 
tomye, Thyelle, and Cumingie, inhabits sponges and corals ; 
hence the inequality of form, as protean indeed as any British 
Saxicava. The delicate sculpture is almost identical with 
that of Thyella lamellosa, A. Ad., but the hinge, with un- 
doubted laterals in the right valve, seems more akin to 
Cumingia than to Leptomya, with which genus I had 
essayed at first to connect It. 

The large ligamentary pit is obliquely elongate and spoon- 
shaped, most resembling that of Leptomya, An interesting 


556 Mr, A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccidee. 


characteristic is the delicate pale pink blotching round the 
margins, both ventral and anterior, internally ; the pallial 
sinus is large, extending almost to the centre of the interior. 

A specimen identical with those from Aden has been 
dredged off the Mekran coast of Baluchistan, not very far 
from Karachi, by Mr. F. W. Townsend, and I purpose 
figuring this, as it is so much the largest, in company with 
one of Commander Shopland’s types. 

It is important that no confusion should exist between 
Cumingia tamellosa, Sowb., 18338, from Chili, and C. (Thyella) 
lamellosa, H. Ad. (= Cumingia elegans, Sowb.), from the 
BKastern Archipelago and Australia. In this latter the lateral 
teeth are absent in either valve. 


Calyptrea (Galerus) Edgariana, Melv.* (PI. UX. figs. 8, 
8 a).—It is necessary to refigure this, the former delineation 
not having been very successful. ‘This species has since been 
found by Mr. ‘Townsend near Bushire and Maskat. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. 


Fig. 1. Sistrum indigoferum. 

Fig. 2. Natica (Eunatica) tela-aranee. 

Fig. 3. Cerithium Shoplandi. 

Fig. 4. Bittium chrysomallum. 

Fig. 5. Delphinula diplacostira. 

Figs. 6, 6a, Donaxv (Serrula) epularis. 

figs. 7,7 a. Cumingia oceatilla, 

Fig. 8. Calyptrea (Galerus) Edgarvana, Mely. 


LXXI.— Descriptions of Brazilian Coccide. 
By AbDoLpH HeEmPEL, 8. Paulo, Brazil. 


(Continued from p. 219.] 


Genus CEROPLASTES, Gray. 
Ceroplastes amazonicus, Hempel. 


Adult female scale very convex, oval, with the lower 
lateral edges much produced. ‘The anterior end is jointed and 
slightly produced; the posterior edge is slightly notched ; 
the dorsum is obliquely truncated and slightly concave, the 
wax being a little higher behind than in front. The colour 
is dirty white, with a brownish tinge on the posterior portion. 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. i. p. 201 (1898). 


Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. SPIE 


Size of the largest individuals :—Length 11 millim., width 
8:25 millim., height 8 millim. The wax is hard and brittle 
and is distinctly divided into seven plates, of which the 
dorsal plate is the largest. One small, elliptical, dark- 
coloured nucleus is situated in the centre of the dorsal plate . 
No other nuclei are present. The surface is roughened by 
concentric rings and slight lateral humps. T'wo white chalky 
lives are present on the ventral surface, but do not appear on 
the sides. 

The adult female denuded of wax is 6°5 millim. long, 
4°5 millim. wide, and 4 millim. high, with a slight notch on 
the margin at each stigmatal area, but without any distinct 
humps. The derm is light brown, thin, and chitinized. The 
caudal horn is light brown, 2 millim, long, and placed hori- 
zontally. Boiled in a solution of KOH the liqnid becomes 
turbid and of an orange colour with a pinkish tinge. The 
dorsal derm remains hard, while the ventral derm is soft. 

The antenne are of eight joints, all except joints 3 and 4 
bearing hairs. Length about °380 millim. Length of the 
joints: (1) 66, (2) 58-66, (3) 66-70, (4) 35-40, (5) 57-66, 
(6) 26, (7) 26, (8) 40. Approximate formula: (8 1 2 5) 
(8 4) (6 7). Legs ordinary, short. Length of joints: 
coxa 111, femur and trochanter 222, tibia 147, tarsus 79, 
claw 24, digitules of claw 40. ‘Tarsal digitules fine, slightly 
longer than the digitules of claw, with the ends slightly ex- 
panded. Digitules of claw large, with widely expanded ends. 
Around the lateral margin of the body there is a thickly set 
row of short, sharp, conical spines. About each stigmatal area 
there is a group of fifty or more larger conical spines. ‘The 
derm of both surfaces bears many small glands. 

Hab Mandos, State of Amazonas, Presumably on an 
uncultivated shrub or tree. 


Ceroplastes grandis, Hempel. 


Adult female scale very large, ovate, truncated and slightly 
excavated posteriorly, acuminate anteriorly. Dorsum very 
convex, coming to a point at the dorsal nucleus. ‘The wax is 
very soft, containing much water, and has a characteristic 
pungent smell, It is white on the dorsum, turning to a 
salmon-pink on the sides and lower edge, and is distinctly 
divided into plates. Nuclei brown, the lateral ones not con- 
spicuous. ‘Ihe surface is shiny and uneven, being depressed 
about the nuclei and caudal horn and slightly elevated on 
the other parts. Size of the largest specimens :—Length 
18 millim.; width 14 millim.; height 11 millim. 


558 Mr. A. Hempel on Braztlian Coccide. 


Denuded of wax it is more or less elliptical, of a bright red 
colour, like sealing-wax, and 9 millim. long, 6°5 millim. wide, 
and 5°50 millim. high. The caudal horn is black, thick, and 
conical, with the tip slightly elevated, 2.25 millim, long and 
2 millim. wide at the base. Around the lateral border there 
is a slight flange, which is excavated at the stigmatal areas 
and posterior end, thus making it five-lobed. ‘There are six 
humps or tubercles present; these are very sharp and are 
situated one on the dorsum, one on the anterior end, and two 
lateral on each side. he derm is dotted with minute pits, 
is moderately shiny and soft, being chitinized only about the 
eandal horn and stigmatal areas. Boiled in a solution of 
KKOH it colours the liquid red. The derm becomes soft and 
transparent. 

The antenne are 8-jointed; joints 2 and 5 each bear two 
very long hairs, joints 8 and 4 bear no hairs. Average length 
“500 millim. Approximate formula: 5 3 (1 2) 84 (6 7) ov 
(5 3) (12) 84 (67). Length of joints: (1) 66, (2) 66, 
(3) 84-88, (4) 40-44, (5) 84-93, (6) 31-40, (7) 31-40, 
(8) 44-48. Legs ordinary; trochanter long; coxa with two 
Jong subterminal hairs. Length of joints of first pair of 
legs: coxa 164, trochanter and femur 280, tibia 182, tarsus 106, 
claw 22, digitules of claw 44. ‘Tarsal digitules long, slender, 
with expanded ends, reaching to the tips of the digitules of 
claw, the latter being large, with the ends rounded and widely 
expanded, Rostrum well-developed, placed behind the inser- 
tion of the first pair of legs, Mentum with eight hairs near 
the tip. Anal ring apparently with six large hairs, Anal 
plates with three hairs near the posterior end. Around the 
margin there is a single row of small hairs, each arising from 
a tubercle. ‘The stigmatal areas are each characterized by 
seventy to eighty-five short bullet-shaped spines of different 
sizes and over a hundred small round spinnerets. The derm 
on the dorsal surface is thickly studded with short spine-like 
hairs and small spinnerets. 

Male scale white, small, elliptical, with seven marginal 
and two dorsal tufts of white wax. The marginal tufts are 
arranged in a row of three on each side and one on the 
anterior end. The posterior end bears a few white filaments. 
Denuded of the tufts the scale is flat and very thin. Length 
1:5 millim.; width °80 millim. The male scales are usually 
placed close together on the underside of the leaves. 

Hab. Ypiranga, 8. Paulo, and Iguape, State of S. Paulo. 
On the branches of Zrnthorylum sp., Llea sp., Psidium sp., 
Raccharis sp., Mechelia flava, and various other plants, espe- 
cially those of the order Myrtaceae. 


Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccidee. 559 


Ceroplastes novest, Hempel. 

Female scale very variable in size and colour, usually 
pinkish white, with two white lines on each side to the lateral 
nuclei. General shape ovate or subcircular or pentagonal ; 
dorsum very convex. The dorsal nucleus conspicuous. The 
wax is depressed about the nuclei and elevated into three 
tubercles on the dorsum, causing a rough and _ irregular 
appearance. ‘The wax is pinkish, yellowish, or purplish, and 
is not divided into plates, and contains little water. In the 
older specimens the dorsum becomes more convex and the 
waxy humps become less conspicuous. Length of the largest 
specimens 7°50 millim.; width 7 millim.; height 5°75 millim. 
The inside of the scale is yellowish. 

Denuded of wax the adult female is smooth, dark coffee- 
brown, with a lighter area in the centre of the dorsum. Anal 
plates small; caudal horn short, stout, black. The derm is 
hard and shiny and is chitinized around the lateral nuclei 
and slightly elevated, forming two inconspicuous humps on 

each side and one on the anterior end. There i is a small five- 
lobed flange around the lateral edge of the body, to correspond 
with the lateral tubercles. Length 5°75 millim.; width 
5°25 millim.; height 4 millim. Boiled in a solution of KOH 
it colours the liquid light brown or reddish. The dorsal derm 
remains hard and semitransparent, 

Antenne variable, *206 millim. to *225 millim. long; of 
six joints. motor formula: 361 (245). Length 
of joints: (1) 31, (2) 26-31, (3) 70-75, (4) 22-26, (5) 22-26, 
(6) 35-40. Legs ne and apparently deformed. The tibia 
of the first pair of legs and sometimes of the other legs also 
is concave on the outer edge. Length of joints of first pair 
of legs: coxa 66, trochanter and femur 93, tibia 64, tarsus 44, 
claw 18, digitules of claw 34. The tarsal digitules are 
slender, with expanded ends; the digitules of the claw are 
wide and of unequal size, with expanded ends, Rostrum 
small, placed behind the insertion of the first pair of legs. 
Rostral loop short. ‘The stigmatal areas are characterized 
by about forty conical spiues and many small spinnerets. 
‘The anal ring has six long hairs, ‘The dorsal derm is homo- 
geneous, but contains a number of small glands. The lateral 
margin has a simple row of small hairs. 

Hab. Capoeira Grande, Campinas, Ypiranga, S. Paulo, 
Cachoeira, State of S. Paulo. On Abutilon sp., Baccharis 
dracunculifolia, Baccharis sp., and Vernonia Riedelti. It 
infests the branches and twigs, and seems to reproduce rapidly, 
as more than 1300 eggs were counted from one individual ; 
many of the adult specimens are, however, parasitized, 


560 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 


Ceroplastes communis, Hempel. 


Adult female scale oval in outline, dorsum convex; wax 
not shiny, pinkish white, usually covered with a black fungus, 
divided into seven distinct plates; hard and very thin, so 
that in the older specimens the derm is frequently exposed. 
When removed from the bark it leaves an oval patch of 
white wax behind. Length 6°25 millim. ; width 5°50 millim. ; 
height 4°75 millim. Denuded of wax the insect is oval ; 
dorsum convex, dorsal nucleus present, elevated, the other 
nuclei not distinguishable. Derm light yellow, shiny, not 
smooth, slightly chitinous, and with few pits. No humpsare 
present. Boiled in a solution of KOH it colours the liquid 
light yellow. The derm becomes softer and semitransparent. 

Antenne variable, usually of seven joints; frequently, 
however, an extra false joint is present. Length 460 millim. 
to 495 millim. All the joints except joint 3 bear hairs. 
Approximate formula: 4 (3.1 2) 7 (56). Length of joints: 
(1) 70-75, (2) 66-70, (3) 70-79, (4) 129-1383, (5) 35-40, 
(6) 35-40, (7) 40-46. Legs ordinary; length of joints of 
first pair of legs: coxa 155, femur and trochanter 245, tibia 
168, tarsus 114, claw 31, digitules of claw 48. Tarsal digi- 
tules slender, with expanded ends extending to the tips of the 
digitules of claw; the latter are wide and have round ex- 
panded tips. Rostrum well-developed, placed behind the 
insertion of the first pair of legs. Rostral loop short. 
Caudal horn very short and wide, inconspicuous. Anal ring 
with six long hairs. Stigmatal areas characterized by a 
horseshoe-shaped depression on the ventral surface, with 
about twenty conical spines and forty to fifty round spin- 
nerets. The margin of the body is thickly set with a double 
row of short sharp conical spines and a few longer hairs. 
The dorsal derm is homogeneous without any apparent 
glands. 

Eggs small, elliptical, smooth, shiny, almost white when 
laid, but becoming light yellow. 

/lab. Ypiranga, State of S. Paulo. On the branches of 
Maytenus sp. . 


Ceroplastes variegatus, Hempel. 


Adult female scale oval at base ; dorsum elevated, forming 
a pyramid. Wax shiny, distinctly divided into seven plates, 
one dorsal and six lateral. Dorsal and lateral nuclei present, 
brown; wax depressed about the nuclei. Colour of wax on 
the surface white and pink in concentric rings around each 


Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 561 


nucleus ; on the margin and anterior end the colour is lighter. 
A number of fine lines radiate from the nuclei. Dorsal 
nucleus much depressed, but the wax grows over it from 
behind, thus forming a hood. ‘The anterior end of the scale 
is acuminate, the posterior end truncate ; both ends are slightly 
notched. The inside of the wax is salmon-pink in colour. 
In the older specimens the radiating lines and concentric 
rings become obsolete and the wax bleaches to a creamy 
white. Removed from the bark it leaves a scale of white wax 
behind, Length 8°25 millim., width 7°50 millim., height 
5°75 millim. 

Denuded of wax the derm is shiny, salmon-colour, not 
very hard, with two prominent humps on each side, one 
hump on the dorsum, and a small one on the anterior end. 
Caudal horn small, broad and flat, black. Dorsum longitu- 
dinally striate, with a row of deep gland-pits on each side. 
‘The abdominal margin is slightly granulated. Boiled in a 
solution of KOH it colours the liquid a light pink. In the 
old specimens the derm is of a chocolate-brown colour and 
the humps are nearly obsolete. Length 4:50 millim. ; width 
2°50 millim.; height 1°75 millim. 

Antenne of six joints, all bearing hairs. Length *200 to 
220 millim. Length of joints: (1) 35-40, (2) 26-31, (3) 66- 
70, (4) 18, (5) 22-26, (6) 31-35. Approximate formula: 
316254 or 3 (16) (25) 4. Legs ordinary. Length of 
joints of first pair of legs: coxa 70, trochanter and femur 120, 
tibia 75, tarsus 48, claw 18, longest digitule of claw 26. 
The tarsal digitules are very long and slender, with ex- 
panded ends ; one of the digitules of claw is large, wide, with 
rounded expanded tip; the other is about half as large. 
Rostrum large, situated between the first pair of legs. 
Rostral loop long, in some specimens extending to the third 
pair of legs. Each stigmatal area is characterized by about 
twenty short bullet-shaped spines and by sixteen to twenty 
large round spinnerets, ‘lhe lateral margin of the body 
bears a few short hairs. Some small glands are scattered 
over the dorsal and ventral derm. 

flab, Ypwanga. On the branches of various shrubs of the 
order Myrtacex. The specimens are frequently covered by 
a black fungus. 


[To be continued. } 


562 On Butterflies from the Uganda Protectorate, 


LX XIII.—On a Collection of Butterflies from the Uganda 
Protectorate, forwarded by C. Steuart Betton, Esq., in 1900. 
By A. G. Butier, Ph.D. 


Aout the end of last year two tins of Lepidoptera reached 
us from Mr. Betton. All the butterflies were collected at 
Eb Urru in April and May. 

It is interesting to note that the whole of the variation of 
Limnas chrysippus is represented in the present series (the 
forms L. chrysippus, alcippoides, alcippus, dorippus, and 
Klugii being all present). Among rare species are both sexes 
of Chrysophanus Abbotiz, the male of the southern Urano- 
thauma nubifer, specimens of Catochrysops negus (which was 
new to the Museum collection), Mylothris rubricosta, Phris- 
sura phoebe, the Arabian Synchloe glauconome, and a fine 
example of Papilio nobilis. A very remarkable Spindasis, 
quite new to me, was secured, but unhappily it is too much 
worn to enable me to describe it with any certainty. 


The following is a list of the species :— 


Tirumala petiverana, Dbl. 
Limnas chrysippus, Linn. 
Precis clelia, Cram. 
cebrene, 7'rvm. 
Pyrameis cardui, Linn. 
Hypolimnas misippus, Linn. 
Atella columbina, Cram. 
Byblia ilithyia, Drary. 
Neoceenyra Gregori, Butl. 


Chrysophanus Abbotii, Holl, 


Spindasis, sp. n. 


Uranothauma nubifer, 7Z7v. 


Cacyreus lingeus, Cram. 
palemon, Cram. 
Syntarucus telecanus, Lang. 


Polyommatus beeticus, Linn. 


Zizera knysna, Trim. 
gaika, Trdm. 
Mylothris agathina, Cram. 
rubricosta, Mab. 


Colias electo, var. edusa, Fabr. 
Terias zoe, Hopf. 

Teracolus gavisa, Wilgr. 

—— omphale, Godt. 

callidia, Gr.-Sm. 
aurigineus, Butl. 
Catopsilia florella, Fadr. 
Belenois infida, Buti. 
mesentina, Cram. 
Synchloe glauconome, Klug. 
Johnstoni, Crovl. 

Papilio demodocus, Esp. 
cenea, Stoll. 

nobilis, Rghfr. 

nireus, Linn. 

Sarangesa eliminata, Holl. 
Eretis lugens, Ryhfr. 

Gegenes Letterstedti, Wilgr. 
Parnara mathias, Fabr. 
Rhopalocampta forestan, Cram. 


Such specimens as are required are presented to the collec- 


tion of the British Museum. 


063 


INDEX to VOL. VII. 


ABRAXAS, new species of, 465, 

Acanthocoris, new species of, 421. 

Acanthodon, new species of, 286, 

Acrolophus, new species of, 441. 

Aglaojoppa, characters of ‘the new 
genus, 3&1. 

Aglena, new species of, 537. 

Akodon pulcherrimus, on the sub- 
species of, 184. 

Altha, new species of, 253, 

Amastus, new species of, 267, 

Amblyops crozetil, obser vations on, 
371, 

Anaphora, new species of, 442. 

Anderson, Dr. J., on a new hedgehog, 
42. 


Animals, on the coloration of marine, 
92] 
221. 


Ankistrophorus, new species of, 
44]. 

Annelida from Gotland, on, 145, 
Anoplognathus, new species of, 
596. 


Antarctia, new species of, 269. 

Anthocomus, new species of, 557. 

Anthophorine, synopsis of the, 46. 

Anthophoroides, characters of the 
new genus, 43. 

Anura, on the mechanism of the 
protrusion of the tongue in the, 
dOL. 

Aparchitine, definition of the new 
subfamily, 147. 

Apiococcus, characters of the new 
genus, 116. 

Arachnida, new, 284, 324, 337. 

Araneze, revision of the, 51. 

Araneus, note on the genus, 61, 

Arbela, new species of, 469. 

Arctic and antarctic faunas, on the 
relations of the, 501. 


Arrow, G. J., on the genus Rhysodes, 
83; on secondary sexual differ- 
ences in Rutelid Coleoptera, with 
descriptions of new forms, 395, 

Artibeus, new species of, 542. 

Aspidiotus, new species of, 333. 

Asprotilapia, characters of the new 
genus, 0 

Astacops, new species of, 532. 

Attalus, new species of, 356. 

Atteria, new species of, 459. 

Aucha, new species of, 495. 

Barilius, new species of, 80, 
Barrett-Hamilton, G. E. H., on the 
Eliomys of Sardinia, 340. 
Bather, F. A., on Crinoids 

Gotland, 144. 

Bathybates, new species of, 3. 

Bees, on certain genera of, 46; on, 
from Las Vegas, 125. 

Beyrichia, new species of, 150. 

Beyrichine, definition of the new 
subfamily, 149, 

Biddulphia, new species of, 515, 

Bittium, new species of, 553, 

Blenina, new species of, 490. 

Blera, new species of, 78. 

Bocula, new species of, 496, 

Bombiliodes, new species of, 246. 

Bonhote, J. L., on the Sciurus ery- 
threus group, 160; on the Se. 
Prevostii group, 167; on the Se. 
caniceps group, 270; on the Mus- 
tela flavigula group, 842; on 
Sciurus notatus and allies, 444; 
on two new squirrels, 455. 

Books, new :—Flint’s Recent Fora- 
minifera, 132; Lankester’s Treatise 
on Zoology, 138; Hughes’s Die 
Mimik des ‘Menschen , 387; ; Ussher 
and Warren’s Birds of Treland, 388, 


from 


55 INDEX. 


Boulenger, G. A., on new fishes from 
Lakes Tanganyika and Kivu, 1; on 
four new freshwater fishes, 80; 
ona new Gecko from the Niger, 
204; on fishes from the Sea of 
Oman, 261]; on new reptiles from 
Peru and Bolivia, 546. 

Butler, Dr. A. G., on butterflies from 
between Mombasa and the forests 
of Taveta, 22; on butterflies from 
Munisu, 197; on new Lycenide, 
288; on butterflies from Ueanda, 
562. 

Calloodes, characters 
genus, 396, 

Caluromys, new subspecies of, 196. 

Cambridge, F. O. P., revision of the 
Aranee, 51; on spiders from the 
Bahamas, 322. 

Cameron, P., onnew genera of Ichneu- 
monidz, 275, 374, 480, 523. 

Capotena, new species of, 492. 

Caradrina, new species of, 495, 

Carea, new species of, 492, 

Catochrysops, new species of, 290. 

Cavia, new subspecies of, 195, 

Cebus, new subspecies of, 178. 

Cerithium, new species of, 553. 

Ceroplastes, new species of, 556. 

Cerura, new species of, 77. 

Cerynea, new species of, 472. 

Chalicorus, new species of, 558. 

Chapman, F., on Polytrema planum, 
82; on fossils of Wenlock age 
from Gotland, 141. 

Charitojoppa, characters of the new 
genus, 383, 

Chilades, new species of, 291, 

Chilo, new species of, 254. 

Chilocorus, new species of, 415. 

Chilomenes, new species of, 409, 

Chrysichthys, new species of, 81. 

Cleapa, new species of, 78. 

Cletomorpha, new species of, 425. 

Cletthara, new species of, 490. 

Cloresmus, new species of, 14. 

Clubiona, note on the genus, 58. 

Coccide, new, 110, 206, 333, 556. 

Cockerell, T. D. A., on certain genera 
of bees, 46; on bees from Las 
Vegas, 125; on new insects from 
New Mexico, 353. 

Cockerell, W., on certain genera of 
bees, 46. 

Coleoptera, new, 85, 241, 549, 594, 
401, 520, 


of the new 


Collinge, W. E., on the anatomy of 
certain agnathous pulmonate mol- 
lusks, 65. 

Coloration of marine animals, on the, 
221. 

Colpura, new species of, 16, 

Conchicolites, new species of, 145. 

Contheyla, new species of, 464. 

Coreidse, revision of the, 6, 416. 

Cratojoppa, characters of the new 
genus, 281. 

Crinoids from Gotland, on, 144. 

Crollius, characters of the new genus, 
21. a 

Crustacea, new, 149. ¢ 

Cryptokermes, characters of the new 
genus, 115, 

Cumingia, new species of, 555. 

Curupira, new species of, 426, 

Cypturus, new species of, 242. 

Cyrtaulis, new species of, 414. 

Dalcera, new species of, 435. 

Delphinula, new species of, 554. 

Dianthidium, note cn the genus, 
50. 

Diatoms, list of Californian, 292, 
474, 505. 

Dimeetha, characters of the new 
genus, 277, 

Diomea, new species of, 499. 

Diptera from 8. Africa, on, 89; new, 
92. 

Distant, W. I., revision of the 
Coreidze, 6,416; of the Lygeide, 
531, 

Dolaca, new species of, 437. 
Dolphin, on a, showing traces of an 
encounter with a cuttlefish, 503. 

Donax, new species of, 554. 

Dresserus, new species of, 287. 

Druce, H., on new species of Lepi- 
doptera, 74, 452, 

Duomitus, new species of, 455, 

Dysis, new species of, 408. 

Ecpantheria, new species of, 74. 

Edema, new species of, 76. 

Eligmodontia, new species of, 182. 

Eliomys, new species of, 540, 

Elusa, new species of, 494. 

Elysus, new species of, 454. 

Encystia, characters of the new 
genus, 256, 

Intephria, new species of, 259, 

[phestia, new species of, 255, 

Kphestiodes, new species of, 256, 

Episcaphula, new species of, 362, 


INDEX. 


Kpitola, new species of, 289, 

Kriuaceus, new species of, 42. 

Ksper’s  ‘Schmetterlinge,’ on 
dates of, 137, 

Eublemma, new species of, 471. 

Eucereon, new species of, 74. 

Euclea, new species of, 435. 

Eucyane, new species of, 453. 

Eucyrta, new species of, 454. 

Kuproctis, new species of, 465, 

Kuspondylus, new species of, 549. 

Euura, new species of, 355, 

Exochomus, new species of, 411. 

Exoprosopa, new species of, 94. 

Facydes, characters of the new genus, 
278. 

Faunas, on the relations of the arctic 
and antarctic, 301. 

Felderia, new species of, 448. 

Fileanta, characters of the new genus, 
525, 

Fishes, new, 1, 80, 262. 

Foraminifera from Gotland, on, 
142. 

Fossils from Gotland, on, 141. 

Fragilaria, new species of, 515, 

Gadirtha, new species of, 79, 489. 

Galera, new subspecies of, 180, 

Gasteracantha, remarks on species 
of, 327. 

Gathetus, characters of the new 
genus, 275. 

Geological Society, proceedings of 
the, 134, 219. 

Gephyrochromis, characters of the 
new genus, 4. 

Glauconycteris, new species of, 46. 

Gnathonemus, new species of, 80. 

Godwin-Austen, Lt.-Col. H. H., on 
the anatomy of certain agnathous 
mollusks, 488. 

Gorham, H. §., on Coleoptera from 
S. Africa, 349, 401. 
Grammatophora, new 

507. 
Graptoclerus, characters of the new 
genus, 351, 
Graptostethus, new species of, 537. 
Giinther, Dr. A., on the history of 
Plagyodus, 35. 
Gyrodonta, characters of the new 
genus, 485, 
Gyrtona, new species of, 492. 
Hadena, new species of, 494. 
Halisidota, new species of, 266, 
Halyzia, new species of, 407. 


the 


= 


species of, 


565 


Hampson, Sir G, F., on the Lepido- 
ptera-Phaleenz of the Bahamas, 
246. 

Hapalochrus, new species of, 359. 

Harpactira, new species of, 287. 

Hartog, Prof. M., on the mechanism 
of the protrusion of the tongue in 
the Anura, 501. 

Iledybius, new species of, 360. 

Heligmomerus, new species of, 
286. 

Uemidactylus, new species of, 204. 

IIempel, A., on new Brazilian 
Coecidie, 110, 206, 556. 

Hepialus, new species of, 436, 

Heterocampa, new species of, 75 
251, 487. 

Tleteromys, new species of, 194. 

Heteroptera, new, 7, 418, 531, 

Hister, new species of, 243, 

Holmes, W. M., on Radiolaria from 
Coulsdon, 220. 

Holomelina, new species of, 269. 

Homeeocerus, new species of, 9. 

Hyalarctia, new species of, 262. 

Hylamorpha rufimana, note on, 
400. 

Hyleora, new species of, 78. 

Hymenoptera, new, 275, 374, 480, 
525, 

Hypena, new species of, 438. 

Hyperalonia, new species of, 104. 

Typerammina, new species of, 
142. 

Hypertheema, new species of, 265, 

Ichneumonide, new genera of, 275, 
374, 480, 523. 

Ichthyura, new species of, 78. 

Traota, new species of, 291. 

Ischnocampa, new species of, 26s. 

Ischnothele, new species of, 337, 

hirkpatrick, R., on a new hexacti- 
nellid sponge, 457. 

KKloedenia, new species of, 149. 

Labium, note on the genus and new 
species of, 529. 

Leephotis, characters of the 
genus, 460, 

Lagenesta, characters of the new 
genus, 376. 

Laminiceps, new species of, 7. 

Lamprojoppa, characters of the new 
genus, 452, 

Langsdorfia, new species of, 436, 

Lecaniodiaspis, new species of, 


119, 


? 


new 


566 


Lecanium, new species of, 206. 

Lepidoptera from Mombasa and Ta- 
veta, on, 22; from Munisu, on, 
197 ; -Phaleene of the Bahamas, 
246; from Uganda, on, 562; new, 
74, YAG, 265, 288, 432, 463, 489. 

Leptojoppa, characters of the new 
genus, 279. ; 

Leptoscelis, new species of, 418. 

Lewis, G., on new species of Iis- 
teride, 241. 

Licmophora, new species of, 510. 

Liocephalus, new species of, 547, 

Liolemus, new species of, 546. 

Lomatia, new species of, 92. 

Lotis, new species of, 412. 

Lyclene, new species of, 467. 
Lycosa, note on the genus, 64; new 
“species of, 338. 
Lygwide, revision of the, 531. 

Lygeus, new species of, 536. 

Lyroscelus, characters of the 

‘genus, 324. 

M‘Intosh, Prof. W. C., on the colora- 
tion of marine animals, 221. 

Magrettia, characters of the new 
genus, 480. 

Major, C. I. F., on the musk-rat of 
Santa Lucia, 204. 

Mammals, new, 39, 42, 45, 161, 175, 
178, 190, 192, 206, 263, 272, 340, 
366, 446, 455, 460, 541. 

Marine animals, on the coloration of, 


new 


Mastacembelus, new species of, 5, 
81. 
Mastogloia Wrightii, note on, 297. 
Megalotomus, new species of, 437, 
Meliturgopsis, note on the genus, 
49, 
Melvill, J. 
Molluscan fauna, 550. 
Menis, new species of, 75. 0 
Mereschkowsky, C., on Californian 
diatoms, 292, 474, 505. | 
Merocausta, new species of, O51, 
Metachirus, new subspecies of, 545, 
Metachrostis, new species of, 471. 
Micromata, note on the genus, 62. 
Micrommata, new species of, 339, 
Miltochrista, new species of, 468. 
Mimadoretus, characters of the new 
genus, 598. : 
Miresa, new species of, 464, 
Moenas, new species of, 269. 
Mollusea, new, 191, 550. 


C., on the Erythrean 


Jey 


INDEX. 


Monosyntaxis, definition of the new 
generic name, 466. 

Moseleya, on the supposed redis- 
covery of, in Torres Straits, 385, 

Motina, new species of, 496. 

Mustela flavigula, on the subspecies 
of, 342. 

Myermo, characters of the 
genus, 025, 

Myotis, new species of, 541. 

Narosa, new species of, 465, 

Natica, new species of, 552. 

Nephila clavipes, remarks 0», 
DY9 ya 


new 


Nephopteryx, new species of, 257. 

Neritos, new species of, 265, 454. 

Nicuesa, new species of, 538. 

Nitzschia, new species of, 475. 

Nitzschiella, new species of, 479. 

Nodaria, new species of, 249, 

Notobitus, new species of, 13. 

Notodonta, new species of, 77. 

Nyctemera, new species of, 466. 

Nyctinomus, on the African species 
of, 36 

Ohlin, Dr. A., on a new bipolar 
schizopod, 371. 

Oncopeltus, new species of, 555, 

Opetiopalpus, new species of, 355. 

Orbigny’s, A. d’, ‘ Amérique méridio- 
nale,’ dates of, 590. 

Oruza, new species of, 473. 

Oryzomys, new species of, 206, 

nitidus, note on, 188. 

Osmia armaticeps, new variety of, 
336, 

Ostracoda from Gotland, on, 146. 

Oxymycterus, new species of, 183. 

Pace, 5., on the supposed rediscovery 
of Moseleya in Torres Straits, 
385. 

Pachycephalus, new species of, 19. 

Pachyjoppa, characters of the new 
genus, 374, 

Paludestrina, new species of, 191. 

Pandesma, new species of, 495, 

Parabuthus, new species of, 284. 

Parachabora, new species of, 248, 

Paranthidium, definition of the new 
subgenus, 50. 

Parascolopsis, characters of the new 
genus, 262. 

Paratilapia, new species of, 1. 

Parosmodes, new species of, 452, 

Paryphanta Edwardi, on the ana- 
tomy of, 70. 


INDEX. 


Paryphanta Hochstetteri, on the ana- 
tomy of, 68. 

Pathocerus, characters of the new 
genus, 522. 

Pelorurus, new species of, 244. 

Pericopis, new species of, 269. 

Pfeffer, Dr. G., on the relations of 
the arctic and antarctic faunas, 
301. 

Phassus, new species of, 469. 

Phenaccccus, new species of, 110, 
333. 

Phthia, new species of, 419. 

Plagyodus, note on the history of, 
30. 

Platyja, new species of, 497. 

Platynaspis, new species of, 412. 

Platysoma, new species of, 241. 

Pocock, R. I, on new African 
Arachnida, 284, 337. 

Pecilocryptus, characters of the new 
genus, 527. 

Polytrema planum, note on, 82. 

Prionastrea WVaugbani, on the lo- 
cality of the type of, 500. 

Promecolanguria, uew species of, 
362. 

Promops, new species of, 190. 

Prosymunus, new species of, 354. 

Protanthidium, characters of the new 
genus, 49, 

Pseudoblabes, new species of, 467. 

Pseudosinghala, new species of, 519, 

Reptiles, new, 204, 546. 

Rhabdocalyptus, new species of, 458. 

Rhabdonema, new species of, 505, 

Rhesala, new species of, 500. 

Rhipidomys, new species of, 
369, 

Rhodogastria, new species of, 74, 
465. 

Rhysodes, new species of, 83. 

Rhytida Greenwoodi, on the anatomy 
of, 66, 

Ricardo, G., on Diptera from 8. 
Africa, 89. 

Rifargia, new species of, 437. 

Rivula, new species of, 471. 

Robinsonia, new species of, 266. 

Rosema, new species of, 77. 

Rutelid Coleoptera, on secondary 
sexual differences in, 393. 

Saccopteryx, new species of, 366, 

Salticus, note on the genus, 65, 

Saprinus, new species of, 245, 

Sarothripa, new species of, 490, 


18], 


567 


Schaus, 
265. 

Schizoglossa novoseelandica, on the 
anatomy of, 71. 

Schizopod, on a new bipolar, 371. 

Sciurus, new species of, 165, 173, 
193, 272, 368, 446, 455. 

erythreus group, on the, 160; 
Prevostii group, on the, 167; 
caniceps group, on the, 270; no- 
tatus group, on the, 445. 

Scopiastes, new species of, 533. 

Scotoecus, characters. of the 
genus, 263. 

Seeley, Prof. H. G., on the skeleton 
of Euryearpus Oweni, 134; on a 
bird from the Stonesfield slate, 
135; on a skeleton of an anomo- 
dont reptile from Reichen, 135; 
on the skeleton of a theriodont 
reptile from the Baviaans River, 
219: 

Selenops, new species of, 288. 

Semiophora, new species of, 494. 

Sephina, new species of, 420. 

Serinetha, new species of, 429, 


W., on 


new Heterocera, 


new 


Fsper’s ‘ Schmetterlinge,’ 137; on 
the dates of the natural history 
portions of some French voyages, 
388. 
Sistrum, new species of, 55]. 
Smith, E. A., on a new species of 
Paludestrina, 191. 
Solenococcus, new species of, 111. 
Somatina, new species of, 253. 
Sparassus, new species of, 339. 
Spartocera, new species of, 420, 
Spindasis, new species of, 289, 
Sponge, on a new hexactinellid, 457. 
Stacheia, new species of, 143, 
Stasimopus, new species of, 285, 
Stenocercus, new species of, 546, 
Stictoptera, new species of, 438, 
Stigmacoccus, characters of the new 
genus, 114, 
Stylopalpia, characters of the new 
genus, 257, 
Swinhoe, Col. C., on new genera and 
species of Heterocera, 463, 489. 
Sylvilagus, new species of, 543. 
Symmerista, new species of, 75, 
Tachardia, new species of, 120, 
Tatu, new species of, 370, 


568 


Tectococcus, characters of the new 
genus, 118. 

Tegenaria, note on the genus, 59. 

Telephorus, new species of, 551. 

Tetraphalerus, characters of the new 
genus, 520. 

Thomas, H. H., on some undescribed 
Trilobites, 220. 

Thomas, O., on new mammals from 
Peru and Bolivia, 178; on a new 
free-tail bat, 190; on new S. 
American mammals, 192; on a 
new Scotophiline bat, 263; on 
new species of Saccopteryx, Sci- 
urus, Rhipidomys, and Tatu, 3866 ; 
on a new Vespertilionine bat, 
460; on new American mammals, 
541. 

Thomisus, new species of, 340. 

Thompson, Prof. D’A. W., on a dol- 
phin showing traces of an en- 
counter with a cuttlefish, 503. 

Thosea, new species of, 463. 

Thysanosedes, new species of, 441. 

Tilapia, new species of, 4. 

Tiruvaca, characters of the 
genus, 497. 

Trematocara, new species of, 3. 

Tribalus, new species of, 244. 

Trigonochilus, new species of, 394. 

Tupalus, new species of, 428. 

Turuptiana, new species of, 268. 

Unadilla, new species of, 255. 


new 


END OF THE SEVENTH VOLUME. 


PRINTED BY 


RED LION COURT, 


TAYLOR AND 


INDEX. 


Vaughan, T. W., on the locality of 
the type of Prionastreea Vaughani, 
300. 

Virachola, new species of, 289. 

Vizaga, characters of the new genus, 
491. 

Voyage aux Indes orientales, dates 
of, 390, 

Voyage ...sur la Bonite, dates of, 
391; Coquille, dates of, 391; 
l’Uranie et la Physicienne, dates of, 
392. 

Waterhouse, C. O., on two new 

renera of Coleoptera, 620. 

Winton, W. E. de, on the African 
species of Nyctinomus, 86; on a 
new hedgehog, 42; on a new bat 
from the Soudan, 45. 

Woodward, B. B., on the dates of 
Esper’s ‘Schmetterlinge, 137; on 
the dates of the natural history 
portions of some French voyages, 
388. 

Xanthoptera, new species of, 470. 

Xanthospilopterys, new species of, 

Xenotilapia, new species of, 3. 

Xestojoppa, characters of the new 
genus, 379. 

Zanthojoppa, characters of the new 
genus, 378, 

Zethes, new species of, 498. 

Zeuzera, new species of, 436. 


FRANCIS, 
FLEET STREET. 


Anw.b¢ Mag. Nat. Hest. S.7 Vol VIL PUL. 


516,F JP delad nat. r Mintern Broa-lith. 
Se ddadmat. | SRGNATHOUSMMIOEEULSCS. 


. be 
wih 


Vie Mag Nat Hest. S 7 Vel vinRolG 


FJPdeladnat. 


: MinternBros hth . 
AGIVATLHOUS MOLE uUS CS. 


ade 


ie _—llU SS |, 7 eae a 
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7 Vol Vi Pu IM. ~ 


poednauie Mintern Bros.imp. 


FROM THE SILURIAN OF MULDE.GOTLAND. 
se 


we - 7 - 2 
# 
TY os 
ba’ = 
‘ Z - ‘ 
= : 
7 = 7 1 ow 7 ' - m y/ F ¢ = 
‘ a 
, > . ine 
ve —— Cris > 
a i ? 1 * * a 
o> “ J 4 J 7 - 
: 7 . - - 
f 7 . a i wp 
7 . é 
<— ‘ _ — 4 - 
? : “ = . ¢ aS « 
sd © ; 4 
5 
~ r’ 
a \ “ + « fi 
oe - 
t 
a Ss 
: a 
' cn ~— 
: ‘ 
o <= _ t an 
7 a - 
manta ee . = = : 
iki n et 7 7 
e 7 vie 7% * — a 
= =e - q ~ = 
aol *; 7 - x >. oa * - 
Teg - i Ae ae 
7 J i 7 =- 7 - 
= ' : a 
+ = F - : = - 
‘ S = 
- a) a = rf) = = 
- ¥ 7 = - : - 
7 = od ‘é 4 _ me 
- : ; a : 
a 7 ~ 7 ‘ - ‘ 
_— > = : ‘+ id 
- _ . = 
. - 
7 2 - sae 7 - a 
7 —- - — ~ - . =a 
. F - ' : = <= 
a “ . - ae = -. 
= ~ ——4- 
_ c tee _— 


Te ab ee 
in 8 


© Ann.b Mag. Net.Hist.S.7.Vob VIE PL IV. 


a9 
2 %O 
0°20, 0 2 Oa 


0.0lanan. X GOO. 


C.Mereschkowsky del 3 
R.E.Mintern sc. Mint ern Bros.imp 


e bas | WwW ps79 


- 


L. VIL. PL.V, 


£. Hist. S.7 Ve 


OL 


Ani. & Mag.N. 


Wasa anti daubssiuten 


20 


MTC ay, 
ty 
z ty 


Mintern B 


Mintern Bros.imp. 


PARAS COMOPSIS’ TOWNSEND 


J.Green del. et lith 


Ann. & Mag. Net. Hist.S.7.Vol.VI.PL VIL 


2690900 % OM 
0°" eos 


0 @ : 
32.920 09 00; 


Joo Boe. 
ee ‘ On 


J i: 


“del. J.Green lith ey MinternBros imp. 
ve * P . 
3S iz y 


Ann. te Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7 Vol VIL PU.VII. 


SQ 


' Mintern Bros.imp. 


* en del. et lith 


e «<0 
~~ 


” 


LVI PULL. 


C 


Annb&e Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7.4 


Mintern Bros.imp. 


J.Green del et hth 


— 
-_ a oe 
———— 
Fe a — a - 


vat 


ae 4 
ae | 


alb-- 


: .-¥ 
a 
i hg 


ae 
7 a a 
wi li 
ms Jl 7 ” 2 


Ae : a © a 
« 


oe 
; 


THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN 


PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE 


AND 


JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. 


A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS, 
CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. 


MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. 


Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following 
prices :— 
The Hirst Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826, A few copies only 


on hand, wanting some plates—price on application. 
The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s, 


The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. pater 
The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. Pegi 29155 


oh ‘Tayior and Franots, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. 


THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE 


oF 


NATURAL HISTORY, 


INCLUDING 


ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. 


MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. 


4 
Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following 
prices :— 
The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10, 
The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. Joye Oh 
; the Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. gi) odie 


og ‘Lhe Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. Bios oh 32 0 
“ne Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. NN i 


_ Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. 


bh fat eg 


CONTENTS OF NUMBER 42. ea Séries. 


Page 
LXII. New Genera and Species of Eastern and Australian Moths. 


By Colonel C.Swinnor,; MAS PU By Ges es ton was eet ee 489 


LXIII. The Mechanism of the Protrusion of the Tongue of the 
Anura.—Preliminary Note. By Prof. Marcus Harzoe, M.A., D.Sc., 
F.LS. 


LXIV. Note on a Dolphin showing traces of an Encounter with a 
Cuttlefish. By Professor D’Arcy W. Tuompson, C.B 


LXV. A List of Californian Diatoms. By C. Mpruscnxowsky .. 505 


LXVI. Two new Genera of Coleoptera belonging to the Cupeside 


and Prionide. By Cuas. O. Warmrnovsr, F.ES. 2... kee. 520 
LXVII. Descriptions of Seventeen new Genera of Ichneumonide 
from India and One from Australia, By P. Cammron ............ 523 
LXVIII. Rhynchotal N otes,—X. Het-roptera: Fam. Lygaide. By 
WoL, Dien ee a ete fru: Caer. 531 
LXIX. New Myotis, Artibeus, Sylvilagus, and Metachirus from 
Central and South America. By Ouprrenp T'fomas....... Sa ae 541 
LXX, Further Descriptions of new R eptiles collected by Mr. P.O. 
Simone: in Peru and Bolivia. By GA. Boutnxerr, F.RS.. 2... 546 
LXXI. A few further Remarks upon the Erythraean Molluscan 
Fauna, with Descriptions of Seven Species from Aden, in the Collec- 
tion of Commander EK. R.Shopland, R.1.M. By Janus Cosmo Mntyi11, 
MUA. FES.) OP latest Wad Putate Sauer, Wgbadetidte Ma geaheege pons oR 550 
LXXII. Descriptions of Brazilian Coccide. By Avorry Hempnt, | 
BS. Panko Biaaal ore se ue nine en aah ON ae c ROE Rarueriy che 3131) 
LXXIII. On a Collection of Butterflies from the Uganda Protec- 
torate, forwarded by C. Steuart Betton, Esq., in 1900. By A. G. 
BUPLER PAD ice ries | tea hich aes ae Ra neny eae Buen Rana tian nme 562 
Index 


*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, ~ 
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, 
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. ~ SG) 


> Miccate Gace ett, oll et be a Bd NS NTS ee ay ea Vet TY Pn A eee i ia as ho 
AAA A 8 sf wa ON vasaaasAAiqua aaa AA gianna ANAM EYEE f 

PP Aaa ARAAR aye | r 
LENNY psen pMAAAAAMAANafag AAA AMAIA ao 
FERRE An" AAar Anna pAAil Pipes beet: aa aa! Kay PERLE 
A ) ae ceean Ain AA A 2 r PPP AAR pf 4 
MOAR aD Be gst anon ae Naa RA A PE agg 


FY PCr 
‘tana aang A PES 1h Aa tele y A es rect. 994° dale MAAAIAAAA 
aan } AaeaaatA\act AA ‘ CO py ae ae WA oi ree, AAG A AA ; anaa* 
SHEARS IN ERAT y ele PLL aa LA = BAR TIN Nase n amenatansacals 
ane a> rr Fr’ Papel AAA Nala a man RB DOe ar Va! RAR AA bebe Fj AAR RIAA 
Opler crl A Pett Op, ott stag SLAY delalale MT afl) PARE teed tts eae pet 
ar? an? \A,A® pn AAAs ,/ Oo Re oe Se al An paar. Me Se oC parlrer ‘ 
AyasA*aann” ARIAS GACT RAS pap np nn pala Maan ns Agnnens Magar” 
t~ (falar Ray ¢ la 44a aff A ; { a alae A’ far 
AY Ve . aie m am BA ym’ Aa rom iAaArar Aaa” BP (. ae AA aprPAg a>, ij 
ya Gre 3 PY ol aA, pale alae warAhat in ~ ya? at Now al 2B AP, a ween > 5 Ae 
j WY hs Polis gaatae Ae 7 AA Pay > VA { Tx bry a 


Ec Cana rata! 
seen Bi ay aera ee ate in 


vy e's AA? a, pe 
V a RAS dale Amae Fae fta ay a 1 \A \ m—~\ 


HN 


Dit a 


PHAR Raat Aa snap adenenn22> 20288506098 
nee ous a" ant pe SPEER as PW s ay t 
Aa Tana sa Ren & Apna 


anna | Pe ar er aca a 
A aya a, a pari mamaria pAAMaag,, 


aval 


Bee, 


| ! Anan ast pang Osa WAA544 sAanaamaanarans ann: 
eee ‘ea aj “aatPPaaaiaten aher, r Vaan emer AA? upaa Nis aAhiSt oe aaias ae” 
at - Ae a ry A a Fe nae se i x 4 } i 
la a | \FA 
aa; 


“ aha” = aa” AN VAa ah n A AA eo 4 me BARA nar PS pe ee 
an aaa’ Oia FA 2 AAC ad a “ahha annaas ' fa. AD Sih Oe Did AAT og. ony yaaa 


a ey 


~ 


mene es Je 


aa/>- man nn ehrl 


fAY ~ as > wy A/a 
~ DARA axe Pais i Dirw. (iP > I ya9 44 V4): 


= 1 


aa A . {4 AR OIAAA® Oop 
Me ae “a a 
2 ayy VS 


Rees: eae avon tamel eiaaa 
AL ib obenin ys aap RADDA DAN ean As 


7, 72 i. Oy 


pree 
YF aaa. 
PAA On a aan any a'a* psoas , 
a a As ey WAY Pte f A PY, | ae fl Pa aN me Re v yA J la im, Ae 
Shae ey waPAmanannn n(n 9 0° 8 ant bp nese any SH Aro 
! Son f Wey tan ete | 
ga Ag ccs sin falaa’ 
aAAAA Aare : i 
a EX RR la 4) aul a7 


im = 


fer soho cca 


wt’. 


pty na " wa nye 
_ PEPRR RTC Gala lalelRinn Sinica’ Sic” 


Paap’ : “Maing Wi? Wana een: 
eter AA An rN f AMARA | 
ATEN he n nA Vee tent nani plicit cee 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES 


HOON 


3 9088 013140